{"id":"F2021L00261","name":"Bankruptcy Regulations 2021","slug":"bankruptcy-regulations-2021","collection":"legislative_instrument","jurisdiction":"commonwealth","status":"in_force","isInForce":true,"actNumber":null,"makingDate":null,"administeringDepartment":null,"currentVersion":{"id":101382,"registerId":"commonwealth-F2021L00261-current","compilationNumber":null,"startDate":"2026-04-02","status":"InForce","reasons":null,"registeredAt":null},"sections":[{"sectionNumber":"Div 2","sectionType":"division","heading":"of this Part (information to be entered in the Index) has effect subject to Division 3 of this Part (information not to be entered in the Index and information to be removed from the Index).","content":" Division 2 of this Part (information to be entered in the Index) has effect subject to Division 3 of this Part (information not to be entered in the Index and information to be removed from the Index).\n\n (1) The person specified in column 2 of an item of the table in subsection (3) must, at a time within the time period specified in column 2 of that item, give a copy of each document specified in column 1 of that item to the Official Receiver.\n\n

Documents that must be given to the Official Receiver

Item

Column 1

Document(s)

Column 2

Person and time period

Column 3

Information

1

A notice given under subsection 181A(2) of the Act by the current trustee of a bankrupt’s estate nominating another trustee as the new trustee of the estate

The new trustee within 2 business days after the date specified in the notice (see paragraph 181A(3)(a) of the Act)

The day on which the new trustee became the trustee of the estate

2

An order under subsection 185Q(4) of the Act terminating a debt agreement

The applicant for the order within 3 business days after the order is made

The day on which the order was made

3

An order under subsection 185U(1) of the Act declaring all or part of a debt agreement void

The applicant for the order within 2 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) whether all or part of the agreement was declared void

4

An authority, signed by a debtor under subsection 188(1) of the Act, naming and authorising a registered trustee, a solicitor or the Official Trustee to call a meeting of the debtor’s creditors and to take control of the debtor’s property

The person named in the authority within 2 business days after the debtor signs the authority

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the copy of the authority was given to the Official Receiver;

(c) the day on which the debtor’s statement of affairs was given to the Official Receiver (see subsections 188(2D) and (5) of the Act);

(d) the name of the controlling trustee (see subsection 188(6) of the Act)

5

Written evidence of an event of a kind mentioned in paragraph 192(1)(a), (b) or (c) of the Act, or a written request given to the Official Trustee under paragraph 192(1)(d) of the Act, resulting in the Official Trustee becoming the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor

The Official Trustee within 14 days after the Official Trustee becomes the controlling trustee

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Trustee became the controlling trustee

6

Both of the following:

(a) a petition to the Court, under subsection 244(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of the estate of a deceased person;

(b) an affidavit verifying the petition (see subsection 244(5) of the Act)

The creditor, or one of the creditors, who presented the petition to the Court within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day the petition was presented;

(c) the name of the creditor or creditors who presented the petition;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the creditor or creditors;

(e) the day the Court is to hear the petition

7

Both of the following:

(a) a petition, under subsection 247(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of a deceased person’s estate under Part XI of the Act;

(b) a statement of the deceased person’s affairs and of the petitioner’s administration of the deceased person’s estate (see subsection 247(1) of the Act)

The petitioner within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the petition and the statement of affairs were presented;

(c) the name of the administrator;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the administrator

8

An order, under section 252B of the Act, annulling the administration of the estate of a deceased person under Part XI of the Act

The trustee of the estate within 2 business days after the trustee becomes aware of the order

The day on which the order was made

9

An order, under subsection 253E(1) of the Act, staying proceedings under a creditor’s petition or debtor’s petition

The applicant for the order within 7 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) the length of the stay (see subsection 253E(3) of the Act)

\n```\n\n (1) If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in subsection (2) is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n (aa) in the case of a statement of affairs mentioned in item 2 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the statement; and\n (a) in the case of a debtor’s petition mentioned in item 3, 4 or 5 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the petition; and\n (b) in the case of a debt agreement proposal mentioned in item 12 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the debt agreement proposal for processing.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with the Act

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A sequestration order made against the estate of a debtor (see subsection 52(1A) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(d) the name of the creditor who obtained the order;

(e) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of that creditor

2

A statement of the affairs of a person against whose estate a sequestration order is made, that is given for the purposes of subsection 54(1) of the Act

The day on which the statement of affairs was filed with the Official Receiver

3

A debtor’s petition (see subsection 55(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the resulting bankruptcy;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(e) the day on which the statement of the debtor’s affairs accepted by the Official Receiver was given to the Official Receiver for the purposes of paragraph 55(2)(b) of the Act

4

A debtor’s petition against a partnership presented by members of the partnership (see subsection 56B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of the partners who presented the petition;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the bankruptcy of each of those partners as a result of the acceptance of the petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each bankrupt partner;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those partners, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of the partnership affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

5

A debtor’s petition by joint debtors who are not partners (see subsection 57(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of those debtors;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of each bankruptcy that results from acceptance of the debtor’s petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each debtor;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those debtors, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of their joint affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

6

A notice relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 74(5A) of the Act)

The day on which the bankruptcy was annulled

7

A notice of objection by a trustee to the discharge of a bankrupt from bankruptcy (see subsection 149B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) when the objection took effect (see section 149G of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection set out in the notice (see paragraph 149C(1)(a) of the Act);

(c) the name of the trustee

8

A notice that a trustee ceases to object to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy on a particular ground (see subsection 149H(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) if there is no longer an objection on any ground—when the objection ceased to have effect (see subsection 149H(3) of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection to which the notice relates;

(c) the name of the trustee

9

A notice of withdrawal of objection by a trustee to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy (see subsection 149J(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) when the withdrawal takes effect (see subsection 149J(3) of the Act);

(b) the name of the trustee

10

A notice about the cancellation, under subsection 149N(1) of the Act, of a notice of objection filed by a trustee of a bankrupt’s estate (see subsection 149P(1) of the Act)

The day on which the cancellation took effect

11

A certificate relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 153A(2) of the Act)

The date of annulment included in the certificate

12

A debtor’s written proposal for a debt agreement (see subsection 185C(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185E of the Act)

13

A notification that a debt agreement has ended (see subsection 185N(5) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the debt agreement ended;

(b) the reasons why the debt agreement ended

14

A notification that control of the property of a debtor has ended (see subsection 189(1B) of the Act)

The day on which that control ended

15

A personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor (see paragraph 218(1)(b) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the agreement was executed;

(c) the name of the trustee of the personal insolvency agreement

16

A resolution or special resolution terminating a personal insolvency agreement (see subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

17

A resolution or special resolution terminating a composition or scheme of arrangement (see section 76B and subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated

18

A notice that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated or set aside (see subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated or set aside

19

A notice that a composition or scheme of arrangement is terminated or set aside (see section 76B and subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated or set aside

20

An order that the estate of a deceased person be administered under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 244(14), 245(3) or 247(3) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee administering the estate

21

A statement of a deceased person’s affairs and of the administration of the deceased person’s estate by a legal personal representative of the deceased person (see paragraph 246(1)(b) of the Act)

The day on which the statement was given to the Official Receiver

22

A certificate in relation to the annulment, by force of subsection 252A(1) of the Act, of the administration of an estate under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 252A(2) of the Act)

The day of the annulment

\n```\n\n If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with this instrument

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A creditor’s petition presented against a debtor or joint debtors (see section 13)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor or joint debtors;

(b) the day on which the petition was presented against the debtor or joint debtors;

(c) the name of the petitioning creditor;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the petitioning creditor;

(e) the day of the court hearing for a sequestration order relating to the petition

2

A direction given, or an order made, by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act (see section 14 of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor to whom the order or direction relates;

(b) the day on which the order was made or the direction given;

(c) the day (if any) on which a trustee’s control of that debtor’s property is to end (see subsection 50(1B) of the Act)

3

A notice under subsection 46(2) that the Administrative Review Tribunal has varied or set aside a decision of the Inspector‑General in relation to a notice of objection

The day on which the decision was varied or set aside

4

A notice given under subsection 52(1) in relation to an order about a regulated debtor’s estate, if the order provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of the estate

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the new trustee;

(b) the day of the appointment

5

A notice given under subsection 52(3) by a person appointed as trustee of the estate of a regulated debtor

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the person appointed;

(b) the day of the appointment

6

A notice under subsection 53(1) that the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate has finalised the administration of the debtor’s estate

The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised

7

A notice under subparagraph 62(2)(a)(ii) of particulars specified in subsection 62(3) in relation to a special resolution passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors

The particulars

8

A sequestration order against the estate of a debtor made under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act (see subsection 66(1) of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) if the person who applied for the order was a creditor of the debtor—the name of the creditor and the name and telephone number of the creditor’s solicitor (if any);

(d) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate

9

A notice under paragraph 68(1)(a) that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

10

A certificate given by a trustee to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act (see subsection 70(4) of this instrument)

The day on which the trustee signed the certificate

\n```\n\n If an event specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section occurs, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n| Item | Column 1Event | Column 2Information |\n| ---- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |\n| 1 | A bankrupt is, by force of subsection 149(1) of the Act, discharged from bankruptcy | The day on which the bankrupt was discharged from bankruptcy |\n| 2 | The Official Receiver issues a certificate of appointment to a registered trustee under subsection 157(3) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the name of the registered trustee;(b) the day on which the registered trustee was appointed |\n| 3 | A trustee, or the Official Trustee, is released from the trusteeship of an estate by force of section 184 or 184A of the Act | The fact that the trustee, or the Official Trustee, has been so released |\n| 4 | A debt agreement proposal is withdrawn | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was withdrawn |\n| 5 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement that was made before 1 July 2007 is accepted (see sections 185B and 185P of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the proposal was accepted |\n| 6 | A debt agreement proposal is not accepted (see section 185EC of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was not accepted |\n| 7 | The Official Receiver cancels the acceptance of a debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185ED of the Act) | The day on which the Official Receiver cancelled the acceptance of the debt agreement proposal for processing |\n| 8 | A debt agreement proposal lapses (see section 185G of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal lapsed |\n| 9 | The Official Receiver gives to a debtor a certificate under subsection 185N(3) of the Act | The day on which the certificate was given |\n| 10 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement is accepted (see section 185PC of the Act) | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 11 | The Official Receiver terminates a debt agreement under subsection 185QA(1) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 12 | The minutes of a meeting of creditors at which a special resolution was passed terminating a debt agreement made before 1 July 2007 are given to the Official Receiver (see subsection 185QA(1) of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the resolution was passed |\n| 13 | A special resolution is passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors under subsection 204(1) of the Act if the Official Trustee called the meeting under an authority under section 188 of the Act | All of the following:(a) the date of the resolution;(b) the debtor’s full name and alias (if any);(c) the debtor’s address;(d) the debtor’s occupation (if any);(e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement |\n| 14 | A sequestration order is made against the estate of a debtor under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | All of the following:(a) particulars of the debtor;(b) the day on which the order was made;(c) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate |\n| 15 | An order is made under subsection 222(1), (2) or (5) of the Act setting aside a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was set aside |\n| 16 | A personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act where the Official Trustee is the trustee of the agreement | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 17 | An order is made under subsection 222C(1) of the Act terminating a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 18 | The Official Trustee gives a certificate to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act | The day on which the Official Trustee signed the certificate |\n| 19 | The Official Trustee finalises the administration of a debtor’s estate | The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised |\n| 20 | The Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act, on application by the Inspector‑General, that provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of an estate | Both of the following:(a) the name of the new trustee;(b) the day of the appointment |\n| 21 | The Official Trustee is appointed by the creditors of an estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of Schedule 2 to the Act as trustee of an estate | The day of the appointment |\n\n> Note: A number of provisions of the Act require the Official Receiver to enter information in the Index when certain events occur. These provisions include the following:\n\n (a) a debtor whose property is under the control of the Official Trustee or a registered trustee because of a direction given by the Court under paragraph 50(1)(a) of the Act;\n (c) a deceased debtor if a petition for an order for the administration of the deceased debtor’s estate has been presented under Part XI of the Act;\n (d) a debtor in relation to whom an application is made to the Court under subsection 253E(1) of the Act for an order staying all or any proceedings under a petition.\n (3) In the case of a deceased debtor, the information to be entered in accordance with paragraphs (1)(a), (b) and (c) is the information immediately before the debtor’s death.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (4), a person who is a debtor or bankrupt may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General for information about the person:\n (a) not to be entered in the Index, on the ground that the entry of the information would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n\n> Note: Example: A person may rely on a court order (such as a domestic violence order) to show that publication of the information in question would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under paragraph 80(3)(a) refusing to grant an application.\n\n (1) If a debt agreement ends under section 185N of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (2) If a debt agreement is terminated under section 185P, 185Q, 185QA or 185R of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (3) If an order is made under section 185U of the Act declaring all of a debt agreement void, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n\n The Official Receiver must remove all information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index within 1 year after the day on which any of the following occurs:\n\n (1) A person may, by application in writing, ask the Official Receiver to inspect material in the Index and give to the person an extract of material specified in the application.\n (a) if the applicant has paid any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination for obtaining the requested extract—must inspect the Index and, within 10 business days of receiving the application:\n (b) may give the applicant a list of Index search agents who may be able to inspect material entered in the Index for the applicant.\n (3) A person who has been granted access to the Index by the Inspector‑General may, after paying any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination:\n (4) However, prior payment is not required under subsection (3) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n An extract of information in the Index is admissible in any proceedings as prima facie evidence of the matters in the extract.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General, and any officer acting at the direction or with the authority of the Inspector‑General, have immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n (2) An officer has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (3) A person who provides material for entry in the Index has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of the material by way of:\n (5) The immunity of the Inspector‑General or another officer under this section arising out of publication of material extends to the Commonwealth and the Official Trustee to the extent that the Commonwealth or the Official Trustee would, apart from this subsection, be liable in respect of the publication.\n (6) This section does not limit any other ground of defence in relation to actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n\n (b) the person executing the warrant considers that it is impracticable to immediately bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n (b) a day and time when the person executing the warrant considers that it will be practicable to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n\n (1) If the Registrar receives a notification under subsection 87(2) in relation to an apprehended person, the Registrar must, as soon as reasonably practicable:\n (a) determine a day, time and place for the apprehended person to be brought before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate; and\n (b) direct the person who gave the notification to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate in accordance with that determination.\n (2) The time and day determined under paragraph (1)(a) must be the earliest that the Registrar reasonably believes are practicable.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 277B(1) of the Act, this Division establishes an infringement notice scheme, as an alternative to prosecution, for an infringement notice provision.\n\n (1) If the Inspector‑General believes on reasonable grounds that a person has contravened an infringement notice provision, the Inspector‑General may give to the person an infringement notice for the alleged contravention.\n (2) The infringement notice must be given within 12 months after the day on which the contravention is alleged to have taken place.\n (3) A single infringement notice must relate only to a single contravention of a single provision unless subsection (4) applies.\n (4) The Inspector‑General may give a person a single infringement notice relating to multiple contraventions of a single provision if:\n\n (e) give brief details of the alleged contravention, or each alleged contravention, to which the notice relates, including:\n (f) state the amount that is payable under the notice, as worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act and subsection (2) of this section; and\n (h) state that, if the person to whom the notice is given pays the amount within 20 business days after the day the notice is given, then (unless the notice is withdrawn) the person will not be liable to be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (k) state that the person may choose not to pay the amount and, if the person does so the person may be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (n) state that the person may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) If the notice relates to more than one alleged contravention of the provision by the person, the amount to be stated in the notice for the purposes of paragraph (1)(f) is the sum of the amount worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act for each alleged contravention.\n\n> Note: Under section 90, a single infringement notice may only deal with multiple contraventions if they are contraventions of a single provision continuing over a period.\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may apply to the Inspector‑General for an extension of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h).\n (2) If the application is made before the end of that period, the Inspector‑General may, in writing, extend that period. The Inspector‑General may do so before or after the end of that period.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General extends that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to that period so extended.\n (4) If the Inspector‑General does not extend that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to the period that ends on the later of the following days:\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) The Inspector‑General may withdraw an infringement notice given to a person (whether or not the person has made written representations seeking the withdrawal).\n (3) When deciding whether or not to withdraw an infringement notice (the relevant infringement notice), the Inspector‑General:\n (a) must take into account any written representations seeking the withdrawal that were given by the person to the Inspector‑General; and\n (i) whether a court has previously imposed a penalty on the person for a contravention of an infringement notice provision;\n (iii) whether the person has paid an amount, stated in an earlier infringement notice, for a contravention of an infringement notice provision if the contravention is constituted by conduct that is the same, or substantially the same, as the conduct alleged to constitute the contravention in the relevant infringement notice;\n\n (1) If the person to whom an infringement notice for an alleged contravention of a provision is given pays the amount stated in the notice before the end of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h):\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may sign a certificate that states any of the following in relation to an infringement notice given to a person:\n (b) that the Inspector‑General granted, or refused to grant, an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice;\n (c) if the Inspector‑General granted an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice—that that amount was not fully paid by the person within the period specified in the extension;\n (2) At a hearing of a prosecution for an offence alleged in an infringement notice, a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General in accordance with subsection (1) is prima facie evidence of the matters specified in the certificate.\n (3) A certificate that purports to be signed by the Inspector‑General is taken to have been signed by the Inspector‑General unless the contrary is proved.\n\n (a) require an infringement notice to be given to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (c) prevent the giving of 2 or more infringement notices to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (d) limit a court’s discretion to determine the amount of a penalty to be imposed on a person who is found to have contravened an infringement notice provision.\n\n (b) unless the person, by notice in writing to the Inspector‑General, directs otherwise—offset against estate charge or late payment penalty payable by the person.\n\n (1) A payment of interest charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) A payment of realisations charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or served on, a person (other than the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee), the document may be:\n (a) sent by a courier service to the person at the address of the person last known to the person serving the document; or\n (b) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name and any relevant document exchange number, at a document exchange where the person maintains a document exchange facility; or\n (i) by a kind of electronic communication that transmits the document to a facility maintained by the person for receipt of electronically transmitted documents; or\n (ii) by a kind of electronic communication such that, in the ordinary course of events, the document could be reasonably expected to be received by the person.\n\n> Note: The Electronic Transactions Act 1999 applies to a requirement or permission to give information under the Bankruptcy Act 1966 or this instrument, including electronic communications covered by this section.\n\n> Note: However, paragraph (d) of this subsection permits information to be given by means of particular kinds of electronic communication, in accordance with the information technology requirements in subsection (3). This means the requirements in section 9 of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999 do not apply in relation to electronic communications covered by this section (see subsection 9(3) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999).\n\n (2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(a) or (b), in the absence of proof to the contrary, the document is taken to have been received by, or served on, the person when the document would, in the due course of business practice, be delivered to that address or document exchange.\n\n (a) at the time the document is sent, it is reasonable to expect that the document would be readily accessible so as to be useable for subsequent reference; and\n (b) the document is sent in one of the following formats, or in a format that is similar to or readily convertible into one of the following formats:\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, this section applies if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or filed or lodged with:\n (2) The document must be posted, delivered, sent by email, or sent through the website of the Australian Financial Security Authority, to:\n (3) If this section applies, the document is taken to be received, filed or lodged only when the document (or, where applicable, a copy of it) is actually received by, or on behalf of, the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver (as the case requires).\n\n (1) Subsection (2) applies in any proceedings to a document or copy of a document that purports to be a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General stating that, at a particular time, the form of statement of affairs that is attached to the certificate was the approved form for the purposes of section 6A of the Act.\n\n A fee is not payable by the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver in respect of an application to, or the filing of a document in, the Court in relation to proceedings under the Act, this instrument or the Insolvency Practice Rules.\n\n (2) If such a fee is payable in respect of the doing of a matter or thing by the Official Receiver, the matter or thing need not be done unless the fee has been paid.\n\n (1) The Official Trustee’s entitlement to remuneration under the Fees and Remuneration Determination arises when the Official Trustee:\n (a) performs work or first acts in accordance with section 3.03, 3.04, 3.07 or 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (2) For paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (d), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee in respect of an amount received by the Official Trustee:\n\n (1) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.03 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the property or business of a debtor, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (2) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.04 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a composition or scheme of arrangement with the creditors of a bankrupt, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the composition or scheme of arrangement as the case may be.\n (3) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor who signed an authority under section 188 of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (4) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the estate of a bankrupt, or of a deceased person for whose estate an order for administration has been made under Part XI of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the bankrupt or deceased person as the case may be.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a request by a bankrupt to the Official Trustee for the Official Trustee’s consent, under paragraph 272(1)(c) of the Act, to the bankrupt leaving Australia.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may decide to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4) if the Inspector‑General is reasonably satisfied that:\n (a) payment of the fee by the person liable to pay it has imposed, or would impose, hardship on the person that is unusual and exceptional in comparison to the hardship arising in the normal course of bankruptcy; or\n (b) unless the fee is payable to the Inspector‑General—the officer to whom the fee is payable or would have been payable if the fee had not been waived or remitted.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General decides under subsection (1) to refuse to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4), the notification under subsection (2) in relation to the decision must include the reasons for the decision.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under subsection 111(1) refusing to waive or remit the whole or part of a fee that is payable by the person.\n\n If, under the Act, a trustee takes possession of, or attaches, the property of a bankrupt, debtor or deceased person, the trustee must, as soon as is reasonably practicable:\n (b) give a copy of the inventory, of the photographs or of the video recordings, as the case may be, to any person who has custody of the property or part of the property.\n\n (1) If a provision of this instrument states that a dollar amount is to be indexed in accordance with this section, then at the start of each financial year (an indexation year) beginning on or after 1 July 2021, the dollar amount is replaced by the amount worked out using the following formula:\n ![Start formula Indexation factor for the indexation year times Dollar amount for the previous year end formula](image.002.png)\n ![Start formula start fraction Index number for the reference quarter over Index number for the base quarter end fraction end formula](image.003.png)\n\n> index number, for a quarter, means the All Groups Consumer Price Index number (being the weighted average of the 8 capital cities) published by the Australian Statistician for that quarter.\n\n (4) If an indexation factor worked out under subsection (2) would be less than 1, that indexation factor is to be increased to 1.\n (a) are to be made using only the index numbers published in terms of the most recently published index reference period; and\n (b) are to be made disregarding index numbers that are published in substitution for previously published index numbers (except where the substituted numbers are published to take account of changes in the index reference period).\n\n (a) a thing was done for a particular purpose under the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996 as in force immediately before those Regulations were repealed; and\n (2) Without limiting subsection (1), a reference in that subsection to a thing being done includes a reference to a notice, application or other instrument being given or made.\n\n Despite the repeal of the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996, item 3 of Schedule 4 to those Regulations, as in force immediately before that repeal, continues to apply in relation to a contribution assessment period if an assessment under section 139W of the Act was made for that contribution assessment period before that repeal.\n\n Section 102, as substituted by Schedule 1 to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Electronic Service) Regulations 2024, applies in relation to a document that is given or sent to, or served on, a person on or after the commencement of that Schedule.\n\n## Division 1 Bankruptcy notices\n\n> electronic communication means an electronic communication within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of electronic communication in subsection 5(1) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999.\n\n> legal practitioner means a barrister, a solicitor, a barrister and solicitor or a legal practitioner, of the High Court or of the Supreme Court of a State or Territory.\n\n (a) remuneration paid to the trustee in accordance with a direction, or other order, made by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act directing the trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or making another order in relation to the property; and\n (ii) in relation to the examination of the debtor, or an examinable person in relation to the debtor, as a result of the issue of a summons under subsection 50(2) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section sets out the requirements for an application to the Official Receiver for a bankruptcy notice by a person who has obtained against a debtor one, or 2 or more, final judgments or final orders of a kind described in paragraph 40(1)(g) of the Act.\n\n (a) if any final order specified in the application is an award that is a final order because of subparagraph 40(3)(a)(i) of the Act—both of the following:\n (i) a copy of the award certified as a true copy by the arbitrator who made the award or by an officer of the Court who has compared the copy with the original award;\n (ii) a certificate of the judgment or order sealed by the court that made the judgment or order (the relevant court) or signed by an officer of the relevant court;\n (iii) a copy of the entry of the judgment or order certified as a true copy of that entry and sealed by the relevant court or signed by an officer of the relevant court.\n\n> Note 2: A fee is payable to the Official Receiver for an application under this section (see the Fees and Remuneration Determination).\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice must follow that form in respect of its format (for example, bold or italic typeface, underlining and notes).\n\n> Note: Section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 provides that strict compliance with a form is not required and substantial compliance is sufficient.\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice in relation to a debtor that is served on the debtor outside of a period mentioned in subsection (1) is not valid.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (a) of the definition of statutory minimum in subsection 5(1) of the Act, the amount prescribed is $10,000.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (2), the only persons who may inspect a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver under subsection 41(1) of the Act are the following:\n (2) If a creditor’s petition is presented that is founded on an act of bankruptcy consisting of failure to comply with the bankruptcy notice, any person may inspect the notice.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver in relation to a debtor if the notice includes a final judgment, or final order, that is expressed in an amount of foreign currency (whether or not the judgment or order is also expressed in an amount of Australian currency).\n (c) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the day on which the application for the notice is made.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n A creditor who presents a petition to the Court under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must give to the Official Receiver:\n (b) a copy of any order entered by the Court, dismissing, staying or extending the petition, or adjourning the hearing of the petition, within 2 business days after the Court enters the order.\n\n (1) If the Court gives a direction, or makes another order, under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to a debtor, the creditor who applied under subsection 50(1A) of the Act for the Court to make a direction must:\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n (c) in accordance with the direction or other order, the creditor deposits an amount (the first amount) with the trustee for the purposes of covering the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor.\n\n (2) The creditor is entitled to a refund of the sum of the first amount and any amount covered by subsection (4) less an amount equal to the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor if any of the following events occur:\n (a) the debtor enters into a personal insolvency agreement, or the debtor’s estate is administered under Part XI of the Act, and the Court authorises the trustee to transfer the debtor’s property to some other person;\n (i) the Court is satisfied that the first amount is insufficient to cover the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor;\n (ii) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs, on application by the trustee, the creditor to deposit the additional amount with the trustee;\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n\n (2) The Court may, on application by the debtor within 15 business days after the day the petition is dismissed, order the creditor to pay the debtor an amount equal to the damage the Court assesses as resulting from the acts or omissions of the trustee in reliance on the direction or other order mentioned in paragraph (1)(b).\n\n “(2A) The Court or a magistrate may direct that an examination, or any part of an examination, under this section shall be held in private.”;\n (c) by omitting from subsection (9) “is the trustee” and substituting “has been directed to take control of the property of the relevant person”;\n “(14) Subject to subsection (14A), the applicant for an examination under this section is to pay the costs incurred in connection with the examination.\n (14A) The Court or a magistrate may order that all or some of the costs mentioned in subsection (14) are to be paid by the relevant person.”.\n\n If:\n (b) the Official Receiver accepts the declaration, and signs a copy of the declaration, under paragraph 54C(1)(a) of the Act;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsections 54D(1), 55(3A), 56B(5) and 57(3A) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (d) information about a debtor’s right to choose whether the bankruptcy is initially administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (e) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to present to the Official Receiver, under section 54A of the Act, a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition.\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to present a petition under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n If:\n (a) a debtor presents, or 2 or more debtors present, a petition to the Official Receiver under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act; and\n (b) there is in force under subsection 156A(1) of the Act an instrument of consent of a registered trustee to act as the trustee of:\n (ii) in the case of 2 or more debtors—the separate estates, the joint estates, or the joint and separate estates, of the debtors or any of them;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 56C(2) of the Act, if the Official Receiver refers a debtor’s petition against a partnership to the Court, the notice given by the Official Receiver to each member of the partnership who did not present the petition must:\n\n If a person is arrested under a warrant issued by the Court under section 78 of the Act, the arresting officer must immediately notify a Registrar of the Court.\n\n (a) a creditor lodges, or causes to be lodged, a proof of debt in a bankruptcy in accordance with section 84 of the Act; and\n (b) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the date of the bankruptcy.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n (1) For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(a) of the Act, the order that the trustee of the estate of a bankrupt must apply the proceeds of the bankrupt’s property to the costs, charges, expenses and remuneration mentioned in the following table is the order that appears in the table.\n\n

Order of payment of certain costs, charges, expenses and remuneration

Item

Costs, charges and expenses

1

Realisations charge payable by the trustee in relation to the estate under the Bankruptcy (Estate Charges) Act 1997

2

If the trustee is a registered trustee to whom the Official Trustee transferred the administration of the bankruptcy, both of the following in relation to the administration of the bankruptcy by the Official Trustee before the transfer:

(a) any remuneration payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination;

(b) any reimbursement that is payable to the Official Trustee under section 108

3

Expenses reasonably incurred by or on behalf of the trustee:

(a) in protecting all or part of the bankrupt’s assets; or

(b) in carrying on, in accordance with the Act, a business of the bankrupt

4

If a creditor made an advance to the trustee for the purposes of the trustee’s administration of the bankruptcy—an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to that advance

5

Fees, costs, charges or expenses (other than fees, costs, charges or expenses covered by another item of this table) paid or payable by the trustee in administering the bankrupt’s estate

6

If:

(a) an order was made under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to the bankrupt when the bankrupt was a debtor; and

(b) an amount was deposited by a creditor, in accordance with that order, with the trustee;

an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to the trustee’s preliminary remuneration and expenses in relation to the debtor

7

The following:

(a) if a creditor applied for:

(i) a sequestration order against the estate; or

(ii) an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act;

the taxed costs of the creditor in relation to the application;

(b) if the administrator of the estate of a deceased person presented a petition for an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act—the taxed costs of the administrator;

(c) if a person made an application for a sequestration order under Part X of the Act—both of the following:

(i) the taxed costs of that person in relation to the application;

(ii) any taxed costs of that person in respect of an application for an order under Division 5 or 6 of Part IX of the Act in relation to the estate

8

The trustee’s remuneration (other than remuneration covered by item 6):

(a) if the trustee is the Official Trustee—payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or

(b) if the trustee is a registered trustee—payable to the registered trustee under section 60‑5 of Schedule 2 to the Act

9

If:

(a) there is a committee of inspection in relation to the administration of the estate; and

(b) the creditors of the estate, or a majority of them, have approved payment of out‑of‑pocket expenses incurred by a member of the committee of inspection;

those expenses, to the extent that the trustee allows them as being fair and reasonable

10

Costs of any audit carried out under section 70‑15 or 70‑20 of Schedule 2 to the Act in relation to the estate

\n```\n\n (2) For the purposes of item 7 of the table, a reference to an applicant or a person presenting a petition is taken to include a reference to a person whose application or petition has not been proceeded with because a debtor’s petition presented by the bankrupt has been accepted by the Official Receiver (whether or not that debtor’s petition was referred to the Court under subsection 55(3B) of the Act, and whatever the outcome of such a referral).\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(e) of the Act, the maximum amount due to or in respect of an employee of a bankrupt is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum amount payable to employee

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$4,600

2

2018‑19

$4,550

3

2017‑18

$4,500

4

2016‑17

$4,450

5

2015‑16

$4,400

6

2014‑15

$4,350

7

2013‑14

$4,300

8

2012‑13

$4,200

9

2011‑12

$4,150

10

2010‑11

$4,100

11

2009‑10

$4,000

12

2008‑09

$3,950

13

2007‑08

$3,850

14

2006‑07

$3,750

15

2005‑06

$3,650

16

2004‑05

$3,550

17

2003‑04

$3,500

18

2002‑03

$3,450

19

2001‑02

$3,350

20

2000‑01

$3,300

21

1999‑2000

$3,150

22

1998‑99

$3,100

23

1997‑98

$3,100

24

1996‑97

$3,100

\n```\n\n (b) property of a kind covered by subsection (3) to the extent that it is reasonably appropriate for a household, having regard to the criteria specified in subsection (4);\n (c) property (including recreational and sports equipment) of a kind that is reasonably necessary for the domestic use of a household, having regard to:\n (c) educational, sporting or recreational items (including books) that are wholly or mainly for the use of children or students in the household;\n (c) any special climatic or other factors (including geographical isolation) of the place where the household residence is located;\n (d) whether the property is reasonably necessary for the functioning or servicing of the household as a viable and properly‑run household;\n (e) whether the costs of seizure, storage and sale of the property would be likely to exceed the sale price of the property;\n (f) if paragraph (e) does not apply—whether for any other reason (for example, costs of transport) the sale of the property would be likely to be uneconomical.\n (6) For the purposes of subsection (5), an item is an antique item only if a substantial part of its market value is attributable to its age or historical significance.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(ba)(ii) of the Act, non‑monetary sporting, cultural, military or academic awards are a kind of property that is prescribed.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(c)(i) of the Act, the maximum total value of a bankrupt’s property that is for use by the bankrupt in earning income by personal exertion is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum total value of tools

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,800

2

2018‑19

$3,800

3

2017‑18

$3,750

4

2016‑17

$3,700

5

2015‑16

$3,650

6

2014‑15

$3,600

7

2013‑14

$3,550

8

2012‑13

$3,500

9

2011‑12

$3,450

10

2010‑11

$3,400

11

2009‑10

$3,300

12

2008‑09

$3,250

13

2007‑08

$3,200

14

2006‑07

$3,100

15

2005‑06

$3,050

16

2004‑05

$3,000

17

2003‑04

$2,950

18

2002‑03

$2,900

19

2001‑02

$2,850

20

2000‑01

$2,800

21

1999‑2000

$2,650

22

1998‑99

$2,600

23

1997‑98

$2,600

24

1996‑97

$2,600

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 116(2)(ca) of the Act, the maximum aggregate value of property used by the bankrupt primarily as a means of transport is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum value of motor vehicle

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$8,100

2

2018‑19

$8,000

3

2017‑18

$7,900

4

2016‑17

$7,800

5

2015‑16

$7,700

6

2014‑15

$7,600

7

2013‑14

$7,500

8

2012‑13

$7,350

9

2011‑12

$7,200

10

2010‑11

$7,050

11

2009‑10

$6,850

12

2008‑09

$6,700

13

2007‑08

$6,500

14

2006‑07

$6,300

15

2005‑06

$6,150

16

2004‑05

$6,000

17

2003‑04

$5,900

18

2002‑03

$5,800

19

2001‑02

$5,650

20

2000‑01

$5,500

21

1999‑2000

$5,200

22

1998‑99

$5,050

23

1997‑98

$5,000

24

1996‑97

$5,000

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 120(2)(d) of the Act, a transfer is of a kind to which subsection 120(1) of the Act does not apply if the costs of recovering the transferred property would, in the opinion of the trustee in the transferor’s bankruptcy, be likely to exceed the value of the property to the transferor’s creditors.\n\n (b) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a lease—set out facts showing that subsection 133(4) of the Act has been complied with; and\n (c) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a contract—set out facts showing that the contract is, for the purposes of subsection 133(5A) of the Act, an unprofitable contract.\n (2) A trustee who gives a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must give the notice to each person who, to the trustee’s knowledge:\n (3) A failure to comply with subsection (1) or (2) does not affect the validity of a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section is made for the purposes of subparagraph (a)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act.\n (b) a reference in that Act to the taxable value of a benefit were a reference to the value, for the purposes of the Act, of the benefit; and\n (c) a reference in that Act to a declaration date were a reference to the date occurring 21 days after the end of a contribution assessment period in relation to a bankrupt; and\n (d) a reference in that Act to a declaration to be given to an employer of a person were a reference to a declaration to be given to the trustee of the person’s estate; and\n (e) a reference in that Act to a form approved by the Commissioner were a reference to a form approved by the Inspector‑General under section 6D of the Act; and\n (f) subject to paragraph (d), a reference in the FBTA Act to an employer, or to the employer, were a reference to any person (other than the bankrupt); and\n (g) a reference in the FBTA Act to an employee, or to the employee, were a reference to a bankrupt, or to the bankrupt, as the case requires.\n (5) Despite subsections (2), (3) and (4), the modifications specified or referred to in those subsections do not apply in relation to the provision of a fringe benefit (within the meaning of the FBTA Act) to a bankrupt if the provider of the fringe benefit:\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following contributions and payments made for the purpose of providing superannuation benefits for a bankrupt person are not income of the person:\n (a) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person to the extent that the contributions reduce the employer’s potential liability for the superannuation guarantee charge imposed under section 5 of the Superannuation Guarantee Charge Act 1992;\n (b) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person in accordance with the employer’s obligation to make contributions for the person under:\n (c) payments of shortfall components made to, or for the benefit of, the person under sections 65 to 67 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n (a) the contributions exceed the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage of the employee’s ordinary time earnings for the contribution assessment period; and\n\n> individual industrial agreement means an industrial agreement made solely between the employer and the person, including the following:\n\n (a) an AWA, or an ITEA, (both within the meaning of the Fair Work (Transitional Provisions and Consequential Amendments) Act 2009) to which that Act applies;\n\n> ordinary time earnings has the meaning given by subsection 6(1) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n> relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage: the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage for a year (the bankruptcy year) is the percentage whose number is the same as that set out in column 2 of the table in subsection 19(2) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992 for the financial year in which the bankruptcy year starts.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following payments or amounts are not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) a payment or amount of family tax benefit paid under the family assistance law (within the meaning of the A New Tax System (Family Assistance) (Administration) Act 1999);\n (b) an amount that is not income for the purposes of the Social Security Act 1991 because of subsection 8(8) of that Act, except for a payment or amount mentioned in paragraph (a), (h), (ha), (k), (ka), (m), (z), (za) or (zb) of that subsection.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (c) of the definition of dependant in section 139K of the Act, the prescribed amount of income derived (or likely to be derived) by a person during a contribution assessment period is:\n (b) if the period begins in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n (d) if the period begins in a later financial year—$3,741 indexed in accordance with section 114 of this instrument as if the period were that financial year.\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum income of dependant

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,720

2

2018‑19

$3,642

3

2017‑18

$3,596

4

2016‑17

$3,532

5

2015‑16

$3,459

6

2014‑15

$3,411

7

2013‑14

$3,363

8

2012‑13

$3,264

9

2011‑12

$3,181

10

2010‑11

$3,131

11

2009‑10

$3,030

12

2008‑09

$2,942

13

2007‑08

$2,870

14

2006‑07

$2,756

15

2005‑06

$2,688

16

2004‑05

$2,611

17

2003‑04

$2,549

\n```\n\n (3) If the bankrupt pays the contribution by cheque, payment is taken to occur when the cheque is cleared and the amount of the payment is credited to the account into which the cheque is deposited.\n (4) The trustee may, on reasonable notice in writing to the bankrupt, vary or withdraw an authorisation under paragraph (2)(c).\n (5) If the trustee incurs a delivery or postal charge (including a surcharge) or bank charge in connection with the receipt or processing of the contribution, the trustee may reimburse the trustee for the amount of the charge from the bankrupt’s estate.\n\n (a) a bankrupt is liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the bankrupt’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act in respect of a contribution assessment period; and\n\n (3) If the contribution remains unpaid, the deceased bankrupt’s estate is liable for the portion of the contribution attributable to the part of the period occurring before the bankrupt’s death.\n\n (b) immediately before being discharged, the person was liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the person’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act; and\n\n> Note: Section 139R of the Act provides that any liability of a bankrupt under section 139P or 139Q of the Act is not affected by the bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy after the making of the assessment that gave rise to the liability.\n\n (5) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(d)(ii), a change in the name of a person is taken to occur if the person in fact assumes the use of a different name or an additional name.\n\n A notice under section 139ZL of the Act must not specify money or property that is protected, under a law of the Commonwealth or a State or Territory, from a process such as assignment, attachment, charging, execution or garnishment.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 145(3) of the Act, notice must be given by serving it on each person to whom, under that subsection, it must be given.\n\n (a) an objection to the discharge of a bankrupt has been made on a ground, or on grounds that include a ground, mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(a) or (h) of the Act (which refer to the bankrupt being out of Australia); and\n (2) Within 5 business days after the day that the registered trustee becomes aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia, the registered trustee must give notice in writing to the Official Receiver stating:\n (ii) if the trustee does not know the day on which the bankrupt returned—the trustee became aware that the bankrupt had returned.\n\n For the purposes of the ground of objection mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(d) of the Act, a bankrupt is taken to have failed to comply with a request to provide information if the bankrupt has provided information that is incomplete or inaccurate.\n\n (c) an application is made to the Administrative Review Tribunal under section 149Q of the Act for the review of the decision of the Inspector‑General; and\n\n (a) if the debtor presents a debtor’s petition to the Official Receiver—on or before the day that the debtor so presents the petition; or\n\n If a registered trustee becomes, under subsection 156A(3) of the Act, the trustee of an estate or of joint and separate estates, the Official Receiver may give the registered trustee a certificate to that effect.\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 188(2A) of the Act, a person (other than the Official Trustee or a registered trustee) is ineligible to act under Part X of the Act as a controlling trustee in relation to a debtor in any of the following circumstances:\n (a) the person is or was convicted of an offence involving fraud or dishonesty at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (c) the person is a solicitor who does not hold an Australian practising certificate (within the meaning of the Evidence Act 1995);\n (d) the person is or was an insolvent under administration at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(f)(ii), the Inspector‑General may approve a course in insolvency by notice published on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website.\n (ii) has refused or failed to cooperate with the Inspector‑General in an inquiry or investigation under paragraph 12(1)(b) of the Act.\n (ii) invites the person to give the Inspector‑General, within 20 business days after the day the notice is given or such longer time as is specified in the notice, a written statement showing cause why the determination should not be made; and\n (5) If the Inspector‑General makes a determination under subsection (3) in relation to a person, the Inspector‑General must give the person a written notice stating the following:\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General to make a determination under subsection 49(3).\n\n (b) the person becomes ineligible to act as a controlling trustee under Part X of the Act because one or more of the circumstances prescribed by subsection 49(1) of this instrument apply in relation to the person.\n (2) The Official Trustee must perform the duties of a controlling trustee in relation to the debtor unless and until the debtor authorises another person under subsection 188(1) of the Act.\n\n (1) If, on application, the Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act that a person (the old trustee) cease to be the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate, the applicant for the order must:\n (3) If the creditors of a regulated debtor, by resolution at a meeting, remove the trustee (the old trustee) of the regulated debtor’s estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(a) of Schedule 2 to the Act, the person appointed by the creditors under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of that Schedule as trustee of the estate must:\n\n (1) If the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate (other than the Official Trustee) finalises the administration of the debtor’s estate, the trustee must:\n\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a debt agreement;\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to give the Official Receiver a debt agreement proposal under subsection 185C(1) of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n (a) any of the following awarded by a registered provider (within the meaning of the Education Services for Overseas Students Act 2000):\n (i) a Certificate IV in Financial Services (Accounting) awarded for study starting between 10 July 2004 and 23 November 2010;\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (c) a degree, diploma or similar qualification awarded by a foreign tertiary education institution and for which the Inspector‑General is satisfied the following conditions are satisfied:\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n\n#### 57 Prescribed amount of owed notified estate charges preventing renewal of registration as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraphs 186C(3)(d) and (5)(d) of the Act, the prescribed amount of notified estate charges is $500.\n\n For the purposes of section 187A of the Act, a provision of Part X of the Act specified in Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section of the Act, to joint debtors, whether partners or not.\n\n (b) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (c) information about whether a personal insolvency agreement may be administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy if any of the things mentioned in paragraphs 40(1)(i) to (m) of the Act happen in relation to a debtor;\n (f) information about a debtor’s rights and responsibilities under Part X of the Act, including a debtor’s obligation to disclose all related entities;\n (g) information about a controlling trustee’s obligation to disclose the controlling trustee’s relationship (if any) with a debtor.\n (3) A registered trustee or a solicitor authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property must not consent to exercise the powers given by the authority unless the debtor has given the registered trustee or the solicitor, as the case may be, a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the Official Trustee is authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property, the Official Receiver must not give the debtor a written approval under paragraph 188(2)(aa) of the Act unless the debtor has given the Official Trustee a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n\n (b) unable to sign the authority or an acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) of this instrument relating to the authority because of a physical incapacity.\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and debtor are familiar; or\n\n> relevant material means the authority, the information prescribed by section 59 and the acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) relating to the authority.\n\n (3) The person must, at the same time as calling a meeting of the debtor’s creditors, give a copy of the proposal for dealing with the debtor’s affairs under Part X of the Act to:\n\n> Note 1: An authority signed by a debtor under section 188 of the Act is not effective for the purposes of Part X of the Act unless, before the person authorised consents to exercise the powers given by the authority, the debtor gives to the person authorised:\n\n> Note 2: Under subsection 188(5) of the Act, a registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority must also give a copy of the authority and the debtor’s statement of affairs to the Official Receiver.\n\n (e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement.\n\n For the purposes of section 210 of the Act, a provision of Part VIII of the Act specified in Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor.\n\n#### 64 Modifications of Division 1 of Part V of the Act—debtors whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act\n\n For the purposes of subsection 211(1) of the Act, a provision in Division 1 of Part V of the Act specified in Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 218(3) of the Act, a notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act must be in writing.\n\n (1) If the Court makes a sequestration order under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act, the applicant for the order must:\n\n#### 67 Information to be given to Official Receiver in relation to orders terminating or setting aside a personal insolvency agreement\n\n> Note: If the Court makes an order setting aside or terminating a personal insolvency agreement and a registered trustee was the trustee of the agreement, the registered trustee must give written notice of the order to the Official Receiver (see subsection 224A(4) of the Act).\n\n (1) If a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act, the trustee of the agreement must:\n\n> Note: Before the termination takes effect, the trustee must give notice of the proposed termination to all the creditors who are entitled to receive notice of a meeting of creditors (see subsection 222A(2) of the Act).\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 231(1) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 4 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor who has executed a personal insolvency agreement.\n (2) For the purposes of subsection 231(3) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 5 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a personal insolvency agreement.\n\n (4) If the trustee gives a certificate to the debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act or subsection (1) of this section, the trustee must:\n (a) the person is required to give a copy of a certificate to the Official Receiver in accordance with subsection (4); and\n\n For the purposes of subsections 248(1) and (3) of the Act, a provision specified in Schedule 4 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Schedule in relation to proceedings under Part XI of the Act and the administration of estates under that Part.\n\n (1) If a trustee (within the meaning of section 254 of the Act) pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act, the trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (3) If a registered trustee pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act, the registered trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (1) For the purposes of the definition of National Personal Insolvency Index in subsection 5(1) of the Act, an electronic index to be known as the National Personal Insolvency Index is established.\n\n Division 2 of this Part (information to be entered in the Index) has effect subject to Division 3 of this Part (information not to be entered in the Index and information to be removed from the Index).\n\n (1) The person specified in column 2 of an item of the table in subsection (3) must, at a time within the time period specified in column 2 of that item, give a copy of each document specified in column 1 of that item to the Official Receiver.\n\n

Documents that must be given to the Official Receiver

Item

Column 1

Document(s)

Column 2

Person and time period

Column 3

Information

1

A notice given under subsection 181A(2) of the Act by the current trustee of a bankrupt’s estate nominating another trustee as the new trustee of the estate

The new trustee within 2 business days after the date specified in the notice (see paragraph 181A(3)(a) of the Act)

The day on which the new trustee became the trustee of the estate

2

An order under subsection 185Q(4) of the Act terminating a debt agreement

The applicant for the order within 3 business days after the order is made

The day on which the order was made

3

An order under subsection 185U(1) of the Act declaring all or part of a debt agreement void

The applicant for the order within 2 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) whether all or part of the agreement was declared void

4

An authority, signed by a debtor under subsection 188(1) of the Act, naming and authorising a registered trustee, a solicitor or the Official Trustee to call a meeting of the debtor’s creditors and to take control of the debtor’s property

The person named in the authority within 2 business days after the debtor signs the authority

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the copy of the authority was given to the Official Receiver;

(c) the day on which the debtor’s statement of affairs was given to the Official Receiver (see subsections 188(2D) and (5) of the Act);

(d) the name of the controlling trustee (see subsection 188(6) of the Act)

5

Written evidence of an event of a kind mentioned in paragraph 192(1)(a), (b) or (c) of the Act, or a written request given to the Official Trustee under paragraph 192(1)(d) of the Act, resulting in the Official Trustee becoming the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor

The Official Trustee within 14 days after the Official Trustee becomes the controlling trustee

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Trustee became the controlling trustee

6

Both of the following:

(a) a petition to the Court, under subsection 244(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of the estate of a deceased person;

(b) an affidavit verifying the petition (see subsection 244(5) of the Act)

The creditor, or one of the creditors, who presented the petition to the Court within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day the petition was presented;

(c) the name of the creditor or creditors who presented the petition;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the creditor or creditors;

(e) the day the Court is to hear the petition

7

Both of the following:

(a) a petition, under subsection 247(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of a deceased person’s estate under Part XI of the Act;

(b) a statement of the deceased person’s affairs and of the petitioner’s administration of the deceased person’s estate (see subsection 247(1) of the Act)

The petitioner within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the petition and the statement of affairs were presented;

(c) the name of the administrator;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the administrator

8

An order, under section 252B of the Act, annulling the administration of the estate of a deceased person under Part XI of the Act

The trustee of the estate within 2 business days after the trustee becomes aware of the order

The day on which the order was made

9

An order, under subsection 253E(1) of the Act, staying proceedings under a creditor’s petition or debtor’s petition

The applicant for the order within 7 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) the length of the stay (see subsection 253E(3) of the Act)

\n```\n\n (1) If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in subsection (2) is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n (aa) in the case of a statement of affairs mentioned in item 2 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the statement; and\n (a) in the case of a debtor’s petition mentioned in item 3, 4 or 5 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the petition; and\n (b) in the case of a debt agreement proposal mentioned in item 12 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the debt agreement proposal for processing.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with the Act

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A sequestration order made against the estate of a debtor (see subsection 52(1A) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(d) the name of the creditor who obtained the order;

(e) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of that creditor

2

A statement of the affairs of a person against whose estate a sequestration order is made, that is given for the purposes of subsection 54(1) of the Act

The day on which the statement of affairs was filed with the Official Receiver

3

A debtor’s petition (see subsection 55(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the resulting bankruptcy;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(e) the day on which the statement of the debtor’s affairs accepted by the Official Receiver was given to the Official Receiver for the purposes of paragraph 55(2)(b) of the Act

4

A debtor’s petition against a partnership presented by members of the partnership (see subsection 56B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of the partners who presented the petition;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the bankruptcy of each of those partners as a result of the acceptance of the petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each bankrupt partner;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those partners, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of the partnership affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

5

A debtor’s petition by joint debtors who are not partners (see subsection 57(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of those debtors;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of each bankruptcy that results from acceptance of the debtor’s petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each debtor;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those debtors, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of their joint affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

6

A notice relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 74(5A) of the Act)

The day on which the bankruptcy was annulled

7

A notice of objection by a trustee to the discharge of a bankrupt from bankruptcy (see subsection 149B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) when the objection took effect (see section 149G of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection set out in the notice (see paragraph 149C(1)(a) of the Act);

(c) the name of the trustee

8

A notice that a trustee ceases to object to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy on a particular ground (see subsection 149H(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) if there is no longer an objection on any ground—when the objection ceased to have effect (see subsection 149H(3) of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection to which the notice relates;

(c) the name of the trustee

9

A notice of withdrawal of objection by a trustee to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy (see subsection 149J(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) when the withdrawal takes effect (see subsection 149J(3) of the Act);

(b) the name of the trustee

10

A notice about the cancellation, under subsection 149N(1) of the Act, of a notice of objection filed by a trustee of a bankrupt’s estate (see subsection 149P(1) of the Act)

The day on which the cancellation took effect

11

A certificate relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 153A(2) of the Act)

The date of annulment included in the certificate

12

A debtor’s written proposal for a debt agreement (see subsection 185C(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185E of the Act)

13

A notification that a debt agreement has ended (see subsection 185N(5) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the debt agreement ended;

(b) the reasons why the debt agreement ended

14

A notification that control of the property of a debtor has ended (see subsection 189(1B) of the Act)

The day on which that control ended

15

A personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor (see paragraph 218(1)(b) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the agreement was executed;

(c) the name of the trustee of the personal insolvency agreement

16

A resolution or special resolution terminating a personal insolvency agreement (see subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

17

A resolution or special resolution terminating a composition or scheme of arrangement (see section 76B and subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated

18

A notice that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated or set aside (see subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated or set aside

19

A notice that a composition or scheme of arrangement is terminated or set aside (see section 76B and subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated or set aside

20

An order that the estate of a deceased person be administered under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 244(14), 245(3) or 247(3) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee administering the estate

21

A statement of a deceased person’s affairs and of the administration of the deceased person’s estate by a legal personal representative of the deceased person (see paragraph 246(1)(b) of the Act)

The day on which the statement was given to the Official Receiver

22

A certificate in relation to the annulment, by force of subsection 252A(1) of the Act, of the administration of an estate under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 252A(2) of the Act)

The day of the annulment

\n```\n\n If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with this instrument

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A creditor’s petition presented against a debtor or joint debtors (see section 13)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor or joint debtors;

(b) the day on which the petition was presented against the debtor or joint debtors;

(c) the name of the petitioning creditor;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the petitioning creditor;

(e) the day of the court hearing for a sequestration order relating to the petition

2

A direction given, or an order made, by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act (see section 14 of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor to whom the order or direction relates;

(b) the day on which the order was made or the direction given;

(c) the day (if any) on which a trustee’s control of that debtor’s property is to end (see subsection 50(1B) of the Act)

3

A notice under subsection 46(2) that the Administrative Review Tribunal has varied or set aside a decision of the Inspector‑General in relation to a notice of objection

The day on which the decision was varied or set aside

4

A notice given under subsection 52(1) in relation to an order about a regulated debtor’s estate, if the order provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of the estate

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the new trustee;

(b) the day of the appointment

5

A notice given under subsection 52(3) by a person appointed as trustee of the estate of a regulated debtor

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the person appointed;

(b) the day of the appointment

6

A notice under subsection 53(1) that the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate has finalised the administration of the debtor’s estate

The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised

7

A notice under subparagraph 62(2)(a)(ii) of particulars specified in subsection 62(3) in relation to a special resolution passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors

The particulars

8

A sequestration order against the estate of a debtor made under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act (see subsection 66(1) of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) if the person who applied for the order was a creditor of the debtor—the name of the creditor and the name and telephone number of the creditor’s solicitor (if any);

(d) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate

9

A notice under paragraph 68(1)(a) that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

10

A certificate given by a trustee to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act (see subsection 70(4) of this instrument)

The day on which the trustee signed the certificate

\n```\n\n If an event specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section occurs, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n| Item | Column 1Event | Column 2Information |\n| ---- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |\n| 1 | A bankrupt is, by force of subsection 149(1) of the Act, discharged from bankruptcy | The day on which the bankrupt was discharged from bankruptcy |\n| 2 | The Official Receiver issues a certificate of appointment to a registered trustee under subsection 157(3) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the name of the registered trustee;(b) the day on which the registered trustee was appointed |\n| 3 | A trustee, or the Official Trustee, is released from the trusteeship of an estate by force of section 184 or 184A of the Act | The fact that the trustee, or the Official Trustee, has been so released |\n| 4 | A debt agreement proposal is withdrawn | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was withdrawn |\n| 5 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement that was made before 1 July 2007 is accepted (see sections 185B and 185P of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the proposal was accepted |\n| 6 | A debt agreement proposal is not accepted (see section 185EC of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was not accepted |\n| 7 | The Official Receiver cancels the acceptance of a debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185ED of the Act) | The day on which the Official Receiver cancelled the acceptance of the debt agreement proposal for processing |\n| 8 | A debt agreement proposal lapses (see section 185G of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal lapsed |\n| 9 | The Official Receiver gives to a debtor a certificate under subsection 185N(3) of the Act | The day on which the certificate was given |\n| 10 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement is accepted (see section 185PC of the Act) | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 11 | The Official Receiver terminates a debt agreement under subsection 185QA(1) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 12 | The minutes of a meeting of creditors at which a special resolution was passed terminating a debt agreement made before 1 July 2007 are given to the Official Receiver (see subsection 185QA(1) of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the resolution was passed |\n| 13 | A special resolution is passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors under subsection 204(1) of the Act if the Official Trustee called the meeting under an authority under section 188 of the Act | All of the following:(a) the date of the resolution;(b) the debtor’s full name and alias (if any);(c) the debtor’s address;(d) the debtor’s occupation (if any);(e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement |\n| 14 | A sequestration order is made against the estate of a debtor under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | All of the following:(a) particulars of the debtor;(b) the day on which the order was made;(c) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate |\n| 15 | An order is made under subsection 222(1), (2) or (5) of the Act setting aside a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was set aside |\n| 16 | A personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act where the Official Trustee is the trustee of the agreement | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 17 | An order is made under subsection 222C(1) of the Act terminating a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 18 | The Official Trustee gives a certificate to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act | The day on which the Official Trustee signed the certificate |\n| 19 | The Official Trustee finalises the administration of a debtor’s estate | The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised |\n| 20 | The Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act, on application by the Inspector‑General, that provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of an estate | Both of the following:(a) the name of the new trustee;(b) the day of the appointment |\n| 21 | The Official Trustee is appointed by the creditors of an estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of Schedule 2 to the Act as trustee of an estate | The day of the appointment |\n\n> Note: A number of provisions of the Act require the Official Receiver to enter information in the Index when certain events occur. These provisions include the following:\n\n (a) a debtor whose property is under the control of the Official Trustee or a registered trustee because of a direction given by the Court under paragraph 50(1)(a) of the Act;\n (c) a deceased debtor if a petition for an order for the administration of the deceased debtor’s estate has been presented under Part XI of the Act;\n (d) a debtor in relation to whom an application is made to the Court under subsection 253E(1) of the Act for an order staying all or any proceedings under a petition.\n (3) In the case of a deceased debtor, the information to be entered in accordance with paragraphs (1)(a), (b) and (c) is the information immediately before the debtor’s death.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (4), a person who is a debtor or bankrupt may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General for information about the person:\n (a) not to be entered in the Index, on the ground that the entry of the information would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n\n> Note: Example: A person may rely on a court order (such as a domestic violence order) to show that publication of the information in question would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under paragraph 80(3)(a) refusing to grant an application.\n\n (1) If a debt agreement ends under section 185N of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (2) If a debt agreement is terminated under section 185P, 185Q, 185QA or 185R of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (3) If an order is made under section 185U of the Act declaring all of a debt agreement void, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n\n The Official Receiver must remove all information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index within 1 year after the day on which any of the following occurs:\n\n (1) A person may, by application in writing, ask the Official Receiver to inspect material in the Index and give to the person an extract of material specified in the application.\n (a) if the applicant has paid any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination for obtaining the requested extract—must inspect the Index and, within 10 business days of receiving the application:\n (b) may give the applicant a list of Index search agents who may be able to inspect material entered in the Index for the applicant.\n (3) A person who has been granted access to the Index by the Inspector‑General may, after paying any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination:\n (4) However, prior payment is not required under subsection (3) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n An extract of information in the Index is admissible in any proceedings as prima facie evidence of the matters in the extract.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General, and any officer acting at the direction or with the authority of the Inspector‑General, have immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n (2) An officer has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (3) A person who provides material for entry in the Index has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of the material by way of:\n (5) The immunity of the Inspector‑General or another officer under this section arising out of publication of material extends to the Commonwealth and the Official Trustee to the extent that the Commonwealth or the Official Trustee would, apart from this subsection, be liable in respect of the publication.\n (6) This section does not limit any other ground of defence in relation to actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n\n (b) the person executing the warrant considers that it is impracticable to immediately bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n (b) a day and time when the person executing the warrant considers that it will be practicable to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n\n (1) If the Registrar receives a notification under subsection 87(2) in relation to an apprehended person, the Registrar must, as soon as reasonably practicable:\n (a) determine a day, time and place for the apprehended person to be brought before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate; and\n (b) direct the person who gave the notification to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate in accordance with that determination.\n (2) The time and day determined under paragraph (1)(a) must be the earliest that the Registrar reasonably believes are practicable.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 277B(1) of the Act, this Division establishes an infringement notice scheme, as an alternative to prosecution, for an infringement notice provision.\n\n (1) If the Inspector‑General believes on reasonable grounds that a person has contravened an infringement notice provision, the Inspector‑General may give to the person an infringement notice for the alleged contravention.\n (2) The infringement notice must be given within 12 months after the day on which the contravention is alleged to have taken place.\n (3) A single infringement notice must relate only to a single contravention of a single provision unless subsection (4) applies.\n (4) The Inspector‑General may give a person a single infringement notice relating to multiple contraventions of a single provision if:\n\n (e) give brief details of the alleged contravention, or each alleged contravention, to which the notice relates, including:\n (f) state the amount that is payable under the notice, as worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act and subsection (2) of this section; and\n (h) state that, if the person to whom the notice is given pays the amount within 20 business days after the day the notice is given, then (unless the notice is withdrawn) the person will not be liable to be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (k) state that the person may choose not to pay the amount and, if the person does so the person may be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (n) state that the person may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) If the notice relates to more than one alleged contravention of the provision by the person, the amount to be stated in the notice for the purposes of paragraph (1)(f) is the sum of the amount worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act for each alleged contravention.\n\n> Note: Under section 90, a single infringement notice may only deal with multiple contraventions if they are contraventions of a single provision continuing over a period.\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may apply to the Inspector‑General for an extension of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h).\n (2) If the application is made before the end of that period, the Inspector‑General may, in writing, extend that period. The Inspector‑General may do so before or after the end of that period.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General extends that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to that period so extended.\n (4) If the Inspector‑General does not extend that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to the period that ends on the later of the following days:\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) The Inspector‑General may withdraw an infringement notice given to a person (whether or not the person has made written representations seeking the withdrawal).\n (3) When deciding whether or not to withdraw an infringement notice (the relevant infringement notice), the Inspector‑General:\n (a) must take into account any written representations seeking the withdrawal that were given by the person to the Inspector‑General; and\n (i) whether a court has previously imposed a penalty on the person for a contravention of an infringement notice provision;\n (iii) whether the person has paid an amount, stated in an earlier infringement notice, for a contravention of an infringement notice provision if the contravention is constituted by conduct that is the same, or substantially the same, as the conduct alleged to constitute the contravention in the relevant infringement notice;\n\n (1) If the person to whom an infringement notice for an alleged contravention of a provision is given pays the amount stated in the notice before the end of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h):\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may sign a certificate that states any of the following in relation to an infringement notice given to a person:\n (b) that the Inspector‑General granted, or refused to grant, an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice;\n (c) if the Inspector‑General granted an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice—that that amount was not fully paid by the person within the period specified in the extension;\n (2) At a hearing of a prosecution for an offence alleged in an infringement notice, a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General in accordance with subsection (1) is prima facie evidence of the matters specified in the certificate.\n (3) A certificate that purports to be signed by the Inspector‑General is taken to have been signed by the Inspector‑General unless the contrary is proved.\n\n (a) require an infringement notice to be given to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (c) prevent the giving of 2 or more infringement notices to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (d) limit a court’s discretion to determine the amount of a penalty to be imposed on a person who is found to have contravened an infringement notice provision.\n\n (b) unless the person, by notice in writing to the Inspector‑General, directs otherwise—offset against estate charge or late payment penalty payable by the person.\n\n (1) A payment of interest charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) A payment of realisations charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or served on, a person (other than the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee), the document may be:\n (a) sent by a courier service to the person at the address of the person last known to the person serving the document; or\n (b) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name and any relevant document exchange number, at a document exchange where the person maintains a document exchange facility; or\n (i) by a kind of electronic communication that transmits the document to a facility maintained by the person for receipt of electronically transmitted documents; or\n (ii) by a kind of electronic communication such that, in the ordinary course of events, the document could be reasonably expected to be received by the person.\n\n> Note: The Electronic Transactions Act 1999 applies to a requirement or permission to give information under the Bankruptcy Act 1966 or this instrument, including electronic communications covered by this section.\n\n> Note: However, paragraph (d) of this subsection permits information to be given by means of particular kinds of electronic communication, in accordance with the information technology requirements in subsection (3). This means the requirements in section 9 of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999 do not apply in relation to electronic communications covered by this section (see subsection 9(3) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999).\n\n (2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(a) or (b), in the absence of proof to the contrary, the document is taken to have been received by, or served on, the person when the document would, in the due course of business practice, be delivered to that address or document exchange.\n\n (a) at the time the document is sent, it is reasonable to expect that the document would be readily accessible so as to be useable for subsequent reference; and\n (b) the document is sent in one of the following formats, or in a format that is similar to or readily convertible into one of the following formats:\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, this section applies if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or filed or lodged with:\n (2) The document must be posted, delivered, sent by email, or sent through the website of the Australian Financial Security Authority, to:\n (3) If this section applies, the document is taken to be received, filed or lodged only when the document (or, where applicable, a copy of it) is actually received by, or on behalf of, the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver (as the case requires).\n\n (1) Subsection (2) applies in any proceedings to a document or copy of a document that purports to be a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General stating that, at a particular time, the form of statement of affairs that is attached to the certificate was the approved form for the purposes of section 6A of the Act.\n\n A fee is not payable by the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver in respect of an application to, or the filing of a document in, the Court in relation to proceedings under the Act, this instrument or the Insolvency Practice Rules.\n\n (2) If such a fee is payable in respect of the doing of a matter or thing by the Official Receiver, the matter or thing need not be done unless the fee has been paid.\n\n (1) The Official Trustee’s entitlement to remuneration under the Fees and Remuneration Determination arises when the Official Trustee:\n (a) performs work or first acts in accordance with section 3.03, 3.04, 3.07 or 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (2) For paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (d), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee in respect of an amount received by the Official Trustee:\n\n (1) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.03 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the property or business of a debtor, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (2) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.04 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a composition or scheme of arrangement with the creditors of a bankrupt, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the composition or scheme of arrangement as the case may be.\n (3) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor who signed an authority under section 188 of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (4) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the estate of a bankrupt, or of a deceased person for whose estate an order for administration has been made under Part XI of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the bankrupt or deceased person as the case may be.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a request by a bankrupt to the Official Trustee for the Official Trustee’s consent, under paragraph 272(1)(c) of the Act, to the bankrupt leaving Australia.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may decide to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4) if the Inspector‑General is reasonably satisfied that:\n (a) payment of the fee by the person liable to pay it has imposed, or would impose, hardship on the person that is unusual and exceptional in comparison to the hardship arising in the normal course of bankruptcy; or\n (b) unless the fee is payable to the Inspector‑General—the officer to whom the fee is payable or would have been payable if the fee had not been waived or remitted.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General decides under subsection (1) to refuse to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4), the notification under subsection (2) in relation to the decision must include the reasons for the decision.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under subsection 111(1) refusing to waive or remit the whole or part of a fee that is payable by the person.\n\n If, under the Act, a trustee takes possession of, or attaches, the property of a bankrupt, debtor or deceased person, the trustee must, as soon as is reasonably practicable:\n (b) give a copy of the inventory, of the photographs or of the video recordings, as the case may be, to any person who has custody of the property or part of the property.\n\n (1) If a provision of this instrument states that a dollar amount is to be indexed in accordance with this section, then at the start of each financial year (an indexation year) beginning on or after 1 July 2021, the dollar amount is replaced by the amount worked out using the following formula:\n ![Start formula Indexation factor for the indexation year times Dollar amount for the previous year end formula](image.002.png)\n ![Start formula start fraction Index number for the reference quarter over Index number for the base quarter end fraction end formula](image.003.png)\n\n> index number, for a quarter, means the All Groups Consumer Price Index number (being the weighted average of the 8 capital cities) published by the Australian Statistician for that quarter.\n\n (4) If an indexation factor worked out under subsection (2) would be less than 1, that indexation factor is to be increased to 1.\n (a) are to be made using only the index numbers published in terms of the most recently published index reference period; and\n (b) are to be made disregarding index numbers that are published in substitution for previously published index numbers (except where the substituted numbers are published to take account of changes in the index reference period).\n\n (a) a thing was done for a particular purpose under the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996 as in force immediately before those Regulations were repealed; and\n (2) Without limiting subsection (1), a reference in that subsection to a thing being done includes a reference to a notice, application or other instrument being given or made.\n\n Despite the repeal of the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996, item 3 of Schedule 4 to those Regulations, as in force immediately before that repeal, continues to apply in relation to a contribution assessment period if an assessment under section 139W of the Act was made for that contribution assessment period before that repeal.\n\n Section 102, as substituted by Schedule 1 to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Electronic Service) Regulations 2024, applies in relation to a document that is given or sent to, or served on, a person on or after the commencement of that Schedule.\n\n## 8 Application for bankruptcy notice\n\n (1) This section sets out the requirements for an application to the Official Receiver for a bankruptcy notice by a person who has obtained against a debtor one, or 2 or more, final judgments or final orders of a kind described in paragraph 40(1)(g) of the Act.\n\n (a) if any final order specified in the application is an award that is a final order because of subparagraph 40(3)(a)(i) of the Act—both of the following:\n (i) a copy of the award certified as a true copy by the arbitrator who made the award or by an officer of the Court who has compared the copy with the original award;\n (ii) a certificate of the judgment or order sealed by the court that made the judgment or order (the relevant court) or signed by an officer of the relevant court;\n (iii) a copy of the entry of the judgment or order certified as a true copy of that entry and sealed by the relevant court or signed by an officer of the relevant court.\n\n> Note 2: A fee is payable to the Official Receiver for an application under this section (see the Fees and Remuneration Determination).\n\n## 9 Form of bankruptcy notice\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice must follow that form in respect of its format (for example, bold or italic typeface, underlining and notes).\n\n> Note: Section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 provides that strict compliance with a form is not required and substantial compliance is sufficient.\n\n## 10 Service of bankruptcy notice\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice in relation to a debtor that is served on the debtor outside of a period mentioned in subsection (1) is not valid.\n\n## 10A Prescribed statutory minimum\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (a) of the definition of statutory minimum in subsection 5(1) of the Act, the amount prescribed is $10,000.\n\n## 11 Inspection of bankruptcy notice\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (2), the only persons who may inspect a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver under subsection 41(1) of the Act are the following:\n (2) If a creditor’s petition is presented that is founded on an act of bankruptcy consisting of failure to comply with the bankruptcy notice, any person may inspect the notice.\n\n## 12 Judgment or order in foreign currency\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver in relation to a debtor if the notice includes a final judgment, or final order, that is expressed in an amount of foreign currency (whether or not the judgment or order is also expressed in an amount of Australian currency).\n (c) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the day on which the application for the notice is made.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n## Division 2 Petitions\n\n> electronic communication means an electronic communication within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of electronic communication in subsection 5(1) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999.\n\n> legal practitioner means a barrister, a solicitor, a barrister and solicitor or a legal practitioner, of the High Court or of the Supreme Court of a State or Territory.\n\n (a) remuneration paid to the trustee in accordance with a direction, or other order, made by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act directing the trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or making another order in relation to the property; and\n (ii) in relation to the examination of the debtor, or an examinable person in relation to the debtor, as a result of the issue of a summons under subsection 50(2) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section sets out the requirements for an application to the Official Receiver for a bankruptcy notice by a person who has obtained against a debtor one, or 2 or more, final judgments or final orders of a kind described in paragraph 40(1)(g) of the Act.\n\n (a) if any final order specified in the application is an award that is a final order because of subparagraph 40(3)(a)(i) of the Act—both of the following:\n (i) a copy of the award certified as a true copy by the arbitrator who made the award or by an officer of the Court who has compared the copy with the original award;\n (ii) a certificate of the judgment or order sealed by the court that made the judgment or order (the relevant court) or signed by an officer of the relevant court;\n (iii) a copy of the entry of the judgment or order certified as a true copy of that entry and sealed by the relevant court or signed by an officer of the relevant court.\n\n> Note 2: A fee is payable to the Official Receiver for an application under this section (see the Fees and Remuneration Determination).\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice must follow that form in respect of its format (for example, bold or italic typeface, underlining and notes).\n\n> Note: Section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 provides that strict compliance with a form is not required and substantial compliance is sufficient.\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice in relation to a debtor that is served on the debtor outside of a period mentioned in subsection (1) is not valid.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (a) of the definition of statutory minimum in subsection 5(1) of the Act, the amount prescribed is $10,000.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (2), the only persons who may inspect a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver under subsection 41(1) of the Act are the following:\n (2) If a creditor’s petition is presented that is founded on an act of bankruptcy consisting of failure to comply with the bankruptcy notice, any person may inspect the notice.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver in relation to a debtor if the notice includes a final judgment, or final order, that is expressed in an amount of foreign currency (whether or not the judgment or order is also expressed in an amount of Australian currency).\n (c) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the day on which the application for the notice is made.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n A creditor who presents a petition to the Court under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must give to the Official Receiver:\n (b) a copy of any order entered by the Court, dismissing, staying or extending the petition, or adjourning the hearing of the petition, within 2 business days after the Court enters the order.\n\n (1) If the Court gives a direction, or makes another order, under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to a debtor, the creditor who applied under subsection 50(1A) of the Act for the Court to make a direction must:\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n (c) in accordance with the direction or other order, the creditor deposits an amount (the first amount) with the trustee for the purposes of covering the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor.\n\n (2) The creditor is entitled to a refund of the sum of the first amount and any amount covered by subsection (4) less an amount equal to the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor if any of the following events occur:\n (a) the debtor enters into a personal insolvency agreement, or the debtor’s estate is administered under Part XI of the Act, and the Court authorises the trustee to transfer the debtor’s property to some other person;\n (i) the Court is satisfied that the first amount is insufficient to cover the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor;\n (ii) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs, on application by the trustee, the creditor to deposit the additional amount with the trustee;\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n\n (2) The Court may, on application by the debtor within 15 business days after the day the petition is dismissed, order the creditor to pay the debtor an amount equal to the damage the Court assesses as resulting from the acts or omissions of the trustee in reliance on the direction or other order mentioned in paragraph (1)(b).\n\n “(2A) The Court or a magistrate may direct that an examination, or any part of an examination, under this section shall be held in private.”;\n (c) by omitting from subsection (9) “is the trustee” and substituting “has been directed to take control of the property of the relevant person”;\n “(14) Subject to subsection (14A), the applicant for an examination under this section is to pay the costs incurred in connection with the examination.\n (14A) The Court or a magistrate may order that all or some of the costs mentioned in subsection (14) are to be paid by the relevant person.”.\n\n If:\n (b) the Official Receiver accepts the declaration, and signs a copy of the declaration, under paragraph 54C(1)(a) of the Act;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsections 54D(1), 55(3A), 56B(5) and 57(3A) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (d) information about a debtor’s right to choose whether the bankruptcy is initially administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (e) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to present to the Official Receiver, under section 54A of the Act, a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition.\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to present a petition under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n If:\n (a) a debtor presents, or 2 or more debtors present, a petition to the Official Receiver under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act; and\n (b) there is in force under subsection 156A(1) of the Act an instrument of consent of a registered trustee to act as the trustee of:\n (ii) in the case of 2 or more debtors—the separate estates, the joint estates, or the joint and separate estates, of the debtors or any of them;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 56C(2) of the Act, if the Official Receiver refers a debtor’s petition against a partnership to the Court, the notice given by the Official Receiver to each member of the partnership who did not present the petition must:\n\n If a person is arrested under a warrant issued by the Court under section 78 of the Act, the arresting officer must immediately notify a Registrar of the Court.\n\n (a) a creditor lodges, or causes to be lodged, a proof of debt in a bankruptcy in accordance with section 84 of the Act; and\n (b) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the date of the bankruptcy.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n (1) For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(a) of the Act, the order that the trustee of the estate of a bankrupt must apply the proceeds of the bankrupt’s property to the costs, charges, expenses and remuneration mentioned in the following table is the order that appears in the table.\n\n

Order of payment of certain costs, charges, expenses and remuneration

Item

Costs, charges and expenses

1

Realisations charge payable by the trustee in relation to the estate under the Bankruptcy (Estate Charges) Act 1997

2

If the trustee is a registered trustee to whom the Official Trustee transferred the administration of the bankruptcy, both of the following in relation to the administration of the bankruptcy by the Official Trustee before the transfer:

(a) any remuneration payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination;

(b) any reimbursement that is payable to the Official Trustee under section 108

3

Expenses reasonably incurred by or on behalf of the trustee:

(a) in protecting all or part of the bankrupt’s assets; or

(b) in carrying on, in accordance with the Act, a business of the bankrupt

4

If a creditor made an advance to the trustee for the purposes of the trustee’s administration of the bankruptcy—an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to that advance

5

Fees, costs, charges or expenses (other than fees, costs, charges or expenses covered by another item of this table) paid or payable by the trustee in administering the bankrupt’s estate

6

If:

(a) an order was made under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to the bankrupt when the bankrupt was a debtor; and

(b) an amount was deposited by a creditor, in accordance with that order, with the trustee;

an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to the trustee’s preliminary remuneration and expenses in relation to the debtor

7

The following:

(a) if a creditor applied for:

(i) a sequestration order against the estate; or

(ii) an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act;

the taxed costs of the creditor in relation to the application;

(b) if the administrator of the estate of a deceased person presented a petition for an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act—the taxed costs of the administrator;

(c) if a person made an application for a sequestration order under Part X of the Act—both of the following:

(i) the taxed costs of that person in relation to the application;

(ii) any taxed costs of that person in respect of an application for an order under Division 5 or 6 of Part IX of the Act in relation to the estate

8

The trustee’s remuneration (other than remuneration covered by item 6):

(a) if the trustee is the Official Trustee—payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or

(b) if the trustee is a registered trustee—payable to the registered trustee under section 60‑5 of Schedule 2 to the Act

9

If:

(a) there is a committee of inspection in relation to the administration of the estate; and

(b) the creditors of the estate, or a majority of them, have approved payment of out‑of‑pocket expenses incurred by a member of the committee of inspection;

those expenses, to the extent that the trustee allows them as being fair and reasonable

10

Costs of any audit carried out under section 70‑15 or 70‑20 of Schedule 2 to the Act in relation to the estate

\n```\n\n (2) For the purposes of item 7 of the table, a reference to an applicant or a person presenting a petition is taken to include a reference to a person whose application or petition has not been proceeded with because a debtor’s petition presented by the bankrupt has been accepted by the Official Receiver (whether or not that debtor’s petition was referred to the Court under subsection 55(3B) of the Act, and whatever the outcome of such a referral).\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(e) of the Act, the maximum amount due to or in respect of an employee of a bankrupt is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum amount payable to employee

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$4,600

2

2018‑19

$4,550

3

2017‑18

$4,500

4

2016‑17

$4,450

5

2015‑16

$4,400

6

2014‑15

$4,350

7

2013‑14

$4,300

8

2012‑13

$4,200

9

2011‑12

$4,150

10

2010‑11

$4,100

11

2009‑10

$4,000

12

2008‑09

$3,950

13

2007‑08

$3,850

14

2006‑07

$3,750

15

2005‑06

$3,650

16

2004‑05

$3,550

17

2003‑04

$3,500

18

2002‑03

$3,450

19

2001‑02

$3,350

20

2000‑01

$3,300

21

1999‑2000

$3,150

22

1998‑99

$3,100

23

1997‑98

$3,100

24

1996‑97

$3,100

\n```\n\n (b) property of a kind covered by subsection (3) to the extent that it is reasonably appropriate for a household, having regard to the criteria specified in subsection (4);\n (c) property (including recreational and sports equipment) of a kind that is reasonably necessary for the domestic use of a household, having regard to:\n (c) educational, sporting or recreational items (including books) that are wholly or mainly for the use of children or students in the household;\n (c) any special climatic or other factors (including geographical isolation) of the place where the household residence is located;\n (d) whether the property is reasonably necessary for the functioning or servicing of the household as a viable and properly‑run household;\n (e) whether the costs of seizure, storage and sale of the property would be likely to exceed the sale price of the property;\n (f) if paragraph (e) does not apply—whether for any other reason (for example, costs of transport) the sale of the property would be likely to be uneconomical.\n (6) For the purposes of subsection (5), an item is an antique item only if a substantial part of its market value is attributable to its age or historical significance.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(ba)(ii) of the Act, non‑monetary sporting, cultural, military or academic awards are a kind of property that is prescribed.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(c)(i) of the Act, the maximum total value of a bankrupt’s property that is for use by the bankrupt in earning income by personal exertion is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum total value of tools

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,800

2

2018‑19

$3,800

3

2017‑18

$3,750

4

2016‑17

$3,700

5

2015‑16

$3,650

6

2014‑15

$3,600

7

2013‑14

$3,550

8

2012‑13

$3,500

9

2011‑12

$3,450

10

2010‑11

$3,400

11

2009‑10

$3,300

12

2008‑09

$3,250

13

2007‑08

$3,200

14

2006‑07

$3,100

15

2005‑06

$3,050

16

2004‑05

$3,000

17

2003‑04

$2,950

18

2002‑03

$2,900

19

2001‑02

$2,850

20

2000‑01

$2,800

21

1999‑2000

$2,650

22

1998‑99

$2,600

23

1997‑98

$2,600

24

1996‑97

$2,600

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 116(2)(ca) of the Act, the maximum aggregate value of property used by the bankrupt primarily as a means of transport is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum value of motor vehicle

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$8,100

2

2018‑19

$8,000

3

2017‑18

$7,900

4

2016‑17

$7,800

5

2015‑16

$7,700

6

2014‑15

$7,600

7

2013‑14

$7,500

8

2012‑13

$7,350

9

2011‑12

$7,200

10

2010‑11

$7,050

11

2009‑10

$6,850

12

2008‑09

$6,700

13

2007‑08

$6,500

14

2006‑07

$6,300

15

2005‑06

$6,150

16

2004‑05

$6,000

17

2003‑04

$5,900

18

2002‑03

$5,800

19

2001‑02

$5,650

20

2000‑01

$5,500

21

1999‑2000

$5,200

22

1998‑99

$5,050

23

1997‑98

$5,000

24

1996‑97

$5,000

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 120(2)(d) of the Act, a transfer is of a kind to which subsection 120(1) of the Act does not apply if the costs of recovering the transferred property would, in the opinion of the trustee in the transferor’s bankruptcy, be likely to exceed the value of the property to the transferor’s creditors.\n\n (b) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a lease—set out facts showing that subsection 133(4) of the Act has been complied with; and\n (c) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a contract—set out facts showing that the contract is, for the purposes of subsection 133(5A) of the Act, an unprofitable contract.\n (2) A trustee who gives a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must give the notice to each person who, to the trustee’s knowledge:\n (3) A failure to comply with subsection (1) or (2) does not affect the validity of a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section is made for the purposes of subparagraph (a)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act.\n (b) a reference in that Act to the taxable value of a benefit were a reference to the value, for the purposes of the Act, of the benefit; and\n (c) a reference in that Act to a declaration date were a reference to the date occurring 21 days after the end of a contribution assessment period in relation to a bankrupt; and\n (d) a reference in that Act to a declaration to be given to an employer of a person were a reference to a declaration to be given to the trustee of the person’s estate; and\n (e) a reference in that Act to a form approved by the Commissioner were a reference to a form approved by the Inspector‑General under section 6D of the Act; and\n (f) subject to paragraph (d), a reference in the FBTA Act to an employer, or to the employer, were a reference to any person (other than the bankrupt); and\n (g) a reference in the FBTA Act to an employee, or to the employee, were a reference to a bankrupt, or to the bankrupt, as the case requires.\n (5) Despite subsections (2), (3) and (4), the modifications specified or referred to in those subsections do not apply in relation to the provision of a fringe benefit (within the meaning of the FBTA Act) to a bankrupt if the provider of the fringe benefit:\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following contributions and payments made for the purpose of providing superannuation benefits for a bankrupt person are not income of the person:\n (a) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person to the extent that the contributions reduce the employer’s potential liability for the superannuation guarantee charge imposed under section 5 of the Superannuation Guarantee Charge Act 1992;\n (b) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person in accordance with the employer’s obligation to make contributions for the person under:\n (c) payments of shortfall components made to, or for the benefit of, the person under sections 65 to 67 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n (a) the contributions exceed the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage of the employee’s ordinary time earnings for the contribution assessment period; and\n\n> individual industrial agreement means an industrial agreement made solely between the employer and the person, including the following:\n\n (a) an AWA, or an ITEA, (both within the meaning of the Fair Work (Transitional Provisions and Consequential Amendments) Act 2009) to which that Act applies;\n\n> ordinary time earnings has the meaning given by subsection 6(1) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n> relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage: the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage for a year (the bankruptcy year) is the percentage whose number is the same as that set out in column 2 of the table in subsection 19(2) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992 for the financial year in which the bankruptcy year starts.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following payments or amounts are not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) a payment or amount of family tax benefit paid under the family assistance law (within the meaning of the A New Tax System (Family Assistance) (Administration) Act 1999);\n (b) an amount that is not income for the purposes of the Social Security Act 1991 because of subsection 8(8) of that Act, except for a payment or amount mentioned in paragraph (a), (h), (ha), (k), (ka), (m), (z), (za) or (zb) of that subsection.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (c) of the definition of dependant in section 139K of the Act, the prescribed amount of income derived (or likely to be derived) by a person during a contribution assessment period is:\n (b) if the period begins in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n (d) if the period begins in a later financial year—$3,741 indexed in accordance with section 114 of this instrument as if the period were that financial year.\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum income of dependant

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,720

2

2018‑19

$3,642

3

2017‑18

$3,596

4

2016‑17

$3,532

5

2015‑16

$3,459

6

2014‑15

$3,411

7

2013‑14

$3,363

8

2012‑13

$3,264

9

2011‑12

$3,181

10

2010‑11

$3,131

11

2009‑10

$3,030

12

2008‑09

$2,942

13

2007‑08

$2,870

14

2006‑07

$2,756

15

2005‑06

$2,688

16

2004‑05

$2,611

17

2003‑04

$2,549

\n```\n\n (3) If the bankrupt pays the contribution by cheque, payment is taken to occur when the cheque is cleared and the amount of the payment is credited to the account into which the cheque is deposited.\n (4) The trustee may, on reasonable notice in writing to the bankrupt, vary or withdraw an authorisation under paragraph (2)(c).\n (5) If the trustee incurs a delivery or postal charge (including a surcharge) or bank charge in connection with the receipt or processing of the contribution, the trustee may reimburse the trustee for the amount of the charge from the bankrupt’s estate.\n\n (a) a bankrupt is liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the bankrupt’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act in respect of a contribution assessment period; and\n\n (3) If the contribution remains unpaid, the deceased bankrupt’s estate is liable for the portion of the contribution attributable to the part of the period occurring before the bankrupt’s death.\n\n (b) immediately before being discharged, the person was liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the person’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act; and\n\n> Note: Section 139R of the Act provides that any liability of a bankrupt under section 139P or 139Q of the Act is not affected by the bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy after the making of the assessment that gave rise to the liability.\n\n (5) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(d)(ii), a change in the name of a person is taken to occur if the person in fact assumes the use of a different name or an additional name.\n\n A notice under section 139ZL of the Act must not specify money or property that is protected, under a law of the Commonwealth or a State or Territory, from a process such as assignment, attachment, charging, execution or garnishment.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 145(3) of the Act, notice must be given by serving it on each person to whom, under that subsection, it must be given.\n\n (a) an objection to the discharge of a bankrupt has been made on a ground, or on grounds that include a ground, mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(a) or (h) of the Act (which refer to the bankrupt being out of Australia); and\n (2) Within 5 business days after the day that the registered trustee becomes aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia, the registered trustee must give notice in writing to the Official Receiver stating:\n (ii) if the trustee does not know the day on which the bankrupt returned—the trustee became aware that the bankrupt had returned.\n\n For the purposes of the ground of objection mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(d) of the Act, a bankrupt is taken to have failed to comply with a request to provide information if the bankrupt has provided information that is incomplete or inaccurate.\n\n (c) an application is made to the Administrative Review Tribunal under section 149Q of the Act for the review of the decision of the Inspector‑General; and\n\n (a) if the debtor presents a debtor’s petition to the Official Receiver—on or before the day that the debtor so presents the petition; or\n\n If a registered trustee becomes, under subsection 156A(3) of the Act, the trustee of an estate or of joint and separate estates, the Official Receiver may give the registered trustee a certificate to that effect.\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 188(2A) of the Act, a person (other than the Official Trustee or a registered trustee) is ineligible to act under Part X of the Act as a controlling trustee in relation to a debtor in any of the following circumstances:\n (a) the person is or was convicted of an offence involving fraud or dishonesty at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (c) the person is a solicitor who does not hold an Australian practising certificate (within the meaning of the Evidence Act 1995);\n (d) the person is or was an insolvent under administration at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(f)(ii), the Inspector‑General may approve a course in insolvency by notice published on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website.\n (ii) has refused or failed to cooperate with the Inspector‑General in an inquiry or investigation under paragraph 12(1)(b) of the Act.\n (ii) invites the person to give the Inspector‑General, within 20 business days after the day the notice is given or such longer time as is specified in the notice, a written statement showing cause why the determination should not be made; and\n (5) If the Inspector‑General makes a determination under subsection (3) in relation to a person, the Inspector‑General must give the person a written notice stating the following:\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General to make a determination under subsection 49(3).\n\n (b) the person becomes ineligible to act as a controlling trustee under Part X of the Act because one or more of the circumstances prescribed by subsection 49(1) of this instrument apply in relation to the person.\n (2) The Official Trustee must perform the duties of a controlling trustee in relation to the debtor unless and until the debtor authorises another person under subsection 188(1) of the Act.\n\n (1) If, on application, the Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act that a person (the old trustee) cease to be the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate, the applicant for the order must:\n (3) If the creditors of a regulated debtor, by resolution at a meeting, remove the trustee (the old trustee) of the regulated debtor’s estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(a) of Schedule 2 to the Act, the person appointed by the creditors under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of that Schedule as trustee of the estate must:\n\n (1) If the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate (other than the Official Trustee) finalises the administration of the debtor’s estate, the trustee must:\n\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a debt agreement;\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to give the Official Receiver a debt agreement proposal under subsection 185C(1) of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n (a) any of the following awarded by a registered provider (within the meaning of the Education Services for Overseas Students Act 2000):\n (i) a Certificate IV in Financial Services (Accounting) awarded for study starting between 10 July 2004 and 23 November 2010;\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (c) a degree, diploma or similar qualification awarded by a foreign tertiary education institution and for which the Inspector‑General is satisfied the following conditions are satisfied:\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n\n#### 57 Prescribed amount of owed notified estate charges preventing renewal of registration as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraphs 186C(3)(d) and (5)(d) of the Act, the prescribed amount of notified estate charges is $500.\n\n For the purposes of section 187A of the Act, a provision of Part X of the Act specified in Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section of the Act, to joint debtors, whether partners or not.\n\n (b) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (c) information about whether a personal insolvency agreement may be administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy if any of the things mentioned in paragraphs 40(1)(i) to (m) of the Act happen in relation to a debtor;\n (f) information about a debtor’s rights and responsibilities under Part X of the Act, including a debtor’s obligation to disclose all related entities;\n (g) information about a controlling trustee’s obligation to disclose the controlling trustee’s relationship (if any) with a debtor.\n (3) A registered trustee or a solicitor authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property must not consent to exercise the powers given by the authority unless the debtor has given the registered trustee or the solicitor, as the case may be, a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the Official Trustee is authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property, the Official Receiver must not give the debtor a written approval under paragraph 188(2)(aa) of the Act unless the debtor has given the Official Trustee a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n\n (b) unable to sign the authority or an acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) of this instrument relating to the authority because of a physical incapacity.\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and debtor are familiar; or\n\n> relevant material means the authority, the information prescribed by section 59 and the acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) relating to the authority.\n\n (3) The person must, at the same time as calling a meeting of the debtor’s creditors, give a copy of the proposal for dealing with the debtor’s affairs under Part X of the Act to:\n\n> Note 1: An authority signed by a debtor under section 188 of the Act is not effective for the purposes of Part X of the Act unless, before the person authorised consents to exercise the powers given by the authority, the debtor gives to the person authorised:\n\n> Note 2: Under subsection 188(5) of the Act, a registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority must also give a copy of the authority and the debtor’s statement of affairs to the Official Receiver.\n\n (e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement.\n\n For the purposes of section 210 of the Act, a provision of Part VIII of the Act specified in Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor.\n\n#### 64 Modifications of Division 1 of Part V of the Act—debtors whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act\n\n For the purposes of subsection 211(1) of the Act, a provision in Division 1 of Part V of the Act specified in Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 218(3) of the Act, a notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act must be in writing.\n\n (1) If the Court makes a sequestration order under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act, the applicant for the order must:\n\n#### 67 Information to be given to Official Receiver in relation to orders terminating or setting aside a personal insolvency agreement\n\n> Note: If the Court makes an order setting aside or terminating a personal insolvency agreement and a registered trustee was the trustee of the agreement, the registered trustee must give written notice of the order to the Official Receiver (see subsection 224A(4) of the Act).\n\n (1) If a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act, the trustee of the agreement must:\n\n> Note: Before the termination takes effect, the trustee must give notice of the proposed termination to all the creditors who are entitled to receive notice of a meeting of creditors (see subsection 222A(2) of the Act).\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 231(1) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 4 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor who has executed a personal insolvency agreement.\n (2) For the purposes of subsection 231(3) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 5 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a personal insolvency agreement.\n\n (4) If the trustee gives a certificate to the debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act or subsection (1) of this section, the trustee must:\n (a) the person is required to give a copy of a certificate to the Official Receiver in accordance with subsection (4); and\n\n For the purposes of subsections 248(1) and (3) of the Act, a provision specified in Schedule 4 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Schedule in relation to proceedings under Part XI of the Act and the administration of estates under that Part.\n\n (1) If a trustee (within the meaning of section 254 of the Act) pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act, the trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (3) If a registered trustee pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act, the registered trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (1) For the purposes of the definition of National Personal Insolvency Index in subsection 5(1) of the Act, an electronic index to be known as the National Personal Insolvency Index is established.\n\n Division 2 of this Part (information to be entered in the Index) has effect subject to Division 3 of this Part (information not to be entered in the Index and information to be removed from the Index).\n\n (1) The person specified in column 2 of an item of the table in subsection (3) must, at a time within the time period specified in column 2 of that item, give a copy of each document specified in column 1 of that item to the Official Receiver.\n\n

Documents that must be given to the Official Receiver

Item

Column 1

Document(s)

Column 2

Person and time period

Column 3

Information

1

A notice given under subsection 181A(2) of the Act by the current trustee of a bankrupt’s estate nominating another trustee as the new trustee of the estate

The new trustee within 2 business days after the date specified in the notice (see paragraph 181A(3)(a) of the Act)

The day on which the new trustee became the trustee of the estate

2

An order under subsection 185Q(4) of the Act terminating a debt agreement

The applicant for the order within 3 business days after the order is made

The day on which the order was made

3

An order under subsection 185U(1) of the Act declaring all or part of a debt agreement void

The applicant for the order within 2 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) whether all or part of the agreement was declared void

4

An authority, signed by a debtor under subsection 188(1) of the Act, naming and authorising a registered trustee, a solicitor or the Official Trustee to call a meeting of the debtor’s creditors and to take control of the debtor’s property

The person named in the authority within 2 business days after the debtor signs the authority

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the copy of the authority was given to the Official Receiver;

(c) the day on which the debtor’s statement of affairs was given to the Official Receiver (see subsections 188(2D) and (5) of the Act);

(d) the name of the controlling trustee (see subsection 188(6) of the Act)

5

Written evidence of an event of a kind mentioned in paragraph 192(1)(a), (b) or (c) of the Act, or a written request given to the Official Trustee under paragraph 192(1)(d) of the Act, resulting in the Official Trustee becoming the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor

The Official Trustee within 14 days after the Official Trustee becomes the controlling trustee

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Trustee became the controlling trustee

6

Both of the following:

(a) a petition to the Court, under subsection 244(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of the estate of a deceased person;

(b) an affidavit verifying the petition (see subsection 244(5) of the Act)

The creditor, or one of the creditors, who presented the petition to the Court within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day the petition was presented;

(c) the name of the creditor or creditors who presented the petition;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the creditor or creditors;

(e) the day the Court is to hear the petition

7

Both of the following:

(a) a petition, under subsection 247(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of a deceased person’s estate under Part XI of the Act;

(b) a statement of the deceased person’s affairs and of the petitioner’s administration of the deceased person’s estate (see subsection 247(1) of the Act)

The petitioner within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the petition and the statement of affairs were presented;

(c) the name of the administrator;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the administrator

8

An order, under section 252B of the Act, annulling the administration of the estate of a deceased person under Part XI of the Act

The trustee of the estate within 2 business days after the trustee becomes aware of the order

The day on which the order was made

9

An order, under subsection 253E(1) of the Act, staying proceedings under a creditor’s petition or debtor’s petition

The applicant for the order within 7 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) the length of the stay (see subsection 253E(3) of the Act)

\n```\n\n (1) If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in subsection (2) is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n (aa) in the case of a statement of affairs mentioned in item 2 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the statement; and\n (a) in the case of a debtor’s petition mentioned in item 3, 4 or 5 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the petition; and\n (b) in the case of a debt agreement proposal mentioned in item 12 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the debt agreement proposal for processing.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with the Act

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A sequestration order made against the estate of a debtor (see subsection 52(1A) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(d) the name of the creditor who obtained the order;

(e) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of that creditor

2

A statement of the affairs of a person against whose estate a sequestration order is made, that is given for the purposes of subsection 54(1) of the Act

The day on which the statement of affairs was filed with the Official Receiver

3

A debtor’s petition (see subsection 55(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the resulting bankruptcy;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(e) the day on which the statement of the debtor’s affairs accepted by the Official Receiver was given to the Official Receiver for the purposes of paragraph 55(2)(b) of the Act

4

A debtor’s petition against a partnership presented by members of the partnership (see subsection 56B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of the partners who presented the petition;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the bankruptcy of each of those partners as a result of the acceptance of the petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each bankrupt partner;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those partners, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of the partnership affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

5

A debtor’s petition by joint debtors who are not partners (see subsection 57(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of those debtors;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of each bankruptcy that results from acceptance of the debtor’s petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each debtor;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those debtors, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of their joint affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

6

A notice relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 74(5A) of the Act)

The day on which the bankruptcy was annulled

7

A notice of objection by a trustee to the discharge of a bankrupt from bankruptcy (see subsection 149B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) when the objection took effect (see section 149G of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection set out in the notice (see paragraph 149C(1)(a) of the Act);

(c) the name of the trustee

8

A notice that a trustee ceases to object to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy on a particular ground (see subsection 149H(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) if there is no longer an objection on any ground—when the objection ceased to have effect (see subsection 149H(3) of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection to which the notice relates;

(c) the name of the trustee

9

A notice of withdrawal of objection by a trustee to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy (see subsection 149J(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) when the withdrawal takes effect (see subsection 149J(3) of the Act);

(b) the name of the trustee

10

A notice about the cancellation, under subsection 149N(1) of the Act, of a notice of objection filed by a trustee of a bankrupt’s estate (see subsection 149P(1) of the Act)

The day on which the cancellation took effect

11

A certificate relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 153A(2) of the Act)

The date of annulment included in the certificate

12

A debtor’s written proposal for a debt agreement (see subsection 185C(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185E of the Act)

13

A notification that a debt agreement has ended (see subsection 185N(5) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the debt agreement ended;

(b) the reasons why the debt agreement ended

14

A notification that control of the property of a debtor has ended (see subsection 189(1B) of the Act)

The day on which that control ended

15

A personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor (see paragraph 218(1)(b) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the agreement was executed;

(c) the name of the trustee of the personal insolvency agreement

16

A resolution or special resolution terminating a personal insolvency agreement (see subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

17

A resolution or special resolution terminating a composition or scheme of arrangement (see section 76B and subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated

18

A notice that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated or set aside (see subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated or set aside

19

A notice that a composition or scheme of arrangement is terminated or set aside (see section 76B and subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated or set aside

20

An order that the estate of a deceased person be administered under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 244(14), 245(3) or 247(3) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee administering the estate

21

A statement of a deceased person’s affairs and of the administration of the deceased person’s estate by a legal personal representative of the deceased person (see paragraph 246(1)(b) of the Act)

The day on which the statement was given to the Official Receiver

22

A certificate in relation to the annulment, by force of subsection 252A(1) of the Act, of the administration of an estate under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 252A(2) of the Act)

The day of the annulment

\n```\n\n If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with this instrument

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A creditor’s petition presented against a debtor or joint debtors (see section 13)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor or joint debtors;

(b) the day on which the petition was presented against the debtor or joint debtors;

(c) the name of the petitioning creditor;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the petitioning creditor;

(e) the day of the court hearing for a sequestration order relating to the petition

2

A direction given, or an order made, by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act (see section 14 of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor to whom the order or direction relates;

(b) the day on which the order was made or the direction given;

(c) the day (if any) on which a trustee’s control of that debtor’s property is to end (see subsection 50(1B) of the Act)

3

A notice under subsection 46(2) that the Administrative Review Tribunal has varied or set aside a decision of the Inspector‑General in relation to a notice of objection

The day on which the decision was varied or set aside

4

A notice given under subsection 52(1) in relation to an order about a regulated debtor’s estate, if the order provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of the estate

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the new trustee;

(b) the day of the appointment

5

A notice given under subsection 52(3) by a person appointed as trustee of the estate of a regulated debtor

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the person appointed;

(b) the day of the appointment

6

A notice under subsection 53(1) that the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate has finalised the administration of the debtor’s estate

The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised

7

A notice under subparagraph 62(2)(a)(ii) of particulars specified in subsection 62(3) in relation to a special resolution passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors

The particulars

8

A sequestration order against the estate of a debtor made under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act (see subsection 66(1) of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) if the person who applied for the order was a creditor of the debtor—the name of the creditor and the name and telephone number of the creditor’s solicitor (if any);

(d) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate

9

A notice under paragraph 68(1)(a) that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

10

A certificate given by a trustee to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act (see subsection 70(4) of this instrument)

The day on which the trustee signed the certificate

\n```\n\n If an event specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section occurs, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n| Item | Column 1Event | Column 2Information |\n| ---- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |\n| 1 | A bankrupt is, by force of subsection 149(1) of the Act, discharged from bankruptcy | The day on which the bankrupt was discharged from bankruptcy |\n| 2 | The Official Receiver issues a certificate of appointment to a registered trustee under subsection 157(3) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the name of the registered trustee;(b) the day on which the registered trustee was appointed |\n| 3 | A trustee, or the Official Trustee, is released from the trusteeship of an estate by force of section 184 or 184A of the Act | The fact that the trustee, or the Official Trustee, has been so released |\n| 4 | A debt agreement proposal is withdrawn | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was withdrawn |\n| 5 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement that was made before 1 July 2007 is accepted (see sections 185B and 185P of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the proposal was accepted |\n| 6 | A debt agreement proposal is not accepted (see section 185EC of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was not accepted |\n| 7 | The Official Receiver cancels the acceptance of a debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185ED of the Act) | The day on which the Official Receiver cancelled the acceptance of the debt agreement proposal for processing |\n| 8 | A debt agreement proposal lapses (see section 185G of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal lapsed |\n| 9 | The Official Receiver gives to a debtor a certificate under subsection 185N(3) of the Act | The day on which the certificate was given |\n| 10 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement is accepted (see section 185PC of the Act) | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 11 | The Official Receiver terminates a debt agreement under subsection 185QA(1) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 12 | The minutes of a meeting of creditors at which a special resolution was passed terminating a debt agreement made before 1 July 2007 are given to the Official Receiver (see subsection 185QA(1) of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the resolution was passed |\n| 13 | A special resolution is passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors under subsection 204(1) of the Act if the Official Trustee called the meeting under an authority under section 188 of the Act | All of the following:(a) the date of the resolution;(b) the debtor’s full name and alias (if any);(c) the debtor’s address;(d) the debtor’s occupation (if any);(e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement |\n| 14 | A sequestration order is made against the estate of a debtor under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | All of the following:(a) particulars of the debtor;(b) the day on which the order was made;(c) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate |\n| 15 | An order is made under subsection 222(1), (2) or (5) of the Act setting aside a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was set aside |\n| 16 | A personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act where the Official Trustee is the trustee of the agreement | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 17 | An order is made under subsection 222C(1) of the Act terminating a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 18 | The Official Trustee gives a certificate to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act | The day on which the Official Trustee signed the certificate |\n| 19 | The Official Trustee finalises the administration of a debtor’s estate | The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised |\n| 20 | The Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act, on application by the Inspector‑General, that provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of an estate | Both of the following:(a) the name of the new trustee;(b) the day of the appointment |\n| 21 | The Official Trustee is appointed by the creditors of an estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of Schedule 2 to the Act as trustee of an estate | The day of the appointment |\n\n> Note: A number of provisions of the Act require the Official Receiver to enter information in the Index when certain events occur. These provisions include the following:\n\n (a) a debtor whose property is under the control of the Official Trustee or a registered trustee because of a direction given by the Court under paragraph 50(1)(a) of the Act;\n (c) a deceased debtor if a petition for an order for the administration of the deceased debtor’s estate has been presented under Part XI of the Act;\n (d) a debtor in relation to whom an application is made to the Court under subsection 253E(1) of the Act for an order staying all or any proceedings under a petition.\n (3) In the case of a deceased debtor, the information to be entered in accordance with paragraphs (1)(a), (b) and (c) is the information immediately before the debtor’s death.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (4), a person who is a debtor or bankrupt may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General for information about the person:\n (a) not to be entered in the Index, on the ground that the entry of the information would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n\n> Note: Example: A person may rely on a court order (such as a domestic violence order) to show that publication of the information in question would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under paragraph 80(3)(a) refusing to grant an application.\n\n (1) If a debt agreement ends under section 185N of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (2) If a debt agreement is terminated under section 185P, 185Q, 185QA or 185R of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (3) If an order is made under section 185U of the Act declaring all of a debt agreement void, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n\n The Official Receiver must remove all information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index within 1 year after the day on which any of the following occurs:\n\n (1) A person may, by application in writing, ask the Official Receiver to inspect material in the Index and give to the person an extract of material specified in the application.\n (a) if the applicant has paid any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination for obtaining the requested extract—must inspect the Index and, within 10 business days of receiving the application:\n (b) may give the applicant a list of Index search agents who may be able to inspect material entered in the Index for the applicant.\n (3) A person who has been granted access to the Index by the Inspector‑General may, after paying any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination:\n (4) However, prior payment is not required under subsection (3) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n An extract of information in the Index is admissible in any proceedings as prima facie evidence of the matters in the extract.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General, and any officer acting at the direction or with the authority of the Inspector‑General, have immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n (2) An officer has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (3) A person who provides material for entry in the Index has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of the material by way of:\n (5) The immunity of the Inspector‑General or another officer under this section arising out of publication of material extends to the Commonwealth and the Official Trustee to the extent that the Commonwealth or the Official Trustee would, apart from this subsection, be liable in respect of the publication.\n (6) This section does not limit any other ground of defence in relation to actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n\n (b) the person executing the warrant considers that it is impracticable to immediately bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n (b) a day and time when the person executing the warrant considers that it will be practicable to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n\n (1) If the Registrar receives a notification under subsection 87(2) in relation to an apprehended person, the Registrar must, as soon as reasonably practicable:\n (a) determine a day, time and place for the apprehended person to be brought before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate; and\n (b) direct the person who gave the notification to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate in accordance with that determination.\n (2) The time and day determined under paragraph (1)(a) must be the earliest that the Registrar reasonably believes are practicable.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 277B(1) of the Act, this Division establishes an infringement notice scheme, as an alternative to prosecution, for an infringement notice provision.\n\n (1) If the Inspector‑General believes on reasonable grounds that a person has contravened an infringement notice provision, the Inspector‑General may give to the person an infringement notice for the alleged contravention.\n (2) The infringement notice must be given within 12 months after the day on which the contravention is alleged to have taken place.\n (3) A single infringement notice must relate only to a single contravention of a single provision unless subsection (4) applies.\n (4) The Inspector‑General may give a person a single infringement notice relating to multiple contraventions of a single provision if:\n\n (e) give brief details of the alleged contravention, or each alleged contravention, to which the notice relates, including:\n (f) state the amount that is payable under the notice, as worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act and subsection (2) of this section; and\n (h) state that, if the person to whom the notice is given pays the amount within 20 business days after the day the notice is given, then (unless the notice is withdrawn) the person will not be liable to be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (k) state that the person may choose not to pay the amount and, if the person does so the person may be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (n) state that the person may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) If the notice relates to more than one alleged contravention of the provision by the person, the amount to be stated in the notice for the purposes of paragraph (1)(f) is the sum of the amount worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act for each alleged contravention.\n\n> Note: Under section 90, a single infringement notice may only deal with multiple contraventions if they are contraventions of a single provision continuing over a period.\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may apply to the Inspector‑General for an extension of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h).\n (2) If the application is made before the end of that period, the Inspector‑General may, in writing, extend that period. The Inspector‑General may do so before or after the end of that period.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General extends that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to that period so extended.\n (4) If the Inspector‑General does not extend that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to the period that ends on the later of the following days:\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) The Inspector‑General may withdraw an infringement notice given to a person (whether or not the person has made written representations seeking the withdrawal).\n (3) When deciding whether or not to withdraw an infringement notice (the relevant infringement notice), the Inspector‑General:\n (a) must take into account any written representations seeking the withdrawal that were given by the person to the Inspector‑General; and\n (i) whether a court has previously imposed a penalty on the person for a contravention of an infringement notice provision;\n (iii) whether the person has paid an amount, stated in an earlier infringement notice, for a contravention of an infringement notice provision if the contravention is constituted by conduct that is the same, or substantially the same, as the conduct alleged to constitute the contravention in the relevant infringement notice;\n\n (1) If the person to whom an infringement notice for an alleged contravention of a provision is given pays the amount stated in the notice before the end of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h):\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may sign a certificate that states any of the following in relation to an infringement notice given to a person:\n (b) that the Inspector‑General granted, or refused to grant, an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice;\n (c) if the Inspector‑General granted an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice—that that amount was not fully paid by the person within the period specified in the extension;\n (2) At a hearing of a prosecution for an offence alleged in an infringement notice, a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General in accordance with subsection (1) is prima facie evidence of the matters specified in the certificate.\n (3) A certificate that purports to be signed by the Inspector‑General is taken to have been signed by the Inspector‑General unless the contrary is proved.\n\n (a) require an infringement notice to be given to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (c) prevent the giving of 2 or more infringement notices to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (d) limit a court’s discretion to determine the amount of a penalty to be imposed on a person who is found to have contravened an infringement notice provision.\n\n (b) unless the person, by notice in writing to the Inspector‑General, directs otherwise—offset against estate charge or late payment penalty payable by the person.\n\n (1) A payment of interest charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) A payment of realisations charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or served on, a person (other than the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee), the document may be:\n (a) sent by a courier service to the person at the address of the person last known to the person serving the document; or\n (b) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name and any relevant document exchange number, at a document exchange where the person maintains a document exchange facility; or\n (i) by a kind of electronic communication that transmits the document to a facility maintained by the person for receipt of electronically transmitted documents; or\n (ii) by a kind of electronic communication such that, in the ordinary course of events, the document could be reasonably expected to be received by the person.\n\n> Note: The Electronic Transactions Act 1999 applies to a requirement or permission to give information under the Bankruptcy Act 1966 or this instrument, including electronic communications covered by this section.\n\n> Note: However, paragraph (d) of this subsection permits information to be given by means of particular kinds of electronic communication, in accordance with the information technology requirements in subsection (3). This means the requirements in section 9 of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999 do not apply in relation to electronic communications covered by this section (see subsection 9(3) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999).\n\n (2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(a) or (b), in the absence of proof to the contrary, the document is taken to have been received by, or served on, the person when the document would, in the due course of business practice, be delivered to that address or document exchange.\n\n (a) at the time the document is sent, it is reasonable to expect that the document would be readily accessible so as to be useable for subsequent reference; and\n (b) the document is sent in one of the following formats, or in a format that is similar to or readily convertible into one of the following formats:\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, this section applies if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or filed or lodged with:\n (2) The document must be posted, delivered, sent by email, or sent through the website of the Australian Financial Security Authority, to:\n (3) If this section applies, the document is taken to be received, filed or lodged only when the document (or, where applicable, a copy of it) is actually received by, or on behalf of, the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver (as the case requires).\n\n (1) Subsection (2) applies in any proceedings to a document or copy of a document that purports to be a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General stating that, at a particular time, the form of statement of affairs that is attached to the certificate was the approved form for the purposes of section 6A of the Act.\n\n A fee is not payable by the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver in respect of an application to, or the filing of a document in, the Court in relation to proceedings under the Act, this instrument or the Insolvency Practice Rules.\n\n (2) If such a fee is payable in respect of the doing of a matter or thing by the Official Receiver, the matter or thing need not be done unless the fee has been paid.\n\n (1) The Official Trustee’s entitlement to remuneration under the Fees and Remuneration Determination arises when the Official Trustee:\n (a) performs work or first acts in accordance with section 3.03, 3.04, 3.07 or 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (2) For paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (d), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee in respect of an amount received by the Official Trustee:\n\n (1) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.03 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the property or business of a debtor, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (2) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.04 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a composition or scheme of arrangement with the creditors of a bankrupt, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the composition or scheme of arrangement as the case may be.\n (3) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor who signed an authority under section 188 of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (4) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the estate of a bankrupt, or of a deceased person for whose estate an order for administration has been made under Part XI of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the bankrupt or deceased person as the case may be.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a request by a bankrupt to the Official Trustee for the Official Trustee’s consent, under paragraph 272(1)(c) of the Act, to the bankrupt leaving Australia.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may decide to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4) if the Inspector‑General is reasonably satisfied that:\n (a) payment of the fee by the person liable to pay it has imposed, or would impose, hardship on the person that is unusual and exceptional in comparison to the hardship arising in the normal course of bankruptcy; or\n (b) unless the fee is payable to the Inspector‑General—the officer to whom the fee is payable or would have been payable if the fee had not been waived or remitted.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General decides under subsection (1) to refuse to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4), the notification under subsection (2) in relation to the decision must include the reasons for the decision.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under subsection 111(1) refusing to waive or remit the whole or part of a fee that is payable by the person.\n\n If, under the Act, a trustee takes possession of, or attaches, the property of a bankrupt, debtor or deceased person, the trustee must, as soon as is reasonably practicable:\n (b) give a copy of the inventory, of the photographs or of the video recordings, as the case may be, to any person who has custody of the property or part of the property.\n\n (1) If a provision of this instrument states that a dollar amount is to be indexed in accordance with this section, then at the start of each financial year (an indexation year) beginning on or after 1 July 2021, the dollar amount is replaced by the amount worked out using the following formula:\n ![Start formula Indexation factor for the indexation year times Dollar amount for the previous year end formula](image.002.png)\n ![Start formula start fraction Index number for the reference quarter over Index number for the base quarter end fraction end formula](image.003.png)\n\n> index number, for a quarter, means the All Groups Consumer Price Index number (being the weighted average of the 8 capital cities) published by the Australian Statistician for that quarter.\n\n (4) If an indexation factor worked out under subsection (2) would be less than 1, that indexation factor is to be increased to 1.\n (a) are to be made using only the index numbers published in terms of the most recently published index reference period; and\n (b) are to be made disregarding index numbers that are published in substitution for previously published index numbers (except where the substituted numbers are published to take account of changes in the index reference period).\n\n (a) a thing was done for a particular purpose under the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996 as in force immediately before those Regulations were repealed; and\n (2) Without limiting subsection (1), a reference in that subsection to a thing being done includes a reference to a notice, application or other instrument being given or made.\n\n Despite the repeal of the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996, item 3 of Schedule 4 to those Regulations, as in force immediately before that repeal, continues to apply in relation to a contribution assessment period if an assessment under section 139W of the Act was made for that contribution assessment period before that repeal.\n\n Section 102, as substituted by Schedule 1 to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Electronic Service) Regulations 2024, applies in relation to a document that is given or sent to, or served on, a person on or after the commencement of that Schedule.\n\n## 13 Copy of petition, and certain orders, to be given to Official Receiver\n\n A creditor who presents a petition to the Court under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must give to the Official Receiver:\n (b) a copy of any order entered by the Court, dismissing, staying or extending the petition, or adjourning the hearing of the petition, within 2 business days after the Court enters the order.\n\n## 14 Control of debtor’s property before sequestration\n\n (1) If the Court gives a direction, or makes another order, under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to a debtor, the creditor who applied under subsection 50(1A) of the Act for the Court to make a direction must:\n\n## 15 Preliminary remuneration and expenses of trustee\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n (c) in accordance with the direction or other order, the creditor deposits an amount (the first amount) with the trustee for the purposes of covering the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor.\n\n (2) The creditor is entitled to a refund of the sum of the first amount and any amount covered by subsection (4) less an amount equal to the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor if any of the following events occur:\n (a) the debtor enters into a personal insolvency agreement, or the debtor’s estate is administered under Part XI of the Act, and the Court authorises the trustee to transfer the debtor’s property to some other person;\n (i) the Court is satisfied that the first amount is insufficient to cover the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor;\n (ii) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs, on application by the trustee, the creditor to deposit the additional amount with the trustee;\n\n## 16 Application for damages where petition dismissed\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n\n (2) The Court may, on application by the debtor within 15 business days after the day the petition is dismissed, order the creditor to pay the debtor an amount equal to the damage the Court assesses as resulting from the acts or omissions of the trustee in reliance on the direction or other order mentioned in paragraph (1)(b).\n\n## 17 Prescribed modifications of applied provisions\n\n “(2A) The Court or a magistrate may direct that an examination, or any part of an examination, under this section shall be held in private.”;\n (c) by omitting from subsection (9) “is the trustee” and substituting “has been directed to take control of the property of the relevant person”;\n “(14) Subject to subsection (14A), the applicant for an examination under this section is to pay the costs incurred in connection with the examination.\n (14A) The Court or a magistrate may order that all or some of the costs mentioned in subsection (14) are to be paid by the relevant person.”.\n\n## 18 Acceptance of debtor’s declaration\n\n If:\n (b) the Official Receiver accepts the declaration, and signs a copy of the declaration, under paragraph 54C(1)(a) of the Act;\n\n## 19 Prescribed information to be supplied by Official Receiver to debtor\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsections 54D(1), 55(3A), 56B(5) and 57(3A) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (d) information about a debtor’s right to choose whether the bankruptcy is initially administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (e) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to present to the Official Receiver, under section 54A of the Act, a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition.\n\n## 20 Presentation of debtor’s petition\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to present a petition under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n## 21 Debtor’s petition—filing of trustee’s consent\n\n If:\n (a) a debtor presents, or 2 or more debtors present, a petition to the Official Receiver under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act; and\n (b) there is in force under subsection 156A(1) of the Act an instrument of consent of a registered trustee to act as the trustee of:\n (ii) in the case of 2 or more debtors—the separate estates, the joint estates, or the joint and separate estates, of the debtors or any of them;\n\n## 22 Notice to partners of referral to Court of petition by other partners against the partnership\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 56C(2) of the Act, if the Official Receiver refers a debtor’s petition against a partnership to the Court, the notice given by the Official Receiver to each member of the partnership who did not present the petition must:\n\n## Part 5 Control over person and property of debtors and bankrupts\n\n## 23 Arrest of debtor or bankrupt\n\n If a person is arrested under a warrant issued by the Court under section 78 of the Act, the arresting officer must immediately notify a Registrar of the Court.\n\n## Part 6 Administration of property\n\n> electronic communication means an electronic communication within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of electronic communication in subsection 5(1) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999.\n\n> legal practitioner means a barrister, a solicitor, a barrister and solicitor or a legal practitioner, of the High Court or of the Supreme Court of a State or Territory.\n\n (a) remuneration paid to the trustee in accordance with a direction, or other order, made by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act directing the trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or making another order in relation to the property; and\n (ii) in relation to the examination of the debtor, or an examinable person in relation to the debtor, as a result of the issue of a summons under subsection 50(2) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section sets out the requirements for an application to the Official Receiver for a bankruptcy notice by a person who has obtained against a debtor one, or 2 or more, final judgments or final orders of a kind described in paragraph 40(1)(g) of the Act.\n\n (a) if any final order specified in the application is an award that is a final order because of subparagraph 40(3)(a)(i) of the Act—both of the following:\n (i) a copy of the award certified as a true copy by the arbitrator who made the award or by an officer of the Court who has compared the copy with the original award;\n (ii) a certificate of the judgment or order sealed by the court that made the judgment or order (the relevant court) or signed by an officer of the relevant court;\n (iii) a copy of the entry of the judgment or order certified as a true copy of that entry and sealed by the relevant court or signed by an officer of the relevant court.\n\n> Note 2: A fee is payable to the Official Receiver for an application under this section (see the Fees and Remuneration Determination).\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice must follow that form in respect of its format (for example, bold or italic typeface, underlining and notes).\n\n> Note: Section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 provides that strict compliance with a form is not required and substantial compliance is sufficient.\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice in relation to a debtor that is served on the debtor outside of a period mentioned in subsection (1) is not valid.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (a) of the definition of statutory minimum in subsection 5(1) of the Act, the amount prescribed is $10,000.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (2), the only persons who may inspect a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver under subsection 41(1) of the Act are the following:\n (2) If a creditor’s petition is presented that is founded on an act of bankruptcy consisting of failure to comply with the bankruptcy notice, any person may inspect the notice.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver in relation to a debtor if the notice includes a final judgment, or final order, that is expressed in an amount of foreign currency (whether or not the judgment or order is also expressed in an amount of Australian currency).\n (c) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the day on which the application for the notice is made.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n A creditor who presents a petition to the Court under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must give to the Official Receiver:\n (b) a copy of any order entered by the Court, dismissing, staying or extending the petition, or adjourning the hearing of the petition, within 2 business days after the Court enters the order.\n\n (1) If the Court gives a direction, or makes another order, under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to a debtor, the creditor who applied under subsection 50(1A) of the Act for the Court to make a direction must:\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n (c) in accordance with the direction or other order, the creditor deposits an amount (the first amount) with the trustee for the purposes of covering the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor.\n\n (2) The creditor is entitled to a refund of the sum of the first amount and any amount covered by subsection (4) less an amount equal to the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor if any of the following events occur:\n (a) the debtor enters into a personal insolvency agreement, or the debtor’s estate is administered under Part XI of the Act, and the Court authorises the trustee to transfer the debtor’s property to some other person;\n (i) the Court is satisfied that the first amount is insufficient to cover the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor;\n (ii) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs, on application by the trustee, the creditor to deposit the additional amount with the trustee;\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n\n (2) The Court may, on application by the debtor within 15 business days after the day the petition is dismissed, order the creditor to pay the debtor an amount equal to the damage the Court assesses as resulting from the acts or omissions of the trustee in reliance on the direction or other order mentioned in paragraph (1)(b).\n\n “(2A) The Court or a magistrate may direct that an examination, or any part of an examination, under this section shall be held in private.”;\n (c) by omitting from subsection (9) “is the trustee” and substituting “has been directed to take control of the property of the relevant person”;\n “(14) Subject to subsection (14A), the applicant for an examination under this section is to pay the costs incurred in connection with the examination.\n (14A) The Court or a magistrate may order that all or some of the costs mentioned in subsection (14) are to be paid by the relevant person.”.\n\n If:\n (b) the Official Receiver accepts the declaration, and signs a copy of the declaration, under paragraph 54C(1)(a) of the Act;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsections 54D(1), 55(3A), 56B(5) and 57(3A) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (d) information about a debtor’s right to choose whether the bankruptcy is initially administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (e) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to present to the Official Receiver, under section 54A of the Act, a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition.\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to present a petition under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n If:\n (a) a debtor presents, or 2 or more debtors present, a petition to the Official Receiver under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act; and\n (b) there is in force under subsection 156A(1) of the Act an instrument of consent of a registered trustee to act as the trustee of:\n (ii) in the case of 2 or more debtors—the separate estates, the joint estates, or the joint and separate estates, of the debtors or any of them;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 56C(2) of the Act, if the Official Receiver refers a debtor’s petition against a partnership to the Court, the notice given by the Official Receiver to each member of the partnership who did not present the petition must:\n\n If a person is arrested under a warrant issued by the Court under section 78 of the Act, the arresting officer must immediately notify a Registrar of the Court.\n\n (a) a creditor lodges, or causes to be lodged, a proof of debt in a bankruptcy in accordance with section 84 of the Act; and\n (b) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the date of the bankruptcy.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n (1) For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(a) of the Act, the order that the trustee of the estate of a bankrupt must apply the proceeds of the bankrupt’s property to the costs, charges, expenses and remuneration mentioned in the following table is the order that appears in the table.\n\n

Order of payment of certain costs, charges, expenses and remuneration

Item

Costs, charges and expenses

1

Realisations charge payable by the trustee in relation to the estate under the Bankruptcy (Estate Charges) Act 1997

2

If the trustee is a registered trustee to whom the Official Trustee transferred the administration of the bankruptcy, both of the following in relation to the administration of the bankruptcy by the Official Trustee before the transfer:

(a) any remuneration payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination;

(b) any reimbursement that is payable to the Official Trustee under section 108

3

Expenses reasonably incurred by or on behalf of the trustee:

(a) in protecting all or part of the bankrupt’s assets; or

(b) in carrying on, in accordance with the Act, a business of the bankrupt

4

If a creditor made an advance to the trustee for the purposes of the trustee’s administration of the bankruptcy—an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to that advance

5

Fees, costs, charges or expenses (other than fees, costs, charges or expenses covered by another item of this table) paid or payable by the trustee in administering the bankrupt’s estate

6

If:

(a) an order was made under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to the bankrupt when the bankrupt was a debtor; and

(b) an amount was deposited by a creditor, in accordance with that order, with the trustee;

an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to the trustee’s preliminary remuneration and expenses in relation to the debtor

7

The following:

(a) if a creditor applied for:

(i) a sequestration order against the estate; or

(ii) an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act;

the taxed costs of the creditor in relation to the application;

(b) if the administrator of the estate of a deceased person presented a petition for an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act—the taxed costs of the administrator;

(c) if a person made an application for a sequestration order under Part X of the Act—both of the following:

(i) the taxed costs of that person in relation to the application;

(ii) any taxed costs of that person in respect of an application for an order under Division 5 or 6 of Part IX of the Act in relation to the estate

8

The trustee’s remuneration (other than remuneration covered by item 6):

(a) if the trustee is the Official Trustee—payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or

(b) if the trustee is a registered trustee—payable to the registered trustee under section 60‑5 of Schedule 2 to the Act

9

If:

(a) there is a committee of inspection in relation to the administration of the estate; and

(b) the creditors of the estate, or a majority of them, have approved payment of out‑of‑pocket expenses incurred by a member of the committee of inspection;

those expenses, to the extent that the trustee allows them as being fair and reasonable

10

Costs of any audit carried out under section 70‑15 or 70‑20 of Schedule 2 to the Act in relation to the estate

\n```\n\n (2) For the purposes of item 7 of the table, a reference to an applicant or a person presenting a petition is taken to include a reference to a person whose application or petition has not been proceeded with because a debtor’s petition presented by the bankrupt has been accepted by the Official Receiver (whether or not that debtor’s petition was referred to the Court under subsection 55(3B) of the Act, and whatever the outcome of such a referral).\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(e) of the Act, the maximum amount due to or in respect of an employee of a bankrupt is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum amount payable to employee

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$4,600

2

2018‑19

$4,550

3

2017‑18

$4,500

4

2016‑17

$4,450

5

2015‑16

$4,400

6

2014‑15

$4,350

7

2013‑14

$4,300

8

2012‑13

$4,200

9

2011‑12

$4,150

10

2010‑11

$4,100

11

2009‑10

$4,000

12

2008‑09

$3,950

13

2007‑08

$3,850

14

2006‑07

$3,750

15

2005‑06

$3,650

16

2004‑05

$3,550

17

2003‑04

$3,500

18

2002‑03

$3,450

19

2001‑02

$3,350

20

2000‑01

$3,300

21

1999‑2000

$3,150

22

1998‑99

$3,100

23

1997‑98

$3,100

24

1996‑97

$3,100

\n```\n\n (b) property of a kind covered by subsection (3) to the extent that it is reasonably appropriate for a household, having regard to the criteria specified in subsection (4);\n (c) property (including recreational and sports equipment) of a kind that is reasonably necessary for the domestic use of a household, having regard to:\n (c) educational, sporting or recreational items (including books) that are wholly or mainly for the use of children or students in the household;\n (c) any special climatic or other factors (including geographical isolation) of the place where the household residence is located;\n (d) whether the property is reasonably necessary for the functioning or servicing of the household as a viable and properly‑run household;\n (e) whether the costs of seizure, storage and sale of the property would be likely to exceed the sale price of the property;\n (f) if paragraph (e) does not apply—whether for any other reason (for example, costs of transport) the sale of the property would be likely to be uneconomical.\n (6) For the purposes of subsection (5), an item is an antique item only if a substantial part of its market value is attributable to its age or historical significance.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(ba)(ii) of the Act, non‑monetary sporting, cultural, military or academic awards are a kind of property that is prescribed.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(c)(i) of the Act, the maximum total value of a bankrupt’s property that is for use by the bankrupt in earning income by personal exertion is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum total value of tools

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,800

2

2018‑19

$3,800

3

2017‑18

$3,750

4

2016‑17

$3,700

5

2015‑16

$3,650

6

2014‑15

$3,600

7

2013‑14

$3,550

8

2012‑13

$3,500

9

2011‑12

$3,450

10

2010‑11

$3,400

11

2009‑10

$3,300

12

2008‑09

$3,250

13

2007‑08

$3,200

14

2006‑07

$3,100

15

2005‑06

$3,050

16

2004‑05

$3,000

17

2003‑04

$2,950

18

2002‑03

$2,900

19

2001‑02

$2,850

20

2000‑01

$2,800

21

1999‑2000

$2,650

22

1998‑99

$2,600

23

1997‑98

$2,600

24

1996‑97

$2,600

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 116(2)(ca) of the Act, the maximum aggregate value of property used by the bankrupt primarily as a means of transport is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum value of motor vehicle

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$8,100

2

2018‑19

$8,000

3

2017‑18

$7,900

4

2016‑17

$7,800

5

2015‑16

$7,700

6

2014‑15

$7,600

7

2013‑14

$7,500

8

2012‑13

$7,350

9

2011‑12

$7,200

10

2010‑11

$7,050

11

2009‑10

$6,850

12

2008‑09

$6,700

13

2007‑08

$6,500

14

2006‑07

$6,300

15

2005‑06

$6,150

16

2004‑05

$6,000

17

2003‑04

$5,900

18

2002‑03

$5,800

19

2001‑02

$5,650

20

2000‑01

$5,500

21

1999‑2000

$5,200

22

1998‑99

$5,050

23

1997‑98

$5,000

24

1996‑97

$5,000

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 120(2)(d) of the Act, a transfer is of a kind to which subsection 120(1) of the Act does not apply if the costs of recovering the transferred property would, in the opinion of the trustee in the transferor’s bankruptcy, be likely to exceed the value of the property to the transferor’s creditors.\n\n (b) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a lease—set out facts showing that subsection 133(4) of the Act has been complied with; and\n (c) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a contract—set out facts showing that the contract is, for the purposes of subsection 133(5A) of the Act, an unprofitable contract.\n (2) A trustee who gives a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must give the notice to each person who, to the trustee’s knowledge:\n (3) A failure to comply with subsection (1) or (2) does not affect the validity of a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section is made for the purposes of subparagraph (a)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act.\n (b) a reference in that Act to the taxable value of a benefit were a reference to the value, for the purposes of the Act, of the benefit; and\n (c) a reference in that Act to a declaration date were a reference to the date occurring 21 days after the end of a contribution assessment period in relation to a bankrupt; and\n (d) a reference in that Act to a declaration to be given to an employer of a person were a reference to a declaration to be given to the trustee of the person’s estate; and\n (e) a reference in that Act to a form approved by the Commissioner were a reference to a form approved by the Inspector‑General under section 6D of the Act; and\n (f) subject to paragraph (d), a reference in the FBTA Act to an employer, or to the employer, were a reference to any person (other than the bankrupt); and\n (g) a reference in the FBTA Act to an employee, or to the employee, were a reference to a bankrupt, or to the bankrupt, as the case requires.\n (5) Despite subsections (2), (3) and (4), the modifications specified or referred to in those subsections do not apply in relation to the provision of a fringe benefit (within the meaning of the FBTA Act) to a bankrupt if the provider of the fringe benefit:\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following contributions and payments made for the purpose of providing superannuation benefits for a bankrupt person are not income of the person:\n (a) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person to the extent that the contributions reduce the employer’s potential liability for the superannuation guarantee charge imposed under section 5 of the Superannuation Guarantee Charge Act 1992;\n (b) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person in accordance with the employer’s obligation to make contributions for the person under:\n (c) payments of shortfall components made to, or for the benefit of, the person under sections 65 to 67 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n (a) the contributions exceed the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage of the employee’s ordinary time earnings for the contribution assessment period; and\n\n> individual industrial agreement means an industrial agreement made solely between the employer and the person, including the following:\n\n (a) an AWA, or an ITEA, (both within the meaning of the Fair Work (Transitional Provisions and Consequential Amendments) Act 2009) to which that Act applies;\n\n> ordinary time earnings has the meaning given by subsection 6(1) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n> relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage: the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage for a year (the bankruptcy year) is the percentage whose number is the same as that set out in column 2 of the table in subsection 19(2) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992 for the financial year in which the bankruptcy year starts.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following payments or amounts are not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) a payment or amount of family tax benefit paid under the family assistance law (within the meaning of the A New Tax System (Family Assistance) (Administration) Act 1999);\n (b) an amount that is not income for the purposes of the Social Security Act 1991 because of subsection 8(8) of that Act, except for a payment or amount mentioned in paragraph (a), (h), (ha), (k), (ka), (m), (z), (za) or (zb) of that subsection.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (c) of the definition of dependant in section 139K of the Act, the prescribed amount of income derived (or likely to be derived) by a person during a contribution assessment period is:\n (b) if the period begins in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n (d) if the period begins in a later financial year—$3,741 indexed in accordance with section 114 of this instrument as if the period were that financial year.\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum income of dependant

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,720

2

2018‑19

$3,642

3

2017‑18

$3,596

4

2016‑17

$3,532

5

2015‑16

$3,459

6

2014‑15

$3,411

7

2013‑14

$3,363

8

2012‑13

$3,264

9

2011‑12

$3,181

10

2010‑11

$3,131

11

2009‑10

$3,030

12

2008‑09

$2,942

13

2007‑08

$2,870

14

2006‑07

$2,756

15

2005‑06

$2,688

16

2004‑05

$2,611

17

2003‑04

$2,549

\n```\n\n (3) If the bankrupt pays the contribution by cheque, payment is taken to occur when the cheque is cleared and the amount of the payment is credited to the account into which the cheque is deposited.\n (4) The trustee may, on reasonable notice in writing to the bankrupt, vary or withdraw an authorisation under paragraph (2)(c).\n (5) If the trustee incurs a delivery or postal charge (including a surcharge) or bank charge in connection with the receipt or processing of the contribution, the trustee may reimburse the trustee for the amount of the charge from the bankrupt’s estate.\n\n (a) a bankrupt is liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the bankrupt’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act in respect of a contribution assessment period; and\n\n (3) If the contribution remains unpaid, the deceased bankrupt’s estate is liable for the portion of the contribution attributable to the part of the period occurring before the bankrupt’s death.\n\n (b) immediately before being discharged, the person was liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the person’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act; and\n\n> Note: Section 139R of the Act provides that any liability of a bankrupt under section 139P or 139Q of the Act is not affected by the bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy after the making of the assessment that gave rise to the liability.\n\n (5) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(d)(ii), a change in the name of a person is taken to occur if the person in fact assumes the use of a different name or an additional name.\n\n A notice under section 139ZL of the Act must not specify money or property that is protected, under a law of the Commonwealth or a State or Territory, from a process such as assignment, attachment, charging, execution or garnishment.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 145(3) of the Act, notice must be given by serving it on each person to whom, under that subsection, it must be given.\n\n (a) an objection to the discharge of a bankrupt has been made on a ground, or on grounds that include a ground, mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(a) or (h) of the Act (which refer to the bankrupt being out of Australia); and\n (2) Within 5 business days after the day that the registered trustee becomes aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia, the registered trustee must give notice in writing to the Official Receiver stating:\n (ii) if the trustee does not know the day on which the bankrupt returned—the trustee became aware that the bankrupt had returned.\n\n For the purposes of the ground of objection mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(d) of the Act, a bankrupt is taken to have failed to comply with a request to provide information if the bankrupt has provided information that is incomplete or inaccurate.\n\n (c) an application is made to the Administrative Review Tribunal under section 149Q of the Act for the review of the decision of the Inspector‑General; and\n\n (a) if the debtor presents a debtor’s petition to the Official Receiver—on or before the day that the debtor so presents the petition; or\n\n If a registered trustee becomes, under subsection 156A(3) of the Act, the trustee of an estate or of joint and separate estates, the Official Receiver may give the registered trustee a certificate to that effect.\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 188(2A) of the Act, a person (other than the Official Trustee or a registered trustee) is ineligible to act under Part X of the Act as a controlling trustee in relation to a debtor in any of the following circumstances:\n (a) the person is or was convicted of an offence involving fraud or dishonesty at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (c) the person is a solicitor who does not hold an Australian practising certificate (within the meaning of the Evidence Act 1995);\n (d) the person is or was an insolvent under administration at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(f)(ii), the Inspector‑General may approve a course in insolvency by notice published on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website.\n (ii) has refused or failed to cooperate with the Inspector‑General in an inquiry or investigation under paragraph 12(1)(b) of the Act.\n (ii) invites the person to give the Inspector‑General, within 20 business days after the day the notice is given or such longer time as is specified in the notice, a written statement showing cause why the determination should not be made; and\n (5) If the Inspector‑General makes a determination under subsection (3) in relation to a person, the Inspector‑General must give the person a written notice stating the following:\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General to make a determination under subsection 49(3).\n\n (b) the person becomes ineligible to act as a controlling trustee under Part X of the Act because one or more of the circumstances prescribed by subsection 49(1) of this instrument apply in relation to the person.\n (2) The Official Trustee must perform the duties of a controlling trustee in relation to the debtor unless and until the debtor authorises another person under subsection 188(1) of the Act.\n\n (1) If, on application, the Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act that a person (the old trustee) cease to be the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate, the applicant for the order must:\n (3) If the creditors of a regulated debtor, by resolution at a meeting, remove the trustee (the old trustee) of the regulated debtor’s estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(a) of Schedule 2 to the Act, the person appointed by the creditors under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of that Schedule as trustee of the estate must:\n\n (1) If the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate (other than the Official Trustee) finalises the administration of the debtor’s estate, the trustee must:\n\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a debt agreement;\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to give the Official Receiver a debt agreement proposal under subsection 185C(1) of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n (a) any of the following awarded by a registered provider (within the meaning of the Education Services for Overseas Students Act 2000):\n (i) a Certificate IV in Financial Services (Accounting) awarded for study starting between 10 July 2004 and 23 November 2010;\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (c) a degree, diploma or similar qualification awarded by a foreign tertiary education institution and for which the Inspector‑General is satisfied the following conditions are satisfied:\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n\n#### 57 Prescribed amount of owed notified estate charges preventing renewal of registration as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraphs 186C(3)(d) and (5)(d) of the Act, the prescribed amount of notified estate charges is $500.\n\n For the purposes of section 187A of the Act, a provision of Part X of the Act specified in Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section of the Act, to joint debtors, whether partners or not.\n\n (b) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (c) information about whether a personal insolvency agreement may be administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy if any of the things mentioned in paragraphs 40(1)(i) to (m) of the Act happen in relation to a debtor;\n (f) information about a debtor’s rights and responsibilities under Part X of the Act, including a debtor’s obligation to disclose all related entities;\n (g) information about a controlling trustee’s obligation to disclose the controlling trustee’s relationship (if any) with a debtor.\n (3) A registered trustee or a solicitor authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property must not consent to exercise the powers given by the authority unless the debtor has given the registered trustee or the solicitor, as the case may be, a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the Official Trustee is authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property, the Official Receiver must not give the debtor a written approval under paragraph 188(2)(aa) of the Act unless the debtor has given the Official Trustee a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n\n (b) unable to sign the authority or an acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) of this instrument relating to the authority because of a physical incapacity.\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and debtor are familiar; or\n\n> relevant material means the authority, the information prescribed by section 59 and the acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) relating to the authority.\n\n (3) The person must, at the same time as calling a meeting of the debtor’s creditors, give a copy of the proposal for dealing with the debtor’s affairs under Part X of the Act to:\n\n> Note 1: An authority signed by a debtor under section 188 of the Act is not effective for the purposes of Part X of the Act unless, before the person authorised consents to exercise the powers given by the authority, the debtor gives to the person authorised:\n\n> Note 2: Under subsection 188(5) of the Act, a registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority must also give a copy of the authority and the debtor’s statement of affairs to the Official Receiver.\n\n (e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement.\n\n For the purposes of section 210 of the Act, a provision of Part VIII of the Act specified in Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor.\n\n#### 64 Modifications of Division 1 of Part V of the Act—debtors whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act\n\n For the purposes of subsection 211(1) of the Act, a provision in Division 1 of Part V of the Act specified in Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 218(3) of the Act, a notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act must be in writing.\n\n (1) If the Court makes a sequestration order under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act, the applicant for the order must:\n\n#### 67 Information to be given to Official Receiver in relation to orders terminating or setting aside a personal insolvency agreement\n\n> Note: If the Court makes an order setting aside or terminating a personal insolvency agreement and a registered trustee was the trustee of the agreement, the registered trustee must give written notice of the order to the Official Receiver (see subsection 224A(4) of the Act).\n\n (1) If a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act, the trustee of the agreement must:\n\n> Note: Before the termination takes effect, the trustee must give notice of the proposed termination to all the creditors who are entitled to receive notice of a meeting of creditors (see subsection 222A(2) of the Act).\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 231(1) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 4 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor who has executed a personal insolvency agreement.\n (2) For the purposes of subsection 231(3) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 5 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a personal insolvency agreement.\n\n (4) If the trustee gives a certificate to the debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act or subsection (1) of this section, the trustee must:\n (a) the person is required to give a copy of a certificate to the Official Receiver in accordance with subsection (4); and\n\n For the purposes of subsections 248(1) and (3) of the Act, a provision specified in Schedule 4 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Schedule in relation to proceedings under Part XI of the Act and the administration of estates under that Part.\n\n (1) If a trustee (within the meaning of section 254 of the Act) pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act, the trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (3) If a registered trustee pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act, the registered trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (1) For the purposes of the definition of National Personal Insolvency Index in subsection 5(1) of the Act, an electronic index to be known as the National Personal Insolvency Index is established.\n\n Division 2 of this Part (information to be entered in the Index) has effect subject to Division 3 of this Part (information not to be entered in the Index and information to be removed from the Index).\n\n (1) The person specified in column 2 of an item of the table in subsection (3) must, at a time within the time period specified in column 2 of that item, give a copy of each document specified in column 1 of that item to the Official Receiver.\n\n

Documents that must be given to the Official Receiver

Item

Column 1

Document(s)

Column 2

Person and time period

Column 3

Information

1

A notice given under subsection 181A(2) of the Act by the current trustee of a bankrupt’s estate nominating another trustee as the new trustee of the estate

The new trustee within 2 business days after the date specified in the notice (see paragraph 181A(3)(a) of the Act)

The day on which the new trustee became the trustee of the estate

2

An order under subsection 185Q(4) of the Act terminating a debt agreement

The applicant for the order within 3 business days after the order is made

The day on which the order was made

3

An order under subsection 185U(1) of the Act declaring all or part of a debt agreement void

The applicant for the order within 2 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) whether all or part of the agreement was declared void

4

An authority, signed by a debtor under subsection 188(1) of the Act, naming and authorising a registered trustee, a solicitor or the Official Trustee to call a meeting of the debtor’s creditors and to take control of the debtor’s property

The person named in the authority within 2 business days after the debtor signs the authority

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the copy of the authority was given to the Official Receiver;

(c) the day on which the debtor’s statement of affairs was given to the Official Receiver (see subsections 188(2D) and (5) of the Act);

(d) the name of the controlling trustee (see subsection 188(6) of the Act)

5

Written evidence of an event of a kind mentioned in paragraph 192(1)(a), (b) or (c) of the Act, or a written request given to the Official Trustee under paragraph 192(1)(d) of the Act, resulting in the Official Trustee becoming the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor

The Official Trustee within 14 days after the Official Trustee becomes the controlling trustee

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Trustee became the controlling trustee

6

Both of the following:

(a) a petition to the Court, under subsection 244(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of the estate of a deceased person;

(b) an affidavit verifying the petition (see subsection 244(5) of the Act)

The creditor, or one of the creditors, who presented the petition to the Court within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day the petition was presented;

(c) the name of the creditor or creditors who presented the petition;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the creditor or creditors;

(e) the day the Court is to hear the petition

7

Both of the following:

(a) a petition, under subsection 247(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of a deceased person’s estate under Part XI of the Act;

(b) a statement of the deceased person’s affairs and of the petitioner’s administration of the deceased person’s estate (see subsection 247(1) of the Act)

The petitioner within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the petition and the statement of affairs were presented;

(c) the name of the administrator;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the administrator

8

An order, under section 252B of the Act, annulling the administration of the estate of a deceased person under Part XI of the Act

The trustee of the estate within 2 business days after the trustee becomes aware of the order

The day on which the order was made

9

An order, under subsection 253E(1) of the Act, staying proceedings under a creditor’s petition or debtor’s petition

The applicant for the order within 7 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) the length of the stay (see subsection 253E(3) of the Act)

\n```\n\n (1) If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in subsection (2) is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n (aa) in the case of a statement of affairs mentioned in item 2 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the statement; and\n (a) in the case of a debtor’s petition mentioned in item 3, 4 or 5 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the petition; and\n (b) in the case of a debt agreement proposal mentioned in item 12 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the debt agreement proposal for processing.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with the Act

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A sequestration order made against the estate of a debtor (see subsection 52(1A) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(d) the name of the creditor who obtained the order;

(e) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of that creditor

2

A statement of the affairs of a person against whose estate a sequestration order is made, that is given for the purposes of subsection 54(1) of the Act

The day on which the statement of affairs was filed with the Official Receiver

3

A debtor’s petition (see subsection 55(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the resulting bankruptcy;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(e) the day on which the statement of the debtor’s affairs accepted by the Official Receiver was given to the Official Receiver for the purposes of paragraph 55(2)(b) of the Act

4

A debtor’s petition against a partnership presented by members of the partnership (see subsection 56B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of the partners who presented the petition;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the bankruptcy of each of those partners as a result of the acceptance of the petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each bankrupt partner;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those partners, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of the partnership affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

5

A debtor’s petition by joint debtors who are not partners (see subsection 57(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of those debtors;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of each bankruptcy that results from acceptance of the debtor’s petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each debtor;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those debtors, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of their joint affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

6

A notice relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 74(5A) of the Act)

The day on which the bankruptcy was annulled

7

A notice of objection by a trustee to the discharge of a bankrupt from bankruptcy (see subsection 149B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) when the objection took effect (see section 149G of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection set out in the notice (see paragraph 149C(1)(a) of the Act);

(c) the name of the trustee

8

A notice that a trustee ceases to object to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy on a particular ground (see subsection 149H(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) if there is no longer an objection on any ground—when the objection ceased to have effect (see subsection 149H(3) of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection to which the notice relates;

(c) the name of the trustee

9

A notice of withdrawal of objection by a trustee to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy (see subsection 149J(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) when the withdrawal takes effect (see subsection 149J(3) of the Act);

(b) the name of the trustee

10

A notice about the cancellation, under subsection 149N(1) of the Act, of a notice of objection filed by a trustee of a bankrupt’s estate (see subsection 149P(1) of the Act)

The day on which the cancellation took effect

11

A certificate relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 153A(2) of the Act)

The date of annulment included in the certificate

12

A debtor’s written proposal for a debt agreement (see subsection 185C(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185E of the Act)

13

A notification that a debt agreement has ended (see subsection 185N(5) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the debt agreement ended;

(b) the reasons why the debt agreement ended

14

A notification that control of the property of a debtor has ended (see subsection 189(1B) of the Act)

The day on which that control ended

15

A personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor (see paragraph 218(1)(b) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the agreement was executed;

(c) the name of the trustee of the personal insolvency agreement

16

A resolution or special resolution terminating a personal insolvency agreement (see subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

17

A resolution or special resolution terminating a composition or scheme of arrangement (see section 76B and subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated

18

A notice that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated or set aside (see subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated or set aside

19

A notice that a composition or scheme of arrangement is terminated or set aside (see section 76B and subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated or set aside

20

An order that the estate of a deceased person be administered under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 244(14), 245(3) or 247(3) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee administering the estate

21

A statement of a deceased person’s affairs and of the administration of the deceased person’s estate by a legal personal representative of the deceased person (see paragraph 246(1)(b) of the Act)

The day on which the statement was given to the Official Receiver

22

A certificate in relation to the annulment, by force of subsection 252A(1) of the Act, of the administration of an estate under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 252A(2) of the Act)

The day of the annulment

\n```\n\n If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with this instrument

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A creditor’s petition presented against a debtor or joint debtors (see section 13)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor or joint debtors;

(b) the day on which the petition was presented against the debtor or joint debtors;

(c) the name of the petitioning creditor;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the petitioning creditor;

(e) the day of the court hearing for a sequestration order relating to the petition

2

A direction given, or an order made, by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act (see section 14 of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor to whom the order or direction relates;

(b) the day on which the order was made or the direction given;

(c) the day (if any) on which a trustee’s control of that debtor’s property is to end (see subsection 50(1B) of the Act)

3

A notice under subsection 46(2) that the Administrative Review Tribunal has varied or set aside a decision of the Inspector‑General in relation to a notice of objection

The day on which the decision was varied or set aside

4

A notice given under subsection 52(1) in relation to an order about a regulated debtor’s estate, if the order provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of the estate

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the new trustee;

(b) the day of the appointment

5

A notice given under subsection 52(3) by a person appointed as trustee of the estate of a regulated debtor

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the person appointed;

(b) the day of the appointment

6

A notice under subsection 53(1) that the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate has finalised the administration of the debtor’s estate

The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised

7

A notice under subparagraph 62(2)(a)(ii) of particulars specified in subsection 62(3) in relation to a special resolution passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors

The particulars

8

A sequestration order against the estate of a debtor made under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act (see subsection 66(1) of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) if the person who applied for the order was a creditor of the debtor—the name of the creditor and the name and telephone number of the creditor’s solicitor (if any);

(d) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate

9

A notice under paragraph 68(1)(a) that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

10

A certificate given by a trustee to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act (see subsection 70(4) of this instrument)

The day on which the trustee signed the certificate

\n```\n\n If an event specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section occurs, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n| Item | Column 1Event | Column 2Information |\n| ---- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |\n| 1 | A bankrupt is, by force of subsection 149(1) of the Act, discharged from bankruptcy | The day on which the bankrupt was discharged from bankruptcy |\n| 2 | The Official Receiver issues a certificate of appointment to a registered trustee under subsection 157(3) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the name of the registered trustee;(b) the day on which the registered trustee was appointed |\n| 3 | A trustee, or the Official Trustee, is released from the trusteeship of an estate by force of section 184 or 184A of the Act | The fact that the trustee, or the Official Trustee, has been so released |\n| 4 | A debt agreement proposal is withdrawn | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was withdrawn |\n| 5 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement that was made before 1 July 2007 is accepted (see sections 185B and 185P of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the proposal was accepted |\n| 6 | A debt agreement proposal is not accepted (see section 185EC of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was not accepted |\n| 7 | The Official Receiver cancels the acceptance of a debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185ED of the Act) | The day on which the Official Receiver cancelled the acceptance of the debt agreement proposal for processing |\n| 8 | A debt agreement proposal lapses (see section 185G of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal lapsed |\n| 9 | The Official Receiver gives to a debtor a certificate under subsection 185N(3) of the Act | The day on which the certificate was given |\n| 10 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement is accepted (see section 185PC of the Act) | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 11 | The Official Receiver terminates a debt agreement under subsection 185QA(1) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 12 | The minutes of a meeting of creditors at which a special resolution was passed terminating a debt agreement made before 1 July 2007 are given to the Official Receiver (see subsection 185QA(1) of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the resolution was passed |\n| 13 | A special resolution is passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors under subsection 204(1) of the Act if the Official Trustee called the meeting under an authority under section 188 of the Act | All of the following:(a) the date of the resolution;(b) the debtor’s full name and alias (if any);(c) the debtor’s address;(d) the debtor’s occupation (if any);(e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement |\n| 14 | A sequestration order is made against the estate of a debtor under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | All of the following:(a) particulars of the debtor;(b) the day on which the order was made;(c) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate |\n| 15 | An order is made under subsection 222(1), (2) or (5) of the Act setting aside a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was set aside |\n| 16 | A personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act where the Official Trustee is the trustee of the agreement | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 17 | An order is made under subsection 222C(1) of the Act terminating a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 18 | The Official Trustee gives a certificate to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act | The day on which the Official Trustee signed the certificate |\n| 19 | The Official Trustee finalises the administration of a debtor’s estate | The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised |\n| 20 | The Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act, on application by the Inspector‑General, that provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of an estate | Both of the following:(a) the name of the new trustee;(b) the day of the appointment |\n| 21 | The Official Trustee is appointed by the creditors of an estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of Schedule 2 to the Act as trustee of an estate | The day of the appointment |\n\n> Note: A number of provisions of the Act require the Official Receiver to enter information in the Index when certain events occur. These provisions include the following:\n\n (a) a debtor whose property is under the control of the Official Trustee or a registered trustee because of a direction given by the Court under paragraph 50(1)(a) of the Act;\n (c) a deceased debtor if a petition for an order for the administration of the deceased debtor’s estate has been presented under Part XI of the Act;\n (d) a debtor in relation to whom an application is made to the Court under subsection 253E(1) of the Act for an order staying all or any proceedings under a petition.\n (3) In the case of a deceased debtor, the information to be entered in accordance with paragraphs (1)(a), (b) and (c) is the information immediately before the debtor’s death.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (4), a person who is a debtor or bankrupt may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General for information about the person:\n (a) not to be entered in the Index, on the ground that the entry of the information would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n\n> Note: Example: A person may rely on a court order (such as a domestic violence order) to show that publication of the information in question would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under paragraph 80(3)(a) refusing to grant an application.\n\n (1) If a debt agreement ends under section 185N of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (2) If a debt agreement is terminated under section 185P, 185Q, 185QA or 185R of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (3) If an order is made under section 185U of the Act declaring all of a debt agreement void, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n\n The Official Receiver must remove all information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index within 1 year after the day on which any of the following occurs:\n\n (1) A person may, by application in writing, ask the Official Receiver to inspect material in the Index and give to the person an extract of material specified in the application.\n (a) if the applicant has paid any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination for obtaining the requested extract—must inspect the Index and, within 10 business days of receiving the application:\n (b) may give the applicant a list of Index search agents who may be able to inspect material entered in the Index for the applicant.\n (3) A person who has been granted access to the Index by the Inspector‑General may, after paying any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination:\n (4) However, prior payment is not required under subsection (3) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n An extract of information in the Index is admissible in any proceedings as prima facie evidence of the matters in the extract.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General, and any officer acting at the direction or with the authority of the Inspector‑General, have immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n (2) An officer has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (3) A person who provides material for entry in the Index has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of the material by way of:\n (5) The immunity of the Inspector‑General or another officer under this section arising out of publication of material extends to the Commonwealth and the Official Trustee to the extent that the Commonwealth or the Official Trustee would, apart from this subsection, be liable in respect of the publication.\n (6) This section does not limit any other ground of defence in relation to actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n\n (b) the person executing the warrant considers that it is impracticable to immediately bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n (b) a day and time when the person executing the warrant considers that it will be practicable to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n\n (1) If the Registrar receives a notification under subsection 87(2) in relation to an apprehended person, the Registrar must, as soon as reasonably practicable:\n (a) determine a day, time and place for the apprehended person to be brought before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate; and\n (b) direct the person who gave the notification to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate in accordance with that determination.\n (2) The time and day determined under paragraph (1)(a) must be the earliest that the Registrar reasonably believes are practicable.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 277B(1) of the Act, this Division establishes an infringement notice scheme, as an alternative to prosecution, for an infringement notice provision.\n\n (1) If the Inspector‑General believes on reasonable grounds that a person has contravened an infringement notice provision, the Inspector‑General may give to the person an infringement notice for the alleged contravention.\n (2) The infringement notice must be given within 12 months after the day on which the contravention is alleged to have taken place.\n (3) A single infringement notice must relate only to a single contravention of a single provision unless subsection (4) applies.\n (4) The Inspector‑General may give a person a single infringement notice relating to multiple contraventions of a single provision if:\n\n (e) give brief details of the alleged contravention, or each alleged contravention, to which the notice relates, including:\n (f) state the amount that is payable under the notice, as worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act and subsection (2) of this section; and\n (h) state that, if the person to whom the notice is given pays the amount within 20 business days after the day the notice is given, then (unless the notice is withdrawn) the person will not be liable to be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (k) state that the person may choose not to pay the amount and, if the person does so the person may be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (n) state that the person may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) If the notice relates to more than one alleged contravention of the provision by the person, the amount to be stated in the notice for the purposes of paragraph (1)(f) is the sum of the amount worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act for each alleged contravention.\n\n> Note: Under section 90, a single infringement notice may only deal with multiple contraventions if they are contraventions of a single provision continuing over a period.\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may apply to the Inspector‑General for an extension of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h).\n (2) If the application is made before the end of that period, the Inspector‑General may, in writing, extend that period. The Inspector‑General may do so before or after the end of that period.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General extends that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to that period so extended.\n (4) If the Inspector‑General does not extend that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to the period that ends on the later of the following days:\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) The Inspector‑General may withdraw an infringement notice given to a person (whether or not the person has made written representations seeking the withdrawal).\n (3) When deciding whether or not to withdraw an infringement notice (the relevant infringement notice), the Inspector‑General:\n (a) must take into account any written representations seeking the withdrawal that were given by the person to the Inspector‑General; and\n (i) whether a court has previously imposed a penalty on the person for a contravention of an infringement notice provision;\n (iii) whether the person has paid an amount, stated in an earlier infringement notice, for a contravention of an infringement notice provision if the contravention is constituted by conduct that is the same, or substantially the same, as the conduct alleged to constitute the contravention in the relevant infringement notice;\n\n (1) If the person to whom an infringement notice for an alleged contravention of a provision is given pays the amount stated in the notice before the end of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h):\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may sign a certificate that states any of the following in relation to an infringement notice given to a person:\n (b) that the Inspector‑General granted, or refused to grant, an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice;\n (c) if the Inspector‑General granted an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice—that that amount was not fully paid by the person within the period specified in the extension;\n (2) At a hearing of a prosecution for an offence alleged in an infringement notice, a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General in accordance with subsection (1) is prima facie evidence of the matters specified in the certificate.\n (3) A certificate that purports to be signed by the Inspector‑General is taken to have been signed by the Inspector‑General unless the contrary is proved.\n\n (a) require an infringement notice to be given to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (c) prevent the giving of 2 or more infringement notices to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (d) limit a court’s discretion to determine the amount of a penalty to be imposed on a person who is found to have contravened an infringement notice provision.\n\n (b) unless the person, by notice in writing to the Inspector‑General, directs otherwise—offset against estate charge or late payment penalty payable by the person.\n\n (1) A payment of interest charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) A payment of realisations charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or served on, a person (other than the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee), the document may be:\n (a) sent by a courier service to the person at the address of the person last known to the person serving the document; or\n (b) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name and any relevant document exchange number, at a document exchange where the person maintains a document exchange facility; or\n (i) by a kind of electronic communication that transmits the document to a facility maintained by the person for receipt of electronically transmitted documents; or\n (ii) by a kind of electronic communication such that, in the ordinary course of events, the document could be reasonably expected to be received by the person.\n\n> Note: The Electronic Transactions Act 1999 applies to a requirement or permission to give information under the Bankruptcy Act 1966 or this instrument, including electronic communications covered by this section.\n\n> Note: However, paragraph (d) of this subsection permits information to be given by means of particular kinds of electronic communication, in accordance with the information technology requirements in subsection (3). This means the requirements in section 9 of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999 do not apply in relation to electronic communications covered by this section (see subsection 9(3) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999).\n\n (2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(a) or (b), in the absence of proof to the contrary, the document is taken to have been received by, or served on, the person when the document would, in the due course of business practice, be delivered to that address or document exchange.\n\n (a) at the time the document is sent, it is reasonable to expect that the document would be readily accessible so as to be useable for subsequent reference; and\n (b) the document is sent in one of the following formats, or in a format that is similar to or readily convertible into one of the following formats:\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, this section applies if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or filed or lodged with:\n (2) The document must be posted, delivered, sent by email, or sent through the website of the Australian Financial Security Authority, to:\n (3) If this section applies, the document is taken to be received, filed or lodged only when the document (or, where applicable, a copy of it) is actually received by, or on behalf of, the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver (as the case requires).\n\n (1) Subsection (2) applies in any proceedings to a document or copy of a document that purports to be a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General stating that, at a particular time, the form of statement of affairs that is attached to the certificate was the approved form for the purposes of section 6A of the Act.\n\n A fee is not payable by the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver in respect of an application to, or the filing of a document in, the Court in relation to proceedings under the Act, this instrument or the Insolvency Practice Rules.\n\n (2) If such a fee is payable in respect of the doing of a matter or thing by the Official Receiver, the matter or thing need not be done unless the fee has been paid.\n\n (1) The Official Trustee’s entitlement to remuneration under the Fees and Remuneration Determination arises when the Official Trustee:\n (a) performs work or first acts in accordance with section 3.03, 3.04, 3.07 or 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (2) For paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (d), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee in respect of an amount received by the Official Trustee:\n\n (1) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.03 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the property or business of a debtor, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (2) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.04 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a composition or scheme of arrangement with the creditors of a bankrupt, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the composition or scheme of arrangement as the case may be.\n (3) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor who signed an authority under section 188 of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (4) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the estate of a bankrupt, or of a deceased person for whose estate an order for administration has been made under Part XI of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the bankrupt or deceased person as the case may be.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a request by a bankrupt to the Official Trustee for the Official Trustee’s consent, under paragraph 272(1)(c) of the Act, to the bankrupt leaving Australia.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may decide to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4) if the Inspector‑General is reasonably satisfied that:\n (a) payment of the fee by the person liable to pay it has imposed, or would impose, hardship on the person that is unusual and exceptional in comparison to the hardship arising in the normal course of bankruptcy; or\n (b) unless the fee is payable to the Inspector‑General—the officer to whom the fee is payable or would have been payable if the fee had not been waived or remitted.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General decides under subsection (1) to refuse to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4), the notification under subsection (2) in relation to the decision must include the reasons for the decision.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under subsection 111(1) refusing to waive or remit the whole or part of a fee that is payable by the person.\n\n If, under the Act, a trustee takes possession of, or attaches, the property of a bankrupt, debtor or deceased person, the trustee must, as soon as is reasonably practicable:\n (b) give a copy of the inventory, of the photographs or of the video recordings, as the case may be, to any person who has custody of the property or part of the property.\n\n (1) If a provision of this instrument states that a dollar amount is to be indexed in accordance with this section, then at the start of each financial year (an indexation year) beginning on or after 1 July 2021, the dollar amount is replaced by the amount worked out using the following formula:\n ![Start formula Indexation factor for the indexation year times Dollar amount for the previous year end formula](image.002.png)\n ![Start formula start fraction Index number for the reference quarter over Index number for the base quarter end fraction end formula](image.003.png)\n\n> index number, for a quarter, means the All Groups Consumer Price Index number (being the weighted average of the 8 capital cities) published by the Australian Statistician for that quarter.\n\n (4) If an indexation factor worked out under subsection (2) would be less than 1, that indexation factor is to be increased to 1.\n (a) are to be made using only the index numbers published in terms of the most recently published index reference period; and\n (b) are to be made disregarding index numbers that are published in substitution for previously published index numbers (except where the substituted numbers are published to take account of changes in the index reference period).\n\n (a) a thing was done for a particular purpose under the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996 as in force immediately before those Regulations were repealed; and\n (2) Without limiting subsection (1), a reference in that subsection to a thing being done includes a reference to a notice, application or other instrument being given or made.\n\n Despite the repeal of the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996, item 3 of Schedule 4 to those Regulations, as in force immediately before that repeal, continues to apply in relation to a contribution assessment period if an assessment under section 139W of the Act was made for that contribution assessment period before that repeal.\n\n Section 102, as substituted by Schedule 1 to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Electronic Service) Regulations 2024, applies in relation to a document that is given or sent to, or served on, a person on or after the commencement of that Schedule.\n\n## Division 1 Proof of debts\n\n> electronic communication means an electronic communication within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of electronic communication in subsection 5(1) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999.\n\n> legal practitioner means a barrister, a solicitor, a barrister and solicitor or a legal practitioner, of the High Court or of the Supreme Court of a State or Territory.\n\n (a) remuneration paid to the trustee in accordance with a direction, or other order, made by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act directing the trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or making another order in relation to the property; and\n (ii) in relation to the examination of the debtor, or an examinable person in relation to the debtor, as a result of the issue of a summons under subsection 50(2) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section sets out the requirements for an application to the Official Receiver for a bankruptcy notice by a person who has obtained against a debtor one, or 2 or more, final judgments or final orders of a kind described in paragraph 40(1)(g) of the Act.\n\n (a) if any final order specified in the application is an award that is a final order because of subparagraph 40(3)(a)(i) of the Act—both of the following:\n (i) a copy of the award certified as a true copy by the arbitrator who made the award or by an officer of the Court who has compared the copy with the original award;\n (ii) a certificate of the judgment or order sealed by the court that made the judgment or order (the relevant court) or signed by an officer of the relevant court;\n (iii) a copy of the entry of the judgment or order certified as a true copy of that entry and sealed by the relevant court or signed by an officer of the relevant court.\n\n> Note 2: A fee is payable to the Official Receiver for an application under this section (see the Fees and Remuneration Determination).\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice must follow that form in respect of its format (for example, bold or italic typeface, underlining and notes).\n\n> Note: Section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 provides that strict compliance with a form is not required and substantial compliance is sufficient.\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice in relation to a debtor that is served on the debtor outside of a period mentioned in subsection (1) is not valid.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (a) of the definition of statutory minimum in subsection 5(1) of the Act, the amount prescribed is $10,000.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (2), the only persons who may inspect a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver under subsection 41(1) of the Act are the following:\n (2) If a creditor’s petition is presented that is founded on an act of bankruptcy consisting of failure to comply with the bankruptcy notice, any person may inspect the notice.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver in relation to a debtor if the notice includes a final judgment, or final order, that is expressed in an amount of foreign currency (whether or not the judgment or order is also expressed in an amount of Australian currency).\n (c) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the day on which the application for the notice is made.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n A creditor who presents a petition to the Court under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must give to the Official Receiver:\n (b) a copy of any order entered by the Court, dismissing, staying or extending the petition, or adjourning the hearing of the petition, within 2 business days after the Court enters the order.\n\n (1) If the Court gives a direction, or makes another order, under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to a debtor, the creditor who applied under subsection 50(1A) of the Act for the Court to make a direction must:\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n (c) in accordance with the direction or other order, the creditor deposits an amount (the first amount) with the trustee for the purposes of covering the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor.\n\n (2) The creditor is entitled to a refund of the sum of the first amount and any amount covered by subsection (4) less an amount equal to the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor if any of the following events occur:\n (a) the debtor enters into a personal insolvency agreement, or the debtor’s estate is administered under Part XI of the Act, and the Court authorises the trustee to transfer the debtor’s property to some other person;\n (i) the Court is satisfied that the first amount is insufficient to cover the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor;\n (ii) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs, on application by the trustee, the creditor to deposit the additional amount with the trustee;\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n\n (2) The Court may, on application by the debtor within 15 business days after the day the petition is dismissed, order the creditor to pay the debtor an amount equal to the damage the Court assesses as resulting from the acts or omissions of the trustee in reliance on the direction or other order mentioned in paragraph (1)(b).\n\n “(2A) The Court or a magistrate may direct that an examination, or any part of an examination, under this section shall be held in private.”;\n (c) by omitting from subsection (9) “is the trustee” and substituting “has been directed to take control of the property of the relevant person”;\n “(14) Subject to subsection (14A), the applicant for an examination under this section is to pay the costs incurred in connection with the examination.\n (14A) The Court or a magistrate may order that all or some of the costs mentioned in subsection (14) are to be paid by the relevant person.”.\n\n If:\n (b) the Official Receiver accepts the declaration, and signs a copy of the declaration, under paragraph 54C(1)(a) of the Act;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsections 54D(1), 55(3A), 56B(5) and 57(3A) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (d) information about a debtor’s right to choose whether the bankruptcy is initially administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (e) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to present to the Official Receiver, under section 54A of the Act, a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition.\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to present a petition under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n If:\n (a) a debtor presents, or 2 or more debtors present, a petition to the Official Receiver under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act; and\n (b) there is in force under subsection 156A(1) of the Act an instrument of consent of a registered trustee to act as the trustee of:\n (ii) in the case of 2 or more debtors—the separate estates, the joint estates, or the joint and separate estates, of the debtors or any of them;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 56C(2) of the Act, if the Official Receiver refers a debtor’s petition against a partnership to the Court, the notice given by the Official Receiver to each member of the partnership who did not present the petition must:\n\n If a person is arrested under a warrant issued by the Court under section 78 of the Act, the arresting officer must immediately notify a Registrar of the Court.\n\n (a) a creditor lodges, or causes to be lodged, a proof of debt in a bankruptcy in accordance with section 84 of the Act; and\n (b) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the date of the bankruptcy.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n (1) For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(a) of the Act, the order that the trustee of the estate of a bankrupt must apply the proceeds of the bankrupt’s property to the costs, charges, expenses and remuneration mentioned in the following table is the order that appears in the table.\n\n

Order of payment of certain costs, charges, expenses and remuneration

Item

Costs, charges and expenses

1

Realisations charge payable by the trustee in relation to the estate under the Bankruptcy (Estate Charges) Act 1997

2

If the trustee is a registered trustee to whom the Official Trustee transferred the administration of the bankruptcy, both of the following in relation to the administration of the bankruptcy by the Official Trustee before the transfer:

(a) any remuneration payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination;

(b) any reimbursement that is payable to the Official Trustee under section 108

3

Expenses reasonably incurred by or on behalf of the trustee:

(a) in protecting all or part of the bankrupt’s assets; or

(b) in carrying on, in accordance with the Act, a business of the bankrupt

4

If a creditor made an advance to the trustee for the purposes of the trustee’s administration of the bankruptcy—an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to that advance

5

Fees, costs, charges or expenses (other than fees, costs, charges or expenses covered by another item of this table) paid or payable by the trustee in administering the bankrupt’s estate

6

If:

(a) an order was made under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to the bankrupt when the bankrupt was a debtor; and

(b) an amount was deposited by a creditor, in accordance with that order, with the trustee;

an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to the trustee’s preliminary remuneration and expenses in relation to the debtor

7

The following:

(a) if a creditor applied for:

(i) a sequestration order against the estate; or

(ii) an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act;

the taxed costs of the creditor in relation to the application;

(b) if the administrator of the estate of a deceased person presented a petition for an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act—the taxed costs of the administrator;

(c) if a person made an application for a sequestration order under Part X of the Act—both of the following:

(i) the taxed costs of that person in relation to the application;

(ii) any taxed costs of that person in respect of an application for an order under Division 5 or 6 of Part IX of the Act in relation to the estate

8

The trustee’s remuneration (other than remuneration covered by item 6):

(a) if the trustee is the Official Trustee—payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or

(b) if the trustee is a registered trustee—payable to the registered trustee under section 60‑5 of Schedule 2 to the Act

9

If:

(a) there is a committee of inspection in relation to the administration of the estate; and

(b) the creditors of the estate, or a majority of them, have approved payment of out‑of‑pocket expenses incurred by a member of the committee of inspection;

those expenses, to the extent that the trustee allows them as being fair and reasonable

10

Costs of any audit carried out under section 70‑15 or 70‑20 of Schedule 2 to the Act in relation to the estate

\n```\n\n (2) For the purposes of item 7 of the table, a reference to an applicant or a person presenting a petition is taken to include a reference to a person whose application or petition has not been proceeded with because a debtor’s petition presented by the bankrupt has been accepted by the Official Receiver (whether or not that debtor’s petition was referred to the Court under subsection 55(3B) of the Act, and whatever the outcome of such a referral).\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(e) of the Act, the maximum amount due to or in respect of an employee of a bankrupt is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum amount payable to employee

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$4,600

2

2018‑19

$4,550

3

2017‑18

$4,500

4

2016‑17

$4,450

5

2015‑16

$4,400

6

2014‑15

$4,350

7

2013‑14

$4,300

8

2012‑13

$4,200

9

2011‑12

$4,150

10

2010‑11

$4,100

11

2009‑10

$4,000

12

2008‑09

$3,950

13

2007‑08

$3,850

14

2006‑07

$3,750

15

2005‑06

$3,650

16

2004‑05

$3,550

17

2003‑04

$3,500

18

2002‑03

$3,450

19

2001‑02

$3,350

20

2000‑01

$3,300

21

1999‑2000

$3,150

22

1998‑99

$3,100

23

1997‑98

$3,100

24

1996‑97

$3,100

\n```\n\n (b) property of a kind covered by subsection (3) to the extent that it is reasonably appropriate for a household, having regard to the criteria specified in subsection (4);\n (c) property (including recreational and sports equipment) of a kind that is reasonably necessary for the domestic use of a household, having regard to:\n (c) educational, sporting or recreational items (including books) that are wholly or mainly for the use of children or students in the household;\n (c) any special climatic or other factors (including geographical isolation) of the place where the household residence is located;\n (d) whether the property is reasonably necessary for the functioning or servicing of the household as a viable and properly‑run household;\n (e) whether the costs of seizure, storage and sale of the property would be likely to exceed the sale price of the property;\n (f) if paragraph (e) does not apply—whether for any other reason (for example, costs of transport) the sale of the property would be likely to be uneconomical.\n (6) For the purposes of subsection (5), an item is an antique item only if a substantial part of its market value is attributable to its age or historical significance.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(ba)(ii) of the Act, non‑monetary sporting, cultural, military or academic awards are a kind of property that is prescribed.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(c)(i) of the Act, the maximum total value of a bankrupt’s property that is for use by the bankrupt in earning income by personal exertion is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum total value of tools

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,800

2

2018‑19

$3,800

3

2017‑18

$3,750

4

2016‑17

$3,700

5

2015‑16

$3,650

6

2014‑15

$3,600

7

2013‑14

$3,550

8

2012‑13

$3,500

9

2011‑12

$3,450

10

2010‑11

$3,400

11

2009‑10

$3,300

12

2008‑09

$3,250

13

2007‑08

$3,200

14

2006‑07

$3,100

15

2005‑06

$3,050

16

2004‑05

$3,000

17

2003‑04

$2,950

18

2002‑03

$2,900

19

2001‑02

$2,850

20

2000‑01

$2,800

21

1999‑2000

$2,650

22

1998‑99

$2,600

23

1997‑98

$2,600

24

1996‑97

$2,600

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 116(2)(ca) of the Act, the maximum aggregate value of property used by the bankrupt primarily as a means of transport is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum value of motor vehicle

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$8,100

2

2018‑19

$8,000

3

2017‑18

$7,900

4

2016‑17

$7,800

5

2015‑16

$7,700

6

2014‑15

$7,600

7

2013‑14

$7,500

8

2012‑13

$7,350

9

2011‑12

$7,200

10

2010‑11

$7,050

11

2009‑10

$6,850

12

2008‑09

$6,700

13

2007‑08

$6,500

14

2006‑07

$6,300

15

2005‑06

$6,150

16

2004‑05

$6,000

17

2003‑04

$5,900

18

2002‑03

$5,800

19

2001‑02

$5,650

20

2000‑01

$5,500

21

1999‑2000

$5,200

22

1998‑99

$5,050

23

1997‑98

$5,000

24

1996‑97

$5,000

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 120(2)(d) of the Act, a transfer is of a kind to which subsection 120(1) of the Act does not apply if the costs of recovering the transferred property would, in the opinion of the trustee in the transferor’s bankruptcy, be likely to exceed the value of the property to the transferor’s creditors.\n\n (b) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a lease—set out facts showing that subsection 133(4) of the Act has been complied with; and\n (c) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a contract—set out facts showing that the contract is, for the purposes of subsection 133(5A) of the Act, an unprofitable contract.\n (2) A trustee who gives a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must give the notice to each person who, to the trustee’s knowledge:\n (3) A failure to comply with subsection (1) or (2) does not affect the validity of a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section is made for the purposes of subparagraph (a)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act.\n (b) a reference in that Act to the taxable value of a benefit were a reference to the value, for the purposes of the Act, of the benefit; and\n (c) a reference in that Act to a declaration date were a reference to the date occurring 21 days after the end of a contribution assessment period in relation to a bankrupt; and\n (d) a reference in that Act to a declaration to be given to an employer of a person were a reference to a declaration to be given to the trustee of the person’s estate; and\n (e) a reference in that Act to a form approved by the Commissioner were a reference to a form approved by the Inspector‑General under section 6D of the Act; and\n (f) subject to paragraph (d), a reference in the FBTA Act to an employer, or to the employer, were a reference to any person (other than the bankrupt); and\n (g) a reference in the FBTA Act to an employee, or to the employee, were a reference to a bankrupt, or to the bankrupt, as the case requires.\n (5) Despite subsections (2), (3) and (4), the modifications specified or referred to in those subsections do not apply in relation to the provision of a fringe benefit (within the meaning of the FBTA Act) to a bankrupt if the provider of the fringe benefit:\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following contributions and payments made for the purpose of providing superannuation benefits for a bankrupt person are not income of the person:\n (a) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person to the extent that the contributions reduce the employer’s potential liability for the superannuation guarantee charge imposed under section 5 of the Superannuation Guarantee Charge Act 1992;\n (b) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person in accordance with the employer’s obligation to make contributions for the person under:\n (c) payments of shortfall components made to, or for the benefit of, the person under sections 65 to 67 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n (a) the contributions exceed the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage of the employee’s ordinary time earnings for the contribution assessment period; and\n\n> individual industrial agreement means an industrial agreement made solely between the employer and the person, including the following:\n\n (a) an AWA, or an ITEA, (both within the meaning of the Fair Work (Transitional Provisions and Consequential Amendments) Act 2009) to which that Act applies;\n\n> ordinary time earnings has the meaning given by subsection 6(1) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n> relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage: the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage for a year (the bankruptcy year) is the percentage whose number is the same as that set out in column 2 of the table in subsection 19(2) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992 for the financial year in which the bankruptcy year starts.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following payments or amounts are not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) a payment or amount of family tax benefit paid under the family assistance law (within the meaning of the A New Tax System (Family Assistance) (Administration) Act 1999);\n (b) an amount that is not income for the purposes of the Social Security Act 1991 because of subsection 8(8) of that Act, except for a payment or amount mentioned in paragraph (a), (h), (ha), (k), (ka), (m), (z), (za) or (zb) of that subsection.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (c) of the definition of dependant in section 139K of the Act, the prescribed amount of income derived (or likely to be derived) by a person during a contribution assessment period is:\n (b) if the period begins in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n (d) if the period begins in a later financial year—$3,741 indexed in accordance with section 114 of this instrument as if the period were that financial year.\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum income of dependant

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,720

2

2018‑19

$3,642

3

2017‑18

$3,596

4

2016‑17

$3,532

5

2015‑16

$3,459

6

2014‑15

$3,411

7

2013‑14

$3,363

8

2012‑13

$3,264

9

2011‑12

$3,181

10

2010‑11

$3,131

11

2009‑10

$3,030

12

2008‑09

$2,942

13

2007‑08

$2,870

14

2006‑07

$2,756

15

2005‑06

$2,688

16

2004‑05

$2,611

17

2003‑04

$2,549

\n```\n\n (3) If the bankrupt pays the contribution by cheque, payment is taken to occur when the cheque is cleared and the amount of the payment is credited to the account into which the cheque is deposited.\n (4) The trustee may, on reasonable notice in writing to the bankrupt, vary or withdraw an authorisation under paragraph (2)(c).\n (5) If the trustee incurs a delivery or postal charge (including a surcharge) or bank charge in connection with the receipt or processing of the contribution, the trustee may reimburse the trustee for the amount of the charge from the bankrupt’s estate.\n\n (a) a bankrupt is liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the bankrupt’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act in respect of a contribution assessment period; and\n\n (3) If the contribution remains unpaid, the deceased bankrupt’s estate is liable for the portion of the contribution attributable to the part of the period occurring before the bankrupt’s death.\n\n (b) immediately before being discharged, the person was liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the person’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act; and\n\n> Note: Section 139R of the Act provides that any liability of a bankrupt under section 139P or 139Q of the Act is not affected by the bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy after the making of the assessment that gave rise to the liability.\n\n (5) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(d)(ii), a change in the name of a person is taken to occur if the person in fact assumes the use of a different name or an additional name.\n\n A notice under section 139ZL of the Act must not specify money or property that is protected, under a law of the Commonwealth or a State or Territory, from a process such as assignment, attachment, charging, execution or garnishment.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 145(3) of the Act, notice must be given by serving it on each person to whom, under that subsection, it must be given.\n\n (a) an objection to the discharge of a bankrupt has been made on a ground, or on grounds that include a ground, mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(a) or (h) of the Act (which refer to the bankrupt being out of Australia); and\n (2) Within 5 business days after the day that the registered trustee becomes aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia, the registered trustee must give notice in writing to the Official Receiver stating:\n (ii) if the trustee does not know the day on which the bankrupt returned—the trustee became aware that the bankrupt had returned.\n\n For the purposes of the ground of objection mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(d) of the Act, a bankrupt is taken to have failed to comply with a request to provide information if the bankrupt has provided information that is incomplete or inaccurate.\n\n (c) an application is made to the Administrative Review Tribunal under section 149Q of the Act for the review of the decision of the Inspector‑General; and\n\n (a) if the debtor presents a debtor’s petition to the Official Receiver—on or before the day that the debtor so presents the petition; or\n\n If a registered trustee becomes, under subsection 156A(3) of the Act, the trustee of an estate or of joint and separate estates, the Official Receiver may give the registered trustee a certificate to that effect.\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 188(2A) of the Act, a person (other than the Official Trustee or a registered trustee) is ineligible to act under Part X of the Act as a controlling trustee in relation to a debtor in any of the following circumstances:\n (a) the person is or was convicted of an offence involving fraud or dishonesty at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (c) the person is a solicitor who does not hold an Australian practising certificate (within the meaning of the Evidence Act 1995);\n (d) the person is or was an insolvent under administration at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(f)(ii), the Inspector‑General may approve a course in insolvency by notice published on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website.\n (ii) has refused or failed to cooperate with the Inspector‑General in an inquiry or investigation under paragraph 12(1)(b) of the Act.\n (ii) invites the person to give the Inspector‑General, within 20 business days after the day the notice is given or such longer time as is specified in the notice, a written statement showing cause why the determination should not be made; and\n (5) If the Inspector‑General makes a determination under subsection (3) in relation to a person, the Inspector‑General must give the person a written notice stating the following:\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General to make a determination under subsection 49(3).\n\n (b) the person becomes ineligible to act as a controlling trustee under Part X of the Act because one or more of the circumstances prescribed by subsection 49(1) of this instrument apply in relation to the person.\n (2) The Official Trustee must perform the duties of a controlling trustee in relation to the debtor unless and until the debtor authorises another person under subsection 188(1) of the Act.\n\n (1) If, on application, the Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act that a person (the old trustee) cease to be the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate, the applicant for the order must:\n (3) If the creditors of a regulated debtor, by resolution at a meeting, remove the trustee (the old trustee) of the regulated debtor’s estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(a) of Schedule 2 to the Act, the person appointed by the creditors under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of that Schedule as trustee of the estate must:\n\n (1) If the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate (other than the Official Trustee) finalises the administration of the debtor’s estate, the trustee must:\n\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a debt agreement;\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to give the Official Receiver a debt agreement proposal under subsection 185C(1) of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n (a) any of the following awarded by a registered provider (within the meaning of the Education Services for Overseas Students Act 2000):\n (i) a Certificate IV in Financial Services (Accounting) awarded for study starting between 10 July 2004 and 23 November 2010;\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (c) a degree, diploma or similar qualification awarded by a foreign tertiary education institution and for which the Inspector‑General is satisfied the following conditions are satisfied:\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n\n#### 57 Prescribed amount of owed notified estate charges preventing renewal of registration as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraphs 186C(3)(d) and (5)(d) of the Act, the prescribed amount of notified estate charges is $500.\n\n For the purposes of section 187A of the Act, a provision of Part X of the Act specified in Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section of the Act, to joint debtors, whether partners or not.\n\n (b) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (c) information about whether a personal insolvency agreement may be administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy if any of the things mentioned in paragraphs 40(1)(i) to (m) of the Act happen in relation to a debtor;\n (f) information about a debtor’s rights and responsibilities under Part X of the Act, including a debtor’s obligation to disclose all related entities;\n (g) information about a controlling trustee’s obligation to disclose the controlling trustee’s relationship (if any) with a debtor.\n (3) A registered trustee or a solicitor authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property must not consent to exercise the powers given by the authority unless the debtor has given the registered trustee or the solicitor, as the case may be, a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the Official Trustee is authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property, the Official Receiver must not give the debtor a written approval under paragraph 188(2)(aa) of the Act unless the debtor has given the Official Trustee a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n\n (b) unable to sign the authority or an acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) of this instrument relating to the authority because of a physical incapacity.\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and debtor are familiar; or\n\n> relevant material means the authority, the information prescribed by section 59 and the acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) relating to the authority.\n\n (3) The person must, at the same time as calling a meeting of the debtor’s creditors, give a copy of the proposal for dealing with the debtor’s affairs under Part X of the Act to:\n\n> Note 1: An authority signed by a debtor under section 188 of the Act is not effective for the purposes of Part X of the Act unless, before the person authorised consents to exercise the powers given by the authority, the debtor gives to the person authorised:\n\n> Note 2: Under subsection 188(5) of the Act, a registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority must also give a copy of the authority and the debtor’s statement of affairs to the Official Receiver.\n\n (e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement.\n\n For the purposes of section 210 of the Act, a provision of Part VIII of the Act specified in Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor.\n\n#### 64 Modifications of Division 1 of Part V of the Act—debtors whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act\n\n For the purposes of subsection 211(1) of the Act, a provision in Division 1 of Part V of the Act specified in Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 218(3) of the Act, a notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act must be in writing.\n\n (1) If the Court makes a sequestration order under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act, the applicant for the order must:\n\n#### 67 Information to be given to Official Receiver in relation to orders terminating or setting aside a personal insolvency agreement\n\n> Note: If the Court makes an order setting aside or terminating a personal insolvency agreement and a registered trustee was the trustee of the agreement, the registered trustee must give written notice of the order to the Official Receiver (see subsection 224A(4) of the Act).\n\n (1) If a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act, the trustee of the agreement must:\n\n> Note: Before the termination takes effect, the trustee must give notice of the proposed termination to all the creditors who are entitled to receive notice of a meeting of creditors (see subsection 222A(2) of the Act).\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 231(1) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 4 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor who has executed a personal insolvency agreement.\n (2) For the purposes of subsection 231(3) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 5 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a personal insolvency agreement.\n\n (4) If the trustee gives a certificate to the debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act or subsection (1) of this section, the trustee must:\n (a) the person is required to give a copy of a certificate to the Official Receiver in accordance with subsection (4); and\n\n For the purposes of subsections 248(1) and (3) of the Act, a provision specified in Schedule 4 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Schedule in relation to proceedings under Part XI of the Act and the administration of estates under that Part.\n\n (1) If a trustee (within the meaning of section 254 of the Act) pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act, the trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (3) If a registered trustee pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act, the registered trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (1) For the purposes of the definition of National Personal Insolvency Index in subsection 5(1) of the Act, an electronic index to be known as the National Personal Insolvency Index is established.\n\n Division 2 of this Part (information to be entered in the Index) has effect subject to Division 3 of this Part (information not to be entered in the Index and information to be removed from the Index).\n\n (1) The person specified in column 2 of an item of the table in subsection (3) must, at a time within the time period specified in column 2 of that item, give a copy of each document specified in column 1 of that item to the Official Receiver.\n\n

Documents that must be given to the Official Receiver

Item

Column 1

Document(s)

Column 2

Person and time period

Column 3

Information

1

A notice given under subsection 181A(2) of the Act by the current trustee of a bankrupt’s estate nominating another trustee as the new trustee of the estate

The new trustee within 2 business days after the date specified in the notice (see paragraph 181A(3)(a) of the Act)

The day on which the new trustee became the trustee of the estate

2

An order under subsection 185Q(4) of the Act terminating a debt agreement

The applicant for the order within 3 business days after the order is made

The day on which the order was made

3

An order under subsection 185U(1) of the Act declaring all or part of a debt agreement void

The applicant for the order within 2 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) whether all or part of the agreement was declared void

4

An authority, signed by a debtor under subsection 188(1) of the Act, naming and authorising a registered trustee, a solicitor or the Official Trustee to call a meeting of the debtor’s creditors and to take control of the debtor’s property

The person named in the authority within 2 business days after the debtor signs the authority

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the copy of the authority was given to the Official Receiver;

(c) the day on which the debtor’s statement of affairs was given to the Official Receiver (see subsections 188(2D) and (5) of the Act);

(d) the name of the controlling trustee (see subsection 188(6) of the Act)

5

Written evidence of an event of a kind mentioned in paragraph 192(1)(a), (b) or (c) of the Act, or a written request given to the Official Trustee under paragraph 192(1)(d) of the Act, resulting in the Official Trustee becoming the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor

The Official Trustee within 14 days after the Official Trustee becomes the controlling trustee

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Trustee became the controlling trustee

6

Both of the following:

(a) a petition to the Court, under subsection 244(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of the estate of a deceased person;

(b) an affidavit verifying the petition (see subsection 244(5) of the Act)

The creditor, or one of the creditors, who presented the petition to the Court within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day the petition was presented;

(c) the name of the creditor or creditors who presented the petition;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the creditor or creditors;

(e) the day the Court is to hear the petition

7

Both of the following:

(a) a petition, under subsection 247(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of a deceased person’s estate under Part XI of the Act;

(b) a statement of the deceased person’s affairs and of the petitioner’s administration of the deceased person’s estate (see subsection 247(1) of the Act)

The petitioner within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the petition and the statement of affairs were presented;

(c) the name of the administrator;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the administrator

8

An order, under section 252B of the Act, annulling the administration of the estate of a deceased person under Part XI of the Act

The trustee of the estate within 2 business days after the trustee becomes aware of the order

The day on which the order was made

9

An order, under subsection 253E(1) of the Act, staying proceedings under a creditor’s petition or debtor’s petition

The applicant for the order within 7 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) the length of the stay (see subsection 253E(3) of the Act)

\n```\n\n (1) If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in subsection (2) is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n (aa) in the case of a statement of affairs mentioned in item 2 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the statement; and\n (a) in the case of a debtor’s petition mentioned in item 3, 4 or 5 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the petition; and\n (b) in the case of a debt agreement proposal mentioned in item 12 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the debt agreement proposal for processing.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with the Act

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A sequestration order made against the estate of a debtor (see subsection 52(1A) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(d) the name of the creditor who obtained the order;

(e) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of that creditor

2

A statement of the affairs of a person against whose estate a sequestration order is made, that is given for the purposes of subsection 54(1) of the Act

The day on which the statement of affairs was filed with the Official Receiver

3

A debtor’s petition (see subsection 55(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the resulting bankruptcy;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(e) the day on which the statement of the debtor’s affairs accepted by the Official Receiver was given to the Official Receiver for the purposes of paragraph 55(2)(b) of the Act

4

A debtor’s petition against a partnership presented by members of the partnership (see subsection 56B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of the partners who presented the petition;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the bankruptcy of each of those partners as a result of the acceptance of the petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each bankrupt partner;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those partners, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of the partnership affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

5

A debtor’s petition by joint debtors who are not partners (see subsection 57(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of those debtors;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of each bankruptcy that results from acceptance of the debtor’s petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each debtor;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those debtors, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of their joint affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

6

A notice relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 74(5A) of the Act)

The day on which the bankruptcy was annulled

7

A notice of objection by a trustee to the discharge of a bankrupt from bankruptcy (see subsection 149B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) when the objection took effect (see section 149G of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection set out in the notice (see paragraph 149C(1)(a) of the Act);

(c) the name of the trustee

8

A notice that a trustee ceases to object to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy on a particular ground (see subsection 149H(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) if there is no longer an objection on any ground—when the objection ceased to have effect (see subsection 149H(3) of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection to which the notice relates;

(c) the name of the trustee

9

A notice of withdrawal of objection by a trustee to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy (see subsection 149J(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) when the withdrawal takes effect (see subsection 149J(3) of the Act);

(b) the name of the trustee

10

A notice about the cancellation, under subsection 149N(1) of the Act, of a notice of objection filed by a trustee of a bankrupt’s estate (see subsection 149P(1) of the Act)

The day on which the cancellation took effect

11

A certificate relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 153A(2) of the Act)

The date of annulment included in the certificate

12

A debtor’s written proposal for a debt agreement (see subsection 185C(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185E of the Act)

13

A notification that a debt agreement has ended (see subsection 185N(5) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the debt agreement ended;

(b) the reasons why the debt agreement ended

14

A notification that control of the property of a debtor has ended (see subsection 189(1B) of the Act)

The day on which that control ended

15

A personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor (see paragraph 218(1)(b) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the agreement was executed;

(c) the name of the trustee of the personal insolvency agreement

16

A resolution or special resolution terminating a personal insolvency agreement (see subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

17

A resolution or special resolution terminating a composition or scheme of arrangement (see section 76B and subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated

18

A notice that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated or set aside (see subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated or set aside

19

A notice that a composition or scheme of arrangement is terminated or set aside (see section 76B and subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated or set aside

20

An order that the estate of a deceased person be administered under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 244(14), 245(3) or 247(3) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee administering the estate

21

A statement of a deceased person’s affairs and of the administration of the deceased person’s estate by a legal personal representative of the deceased person (see paragraph 246(1)(b) of the Act)

The day on which the statement was given to the Official Receiver

22

A certificate in relation to the annulment, by force of subsection 252A(1) of the Act, of the administration of an estate under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 252A(2) of the Act)

The day of the annulment

\n```\n\n If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with this instrument

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A creditor’s petition presented against a debtor or joint debtors (see section 13)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor or joint debtors;

(b) the day on which the petition was presented against the debtor or joint debtors;

(c) the name of the petitioning creditor;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the petitioning creditor;

(e) the day of the court hearing for a sequestration order relating to the petition

2

A direction given, or an order made, by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act (see section 14 of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor to whom the order or direction relates;

(b) the day on which the order was made or the direction given;

(c) the day (if any) on which a trustee’s control of that debtor’s property is to end (see subsection 50(1B) of the Act)

3

A notice under subsection 46(2) that the Administrative Review Tribunal has varied or set aside a decision of the Inspector‑General in relation to a notice of objection

The day on which the decision was varied or set aside

4

A notice given under subsection 52(1) in relation to an order about a regulated debtor’s estate, if the order provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of the estate

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the new trustee;

(b) the day of the appointment

5

A notice given under subsection 52(3) by a person appointed as trustee of the estate of a regulated debtor

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the person appointed;

(b) the day of the appointment

6

A notice under subsection 53(1) that the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate has finalised the administration of the debtor’s estate

The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised

7

A notice under subparagraph 62(2)(a)(ii) of particulars specified in subsection 62(3) in relation to a special resolution passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors

The particulars

8

A sequestration order against the estate of a debtor made under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act (see subsection 66(1) of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) if the person who applied for the order was a creditor of the debtor—the name of the creditor and the name and telephone number of the creditor’s solicitor (if any);

(d) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate

9

A notice under paragraph 68(1)(a) that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

10

A certificate given by a trustee to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act (see subsection 70(4) of this instrument)

The day on which the trustee signed the certificate

\n```\n\n If an event specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section occurs, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n| Item | Column 1Event | Column 2Information |\n| ---- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |\n| 1 | A bankrupt is, by force of subsection 149(1) of the Act, discharged from bankruptcy | The day on which the bankrupt was discharged from bankruptcy |\n| 2 | The Official Receiver issues a certificate of appointment to a registered trustee under subsection 157(3) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the name of the registered trustee;(b) the day on which the registered trustee was appointed |\n| 3 | A trustee, or the Official Trustee, is released from the trusteeship of an estate by force of section 184 or 184A of the Act | The fact that the trustee, or the Official Trustee, has been so released |\n| 4 | A debt agreement proposal is withdrawn | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was withdrawn |\n| 5 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement that was made before 1 July 2007 is accepted (see sections 185B and 185P of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the proposal was accepted |\n| 6 | A debt agreement proposal is not accepted (see section 185EC of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was not accepted |\n| 7 | The Official Receiver cancels the acceptance of a debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185ED of the Act) | The day on which the Official Receiver cancelled the acceptance of the debt agreement proposal for processing |\n| 8 | A debt agreement proposal lapses (see section 185G of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal lapsed |\n| 9 | The Official Receiver gives to a debtor a certificate under subsection 185N(3) of the Act | The day on which the certificate was given |\n| 10 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement is accepted (see section 185PC of the Act) | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 11 | The Official Receiver terminates a debt agreement under subsection 185QA(1) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 12 | The minutes of a meeting of creditors at which a special resolution was passed terminating a debt agreement made before 1 July 2007 are given to the Official Receiver (see subsection 185QA(1) of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the resolution was passed |\n| 13 | A special resolution is passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors under subsection 204(1) of the Act if the Official Trustee called the meeting under an authority under section 188 of the Act | All of the following:(a) the date of the resolution;(b) the debtor’s full name and alias (if any);(c) the debtor’s address;(d) the debtor’s occupation (if any);(e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement |\n| 14 | A sequestration order is made against the estate of a debtor under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | All of the following:(a) particulars of the debtor;(b) the day on which the order was made;(c) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate |\n| 15 | An order is made under subsection 222(1), (2) or (5) of the Act setting aside a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was set aside |\n| 16 | A personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act where the Official Trustee is the trustee of the agreement | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 17 | An order is made under subsection 222C(1) of the Act terminating a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 18 | The Official Trustee gives a certificate to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act | The day on which the Official Trustee signed the certificate |\n| 19 | The Official Trustee finalises the administration of a debtor’s estate | The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised |\n| 20 | The Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act, on application by the Inspector‑General, that provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of an estate | Both of the following:(a) the name of the new trustee;(b) the day of the appointment |\n| 21 | The Official Trustee is appointed by the creditors of an estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of Schedule 2 to the Act as trustee of an estate | The day of the appointment |\n\n> Note: A number of provisions of the Act require the Official Receiver to enter information in the Index when certain events occur. These provisions include the following:\n\n (a) a debtor whose property is under the control of the Official Trustee or a registered trustee because of a direction given by the Court under paragraph 50(1)(a) of the Act;\n (c) a deceased debtor if a petition for an order for the administration of the deceased debtor’s estate has been presented under Part XI of the Act;\n (d) a debtor in relation to whom an application is made to the Court under subsection 253E(1) of the Act for an order staying all or any proceedings under a petition.\n (3) In the case of a deceased debtor, the information to be entered in accordance with paragraphs (1)(a), (b) and (c) is the information immediately before the debtor’s death.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (4), a person who is a debtor or bankrupt may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General for information about the person:\n (a) not to be entered in the Index, on the ground that the entry of the information would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n\n> Note: Example: A person may rely on a court order (such as a domestic violence order) to show that publication of the information in question would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under paragraph 80(3)(a) refusing to grant an application.\n\n (1) If a debt agreement ends under section 185N of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (2) If a debt agreement is terminated under section 185P, 185Q, 185QA or 185R of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (3) If an order is made under section 185U of the Act declaring all of a debt agreement void, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n\n The Official Receiver must remove all information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index within 1 year after the day on which any of the following occurs:\n\n (1) A person may, by application in writing, ask the Official Receiver to inspect material in the Index and give to the person an extract of material specified in the application.\n (a) if the applicant has paid any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination for obtaining the requested extract—must inspect the Index and, within 10 business days of receiving the application:\n (b) may give the applicant a list of Index search agents who may be able to inspect material entered in the Index for the applicant.\n (3) A person who has been granted access to the Index by the Inspector‑General may, after paying any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination:\n (4) However, prior payment is not required under subsection (3) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n An extract of information in the Index is admissible in any proceedings as prima facie evidence of the matters in the extract.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General, and any officer acting at the direction or with the authority of the Inspector‑General, have immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n (2) An officer has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (3) A person who provides material for entry in the Index has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of the material by way of:\n (5) The immunity of the Inspector‑General or another officer under this section arising out of publication of material extends to the Commonwealth and the Official Trustee to the extent that the Commonwealth or the Official Trustee would, apart from this subsection, be liable in respect of the publication.\n (6) This section does not limit any other ground of defence in relation to actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n\n (b) the person executing the warrant considers that it is impracticable to immediately bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n (b) a day and time when the person executing the warrant considers that it will be practicable to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n\n (1) If the Registrar receives a notification under subsection 87(2) in relation to an apprehended person, the Registrar must, as soon as reasonably practicable:\n (a) determine a day, time and place for the apprehended person to be brought before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate; and\n (b) direct the person who gave the notification to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate in accordance with that determination.\n (2) The time and day determined under paragraph (1)(a) must be the earliest that the Registrar reasonably believes are practicable.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 277B(1) of the Act, this Division establishes an infringement notice scheme, as an alternative to prosecution, for an infringement notice provision.\n\n (1) If the Inspector‑General believes on reasonable grounds that a person has contravened an infringement notice provision, the Inspector‑General may give to the person an infringement notice for the alleged contravention.\n (2) The infringement notice must be given within 12 months after the day on which the contravention is alleged to have taken place.\n (3) A single infringement notice must relate only to a single contravention of a single provision unless subsection (4) applies.\n (4) The Inspector‑General may give a person a single infringement notice relating to multiple contraventions of a single provision if:\n\n (e) give brief details of the alleged contravention, or each alleged contravention, to which the notice relates, including:\n (f) state the amount that is payable under the notice, as worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act and subsection (2) of this section; and\n (h) state that, if the person to whom the notice is given pays the amount within 20 business days after the day the notice is given, then (unless the notice is withdrawn) the person will not be liable to be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (k) state that the person may choose not to pay the amount and, if the person does so the person may be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (n) state that the person may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) If the notice relates to more than one alleged contravention of the provision by the person, the amount to be stated in the notice for the purposes of paragraph (1)(f) is the sum of the amount worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act for each alleged contravention.\n\n> Note: Under section 90, a single infringement notice may only deal with multiple contraventions if they are contraventions of a single provision continuing over a period.\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may apply to the Inspector‑General for an extension of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h).\n (2) If the application is made before the end of that period, the Inspector‑General may, in writing, extend that period. The Inspector‑General may do so before or after the end of that period.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General extends that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to that period so extended.\n (4) If the Inspector‑General does not extend that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to the period that ends on the later of the following days:\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) The Inspector‑General may withdraw an infringement notice given to a person (whether or not the person has made written representations seeking the withdrawal).\n (3) When deciding whether or not to withdraw an infringement notice (the relevant infringement notice), the Inspector‑General:\n (a) must take into account any written representations seeking the withdrawal that were given by the person to the Inspector‑General; and\n (i) whether a court has previously imposed a penalty on the person for a contravention of an infringement notice provision;\n (iii) whether the person has paid an amount, stated in an earlier infringement notice, for a contravention of an infringement notice provision if the contravention is constituted by conduct that is the same, or substantially the same, as the conduct alleged to constitute the contravention in the relevant infringement notice;\n\n (1) If the person to whom an infringement notice for an alleged contravention of a provision is given pays the amount stated in the notice before the end of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h):\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may sign a certificate that states any of the following in relation to an infringement notice given to a person:\n (b) that the Inspector‑General granted, or refused to grant, an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice;\n (c) if the Inspector‑General granted an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice—that that amount was not fully paid by the person within the period specified in the extension;\n (2) At a hearing of a prosecution for an offence alleged in an infringement notice, a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General in accordance with subsection (1) is prima facie evidence of the matters specified in the certificate.\n (3) A certificate that purports to be signed by the Inspector‑General is taken to have been signed by the Inspector‑General unless the contrary is proved.\n\n (a) require an infringement notice to be given to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (c) prevent the giving of 2 or more infringement notices to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (d) limit a court’s discretion to determine the amount of a penalty to be imposed on a person who is found to have contravened an infringement notice provision.\n\n (b) unless the person, by notice in writing to the Inspector‑General, directs otherwise—offset against estate charge or late payment penalty payable by the person.\n\n (1) A payment of interest charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) A payment of realisations charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or served on, a person (other than the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee), the document may be:\n (a) sent by a courier service to the person at the address of the person last known to the person serving the document; or\n (b) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name and any relevant document exchange number, at a document exchange where the person maintains a document exchange facility; or\n (i) by a kind of electronic communication that transmits the document to a facility maintained by the person for receipt of electronically transmitted documents; or\n (ii) by a kind of electronic communication such that, in the ordinary course of events, the document could be reasonably expected to be received by the person.\n\n> Note: The Electronic Transactions Act 1999 applies to a requirement or permission to give information under the Bankruptcy Act 1966 or this instrument, including electronic communications covered by this section.\n\n> Note: However, paragraph (d) of this subsection permits information to be given by means of particular kinds of electronic communication, in accordance with the information technology requirements in subsection (3). This means the requirements in section 9 of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999 do not apply in relation to electronic communications covered by this section (see subsection 9(3) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999).\n\n (2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(a) or (b), in the absence of proof to the contrary, the document is taken to have been received by, or served on, the person when the document would, in the due course of business practice, be delivered to that address or document exchange.\n\n (a) at the time the document is sent, it is reasonable to expect that the document would be readily accessible so as to be useable for subsequent reference; and\n (b) the document is sent in one of the following formats, or in a format that is similar to or readily convertible into one of the following formats:\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, this section applies if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or filed or lodged with:\n (2) The document must be posted, delivered, sent by email, or sent through the website of the Australian Financial Security Authority, to:\n (3) If this section applies, the document is taken to be received, filed or lodged only when the document (or, where applicable, a copy of it) is actually received by, or on behalf of, the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver (as the case requires).\n\n (1) Subsection (2) applies in any proceedings to a document or copy of a document that purports to be a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General stating that, at a particular time, the form of statement of affairs that is attached to the certificate was the approved form for the purposes of section 6A of the Act.\n\n A fee is not payable by the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver in respect of an application to, or the filing of a document in, the Court in relation to proceedings under the Act, this instrument or the Insolvency Practice Rules.\n\n (2) If such a fee is payable in respect of the doing of a matter or thing by the Official Receiver, the matter or thing need not be done unless the fee has been paid.\n\n (1) The Official Trustee’s entitlement to remuneration under the Fees and Remuneration Determination arises when the Official Trustee:\n (a) performs work or first acts in accordance with section 3.03, 3.04, 3.07 or 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (2) For paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (d), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee in respect of an amount received by the Official Trustee:\n\n (1) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.03 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the property or business of a debtor, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (2) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.04 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a composition or scheme of arrangement with the creditors of a bankrupt, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the composition or scheme of arrangement as the case may be.\n (3) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor who signed an authority under section 188 of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (4) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the estate of a bankrupt, or of a deceased person for whose estate an order for administration has been made under Part XI of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the bankrupt or deceased person as the case may be.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a request by a bankrupt to the Official Trustee for the Official Trustee’s consent, under paragraph 272(1)(c) of the Act, to the bankrupt leaving Australia.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may decide to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4) if the Inspector‑General is reasonably satisfied that:\n (a) payment of the fee by the person liable to pay it has imposed, or would impose, hardship on the person that is unusual and exceptional in comparison to the hardship arising in the normal course of bankruptcy; or\n (b) unless the fee is payable to the Inspector‑General—the officer to whom the fee is payable or would have been payable if the fee had not been waived or remitted.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General decides under subsection (1) to refuse to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4), the notification under subsection (2) in relation to the decision must include the reasons for the decision.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under subsection 111(1) refusing to waive or remit the whole or part of a fee that is payable by the person.\n\n If, under the Act, a trustee takes possession of, or attaches, the property of a bankrupt, debtor or deceased person, the trustee must, as soon as is reasonably practicable:\n (b) give a copy of the inventory, of the photographs or of the video recordings, as the case may be, to any person who has custody of the property or part of the property.\n\n (1) If a provision of this instrument states that a dollar amount is to be indexed in accordance with this section, then at the start of each financial year (an indexation year) beginning on or after 1 July 2021, the dollar amount is replaced by the amount worked out using the following formula:\n ![Start formula Indexation factor for the indexation year times Dollar amount for the previous year end formula](image.002.png)\n ![Start formula start fraction Index number for the reference quarter over Index number for the base quarter end fraction end formula](image.003.png)\n\n> index number, for a quarter, means the All Groups Consumer Price Index number (being the weighted average of the 8 capital cities) published by the Australian Statistician for that quarter.\n\n (4) If an indexation factor worked out under subsection (2) would be less than 1, that indexation factor is to be increased to 1.\n (a) are to be made using only the index numbers published in terms of the most recently published index reference period; and\n (b) are to be made disregarding index numbers that are published in substitution for previously published index numbers (except where the substituted numbers are published to take account of changes in the index reference period).\n\n (a) a thing was done for a particular purpose under the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996 as in force immediately before those Regulations were repealed; and\n (2) Without limiting subsection (1), a reference in that subsection to a thing being done includes a reference to a notice, application or other instrument being given or made.\n\n Despite the repeal of the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996, item 3 of Schedule 4 to those Regulations, as in force immediately before that repeal, continues to apply in relation to a contribution assessment period if an assessment under section 139W of the Act was made for that contribution assessment period before that repeal.\n\n Section 102, as substituted by Schedule 1 to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Electronic Service) Regulations 2024, applies in relation to a document that is given or sent to, or served on, a person on or after the commencement of that Schedule.\n\n## 24 Proof of debt in foreign currency\n\n (a) a creditor lodges, or causes to be lodged, a proof of debt in a bankruptcy in accordance with section 84 of the Act; and\n (b) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the date of the bankruptcy.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n## Division 2 Order of payment of debts\n\n> electronic communication means an electronic communication within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of electronic communication in subsection 5(1) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999.\n\n> legal practitioner means a barrister, a solicitor, a barrister and solicitor or a legal practitioner, of the High Court or of the Supreme Court of a State or Territory.\n\n (a) remuneration paid to the trustee in accordance with a direction, or other order, made by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act directing the trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or making another order in relation to the property; and\n (ii) in relation to the examination of the debtor, or an examinable person in relation to the debtor, as a result of the issue of a summons under subsection 50(2) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section sets out the requirements for an application to the Official Receiver for a bankruptcy notice by a person who has obtained against a debtor one, or 2 or more, final judgments or final orders of a kind described in paragraph 40(1)(g) of the Act.\n\n (a) if any final order specified in the application is an award that is a final order because of subparagraph 40(3)(a)(i) of the Act—both of the following:\n (i) a copy of the award certified as a true copy by the arbitrator who made the award or by an officer of the Court who has compared the copy with the original award;\n (ii) a certificate of the judgment or order sealed by the court that made the judgment or order (the relevant court) or signed by an officer of the relevant court;\n (iii) a copy of the entry of the judgment or order certified as a true copy of that entry and sealed by the relevant court or signed by an officer of the relevant court.\n\n> Note 2: A fee is payable to the Official Receiver for an application under this section (see the Fees and Remuneration Determination).\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice must follow that form in respect of its format (for example, bold or italic typeface, underlining and notes).\n\n> Note: Section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 provides that strict compliance with a form is not required and substantial compliance is sufficient.\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice in relation to a debtor that is served on the debtor outside of a period mentioned in subsection (1) is not valid.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (a) of the definition of statutory minimum in subsection 5(1) of the Act, the amount prescribed is $10,000.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (2), the only persons who may inspect a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver under subsection 41(1) of the Act are the following:\n (2) If a creditor’s petition is presented that is founded on an act of bankruptcy consisting of failure to comply with the bankruptcy notice, any person may inspect the notice.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver in relation to a debtor if the notice includes a final judgment, or final order, that is expressed in an amount of foreign currency (whether or not the judgment or order is also expressed in an amount of Australian currency).\n (c) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the day on which the application for the notice is made.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n A creditor who presents a petition to the Court under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must give to the Official Receiver:\n (b) a copy of any order entered by the Court, dismissing, staying or extending the petition, or adjourning the hearing of the petition, within 2 business days after the Court enters the order.\n\n (1) If the Court gives a direction, or makes another order, under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to a debtor, the creditor who applied under subsection 50(1A) of the Act for the Court to make a direction must:\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n (c) in accordance with the direction or other order, the creditor deposits an amount (the first amount) with the trustee for the purposes of covering the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor.\n\n (2) The creditor is entitled to a refund of the sum of the first amount and any amount covered by subsection (4) less an amount equal to the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor if any of the following events occur:\n (a) the debtor enters into a personal insolvency agreement, or the debtor’s estate is administered under Part XI of the Act, and the Court authorises the trustee to transfer the debtor’s property to some other person;\n (i) the Court is satisfied that the first amount is insufficient to cover the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor;\n (ii) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs, on application by the trustee, the creditor to deposit the additional amount with the trustee;\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n\n (2) The Court may, on application by the debtor within 15 business days after the day the petition is dismissed, order the creditor to pay the debtor an amount equal to the damage the Court assesses as resulting from the acts or omissions of the trustee in reliance on the direction or other order mentioned in paragraph (1)(b).\n\n “(2A) The Court or a magistrate may direct that an examination, or any part of an examination, under this section shall be held in private.”;\n (c) by omitting from subsection (9) “is the trustee” and substituting “has been directed to take control of the property of the relevant person”;\n “(14) Subject to subsection (14A), the applicant for an examination under this section is to pay the costs incurred in connection with the examination.\n (14A) The Court or a magistrate may order that all or some of the costs mentioned in subsection (14) are to be paid by the relevant person.”.\n\n If:\n (b) the Official Receiver accepts the declaration, and signs a copy of the declaration, under paragraph 54C(1)(a) of the Act;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsections 54D(1), 55(3A), 56B(5) and 57(3A) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (d) information about a debtor’s right to choose whether the bankruptcy is initially administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (e) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to present to the Official Receiver, under section 54A of the Act, a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition.\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to present a petition under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n If:\n (a) a debtor presents, or 2 or more debtors present, a petition to the Official Receiver under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act; and\n (b) there is in force under subsection 156A(1) of the Act an instrument of consent of a registered trustee to act as the trustee of:\n (ii) in the case of 2 or more debtors—the separate estates, the joint estates, or the joint and separate estates, of the debtors or any of them;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 56C(2) of the Act, if the Official Receiver refers a debtor’s petition against a partnership to the Court, the notice given by the Official Receiver to each member of the partnership who did not present the petition must:\n\n If a person is arrested under a warrant issued by the Court under section 78 of the Act, the arresting officer must immediately notify a Registrar of the Court.\n\n (a) a creditor lodges, or causes to be lodged, a proof of debt in a bankruptcy in accordance with section 84 of the Act; and\n (b) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the date of the bankruptcy.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n (1) For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(a) of the Act, the order that the trustee of the estate of a bankrupt must apply the proceeds of the bankrupt’s property to the costs, charges, expenses and remuneration mentioned in the following table is the order that appears in the table.\n\n

Order of payment of certain costs, charges, expenses and remuneration

Item

Costs, charges and expenses

1

Realisations charge payable by the trustee in relation to the estate under the Bankruptcy (Estate Charges) Act 1997

2

If the trustee is a registered trustee to whom the Official Trustee transferred the administration of the bankruptcy, both of the following in relation to the administration of the bankruptcy by the Official Trustee before the transfer:

(a) any remuneration payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination;

(b) any reimbursement that is payable to the Official Trustee under section 108

3

Expenses reasonably incurred by or on behalf of the trustee:

(a) in protecting all or part of the bankrupt’s assets; or

(b) in carrying on, in accordance with the Act, a business of the bankrupt

4

If a creditor made an advance to the trustee for the purposes of the trustee’s administration of the bankruptcy—an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to that advance

5

Fees, costs, charges or expenses (other than fees, costs, charges or expenses covered by another item of this table) paid or payable by the trustee in administering the bankrupt’s estate

6

If:

(a) an order was made under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to the bankrupt when the bankrupt was a debtor; and

(b) an amount was deposited by a creditor, in accordance with that order, with the trustee;

an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to the trustee’s preliminary remuneration and expenses in relation to the debtor

7

The following:

(a) if a creditor applied for:

(i) a sequestration order against the estate; or

(ii) an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act;

the taxed costs of the creditor in relation to the application;

(b) if the administrator of the estate of a deceased person presented a petition for an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act—the taxed costs of the administrator;

(c) if a person made an application for a sequestration order under Part X of the Act—both of the following:

(i) the taxed costs of that person in relation to the application;

(ii) any taxed costs of that person in respect of an application for an order under Division 5 or 6 of Part IX of the Act in relation to the estate

8

The trustee’s remuneration (other than remuneration covered by item 6):

(a) if the trustee is the Official Trustee—payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or

(b) if the trustee is a registered trustee—payable to the registered trustee under section 60‑5 of Schedule 2 to the Act

9

If:

(a) there is a committee of inspection in relation to the administration of the estate; and

(b) the creditors of the estate, or a majority of them, have approved payment of out‑of‑pocket expenses incurred by a member of the committee of inspection;

those expenses, to the extent that the trustee allows them as being fair and reasonable

10

Costs of any audit carried out under section 70‑15 or 70‑20 of Schedule 2 to the Act in relation to the estate

\n```\n\n (2) For the purposes of item 7 of the table, a reference to an applicant or a person presenting a petition is taken to include a reference to a person whose application or petition has not been proceeded with because a debtor’s petition presented by the bankrupt has been accepted by the Official Receiver (whether or not that debtor’s petition was referred to the Court under subsection 55(3B) of the Act, and whatever the outcome of such a referral).\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(e) of the Act, the maximum amount due to or in respect of an employee of a bankrupt is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum amount payable to employee

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$4,600

2

2018‑19

$4,550

3

2017‑18

$4,500

4

2016‑17

$4,450

5

2015‑16

$4,400

6

2014‑15

$4,350

7

2013‑14

$4,300

8

2012‑13

$4,200

9

2011‑12

$4,150

10

2010‑11

$4,100

11

2009‑10

$4,000

12

2008‑09

$3,950

13

2007‑08

$3,850

14

2006‑07

$3,750

15

2005‑06

$3,650

16

2004‑05

$3,550

17

2003‑04

$3,500

18

2002‑03

$3,450

19

2001‑02

$3,350

20

2000‑01

$3,300

21

1999‑2000

$3,150

22

1998‑99

$3,100

23

1997‑98

$3,100

24

1996‑97

$3,100

\n```\n\n (b) property of a kind covered by subsection (3) to the extent that it is reasonably appropriate for a household, having regard to the criteria specified in subsection (4);\n (c) property (including recreational and sports equipment) of a kind that is reasonably necessary for the domestic use of a household, having regard to:\n (c) educational, sporting or recreational items (including books) that are wholly or mainly for the use of children or students in the household;\n (c) any special climatic or other factors (including geographical isolation) of the place where the household residence is located;\n (d) whether the property is reasonably necessary for the functioning or servicing of the household as a viable and properly‑run household;\n (e) whether the costs of seizure, storage and sale of the property would be likely to exceed the sale price of the property;\n (f) if paragraph (e) does not apply—whether for any other reason (for example, costs of transport) the sale of the property would be likely to be uneconomical.\n (6) For the purposes of subsection (5), an item is an antique item only if a substantial part of its market value is attributable to its age or historical significance.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(ba)(ii) of the Act, non‑monetary sporting, cultural, military or academic awards are a kind of property that is prescribed.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(c)(i) of the Act, the maximum total value of a bankrupt’s property that is for use by the bankrupt in earning income by personal exertion is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum total value of tools

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,800

2

2018‑19

$3,800

3

2017‑18

$3,750

4

2016‑17

$3,700

5

2015‑16

$3,650

6

2014‑15

$3,600

7

2013‑14

$3,550

8

2012‑13

$3,500

9

2011‑12

$3,450

10

2010‑11

$3,400

11

2009‑10

$3,300

12

2008‑09

$3,250

13

2007‑08

$3,200

14

2006‑07

$3,100

15

2005‑06

$3,050

16

2004‑05

$3,000

17

2003‑04

$2,950

18

2002‑03

$2,900

19

2001‑02

$2,850

20

2000‑01

$2,800

21

1999‑2000

$2,650

22

1998‑99

$2,600

23

1997‑98

$2,600

24

1996‑97

$2,600

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 116(2)(ca) of the Act, the maximum aggregate value of property used by the bankrupt primarily as a means of transport is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum value of motor vehicle

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$8,100

2

2018‑19

$8,000

3

2017‑18

$7,900

4

2016‑17

$7,800

5

2015‑16

$7,700

6

2014‑15

$7,600

7

2013‑14

$7,500

8

2012‑13

$7,350

9

2011‑12

$7,200

10

2010‑11

$7,050

11

2009‑10

$6,850

12

2008‑09

$6,700

13

2007‑08

$6,500

14

2006‑07

$6,300

15

2005‑06

$6,150

16

2004‑05

$6,000

17

2003‑04

$5,900

18

2002‑03

$5,800

19

2001‑02

$5,650

20

2000‑01

$5,500

21

1999‑2000

$5,200

22

1998‑99

$5,050

23

1997‑98

$5,000

24

1996‑97

$5,000

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 120(2)(d) of the Act, a transfer is of a kind to which subsection 120(1) of the Act does not apply if the costs of recovering the transferred property would, in the opinion of the trustee in the transferor’s bankruptcy, be likely to exceed the value of the property to the transferor’s creditors.\n\n (b) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a lease—set out facts showing that subsection 133(4) of the Act has been complied with; and\n (c) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a contract—set out facts showing that the contract is, for the purposes of subsection 133(5A) of the Act, an unprofitable contract.\n (2) A trustee who gives a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must give the notice to each person who, to the trustee’s knowledge:\n (3) A failure to comply with subsection (1) or (2) does not affect the validity of a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section is made for the purposes of subparagraph (a)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act.\n (b) a reference in that Act to the taxable value of a benefit were a reference to the value, for the purposes of the Act, of the benefit; and\n (c) a reference in that Act to a declaration date were a reference to the date occurring 21 days after the end of a contribution assessment period in relation to a bankrupt; and\n (d) a reference in that Act to a declaration to be given to an employer of a person were a reference to a declaration to be given to the trustee of the person’s estate; and\n (e) a reference in that Act to a form approved by the Commissioner were a reference to a form approved by the Inspector‑General under section 6D of the Act; and\n (f) subject to paragraph (d), a reference in the FBTA Act to an employer, or to the employer, were a reference to any person (other than the bankrupt); and\n (g) a reference in the FBTA Act to an employee, or to the employee, were a reference to a bankrupt, or to the bankrupt, as the case requires.\n (5) Despite subsections (2), (3) and (4), the modifications specified or referred to in those subsections do not apply in relation to the provision of a fringe benefit (within the meaning of the FBTA Act) to a bankrupt if the provider of the fringe benefit:\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following contributions and payments made for the purpose of providing superannuation benefits for a bankrupt person are not income of the person:\n (a) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person to the extent that the contributions reduce the employer’s potential liability for the superannuation guarantee charge imposed under section 5 of the Superannuation Guarantee Charge Act 1992;\n (b) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person in accordance with the employer’s obligation to make contributions for the person under:\n (c) payments of shortfall components made to, or for the benefit of, the person under sections 65 to 67 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n (a) the contributions exceed the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage of the employee’s ordinary time earnings for the contribution assessment period; and\n\n> individual industrial agreement means an industrial agreement made solely between the employer and the person, including the following:\n\n (a) an AWA, or an ITEA, (both within the meaning of the Fair Work (Transitional Provisions and Consequential Amendments) Act 2009) to which that Act applies;\n\n> ordinary time earnings has the meaning given by subsection 6(1) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n> relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage: the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage for a year (the bankruptcy year) is the percentage whose number is the same as that set out in column 2 of the table in subsection 19(2) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992 for the financial year in which the bankruptcy year starts.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following payments or amounts are not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) a payment or amount of family tax benefit paid under the family assistance law (within the meaning of the A New Tax System (Family Assistance) (Administration) Act 1999);\n (b) an amount that is not income for the purposes of the Social Security Act 1991 because of subsection 8(8) of that Act, except for a payment or amount mentioned in paragraph (a), (h), (ha), (k), (ka), (m), (z), (za) or (zb) of that subsection.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (c) of the definition of dependant in section 139K of the Act, the prescribed amount of income derived (or likely to be derived) by a person during a contribution assessment period is:\n (b) if the period begins in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n (d) if the period begins in a later financial year—$3,741 indexed in accordance with section 114 of this instrument as if the period were that financial year.\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum income of dependant

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,720

2

2018‑19

$3,642

3

2017‑18

$3,596

4

2016‑17

$3,532

5

2015‑16

$3,459

6

2014‑15

$3,411

7

2013‑14

$3,363

8

2012‑13

$3,264

9

2011‑12

$3,181

10

2010‑11

$3,131

11

2009‑10

$3,030

12

2008‑09

$2,942

13

2007‑08

$2,870

14

2006‑07

$2,756

15

2005‑06

$2,688

16

2004‑05

$2,611

17

2003‑04

$2,549

\n```\n\n (3) If the bankrupt pays the contribution by cheque, payment is taken to occur when the cheque is cleared and the amount of the payment is credited to the account into which the cheque is deposited.\n (4) The trustee may, on reasonable notice in writing to the bankrupt, vary or withdraw an authorisation under paragraph (2)(c).\n (5) If the trustee incurs a delivery or postal charge (including a surcharge) or bank charge in connection with the receipt or processing of the contribution, the trustee may reimburse the trustee for the amount of the charge from the bankrupt’s estate.\n\n (a) a bankrupt is liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the bankrupt’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act in respect of a contribution assessment period; and\n\n (3) If the contribution remains unpaid, the deceased bankrupt’s estate is liable for the portion of the contribution attributable to the part of the period occurring before the bankrupt’s death.\n\n (b) immediately before being discharged, the person was liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the person’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act; and\n\n> Note: Section 139R of the Act provides that any liability of a bankrupt under section 139P or 139Q of the Act is not affected by the bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy after the making of the assessment that gave rise to the liability.\n\n (5) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(d)(ii), a change in the name of a person is taken to occur if the person in fact assumes the use of a different name or an additional name.\n\n A notice under section 139ZL of the Act must not specify money or property that is protected, under a law of the Commonwealth or a State or Territory, from a process such as assignment, attachment, charging, execution or garnishment.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 145(3) of the Act, notice must be given by serving it on each person to whom, under that subsection, it must be given.\n\n (a) an objection to the discharge of a bankrupt has been made on a ground, or on grounds that include a ground, mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(a) or (h) of the Act (which refer to the bankrupt being out of Australia); and\n (2) Within 5 business days after the day that the registered trustee becomes aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia, the registered trustee must give notice in writing to the Official Receiver stating:\n (ii) if the trustee does not know the day on which the bankrupt returned—the trustee became aware that the bankrupt had returned.\n\n For the purposes of the ground of objection mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(d) of the Act, a bankrupt is taken to have failed to comply with a request to provide information if the bankrupt has provided information that is incomplete or inaccurate.\n\n (c) an application is made to the Administrative Review Tribunal under section 149Q of the Act for the review of the decision of the Inspector‑General; and\n\n (a) if the debtor presents a debtor’s petition to the Official Receiver—on or before the day that the debtor so presents the petition; or\n\n If a registered trustee becomes, under subsection 156A(3) of the Act, the trustee of an estate or of joint and separate estates, the Official Receiver may give the registered trustee a certificate to that effect.\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 188(2A) of the Act, a person (other than the Official Trustee or a registered trustee) is ineligible to act under Part X of the Act as a controlling trustee in relation to a debtor in any of the following circumstances:\n (a) the person is or was convicted of an offence involving fraud or dishonesty at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (c) the person is a solicitor who does not hold an Australian practising certificate (within the meaning of the Evidence Act 1995);\n (d) the person is or was an insolvent under administration at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(f)(ii), the Inspector‑General may approve a course in insolvency by notice published on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website.\n (ii) has refused or failed to cooperate with the Inspector‑General in an inquiry or investigation under paragraph 12(1)(b) of the Act.\n (ii) invites the person to give the Inspector‑General, within 20 business days after the day the notice is given or such longer time as is specified in the notice, a written statement showing cause why the determination should not be made; and\n (5) If the Inspector‑General makes a determination under subsection (3) in relation to a person, the Inspector‑General must give the person a written notice stating the following:\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General to make a determination under subsection 49(3).\n\n (b) the person becomes ineligible to act as a controlling trustee under Part X of the Act because one or more of the circumstances prescribed by subsection 49(1) of this instrument apply in relation to the person.\n (2) The Official Trustee must perform the duties of a controlling trustee in relation to the debtor unless and until the debtor authorises another person under subsection 188(1) of the Act.\n\n (1) If, on application, the Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act that a person (the old trustee) cease to be the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate, the applicant for the order must:\n (3) If the creditors of a regulated debtor, by resolution at a meeting, remove the trustee (the old trustee) of the regulated debtor’s estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(a) of Schedule 2 to the Act, the person appointed by the creditors under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of that Schedule as trustee of the estate must:\n\n (1) If the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate (other than the Official Trustee) finalises the administration of the debtor’s estate, the trustee must:\n\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a debt agreement;\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to give the Official Receiver a debt agreement proposal under subsection 185C(1) of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n (a) any of the following awarded by a registered provider (within the meaning of the Education Services for Overseas Students Act 2000):\n (i) a Certificate IV in Financial Services (Accounting) awarded for study starting between 10 July 2004 and 23 November 2010;\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (c) a degree, diploma or similar qualification awarded by a foreign tertiary education institution and for which the Inspector‑General is satisfied the following conditions are satisfied:\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n\n#### 57 Prescribed amount of owed notified estate charges preventing renewal of registration as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraphs 186C(3)(d) and (5)(d) of the Act, the prescribed amount of notified estate charges is $500.\n\n For the purposes of section 187A of the Act, a provision of Part X of the Act specified in Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section of the Act, to joint debtors, whether partners or not.\n\n (b) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (c) information about whether a personal insolvency agreement may be administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy if any of the things mentioned in paragraphs 40(1)(i) to (m) of the Act happen in relation to a debtor;\n (f) information about a debtor’s rights and responsibilities under Part X of the Act, including a debtor’s obligation to disclose all related entities;\n (g) information about a controlling trustee’s obligation to disclose the controlling trustee’s relationship (if any) with a debtor.\n (3) A registered trustee or a solicitor authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property must not consent to exercise the powers given by the authority unless the debtor has given the registered trustee or the solicitor, as the case may be, a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the Official Trustee is authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property, the Official Receiver must not give the debtor a written approval under paragraph 188(2)(aa) of the Act unless the debtor has given the Official Trustee a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n\n (b) unable to sign the authority or an acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) of this instrument relating to the authority because of a physical incapacity.\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and debtor are familiar; or\n\n> relevant material means the authority, the information prescribed by section 59 and the acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) relating to the authority.\n\n (3) The person must, at the same time as calling a meeting of the debtor’s creditors, give a copy of the proposal for dealing with the debtor’s affairs under Part X of the Act to:\n\n> Note 1: An authority signed by a debtor under section 188 of the Act is not effective for the purposes of Part X of the Act unless, before the person authorised consents to exercise the powers given by the authority, the debtor gives to the person authorised:\n\n> Note 2: Under subsection 188(5) of the Act, a registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority must also give a copy of the authority and the debtor’s statement of affairs to the Official Receiver.\n\n (e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement.\n\n For the purposes of section 210 of the Act, a provision of Part VIII of the Act specified in Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor.\n\n#### 64 Modifications of Division 1 of Part V of the Act—debtors whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act\n\n For the purposes of subsection 211(1) of the Act, a provision in Division 1 of Part V of the Act specified in Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 218(3) of the Act, a notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act must be in writing.\n\n (1) If the Court makes a sequestration order under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act, the applicant for the order must:\n\n#### 67 Information to be given to Official Receiver in relation to orders terminating or setting aside a personal insolvency agreement\n\n> Note: If the Court makes an order setting aside or terminating a personal insolvency agreement and a registered trustee was the trustee of the agreement, the registered trustee must give written notice of the order to the Official Receiver (see subsection 224A(4) of the Act).\n\n (1) If a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act, the trustee of the agreement must:\n\n> Note: Before the termination takes effect, the trustee must give notice of the proposed termination to all the creditors who are entitled to receive notice of a meeting of creditors (see subsection 222A(2) of the Act).\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 231(1) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 4 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor who has executed a personal insolvency agreement.\n (2) For the purposes of subsection 231(3) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 5 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a personal insolvency agreement.\n\n (4) If the trustee gives a certificate to the debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act or subsection (1) of this section, the trustee must:\n (a) the person is required to give a copy of a certificate to the Official Receiver in accordance with subsection (4); and\n\n For the purposes of subsections 248(1) and (3) of the Act, a provision specified in Schedule 4 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Schedule in relation to proceedings under Part XI of the Act and the administration of estates under that Part.\n\n (1) If a trustee (within the meaning of section 254 of the Act) pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act, the trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (3) If a registered trustee pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act, the registered trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (1) For the purposes of the definition of National Personal Insolvency Index in subsection 5(1) of the Act, an electronic index to be known as the National Personal Insolvency Index is established.\n\n Division 2 of this Part (information to be entered in the Index) has effect subject to Division 3 of this Part (information not to be entered in the Index and information to be removed from the Index).\n\n (1) The person specified in column 2 of an item of the table in subsection (3) must, at a time within the time period specified in column 2 of that item, give a copy of each document specified in column 1 of that item to the Official Receiver.\n\n

Documents that must be given to the Official Receiver

Item

Column 1

Document(s)

Column 2

Person and time period

Column 3

Information

1

A notice given under subsection 181A(2) of the Act by the current trustee of a bankrupt’s estate nominating another trustee as the new trustee of the estate

The new trustee within 2 business days after the date specified in the notice (see paragraph 181A(3)(a) of the Act)

The day on which the new trustee became the trustee of the estate

2

An order under subsection 185Q(4) of the Act terminating a debt agreement

The applicant for the order within 3 business days after the order is made

The day on which the order was made

3

An order under subsection 185U(1) of the Act declaring all or part of a debt agreement void

The applicant for the order within 2 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) whether all or part of the agreement was declared void

4

An authority, signed by a debtor under subsection 188(1) of the Act, naming and authorising a registered trustee, a solicitor or the Official Trustee to call a meeting of the debtor’s creditors and to take control of the debtor’s property

The person named in the authority within 2 business days after the debtor signs the authority

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the copy of the authority was given to the Official Receiver;

(c) the day on which the debtor’s statement of affairs was given to the Official Receiver (see subsections 188(2D) and (5) of the Act);

(d) the name of the controlling trustee (see subsection 188(6) of the Act)

5

Written evidence of an event of a kind mentioned in paragraph 192(1)(a), (b) or (c) of the Act, or a written request given to the Official Trustee under paragraph 192(1)(d) of the Act, resulting in the Official Trustee becoming the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor

The Official Trustee within 14 days after the Official Trustee becomes the controlling trustee

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Trustee became the controlling trustee

6

Both of the following:

(a) a petition to the Court, under subsection 244(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of the estate of a deceased person;

(b) an affidavit verifying the petition (see subsection 244(5) of the Act)

The creditor, or one of the creditors, who presented the petition to the Court within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day the petition was presented;

(c) the name of the creditor or creditors who presented the petition;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the creditor or creditors;

(e) the day the Court is to hear the petition

7

Both of the following:

(a) a petition, under subsection 247(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of a deceased person’s estate under Part XI of the Act;

(b) a statement of the deceased person’s affairs and of the petitioner’s administration of the deceased person’s estate (see subsection 247(1) of the Act)

The petitioner within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the petition and the statement of affairs were presented;

(c) the name of the administrator;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the administrator

8

An order, under section 252B of the Act, annulling the administration of the estate of a deceased person under Part XI of the Act

The trustee of the estate within 2 business days after the trustee becomes aware of the order

The day on which the order was made

9

An order, under subsection 253E(1) of the Act, staying proceedings under a creditor’s petition or debtor’s petition

The applicant for the order within 7 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) the length of the stay (see subsection 253E(3) of the Act)

\n```\n\n (1) If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in subsection (2) is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n (aa) in the case of a statement of affairs mentioned in item 2 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the statement; and\n (a) in the case of a debtor’s petition mentioned in item 3, 4 or 5 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the petition; and\n (b) in the case of a debt agreement proposal mentioned in item 12 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the debt agreement proposal for processing.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with the Act

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A sequestration order made against the estate of a debtor (see subsection 52(1A) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(d) the name of the creditor who obtained the order;

(e) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of that creditor

2

A statement of the affairs of a person against whose estate a sequestration order is made, that is given for the purposes of subsection 54(1) of the Act

The day on which the statement of affairs was filed with the Official Receiver

3

A debtor’s petition (see subsection 55(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the resulting bankruptcy;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(e) the day on which the statement of the debtor’s affairs accepted by the Official Receiver was given to the Official Receiver for the purposes of paragraph 55(2)(b) of the Act

4

A debtor’s petition against a partnership presented by members of the partnership (see subsection 56B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of the partners who presented the petition;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the bankruptcy of each of those partners as a result of the acceptance of the petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each bankrupt partner;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those partners, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of the partnership affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

5

A debtor’s petition by joint debtors who are not partners (see subsection 57(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of those debtors;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of each bankruptcy that results from acceptance of the debtor’s petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each debtor;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those debtors, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of their joint affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

6

A notice relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 74(5A) of the Act)

The day on which the bankruptcy was annulled

7

A notice of objection by a trustee to the discharge of a bankrupt from bankruptcy (see subsection 149B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) when the objection took effect (see section 149G of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection set out in the notice (see paragraph 149C(1)(a) of the Act);

(c) the name of the trustee

8

A notice that a trustee ceases to object to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy on a particular ground (see subsection 149H(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) if there is no longer an objection on any ground—when the objection ceased to have effect (see subsection 149H(3) of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection to which the notice relates;

(c) the name of the trustee

9

A notice of withdrawal of objection by a trustee to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy (see subsection 149J(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) when the withdrawal takes effect (see subsection 149J(3) of the Act);

(b) the name of the trustee

10

A notice about the cancellation, under subsection 149N(1) of the Act, of a notice of objection filed by a trustee of a bankrupt’s estate (see subsection 149P(1) of the Act)

The day on which the cancellation took effect

11

A certificate relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 153A(2) of the Act)

The date of annulment included in the certificate

12

A debtor’s written proposal for a debt agreement (see subsection 185C(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185E of the Act)

13

A notification that a debt agreement has ended (see subsection 185N(5) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the debt agreement ended;

(b) the reasons why the debt agreement ended

14

A notification that control of the property of a debtor has ended (see subsection 189(1B) of the Act)

The day on which that control ended

15

A personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor (see paragraph 218(1)(b) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the agreement was executed;

(c) the name of the trustee of the personal insolvency agreement

16

A resolution or special resolution terminating a personal insolvency agreement (see subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

17

A resolution or special resolution terminating a composition or scheme of arrangement (see section 76B and subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated

18

A notice that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated or set aside (see subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated or set aside

19

A notice that a composition or scheme of arrangement is terminated or set aside (see section 76B and subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated or set aside

20

An order that the estate of a deceased person be administered under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 244(14), 245(3) or 247(3) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee administering the estate

21

A statement of a deceased person’s affairs and of the administration of the deceased person’s estate by a legal personal representative of the deceased person (see paragraph 246(1)(b) of the Act)

The day on which the statement was given to the Official Receiver

22

A certificate in relation to the annulment, by force of subsection 252A(1) of the Act, of the administration of an estate under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 252A(2) of the Act)

The day of the annulment

\n```\n\n If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with this instrument

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A creditor’s petition presented against a debtor or joint debtors (see section 13)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor or joint debtors;

(b) the day on which the petition was presented against the debtor or joint debtors;

(c) the name of the petitioning creditor;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the petitioning creditor;

(e) the day of the court hearing for a sequestration order relating to the petition

2

A direction given, or an order made, by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act (see section 14 of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor to whom the order or direction relates;

(b) the day on which the order was made or the direction given;

(c) the day (if any) on which a trustee’s control of that debtor’s property is to end (see subsection 50(1B) of the Act)

3

A notice under subsection 46(2) that the Administrative Review Tribunal has varied or set aside a decision of the Inspector‑General in relation to a notice of objection

The day on which the decision was varied or set aside

4

A notice given under subsection 52(1) in relation to an order about a regulated debtor’s estate, if the order provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of the estate

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the new trustee;

(b) the day of the appointment

5

A notice given under subsection 52(3) by a person appointed as trustee of the estate of a regulated debtor

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the person appointed;

(b) the day of the appointment

6

A notice under subsection 53(1) that the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate has finalised the administration of the debtor’s estate

The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised

7

A notice under subparagraph 62(2)(a)(ii) of particulars specified in subsection 62(3) in relation to a special resolution passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors

The particulars

8

A sequestration order against the estate of a debtor made under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act (see subsection 66(1) of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) if the person who applied for the order was a creditor of the debtor—the name of the creditor and the name and telephone number of the creditor’s solicitor (if any);

(d) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate

9

A notice under paragraph 68(1)(a) that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

10

A certificate given by a trustee to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act (see subsection 70(4) of this instrument)

The day on which the trustee signed the certificate

\n```\n\n If an event specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section occurs, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n| Item | Column 1Event | Column 2Information |\n| ---- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |\n| 1 | A bankrupt is, by force of subsection 149(1) of the Act, discharged from bankruptcy | The day on which the bankrupt was discharged from bankruptcy |\n| 2 | The Official Receiver issues a certificate of appointment to a registered trustee under subsection 157(3) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the name of the registered trustee;(b) the day on which the registered trustee was appointed |\n| 3 | A trustee, or the Official Trustee, is released from the trusteeship of an estate by force of section 184 or 184A of the Act | The fact that the trustee, or the Official Trustee, has been so released |\n| 4 | A debt agreement proposal is withdrawn | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was withdrawn |\n| 5 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement that was made before 1 July 2007 is accepted (see sections 185B and 185P of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the proposal was accepted |\n| 6 | A debt agreement proposal is not accepted (see section 185EC of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was not accepted |\n| 7 | The Official Receiver cancels the acceptance of a debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185ED of the Act) | The day on which the Official Receiver cancelled the acceptance of the debt agreement proposal for processing |\n| 8 | A debt agreement proposal lapses (see section 185G of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal lapsed |\n| 9 | The Official Receiver gives to a debtor a certificate under subsection 185N(3) of the Act | The day on which the certificate was given |\n| 10 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement is accepted (see section 185PC of the Act) | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 11 | The Official Receiver terminates a debt agreement under subsection 185QA(1) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 12 | The minutes of a meeting of creditors at which a special resolution was passed terminating a debt agreement made before 1 July 2007 are given to the Official Receiver (see subsection 185QA(1) of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the resolution was passed |\n| 13 | A special resolution is passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors under subsection 204(1) of the Act if the Official Trustee called the meeting under an authority under section 188 of the Act | All of the following:(a) the date of the resolution;(b) the debtor’s full name and alias (if any);(c) the debtor’s address;(d) the debtor’s occupation (if any);(e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement |\n| 14 | A sequestration order is made against the estate of a debtor under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | All of the following:(a) particulars of the debtor;(b) the day on which the order was made;(c) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate |\n| 15 | An order is made under subsection 222(1), (2) or (5) of the Act setting aside a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was set aside |\n| 16 | A personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act where the Official Trustee is the trustee of the agreement | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 17 | An order is made under subsection 222C(1) of the Act terminating a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 18 | The Official Trustee gives a certificate to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act | The day on which the Official Trustee signed the certificate |\n| 19 | The Official Trustee finalises the administration of a debtor’s estate | The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised |\n| 20 | The Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act, on application by the Inspector‑General, that provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of an estate | Both of the following:(a) the name of the new trustee;(b) the day of the appointment |\n| 21 | The Official Trustee is appointed by the creditors of an estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of Schedule 2 to the Act as trustee of an estate | The day of the appointment |\n\n> Note: A number of provisions of the Act require the Official Receiver to enter information in the Index when certain events occur. These provisions include the following:\n\n (a) a debtor whose property is under the control of the Official Trustee or a registered trustee because of a direction given by the Court under paragraph 50(1)(a) of the Act;\n (c) a deceased debtor if a petition for an order for the administration of the deceased debtor’s estate has been presented under Part XI of the Act;\n (d) a debtor in relation to whom an application is made to the Court under subsection 253E(1) of the Act for an order staying all or any proceedings under a petition.\n (3) In the case of a deceased debtor, the information to be entered in accordance with paragraphs (1)(a), (b) and (c) is the information immediately before the debtor’s death.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (4), a person who is a debtor or bankrupt may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General for information about the person:\n (a) not to be entered in the Index, on the ground that the entry of the information would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n\n> Note: Example: A person may rely on a court order (such as a domestic violence order) to show that publication of the information in question would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under paragraph 80(3)(a) refusing to grant an application.\n\n (1) If a debt agreement ends under section 185N of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (2) If a debt agreement is terminated under section 185P, 185Q, 185QA or 185R of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (3) If an order is made under section 185U of the Act declaring all of a debt agreement void, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n\n The Official Receiver must remove all information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index within 1 year after the day on which any of the following occurs:\n\n (1) A person may, by application in writing, ask the Official Receiver to inspect material in the Index and give to the person an extract of material specified in the application.\n (a) if the applicant has paid any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination for obtaining the requested extract—must inspect the Index and, within 10 business days of receiving the application:\n (b) may give the applicant a list of Index search agents who may be able to inspect material entered in the Index for the applicant.\n (3) A person who has been granted access to the Index by the Inspector‑General may, after paying any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination:\n (4) However, prior payment is not required under subsection (3) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n An extract of information in the Index is admissible in any proceedings as prima facie evidence of the matters in the extract.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General, and any officer acting at the direction or with the authority of the Inspector‑General, have immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n (2) An officer has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (3) A person who provides material for entry in the Index has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of the material by way of:\n (5) The immunity of the Inspector‑General or another officer under this section arising out of publication of material extends to the Commonwealth and the Official Trustee to the extent that the Commonwealth or the Official Trustee would, apart from this subsection, be liable in respect of the publication.\n (6) This section does not limit any other ground of defence in relation to actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n\n (b) the person executing the warrant considers that it is impracticable to immediately bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n (b) a day and time when the person executing the warrant considers that it will be practicable to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n\n (1) If the Registrar receives a notification under subsection 87(2) in relation to an apprehended person, the Registrar must, as soon as reasonably practicable:\n (a) determine a day, time and place for the apprehended person to be brought before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate; and\n (b) direct the person who gave the notification to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate in accordance with that determination.\n (2) The time and day determined under paragraph (1)(a) must be the earliest that the Registrar reasonably believes are practicable.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 277B(1) of the Act, this Division establishes an infringement notice scheme, as an alternative to prosecution, for an infringement notice provision.\n\n (1) If the Inspector‑General believes on reasonable grounds that a person has contravened an infringement notice provision, the Inspector‑General may give to the person an infringement notice for the alleged contravention.\n (2) The infringement notice must be given within 12 months after the day on which the contravention is alleged to have taken place.\n (3) A single infringement notice must relate only to a single contravention of a single provision unless subsection (4) applies.\n (4) The Inspector‑General may give a person a single infringement notice relating to multiple contraventions of a single provision if:\n\n (e) give brief details of the alleged contravention, or each alleged contravention, to which the notice relates, including:\n (f) state the amount that is payable under the notice, as worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act and subsection (2) of this section; and\n (h) state that, if the person to whom the notice is given pays the amount within 20 business days after the day the notice is given, then (unless the notice is withdrawn) the person will not be liable to be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (k) state that the person may choose not to pay the amount and, if the person does so the person may be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (n) state that the person may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) If the notice relates to more than one alleged contravention of the provision by the person, the amount to be stated in the notice for the purposes of paragraph (1)(f) is the sum of the amount worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act for each alleged contravention.\n\n> Note: Under section 90, a single infringement notice may only deal with multiple contraventions if they are contraventions of a single provision continuing over a period.\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may apply to the Inspector‑General for an extension of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h).\n (2) If the application is made before the end of that period, the Inspector‑General may, in writing, extend that period. The Inspector‑General may do so before or after the end of that period.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General extends that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to that period so extended.\n (4) If the Inspector‑General does not extend that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to the period that ends on the later of the following days:\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) The Inspector‑General may withdraw an infringement notice given to a person (whether or not the person has made written representations seeking the withdrawal).\n (3) When deciding whether or not to withdraw an infringement notice (the relevant infringement notice), the Inspector‑General:\n (a) must take into account any written representations seeking the withdrawal that were given by the person to the Inspector‑General; and\n (i) whether a court has previously imposed a penalty on the person for a contravention of an infringement notice provision;\n (iii) whether the person has paid an amount, stated in an earlier infringement notice, for a contravention of an infringement notice provision if the contravention is constituted by conduct that is the same, or substantially the same, as the conduct alleged to constitute the contravention in the relevant infringement notice;\n\n (1) If the person to whom an infringement notice for an alleged contravention of a provision is given pays the amount stated in the notice before the end of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h):\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may sign a certificate that states any of the following in relation to an infringement notice given to a person:\n (b) that the Inspector‑General granted, or refused to grant, an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice;\n (c) if the Inspector‑General granted an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice—that that amount was not fully paid by the person within the period specified in the extension;\n (2) At a hearing of a prosecution for an offence alleged in an infringement notice, a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General in accordance with subsection (1) is prima facie evidence of the matters specified in the certificate.\n (3) A certificate that purports to be signed by the Inspector‑General is taken to have been signed by the Inspector‑General unless the contrary is proved.\n\n (a) require an infringement notice to be given to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (c) prevent the giving of 2 or more infringement notices to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (d) limit a court’s discretion to determine the amount of a penalty to be imposed on a person who is found to have contravened an infringement notice provision.\n\n (b) unless the person, by notice in writing to the Inspector‑General, directs otherwise—offset against estate charge or late payment penalty payable by the person.\n\n (1) A payment of interest charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) A payment of realisations charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or served on, a person (other than the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee), the document may be:\n (a) sent by a courier service to the person at the address of the person last known to the person serving the document; or\n (b) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name and any relevant document exchange number, at a document exchange where the person maintains a document exchange facility; or\n (i) by a kind of electronic communication that transmits the document to a facility maintained by the person for receipt of electronically transmitted documents; or\n (ii) by a kind of electronic communication such that, in the ordinary course of events, the document could be reasonably expected to be received by the person.\n\n> Note: The Electronic Transactions Act 1999 applies to a requirement or permission to give information under the Bankruptcy Act 1966 or this instrument, including electronic communications covered by this section.\n\n> Note: However, paragraph (d) of this subsection permits information to be given by means of particular kinds of electronic communication, in accordance with the information technology requirements in subsection (3). This means the requirements in section 9 of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999 do not apply in relation to electronic communications covered by this section (see subsection 9(3) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999).\n\n (2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(a) or (b), in the absence of proof to the contrary, the document is taken to have been received by, or served on, the person when the document would, in the due course of business practice, be delivered to that address or document exchange.\n\n (a) at the time the document is sent, it is reasonable to expect that the document would be readily accessible so as to be useable for subsequent reference; and\n (b) the document is sent in one of the following formats, or in a format that is similar to or readily convertible into one of the following formats:\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, this section applies if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or filed or lodged with:\n (2) The document must be posted, delivered, sent by email, or sent through the website of the Australian Financial Security Authority, to:\n (3) If this section applies, the document is taken to be received, filed or lodged only when the document (or, where applicable, a copy of it) is actually received by, or on behalf of, the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver (as the case requires).\n\n (1) Subsection (2) applies in any proceedings to a document or copy of a document that purports to be a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General stating that, at a particular time, the form of statement of affairs that is attached to the certificate was the approved form for the purposes of section 6A of the Act.\n\n A fee is not payable by the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver in respect of an application to, or the filing of a document in, the Court in relation to proceedings under the Act, this instrument or the Insolvency Practice Rules.\n\n (2) If such a fee is payable in respect of the doing of a matter or thing by the Official Receiver, the matter or thing need not be done unless the fee has been paid.\n\n (1) The Official Trustee’s entitlement to remuneration under the Fees and Remuneration Determination arises when the Official Trustee:\n (a) performs work or first acts in accordance with section 3.03, 3.04, 3.07 or 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (2) For paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (d), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee in respect of an amount received by the Official Trustee:\n\n (1) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.03 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the property or business of a debtor, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (2) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.04 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a composition or scheme of arrangement with the creditors of a bankrupt, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the composition or scheme of arrangement as the case may be.\n (3) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor who signed an authority under section 188 of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (4) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the estate of a bankrupt, or of a deceased person for whose estate an order for administration has been made under Part XI of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the bankrupt or deceased person as the case may be.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a request by a bankrupt to the Official Trustee for the Official Trustee’s consent, under paragraph 272(1)(c) of the Act, to the bankrupt leaving Australia.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may decide to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4) if the Inspector‑General is reasonably satisfied that:\n (a) payment of the fee by the person liable to pay it has imposed, or would impose, hardship on the person that is unusual and exceptional in comparison to the hardship arising in the normal course of bankruptcy; or\n (b) unless the fee is payable to the Inspector‑General—the officer to whom the fee is payable or would have been payable if the fee had not been waived or remitted.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General decides under subsection (1) to refuse to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4), the notification under subsection (2) in relation to the decision must include the reasons for the decision.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under subsection 111(1) refusing to waive or remit the whole or part of a fee that is payable by the person.\n\n If, under the Act, a trustee takes possession of, or attaches, the property of a bankrupt, debtor or deceased person, the trustee must, as soon as is reasonably practicable:\n (b) give a copy of the inventory, of the photographs or of the video recordings, as the case may be, to any person who has custody of the property or part of the property.\n\n (1) If a provision of this instrument states that a dollar amount is to be indexed in accordance with this section, then at the start of each financial year (an indexation year) beginning on or after 1 July 2021, the dollar amount is replaced by the amount worked out using the following formula:\n ![Start formula Indexation factor for the indexation year times Dollar amount for the previous year end formula](image.002.png)\n ![Start formula start fraction Index number for the reference quarter over Index number for the base quarter end fraction end formula](image.003.png)\n\n> index number, for a quarter, means the All Groups Consumer Price Index number (being the weighted average of the 8 capital cities) published by the Australian Statistician for that quarter.\n\n (4) If an indexation factor worked out under subsection (2) would be less than 1, that indexation factor is to be increased to 1.\n (a) are to be made using only the index numbers published in terms of the most recently published index reference period; and\n (b) are to be made disregarding index numbers that are published in substitution for previously published index numbers (except where the substituted numbers are published to take account of changes in the index reference period).\n\n (a) a thing was done for a particular purpose under the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996 as in force immediately before those Regulations were repealed; and\n (2) Without limiting subsection (1), a reference in that subsection to a thing being done includes a reference to a notice, application or other instrument being given or made.\n\n Despite the repeal of the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996, item 3 of Schedule 4 to those Regulations, as in force immediately before that repeal, continues to apply in relation to a contribution assessment period if an assessment under section 139W of the Act was made for that contribution assessment period before that repeal.\n\n Section 102, as substituted by Schedule 1 to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Electronic Service) Regulations 2024, applies in relation to a document that is given or sent to, or served on, a person on or after the commencement of that Schedule.\n\n## 25 Priority payments—order of payment of certain costs, charges, expenses and remuneration\n\n (1) For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(a) of the Act, the order that the trustee of the estate of a bankrupt must apply the proceeds of the bankrupt’s property to the costs, charges, expenses and remuneration mentioned in the following table is the order that appears in the table.\n\n

Order of payment of certain costs, charges, expenses and remuneration

Item

Costs, charges and expenses

1

Realisations charge payable by the trustee in relation to the estate under the Bankruptcy (Estate Charges) Act 1997

2

If the trustee is a registered trustee to whom the Official Trustee transferred the administration of the bankruptcy, both of the following in relation to the administration of the bankruptcy by the Official Trustee before the transfer:

(a) any remuneration payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination;

(b) any reimbursement that is payable to the Official Trustee under section 108

3

Expenses reasonably incurred by or on behalf of the trustee:

(a) in protecting all or part of the bankrupt’s assets; or

(b) in carrying on, in accordance with the Act, a business of the bankrupt

4

If a creditor made an advance to the trustee for the purposes of the trustee’s administration of the bankruptcy—an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to that advance

5

Fees, costs, charges or expenses (other than fees, costs, charges or expenses covered by another item of this table) paid or payable by the trustee in administering the bankrupt’s estate

6

If:

(a) an order was made under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to the bankrupt when the bankrupt was a debtor; and

(b) an amount was deposited by a creditor, in accordance with that order, with the trustee;

an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to the trustee’s preliminary remuneration and expenses in relation to the debtor

7

The following:

(a) if a creditor applied for:

(i) a sequestration order against the estate; or

(ii) an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act;

the taxed costs of the creditor in relation to the application;

(b) if the administrator of the estate of a deceased person presented a petition for an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act—the taxed costs of the administrator;

(c) if a person made an application for a sequestration order under Part X of the Act—both of the following:

(i) the taxed costs of that person in relation to the application;

(ii) any taxed costs of that person in respect of an application for an order under Division 5 or 6 of Part IX of the Act in relation to the estate

8

The trustee’s remuneration (other than remuneration covered by item 6):

(a) if the trustee is the Official Trustee—payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or

(b) if the trustee is a registered trustee—payable to the registered trustee under section 60‑5 of Schedule 2 to the Act

9

If:

(a) there is a committee of inspection in relation to the administration of the estate; and

(b) the creditors of the estate, or a majority of them, have approved payment of out‑of‑pocket expenses incurred by a member of the committee of inspection;

those expenses, to the extent that the trustee allows them as being fair and reasonable

10

Costs of any audit carried out under section 70‑15 or 70‑20 of Schedule 2 to the Act in relation to the estate

\n```\n\n (2) For the purposes of item 7 of the table, a reference to an applicant or a person presenting a petition is taken to include a reference to a person whose application or petition has not been proceeded with because a debtor’s petition presented by the bankrupt has been accepted by the Official Receiver (whether or not that debtor’s petition was referred to the Court under subsection 55(3B) of the Act, and whatever the outcome of such a referral).\n\n## 26 Maximum amount payable to employee\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(e) of the Act, the maximum amount due to or in respect of an employee of a bankrupt is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum amount payable to employee

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$4,600

2

2018‑19

$4,550

3

2017‑18

$4,500

4

2016‑17

$4,450

5

2015‑16

$4,400

6

2014‑15

$4,350

7

2013‑14

$4,300

8

2012‑13

$4,200

9

2011‑12

$4,150

10

2010‑11

$4,100

11

2009‑10

$4,000

12

2008‑09

$3,950

13

2007‑08

$3,850

14

2006‑07

$3,750

15

2005‑06

$3,650

16

2004‑05

$3,550

17

2003‑04

$3,500

18

2002‑03

$3,450

19

2001‑02

$3,350

20

2000‑01

$3,300

21

1999‑2000

$3,150

22

1998‑99

$3,100

23

1997‑98

$3,100

24

1996‑97

$3,100

\n```\n\n## Division 3 Property available for payment of debts\n\n> electronic communication means an electronic communication within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of electronic communication in subsection 5(1) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999.\n\n> legal practitioner means a barrister, a solicitor, a barrister and solicitor or a legal practitioner, of the High Court or of the Supreme Court of a State or Territory.\n\n (a) remuneration paid to the trustee in accordance with a direction, or other order, made by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act directing the trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or making another order in relation to the property; and\n (ii) in relation to the examination of the debtor, or an examinable person in relation to the debtor, as a result of the issue of a summons under subsection 50(2) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section sets out the requirements for an application to the Official Receiver for a bankruptcy notice by a person who has obtained against a debtor one, or 2 or more, final judgments or final orders of a kind described in paragraph 40(1)(g) of the Act.\n\n (a) if any final order specified in the application is an award that is a final order because of subparagraph 40(3)(a)(i) of the Act—both of the following:\n (i) a copy of the award certified as a true copy by the arbitrator who made the award or by an officer of the Court who has compared the copy with the original award;\n (ii) a certificate of the judgment or order sealed by the court that made the judgment or order (the relevant court) or signed by an officer of the relevant court;\n (iii) a copy of the entry of the judgment or order certified as a true copy of that entry and sealed by the relevant court or signed by an officer of the relevant court.\n\n> Note 2: A fee is payable to the Official Receiver for an application under this section (see the Fees and Remuneration Determination).\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice must follow that form in respect of its format (for example, bold or italic typeface, underlining and notes).\n\n> Note: Section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 provides that strict compliance with a form is not required and substantial compliance is sufficient.\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice in relation to a debtor that is served on the debtor outside of a period mentioned in subsection (1) is not valid.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (a) of the definition of statutory minimum in subsection 5(1) of the Act, the amount prescribed is $10,000.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (2), the only persons who may inspect a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver under subsection 41(1) of the Act are the following:\n (2) If a creditor’s petition is presented that is founded on an act of bankruptcy consisting of failure to comply with the bankruptcy notice, any person may inspect the notice.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver in relation to a debtor if the notice includes a final judgment, or final order, that is expressed in an amount of foreign currency (whether or not the judgment or order is also expressed in an amount of Australian currency).\n (c) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the day on which the application for the notice is made.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n A creditor who presents a petition to the Court under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must give to the Official Receiver:\n (b) a copy of any order entered by the Court, dismissing, staying or extending the petition, or adjourning the hearing of the petition, within 2 business days after the Court enters the order.\n\n (1) If the Court gives a direction, or makes another order, under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to a debtor, the creditor who applied under subsection 50(1A) of the Act for the Court to make a direction must:\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n (c) in accordance with the direction or other order, the creditor deposits an amount (the first amount) with the trustee for the purposes of covering the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor.\n\n (2) The creditor is entitled to a refund of the sum of the first amount and any amount covered by subsection (4) less an amount equal to the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor if any of the following events occur:\n (a) the debtor enters into a personal insolvency agreement, or the debtor’s estate is administered under Part XI of the Act, and the Court authorises the trustee to transfer the debtor’s property to some other person;\n (i) the Court is satisfied that the first amount is insufficient to cover the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor;\n (ii) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs, on application by the trustee, the creditor to deposit the additional amount with the trustee;\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n\n (2) The Court may, on application by the debtor within 15 business days after the day the petition is dismissed, order the creditor to pay the debtor an amount equal to the damage the Court assesses as resulting from the acts or omissions of the trustee in reliance on the direction or other order mentioned in paragraph (1)(b).\n\n “(2A) The Court or a magistrate may direct that an examination, or any part of an examination, under this section shall be held in private.”;\n (c) by omitting from subsection (9) “is the trustee” and substituting “has been directed to take control of the property of the relevant person”;\n “(14) Subject to subsection (14A), the applicant for an examination under this section is to pay the costs incurred in connection with the examination.\n (14A) The Court or a magistrate may order that all or some of the costs mentioned in subsection (14) are to be paid by the relevant person.”.\n\n If:\n (b) the Official Receiver accepts the declaration, and signs a copy of the declaration, under paragraph 54C(1)(a) of the Act;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsections 54D(1), 55(3A), 56B(5) and 57(3A) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (d) information about a debtor’s right to choose whether the bankruptcy is initially administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (e) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to present to the Official Receiver, under section 54A of the Act, a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition.\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to present a petition under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n If:\n (a) a debtor presents, or 2 or more debtors present, a petition to the Official Receiver under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act; and\n (b) there is in force under subsection 156A(1) of the Act an instrument of consent of a registered trustee to act as the trustee of:\n (ii) in the case of 2 or more debtors—the separate estates, the joint estates, or the joint and separate estates, of the debtors or any of them;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 56C(2) of the Act, if the Official Receiver refers a debtor’s petition against a partnership to the Court, the notice given by the Official Receiver to each member of the partnership who did not present the petition must:\n\n If a person is arrested under a warrant issued by the Court under section 78 of the Act, the arresting officer must immediately notify a Registrar of the Court.\n\n (a) a creditor lodges, or causes to be lodged, a proof of debt in a bankruptcy in accordance with section 84 of the Act; and\n (b) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the date of the bankruptcy.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n (1) For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(a) of the Act, the order that the trustee of the estate of a bankrupt must apply the proceeds of the bankrupt’s property to the costs, charges, expenses and remuneration mentioned in the following table is the order that appears in the table.\n\n

Order of payment of certain costs, charges, expenses and remuneration

Item

Costs, charges and expenses

1

Realisations charge payable by the trustee in relation to the estate under the Bankruptcy (Estate Charges) Act 1997

2

If the trustee is a registered trustee to whom the Official Trustee transferred the administration of the bankruptcy, both of the following in relation to the administration of the bankruptcy by the Official Trustee before the transfer:

(a) any remuneration payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination;

(b) any reimbursement that is payable to the Official Trustee under section 108

3

Expenses reasonably incurred by or on behalf of the trustee:

(a) in protecting all or part of the bankrupt’s assets; or

(b) in carrying on, in accordance with the Act, a business of the bankrupt

4

If a creditor made an advance to the trustee for the purposes of the trustee’s administration of the bankruptcy—an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to that advance

5

Fees, costs, charges or expenses (other than fees, costs, charges or expenses covered by another item of this table) paid or payable by the trustee in administering the bankrupt’s estate

6

If:

(a) an order was made under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to the bankrupt when the bankrupt was a debtor; and

(b) an amount was deposited by a creditor, in accordance with that order, with the trustee;

an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to the trustee’s preliminary remuneration and expenses in relation to the debtor

7

The following:

(a) if a creditor applied for:

(i) a sequestration order against the estate; or

(ii) an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act;

the taxed costs of the creditor in relation to the application;

(b) if the administrator of the estate of a deceased person presented a petition for an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act—the taxed costs of the administrator;

(c) if a person made an application for a sequestration order under Part X of the Act—both of the following:

(i) the taxed costs of that person in relation to the application;

(ii) any taxed costs of that person in respect of an application for an order under Division 5 or 6 of Part IX of the Act in relation to the estate

8

The trustee’s remuneration (other than remuneration covered by item 6):

(a) if the trustee is the Official Trustee—payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or

(b) if the trustee is a registered trustee—payable to the registered trustee under section 60‑5 of Schedule 2 to the Act

9

If:

(a) there is a committee of inspection in relation to the administration of the estate; and

(b) the creditors of the estate, or a majority of them, have approved payment of out‑of‑pocket expenses incurred by a member of the committee of inspection;

those expenses, to the extent that the trustee allows them as being fair and reasonable

10

Costs of any audit carried out under section 70‑15 or 70‑20 of Schedule 2 to the Act in relation to the estate

\n```\n\n (2) For the purposes of item 7 of the table, a reference to an applicant or a person presenting a petition is taken to include a reference to a person whose application or petition has not been proceeded with because a debtor’s petition presented by the bankrupt has been accepted by the Official Receiver (whether or not that debtor’s petition was referred to the Court under subsection 55(3B) of the Act, and whatever the outcome of such a referral).\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(e) of the Act, the maximum amount due to or in respect of an employee of a bankrupt is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum amount payable to employee

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$4,600

2

2018‑19

$4,550

3

2017‑18

$4,500

4

2016‑17

$4,450

5

2015‑16

$4,400

6

2014‑15

$4,350

7

2013‑14

$4,300

8

2012‑13

$4,200

9

2011‑12

$4,150

10

2010‑11

$4,100

11

2009‑10

$4,000

12

2008‑09

$3,950

13

2007‑08

$3,850

14

2006‑07

$3,750

15

2005‑06

$3,650

16

2004‑05

$3,550

17

2003‑04

$3,500

18

2002‑03

$3,450

19

2001‑02

$3,350

20

2000‑01

$3,300

21

1999‑2000

$3,150

22

1998‑99

$3,100

23

1997‑98

$3,100

24

1996‑97

$3,100

\n```\n\n (b) property of a kind covered by subsection (3) to the extent that it is reasonably appropriate for a household, having regard to the criteria specified in subsection (4);\n (c) property (including recreational and sports equipment) of a kind that is reasonably necessary for the domestic use of a household, having regard to:\n (c) educational, sporting or recreational items (including books) that are wholly or mainly for the use of children or students in the household;\n (c) any special climatic or other factors (including geographical isolation) of the place where the household residence is located;\n (d) whether the property is reasonably necessary for the functioning or servicing of the household as a viable and properly‑run household;\n (e) whether the costs of seizure, storage and sale of the property would be likely to exceed the sale price of the property;\n (f) if paragraph (e) does not apply—whether for any other reason (for example, costs of transport) the sale of the property would be likely to be uneconomical.\n (6) For the purposes of subsection (5), an item is an antique item only if a substantial part of its market value is attributable to its age or historical significance.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(ba)(ii) of the Act, non‑monetary sporting, cultural, military or academic awards are a kind of property that is prescribed.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(c)(i) of the Act, the maximum total value of a bankrupt’s property that is for use by the bankrupt in earning income by personal exertion is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum total value of tools

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,800

2

2018‑19

$3,800

3

2017‑18

$3,750

4

2016‑17

$3,700

5

2015‑16

$3,650

6

2014‑15

$3,600

7

2013‑14

$3,550

8

2012‑13

$3,500

9

2011‑12

$3,450

10

2010‑11

$3,400

11

2009‑10

$3,300

12

2008‑09

$3,250

13

2007‑08

$3,200

14

2006‑07

$3,100

15

2005‑06

$3,050

16

2004‑05

$3,000

17

2003‑04

$2,950

18

2002‑03

$2,900

19

2001‑02

$2,850

20

2000‑01

$2,800

21

1999‑2000

$2,650

22

1998‑99

$2,600

23

1997‑98

$2,600

24

1996‑97

$2,600

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 116(2)(ca) of the Act, the maximum aggregate value of property used by the bankrupt primarily as a means of transport is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum value of motor vehicle

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$8,100

2

2018‑19

$8,000

3

2017‑18

$7,900

4

2016‑17

$7,800

5

2015‑16

$7,700

6

2014‑15

$7,600

7

2013‑14

$7,500

8

2012‑13

$7,350

9

2011‑12

$7,200

10

2010‑11

$7,050

11

2009‑10

$6,850

12

2008‑09

$6,700

13

2007‑08

$6,500

14

2006‑07

$6,300

15

2005‑06

$6,150

16

2004‑05

$6,000

17

2003‑04

$5,900

18

2002‑03

$5,800

19

2001‑02

$5,650

20

2000‑01

$5,500

21

1999‑2000

$5,200

22

1998‑99

$5,050

23

1997‑98

$5,000

24

1996‑97

$5,000

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 120(2)(d) of the Act, a transfer is of a kind to which subsection 120(1) of the Act does not apply if the costs of recovering the transferred property would, in the opinion of the trustee in the transferor’s bankruptcy, be likely to exceed the value of the property to the transferor’s creditors.\n\n (b) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a lease—set out facts showing that subsection 133(4) of the Act has been complied with; and\n (c) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a contract—set out facts showing that the contract is, for the purposes of subsection 133(5A) of the Act, an unprofitable contract.\n (2) A trustee who gives a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must give the notice to each person who, to the trustee’s knowledge:\n (3) A failure to comply with subsection (1) or (2) does not affect the validity of a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section is made for the purposes of subparagraph (a)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act.\n (b) a reference in that Act to the taxable value of a benefit were a reference to the value, for the purposes of the Act, of the benefit; and\n (c) a reference in that Act to a declaration date were a reference to the date occurring 21 days after the end of a contribution assessment period in relation to a bankrupt; and\n (d) a reference in that Act to a declaration to be given to an employer of a person were a reference to a declaration to be given to the trustee of the person’s estate; and\n (e) a reference in that Act to a form approved by the Commissioner were a reference to a form approved by the Inspector‑General under section 6D of the Act; and\n (f) subject to paragraph (d), a reference in the FBTA Act to an employer, or to the employer, were a reference to any person (other than the bankrupt); and\n (g) a reference in the FBTA Act to an employee, or to the employee, were a reference to a bankrupt, or to the bankrupt, as the case requires.\n (5) Despite subsections (2), (3) and (4), the modifications specified or referred to in those subsections do not apply in relation to the provision of a fringe benefit (within the meaning of the FBTA Act) to a bankrupt if the provider of the fringe benefit:\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following contributions and payments made for the purpose of providing superannuation benefits for a bankrupt person are not income of the person:\n (a) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person to the extent that the contributions reduce the employer’s potential liability for the superannuation guarantee charge imposed under section 5 of the Superannuation Guarantee Charge Act 1992;\n (b) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person in accordance with the employer’s obligation to make contributions for the person under:\n (c) payments of shortfall components made to, or for the benefit of, the person under sections 65 to 67 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n (a) the contributions exceed the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage of the employee’s ordinary time earnings for the contribution assessment period; and\n\n> individual industrial agreement means an industrial agreement made solely between the employer and the person, including the following:\n\n (a) an AWA, or an ITEA, (both within the meaning of the Fair Work (Transitional Provisions and Consequential Amendments) Act 2009) to which that Act applies;\n\n> ordinary time earnings has the meaning given by subsection 6(1) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n> relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage: the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage for a year (the bankruptcy year) is the percentage whose number is the same as that set out in column 2 of the table in subsection 19(2) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992 for the financial year in which the bankruptcy year starts.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following payments or amounts are not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) a payment or amount of family tax benefit paid under the family assistance law (within the meaning of the A New Tax System (Family Assistance) (Administration) Act 1999);\n (b) an amount that is not income for the purposes of the Social Security Act 1991 because of subsection 8(8) of that Act, except for a payment or amount mentioned in paragraph (a), (h), (ha), (k), (ka), (m), (z), (za) or (zb) of that subsection.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (c) of the definition of dependant in section 139K of the Act, the prescribed amount of income derived (or likely to be derived) by a person during a contribution assessment period is:\n (b) if the period begins in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n (d) if the period begins in a later financial year—$3,741 indexed in accordance with section 114 of this instrument as if the period were that financial year.\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum income of dependant

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,720

2

2018‑19

$3,642

3

2017‑18

$3,596

4

2016‑17

$3,532

5

2015‑16

$3,459

6

2014‑15

$3,411

7

2013‑14

$3,363

8

2012‑13

$3,264

9

2011‑12

$3,181

10

2010‑11

$3,131

11

2009‑10

$3,030

12

2008‑09

$2,942

13

2007‑08

$2,870

14

2006‑07

$2,756

15

2005‑06

$2,688

16

2004‑05

$2,611

17

2003‑04

$2,549

\n```\n\n (3) If the bankrupt pays the contribution by cheque, payment is taken to occur when the cheque is cleared and the amount of the payment is credited to the account into which the cheque is deposited.\n (4) The trustee may, on reasonable notice in writing to the bankrupt, vary or withdraw an authorisation under paragraph (2)(c).\n (5) If the trustee incurs a delivery or postal charge (including a surcharge) or bank charge in connection with the receipt or processing of the contribution, the trustee may reimburse the trustee for the amount of the charge from the bankrupt’s estate.\n\n (a) a bankrupt is liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the bankrupt’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act in respect of a contribution assessment period; and\n\n (3) If the contribution remains unpaid, the deceased bankrupt’s estate is liable for the portion of the contribution attributable to the part of the period occurring before the bankrupt’s death.\n\n (b) immediately before being discharged, the person was liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the person’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act; and\n\n> Note: Section 139R of the Act provides that any liability of a bankrupt under section 139P or 139Q of the Act is not affected by the bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy after the making of the assessment that gave rise to the liability.\n\n (5) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(d)(ii), a change in the name of a person is taken to occur if the person in fact assumes the use of a different name or an additional name.\n\n A notice under section 139ZL of the Act must not specify money or property that is protected, under a law of the Commonwealth or a State or Territory, from a process such as assignment, attachment, charging, execution or garnishment.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 145(3) of the Act, notice must be given by serving it on each person to whom, under that subsection, it must be given.\n\n (a) an objection to the discharge of a bankrupt has been made on a ground, or on grounds that include a ground, mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(a) or (h) of the Act (which refer to the bankrupt being out of Australia); and\n (2) Within 5 business days after the day that the registered trustee becomes aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia, the registered trustee must give notice in writing to the Official Receiver stating:\n (ii) if the trustee does not know the day on which the bankrupt returned—the trustee became aware that the bankrupt had returned.\n\n For the purposes of the ground of objection mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(d) of the Act, a bankrupt is taken to have failed to comply with a request to provide information if the bankrupt has provided information that is incomplete or inaccurate.\n\n (c) an application is made to the Administrative Review Tribunal under section 149Q of the Act for the review of the decision of the Inspector‑General; and\n\n (a) if the debtor presents a debtor’s petition to the Official Receiver—on or before the day that the debtor so presents the petition; or\n\n If a registered trustee becomes, under subsection 156A(3) of the Act, the trustee of an estate or of joint and separate estates, the Official Receiver may give the registered trustee a certificate to that effect.\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 188(2A) of the Act, a person (other than the Official Trustee or a registered trustee) is ineligible to act under Part X of the Act as a controlling trustee in relation to a debtor in any of the following circumstances:\n (a) the person is or was convicted of an offence involving fraud or dishonesty at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (c) the person is a solicitor who does not hold an Australian practising certificate (within the meaning of the Evidence Act 1995);\n (d) the person is or was an insolvent under administration at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(f)(ii), the Inspector‑General may approve a course in insolvency by notice published on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website.\n (ii) has refused or failed to cooperate with the Inspector‑General in an inquiry or investigation under paragraph 12(1)(b) of the Act.\n (ii) invites the person to give the Inspector‑General, within 20 business days after the day the notice is given or such longer time as is specified in the notice, a written statement showing cause why the determination should not be made; and\n (5) If the Inspector‑General makes a determination under subsection (3) in relation to a person, the Inspector‑General must give the person a written notice stating the following:\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General to make a determination under subsection 49(3).\n\n (b) the person becomes ineligible to act as a controlling trustee under Part X of the Act because one or more of the circumstances prescribed by subsection 49(1) of this instrument apply in relation to the person.\n (2) The Official Trustee must perform the duties of a controlling trustee in relation to the debtor unless and until the debtor authorises another person under subsection 188(1) of the Act.\n\n (1) If, on application, the Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act that a person (the old trustee) cease to be the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate, the applicant for the order must:\n (3) If the creditors of a regulated debtor, by resolution at a meeting, remove the trustee (the old trustee) of the regulated debtor’s estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(a) of Schedule 2 to the Act, the person appointed by the creditors under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of that Schedule as trustee of the estate must:\n\n (1) If the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate (other than the Official Trustee) finalises the administration of the debtor’s estate, the trustee must:\n\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a debt agreement;\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to give the Official Receiver a debt agreement proposal under subsection 185C(1) of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n (a) any of the following awarded by a registered provider (within the meaning of the Education Services for Overseas Students Act 2000):\n (i) a Certificate IV in Financial Services (Accounting) awarded for study starting between 10 July 2004 and 23 November 2010;\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (c) a degree, diploma or similar qualification awarded by a foreign tertiary education institution and for which the Inspector‑General is satisfied the following conditions are satisfied:\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n\n#### 57 Prescribed amount of owed notified estate charges preventing renewal of registration as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraphs 186C(3)(d) and (5)(d) of the Act, the prescribed amount of notified estate charges is $500.\n\n For the purposes of section 187A of the Act, a provision of Part X of the Act specified in Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section of the Act, to joint debtors, whether partners or not.\n\n (b) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (c) information about whether a personal insolvency agreement may be administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy if any of the things mentioned in paragraphs 40(1)(i) to (m) of the Act happen in relation to a debtor;\n (f) information about a debtor’s rights and responsibilities under Part X of the Act, including a debtor’s obligation to disclose all related entities;\n (g) information about a controlling trustee’s obligation to disclose the controlling trustee’s relationship (if any) with a debtor.\n (3) A registered trustee or a solicitor authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property must not consent to exercise the powers given by the authority unless the debtor has given the registered trustee or the solicitor, as the case may be, a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the Official Trustee is authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property, the Official Receiver must not give the debtor a written approval under paragraph 188(2)(aa) of the Act unless the debtor has given the Official Trustee a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n\n (b) unable to sign the authority or an acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) of this instrument relating to the authority because of a physical incapacity.\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and debtor are familiar; or\n\n> relevant material means the authority, the information prescribed by section 59 and the acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) relating to the authority.\n\n (3) The person must, at the same time as calling a meeting of the debtor’s creditors, give a copy of the proposal for dealing with the debtor’s affairs under Part X of the Act to:\n\n> Note 1: An authority signed by a debtor under section 188 of the Act is not effective for the purposes of Part X of the Act unless, before the person authorised consents to exercise the powers given by the authority, the debtor gives to the person authorised:\n\n> Note 2: Under subsection 188(5) of the Act, a registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority must also give a copy of the authority and the debtor’s statement of affairs to the Official Receiver.\n\n (e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement.\n\n For the purposes of section 210 of the Act, a provision of Part VIII of the Act specified in Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor.\n\n#### 64 Modifications of Division 1 of Part V of the Act—debtors whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act\n\n For the purposes of subsection 211(1) of the Act, a provision in Division 1 of Part V of the Act specified in Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 218(3) of the Act, a notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act must be in writing.\n\n (1) If the Court makes a sequestration order under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act, the applicant for the order must:\n\n#### 67 Information to be given to Official Receiver in relation to orders terminating or setting aside a personal insolvency agreement\n\n> Note: If the Court makes an order setting aside or terminating a personal insolvency agreement and a registered trustee was the trustee of the agreement, the registered trustee must give written notice of the order to the Official Receiver (see subsection 224A(4) of the Act).\n\n (1) If a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act, the trustee of the agreement must:\n\n> Note: Before the termination takes effect, the trustee must give notice of the proposed termination to all the creditors who are entitled to receive notice of a meeting of creditors (see subsection 222A(2) of the Act).\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 231(1) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 4 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor who has executed a personal insolvency agreement.\n (2) For the purposes of subsection 231(3) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 5 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a personal insolvency agreement.\n\n (4) If the trustee gives a certificate to the debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act or subsection (1) of this section, the trustee must:\n (a) the person is required to give a copy of a certificate to the Official Receiver in accordance with subsection (4); and\n\n For the purposes of subsections 248(1) and (3) of the Act, a provision specified in Schedule 4 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Schedule in relation to proceedings under Part XI of the Act and the administration of estates under that Part.\n\n (1) If a trustee (within the meaning of section 254 of the Act) pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act, the trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (3) If a registered trustee pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act, the registered trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (1) For the purposes of the definition of National Personal Insolvency Index in subsection 5(1) of the Act, an electronic index to be known as the National Personal Insolvency Index is established.\n\n Division 2 of this Part (information to be entered in the Index) has effect subject to Division 3 of this Part (information not to be entered in the Index and information to be removed from the Index).\n\n (1) The person specified in column 2 of an item of the table in subsection (3) must, at a time within the time period specified in column 2 of that item, give a copy of each document specified in column 1 of that item to the Official Receiver.\n\n

Documents that must be given to the Official Receiver

Item

Column 1

Document(s)

Column 2

Person and time period

Column 3

Information

1

A notice given under subsection 181A(2) of the Act by the current trustee of a bankrupt’s estate nominating another trustee as the new trustee of the estate

The new trustee within 2 business days after the date specified in the notice (see paragraph 181A(3)(a) of the Act)

The day on which the new trustee became the trustee of the estate

2

An order under subsection 185Q(4) of the Act terminating a debt agreement

The applicant for the order within 3 business days after the order is made

The day on which the order was made

3

An order under subsection 185U(1) of the Act declaring all or part of a debt agreement void

The applicant for the order within 2 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) whether all or part of the agreement was declared void

4

An authority, signed by a debtor under subsection 188(1) of the Act, naming and authorising a registered trustee, a solicitor or the Official Trustee to call a meeting of the debtor’s creditors and to take control of the debtor’s property

The person named in the authority within 2 business days after the debtor signs the authority

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the copy of the authority was given to the Official Receiver;

(c) the day on which the debtor’s statement of affairs was given to the Official Receiver (see subsections 188(2D) and (5) of the Act);

(d) the name of the controlling trustee (see subsection 188(6) of the Act)

5

Written evidence of an event of a kind mentioned in paragraph 192(1)(a), (b) or (c) of the Act, or a written request given to the Official Trustee under paragraph 192(1)(d) of the Act, resulting in the Official Trustee becoming the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor

The Official Trustee within 14 days after the Official Trustee becomes the controlling trustee

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Trustee became the controlling trustee

6

Both of the following:

(a) a petition to the Court, under subsection 244(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of the estate of a deceased person;

(b) an affidavit verifying the petition (see subsection 244(5) of the Act)

The creditor, or one of the creditors, who presented the petition to the Court within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day the petition was presented;

(c) the name of the creditor or creditors who presented the petition;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the creditor or creditors;

(e) the day the Court is to hear the petition

7

Both of the following:

(a) a petition, under subsection 247(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of a deceased person’s estate under Part XI of the Act;

(b) a statement of the deceased person’s affairs and of the petitioner’s administration of the deceased person’s estate (see subsection 247(1) of the Act)

The petitioner within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the petition and the statement of affairs were presented;

(c) the name of the administrator;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the administrator

8

An order, under section 252B of the Act, annulling the administration of the estate of a deceased person under Part XI of the Act

The trustee of the estate within 2 business days after the trustee becomes aware of the order

The day on which the order was made

9

An order, under subsection 253E(1) of the Act, staying proceedings under a creditor’s petition or debtor’s petition

The applicant for the order within 7 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) the length of the stay (see subsection 253E(3) of the Act)

\n```\n\n (1) If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in subsection (2) is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n (aa) in the case of a statement of affairs mentioned in item 2 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the statement; and\n (a) in the case of a debtor’s petition mentioned in item 3, 4 or 5 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the petition; and\n (b) in the case of a debt agreement proposal mentioned in item 12 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the debt agreement proposal for processing.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with the Act

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A sequestration order made against the estate of a debtor (see subsection 52(1A) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(d) the name of the creditor who obtained the order;

(e) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of that creditor

2

A statement of the affairs of a person against whose estate a sequestration order is made, that is given for the purposes of subsection 54(1) of the Act

The day on which the statement of affairs was filed with the Official Receiver

3

A debtor’s petition (see subsection 55(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the resulting bankruptcy;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(e) the day on which the statement of the debtor’s affairs accepted by the Official Receiver was given to the Official Receiver for the purposes of paragraph 55(2)(b) of the Act

4

A debtor’s petition against a partnership presented by members of the partnership (see subsection 56B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of the partners who presented the petition;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the bankruptcy of each of those partners as a result of the acceptance of the petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each bankrupt partner;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those partners, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of the partnership affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

5

A debtor’s petition by joint debtors who are not partners (see subsection 57(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of those debtors;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of each bankruptcy that results from acceptance of the debtor’s petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each debtor;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those debtors, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of their joint affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

6

A notice relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 74(5A) of the Act)

The day on which the bankruptcy was annulled

7

A notice of objection by a trustee to the discharge of a bankrupt from bankruptcy (see subsection 149B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) when the objection took effect (see section 149G of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection set out in the notice (see paragraph 149C(1)(a) of the Act);

(c) the name of the trustee

8

A notice that a trustee ceases to object to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy on a particular ground (see subsection 149H(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) if there is no longer an objection on any ground—when the objection ceased to have effect (see subsection 149H(3) of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection to which the notice relates;

(c) the name of the trustee

9

A notice of withdrawal of objection by a trustee to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy (see subsection 149J(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) when the withdrawal takes effect (see subsection 149J(3) of the Act);

(b) the name of the trustee

10

A notice about the cancellation, under subsection 149N(1) of the Act, of a notice of objection filed by a trustee of a bankrupt’s estate (see subsection 149P(1) of the Act)

The day on which the cancellation took effect

11

A certificate relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 153A(2) of the Act)

The date of annulment included in the certificate

12

A debtor’s written proposal for a debt agreement (see subsection 185C(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185E of the Act)

13

A notification that a debt agreement has ended (see subsection 185N(5) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the debt agreement ended;

(b) the reasons why the debt agreement ended

14

A notification that control of the property of a debtor has ended (see subsection 189(1B) of the Act)

The day on which that control ended

15

A personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor (see paragraph 218(1)(b) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the agreement was executed;

(c) the name of the trustee of the personal insolvency agreement

16

A resolution or special resolution terminating a personal insolvency agreement (see subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

17

A resolution or special resolution terminating a composition or scheme of arrangement (see section 76B and subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated

18

A notice that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated or set aside (see subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated or set aside

19

A notice that a composition or scheme of arrangement is terminated or set aside (see section 76B and subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated or set aside

20

An order that the estate of a deceased person be administered under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 244(14), 245(3) or 247(3) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee administering the estate

21

A statement of a deceased person’s affairs and of the administration of the deceased person’s estate by a legal personal representative of the deceased person (see paragraph 246(1)(b) of the Act)

The day on which the statement was given to the Official Receiver

22

A certificate in relation to the annulment, by force of subsection 252A(1) of the Act, of the administration of an estate under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 252A(2) of the Act)

The day of the annulment

\n```\n\n If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with this instrument

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A creditor’s petition presented against a debtor or joint debtors (see section 13)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor or joint debtors;

(b) the day on which the petition was presented against the debtor or joint debtors;

(c) the name of the petitioning creditor;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the petitioning creditor;

(e) the day of the court hearing for a sequestration order relating to the petition

2

A direction given, or an order made, by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act (see section 14 of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor to whom the order or direction relates;

(b) the day on which the order was made or the direction given;

(c) the day (if any) on which a trustee’s control of that debtor’s property is to end (see subsection 50(1B) of the Act)

3

A notice under subsection 46(2) that the Administrative Review Tribunal has varied or set aside a decision of the Inspector‑General in relation to a notice of objection

The day on which the decision was varied or set aside

4

A notice given under subsection 52(1) in relation to an order about a regulated debtor’s estate, if the order provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of the estate

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the new trustee;

(b) the day of the appointment

5

A notice given under subsection 52(3) by a person appointed as trustee of the estate of a regulated debtor

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the person appointed;

(b) the day of the appointment

6

A notice under subsection 53(1) that the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate has finalised the administration of the debtor’s estate

The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised

7

A notice under subparagraph 62(2)(a)(ii) of particulars specified in subsection 62(3) in relation to a special resolution passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors

The particulars

8

A sequestration order against the estate of a debtor made under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act (see subsection 66(1) of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) if the person who applied for the order was a creditor of the debtor—the name of the creditor and the name and telephone number of the creditor’s solicitor (if any);

(d) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate

9

A notice under paragraph 68(1)(a) that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

10

A certificate given by a trustee to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act (see subsection 70(4) of this instrument)

The day on which the trustee signed the certificate

\n```\n\n If an event specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section occurs, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n| Item | Column 1Event | Column 2Information |\n| ---- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |\n| 1 | A bankrupt is, by force of subsection 149(1) of the Act, discharged from bankruptcy | The day on which the bankrupt was discharged from bankruptcy |\n| 2 | The Official Receiver issues a certificate of appointment to a registered trustee under subsection 157(3) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the name of the registered trustee;(b) the day on which the registered trustee was appointed |\n| 3 | A trustee, or the Official Trustee, is released from the trusteeship of an estate by force of section 184 or 184A of the Act | The fact that the trustee, or the Official Trustee, has been so released |\n| 4 | A debt agreement proposal is withdrawn | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was withdrawn |\n| 5 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement that was made before 1 July 2007 is accepted (see sections 185B and 185P of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the proposal was accepted |\n| 6 | A debt agreement proposal is not accepted (see section 185EC of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was not accepted |\n| 7 | The Official Receiver cancels the acceptance of a debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185ED of the Act) | The day on which the Official Receiver cancelled the acceptance of the debt agreement proposal for processing |\n| 8 | A debt agreement proposal lapses (see section 185G of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal lapsed |\n| 9 | The Official Receiver gives to a debtor a certificate under subsection 185N(3) of the Act | The day on which the certificate was given |\n| 10 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement is accepted (see section 185PC of the Act) | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 11 | The Official Receiver terminates a debt agreement under subsection 185QA(1) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 12 | The minutes of a meeting of creditors at which a special resolution was passed terminating a debt agreement made before 1 July 2007 are given to the Official Receiver (see subsection 185QA(1) of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the resolution was passed |\n| 13 | A special resolution is passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors under subsection 204(1) of the Act if the Official Trustee called the meeting under an authority under section 188 of the Act | All of the following:(a) the date of the resolution;(b) the debtor’s full name and alias (if any);(c) the debtor’s address;(d) the debtor’s occupation (if any);(e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement |\n| 14 | A sequestration order is made against the estate of a debtor under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | All of the following:(a) particulars of the debtor;(b) the day on which the order was made;(c) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate |\n| 15 | An order is made under subsection 222(1), (2) or (5) of the Act setting aside a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was set aside |\n| 16 | A personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act where the Official Trustee is the trustee of the agreement | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 17 | An order is made under subsection 222C(1) of the Act terminating a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 18 | The Official Trustee gives a certificate to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act | The day on which the Official Trustee signed the certificate |\n| 19 | The Official Trustee finalises the administration of a debtor’s estate | The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised |\n| 20 | The Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act, on application by the Inspector‑General, that provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of an estate | Both of the following:(a) the name of the new trustee;(b) the day of the appointment |\n| 21 | The Official Trustee is appointed by the creditors of an estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of Schedule 2 to the Act as trustee of an estate | The day of the appointment |\n\n> Note: A number of provisions of the Act require the Official Receiver to enter information in the Index when certain events occur. These provisions include the following:\n\n (a) a debtor whose property is under the control of the Official Trustee or a registered trustee because of a direction given by the Court under paragraph 50(1)(a) of the Act;\n (c) a deceased debtor if a petition for an order for the administration of the deceased debtor’s estate has been presented under Part XI of the Act;\n (d) a debtor in relation to whom an application is made to the Court under subsection 253E(1) of the Act for an order staying all or any proceedings under a petition.\n (3) In the case of a deceased debtor, the information to be entered in accordance with paragraphs (1)(a), (b) and (c) is the information immediately before the debtor’s death.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (4), a person who is a debtor or bankrupt may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General for information about the person:\n (a) not to be entered in the Index, on the ground that the entry of the information would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n\n> Note: Example: A person may rely on a court order (such as a domestic violence order) to show that publication of the information in question would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under paragraph 80(3)(a) refusing to grant an application.\n\n (1) If a debt agreement ends under section 185N of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (2) If a debt agreement is terminated under section 185P, 185Q, 185QA or 185R of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (3) If an order is made under section 185U of the Act declaring all of a debt agreement void, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n\n The Official Receiver must remove all information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index within 1 year after the day on which any of the following occurs:\n\n (1) A person may, by application in writing, ask the Official Receiver to inspect material in the Index and give to the person an extract of material specified in the application.\n (a) if the applicant has paid any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination for obtaining the requested extract—must inspect the Index and, within 10 business days of receiving the application:\n (b) may give the applicant a list of Index search agents who may be able to inspect material entered in the Index for the applicant.\n (3) A person who has been granted access to the Index by the Inspector‑General may, after paying any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination:\n (4) However, prior payment is not required under subsection (3) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n An extract of information in the Index is admissible in any proceedings as prima facie evidence of the matters in the extract.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General, and any officer acting at the direction or with the authority of the Inspector‑General, have immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n (2) An officer has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (3) A person who provides material for entry in the Index has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of the material by way of:\n (5) The immunity of the Inspector‑General or another officer under this section arising out of publication of material extends to the Commonwealth and the Official Trustee to the extent that the Commonwealth or the Official Trustee would, apart from this subsection, be liable in respect of the publication.\n (6) This section does not limit any other ground of defence in relation to actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n\n (b) the person executing the warrant considers that it is impracticable to immediately bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n (b) a day and time when the person executing the warrant considers that it will be practicable to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n\n (1) If the Registrar receives a notification under subsection 87(2) in relation to an apprehended person, the Registrar must, as soon as reasonably practicable:\n (a) determine a day, time and place for the apprehended person to be brought before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate; and\n (b) direct the person who gave the notification to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate in accordance with that determination.\n (2) The time and day determined under paragraph (1)(a) must be the earliest that the Registrar reasonably believes are practicable.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 277B(1) of the Act, this Division establishes an infringement notice scheme, as an alternative to prosecution, for an infringement notice provision.\n\n (1) If the Inspector‑General believes on reasonable grounds that a person has contravened an infringement notice provision, the Inspector‑General may give to the person an infringement notice for the alleged contravention.\n (2) The infringement notice must be given within 12 months after the day on which the contravention is alleged to have taken place.\n (3) A single infringement notice must relate only to a single contravention of a single provision unless subsection (4) applies.\n (4) The Inspector‑General may give a person a single infringement notice relating to multiple contraventions of a single provision if:\n\n (e) give brief details of the alleged contravention, or each alleged contravention, to which the notice relates, including:\n (f) state the amount that is payable under the notice, as worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act and subsection (2) of this section; and\n (h) state that, if the person to whom the notice is given pays the amount within 20 business days after the day the notice is given, then (unless the notice is withdrawn) the person will not be liable to be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (k) state that the person may choose not to pay the amount and, if the person does so the person may be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (n) state that the person may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) If the notice relates to more than one alleged contravention of the provision by the person, the amount to be stated in the notice for the purposes of paragraph (1)(f) is the sum of the amount worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act for each alleged contravention.\n\n> Note: Under section 90, a single infringement notice may only deal with multiple contraventions if they are contraventions of a single provision continuing over a period.\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may apply to the Inspector‑General for an extension of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h).\n (2) If the application is made before the end of that period, the Inspector‑General may, in writing, extend that period. The Inspector‑General may do so before or after the end of that period.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General extends that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to that period so extended.\n (4) If the Inspector‑General does not extend that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to the period that ends on the later of the following days:\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) The Inspector‑General may withdraw an infringement notice given to a person (whether or not the person has made written representations seeking the withdrawal).\n (3) When deciding whether or not to withdraw an infringement notice (the relevant infringement notice), the Inspector‑General:\n (a) must take into account any written representations seeking the withdrawal that were given by the person to the Inspector‑General; and\n (i) whether a court has previously imposed a penalty on the person for a contravention of an infringement notice provision;\n (iii) whether the person has paid an amount, stated in an earlier infringement notice, for a contravention of an infringement notice provision if the contravention is constituted by conduct that is the same, or substantially the same, as the conduct alleged to constitute the contravention in the relevant infringement notice;\n\n (1) If the person to whom an infringement notice for an alleged contravention of a provision is given pays the amount stated in the notice before the end of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h):\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may sign a certificate that states any of the following in relation to an infringement notice given to a person:\n (b) that the Inspector‑General granted, or refused to grant, an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice;\n (c) if the Inspector‑General granted an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice—that that amount was not fully paid by the person within the period specified in the extension;\n (2) At a hearing of a prosecution for an offence alleged in an infringement notice, a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General in accordance with subsection (1) is prima facie evidence of the matters specified in the certificate.\n (3) A certificate that purports to be signed by the Inspector‑General is taken to have been signed by the Inspector‑General unless the contrary is proved.\n\n (a) require an infringement notice to be given to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (c) prevent the giving of 2 or more infringement notices to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (d) limit a court’s discretion to determine the amount of a penalty to be imposed on a person who is found to have contravened an infringement notice provision.\n\n (b) unless the person, by notice in writing to the Inspector‑General, directs otherwise—offset against estate charge or late payment penalty payable by the person.\n\n (1) A payment of interest charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) A payment of realisations charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or served on, a person (other than the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee), the document may be:\n (a) sent by a courier service to the person at the address of the person last known to the person serving the document; or\n (b) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name and any relevant document exchange number, at a document exchange where the person maintains a document exchange facility; or\n (i) by a kind of electronic communication that transmits the document to a facility maintained by the person for receipt of electronically transmitted documents; or\n (ii) by a kind of electronic communication such that, in the ordinary course of events, the document could be reasonably expected to be received by the person.\n\n> Note: The Electronic Transactions Act 1999 applies to a requirement or permission to give information under the Bankruptcy Act 1966 or this instrument, including electronic communications covered by this section.\n\n> Note: However, paragraph (d) of this subsection permits information to be given by means of particular kinds of electronic communication, in accordance with the information technology requirements in subsection (3). This means the requirements in section 9 of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999 do not apply in relation to electronic communications covered by this section (see subsection 9(3) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999).\n\n (2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(a) or (b), in the absence of proof to the contrary, the document is taken to have been received by, or served on, the person when the document would, in the due course of business practice, be delivered to that address or document exchange.\n\n (a) at the time the document is sent, it is reasonable to expect that the document would be readily accessible so as to be useable for subsequent reference; and\n (b) the document is sent in one of the following formats, or in a format that is similar to or readily convertible into one of the following formats:\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, this section applies if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or filed or lodged with:\n (2) The document must be posted, delivered, sent by email, or sent through the website of the Australian Financial Security Authority, to:\n (3) If this section applies, the document is taken to be received, filed or lodged only when the document (or, where applicable, a copy of it) is actually received by, or on behalf of, the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver (as the case requires).\n\n (1) Subsection (2) applies in any proceedings to a document or copy of a document that purports to be a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General stating that, at a particular time, the form of statement of affairs that is attached to the certificate was the approved form for the purposes of section 6A of the Act.\n\n A fee is not payable by the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver in respect of an application to, or the filing of a document in, the Court in relation to proceedings under the Act, this instrument or the Insolvency Practice Rules.\n\n (2) If such a fee is payable in respect of the doing of a matter or thing by the Official Receiver, the matter or thing need not be done unless the fee has been paid.\n\n (1) The Official Trustee’s entitlement to remuneration under the Fees and Remuneration Determination arises when the Official Trustee:\n (a) performs work or first acts in accordance with section 3.03, 3.04, 3.07 or 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (2) For paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (d), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee in respect of an amount received by the Official Trustee:\n\n (1) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.03 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the property or business of a debtor, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (2) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.04 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a composition or scheme of arrangement with the creditors of a bankrupt, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the composition or scheme of arrangement as the case may be.\n (3) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor who signed an authority under section 188 of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (4) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the estate of a bankrupt, or of a deceased person for whose estate an order for administration has been made under Part XI of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the bankrupt or deceased person as the case may be.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a request by a bankrupt to the Official Trustee for the Official Trustee’s consent, under paragraph 272(1)(c) of the Act, to the bankrupt leaving Australia.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may decide to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4) if the Inspector‑General is reasonably satisfied that:\n (a) payment of the fee by the person liable to pay it has imposed, or would impose, hardship on the person that is unusual and exceptional in comparison to the hardship arising in the normal course of bankruptcy; or\n (b) unless the fee is payable to the Inspector‑General—the officer to whom the fee is payable or would have been payable if the fee had not been waived or remitted.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General decides under subsection (1) to refuse to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4), the notification under subsection (2) in relation to the decision must include the reasons for the decision.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under subsection 111(1) refusing to waive or remit the whole or part of a fee that is payable by the person.\n\n If, under the Act, a trustee takes possession of, or attaches, the property of a bankrupt, debtor or deceased person, the trustee must, as soon as is reasonably practicable:\n (b) give a copy of the inventory, of the photographs or of the video recordings, as the case may be, to any person who has custody of the property or part of the property.\n\n (1) If a provision of this instrument states that a dollar amount is to be indexed in accordance with this section, then at the start of each financial year (an indexation year) beginning on or after 1 July 2021, the dollar amount is replaced by the amount worked out using the following formula:\n ![Start formula Indexation factor for the indexation year times Dollar amount for the previous year end formula](image.002.png)\n ![Start formula start fraction Index number for the reference quarter over Index number for the base quarter end fraction end formula](image.003.png)\n\n> index number, for a quarter, means the All Groups Consumer Price Index number (being the weighted average of the 8 capital cities) published by the Australian Statistician for that quarter.\n\n (4) If an indexation factor worked out under subsection (2) would be less than 1, that indexation factor is to be increased to 1.\n (a) are to be made using only the index numbers published in terms of the most recently published index reference period; and\n (b) are to be made disregarding index numbers that are published in substitution for previously published index numbers (except where the substituted numbers are published to take account of changes in the index reference period).\n\n (a) a thing was done for a particular purpose under the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996 as in force immediately before those Regulations were repealed; and\n (2) Without limiting subsection (1), a reference in that subsection to a thing being done includes a reference to a notice, application or other instrument being given or made.\n\n Despite the repeal of the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996, item 3 of Schedule 4 to those Regulations, as in force immediately before that repeal, continues to apply in relation to a contribution assessment period if an assessment under section 139W of the Act was made for that contribution assessment period before that repeal.\n\n Section 102, as substituted by Schedule 1 to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Electronic Service) Regulations 2024, applies in relation to a document that is given or sent to, or served on, a person on or after the commencement of that Schedule.\n\n## 27 Household property that is not available for payment of debts\n\n (b) property of a kind covered by subsection (3) to the extent that it is reasonably appropriate for a household, having regard to the criteria specified in subsection (4);\n (c) property (including recreational and sports equipment) of a kind that is reasonably necessary for the domestic use of a household, having regard to:\n (c) educational, sporting or recreational items (including books) that are wholly or mainly for the use of children or students in the household;\n (c) any special climatic or other factors (including geographical isolation) of the place where the household residence is located;\n (d) whether the property is reasonably necessary for the functioning or servicing of the household as a viable and properly‑run household;\n (e) whether the costs of seizure, storage and sale of the property would be likely to exceed the sale price of the property;\n (f) if paragraph (e) does not apply—whether for any other reason (for example, costs of transport) the sale of the property would be likely to be uneconomical.\n (6) For the purposes of subsection (5), an item is an antique item only if a substantial part of its market value is attributable to its age or historical significance.\n\n## 28 Personal property with sentimental value that is not available for payment of debts\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(ba)(ii) of the Act, non‑monetary sporting, cultural, military or academic awards are a kind of property that is prescribed.\n\n## 29 Tools that are not available for payment of debts\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(c)(i) of the Act, the maximum total value of a bankrupt’s property that is for use by the bankrupt in earning income by personal exertion is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum total value of tools

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,800

2

2018‑19

$3,800

3

2017‑18

$3,750

4

2016‑17

$3,700

5

2015‑16

$3,650

6

2014‑15

$3,600

7

2013‑14

$3,550

8

2012‑13

$3,500

9

2011‑12

$3,450

10

2010‑11

$3,400

11

2009‑10

$3,300

12

2008‑09

$3,250

13

2007‑08

$3,200

14

2006‑07

$3,100

15

2005‑06

$3,050

16

2004‑05

$3,000

17

2003‑04

$2,950

18

2002‑03

$2,900

19

2001‑02

$2,850

20

2000‑01

$2,800

21

1999‑2000

$2,650

22

1998‑99

$2,600

23

1997‑98

$2,600

24

1996‑97

$2,600

\n```\n\n## 30 Motor vehicles that are not available for payment of debts\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 116(2)(ca) of the Act, the maximum aggregate value of property used by the bankrupt primarily as a means of transport is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum value of motor vehicle

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$8,100

2

2018‑19

$8,000

3

2017‑18

$7,900

4

2016‑17

$7,800

5

2015‑16

$7,700

6

2014‑15

$7,600

7

2013‑14

$7,500

8

2012‑13

$7,350

9

2011‑12

$7,200

10

2010‑11

$7,050

11

2009‑10

$6,850

12

2008‑09

$6,700

13

2007‑08

$6,500

14

2006‑07

$6,300

15

2005‑06

$6,150

16

2004‑05

$6,000

17

2003‑04

$5,900

18

2002‑03

$5,800

19

2001‑02

$5,650

20

2000‑01

$5,500

21

1999‑2000

$5,200

22

1998‑99

$5,050

23

1997‑98

$5,000

24

1996‑97

$5,000

\n```\n\n## Division 4 Undervalued transactions\n\n> electronic communication means an electronic communication within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of electronic communication in subsection 5(1) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999.\n\n> legal practitioner means a barrister, a solicitor, a barrister and solicitor or a legal practitioner, of the High Court or of the Supreme Court of a State or Territory.\n\n (a) remuneration paid to the trustee in accordance with a direction, or other order, made by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act directing the trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or making another order in relation to the property; and\n (ii) in relation to the examination of the debtor, or an examinable person in relation to the debtor, as a result of the issue of a summons under subsection 50(2) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section sets out the requirements for an application to the Official Receiver for a bankruptcy notice by a person who has obtained against a debtor one, or 2 or more, final judgments or final orders of a kind described in paragraph 40(1)(g) of the Act.\n\n (a) if any final order specified in the application is an award that is a final order because of subparagraph 40(3)(a)(i) of the Act—both of the following:\n (i) a copy of the award certified as a true copy by the arbitrator who made the award or by an officer of the Court who has compared the copy with the original award;\n (ii) a certificate of the judgment or order sealed by the court that made the judgment or order (the relevant court) or signed by an officer of the relevant court;\n (iii) a copy of the entry of the judgment or order certified as a true copy of that entry and sealed by the relevant court or signed by an officer of the relevant court.\n\n> Note 2: A fee is payable to the Official Receiver for an application under this section (see the Fees and Remuneration Determination).\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice must follow that form in respect of its format (for example, bold or italic typeface, underlining and notes).\n\n> Note: Section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 provides that strict compliance with a form is not required and substantial compliance is sufficient.\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice in relation to a debtor that is served on the debtor outside of a period mentioned in subsection (1) is not valid.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (a) of the definition of statutory minimum in subsection 5(1) of the Act, the amount prescribed is $10,000.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (2), the only persons who may inspect a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver under subsection 41(1) of the Act are the following:\n (2) If a creditor’s petition is presented that is founded on an act of bankruptcy consisting of failure to comply with the bankruptcy notice, any person may inspect the notice.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver in relation to a debtor if the notice includes a final judgment, or final order, that is expressed in an amount of foreign currency (whether or not the judgment or order is also expressed in an amount of Australian currency).\n (c) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the day on which the application for the notice is made.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n A creditor who presents a petition to the Court under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must give to the Official Receiver:\n (b) a copy of any order entered by the Court, dismissing, staying or extending the petition, or adjourning the hearing of the petition, within 2 business days after the Court enters the order.\n\n (1) If the Court gives a direction, or makes another order, under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to a debtor, the creditor who applied under subsection 50(1A) of the Act for the Court to make a direction must:\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n (c) in accordance with the direction or other order, the creditor deposits an amount (the first amount) with the trustee for the purposes of covering the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor.\n\n (2) The creditor is entitled to a refund of the sum of the first amount and any amount covered by subsection (4) less an amount equal to the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor if any of the following events occur:\n (a) the debtor enters into a personal insolvency agreement, or the debtor’s estate is administered under Part XI of the Act, and the Court authorises the trustee to transfer the debtor’s property to some other person;\n (i) the Court is satisfied that the first amount is insufficient to cover the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor;\n (ii) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs, on application by the trustee, the creditor to deposit the additional amount with the trustee;\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n\n (2) The Court may, on application by the debtor within 15 business days after the day the petition is dismissed, order the creditor to pay the debtor an amount equal to the damage the Court assesses as resulting from the acts or omissions of the trustee in reliance on the direction or other order mentioned in paragraph (1)(b).\n\n “(2A) The Court or a magistrate may direct that an examination, or any part of an examination, under this section shall be held in private.”;\n (c) by omitting from subsection (9) “is the trustee” and substituting “has been directed to take control of the property of the relevant person”;\n “(14) Subject to subsection (14A), the applicant for an examination under this section is to pay the costs incurred in connection with the examination.\n (14A) The Court or a magistrate may order that all or some of the costs mentioned in subsection (14) are to be paid by the relevant person.”.\n\n If:\n (b) the Official Receiver accepts the declaration, and signs a copy of the declaration, under paragraph 54C(1)(a) of the Act;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsections 54D(1), 55(3A), 56B(5) and 57(3A) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (d) information about a debtor’s right to choose whether the bankruptcy is initially administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (e) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to present to the Official Receiver, under section 54A of the Act, a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition.\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to present a petition under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n If:\n (a) a debtor presents, or 2 or more debtors present, a petition to the Official Receiver under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act; and\n (b) there is in force under subsection 156A(1) of the Act an instrument of consent of a registered trustee to act as the trustee of:\n (ii) in the case of 2 or more debtors—the separate estates, the joint estates, or the joint and separate estates, of the debtors or any of them;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 56C(2) of the Act, if the Official Receiver refers a debtor’s petition against a partnership to the Court, the notice given by the Official Receiver to each member of the partnership who did not present the petition must:\n\n If a person is arrested under a warrant issued by the Court under section 78 of the Act, the arresting officer must immediately notify a Registrar of the Court.\n\n (a) a creditor lodges, or causes to be lodged, a proof of debt in a bankruptcy in accordance with section 84 of the Act; and\n (b) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the date of the bankruptcy.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n (1) For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(a) of the Act, the order that the trustee of the estate of a bankrupt must apply the proceeds of the bankrupt’s property to the costs, charges, expenses and remuneration mentioned in the following table is the order that appears in the table.\n\n

Order of payment of certain costs, charges, expenses and remuneration

Item

Costs, charges and expenses

1

Realisations charge payable by the trustee in relation to the estate under the Bankruptcy (Estate Charges) Act 1997

2

If the trustee is a registered trustee to whom the Official Trustee transferred the administration of the bankruptcy, both of the following in relation to the administration of the bankruptcy by the Official Trustee before the transfer:

(a) any remuneration payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination;

(b) any reimbursement that is payable to the Official Trustee under section 108

3

Expenses reasonably incurred by or on behalf of the trustee:

(a) in protecting all or part of the bankrupt’s assets; or

(b) in carrying on, in accordance with the Act, a business of the bankrupt

4

If a creditor made an advance to the trustee for the purposes of the trustee’s administration of the bankruptcy—an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to that advance

5

Fees, costs, charges or expenses (other than fees, costs, charges or expenses covered by another item of this table) paid or payable by the trustee in administering the bankrupt’s estate

6

If:

(a) an order was made under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to the bankrupt when the bankrupt was a debtor; and

(b) an amount was deposited by a creditor, in accordance with that order, with the trustee;

an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to the trustee’s preliminary remuneration and expenses in relation to the debtor

7

The following:

(a) if a creditor applied for:

(i) a sequestration order against the estate; or

(ii) an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act;

the taxed costs of the creditor in relation to the application;

(b) if the administrator of the estate of a deceased person presented a petition for an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act—the taxed costs of the administrator;

(c) if a person made an application for a sequestration order under Part X of the Act—both of the following:

(i) the taxed costs of that person in relation to the application;

(ii) any taxed costs of that person in respect of an application for an order under Division 5 or 6 of Part IX of the Act in relation to the estate

8

The trustee’s remuneration (other than remuneration covered by item 6):

(a) if the trustee is the Official Trustee—payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or

(b) if the trustee is a registered trustee—payable to the registered trustee under section 60‑5 of Schedule 2 to the Act

9

If:

(a) there is a committee of inspection in relation to the administration of the estate; and

(b) the creditors of the estate, or a majority of them, have approved payment of out‑of‑pocket expenses incurred by a member of the committee of inspection;

those expenses, to the extent that the trustee allows them as being fair and reasonable

10

Costs of any audit carried out under section 70‑15 or 70‑20 of Schedule 2 to the Act in relation to the estate

\n```\n\n (2) For the purposes of item 7 of the table, a reference to an applicant or a person presenting a petition is taken to include a reference to a person whose application or petition has not been proceeded with because a debtor’s petition presented by the bankrupt has been accepted by the Official Receiver (whether or not that debtor’s petition was referred to the Court under subsection 55(3B) of the Act, and whatever the outcome of such a referral).\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(e) of the Act, the maximum amount due to or in respect of an employee of a bankrupt is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum amount payable to employee

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$4,600

2

2018‑19

$4,550

3

2017‑18

$4,500

4

2016‑17

$4,450

5

2015‑16

$4,400

6

2014‑15

$4,350

7

2013‑14

$4,300

8

2012‑13

$4,200

9

2011‑12

$4,150

10

2010‑11

$4,100

11

2009‑10

$4,000

12

2008‑09

$3,950

13

2007‑08

$3,850

14

2006‑07

$3,750

15

2005‑06

$3,650

16

2004‑05

$3,550

17

2003‑04

$3,500

18

2002‑03

$3,450

19

2001‑02

$3,350

20

2000‑01

$3,300

21

1999‑2000

$3,150

22

1998‑99

$3,100

23

1997‑98

$3,100

24

1996‑97

$3,100

\n```\n\n (b) property of a kind covered by subsection (3) to the extent that it is reasonably appropriate for a household, having regard to the criteria specified in subsection (4);\n (c) property (including recreational and sports equipment) of a kind that is reasonably necessary for the domestic use of a household, having regard to:\n (c) educational, sporting or recreational items (including books) that are wholly or mainly for the use of children or students in the household;\n (c) any special climatic or other factors (including geographical isolation) of the place where the household residence is located;\n (d) whether the property is reasonably necessary for the functioning or servicing of the household as a viable and properly‑run household;\n (e) whether the costs of seizure, storage and sale of the property would be likely to exceed the sale price of the property;\n (f) if paragraph (e) does not apply—whether for any other reason (for example, costs of transport) the sale of the property would be likely to be uneconomical.\n (6) For the purposes of subsection (5), an item is an antique item only if a substantial part of its market value is attributable to its age or historical significance.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(ba)(ii) of the Act, non‑monetary sporting, cultural, military or academic awards are a kind of property that is prescribed.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(c)(i) of the Act, the maximum total value of a bankrupt’s property that is for use by the bankrupt in earning income by personal exertion is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum total value of tools

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,800

2

2018‑19

$3,800

3

2017‑18

$3,750

4

2016‑17

$3,700

5

2015‑16

$3,650

6

2014‑15

$3,600

7

2013‑14

$3,550

8

2012‑13

$3,500

9

2011‑12

$3,450

10

2010‑11

$3,400

11

2009‑10

$3,300

12

2008‑09

$3,250

13

2007‑08

$3,200

14

2006‑07

$3,100

15

2005‑06

$3,050

16

2004‑05

$3,000

17

2003‑04

$2,950

18

2002‑03

$2,900

19

2001‑02

$2,850

20

2000‑01

$2,800

21

1999‑2000

$2,650

22

1998‑99

$2,600

23

1997‑98

$2,600

24

1996‑97

$2,600

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 116(2)(ca) of the Act, the maximum aggregate value of property used by the bankrupt primarily as a means of transport is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum value of motor vehicle

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$8,100

2

2018‑19

$8,000

3

2017‑18

$7,900

4

2016‑17

$7,800

5

2015‑16

$7,700

6

2014‑15

$7,600

7

2013‑14

$7,500

8

2012‑13

$7,350

9

2011‑12

$7,200

10

2010‑11

$7,050

11

2009‑10

$6,850

12

2008‑09

$6,700

13

2007‑08

$6,500

14

2006‑07

$6,300

15

2005‑06

$6,150

16

2004‑05

$6,000

17

2003‑04

$5,900

18

2002‑03

$5,800

19

2001‑02

$5,650

20

2000‑01

$5,500

21

1999‑2000

$5,200

22

1998‑99

$5,050

23

1997‑98

$5,000

24

1996‑97

$5,000

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 120(2)(d) of the Act, a transfer is of a kind to which subsection 120(1) of the Act does not apply if the costs of recovering the transferred property would, in the opinion of the trustee in the transferor’s bankruptcy, be likely to exceed the value of the property to the transferor’s creditors.\n\n (b) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a lease—set out facts showing that subsection 133(4) of the Act has been complied with; and\n (c) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a contract—set out facts showing that the contract is, for the purposes of subsection 133(5A) of the Act, an unprofitable contract.\n (2) A trustee who gives a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must give the notice to each person who, to the trustee’s knowledge:\n (3) A failure to comply with subsection (1) or (2) does not affect the validity of a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section is made for the purposes of subparagraph (a)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act.\n (b) a reference in that Act to the taxable value of a benefit were a reference to the value, for the purposes of the Act, of the benefit; and\n (c) a reference in that Act to a declaration date were a reference to the date occurring 21 days after the end of a contribution assessment period in relation to a bankrupt; and\n (d) a reference in that Act to a declaration to be given to an employer of a person were a reference to a declaration to be given to the trustee of the person’s estate; and\n (e) a reference in that Act to a form approved by the Commissioner were a reference to a form approved by the Inspector‑General under section 6D of the Act; and\n (f) subject to paragraph (d), a reference in the FBTA Act to an employer, or to the employer, were a reference to any person (other than the bankrupt); and\n (g) a reference in the FBTA Act to an employee, or to the employee, were a reference to a bankrupt, or to the bankrupt, as the case requires.\n (5) Despite subsections (2), (3) and (4), the modifications specified or referred to in those subsections do not apply in relation to the provision of a fringe benefit (within the meaning of the FBTA Act) to a bankrupt if the provider of the fringe benefit:\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following contributions and payments made for the purpose of providing superannuation benefits for a bankrupt person are not income of the person:\n (a) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person to the extent that the contributions reduce the employer’s potential liability for the superannuation guarantee charge imposed under section 5 of the Superannuation Guarantee Charge Act 1992;\n (b) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person in accordance with the employer’s obligation to make contributions for the person under:\n (c) payments of shortfall components made to, or for the benefit of, the person under sections 65 to 67 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n (a) the contributions exceed the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage of the employee’s ordinary time earnings for the contribution assessment period; and\n\n> individual industrial agreement means an industrial agreement made solely between the employer and the person, including the following:\n\n (a) an AWA, or an ITEA, (both within the meaning of the Fair Work (Transitional Provisions and Consequential Amendments) Act 2009) to which that Act applies;\n\n> ordinary time earnings has the meaning given by subsection 6(1) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n> relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage: the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage for a year (the bankruptcy year) is the percentage whose number is the same as that set out in column 2 of the table in subsection 19(2) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992 for the financial year in which the bankruptcy year starts.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following payments or amounts are not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) a payment or amount of family tax benefit paid under the family assistance law (within the meaning of the A New Tax System (Family Assistance) (Administration) Act 1999);\n (b) an amount that is not income for the purposes of the Social Security Act 1991 because of subsection 8(8) of that Act, except for a payment or amount mentioned in paragraph (a), (h), (ha), (k), (ka), (m), (z), (za) or (zb) of that subsection.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (c) of the definition of dependant in section 139K of the Act, the prescribed amount of income derived (or likely to be derived) by a person during a contribution assessment period is:\n (b) if the period begins in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n (d) if the period begins in a later financial year—$3,741 indexed in accordance with section 114 of this instrument as if the period were that financial year.\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum income of dependant

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,720

2

2018‑19

$3,642

3

2017‑18

$3,596

4

2016‑17

$3,532

5

2015‑16

$3,459

6

2014‑15

$3,411

7

2013‑14

$3,363

8

2012‑13

$3,264

9

2011‑12

$3,181

10

2010‑11

$3,131

11

2009‑10

$3,030

12

2008‑09

$2,942

13

2007‑08

$2,870

14

2006‑07

$2,756

15

2005‑06

$2,688

16

2004‑05

$2,611

17

2003‑04

$2,549

\n```\n\n (3) If the bankrupt pays the contribution by cheque, payment is taken to occur when the cheque is cleared and the amount of the payment is credited to the account into which the cheque is deposited.\n (4) The trustee may, on reasonable notice in writing to the bankrupt, vary or withdraw an authorisation under paragraph (2)(c).\n (5) If the trustee incurs a delivery or postal charge (including a surcharge) or bank charge in connection with the receipt or processing of the contribution, the trustee may reimburse the trustee for the amount of the charge from the bankrupt’s estate.\n\n (a) a bankrupt is liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the bankrupt’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act in respect of a contribution assessment period; and\n\n (3) If the contribution remains unpaid, the deceased bankrupt’s estate is liable for the portion of the contribution attributable to the part of the period occurring before the bankrupt’s death.\n\n (b) immediately before being discharged, the person was liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the person’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act; and\n\n> Note: Section 139R of the Act provides that any liability of a bankrupt under section 139P or 139Q of the Act is not affected by the bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy after the making of the assessment that gave rise to the liability.\n\n (5) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(d)(ii), a change in the name of a person is taken to occur if the person in fact assumes the use of a different name or an additional name.\n\n A notice under section 139ZL of the Act must not specify money or property that is protected, under a law of the Commonwealth or a State or Territory, from a process such as assignment, attachment, charging, execution or garnishment.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 145(3) of the Act, notice must be given by serving it on each person to whom, under that subsection, it must be given.\n\n (a) an objection to the discharge of a bankrupt has been made on a ground, or on grounds that include a ground, mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(a) or (h) of the Act (which refer to the bankrupt being out of Australia); and\n (2) Within 5 business days after the day that the registered trustee becomes aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia, the registered trustee must give notice in writing to the Official Receiver stating:\n (ii) if the trustee does not know the day on which the bankrupt returned—the trustee became aware that the bankrupt had returned.\n\n For the purposes of the ground of objection mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(d) of the Act, a bankrupt is taken to have failed to comply with a request to provide information if the bankrupt has provided information that is incomplete or inaccurate.\n\n (c) an application is made to the Administrative Review Tribunal under section 149Q of the Act for the review of the decision of the Inspector‑General; and\n\n (a) if the debtor presents a debtor’s petition to the Official Receiver—on or before the day that the debtor so presents the petition; or\n\n If a registered trustee becomes, under subsection 156A(3) of the Act, the trustee of an estate or of joint and separate estates, the Official Receiver may give the registered trustee a certificate to that effect.\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 188(2A) of the Act, a person (other than the Official Trustee or a registered trustee) is ineligible to act under Part X of the Act as a controlling trustee in relation to a debtor in any of the following circumstances:\n (a) the person is or was convicted of an offence involving fraud or dishonesty at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (c) the person is a solicitor who does not hold an Australian practising certificate (within the meaning of the Evidence Act 1995);\n (d) the person is or was an insolvent under administration at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(f)(ii), the Inspector‑General may approve a course in insolvency by notice published on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website.\n (ii) has refused or failed to cooperate with the Inspector‑General in an inquiry or investigation under paragraph 12(1)(b) of the Act.\n (ii) invites the person to give the Inspector‑General, within 20 business days after the day the notice is given or such longer time as is specified in the notice, a written statement showing cause why the determination should not be made; and\n (5) If the Inspector‑General makes a determination under subsection (3) in relation to a person, the Inspector‑General must give the person a written notice stating the following:\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General to make a determination under subsection 49(3).\n\n (b) the person becomes ineligible to act as a controlling trustee under Part X of the Act because one or more of the circumstances prescribed by subsection 49(1) of this instrument apply in relation to the person.\n (2) The Official Trustee must perform the duties of a controlling trustee in relation to the debtor unless and until the debtor authorises another person under subsection 188(1) of the Act.\n\n (1) If, on application, the Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act that a person (the old trustee) cease to be the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate, the applicant for the order must:\n (3) If the creditors of a regulated debtor, by resolution at a meeting, remove the trustee (the old trustee) of the regulated debtor’s estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(a) of Schedule 2 to the Act, the person appointed by the creditors under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of that Schedule as trustee of the estate must:\n\n (1) If the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate (other than the Official Trustee) finalises the administration of the debtor’s estate, the trustee must:\n\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a debt agreement;\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to give the Official Receiver a debt agreement proposal under subsection 185C(1) of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n (a) any of the following awarded by a registered provider (within the meaning of the Education Services for Overseas Students Act 2000):\n (i) a Certificate IV in Financial Services (Accounting) awarded for study starting between 10 July 2004 and 23 November 2010;\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (c) a degree, diploma or similar qualification awarded by a foreign tertiary education institution and for which the Inspector‑General is satisfied the following conditions are satisfied:\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n\n#### 57 Prescribed amount of owed notified estate charges preventing renewal of registration as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraphs 186C(3)(d) and (5)(d) of the Act, the prescribed amount of notified estate charges is $500.\n\n For the purposes of section 187A of the Act, a provision of Part X of the Act specified in Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section of the Act, to joint debtors, whether partners or not.\n\n (b) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (c) information about whether a personal insolvency agreement may be administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy if any of the things mentioned in paragraphs 40(1)(i) to (m) of the Act happen in relation to a debtor;\n (f) information about a debtor’s rights and responsibilities under Part X of the Act, including a debtor’s obligation to disclose all related entities;\n (g) information about a controlling trustee’s obligation to disclose the controlling trustee’s relationship (if any) with a debtor.\n (3) A registered trustee or a solicitor authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property must not consent to exercise the powers given by the authority unless the debtor has given the registered trustee or the solicitor, as the case may be, a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the Official Trustee is authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property, the Official Receiver must not give the debtor a written approval under paragraph 188(2)(aa) of the Act unless the debtor has given the Official Trustee a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n\n (b) unable to sign the authority or an acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) of this instrument relating to the authority because of a physical incapacity.\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and debtor are familiar; or\n\n> relevant material means the authority, the information prescribed by section 59 and the acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) relating to the authority.\n\n (3) The person must, at the same time as calling a meeting of the debtor’s creditors, give a copy of the proposal for dealing with the debtor’s affairs under Part X of the Act to:\n\n> Note 1: An authority signed by a debtor under section 188 of the Act is not effective for the purposes of Part X of the Act unless, before the person authorised consents to exercise the powers given by the authority, the debtor gives to the person authorised:\n\n> Note 2: Under subsection 188(5) of the Act, a registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority must also give a copy of the authority and the debtor’s statement of affairs to the Official Receiver.\n\n (e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement.\n\n For the purposes of section 210 of the Act, a provision of Part VIII of the Act specified in Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor.\n\n#### 64 Modifications of Division 1 of Part V of the Act—debtors whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act\n\n For the purposes of subsection 211(1) of the Act, a provision in Division 1 of Part V of the Act specified in Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 218(3) of the Act, a notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act must be in writing.\n\n (1) If the Court makes a sequestration order under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act, the applicant for the order must:\n\n#### 67 Information to be given to Official Receiver in relation to orders terminating or setting aside a personal insolvency agreement\n\n> Note: If the Court makes an order setting aside or terminating a personal insolvency agreement and a registered trustee was the trustee of the agreement, the registered trustee must give written notice of the order to the Official Receiver (see subsection 224A(4) of the Act).\n\n (1) If a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act, the trustee of the agreement must:\n\n> Note: Before the termination takes effect, the trustee must give notice of the proposed termination to all the creditors who are entitled to receive notice of a meeting of creditors (see subsection 222A(2) of the Act).\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 231(1) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 4 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor who has executed a personal insolvency agreement.\n (2) For the purposes of subsection 231(3) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 5 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a personal insolvency agreement.\n\n (4) If the trustee gives a certificate to the debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act or subsection (1) of this section, the trustee must:\n (a) the person is required to give a copy of a certificate to the Official Receiver in accordance with subsection (4); and\n\n For the purposes of subsections 248(1) and (3) of the Act, a provision specified in Schedule 4 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Schedule in relation to proceedings under Part XI of the Act and the administration of estates under that Part.\n\n (1) If a trustee (within the meaning of section 254 of the Act) pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act, the trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (3) If a registered trustee pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act, the registered trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (1) For the purposes of the definition of National Personal Insolvency Index in subsection 5(1) of the Act, an electronic index to be known as the National Personal Insolvency Index is established.\n\n Division 2 of this Part (information to be entered in the Index) has effect subject to Division 3 of this Part (information not to be entered in the Index and information to be removed from the Index).\n\n (1) The person specified in column 2 of an item of the table in subsection (3) must, at a time within the time period specified in column 2 of that item, give a copy of each document specified in column 1 of that item to the Official Receiver.\n\n

Documents that must be given to the Official Receiver

Item

Column 1

Document(s)

Column 2

Person and time period

Column 3

Information

1

A notice given under subsection 181A(2) of the Act by the current trustee of a bankrupt’s estate nominating another trustee as the new trustee of the estate

The new trustee within 2 business days after the date specified in the notice (see paragraph 181A(3)(a) of the Act)

The day on which the new trustee became the trustee of the estate

2

An order under subsection 185Q(4) of the Act terminating a debt agreement

The applicant for the order within 3 business days after the order is made

The day on which the order was made

3

An order under subsection 185U(1) of the Act declaring all or part of a debt agreement void

The applicant for the order within 2 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) whether all or part of the agreement was declared void

4

An authority, signed by a debtor under subsection 188(1) of the Act, naming and authorising a registered trustee, a solicitor or the Official Trustee to call a meeting of the debtor’s creditors and to take control of the debtor’s property

The person named in the authority within 2 business days after the debtor signs the authority

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the copy of the authority was given to the Official Receiver;

(c) the day on which the debtor’s statement of affairs was given to the Official Receiver (see subsections 188(2D) and (5) of the Act);

(d) the name of the controlling trustee (see subsection 188(6) of the Act)

5

Written evidence of an event of a kind mentioned in paragraph 192(1)(a), (b) or (c) of the Act, or a written request given to the Official Trustee under paragraph 192(1)(d) of the Act, resulting in the Official Trustee becoming the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor

The Official Trustee within 14 days after the Official Trustee becomes the controlling trustee

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Trustee became the controlling trustee

6

Both of the following:

(a) a petition to the Court, under subsection 244(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of the estate of a deceased person;

(b) an affidavit verifying the petition (see subsection 244(5) of the Act)

The creditor, or one of the creditors, who presented the petition to the Court within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day the petition was presented;

(c) the name of the creditor or creditors who presented the petition;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the creditor or creditors;

(e) the day the Court is to hear the petition

7

Both of the following:

(a) a petition, under subsection 247(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of a deceased person’s estate under Part XI of the Act;

(b) a statement of the deceased person’s affairs and of the petitioner’s administration of the deceased person’s estate (see subsection 247(1) of the Act)

The petitioner within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the petition and the statement of affairs were presented;

(c) the name of the administrator;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the administrator

8

An order, under section 252B of the Act, annulling the administration of the estate of a deceased person under Part XI of the Act

The trustee of the estate within 2 business days after the trustee becomes aware of the order

The day on which the order was made

9

An order, under subsection 253E(1) of the Act, staying proceedings under a creditor’s petition or debtor’s petition

The applicant for the order within 7 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) the length of the stay (see subsection 253E(3) of the Act)

\n```\n\n (1) If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in subsection (2) is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n (aa) in the case of a statement of affairs mentioned in item 2 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the statement; and\n (a) in the case of a debtor’s petition mentioned in item 3, 4 or 5 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the petition; and\n (b) in the case of a debt agreement proposal mentioned in item 12 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the debt agreement proposal for processing.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with the Act

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A sequestration order made against the estate of a debtor (see subsection 52(1A) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(d) the name of the creditor who obtained the order;

(e) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of that creditor

2

A statement of the affairs of a person against whose estate a sequestration order is made, that is given for the purposes of subsection 54(1) of the Act

The day on which the statement of affairs was filed with the Official Receiver

3

A debtor’s petition (see subsection 55(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the resulting bankruptcy;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(e) the day on which the statement of the debtor’s affairs accepted by the Official Receiver was given to the Official Receiver for the purposes of paragraph 55(2)(b) of the Act

4

A debtor’s petition against a partnership presented by members of the partnership (see subsection 56B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of the partners who presented the petition;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the bankruptcy of each of those partners as a result of the acceptance of the petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each bankrupt partner;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those partners, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of the partnership affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

5

A debtor’s petition by joint debtors who are not partners (see subsection 57(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of those debtors;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of each bankruptcy that results from acceptance of the debtor’s petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each debtor;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those debtors, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of their joint affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

6

A notice relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 74(5A) of the Act)

The day on which the bankruptcy was annulled

7

A notice of objection by a trustee to the discharge of a bankrupt from bankruptcy (see subsection 149B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) when the objection took effect (see section 149G of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection set out in the notice (see paragraph 149C(1)(a) of the Act);

(c) the name of the trustee

8

A notice that a trustee ceases to object to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy on a particular ground (see subsection 149H(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) if there is no longer an objection on any ground—when the objection ceased to have effect (see subsection 149H(3) of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection to which the notice relates;

(c) the name of the trustee

9

A notice of withdrawal of objection by a trustee to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy (see subsection 149J(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) when the withdrawal takes effect (see subsection 149J(3) of the Act);

(b) the name of the trustee

10

A notice about the cancellation, under subsection 149N(1) of the Act, of a notice of objection filed by a trustee of a bankrupt’s estate (see subsection 149P(1) of the Act)

The day on which the cancellation took effect

11

A certificate relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 153A(2) of the Act)

The date of annulment included in the certificate

12

A debtor’s written proposal for a debt agreement (see subsection 185C(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185E of the Act)

13

A notification that a debt agreement has ended (see subsection 185N(5) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the debt agreement ended;

(b) the reasons why the debt agreement ended

14

A notification that control of the property of a debtor has ended (see subsection 189(1B) of the Act)

The day on which that control ended

15

A personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor (see paragraph 218(1)(b) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the agreement was executed;

(c) the name of the trustee of the personal insolvency agreement

16

A resolution or special resolution terminating a personal insolvency agreement (see subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

17

A resolution or special resolution terminating a composition or scheme of arrangement (see section 76B and subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated

18

A notice that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated or set aside (see subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated or set aside

19

A notice that a composition or scheme of arrangement is terminated or set aside (see section 76B and subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated or set aside

20

An order that the estate of a deceased person be administered under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 244(14), 245(3) or 247(3) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee administering the estate

21

A statement of a deceased person’s affairs and of the administration of the deceased person’s estate by a legal personal representative of the deceased person (see paragraph 246(1)(b) of the Act)

The day on which the statement was given to the Official Receiver

22

A certificate in relation to the annulment, by force of subsection 252A(1) of the Act, of the administration of an estate under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 252A(2) of the Act)

The day of the annulment

\n```\n\n If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with this instrument

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A creditor’s petition presented against a debtor or joint debtors (see section 13)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor or joint debtors;

(b) the day on which the petition was presented against the debtor or joint debtors;

(c) the name of the petitioning creditor;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the petitioning creditor;

(e) the day of the court hearing for a sequestration order relating to the petition

2

A direction given, or an order made, by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act (see section 14 of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor to whom the order or direction relates;

(b) the day on which the order was made or the direction given;

(c) the day (if any) on which a trustee’s control of that debtor’s property is to end (see subsection 50(1B) of the Act)

3

A notice under subsection 46(2) that the Administrative Review Tribunal has varied or set aside a decision of the Inspector‑General in relation to a notice of objection

The day on which the decision was varied or set aside

4

A notice given under subsection 52(1) in relation to an order about a regulated debtor’s estate, if the order provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of the estate

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the new trustee;

(b) the day of the appointment

5

A notice given under subsection 52(3) by a person appointed as trustee of the estate of a regulated debtor

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the person appointed;

(b) the day of the appointment

6

A notice under subsection 53(1) that the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate has finalised the administration of the debtor’s estate

The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised

7

A notice under subparagraph 62(2)(a)(ii) of particulars specified in subsection 62(3) in relation to a special resolution passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors

The particulars

8

A sequestration order against the estate of a debtor made under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act (see subsection 66(1) of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) if the person who applied for the order was a creditor of the debtor—the name of the creditor and the name and telephone number of the creditor’s solicitor (if any);

(d) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate

9

A notice under paragraph 68(1)(a) that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

10

A certificate given by a trustee to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act (see subsection 70(4) of this instrument)

The day on which the trustee signed the certificate

\n```\n\n If an event specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section occurs, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n| Item | Column 1Event | Column 2Information |\n| ---- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |\n| 1 | A bankrupt is, by force of subsection 149(1) of the Act, discharged from bankruptcy | The day on which the bankrupt was discharged from bankruptcy |\n| 2 | The Official Receiver issues a certificate of appointment to a registered trustee under subsection 157(3) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the name of the registered trustee;(b) the day on which the registered trustee was appointed |\n| 3 | A trustee, or the Official Trustee, is released from the trusteeship of an estate by force of section 184 or 184A of the Act | The fact that the trustee, or the Official Trustee, has been so released |\n| 4 | A debt agreement proposal is withdrawn | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was withdrawn |\n| 5 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement that was made before 1 July 2007 is accepted (see sections 185B and 185P of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the proposal was accepted |\n| 6 | A debt agreement proposal is not accepted (see section 185EC of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was not accepted |\n| 7 | The Official Receiver cancels the acceptance of a debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185ED of the Act) | The day on which the Official Receiver cancelled the acceptance of the debt agreement proposal for processing |\n| 8 | A debt agreement proposal lapses (see section 185G of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal lapsed |\n| 9 | The Official Receiver gives to a debtor a certificate under subsection 185N(3) of the Act | The day on which the certificate was given |\n| 10 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement is accepted (see section 185PC of the Act) | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 11 | The Official Receiver terminates a debt agreement under subsection 185QA(1) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 12 | The minutes of a meeting of creditors at which a special resolution was passed terminating a debt agreement made before 1 July 2007 are given to the Official Receiver (see subsection 185QA(1) of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the resolution was passed |\n| 13 | A special resolution is passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors under subsection 204(1) of the Act if the Official Trustee called the meeting under an authority under section 188 of the Act | All of the following:(a) the date of the resolution;(b) the debtor’s full name and alias (if any);(c) the debtor’s address;(d) the debtor’s occupation (if any);(e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement |\n| 14 | A sequestration order is made against the estate of a debtor under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | All of the following:(a) particulars of the debtor;(b) the day on which the order was made;(c) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate |\n| 15 | An order is made under subsection 222(1), (2) or (5) of the Act setting aside a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was set aside |\n| 16 | A personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act where the Official Trustee is the trustee of the agreement | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 17 | An order is made under subsection 222C(1) of the Act terminating a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 18 | The Official Trustee gives a certificate to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act | The day on which the Official Trustee signed the certificate |\n| 19 | The Official Trustee finalises the administration of a debtor’s estate | The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised |\n| 20 | The Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act, on application by the Inspector‑General, that provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of an estate | Both of the following:(a) the name of the new trustee;(b) the day of the appointment |\n| 21 | The Official Trustee is appointed by the creditors of an estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of Schedule 2 to the Act as trustee of an estate | The day of the appointment |\n\n> Note: A number of provisions of the Act require the Official Receiver to enter information in the Index when certain events occur. These provisions include the following:\n\n (a) a debtor whose property is under the control of the Official Trustee or a registered trustee because of a direction given by the Court under paragraph 50(1)(a) of the Act;\n (c) a deceased debtor if a petition for an order for the administration of the deceased debtor’s estate has been presented under Part XI of the Act;\n (d) a debtor in relation to whom an application is made to the Court under subsection 253E(1) of the Act for an order staying all or any proceedings under a petition.\n (3) In the case of a deceased debtor, the information to be entered in accordance with paragraphs (1)(a), (b) and (c) is the information immediately before the debtor’s death.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (4), a person who is a debtor or bankrupt may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General for information about the person:\n (a) not to be entered in the Index, on the ground that the entry of the information would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n\n> Note: Example: A person may rely on a court order (such as a domestic violence order) to show that publication of the information in question would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under paragraph 80(3)(a) refusing to grant an application.\n\n (1) If a debt agreement ends under section 185N of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (2) If a debt agreement is terminated under section 185P, 185Q, 185QA or 185R of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (3) If an order is made under section 185U of the Act declaring all of a debt agreement void, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n\n The Official Receiver must remove all information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index within 1 year after the day on which any of the following occurs:\n\n (1) A person may, by application in writing, ask the Official Receiver to inspect material in the Index and give to the person an extract of material specified in the application.\n (a) if the applicant has paid any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination for obtaining the requested extract—must inspect the Index and, within 10 business days of receiving the application:\n (b) may give the applicant a list of Index search agents who may be able to inspect material entered in the Index for the applicant.\n (3) A person who has been granted access to the Index by the Inspector‑General may, after paying any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination:\n (4) However, prior payment is not required under subsection (3) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n An extract of information in the Index is admissible in any proceedings as prima facie evidence of the matters in the extract.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General, and any officer acting at the direction or with the authority of the Inspector‑General, have immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n (2) An officer has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (3) A person who provides material for entry in the Index has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of the material by way of:\n (5) The immunity of the Inspector‑General or another officer under this section arising out of publication of material extends to the Commonwealth and the Official Trustee to the extent that the Commonwealth or the Official Trustee would, apart from this subsection, be liable in respect of the publication.\n (6) This section does not limit any other ground of defence in relation to actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n\n (b) the person executing the warrant considers that it is impracticable to immediately bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n (b) a day and time when the person executing the warrant considers that it will be practicable to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n\n (1) If the Registrar receives a notification under subsection 87(2) in relation to an apprehended person, the Registrar must, as soon as reasonably practicable:\n (a) determine a day, time and place for the apprehended person to be brought before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate; and\n (b) direct the person who gave the notification to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate in accordance with that determination.\n (2) The time and day determined under paragraph (1)(a) must be the earliest that the Registrar reasonably believes are practicable.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 277B(1) of the Act, this Division establishes an infringement notice scheme, as an alternative to prosecution, for an infringement notice provision.\n\n (1) If the Inspector‑General believes on reasonable grounds that a person has contravened an infringement notice provision, the Inspector‑General may give to the person an infringement notice for the alleged contravention.\n (2) The infringement notice must be given within 12 months after the day on which the contravention is alleged to have taken place.\n (3) A single infringement notice must relate only to a single contravention of a single provision unless subsection (4) applies.\n (4) The Inspector‑General may give a person a single infringement notice relating to multiple contraventions of a single provision if:\n\n (e) give brief details of the alleged contravention, or each alleged contravention, to which the notice relates, including:\n (f) state the amount that is payable under the notice, as worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act and subsection (2) of this section; and\n (h) state that, if the person to whom the notice is given pays the amount within 20 business days after the day the notice is given, then (unless the notice is withdrawn) the person will not be liable to be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (k) state that the person may choose not to pay the amount and, if the person does so the person may be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (n) state that the person may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) If the notice relates to more than one alleged contravention of the provision by the person, the amount to be stated in the notice for the purposes of paragraph (1)(f) is the sum of the amount worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act for each alleged contravention.\n\n> Note: Under section 90, a single infringement notice may only deal with multiple contraventions if they are contraventions of a single provision continuing over a period.\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may apply to the Inspector‑General for an extension of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h).\n (2) If the application is made before the end of that period, the Inspector‑General may, in writing, extend that period. The Inspector‑General may do so before or after the end of that period.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General extends that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to that period so extended.\n (4) If the Inspector‑General does not extend that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to the period that ends on the later of the following days:\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) The Inspector‑General may withdraw an infringement notice given to a person (whether or not the person has made written representations seeking the withdrawal).\n (3) When deciding whether or not to withdraw an infringement notice (the relevant infringement notice), the Inspector‑General:\n (a) must take into account any written representations seeking the withdrawal that were given by the person to the Inspector‑General; and\n (i) whether a court has previously imposed a penalty on the person for a contravention of an infringement notice provision;\n (iii) whether the person has paid an amount, stated in an earlier infringement notice, for a contravention of an infringement notice provision if the contravention is constituted by conduct that is the same, or substantially the same, as the conduct alleged to constitute the contravention in the relevant infringement notice;\n\n (1) If the person to whom an infringement notice for an alleged contravention of a provision is given pays the amount stated in the notice before the end of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h):\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may sign a certificate that states any of the following in relation to an infringement notice given to a person:\n (b) that the Inspector‑General granted, or refused to grant, an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice;\n (c) if the Inspector‑General granted an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice—that that amount was not fully paid by the person within the period specified in the extension;\n (2) At a hearing of a prosecution for an offence alleged in an infringement notice, a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General in accordance with subsection (1) is prima facie evidence of the matters specified in the certificate.\n (3) A certificate that purports to be signed by the Inspector‑General is taken to have been signed by the Inspector‑General unless the contrary is proved.\n\n (a) require an infringement notice to be given to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (c) prevent the giving of 2 or more infringement notices to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (d) limit a court’s discretion to determine the amount of a penalty to be imposed on a person who is found to have contravened an infringement notice provision.\n\n (b) unless the person, by notice in writing to the Inspector‑General, directs otherwise—offset against estate charge or late payment penalty payable by the person.\n\n (1) A payment of interest charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) A payment of realisations charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or served on, a person (other than the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee), the document may be:\n (a) sent by a courier service to the person at the address of the person last known to the person serving the document; or\n (b) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name and any relevant document exchange number, at a document exchange where the person maintains a document exchange facility; or\n (i) by a kind of electronic communication that transmits the document to a facility maintained by the person for receipt of electronically transmitted documents; or\n (ii) by a kind of electronic communication such that, in the ordinary course of events, the document could be reasonably expected to be received by the person.\n\n> Note: The Electronic Transactions Act 1999 applies to a requirement or permission to give information under the Bankruptcy Act 1966 or this instrument, including electronic communications covered by this section.\n\n> Note: However, paragraph (d) of this subsection permits information to be given by means of particular kinds of electronic communication, in accordance with the information technology requirements in subsection (3). This means the requirements in section 9 of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999 do not apply in relation to electronic communications covered by this section (see subsection 9(3) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999).\n\n (2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(a) or (b), in the absence of proof to the contrary, the document is taken to have been received by, or served on, the person when the document would, in the due course of business practice, be delivered to that address or document exchange.\n\n (a) at the time the document is sent, it is reasonable to expect that the document would be readily accessible so as to be useable for subsequent reference; and\n (b) the document is sent in one of the following formats, or in a format that is similar to or readily convertible into one of the following formats:\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, this section applies if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or filed or lodged with:\n (2) The document must be posted, delivered, sent by email, or sent through the website of the Australian Financial Security Authority, to:\n (3) If this section applies, the document is taken to be received, filed or lodged only when the document (or, where applicable, a copy of it) is actually received by, or on behalf of, the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver (as the case requires).\n\n (1) Subsection (2) applies in any proceedings to a document or copy of a document that purports to be a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General stating that, at a particular time, the form of statement of affairs that is attached to the certificate was the approved form for the purposes of section 6A of the Act.\n\n A fee is not payable by the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver in respect of an application to, or the filing of a document in, the Court in relation to proceedings under the Act, this instrument or the Insolvency Practice Rules.\n\n (2) If such a fee is payable in respect of the doing of a matter or thing by the Official Receiver, the matter or thing need not be done unless the fee has been paid.\n\n (1) The Official Trustee’s entitlement to remuneration under the Fees and Remuneration Determination arises when the Official Trustee:\n (a) performs work or first acts in accordance with section 3.03, 3.04, 3.07 or 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (2) For paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (d), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee in respect of an amount received by the Official Trustee:\n\n (1) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.03 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the property or business of a debtor, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (2) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.04 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a composition or scheme of arrangement with the creditors of a bankrupt, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the composition or scheme of arrangement as the case may be.\n (3) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor who signed an authority under section 188 of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (4) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the estate of a bankrupt, or of a deceased person for whose estate an order for administration has been made under Part XI of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the bankrupt or deceased person as the case may be.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a request by a bankrupt to the Official Trustee for the Official Trustee’s consent, under paragraph 272(1)(c) of the Act, to the bankrupt leaving Australia.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may decide to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4) if the Inspector‑General is reasonably satisfied that:\n (a) payment of the fee by the person liable to pay it has imposed, or would impose, hardship on the person that is unusual and exceptional in comparison to the hardship arising in the normal course of bankruptcy; or\n (b) unless the fee is payable to the Inspector‑General—the officer to whom the fee is payable or would have been payable if the fee had not been waived or remitted.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General decides under subsection (1) to refuse to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4), the notification under subsection (2) in relation to the decision must include the reasons for the decision.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under subsection 111(1) refusing to waive or remit the whole or part of a fee that is payable by the person.\n\n If, under the Act, a trustee takes possession of, or attaches, the property of a bankrupt, debtor or deceased person, the trustee must, as soon as is reasonably practicable:\n (b) give a copy of the inventory, of the photographs or of the video recordings, as the case may be, to any person who has custody of the property or part of the property.\n\n (1) If a provision of this instrument states that a dollar amount is to be indexed in accordance with this section, then at the start of each financial year (an indexation year) beginning on or after 1 July 2021, the dollar amount is replaced by the amount worked out using the following formula:\n ![Start formula Indexation factor for the indexation year times Dollar amount for the previous year end formula](image.002.png)\n ![Start formula start fraction Index number for the reference quarter over Index number for the base quarter end fraction end formula](image.003.png)\n\n> index number, for a quarter, means the All Groups Consumer Price Index number (being the weighted average of the 8 capital cities) published by the Australian Statistician for that quarter.\n\n (4) If an indexation factor worked out under subsection (2) would be less than 1, that indexation factor is to be increased to 1.\n (a) are to be made using only the index numbers published in terms of the most recently published index reference period; and\n (b) are to be made disregarding index numbers that are published in substitution for previously published index numbers (except where the substituted numbers are published to take account of changes in the index reference period).\n\n (a) a thing was done for a particular purpose under the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996 as in force immediately before those Regulations were repealed; and\n (2) Without limiting subsection (1), a reference in that subsection to a thing being done includes a reference to a notice, application or other instrument being given or made.\n\n Despite the repeal of the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996, item 3 of Schedule 4 to those Regulations, as in force immediately before that repeal, continues to apply in relation to a contribution assessment period if an assessment under section 139W of the Act was made for that contribution assessment period before that repeal.\n\n Section 102, as substituted by Schedule 1 to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Electronic Service) Regulations 2024, applies in relation to a document that is given or sent to, or served on, a person on or after the commencement of that Schedule.\n\n## 31 Transfers exempt from being void against trustee\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 120(2)(d) of the Act, a transfer is of a kind to which subsection 120(1) of the Act does not apply if the costs of recovering the transferred property would, in the opinion of the trustee in the transferor’s bankruptcy, be likely to exceed the value of the property to the transferor’s creditors.\n\n## Division 5 Realisation of property\n\n> electronic communication means an electronic communication within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of electronic communication in subsection 5(1) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999.\n\n> legal practitioner means a barrister, a solicitor, a barrister and solicitor or a legal practitioner, of the High Court or of the Supreme Court of a State or Territory.\n\n (a) remuneration paid to the trustee in accordance with a direction, or other order, made by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act directing the trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or making another order in relation to the property; and\n (ii) in relation to the examination of the debtor, or an examinable person in relation to the debtor, as a result of the issue of a summons under subsection 50(2) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section sets out the requirements for an application to the Official Receiver for a bankruptcy notice by a person who has obtained against a debtor one, or 2 or more, final judgments or final orders of a kind described in paragraph 40(1)(g) of the Act.\n\n (a) if any final order specified in the application is an award that is a final order because of subparagraph 40(3)(a)(i) of the Act—both of the following:\n (i) a copy of the award certified as a true copy by the arbitrator who made the award or by an officer of the Court who has compared the copy with the original award;\n (ii) a certificate of the judgment or order sealed by the court that made the judgment or order (the relevant court) or signed by an officer of the relevant court;\n (iii) a copy of the entry of the judgment or order certified as a true copy of that entry and sealed by the relevant court or signed by an officer of the relevant court.\n\n> Note 2: A fee is payable to the Official Receiver for an application under this section (see the Fees and Remuneration Determination).\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice must follow that form in respect of its format (for example, bold or italic typeface, underlining and notes).\n\n> Note: Section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 provides that strict compliance with a form is not required and substantial compliance is sufficient.\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice in relation to a debtor that is served on the debtor outside of a period mentioned in subsection (1) is not valid.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (a) of the definition of statutory minimum in subsection 5(1) of the Act, the amount prescribed is $10,000.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (2), the only persons who may inspect a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver under subsection 41(1) of the Act are the following:\n (2) If a creditor’s petition is presented that is founded on an act of bankruptcy consisting of failure to comply with the bankruptcy notice, any person may inspect the notice.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver in relation to a debtor if the notice includes a final judgment, or final order, that is expressed in an amount of foreign currency (whether or not the judgment or order is also expressed in an amount of Australian currency).\n (c) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the day on which the application for the notice is made.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n A creditor who presents a petition to the Court under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must give to the Official Receiver:\n (b) a copy of any order entered by the Court, dismissing, staying or extending the petition, or adjourning the hearing of the petition, within 2 business days after the Court enters the order.\n\n (1) If the Court gives a direction, or makes another order, under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to a debtor, the creditor who applied under subsection 50(1A) of the Act for the Court to make a direction must:\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n (c) in accordance with the direction or other order, the creditor deposits an amount (the first amount) with the trustee for the purposes of covering the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor.\n\n (2) The creditor is entitled to a refund of the sum of the first amount and any amount covered by subsection (4) less an amount equal to the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor if any of the following events occur:\n (a) the debtor enters into a personal insolvency agreement, or the debtor’s estate is administered under Part XI of the Act, and the Court authorises the trustee to transfer the debtor’s property to some other person;\n (i) the Court is satisfied that the first amount is insufficient to cover the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor;\n (ii) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs, on application by the trustee, the creditor to deposit the additional amount with the trustee;\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n\n (2) The Court may, on application by the debtor within 15 business days after the day the petition is dismissed, order the creditor to pay the debtor an amount equal to the damage the Court assesses as resulting from the acts or omissions of the trustee in reliance on the direction or other order mentioned in paragraph (1)(b).\n\n “(2A) The Court or a magistrate may direct that an examination, or any part of an examination, under this section shall be held in private.”;\n (c) by omitting from subsection (9) “is the trustee” and substituting “has been directed to take control of the property of the relevant person”;\n “(14) Subject to subsection (14A), the applicant for an examination under this section is to pay the costs incurred in connection with the examination.\n (14A) The Court or a magistrate may order that all or some of the costs mentioned in subsection (14) are to be paid by the relevant person.”.\n\n If:\n (b) the Official Receiver accepts the declaration, and signs a copy of the declaration, under paragraph 54C(1)(a) of the Act;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsections 54D(1), 55(3A), 56B(5) and 57(3A) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (d) information about a debtor’s right to choose whether the bankruptcy is initially administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (e) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to present to the Official Receiver, under section 54A of the Act, a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition.\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to present a petition under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n If:\n (a) a debtor presents, or 2 or more debtors present, a petition to the Official Receiver under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act; and\n (b) there is in force under subsection 156A(1) of the Act an instrument of consent of a registered trustee to act as the trustee of:\n (ii) in the case of 2 or more debtors—the separate estates, the joint estates, or the joint and separate estates, of the debtors or any of them;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 56C(2) of the Act, if the Official Receiver refers a debtor’s petition against a partnership to the Court, the notice given by the Official Receiver to each member of the partnership who did not present the petition must:\n\n If a person is arrested under a warrant issued by the Court under section 78 of the Act, the arresting officer must immediately notify a Registrar of the Court.\n\n (a) a creditor lodges, or causes to be lodged, a proof of debt in a bankruptcy in accordance with section 84 of the Act; and\n (b) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the date of the bankruptcy.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n (1) For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(a) of the Act, the order that the trustee of the estate of a bankrupt must apply the proceeds of the bankrupt’s property to the costs, charges, expenses and remuneration mentioned in the following table is the order that appears in the table.\n\n

Order of payment of certain costs, charges, expenses and remuneration

Item

Costs, charges and expenses

1

Realisations charge payable by the trustee in relation to the estate under the Bankruptcy (Estate Charges) Act 1997

2

If the trustee is a registered trustee to whom the Official Trustee transferred the administration of the bankruptcy, both of the following in relation to the administration of the bankruptcy by the Official Trustee before the transfer:

(a) any remuneration payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination;

(b) any reimbursement that is payable to the Official Trustee under section 108

3

Expenses reasonably incurred by or on behalf of the trustee:

(a) in protecting all or part of the bankrupt’s assets; or

(b) in carrying on, in accordance with the Act, a business of the bankrupt

4

If a creditor made an advance to the trustee for the purposes of the trustee’s administration of the bankruptcy—an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to that advance

5

Fees, costs, charges or expenses (other than fees, costs, charges or expenses covered by another item of this table) paid or payable by the trustee in administering the bankrupt’s estate

6

If:

(a) an order was made under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to the bankrupt when the bankrupt was a debtor; and

(b) an amount was deposited by a creditor, in accordance with that order, with the trustee;

an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to the trustee’s preliminary remuneration and expenses in relation to the debtor

7

The following:

(a) if a creditor applied for:

(i) a sequestration order against the estate; or

(ii) an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act;

the taxed costs of the creditor in relation to the application;

(b) if the administrator of the estate of a deceased person presented a petition for an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act—the taxed costs of the administrator;

(c) if a person made an application for a sequestration order under Part X of the Act—both of the following:

(i) the taxed costs of that person in relation to the application;

(ii) any taxed costs of that person in respect of an application for an order under Division 5 or 6 of Part IX of the Act in relation to the estate

8

The trustee’s remuneration (other than remuneration covered by item 6):

(a) if the trustee is the Official Trustee—payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or

(b) if the trustee is a registered trustee—payable to the registered trustee under section 60‑5 of Schedule 2 to the Act

9

If:

(a) there is a committee of inspection in relation to the administration of the estate; and

(b) the creditors of the estate, or a majority of them, have approved payment of out‑of‑pocket expenses incurred by a member of the committee of inspection;

those expenses, to the extent that the trustee allows them as being fair and reasonable

10

Costs of any audit carried out under section 70‑15 or 70‑20 of Schedule 2 to the Act in relation to the estate

\n```\n\n (2) For the purposes of item 7 of the table, a reference to an applicant or a person presenting a petition is taken to include a reference to a person whose application or petition has not been proceeded with because a debtor’s petition presented by the bankrupt has been accepted by the Official Receiver (whether or not that debtor’s petition was referred to the Court under subsection 55(3B) of the Act, and whatever the outcome of such a referral).\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(e) of the Act, the maximum amount due to or in respect of an employee of a bankrupt is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum amount payable to employee

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$4,600

2

2018‑19

$4,550

3

2017‑18

$4,500

4

2016‑17

$4,450

5

2015‑16

$4,400

6

2014‑15

$4,350

7

2013‑14

$4,300

8

2012‑13

$4,200

9

2011‑12

$4,150

10

2010‑11

$4,100

11

2009‑10

$4,000

12

2008‑09

$3,950

13

2007‑08

$3,850

14

2006‑07

$3,750

15

2005‑06

$3,650

16

2004‑05

$3,550

17

2003‑04

$3,500

18

2002‑03

$3,450

19

2001‑02

$3,350

20

2000‑01

$3,300

21

1999‑2000

$3,150

22

1998‑99

$3,100

23

1997‑98

$3,100

24

1996‑97

$3,100

\n```\n\n (b) property of a kind covered by subsection (3) to the extent that it is reasonably appropriate for a household, having regard to the criteria specified in subsection (4);\n (c) property (including recreational and sports equipment) of a kind that is reasonably necessary for the domestic use of a household, having regard to:\n (c) educational, sporting or recreational items (including books) that are wholly or mainly for the use of children or students in the household;\n (c) any special climatic or other factors (including geographical isolation) of the place where the household residence is located;\n (d) whether the property is reasonably necessary for the functioning or servicing of the household as a viable and properly‑run household;\n (e) whether the costs of seizure, storage and sale of the property would be likely to exceed the sale price of the property;\n (f) if paragraph (e) does not apply—whether for any other reason (for example, costs of transport) the sale of the property would be likely to be uneconomical.\n (6) For the purposes of subsection (5), an item is an antique item only if a substantial part of its market value is attributable to its age or historical significance.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(ba)(ii) of the Act, non‑monetary sporting, cultural, military or academic awards are a kind of property that is prescribed.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(c)(i) of the Act, the maximum total value of a bankrupt’s property that is for use by the bankrupt in earning income by personal exertion is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum total value of tools

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,800

2

2018‑19

$3,800

3

2017‑18

$3,750

4

2016‑17

$3,700

5

2015‑16

$3,650

6

2014‑15

$3,600

7

2013‑14

$3,550

8

2012‑13

$3,500

9

2011‑12

$3,450

10

2010‑11

$3,400

11

2009‑10

$3,300

12

2008‑09

$3,250

13

2007‑08

$3,200

14

2006‑07

$3,100

15

2005‑06

$3,050

16

2004‑05

$3,000

17

2003‑04

$2,950

18

2002‑03

$2,900

19

2001‑02

$2,850

20

2000‑01

$2,800

21

1999‑2000

$2,650

22

1998‑99

$2,600

23

1997‑98

$2,600

24

1996‑97

$2,600

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 116(2)(ca) of the Act, the maximum aggregate value of property used by the bankrupt primarily as a means of transport is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum value of motor vehicle

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$8,100

2

2018‑19

$8,000

3

2017‑18

$7,900

4

2016‑17

$7,800

5

2015‑16

$7,700

6

2014‑15

$7,600

7

2013‑14

$7,500

8

2012‑13

$7,350

9

2011‑12

$7,200

10

2010‑11

$7,050

11

2009‑10

$6,850

12

2008‑09

$6,700

13

2007‑08

$6,500

14

2006‑07

$6,300

15

2005‑06

$6,150

16

2004‑05

$6,000

17

2003‑04

$5,900

18

2002‑03

$5,800

19

2001‑02

$5,650

20

2000‑01

$5,500

21

1999‑2000

$5,200

22

1998‑99

$5,050

23

1997‑98

$5,000

24

1996‑97

$5,000

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 120(2)(d) of the Act, a transfer is of a kind to which subsection 120(1) of the Act does not apply if the costs of recovering the transferred property would, in the opinion of the trustee in the transferor’s bankruptcy, be likely to exceed the value of the property to the transferor’s creditors.\n\n (b) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a lease—set out facts showing that subsection 133(4) of the Act has been complied with; and\n (c) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a contract—set out facts showing that the contract is, for the purposes of subsection 133(5A) of the Act, an unprofitable contract.\n (2) A trustee who gives a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must give the notice to each person who, to the trustee’s knowledge:\n (3) A failure to comply with subsection (1) or (2) does not affect the validity of a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section is made for the purposes of subparagraph (a)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act.\n (b) a reference in that Act to the taxable value of a benefit were a reference to the value, for the purposes of the Act, of the benefit; and\n (c) a reference in that Act to a declaration date were a reference to the date occurring 21 days after the end of a contribution assessment period in relation to a bankrupt; and\n (d) a reference in that Act to a declaration to be given to an employer of a person were a reference to a declaration to be given to the trustee of the person’s estate; and\n (e) a reference in that Act to a form approved by the Commissioner were a reference to a form approved by the Inspector‑General under section 6D of the Act; and\n (f) subject to paragraph (d), a reference in the FBTA Act to an employer, or to the employer, were a reference to any person (other than the bankrupt); and\n (g) a reference in the FBTA Act to an employee, or to the employee, were a reference to a bankrupt, or to the bankrupt, as the case requires.\n (5) Despite subsections (2), (3) and (4), the modifications specified or referred to in those subsections do not apply in relation to the provision of a fringe benefit (within the meaning of the FBTA Act) to a bankrupt if the provider of the fringe benefit:\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following contributions and payments made for the purpose of providing superannuation benefits for a bankrupt person are not income of the person:\n (a) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person to the extent that the contributions reduce the employer’s potential liability for the superannuation guarantee charge imposed under section 5 of the Superannuation Guarantee Charge Act 1992;\n (b) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person in accordance with the employer’s obligation to make contributions for the person under:\n (c) payments of shortfall components made to, or for the benefit of, the person under sections 65 to 67 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n (a) the contributions exceed the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage of the employee’s ordinary time earnings for the contribution assessment period; and\n\n> individual industrial agreement means an industrial agreement made solely between the employer and the person, including the following:\n\n (a) an AWA, or an ITEA, (both within the meaning of the Fair Work (Transitional Provisions and Consequential Amendments) Act 2009) to which that Act applies;\n\n> ordinary time earnings has the meaning given by subsection 6(1) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n> relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage: the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage for a year (the bankruptcy year) is the percentage whose number is the same as that set out in column 2 of the table in subsection 19(2) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992 for the financial year in which the bankruptcy year starts.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following payments or amounts are not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) a payment or amount of family tax benefit paid under the family assistance law (within the meaning of the A New Tax System (Family Assistance) (Administration) Act 1999);\n (b) an amount that is not income for the purposes of the Social Security Act 1991 because of subsection 8(8) of that Act, except for a payment or amount mentioned in paragraph (a), (h), (ha), (k), (ka), (m), (z), (za) or (zb) of that subsection.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (c) of the definition of dependant in section 139K of the Act, the prescribed amount of income derived (or likely to be derived) by a person during a contribution assessment period is:\n (b) if the period begins in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n (d) if the period begins in a later financial year—$3,741 indexed in accordance with section 114 of this instrument as if the period were that financial year.\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum income of dependant

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,720

2

2018‑19

$3,642

3

2017‑18

$3,596

4

2016‑17

$3,532

5

2015‑16

$3,459

6

2014‑15

$3,411

7

2013‑14

$3,363

8

2012‑13

$3,264

9

2011‑12

$3,181

10

2010‑11

$3,131

11

2009‑10

$3,030

12

2008‑09

$2,942

13

2007‑08

$2,870

14

2006‑07

$2,756

15

2005‑06

$2,688

16

2004‑05

$2,611

17

2003‑04

$2,549

\n```\n\n (3) If the bankrupt pays the contribution by cheque, payment is taken to occur when the cheque is cleared and the amount of the payment is credited to the account into which the cheque is deposited.\n (4) The trustee may, on reasonable notice in writing to the bankrupt, vary or withdraw an authorisation under paragraph (2)(c).\n (5) If the trustee incurs a delivery or postal charge (including a surcharge) or bank charge in connection with the receipt or processing of the contribution, the trustee may reimburse the trustee for the amount of the charge from the bankrupt’s estate.\n\n (a) a bankrupt is liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the bankrupt’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act in respect of a contribution assessment period; and\n\n (3) If the contribution remains unpaid, the deceased bankrupt’s estate is liable for the portion of the contribution attributable to the part of the period occurring before the bankrupt’s death.\n\n (b) immediately before being discharged, the person was liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the person’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act; and\n\n> Note: Section 139R of the Act provides that any liability of a bankrupt under section 139P or 139Q of the Act is not affected by the bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy after the making of the assessment that gave rise to the liability.\n\n (5) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(d)(ii), a change in the name of a person is taken to occur if the person in fact assumes the use of a different name or an additional name.\n\n A notice under section 139ZL of the Act must not specify money or property that is protected, under a law of the Commonwealth or a State or Territory, from a process such as assignment, attachment, charging, execution or garnishment.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 145(3) of the Act, notice must be given by serving it on each person to whom, under that subsection, it must be given.\n\n (a) an objection to the discharge of a bankrupt has been made on a ground, or on grounds that include a ground, mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(a) or (h) of the Act (which refer to the bankrupt being out of Australia); and\n (2) Within 5 business days after the day that the registered trustee becomes aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia, the registered trustee must give notice in writing to the Official Receiver stating:\n (ii) if the trustee does not know the day on which the bankrupt returned—the trustee became aware that the bankrupt had returned.\n\n For the purposes of the ground of objection mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(d) of the Act, a bankrupt is taken to have failed to comply with a request to provide information if the bankrupt has provided information that is incomplete or inaccurate.\n\n (c) an application is made to the Administrative Review Tribunal under section 149Q of the Act for the review of the decision of the Inspector‑General; and\n\n (a) if the debtor presents a debtor’s petition to the Official Receiver—on or before the day that the debtor so presents the petition; or\n\n If a registered trustee becomes, under subsection 156A(3) of the Act, the trustee of an estate or of joint and separate estates, the Official Receiver may give the registered trustee a certificate to that effect.\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 188(2A) of the Act, a person (other than the Official Trustee or a registered trustee) is ineligible to act under Part X of the Act as a controlling trustee in relation to a debtor in any of the following circumstances:\n (a) the person is or was convicted of an offence involving fraud or dishonesty at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (c) the person is a solicitor who does not hold an Australian practising certificate (within the meaning of the Evidence Act 1995);\n (d) the person is or was an insolvent under administration at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(f)(ii), the Inspector‑General may approve a course in insolvency by notice published on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website.\n (ii) has refused or failed to cooperate with the Inspector‑General in an inquiry or investigation under paragraph 12(1)(b) of the Act.\n (ii) invites the person to give the Inspector‑General, within 20 business days after the day the notice is given or such longer time as is specified in the notice, a written statement showing cause why the determination should not be made; and\n (5) If the Inspector‑General makes a determination under subsection (3) in relation to a person, the Inspector‑General must give the person a written notice stating the following:\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General to make a determination under subsection 49(3).\n\n (b) the person becomes ineligible to act as a controlling trustee under Part X of the Act because one or more of the circumstances prescribed by subsection 49(1) of this instrument apply in relation to the person.\n (2) The Official Trustee must perform the duties of a controlling trustee in relation to the debtor unless and until the debtor authorises another person under subsection 188(1) of the Act.\n\n (1) If, on application, the Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act that a person (the old trustee) cease to be the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate, the applicant for the order must:\n (3) If the creditors of a regulated debtor, by resolution at a meeting, remove the trustee (the old trustee) of the regulated debtor’s estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(a) of Schedule 2 to the Act, the person appointed by the creditors under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of that Schedule as trustee of the estate must:\n\n (1) If the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate (other than the Official Trustee) finalises the administration of the debtor’s estate, the trustee must:\n\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a debt agreement;\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to give the Official Receiver a debt agreement proposal under subsection 185C(1) of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n (a) any of the following awarded by a registered provider (within the meaning of the Education Services for Overseas Students Act 2000):\n (i) a Certificate IV in Financial Services (Accounting) awarded for study starting between 10 July 2004 and 23 November 2010;\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (c) a degree, diploma or similar qualification awarded by a foreign tertiary education institution and for which the Inspector‑General is satisfied the following conditions are satisfied:\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n\n#### 57 Prescribed amount of owed notified estate charges preventing renewal of registration as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraphs 186C(3)(d) and (5)(d) of the Act, the prescribed amount of notified estate charges is $500.\n\n For the purposes of section 187A of the Act, a provision of Part X of the Act specified in Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section of the Act, to joint debtors, whether partners or not.\n\n (b) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (c) information about whether a personal insolvency agreement may be administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy if any of the things mentioned in paragraphs 40(1)(i) to (m) of the Act happen in relation to a debtor;\n (f) information about a debtor’s rights and responsibilities under Part X of the Act, including a debtor’s obligation to disclose all related entities;\n (g) information about a controlling trustee’s obligation to disclose the controlling trustee’s relationship (if any) with a debtor.\n (3) A registered trustee or a solicitor authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property must not consent to exercise the powers given by the authority unless the debtor has given the registered trustee or the solicitor, as the case may be, a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the Official Trustee is authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property, the Official Receiver must not give the debtor a written approval under paragraph 188(2)(aa) of the Act unless the debtor has given the Official Trustee a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n\n (b) unable to sign the authority or an acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) of this instrument relating to the authority because of a physical incapacity.\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and debtor are familiar; or\n\n> relevant material means the authority, the information prescribed by section 59 and the acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) relating to the authority.\n\n (3) The person must, at the same time as calling a meeting of the debtor’s creditors, give a copy of the proposal for dealing with the debtor’s affairs under Part X of the Act to:\n\n> Note 1: An authority signed by a debtor under section 188 of the Act is not effective for the purposes of Part X of the Act unless, before the person authorised consents to exercise the powers given by the authority, the debtor gives to the person authorised:\n\n> Note 2: Under subsection 188(5) of the Act, a registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority must also give a copy of the authority and the debtor’s statement of affairs to the Official Receiver.\n\n (e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement.\n\n For the purposes of section 210 of the Act, a provision of Part VIII of the Act specified in Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor.\n\n#### 64 Modifications of Division 1 of Part V of the Act—debtors whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act\n\n For the purposes of subsection 211(1) of the Act, a provision in Division 1 of Part V of the Act specified in Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 218(3) of the Act, a notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act must be in writing.\n\n (1) If the Court makes a sequestration order under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act, the applicant for the order must:\n\n#### 67 Information to be given to Official Receiver in relation to orders terminating or setting aside a personal insolvency agreement\n\n> Note: If the Court makes an order setting aside or terminating a personal insolvency agreement and a registered trustee was the trustee of the agreement, the registered trustee must give written notice of the order to the Official Receiver (see subsection 224A(4) of the Act).\n\n (1) If a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act, the trustee of the agreement must:\n\n> Note: Before the termination takes effect, the trustee must give notice of the proposed termination to all the creditors who are entitled to receive notice of a meeting of creditors (see subsection 222A(2) of the Act).\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 231(1) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 4 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor who has executed a personal insolvency agreement.\n (2) For the purposes of subsection 231(3) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 5 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a personal insolvency agreement.\n\n (4) If the trustee gives a certificate to the debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act or subsection (1) of this section, the trustee must:\n (a) the person is required to give a copy of a certificate to the Official Receiver in accordance with subsection (4); and\n\n For the purposes of subsections 248(1) and (3) of the Act, a provision specified in Schedule 4 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Schedule in relation to proceedings under Part XI of the Act and the administration of estates under that Part.\n\n (1) If a trustee (within the meaning of section 254 of the Act) pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act, the trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (3) If a registered trustee pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act, the registered trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (1) For the purposes of the definition of National Personal Insolvency Index in subsection 5(1) of the Act, an electronic index to be known as the National Personal Insolvency Index is established.\n\n Division 2 of this Part (information to be entered in the Index) has effect subject to Division 3 of this Part (information not to be entered in the Index and information to be removed from the Index).\n\n (1) The person specified in column 2 of an item of the table in subsection (3) must, at a time within the time period specified in column 2 of that item, give a copy of each document specified in column 1 of that item to the Official Receiver.\n\n

Documents that must be given to the Official Receiver

Item

Column 1

Document(s)

Column 2

Person and time period

Column 3

Information

1

A notice given under subsection 181A(2) of the Act by the current trustee of a bankrupt’s estate nominating another trustee as the new trustee of the estate

The new trustee within 2 business days after the date specified in the notice (see paragraph 181A(3)(a) of the Act)

The day on which the new trustee became the trustee of the estate

2

An order under subsection 185Q(4) of the Act terminating a debt agreement

The applicant for the order within 3 business days after the order is made

The day on which the order was made

3

An order under subsection 185U(1) of the Act declaring all or part of a debt agreement void

The applicant for the order within 2 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) whether all or part of the agreement was declared void

4

An authority, signed by a debtor under subsection 188(1) of the Act, naming and authorising a registered trustee, a solicitor or the Official Trustee to call a meeting of the debtor’s creditors and to take control of the debtor’s property

The person named in the authority within 2 business days after the debtor signs the authority

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the copy of the authority was given to the Official Receiver;

(c) the day on which the debtor’s statement of affairs was given to the Official Receiver (see subsections 188(2D) and (5) of the Act);

(d) the name of the controlling trustee (see subsection 188(6) of the Act)

5

Written evidence of an event of a kind mentioned in paragraph 192(1)(a), (b) or (c) of the Act, or a written request given to the Official Trustee under paragraph 192(1)(d) of the Act, resulting in the Official Trustee becoming the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor

The Official Trustee within 14 days after the Official Trustee becomes the controlling trustee

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Trustee became the controlling trustee

6

Both of the following:

(a) a petition to the Court, under subsection 244(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of the estate of a deceased person;

(b) an affidavit verifying the petition (see subsection 244(5) of the Act)

The creditor, or one of the creditors, who presented the petition to the Court within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day the petition was presented;

(c) the name of the creditor or creditors who presented the petition;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the creditor or creditors;

(e) the day the Court is to hear the petition

7

Both of the following:

(a) a petition, under subsection 247(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of a deceased person’s estate under Part XI of the Act;

(b) a statement of the deceased person’s affairs and of the petitioner’s administration of the deceased person’s estate (see subsection 247(1) of the Act)

The petitioner within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the petition and the statement of affairs were presented;

(c) the name of the administrator;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the administrator

8

An order, under section 252B of the Act, annulling the administration of the estate of a deceased person under Part XI of the Act

The trustee of the estate within 2 business days after the trustee becomes aware of the order

The day on which the order was made

9

An order, under subsection 253E(1) of the Act, staying proceedings under a creditor’s petition or debtor’s petition

The applicant for the order within 7 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) the length of the stay (see subsection 253E(3) of the Act)

\n```\n\n (1) If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in subsection (2) is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n (aa) in the case of a statement of affairs mentioned in item 2 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the statement; and\n (a) in the case of a debtor’s petition mentioned in item 3, 4 or 5 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the petition; and\n (b) in the case of a debt agreement proposal mentioned in item 12 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the debt agreement proposal for processing.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with the Act

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A sequestration order made against the estate of a debtor (see subsection 52(1A) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(d) the name of the creditor who obtained the order;

(e) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of that creditor

2

A statement of the affairs of a person against whose estate a sequestration order is made, that is given for the purposes of subsection 54(1) of the Act

The day on which the statement of affairs was filed with the Official Receiver

3

A debtor’s petition (see subsection 55(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the resulting bankruptcy;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(e) the day on which the statement of the debtor’s affairs accepted by the Official Receiver was given to the Official Receiver for the purposes of paragraph 55(2)(b) of the Act

4

A debtor’s petition against a partnership presented by members of the partnership (see subsection 56B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of the partners who presented the petition;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the bankruptcy of each of those partners as a result of the acceptance of the petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each bankrupt partner;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those partners, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of the partnership affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

5

A debtor’s petition by joint debtors who are not partners (see subsection 57(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of those debtors;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of each bankruptcy that results from acceptance of the debtor’s petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each debtor;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those debtors, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of their joint affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

6

A notice relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 74(5A) of the Act)

The day on which the bankruptcy was annulled

7

A notice of objection by a trustee to the discharge of a bankrupt from bankruptcy (see subsection 149B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) when the objection took effect (see section 149G of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection set out in the notice (see paragraph 149C(1)(a) of the Act);

(c) the name of the trustee

8

A notice that a trustee ceases to object to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy on a particular ground (see subsection 149H(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) if there is no longer an objection on any ground—when the objection ceased to have effect (see subsection 149H(3) of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection to which the notice relates;

(c) the name of the trustee

9

A notice of withdrawal of objection by a trustee to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy (see subsection 149J(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) when the withdrawal takes effect (see subsection 149J(3) of the Act);

(b) the name of the trustee

10

A notice about the cancellation, under subsection 149N(1) of the Act, of a notice of objection filed by a trustee of a bankrupt’s estate (see subsection 149P(1) of the Act)

The day on which the cancellation took effect

11

A certificate relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 153A(2) of the Act)

The date of annulment included in the certificate

12

A debtor’s written proposal for a debt agreement (see subsection 185C(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185E of the Act)

13

A notification that a debt agreement has ended (see subsection 185N(5) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the debt agreement ended;

(b) the reasons why the debt agreement ended

14

A notification that control of the property of a debtor has ended (see subsection 189(1B) of the Act)

The day on which that control ended

15

A personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor (see paragraph 218(1)(b) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the agreement was executed;

(c) the name of the trustee of the personal insolvency agreement

16

A resolution or special resolution terminating a personal insolvency agreement (see subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

17

A resolution or special resolution terminating a composition or scheme of arrangement (see section 76B and subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated

18

A notice that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated or set aside (see subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated or set aside

19

A notice that a composition or scheme of arrangement is terminated or set aside (see section 76B and subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated or set aside

20

An order that the estate of a deceased person be administered under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 244(14), 245(3) or 247(3) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee administering the estate

21

A statement of a deceased person’s affairs and of the administration of the deceased person’s estate by a legal personal representative of the deceased person (see paragraph 246(1)(b) of the Act)

The day on which the statement was given to the Official Receiver

22

A certificate in relation to the annulment, by force of subsection 252A(1) of the Act, of the administration of an estate under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 252A(2) of the Act)

The day of the annulment

\n```\n\n If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with this instrument

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A creditor’s petition presented against a debtor or joint debtors (see section 13)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor or joint debtors;

(b) the day on which the petition was presented against the debtor or joint debtors;

(c) the name of the petitioning creditor;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the petitioning creditor;

(e) the day of the court hearing for a sequestration order relating to the petition

2

A direction given, or an order made, by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act (see section 14 of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor to whom the order or direction relates;

(b) the day on which the order was made or the direction given;

(c) the day (if any) on which a trustee’s control of that debtor’s property is to end (see subsection 50(1B) of the Act)

3

A notice under subsection 46(2) that the Administrative Review Tribunal has varied or set aside a decision of the Inspector‑General in relation to a notice of objection

The day on which the decision was varied or set aside

4

A notice given under subsection 52(1) in relation to an order about a regulated debtor’s estate, if the order provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of the estate

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the new trustee;

(b) the day of the appointment

5

A notice given under subsection 52(3) by a person appointed as trustee of the estate of a regulated debtor

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the person appointed;

(b) the day of the appointment

6

A notice under subsection 53(1) that the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate has finalised the administration of the debtor’s estate

The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised

7

A notice under subparagraph 62(2)(a)(ii) of particulars specified in subsection 62(3) in relation to a special resolution passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors

The particulars

8

A sequestration order against the estate of a debtor made under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act (see subsection 66(1) of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) if the person who applied for the order was a creditor of the debtor—the name of the creditor and the name and telephone number of the creditor’s solicitor (if any);

(d) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate

9

A notice under paragraph 68(1)(a) that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

10

A certificate given by a trustee to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act (see subsection 70(4) of this instrument)

The day on which the trustee signed the certificate

\n```\n\n If an event specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section occurs, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n| Item | Column 1Event | Column 2Information |\n| ---- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |\n| 1 | A bankrupt is, by force of subsection 149(1) of the Act, discharged from bankruptcy | The day on which the bankrupt was discharged from bankruptcy |\n| 2 | The Official Receiver issues a certificate of appointment to a registered trustee under subsection 157(3) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the name of the registered trustee;(b) the day on which the registered trustee was appointed |\n| 3 | A trustee, or the Official Trustee, is released from the trusteeship of an estate by force of section 184 or 184A of the Act | The fact that the trustee, or the Official Trustee, has been so released |\n| 4 | A debt agreement proposal is withdrawn | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was withdrawn |\n| 5 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement that was made before 1 July 2007 is accepted (see sections 185B and 185P of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the proposal was accepted |\n| 6 | A debt agreement proposal is not accepted (see section 185EC of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was not accepted |\n| 7 | The Official Receiver cancels the acceptance of a debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185ED of the Act) | The day on which the Official Receiver cancelled the acceptance of the debt agreement proposal for processing |\n| 8 | A debt agreement proposal lapses (see section 185G of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal lapsed |\n| 9 | The Official Receiver gives to a debtor a certificate under subsection 185N(3) of the Act | The day on which the certificate was given |\n| 10 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement is accepted (see section 185PC of the Act) | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 11 | The Official Receiver terminates a debt agreement under subsection 185QA(1) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 12 | The minutes of a meeting of creditors at which a special resolution was passed terminating a debt agreement made before 1 July 2007 are given to the Official Receiver (see subsection 185QA(1) of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the resolution was passed |\n| 13 | A special resolution is passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors under subsection 204(1) of the Act if the Official Trustee called the meeting under an authority under section 188 of the Act | All of the following:(a) the date of the resolution;(b) the debtor’s full name and alias (if any);(c) the debtor’s address;(d) the debtor’s occupation (if any);(e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement |\n| 14 | A sequestration order is made against the estate of a debtor under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | All of the following:(a) particulars of the debtor;(b) the day on which the order was made;(c) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate |\n| 15 | An order is made under subsection 222(1), (2) or (5) of the Act setting aside a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was set aside |\n| 16 | A personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act where the Official Trustee is the trustee of the agreement | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 17 | An order is made under subsection 222C(1) of the Act terminating a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 18 | The Official Trustee gives a certificate to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act | The day on which the Official Trustee signed the certificate |\n| 19 | The Official Trustee finalises the administration of a debtor’s estate | The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised |\n| 20 | The Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act, on application by the Inspector‑General, that provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of an estate | Both of the following:(a) the name of the new trustee;(b) the day of the appointment |\n| 21 | The Official Trustee is appointed by the creditors of an estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of Schedule 2 to the Act as trustee of an estate | The day of the appointment |\n\n> Note: A number of provisions of the Act require the Official Receiver to enter information in the Index when certain events occur. These provisions include the following:\n\n (a) a debtor whose property is under the control of the Official Trustee or a registered trustee because of a direction given by the Court under paragraph 50(1)(a) of the Act;\n (c) a deceased debtor if a petition for an order for the administration of the deceased debtor’s estate has been presented under Part XI of the Act;\n (d) a debtor in relation to whom an application is made to the Court under subsection 253E(1) of the Act for an order staying all or any proceedings under a petition.\n (3) In the case of a deceased debtor, the information to be entered in accordance with paragraphs (1)(a), (b) and (c) is the information immediately before the debtor’s death.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (4), a person who is a debtor or bankrupt may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General for information about the person:\n (a) not to be entered in the Index, on the ground that the entry of the information would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n\n> Note: Example: A person may rely on a court order (such as a domestic violence order) to show that publication of the information in question would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under paragraph 80(3)(a) refusing to grant an application.\n\n (1) If a debt agreement ends under section 185N of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (2) If a debt agreement is terminated under section 185P, 185Q, 185QA or 185R of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (3) If an order is made under section 185U of the Act declaring all of a debt agreement void, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n\n The Official Receiver must remove all information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index within 1 year after the day on which any of the following occurs:\n\n (1) A person may, by application in writing, ask the Official Receiver to inspect material in the Index and give to the person an extract of material specified in the application.\n (a) if the applicant has paid any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination for obtaining the requested extract—must inspect the Index and, within 10 business days of receiving the application:\n (b) may give the applicant a list of Index search agents who may be able to inspect material entered in the Index for the applicant.\n (3) A person who has been granted access to the Index by the Inspector‑General may, after paying any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination:\n (4) However, prior payment is not required under subsection (3) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n An extract of information in the Index is admissible in any proceedings as prima facie evidence of the matters in the extract.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General, and any officer acting at the direction or with the authority of the Inspector‑General, have immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n (2) An officer has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (3) A person who provides material for entry in the Index has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of the material by way of:\n (5) The immunity of the Inspector‑General or another officer under this section arising out of publication of material extends to the Commonwealth and the Official Trustee to the extent that the Commonwealth or the Official Trustee would, apart from this subsection, be liable in respect of the publication.\n (6) This section does not limit any other ground of defence in relation to actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n\n (b) the person executing the warrant considers that it is impracticable to immediately bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n (b) a day and time when the person executing the warrant considers that it will be practicable to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n\n (1) If the Registrar receives a notification under subsection 87(2) in relation to an apprehended person, the Registrar must, as soon as reasonably practicable:\n (a) determine a day, time and place for the apprehended person to be brought before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate; and\n (b) direct the person who gave the notification to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate in accordance with that determination.\n (2) The time and day determined under paragraph (1)(a) must be the earliest that the Registrar reasonably believes are practicable.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 277B(1) of the Act, this Division establishes an infringement notice scheme, as an alternative to prosecution, for an infringement notice provision.\n\n (1) If the Inspector‑General believes on reasonable grounds that a person has contravened an infringement notice provision, the Inspector‑General may give to the person an infringement notice for the alleged contravention.\n (2) The infringement notice must be given within 12 months after the day on which the contravention is alleged to have taken place.\n (3) A single infringement notice must relate only to a single contravention of a single provision unless subsection (4) applies.\n (4) The Inspector‑General may give a person a single infringement notice relating to multiple contraventions of a single provision if:\n\n (e) give brief details of the alleged contravention, or each alleged contravention, to which the notice relates, including:\n (f) state the amount that is payable under the notice, as worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act and subsection (2) of this section; and\n (h) state that, if the person to whom the notice is given pays the amount within 20 business days after the day the notice is given, then (unless the notice is withdrawn) the person will not be liable to be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (k) state that the person may choose not to pay the amount and, if the person does so the person may be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (n) state that the person may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) If the notice relates to more than one alleged contravention of the provision by the person, the amount to be stated in the notice for the purposes of paragraph (1)(f) is the sum of the amount worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act for each alleged contravention.\n\n> Note: Under section 90, a single infringement notice may only deal with multiple contraventions if they are contraventions of a single provision continuing over a period.\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may apply to the Inspector‑General for an extension of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h).\n (2) If the application is made before the end of that period, the Inspector‑General may, in writing, extend that period. The Inspector‑General may do so before or after the end of that period.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General extends that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to that period so extended.\n (4) If the Inspector‑General does not extend that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to the period that ends on the later of the following days:\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) The Inspector‑General may withdraw an infringement notice given to a person (whether or not the person has made written representations seeking the withdrawal).\n (3) When deciding whether or not to withdraw an infringement notice (the relevant infringement notice), the Inspector‑General:\n (a) must take into account any written representations seeking the withdrawal that were given by the person to the Inspector‑General; and\n (i) whether a court has previously imposed a penalty on the person for a contravention of an infringement notice provision;\n (iii) whether the person has paid an amount, stated in an earlier infringement notice, for a contravention of an infringement notice provision if the contravention is constituted by conduct that is the same, or substantially the same, as the conduct alleged to constitute the contravention in the relevant infringement notice;\n\n (1) If the person to whom an infringement notice for an alleged contravention of a provision is given pays the amount stated in the notice before the end of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h):\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may sign a certificate that states any of the following in relation to an infringement notice given to a person:\n (b) that the Inspector‑General granted, or refused to grant, an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice;\n (c) if the Inspector‑General granted an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice—that that amount was not fully paid by the person within the period specified in the extension;\n (2) At a hearing of a prosecution for an offence alleged in an infringement notice, a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General in accordance with subsection (1) is prima facie evidence of the matters specified in the certificate.\n (3) A certificate that purports to be signed by the Inspector‑General is taken to have been signed by the Inspector‑General unless the contrary is proved.\n\n (a) require an infringement notice to be given to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (c) prevent the giving of 2 or more infringement notices to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (d) limit a court’s discretion to determine the amount of a penalty to be imposed on a person who is found to have contravened an infringement notice provision.\n\n (b) unless the person, by notice in writing to the Inspector‑General, directs otherwise—offset against estate charge or late payment penalty payable by the person.\n\n (1) A payment of interest charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) A payment of realisations charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or served on, a person (other than the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee), the document may be:\n (a) sent by a courier service to the person at the address of the person last known to the person serving the document; or\n (b) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name and any relevant document exchange number, at a document exchange where the person maintains a document exchange facility; or\n (i) by a kind of electronic communication that transmits the document to a facility maintained by the person for receipt of electronically transmitted documents; or\n (ii) by a kind of electronic communication such that, in the ordinary course of events, the document could be reasonably expected to be received by the person.\n\n> Note: The Electronic Transactions Act 1999 applies to a requirement or permission to give information under the Bankruptcy Act 1966 or this instrument, including electronic communications covered by this section.\n\n> Note: However, paragraph (d) of this subsection permits information to be given by means of particular kinds of electronic communication, in accordance with the information technology requirements in subsection (3). This means the requirements in section 9 of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999 do not apply in relation to electronic communications covered by this section (see subsection 9(3) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999).\n\n (2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(a) or (b), in the absence of proof to the contrary, the document is taken to have been received by, or served on, the person when the document would, in the due course of business practice, be delivered to that address or document exchange.\n\n (a) at the time the document is sent, it is reasonable to expect that the document would be readily accessible so as to be useable for subsequent reference; and\n (b) the document is sent in one of the following formats, or in a format that is similar to or readily convertible into one of the following formats:\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, this section applies if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or filed or lodged with:\n (2) The document must be posted, delivered, sent by email, or sent through the website of the Australian Financial Security Authority, to:\n (3) If this section applies, the document is taken to be received, filed or lodged only when the document (or, where applicable, a copy of it) is actually received by, or on behalf of, the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver (as the case requires).\n\n (1) Subsection (2) applies in any proceedings to a document or copy of a document that purports to be a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General stating that, at a particular time, the form of statement of affairs that is attached to the certificate was the approved form for the purposes of section 6A of the Act.\n\n A fee is not payable by the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver in respect of an application to, or the filing of a document in, the Court in relation to proceedings under the Act, this instrument or the Insolvency Practice Rules.\n\n (2) If such a fee is payable in respect of the doing of a matter or thing by the Official Receiver, the matter or thing need not be done unless the fee has been paid.\n\n (1) The Official Trustee’s entitlement to remuneration under the Fees and Remuneration Determination arises when the Official Trustee:\n (a) performs work or first acts in accordance with section 3.03, 3.04, 3.07 or 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (2) For paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (d), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee in respect of an amount received by the Official Trustee:\n\n (1) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.03 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the property or business of a debtor, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (2) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.04 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a composition or scheme of arrangement with the creditors of a bankrupt, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the composition or scheme of arrangement as the case may be.\n (3) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor who signed an authority under section 188 of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (4) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the estate of a bankrupt, or of a deceased person for whose estate an order for administration has been made under Part XI of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the bankrupt or deceased person as the case may be.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a request by a bankrupt to the Official Trustee for the Official Trustee’s consent, under paragraph 272(1)(c) of the Act, to the bankrupt leaving Australia.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may decide to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4) if the Inspector‑General is reasonably satisfied that:\n (a) payment of the fee by the person liable to pay it has imposed, or would impose, hardship on the person that is unusual and exceptional in comparison to the hardship arising in the normal course of bankruptcy; or\n (b) unless the fee is payable to the Inspector‑General—the officer to whom the fee is payable or would have been payable if the fee had not been waived or remitted.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General decides under subsection (1) to refuse to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4), the notification under subsection (2) in relation to the decision must include the reasons for the decision.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under subsection 111(1) refusing to waive or remit the whole or part of a fee that is payable by the person.\n\n If, under the Act, a trustee takes possession of, or attaches, the property of a bankrupt, debtor or deceased person, the trustee must, as soon as is reasonably practicable:\n (b) give a copy of the inventory, of the photographs or of the video recordings, as the case may be, to any person who has custody of the property or part of the property.\n\n (1) If a provision of this instrument states that a dollar amount is to be indexed in accordance with this section, then at the start of each financial year (an indexation year) beginning on or after 1 July 2021, the dollar amount is replaced by the amount worked out using the following formula:\n ![Start formula Indexation factor for the indexation year times Dollar amount for the previous year end formula](image.002.png)\n ![Start formula start fraction Index number for the reference quarter over Index number for the base quarter end fraction end formula](image.003.png)\n\n> index number, for a quarter, means the All Groups Consumer Price Index number (being the weighted average of the 8 capital cities) published by the Australian Statistician for that quarter.\n\n (4) If an indexation factor worked out under subsection (2) would be less than 1, that indexation factor is to be increased to 1.\n (a) are to be made using only the index numbers published in terms of the most recently published index reference period; and\n (b) are to be made disregarding index numbers that are published in substitution for previously published index numbers (except where the substituted numbers are published to take account of changes in the index reference period).\n\n (a) a thing was done for a particular purpose under the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996 as in force immediately before those Regulations were repealed; and\n (2) Without limiting subsection (1), a reference in that subsection to a thing being done includes a reference to a notice, application or other instrument being given or made.\n\n Despite the repeal of the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996, item 3 of Schedule 4 to those Regulations, as in force immediately before that repeal, continues to apply in relation to a contribution assessment period if an assessment under section 139W of the Act was made for that contribution assessment period before that repeal.\n\n Section 102, as substituted by Schedule 1 to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Electronic Service) Regulations 2024, applies in relation to a document that is given or sent to, or served on, a person on or after the commencement of that Schedule.\n\n## 32 Disclaimer of onerous property\n\n (b) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a lease—set out facts showing that subsection 133(4) of the Act has been complied with; and\n (c) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a contract—set out facts showing that the contract is, for the purposes of subsection 133(5A) of the Act, an unprofitable contract.\n (2) A trustee who gives a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must give the notice to each person who, to the trustee’s knowledge:\n (3) A failure to comply with subsection (1) or (2) does not affect the validity of a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act.\n\n## Division 6 Definition of income\n\n> electronic communication means an electronic communication within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of electronic communication in subsection 5(1) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999.\n\n> legal practitioner means a barrister, a solicitor, a barrister and solicitor or a legal practitioner, of the High Court or of the Supreme Court of a State or Territory.\n\n (a) remuneration paid to the trustee in accordance with a direction, or other order, made by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act directing the trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or making another order in relation to the property; and\n (ii) in relation to the examination of the debtor, or an examinable person in relation to the debtor, as a result of the issue of a summons under subsection 50(2) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section sets out the requirements for an application to the Official Receiver for a bankruptcy notice by a person who has obtained against a debtor one, or 2 or more, final judgments or final orders of a kind described in paragraph 40(1)(g) of the Act.\n\n (a) if any final order specified in the application is an award that is a final order because of subparagraph 40(3)(a)(i) of the Act—both of the following:\n (i) a copy of the award certified as a true copy by the arbitrator who made the award or by an officer of the Court who has compared the copy with the original award;\n (ii) a certificate of the judgment or order sealed by the court that made the judgment or order (the relevant court) or signed by an officer of the relevant court;\n (iii) a copy of the entry of the judgment or order certified as a true copy of that entry and sealed by the relevant court or signed by an officer of the relevant court.\n\n> Note 2: A fee is payable to the Official Receiver for an application under this section (see the Fees and Remuneration Determination).\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice must follow that form in respect of its format (for example, bold or italic typeface, underlining and notes).\n\n> Note: Section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 provides that strict compliance with a form is not required and substantial compliance is sufficient.\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice in relation to a debtor that is served on the debtor outside of a period mentioned in subsection (1) is not valid.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (a) of the definition of statutory minimum in subsection 5(1) of the Act, the amount prescribed is $10,000.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (2), the only persons who may inspect a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver under subsection 41(1) of the Act are the following:\n (2) If a creditor’s petition is presented that is founded on an act of bankruptcy consisting of failure to comply with the bankruptcy notice, any person may inspect the notice.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver in relation to a debtor if the notice includes a final judgment, or final order, that is expressed in an amount of foreign currency (whether or not the judgment or order is also expressed in an amount of Australian currency).\n (c) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the day on which the application for the notice is made.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n A creditor who presents a petition to the Court under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must give to the Official Receiver:\n (b) a copy of any order entered by the Court, dismissing, staying or extending the petition, or adjourning the hearing of the petition, within 2 business days after the Court enters the order.\n\n (1) If the Court gives a direction, or makes another order, under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to a debtor, the creditor who applied under subsection 50(1A) of the Act for the Court to make a direction must:\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n (c) in accordance with the direction or other order, the creditor deposits an amount (the first amount) with the trustee for the purposes of covering the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor.\n\n (2) The creditor is entitled to a refund of the sum of the first amount and any amount covered by subsection (4) less an amount equal to the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor if any of the following events occur:\n (a) the debtor enters into a personal insolvency agreement, or the debtor’s estate is administered under Part XI of the Act, and the Court authorises the trustee to transfer the debtor’s property to some other person;\n (i) the Court is satisfied that the first amount is insufficient to cover the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor;\n (ii) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs, on application by the trustee, the creditor to deposit the additional amount with the trustee;\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n\n (2) The Court may, on application by the debtor within 15 business days after the day the petition is dismissed, order the creditor to pay the debtor an amount equal to the damage the Court assesses as resulting from the acts or omissions of the trustee in reliance on the direction or other order mentioned in paragraph (1)(b).\n\n “(2A) The Court or a magistrate may direct that an examination, or any part of an examination, under this section shall be held in private.”;\n (c) by omitting from subsection (9) “is the trustee” and substituting “has been directed to take control of the property of the relevant person”;\n “(14) Subject to subsection (14A), the applicant for an examination under this section is to pay the costs incurred in connection with the examination.\n (14A) The Court or a magistrate may order that all or some of the costs mentioned in subsection (14) are to be paid by the relevant person.”.\n\n If:\n (b) the Official Receiver accepts the declaration, and signs a copy of the declaration, under paragraph 54C(1)(a) of the Act;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsections 54D(1), 55(3A), 56B(5) and 57(3A) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (d) information about a debtor’s right to choose whether the bankruptcy is initially administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (e) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to present to the Official Receiver, under section 54A of the Act, a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition.\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to present a petition under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n If:\n (a) a debtor presents, or 2 or more debtors present, a petition to the Official Receiver under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act; and\n (b) there is in force under subsection 156A(1) of the Act an instrument of consent of a registered trustee to act as the trustee of:\n (ii) in the case of 2 or more debtors—the separate estates, the joint estates, or the joint and separate estates, of the debtors or any of them;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 56C(2) of the Act, if the Official Receiver refers a debtor’s petition against a partnership to the Court, the notice given by the Official Receiver to each member of the partnership who did not present the petition must:\n\n If a person is arrested under a warrant issued by the Court under section 78 of the Act, the arresting officer must immediately notify a Registrar of the Court.\n\n (a) a creditor lodges, or causes to be lodged, a proof of debt in a bankruptcy in accordance with section 84 of the Act; and\n (b) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the date of the bankruptcy.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n (1) For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(a) of the Act, the order that the trustee of the estate of a bankrupt must apply the proceeds of the bankrupt’s property to the costs, charges, expenses and remuneration mentioned in the following table is the order that appears in the table.\n\n

Order of payment of certain costs, charges, expenses and remuneration

Item

Costs, charges and expenses

1

Realisations charge payable by the trustee in relation to the estate under the Bankruptcy (Estate Charges) Act 1997

2

If the trustee is a registered trustee to whom the Official Trustee transferred the administration of the bankruptcy, both of the following in relation to the administration of the bankruptcy by the Official Trustee before the transfer:

(a) any remuneration payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination;

(b) any reimbursement that is payable to the Official Trustee under section 108

3

Expenses reasonably incurred by or on behalf of the trustee:

(a) in protecting all or part of the bankrupt’s assets; or

(b) in carrying on, in accordance with the Act, a business of the bankrupt

4

If a creditor made an advance to the trustee for the purposes of the trustee’s administration of the bankruptcy—an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to that advance

5

Fees, costs, charges or expenses (other than fees, costs, charges or expenses covered by another item of this table) paid or payable by the trustee in administering the bankrupt’s estate

6

If:

(a) an order was made under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to the bankrupt when the bankrupt was a debtor; and

(b) an amount was deposited by a creditor, in accordance with that order, with the trustee;

an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to the trustee’s preliminary remuneration and expenses in relation to the debtor

7

The following:

(a) if a creditor applied for:

(i) a sequestration order against the estate; or

(ii) an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act;

the taxed costs of the creditor in relation to the application;

(b) if the administrator of the estate of a deceased person presented a petition for an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act—the taxed costs of the administrator;

(c) if a person made an application for a sequestration order under Part X of the Act—both of the following:

(i) the taxed costs of that person in relation to the application;

(ii) any taxed costs of that person in respect of an application for an order under Division 5 or 6 of Part IX of the Act in relation to the estate

8

The trustee’s remuneration (other than remuneration covered by item 6):

(a) if the trustee is the Official Trustee—payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or

(b) if the trustee is a registered trustee—payable to the registered trustee under section 60‑5 of Schedule 2 to the Act

9

If:

(a) there is a committee of inspection in relation to the administration of the estate; and

(b) the creditors of the estate, or a majority of them, have approved payment of out‑of‑pocket expenses incurred by a member of the committee of inspection;

those expenses, to the extent that the trustee allows them as being fair and reasonable

10

Costs of any audit carried out under section 70‑15 or 70‑20 of Schedule 2 to the Act in relation to the estate

\n```\n\n (2) For the purposes of item 7 of the table, a reference to an applicant or a person presenting a petition is taken to include a reference to a person whose application or petition has not been proceeded with because a debtor’s petition presented by the bankrupt has been accepted by the Official Receiver (whether or not that debtor’s petition was referred to the Court under subsection 55(3B) of the Act, and whatever the outcome of such a referral).\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(e) of the Act, the maximum amount due to or in respect of an employee of a bankrupt is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum amount payable to employee

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$4,600

2

2018‑19

$4,550

3

2017‑18

$4,500

4

2016‑17

$4,450

5

2015‑16

$4,400

6

2014‑15

$4,350

7

2013‑14

$4,300

8

2012‑13

$4,200

9

2011‑12

$4,150

10

2010‑11

$4,100

11

2009‑10

$4,000

12

2008‑09

$3,950

13

2007‑08

$3,850

14

2006‑07

$3,750

15

2005‑06

$3,650

16

2004‑05

$3,550

17

2003‑04

$3,500

18

2002‑03

$3,450

19

2001‑02

$3,350

20

2000‑01

$3,300

21

1999‑2000

$3,150

22

1998‑99

$3,100

23

1997‑98

$3,100

24

1996‑97

$3,100

\n```\n\n (b) property of a kind covered by subsection (3) to the extent that it is reasonably appropriate for a household, having regard to the criteria specified in subsection (4);\n (c) property (including recreational and sports equipment) of a kind that is reasonably necessary for the domestic use of a household, having regard to:\n (c) educational, sporting or recreational items (including books) that are wholly or mainly for the use of children or students in the household;\n (c) any special climatic or other factors (including geographical isolation) of the place where the household residence is located;\n (d) whether the property is reasonably necessary for the functioning or servicing of the household as a viable and properly‑run household;\n (e) whether the costs of seizure, storage and sale of the property would be likely to exceed the sale price of the property;\n (f) if paragraph (e) does not apply—whether for any other reason (for example, costs of transport) the sale of the property would be likely to be uneconomical.\n (6) For the purposes of subsection (5), an item is an antique item only if a substantial part of its market value is attributable to its age or historical significance.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(ba)(ii) of the Act, non‑monetary sporting, cultural, military or academic awards are a kind of property that is prescribed.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(c)(i) of the Act, the maximum total value of a bankrupt’s property that is for use by the bankrupt in earning income by personal exertion is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum total value of tools

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,800

2

2018‑19

$3,800

3

2017‑18

$3,750

4

2016‑17

$3,700

5

2015‑16

$3,650

6

2014‑15

$3,600

7

2013‑14

$3,550

8

2012‑13

$3,500

9

2011‑12

$3,450

10

2010‑11

$3,400

11

2009‑10

$3,300

12

2008‑09

$3,250

13

2007‑08

$3,200

14

2006‑07

$3,100

15

2005‑06

$3,050

16

2004‑05

$3,000

17

2003‑04

$2,950

18

2002‑03

$2,900

19

2001‑02

$2,850

20

2000‑01

$2,800

21

1999‑2000

$2,650

22

1998‑99

$2,600

23

1997‑98

$2,600

24

1996‑97

$2,600

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 116(2)(ca) of the Act, the maximum aggregate value of property used by the bankrupt primarily as a means of transport is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum value of motor vehicle

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$8,100

2

2018‑19

$8,000

3

2017‑18

$7,900

4

2016‑17

$7,800

5

2015‑16

$7,700

6

2014‑15

$7,600

7

2013‑14

$7,500

8

2012‑13

$7,350

9

2011‑12

$7,200

10

2010‑11

$7,050

11

2009‑10

$6,850

12

2008‑09

$6,700

13

2007‑08

$6,500

14

2006‑07

$6,300

15

2005‑06

$6,150

16

2004‑05

$6,000

17

2003‑04

$5,900

18

2002‑03

$5,800

19

2001‑02

$5,650

20

2000‑01

$5,500

21

1999‑2000

$5,200

22

1998‑99

$5,050

23

1997‑98

$5,000

24

1996‑97

$5,000

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 120(2)(d) of the Act, a transfer is of a kind to which subsection 120(1) of the Act does not apply if the costs of recovering the transferred property would, in the opinion of the trustee in the transferor’s bankruptcy, be likely to exceed the value of the property to the transferor’s creditors.\n\n (b) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a lease—set out facts showing that subsection 133(4) of the Act has been complied with; and\n (c) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a contract—set out facts showing that the contract is, for the purposes of subsection 133(5A) of the Act, an unprofitable contract.\n (2) A trustee who gives a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must give the notice to each person who, to the trustee’s knowledge:\n (3) A failure to comply with subsection (1) or (2) does not affect the validity of a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section is made for the purposes of subparagraph (a)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act.\n (b) a reference in that Act to the taxable value of a benefit were a reference to the value, for the purposes of the Act, of the benefit; and\n (c) a reference in that Act to a declaration date were a reference to the date occurring 21 days after the end of a contribution assessment period in relation to a bankrupt; and\n (d) a reference in that Act to a declaration to be given to an employer of a person were a reference to a declaration to be given to the trustee of the person’s estate; and\n (e) a reference in that Act to a form approved by the Commissioner were a reference to a form approved by the Inspector‑General under section 6D of the Act; and\n (f) subject to paragraph (d), a reference in the FBTA Act to an employer, or to the employer, were a reference to any person (other than the bankrupt); and\n (g) a reference in the FBTA Act to an employee, or to the employee, were a reference to a bankrupt, or to the bankrupt, as the case requires.\n (5) Despite subsections (2), (3) and (4), the modifications specified or referred to in those subsections do not apply in relation to the provision of a fringe benefit (within the meaning of the FBTA Act) to a bankrupt if the provider of the fringe benefit:\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following contributions and payments made for the purpose of providing superannuation benefits for a bankrupt person are not income of the person:\n (a) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person to the extent that the contributions reduce the employer’s potential liability for the superannuation guarantee charge imposed under section 5 of the Superannuation Guarantee Charge Act 1992;\n (b) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person in accordance with the employer’s obligation to make contributions for the person under:\n (c) payments of shortfall components made to, or for the benefit of, the person under sections 65 to 67 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n (a) the contributions exceed the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage of the employee’s ordinary time earnings for the contribution assessment period; and\n\n> individual industrial agreement means an industrial agreement made solely between the employer and the person, including the following:\n\n (a) an AWA, or an ITEA, (both within the meaning of the Fair Work (Transitional Provisions and Consequential Amendments) Act 2009) to which that Act applies;\n\n> ordinary time earnings has the meaning given by subsection 6(1) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n> relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage: the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage for a year (the bankruptcy year) is the percentage whose number is the same as that set out in column 2 of the table in subsection 19(2) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992 for the financial year in which the bankruptcy year starts.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following payments or amounts are not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) a payment or amount of family tax benefit paid under the family assistance law (within the meaning of the A New Tax System (Family Assistance) (Administration) Act 1999);\n (b) an amount that is not income for the purposes of the Social Security Act 1991 because of subsection 8(8) of that Act, except for a payment or amount mentioned in paragraph (a), (h), (ha), (k), (ka), (m), (z), (za) or (zb) of that subsection.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (c) of the definition of dependant in section 139K of the Act, the prescribed amount of income derived (or likely to be derived) by a person during a contribution assessment period is:\n (b) if the period begins in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n (d) if the period begins in a later financial year—$3,741 indexed in accordance with section 114 of this instrument as if the period were that financial year.\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum income of dependant

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,720

2

2018‑19

$3,642

3

2017‑18

$3,596

4

2016‑17

$3,532

5

2015‑16

$3,459

6

2014‑15

$3,411

7

2013‑14

$3,363

8

2012‑13

$3,264

9

2011‑12

$3,181

10

2010‑11

$3,131

11

2009‑10

$3,030

12

2008‑09

$2,942

13

2007‑08

$2,870

14

2006‑07

$2,756

15

2005‑06

$2,688

16

2004‑05

$2,611

17

2003‑04

$2,549

\n```\n\n (3) If the bankrupt pays the contribution by cheque, payment is taken to occur when the cheque is cleared and the amount of the payment is credited to the account into which the cheque is deposited.\n (4) The trustee may, on reasonable notice in writing to the bankrupt, vary or withdraw an authorisation under paragraph (2)(c).\n (5) If the trustee incurs a delivery or postal charge (including a surcharge) or bank charge in connection with the receipt or processing of the contribution, the trustee may reimburse the trustee for the amount of the charge from the bankrupt’s estate.\n\n (a) a bankrupt is liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the bankrupt’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act in respect of a contribution assessment period; and\n\n (3) If the contribution remains unpaid, the deceased bankrupt’s estate is liable for the portion of the contribution attributable to the part of the period occurring before the bankrupt’s death.\n\n (b) immediately before being discharged, the person was liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the person’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act; and\n\n> Note: Section 139R of the Act provides that any liability of a bankrupt under section 139P or 139Q of the Act is not affected by the bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy after the making of the assessment that gave rise to the liability.\n\n (5) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(d)(ii), a change in the name of a person is taken to occur if the person in fact assumes the use of a different name or an additional name.\n\n A notice under section 139ZL of the Act must not specify money or property that is protected, under a law of the Commonwealth or a State or Territory, from a process such as assignment, attachment, charging, execution or garnishment.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 145(3) of the Act, notice must be given by serving it on each person to whom, under that subsection, it must be given.\n\n (a) an objection to the discharge of a bankrupt has been made on a ground, or on grounds that include a ground, mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(a) or (h) of the Act (which refer to the bankrupt being out of Australia); and\n (2) Within 5 business days after the day that the registered trustee becomes aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia, the registered trustee must give notice in writing to the Official Receiver stating:\n (ii) if the trustee does not know the day on which the bankrupt returned—the trustee became aware that the bankrupt had returned.\n\n For the purposes of the ground of objection mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(d) of the Act, a bankrupt is taken to have failed to comply with a request to provide information if the bankrupt has provided information that is incomplete or inaccurate.\n\n (c) an application is made to the Administrative Review Tribunal under section 149Q of the Act for the review of the decision of the Inspector‑General; and\n\n (a) if the debtor presents a debtor’s petition to the Official Receiver—on or before the day that the debtor so presents the petition; or\n\n If a registered trustee becomes, under subsection 156A(3) of the Act, the trustee of an estate or of joint and separate estates, the Official Receiver may give the registered trustee a certificate to that effect.\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 188(2A) of the Act, a person (other than the Official Trustee or a registered trustee) is ineligible to act under Part X of the Act as a controlling trustee in relation to a debtor in any of the following circumstances:\n (a) the person is or was convicted of an offence involving fraud or dishonesty at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (c) the person is a solicitor who does not hold an Australian practising certificate (within the meaning of the Evidence Act 1995);\n (d) the person is or was an insolvent under administration at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(f)(ii), the Inspector‑General may approve a course in insolvency by notice published on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website.\n (ii) has refused or failed to cooperate with the Inspector‑General in an inquiry or investigation under paragraph 12(1)(b) of the Act.\n (ii) invites the person to give the Inspector‑General, within 20 business days after the day the notice is given or such longer time as is specified in the notice, a written statement showing cause why the determination should not be made; and\n (5) If the Inspector‑General makes a determination under subsection (3) in relation to a person, the Inspector‑General must give the person a written notice stating the following:\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General to make a determination under subsection 49(3).\n\n (b) the person becomes ineligible to act as a controlling trustee under Part X of the Act because one or more of the circumstances prescribed by subsection 49(1) of this instrument apply in relation to the person.\n (2) The Official Trustee must perform the duties of a controlling trustee in relation to the debtor unless and until the debtor authorises another person under subsection 188(1) of the Act.\n\n (1) If, on application, the Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act that a person (the old trustee) cease to be the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate, the applicant for the order must:\n (3) If the creditors of a regulated debtor, by resolution at a meeting, remove the trustee (the old trustee) of the regulated debtor’s estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(a) of Schedule 2 to the Act, the person appointed by the creditors under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of that Schedule as trustee of the estate must:\n\n (1) If the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate (other than the Official Trustee) finalises the administration of the debtor’s estate, the trustee must:\n\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a debt agreement;\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to give the Official Receiver a debt agreement proposal under subsection 185C(1) of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n (a) any of the following awarded by a registered provider (within the meaning of the Education Services for Overseas Students Act 2000):\n (i) a Certificate IV in Financial Services (Accounting) awarded for study starting between 10 July 2004 and 23 November 2010;\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (c) a degree, diploma or similar qualification awarded by a foreign tertiary education institution and for which the Inspector‑General is satisfied the following conditions are satisfied:\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n\n#### 57 Prescribed amount of owed notified estate charges preventing renewal of registration as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraphs 186C(3)(d) and (5)(d) of the Act, the prescribed amount of notified estate charges is $500.\n\n For the purposes of section 187A of the Act, a provision of Part X of the Act specified in Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section of the Act, to joint debtors, whether partners or not.\n\n (b) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (c) information about whether a personal insolvency agreement may be administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy if any of the things mentioned in paragraphs 40(1)(i) to (m) of the Act happen in relation to a debtor;\n (f) information about a debtor’s rights and responsibilities under Part X of the Act, including a debtor’s obligation to disclose all related entities;\n (g) information about a controlling trustee’s obligation to disclose the controlling trustee’s relationship (if any) with a debtor.\n (3) A registered trustee or a solicitor authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property must not consent to exercise the powers given by the authority unless the debtor has given the registered trustee or the solicitor, as the case may be, a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the Official Trustee is authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property, the Official Receiver must not give the debtor a written approval under paragraph 188(2)(aa) of the Act unless the debtor has given the Official Trustee a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n\n (b) unable to sign the authority or an acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) of this instrument relating to the authority because of a physical incapacity.\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and debtor are familiar; or\n\n> relevant material means the authority, the information prescribed by section 59 and the acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) relating to the authority.\n\n (3) The person must, at the same time as calling a meeting of the debtor’s creditors, give a copy of the proposal for dealing with the debtor’s affairs under Part X of the Act to:\n\n> Note 1: An authority signed by a debtor under section 188 of the Act is not effective for the purposes of Part X of the Act unless, before the person authorised consents to exercise the powers given by the authority, the debtor gives to the person authorised:\n\n> Note 2: Under subsection 188(5) of the Act, a registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority must also give a copy of the authority and the debtor’s statement of affairs to the Official Receiver.\n\n (e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement.\n\n For the purposes of section 210 of the Act, a provision of Part VIII of the Act specified in Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor.\n\n#### 64 Modifications of Division 1 of Part V of the Act—debtors whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act\n\n For the purposes of subsection 211(1) of the Act, a provision in Division 1 of Part V of the Act specified in Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 218(3) of the Act, a notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act must be in writing.\n\n (1) If the Court makes a sequestration order under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act, the applicant for the order must:\n\n#### 67 Information to be given to Official Receiver in relation to orders terminating or setting aside a personal insolvency agreement\n\n> Note: If the Court makes an order setting aside or terminating a personal insolvency agreement and a registered trustee was the trustee of the agreement, the registered trustee must give written notice of the order to the Official Receiver (see subsection 224A(4) of the Act).\n\n (1) If a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act, the trustee of the agreement must:\n\n> Note: Before the termination takes effect, the trustee must give notice of the proposed termination to all the creditors who are entitled to receive notice of a meeting of creditors (see subsection 222A(2) of the Act).\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 231(1) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 4 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor who has executed a personal insolvency agreement.\n (2) For the purposes of subsection 231(3) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 5 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a personal insolvency agreement.\n\n (4) If the trustee gives a certificate to the debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act or subsection (1) of this section, the trustee must:\n (a) the person is required to give a copy of a certificate to the Official Receiver in accordance with subsection (4); and\n\n For the purposes of subsections 248(1) and (3) of the Act, a provision specified in Schedule 4 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Schedule in relation to proceedings under Part XI of the Act and the administration of estates under that Part.\n\n (1) If a trustee (within the meaning of section 254 of the Act) pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act, the trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (3) If a registered trustee pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act, the registered trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (1) For the purposes of the definition of National Personal Insolvency Index in subsection 5(1) of the Act, an electronic index to be known as the National Personal Insolvency Index is established.\n\n Division 2 of this Part (information to be entered in the Index) has effect subject to Division 3 of this Part (information not to be entered in the Index and information to be removed from the Index).\n\n (1) The person specified in column 2 of an item of the table in subsection (3) must, at a time within the time period specified in column 2 of that item, give a copy of each document specified in column 1 of that item to the Official Receiver.\n\n

Documents that must be given to the Official Receiver

Item

Column 1

Document(s)

Column 2

Person and time period

Column 3

Information

1

A notice given under subsection 181A(2) of the Act by the current trustee of a bankrupt’s estate nominating another trustee as the new trustee of the estate

The new trustee within 2 business days after the date specified in the notice (see paragraph 181A(3)(a) of the Act)

The day on which the new trustee became the trustee of the estate

2

An order under subsection 185Q(4) of the Act terminating a debt agreement

The applicant for the order within 3 business days after the order is made

The day on which the order was made

3

An order under subsection 185U(1) of the Act declaring all or part of a debt agreement void

The applicant for the order within 2 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) whether all or part of the agreement was declared void

4

An authority, signed by a debtor under subsection 188(1) of the Act, naming and authorising a registered trustee, a solicitor or the Official Trustee to call a meeting of the debtor’s creditors and to take control of the debtor’s property

The person named in the authority within 2 business days after the debtor signs the authority

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the copy of the authority was given to the Official Receiver;

(c) the day on which the debtor’s statement of affairs was given to the Official Receiver (see subsections 188(2D) and (5) of the Act);

(d) the name of the controlling trustee (see subsection 188(6) of the Act)

5

Written evidence of an event of a kind mentioned in paragraph 192(1)(a), (b) or (c) of the Act, or a written request given to the Official Trustee under paragraph 192(1)(d) of the Act, resulting in the Official Trustee becoming the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor

The Official Trustee within 14 days after the Official Trustee becomes the controlling trustee

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Trustee became the controlling trustee

6

Both of the following:

(a) a petition to the Court, under subsection 244(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of the estate of a deceased person;

(b) an affidavit verifying the petition (see subsection 244(5) of the Act)

The creditor, or one of the creditors, who presented the petition to the Court within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day the petition was presented;

(c) the name of the creditor or creditors who presented the petition;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the creditor or creditors;

(e) the day the Court is to hear the petition

7

Both of the following:

(a) a petition, under subsection 247(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of a deceased person’s estate under Part XI of the Act;

(b) a statement of the deceased person’s affairs and of the petitioner’s administration of the deceased person’s estate (see subsection 247(1) of the Act)

The petitioner within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the petition and the statement of affairs were presented;

(c) the name of the administrator;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the administrator

8

An order, under section 252B of the Act, annulling the administration of the estate of a deceased person under Part XI of the Act

The trustee of the estate within 2 business days after the trustee becomes aware of the order

The day on which the order was made

9

An order, under subsection 253E(1) of the Act, staying proceedings under a creditor’s petition or debtor’s petition

The applicant for the order within 7 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) the length of the stay (see subsection 253E(3) of the Act)

\n```\n\n (1) If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in subsection (2) is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n (aa) in the case of a statement of affairs mentioned in item 2 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the statement; and\n (a) in the case of a debtor’s petition mentioned in item 3, 4 or 5 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the petition; and\n (b) in the case of a debt agreement proposal mentioned in item 12 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the debt agreement proposal for processing.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with the Act

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A sequestration order made against the estate of a debtor (see subsection 52(1A) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(d) the name of the creditor who obtained the order;

(e) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of that creditor

2

A statement of the affairs of a person against whose estate a sequestration order is made, that is given for the purposes of subsection 54(1) of the Act

The day on which the statement of affairs was filed with the Official Receiver

3

A debtor’s petition (see subsection 55(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the resulting bankruptcy;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(e) the day on which the statement of the debtor’s affairs accepted by the Official Receiver was given to the Official Receiver for the purposes of paragraph 55(2)(b) of the Act

4

A debtor’s petition against a partnership presented by members of the partnership (see subsection 56B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of the partners who presented the petition;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the bankruptcy of each of those partners as a result of the acceptance of the petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each bankrupt partner;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those partners, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of the partnership affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

5

A debtor’s petition by joint debtors who are not partners (see subsection 57(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of those debtors;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of each bankruptcy that results from acceptance of the debtor’s petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each debtor;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those debtors, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of their joint affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

6

A notice relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 74(5A) of the Act)

The day on which the bankruptcy was annulled

7

A notice of objection by a trustee to the discharge of a bankrupt from bankruptcy (see subsection 149B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) when the objection took effect (see section 149G of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection set out in the notice (see paragraph 149C(1)(a) of the Act);

(c) the name of the trustee

8

A notice that a trustee ceases to object to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy on a particular ground (see subsection 149H(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) if there is no longer an objection on any ground—when the objection ceased to have effect (see subsection 149H(3) of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection to which the notice relates;

(c) the name of the trustee

9

A notice of withdrawal of objection by a trustee to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy (see subsection 149J(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) when the withdrawal takes effect (see subsection 149J(3) of the Act);

(b) the name of the trustee

10

A notice about the cancellation, under subsection 149N(1) of the Act, of a notice of objection filed by a trustee of a bankrupt’s estate (see subsection 149P(1) of the Act)

The day on which the cancellation took effect

11

A certificate relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 153A(2) of the Act)

The date of annulment included in the certificate

12

A debtor’s written proposal for a debt agreement (see subsection 185C(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185E of the Act)

13

A notification that a debt agreement has ended (see subsection 185N(5) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the debt agreement ended;

(b) the reasons why the debt agreement ended

14

A notification that control of the property of a debtor has ended (see subsection 189(1B) of the Act)

The day on which that control ended

15

A personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor (see paragraph 218(1)(b) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the agreement was executed;

(c) the name of the trustee of the personal insolvency agreement

16

A resolution or special resolution terminating a personal insolvency agreement (see subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

17

A resolution or special resolution terminating a composition or scheme of arrangement (see section 76B and subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated

18

A notice that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated or set aside (see subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated or set aside

19

A notice that a composition or scheme of arrangement is terminated or set aside (see section 76B and subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated or set aside

20

An order that the estate of a deceased person be administered under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 244(14), 245(3) or 247(3) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee administering the estate

21

A statement of a deceased person’s affairs and of the administration of the deceased person’s estate by a legal personal representative of the deceased person (see paragraph 246(1)(b) of the Act)

The day on which the statement was given to the Official Receiver

22

A certificate in relation to the annulment, by force of subsection 252A(1) of the Act, of the administration of an estate under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 252A(2) of the Act)

The day of the annulment

\n```\n\n If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with this instrument

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A creditor’s petition presented against a debtor or joint debtors (see section 13)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor or joint debtors;

(b) the day on which the petition was presented against the debtor or joint debtors;

(c) the name of the petitioning creditor;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the petitioning creditor;

(e) the day of the court hearing for a sequestration order relating to the petition

2

A direction given, or an order made, by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act (see section 14 of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor to whom the order or direction relates;

(b) the day on which the order was made or the direction given;

(c) the day (if any) on which a trustee’s control of that debtor’s property is to end (see subsection 50(1B) of the Act)

3

A notice under subsection 46(2) that the Administrative Review Tribunal has varied or set aside a decision of the Inspector‑General in relation to a notice of objection

The day on which the decision was varied or set aside

4

A notice given under subsection 52(1) in relation to an order about a regulated debtor’s estate, if the order provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of the estate

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the new trustee;

(b) the day of the appointment

5

A notice given under subsection 52(3) by a person appointed as trustee of the estate of a regulated debtor

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the person appointed;

(b) the day of the appointment

6

A notice under subsection 53(1) that the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate has finalised the administration of the debtor’s estate

The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised

7

A notice under subparagraph 62(2)(a)(ii) of particulars specified in subsection 62(3) in relation to a special resolution passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors

The particulars

8

A sequestration order against the estate of a debtor made under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act (see subsection 66(1) of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) if the person who applied for the order was a creditor of the debtor—the name of the creditor and the name and telephone number of the creditor’s solicitor (if any);

(d) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate

9

A notice under paragraph 68(1)(a) that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

10

A certificate given by a trustee to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act (see subsection 70(4) of this instrument)

The day on which the trustee signed the certificate

\n```\n\n If an event specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section occurs, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n| Item | Column 1Event | Column 2Information |\n| ---- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |\n| 1 | A bankrupt is, by force of subsection 149(1) of the Act, discharged from bankruptcy | The day on which the bankrupt was discharged from bankruptcy |\n| 2 | The Official Receiver issues a certificate of appointment to a registered trustee under subsection 157(3) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the name of the registered trustee;(b) the day on which the registered trustee was appointed |\n| 3 | A trustee, or the Official Trustee, is released from the trusteeship of an estate by force of section 184 or 184A of the Act | The fact that the trustee, or the Official Trustee, has been so released |\n| 4 | A debt agreement proposal is withdrawn | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was withdrawn |\n| 5 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement that was made before 1 July 2007 is accepted (see sections 185B and 185P of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the proposal was accepted |\n| 6 | A debt agreement proposal is not accepted (see section 185EC of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was not accepted |\n| 7 | The Official Receiver cancels the acceptance of a debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185ED of the Act) | The day on which the Official Receiver cancelled the acceptance of the debt agreement proposal for processing |\n| 8 | A debt agreement proposal lapses (see section 185G of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal lapsed |\n| 9 | The Official Receiver gives to a debtor a certificate under subsection 185N(3) of the Act | The day on which the certificate was given |\n| 10 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement is accepted (see section 185PC of the Act) | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 11 | The Official Receiver terminates a debt agreement under subsection 185QA(1) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 12 | The minutes of a meeting of creditors at which a special resolution was passed terminating a debt agreement made before 1 July 2007 are given to the Official Receiver (see subsection 185QA(1) of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the resolution was passed |\n| 13 | A special resolution is passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors under subsection 204(1) of the Act if the Official Trustee called the meeting under an authority under section 188 of the Act | All of the following:(a) the date of the resolution;(b) the debtor’s full name and alias (if any);(c) the debtor’s address;(d) the debtor’s occupation (if any);(e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement |\n| 14 | A sequestration order is made against the estate of a debtor under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | All of the following:(a) particulars of the debtor;(b) the day on which the order was made;(c) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate |\n| 15 | An order is made under subsection 222(1), (2) or (5) of the Act setting aside a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was set aside |\n| 16 | A personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act where the Official Trustee is the trustee of the agreement | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 17 | An order is made under subsection 222C(1) of the Act terminating a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 18 | The Official Trustee gives a certificate to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act | The day on which the Official Trustee signed the certificate |\n| 19 | The Official Trustee finalises the administration of a debtor’s estate | The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised |\n| 20 | The Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act, on application by the Inspector‑General, that provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of an estate | Both of the following:(a) the name of the new trustee;(b) the day of the appointment |\n| 21 | The Official Trustee is appointed by the creditors of an estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of Schedule 2 to the Act as trustee of an estate | The day of the appointment |\n\n> Note: A number of provisions of the Act require the Official Receiver to enter information in the Index when certain events occur. These provisions include the following:\n\n (a) a debtor whose property is under the control of the Official Trustee or a registered trustee because of a direction given by the Court under paragraph 50(1)(a) of the Act;\n (c) a deceased debtor if a petition for an order for the administration of the deceased debtor’s estate has been presented under Part XI of the Act;\n (d) a debtor in relation to whom an application is made to the Court under subsection 253E(1) of the Act for an order staying all or any proceedings under a petition.\n (3) In the case of a deceased debtor, the information to be entered in accordance with paragraphs (1)(a), (b) and (c) is the information immediately before the debtor’s death.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (4), a person who is a debtor or bankrupt may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General for information about the person:\n (a) not to be entered in the Index, on the ground that the entry of the information would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n\n> Note: Example: A person may rely on a court order (such as a domestic violence order) to show that publication of the information in question would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under paragraph 80(3)(a) refusing to grant an application.\n\n (1) If a debt agreement ends under section 185N of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (2) If a debt agreement is terminated under section 185P, 185Q, 185QA or 185R of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (3) If an order is made under section 185U of the Act declaring all of a debt agreement void, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n\n The Official Receiver must remove all information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index within 1 year after the day on which any of the following occurs:\n\n (1) A person may, by application in writing, ask the Official Receiver to inspect material in the Index and give to the person an extract of material specified in the application.\n (a) if the applicant has paid any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination for obtaining the requested extract—must inspect the Index and, within 10 business days of receiving the application:\n (b) may give the applicant a list of Index search agents who may be able to inspect material entered in the Index for the applicant.\n (3) A person who has been granted access to the Index by the Inspector‑General may, after paying any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination:\n (4) However, prior payment is not required under subsection (3) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n An extract of information in the Index is admissible in any proceedings as prima facie evidence of the matters in the extract.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General, and any officer acting at the direction or with the authority of the Inspector‑General, have immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n (2) An officer has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (3) A person who provides material for entry in the Index has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of the material by way of:\n (5) The immunity of the Inspector‑General or another officer under this section arising out of publication of material extends to the Commonwealth and the Official Trustee to the extent that the Commonwealth or the Official Trustee would, apart from this subsection, be liable in respect of the publication.\n (6) This section does not limit any other ground of defence in relation to actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n\n (b) the person executing the warrant considers that it is impracticable to immediately bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n (b) a day and time when the person executing the warrant considers that it will be practicable to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n\n (1) If the Registrar receives a notification under subsection 87(2) in relation to an apprehended person, the Registrar must, as soon as reasonably practicable:\n (a) determine a day, time and place for the apprehended person to be brought before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate; and\n (b) direct the person who gave the notification to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate in accordance with that determination.\n (2) The time and day determined under paragraph (1)(a) must be the earliest that the Registrar reasonably believes are practicable.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 277B(1) of the Act, this Division establishes an infringement notice scheme, as an alternative to prosecution, for an infringement notice provision.\n\n (1) If the Inspector‑General believes on reasonable grounds that a person has contravened an infringement notice provision, the Inspector‑General may give to the person an infringement notice for the alleged contravention.\n (2) The infringement notice must be given within 12 months after the day on which the contravention is alleged to have taken place.\n (3) A single infringement notice must relate only to a single contravention of a single provision unless subsection (4) applies.\n (4) The Inspector‑General may give a person a single infringement notice relating to multiple contraventions of a single provision if:\n\n (e) give brief details of the alleged contravention, or each alleged contravention, to which the notice relates, including:\n (f) state the amount that is payable under the notice, as worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act and subsection (2) of this section; and\n (h) state that, if the person to whom the notice is given pays the amount within 20 business days after the day the notice is given, then (unless the notice is withdrawn) the person will not be liable to be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (k) state that the person may choose not to pay the amount and, if the person does so the person may be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (n) state that the person may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) If the notice relates to more than one alleged contravention of the provision by the person, the amount to be stated in the notice for the purposes of paragraph (1)(f) is the sum of the amount worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act for each alleged contravention.\n\n> Note: Under section 90, a single infringement notice may only deal with multiple contraventions if they are contraventions of a single provision continuing over a period.\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may apply to the Inspector‑General for an extension of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h).\n (2) If the application is made before the end of that period, the Inspector‑General may, in writing, extend that period. The Inspector‑General may do so before or after the end of that period.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General extends that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to that period so extended.\n (4) If the Inspector‑General does not extend that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to the period that ends on the later of the following days:\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) The Inspector‑General may withdraw an infringement notice given to a person (whether or not the person has made written representations seeking the withdrawal).\n (3) When deciding whether or not to withdraw an infringement notice (the relevant infringement notice), the Inspector‑General:\n (a) must take into account any written representations seeking the withdrawal that were given by the person to the Inspector‑General; and\n (i) whether a court has previously imposed a penalty on the person for a contravention of an infringement notice provision;\n (iii) whether the person has paid an amount, stated in an earlier infringement notice, for a contravention of an infringement notice provision if the contravention is constituted by conduct that is the same, or substantially the same, as the conduct alleged to constitute the contravention in the relevant infringement notice;\n\n (1) If the person to whom an infringement notice for an alleged contravention of a provision is given pays the amount stated in the notice before the end of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h):\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may sign a certificate that states any of the following in relation to an infringement notice given to a person:\n (b) that the Inspector‑General granted, or refused to grant, an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice;\n (c) if the Inspector‑General granted an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice—that that amount was not fully paid by the person within the period specified in the extension;\n (2) At a hearing of a prosecution for an offence alleged in an infringement notice, a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General in accordance with subsection (1) is prima facie evidence of the matters specified in the certificate.\n (3) A certificate that purports to be signed by the Inspector‑General is taken to have been signed by the Inspector‑General unless the contrary is proved.\n\n (a) require an infringement notice to be given to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (c) prevent the giving of 2 or more infringement notices to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (d) limit a court’s discretion to determine the amount of a penalty to be imposed on a person who is found to have contravened an infringement notice provision.\n\n (b) unless the person, by notice in writing to the Inspector‑General, directs otherwise—offset against estate charge or late payment penalty payable by the person.\n\n (1) A payment of interest charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) A payment of realisations charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or served on, a person (other than the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee), the document may be:\n (a) sent by a courier service to the person at the address of the person last known to the person serving the document; or\n (b) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name and any relevant document exchange number, at a document exchange where the person maintains a document exchange facility; or\n (i) by a kind of electronic communication that transmits the document to a facility maintained by the person for receipt of electronically transmitted documents; or\n (ii) by a kind of electronic communication such that, in the ordinary course of events, the document could be reasonably expected to be received by the person.\n\n> Note: The Electronic Transactions Act 1999 applies to a requirement or permission to give information under the Bankruptcy Act 1966 or this instrument, including electronic communications covered by this section.\n\n> Note: However, paragraph (d) of this subsection permits information to be given by means of particular kinds of electronic communication, in accordance with the information technology requirements in subsection (3). This means the requirements in section 9 of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999 do not apply in relation to electronic communications covered by this section (see subsection 9(3) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999).\n\n (2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(a) or (b), in the absence of proof to the contrary, the document is taken to have been received by, or served on, the person when the document would, in the due course of business practice, be delivered to that address or document exchange.\n\n (a) at the time the document is sent, it is reasonable to expect that the document would be readily accessible so as to be useable for subsequent reference; and\n (b) the document is sent in one of the following formats, or in a format that is similar to or readily convertible into one of the following formats:\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, this section applies if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or filed or lodged with:\n (2) The document must be posted, delivered, sent by email, or sent through the website of the Australian Financial Security Authority, to:\n (3) If this section applies, the document is taken to be received, filed or lodged only when the document (or, where applicable, a copy of it) is actually received by, or on behalf of, the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver (as the case requires).\n\n (1) Subsection (2) applies in any proceedings to a document or copy of a document that purports to be a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General stating that, at a particular time, the form of statement of affairs that is attached to the certificate was the approved form for the purposes of section 6A of the Act.\n\n A fee is not payable by the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver in respect of an application to, or the filing of a document in, the Court in relation to proceedings under the Act, this instrument or the Insolvency Practice Rules.\n\n (2) If such a fee is payable in respect of the doing of a matter or thing by the Official Receiver, the matter or thing need not be done unless the fee has been paid.\n\n (1) The Official Trustee’s entitlement to remuneration under the Fees and Remuneration Determination arises when the Official Trustee:\n (a) performs work or first acts in accordance with section 3.03, 3.04, 3.07 or 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (2) For paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (d), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee in respect of an amount received by the Official Trustee:\n\n (1) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.03 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the property or business of a debtor, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (2) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.04 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a composition or scheme of arrangement with the creditors of a bankrupt, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the composition or scheme of arrangement as the case may be.\n (3) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor who signed an authority under section 188 of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (4) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the estate of a bankrupt, or of a deceased person for whose estate an order for administration has been made under Part XI of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the bankrupt or deceased person as the case may be.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a request by a bankrupt to the Official Trustee for the Official Trustee’s consent, under paragraph 272(1)(c) of the Act, to the bankrupt leaving Australia.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may decide to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4) if the Inspector‑General is reasonably satisfied that:\n (a) payment of the fee by the person liable to pay it has imposed, or would impose, hardship on the person that is unusual and exceptional in comparison to the hardship arising in the normal course of bankruptcy; or\n (b) unless the fee is payable to the Inspector‑General—the officer to whom the fee is payable or would have been payable if the fee had not been waived or remitted.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General decides under subsection (1) to refuse to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4), the notification under subsection (2) in relation to the decision must include the reasons for the decision.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under subsection 111(1) refusing to waive or remit the whole or part of a fee that is payable by the person.\n\n If, under the Act, a trustee takes possession of, or attaches, the property of a bankrupt, debtor or deceased person, the trustee must, as soon as is reasonably practicable:\n (b) give a copy of the inventory, of the photographs or of the video recordings, as the case may be, to any person who has custody of the property or part of the property.\n\n (1) If a provision of this instrument states that a dollar amount is to be indexed in accordance with this section, then at the start of each financial year (an indexation year) beginning on or after 1 July 2021, the dollar amount is replaced by the amount worked out using the following formula:\n ![Start formula Indexation factor for the indexation year times Dollar amount for the previous year end formula](image.002.png)\n ![Start formula start fraction Index number for the reference quarter over Index number for the base quarter end fraction end formula](image.003.png)\n\n> index number, for a quarter, means the All Groups Consumer Price Index number (being the weighted average of the 8 capital cities) published by the Australian Statistician for that quarter.\n\n (4) If an indexation factor worked out under subsection (2) would be less than 1, that indexation factor is to be increased to 1.\n (a) are to be made using only the index numbers published in terms of the most recently published index reference period; and\n (b) are to be made disregarding index numbers that are published in substitution for previously published index numbers (except where the substituted numbers are published to take account of changes in the index reference period).\n\n (a) a thing was done for a particular purpose under the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996 as in force immediately before those Regulations were repealed; and\n (2) Without limiting subsection (1), a reference in that subsection to a thing being done includes a reference to a notice, application or other instrument being given or made.\n\n Despite the repeal of the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996, item 3 of Schedule 4 to those Regulations, as in force immediately before that repeal, continues to apply in relation to a contribution assessment period if an assessment under section 139W of the Act was made for that contribution assessment period before that repeal.\n\n Section 102, as substituted by Schedule 1 to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Electronic Service) Regulations 2024, applies in relation to a document that is given or sent to, or served on, a person on or after the commencement of that Schedule.\n\n## 33 Fringe benefits—modification of the FBTA Act\n\n (1) This section is made for the purposes of subparagraph (a)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act.\n (b) a reference in that Act to the taxable value of a benefit were a reference to the value, for the purposes of the Act, of the benefit; and\n (c) a reference in that Act to a declaration date were a reference to the date occurring 21 days after the end of a contribution assessment period in relation to a bankrupt; and\n (d) a reference in that Act to a declaration to be given to an employer of a person were a reference to a declaration to be given to the trustee of the person’s estate; and\n (e) a reference in that Act to a form approved by the Commissioner were a reference to a form approved by the Inspector‑General under section 6D of the Act; and\n (f) subject to paragraph (d), a reference in the FBTA Act to an employer, or to the employer, were a reference to any person (other than the bankrupt); and\n (g) a reference in the FBTA Act to an employee, or to the employee, were a reference to a bankrupt, or to the bankrupt, as the case requires.\n (5) Despite subsections (2), (3) and (4), the modifications specified or referred to in those subsections do not apply in relation to the provision of a fringe benefit (within the meaning of the FBTA Act) to a bankrupt if the provider of the fringe benefit:\n\n## 34 Superannuation contributions\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following contributions and payments made for the purpose of providing superannuation benefits for a bankrupt person are not income of the person:\n (a) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person to the extent that the contributions reduce the employer’s potential liability for the superannuation guarantee charge imposed under section 5 of the Superannuation Guarantee Charge Act 1992;\n (b) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person in accordance with the employer’s obligation to make contributions for the person under:\n (c) payments of shortfall components made to, or for the benefit of, the person under sections 65 to 67 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n (a) the contributions exceed the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage of the employee’s ordinary time earnings for the contribution assessment period; and\n\n> individual industrial agreement means an industrial agreement made solely between the employer and the person, including the following:\n\n (a) an AWA, or an ITEA, (both within the meaning of the Fair Work (Transitional Provisions and Consequential Amendments) Act 2009) to which that Act applies;\n\n> ordinary time earnings has the meaning given by subsection 6(1) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n> relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage: the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage for a year (the bankruptcy year) is the percentage whose number is the same as that set out in column 2 of the table in subsection 19(2) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992 for the financial year in which the bankruptcy year starts.\n\n## 35 Family assistance and social security payments\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following payments or amounts are not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) a payment or amount of family tax benefit paid under the family assistance law (within the meaning of the A New Tax System (Family Assistance) (Administration) Act 1999);\n (b) an amount that is not income for the purposes of the Social Security Act 1991 because of subsection 8(8) of that Act, except for a payment or amount mentioned in paragraph (a), (h), (ha), (k), (ka), (m), (z), (za) or (zb) of that subsection.\n\n## Division 7 Contributions by bankrupt\n\n> electronic communication means an electronic communication within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of electronic communication in subsection 5(1) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999.\n\n> legal practitioner means a barrister, a solicitor, a barrister and solicitor or a legal practitioner, of the High Court or of the Supreme Court of a State or Territory.\n\n (a) remuneration paid to the trustee in accordance with a direction, or other order, made by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act directing the trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or making another order in relation to the property; and\n (ii) in relation to the examination of the debtor, or an examinable person in relation to the debtor, as a result of the issue of a summons under subsection 50(2) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section sets out the requirements for an application to the Official Receiver for a bankruptcy notice by a person who has obtained against a debtor one, or 2 or more, final judgments or final orders of a kind described in paragraph 40(1)(g) of the Act.\n\n (a) if any final order specified in the application is an award that is a final order because of subparagraph 40(3)(a)(i) of the Act—both of the following:\n (i) a copy of the award certified as a true copy by the arbitrator who made the award or by an officer of the Court who has compared the copy with the original award;\n (ii) a certificate of the judgment or order sealed by the court that made the judgment or order (the relevant court) or signed by an officer of the relevant court;\n (iii) a copy of the entry of the judgment or order certified as a true copy of that entry and sealed by the relevant court or signed by an officer of the relevant court.\n\n> Note 2: A fee is payable to the Official Receiver for an application under this section (see the Fees and Remuneration Determination).\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice must follow that form in respect of its format (for example, bold or italic typeface, underlining and notes).\n\n> Note: Section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 provides that strict compliance with a form is not required and substantial compliance is sufficient.\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice in relation to a debtor that is served on the debtor outside of a period mentioned in subsection (1) is not valid.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (a) of the definition of statutory minimum in subsection 5(1) of the Act, the amount prescribed is $10,000.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (2), the only persons who may inspect a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver under subsection 41(1) of the Act are the following:\n (2) If a creditor’s petition is presented that is founded on an act of bankruptcy consisting of failure to comply with the bankruptcy notice, any person may inspect the notice.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver in relation to a debtor if the notice includes a final judgment, or final order, that is expressed in an amount of foreign currency (whether or not the judgment or order is also expressed in an amount of Australian currency).\n (c) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the day on which the application for the notice is made.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n A creditor who presents a petition to the Court under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must give to the Official Receiver:\n (b) a copy of any order entered by the Court, dismissing, staying or extending the petition, or adjourning the hearing of the petition, within 2 business days after the Court enters the order.\n\n (1) If the Court gives a direction, or makes another order, under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to a debtor, the creditor who applied under subsection 50(1A) of the Act for the Court to make a direction must:\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n (c) in accordance with the direction or other order, the creditor deposits an amount (the first amount) with the trustee for the purposes of covering the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor.\n\n (2) The creditor is entitled to a refund of the sum of the first amount and any amount covered by subsection (4) less an amount equal to the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor if any of the following events occur:\n (a) the debtor enters into a personal insolvency agreement, or the debtor’s estate is administered under Part XI of the Act, and the Court authorises the trustee to transfer the debtor’s property to some other person;\n (i) the Court is satisfied that the first amount is insufficient to cover the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor;\n (ii) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs, on application by the trustee, the creditor to deposit the additional amount with the trustee;\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n\n (2) The Court may, on application by the debtor within 15 business days after the day the petition is dismissed, order the creditor to pay the debtor an amount equal to the damage the Court assesses as resulting from the acts or omissions of the trustee in reliance on the direction or other order mentioned in paragraph (1)(b).\n\n “(2A) The Court or a magistrate may direct that an examination, or any part of an examination, under this section shall be held in private.”;\n (c) by omitting from subsection (9) “is the trustee” and substituting “has been directed to take control of the property of the relevant person”;\n “(14) Subject to subsection (14A), the applicant for an examination under this section is to pay the costs incurred in connection with the examination.\n (14A) The Court or a magistrate may order that all or some of the costs mentioned in subsection (14) are to be paid by the relevant person.”.\n\n If:\n (b) the Official Receiver accepts the declaration, and signs a copy of the declaration, under paragraph 54C(1)(a) of the Act;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsections 54D(1), 55(3A), 56B(5) and 57(3A) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (d) information about a debtor’s right to choose whether the bankruptcy is initially administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (e) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to present to the Official Receiver, under section 54A of the Act, a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition.\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to present a petition under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n If:\n (a) a debtor presents, or 2 or more debtors present, a petition to the Official Receiver under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act; and\n (b) there is in force under subsection 156A(1) of the Act an instrument of consent of a registered trustee to act as the trustee of:\n (ii) in the case of 2 or more debtors—the separate estates, the joint estates, or the joint and separate estates, of the debtors or any of them;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 56C(2) of the Act, if the Official Receiver refers a debtor’s petition against a partnership to the Court, the notice given by the Official Receiver to each member of the partnership who did not present the petition must:\n\n If a person is arrested under a warrant issued by the Court under section 78 of the Act, the arresting officer must immediately notify a Registrar of the Court.\n\n (a) a creditor lodges, or causes to be lodged, a proof of debt in a bankruptcy in accordance with section 84 of the Act; and\n (b) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the date of the bankruptcy.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n (1) For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(a) of the Act, the order that the trustee of the estate of a bankrupt must apply the proceeds of the bankrupt’s property to the costs, charges, expenses and remuneration mentioned in the following table is the order that appears in the table.\n\n

Order of payment of certain costs, charges, expenses and remuneration

Item

Costs, charges and expenses

1

Realisations charge payable by the trustee in relation to the estate under the Bankruptcy (Estate Charges) Act 1997

2

If the trustee is a registered trustee to whom the Official Trustee transferred the administration of the bankruptcy, both of the following in relation to the administration of the bankruptcy by the Official Trustee before the transfer:

(a) any remuneration payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination;

(b) any reimbursement that is payable to the Official Trustee under section 108

3

Expenses reasonably incurred by or on behalf of the trustee:

(a) in protecting all or part of the bankrupt’s assets; or

(b) in carrying on, in accordance with the Act, a business of the bankrupt

4

If a creditor made an advance to the trustee for the purposes of the trustee’s administration of the bankruptcy—an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to that advance

5

Fees, costs, charges or expenses (other than fees, costs, charges or expenses covered by another item of this table) paid or payable by the trustee in administering the bankrupt’s estate

6

If:

(a) an order was made under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to the bankrupt when the bankrupt was a debtor; and

(b) an amount was deposited by a creditor, in accordance with that order, with the trustee;

an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to the trustee’s preliminary remuneration and expenses in relation to the debtor

7

The following:

(a) if a creditor applied for:

(i) a sequestration order against the estate; or

(ii) an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act;

the taxed costs of the creditor in relation to the application;

(b) if the administrator of the estate of a deceased person presented a petition for an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act—the taxed costs of the administrator;

(c) if a person made an application for a sequestration order under Part X of the Act—both of the following:

(i) the taxed costs of that person in relation to the application;

(ii) any taxed costs of that person in respect of an application for an order under Division 5 or 6 of Part IX of the Act in relation to the estate

8

The trustee’s remuneration (other than remuneration covered by item 6):

(a) if the trustee is the Official Trustee—payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or

(b) if the trustee is a registered trustee—payable to the registered trustee under section 60‑5 of Schedule 2 to the Act

9

If:

(a) there is a committee of inspection in relation to the administration of the estate; and

(b) the creditors of the estate, or a majority of them, have approved payment of out‑of‑pocket expenses incurred by a member of the committee of inspection;

those expenses, to the extent that the trustee allows them as being fair and reasonable

10

Costs of any audit carried out under section 70‑15 or 70‑20 of Schedule 2 to the Act in relation to the estate

\n```\n\n (2) For the purposes of item 7 of the table, a reference to an applicant or a person presenting a petition is taken to include a reference to a person whose application or petition has not been proceeded with because a debtor’s petition presented by the bankrupt has been accepted by the Official Receiver (whether or not that debtor’s petition was referred to the Court under subsection 55(3B) of the Act, and whatever the outcome of such a referral).\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(e) of the Act, the maximum amount due to or in respect of an employee of a bankrupt is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum amount payable to employee

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$4,600

2

2018‑19

$4,550

3

2017‑18

$4,500

4

2016‑17

$4,450

5

2015‑16

$4,400

6

2014‑15

$4,350

7

2013‑14

$4,300

8

2012‑13

$4,200

9

2011‑12

$4,150

10

2010‑11

$4,100

11

2009‑10

$4,000

12

2008‑09

$3,950

13

2007‑08

$3,850

14

2006‑07

$3,750

15

2005‑06

$3,650

16

2004‑05

$3,550

17

2003‑04

$3,500

18

2002‑03

$3,450

19

2001‑02

$3,350

20

2000‑01

$3,300

21

1999‑2000

$3,150

22

1998‑99

$3,100

23

1997‑98

$3,100

24

1996‑97

$3,100

\n```\n\n (b) property of a kind covered by subsection (3) to the extent that it is reasonably appropriate for a household, having regard to the criteria specified in subsection (4);\n (c) property (including recreational and sports equipment) of a kind that is reasonably necessary for the domestic use of a household, having regard to:\n (c) educational, sporting or recreational items (including books) that are wholly or mainly for the use of children or students in the household;\n (c) any special climatic or other factors (including geographical isolation) of the place where the household residence is located;\n (d) whether the property is reasonably necessary for the functioning or servicing of the household as a viable and properly‑run household;\n (e) whether the costs of seizure, storage and sale of the property would be likely to exceed the sale price of the property;\n (f) if paragraph (e) does not apply—whether for any other reason (for example, costs of transport) the sale of the property would be likely to be uneconomical.\n (6) For the purposes of subsection (5), an item is an antique item only if a substantial part of its market value is attributable to its age or historical significance.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(ba)(ii) of the Act, non‑monetary sporting, cultural, military or academic awards are a kind of property that is prescribed.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(c)(i) of the Act, the maximum total value of a bankrupt’s property that is for use by the bankrupt in earning income by personal exertion is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum total value of tools

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,800

2

2018‑19

$3,800

3

2017‑18

$3,750

4

2016‑17

$3,700

5

2015‑16

$3,650

6

2014‑15

$3,600

7

2013‑14

$3,550

8

2012‑13

$3,500

9

2011‑12

$3,450

10

2010‑11

$3,400

11

2009‑10

$3,300

12

2008‑09

$3,250

13

2007‑08

$3,200

14

2006‑07

$3,100

15

2005‑06

$3,050

16

2004‑05

$3,000

17

2003‑04

$2,950

18

2002‑03

$2,900

19

2001‑02

$2,850

20

2000‑01

$2,800

21

1999‑2000

$2,650

22

1998‑99

$2,600

23

1997‑98

$2,600

24

1996‑97

$2,600

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 116(2)(ca) of the Act, the maximum aggregate value of property used by the bankrupt primarily as a means of transport is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum value of motor vehicle

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$8,100

2

2018‑19

$8,000

3

2017‑18

$7,900

4

2016‑17

$7,800

5

2015‑16

$7,700

6

2014‑15

$7,600

7

2013‑14

$7,500

8

2012‑13

$7,350

9

2011‑12

$7,200

10

2010‑11

$7,050

11

2009‑10

$6,850

12

2008‑09

$6,700

13

2007‑08

$6,500

14

2006‑07

$6,300

15

2005‑06

$6,150

16

2004‑05

$6,000

17

2003‑04

$5,900

18

2002‑03

$5,800

19

2001‑02

$5,650

20

2000‑01

$5,500

21

1999‑2000

$5,200

22

1998‑99

$5,050

23

1997‑98

$5,000

24

1996‑97

$5,000

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 120(2)(d) of the Act, a transfer is of a kind to which subsection 120(1) of the Act does not apply if the costs of recovering the transferred property would, in the opinion of the trustee in the transferor’s bankruptcy, be likely to exceed the value of the property to the transferor’s creditors.\n\n (b) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a lease—set out facts showing that subsection 133(4) of the Act has been complied with; and\n (c) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a contract—set out facts showing that the contract is, for the purposes of subsection 133(5A) of the Act, an unprofitable contract.\n (2) A trustee who gives a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must give the notice to each person who, to the trustee’s knowledge:\n (3) A failure to comply with subsection (1) or (2) does not affect the validity of a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section is made for the purposes of subparagraph (a)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act.\n (b) a reference in that Act to the taxable value of a benefit were a reference to the value, for the purposes of the Act, of the benefit; and\n (c) a reference in that Act to a declaration date were a reference to the date occurring 21 days after the end of a contribution assessment period in relation to a bankrupt; and\n (d) a reference in that Act to a declaration to be given to an employer of a person were a reference to a declaration to be given to the trustee of the person’s estate; and\n (e) a reference in that Act to a form approved by the Commissioner were a reference to a form approved by the Inspector‑General under section 6D of the Act; and\n (f) subject to paragraph (d), a reference in the FBTA Act to an employer, or to the employer, were a reference to any person (other than the bankrupt); and\n (g) a reference in the FBTA Act to an employee, or to the employee, were a reference to a bankrupt, or to the bankrupt, as the case requires.\n (5) Despite subsections (2), (3) and (4), the modifications specified or referred to in those subsections do not apply in relation to the provision of a fringe benefit (within the meaning of the FBTA Act) to a bankrupt if the provider of the fringe benefit:\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following contributions and payments made for the purpose of providing superannuation benefits for a bankrupt person are not income of the person:\n (a) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person to the extent that the contributions reduce the employer’s potential liability for the superannuation guarantee charge imposed under section 5 of the Superannuation Guarantee Charge Act 1992;\n (b) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person in accordance with the employer’s obligation to make contributions for the person under:\n (c) payments of shortfall components made to, or for the benefit of, the person under sections 65 to 67 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n (a) the contributions exceed the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage of the employee’s ordinary time earnings for the contribution assessment period; and\n\n> individual industrial agreement means an industrial agreement made solely between the employer and the person, including the following:\n\n (a) an AWA, or an ITEA, (both within the meaning of the Fair Work (Transitional Provisions and Consequential Amendments) Act 2009) to which that Act applies;\n\n> ordinary time earnings has the meaning given by subsection 6(1) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n> relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage: the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage for a year (the bankruptcy year) is the percentage whose number is the same as that set out in column 2 of the table in subsection 19(2) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992 for the financial year in which the bankruptcy year starts.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following payments or amounts are not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) a payment or amount of family tax benefit paid under the family assistance law (within the meaning of the A New Tax System (Family Assistance) (Administration) Act 1999);\n (b) an amount that is not income for the purposes of the Social Security Act 1991 because of subsection 8(8) of that Act, except for a payment or amount mentioned in paragraph (a), (h), (ha), (k), (ka), (m), (z), (za) or (zb) of that subsection.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (c) of the definition of dependant in section 139K of the Act, the prescribed amount of income derived (or likely to be derived) by a person during a contribution assessment period is:\n (b) if the period begins in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n (d) if the period begins in a later financial year—$3,741 indexed in accordance with section 114 of this instrument as if the period were that financial year.\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum income of dependant

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,720

2

2018‑19

$3,642

3

2017‑18

$3,596

4

2016‑17

$3,532

5

2015‑16

$3,459

6

2014‑15

$3,411

7

2013‑14

$3,363

8

2012‑13

$3,264

9

2011‑12

$3,181

10

2010‑11

$3,131

11

2009‑10

$3,030

12

2008‑09

$2,942

13

2007‑08

$2,870

14

2006‑07

$2,756

15

2005‑06

$2,688

16

2004‑05

$2,611

17

2003‑04

$2,549

\n```\n\n (3) If the bankrupt pays the contribution by cheque, payment is taken to occur when the cheque is cleared and the amount of the payment is credited to the account into which the cheque is deposited.\n (4) The trustee may, on reasonable notice in writing to the bankrupt, vary or withdraw an authorisation under paragraph (2)(c).\n (5) If the trustee incurs a delivery or postal charge (including a surcharge) or bank charge in connection with the receipt or processing of the contribution, the trustee may reimburse the trustee for the amount of the charge from the bankrupt’s estate.\n\n (a) a bankrupt is liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the bankrupt’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act in respect of a contribution assessment period; and\n\n (3) If the contribution remains unpaid, the deceased bankrupt’s estate is liable for the portion of the contribution attributable to the part of the period occurring before the bankrupt’s death.\n\n (b) immediately before being discharged, the person was liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the person’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act; and\n\n> Note: Section 139R of the Act provides that any liability of a bankrupt under section 139P or 139Q of the Act is not affected by the bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy after the making of the assessment that gave rise to the liability.\n\n (5) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(d)(ii), a change in the name of a person is taken to occur if the person in fact assumes the use of a different name or an additional name.\n\n A notice under section 139ZL of the Act must not specify money or property that is protected, under a law of the Commonwealth or a State or Territory, from a process such as assignment, attachment, charging, execution or garnishment.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 145(3) of the Act, notice must be given by serving it on each person to whom, under that subsection, it must be given.\n\n (a) an objection to the discharge of a bankrupt has been made on a ground, or on grounds that include a ground, mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(a) or (h) of the Act (which refer to the bankrupt being out of Australia); and\n (2) Within 5 business days after the day that the registered trustee becomes aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia, the registered trustee must give notice in writing to the Official Receiver stating:\n (ii) if the trustee does not know the day on which the bankrupt returned—the trustee became aware that the bankrupt had returned.\n\n For the purposes of the ground of objection mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(d) of the Act, a bankrupt is taken to have failed to comply with a request to provide information if the bankrupt has provided information that is incomplete or inaccurate.\n\n (c) an application is made to the Administrative Review Tribunal under section 149Q of the Act for the review of the decision of the Inspector‑General; and\n\n (a) if the debtor presents a debtor’s petition to the Official Receiver—on or before the day that the debtor so presents the petition; or\n\n If a registered trustee becomes, under subsection 156A(3) of the Act, the trustee of an estate or of joint and separate estates, the Official Receiver may give the registered trustee a certificate to that effect.\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 188(2A) of the Act, a person (other than the Official Trustee or a registered trustee) is ineligible to act under Part X of the Act as a controlling trustee in relation to a debtor in any of the following circumstances:\n (a) the person is or was convicted of an offence involving fraud or dishonesty at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (c) the person is a solicitor who does not hold an Australian practising certificate (within the meaning of the Evidence Act 1995);\n (d) the person is or was an insolvent under administration at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(f)(ii), the Inspector‑General may approve a course in insolvency by notice published on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website.\n (ii) has refused or failed to cooperate with the Inspector‑General in an inquiry or investigation under paragraph 12(1)(b) of the Act.\n (ii) invites the person to give the Inspector‑General, within 20 business days after the day the notice is given or such longer time as is specified in the notice, a written statement showing cause why the determination should not be made; and\n (5) If the Inspector‑General makes a determination under subsection (3) in relation to a person, the Inspector‑General must give the person a written notice stating the following:\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General to make a determination under subsection 49(3).\n\n (b) the person becomes ineligible to act as a controlling trustee under Part X of the Act because one or more of the circumstances prescribed by subsection 49(1) of this instrument apply in relation to the person.\n (2) The Official Trustee must perform the duties of a controlling trustee in relation to the debtor unless and until the debtor authorises another person under subsection 188(1) of the Act.\n\n (1) If, on application, the Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act that a person (the old trustee) cease to be the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate, the applicant for the order must:\n (3) If the creditors of a regulated debtor, by resolution at a meeting, remove the trustee (the old trustee) of the regulated debtor’s estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(a) of Schedule 2 to the Act, the person appointed by the creditors under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of that Schedule as trustee of the estate must:\n\n (1) If the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate (other than the Official Trustee) finalises the administration of the debtor’s estate, the trustee must:\n\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a debt agreement;\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to give the Official Receiver a debt agreement proposal under subsection 185C(1) of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n (a) any of the following awarded by a registered provider (within the meaning of the Education Services for Overseas Students Act 2000):\n (i) a Certificate IV in Financial Services (Accounting) awarded for study starting between 10 July 2004 and 23 November 2010;\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (c) a degree, diploma or similar qualification awarded by a foreign tertiary education institution and for which the Inspector‑General is satisfied the following conditions are satisfied:\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n\n#### 57 Prescribed amount of owed notified estate charges preventing renewal of registration as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraphs 186C(3)(d) and (5)(d) of the Act, the prescribed amount of notified estate charges is $500.\n\n For the purposes of section 187A of the Act, a provision of Part X of the Act specified in Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section of the Act, to joint debtors, whether partners or not.\n\n (b) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (c) information about whether a personal insolvency agreement may be administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy if any of the things mentioned in paragraphs 40(1)(i) to (m) of the Act happen in relation to a debtor;\n (f) information about a debtor’s rights and responsibilities under Part X of the Act, including a debtor’s obligation to disclose all related entities;\n (g) information about a controlling trustee’s obligation to disclose the controlling trustee’s relationship (if any) with a debtor.\n (3) A registered trustee or a solicitor authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property must not consent to exercise the powers given by the authority unless the debtor has given the registered trustee or the solicitor, as the case may be, a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the Official Trustee is authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property, the Official Receiver must not give the debtor a written approval under paragraph 188(2)(aa) of the Act unless the debtor has given the Official Trustee a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n\n (b) unable to sign the authority or an acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) of this instrument relating to the authority because of a physical incapacity.\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and debtor are familiar; or\n\n> relevant material means the authority, the information prescribed by section 59 and the acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) relating to the authority.\n\n (3) The person must, at the same time as calling a meeting of the debtor’s creditors, give a copy of the proposal for dealing with the debtor’s affairs under Part X of the Act to:\n\n> Note 1: An authority signed by a debtor under section 188 of the Act is not effective for the purposes of Part X of the Act unless, before the person authorised consents to exercise the powers given by the authority, the debtor gives to the person authorised:\n\n> Note 2: Under subsection 188(5) of the Act, a registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority must also give a copy of the authority and the debtor’s statement of affairs to the Official Receiver.\n\n (e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement.\n\n For the purposes of section 210 of the Act, a provision of Part VIII of the Act specified in Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor.\n\n#### 64 Modifications of Division 1 of Part V of the Act—debtors whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act\n\n For the purposes of subsection 211(1) of the Act, a provision in Division 1 of Part V of the Act specified in Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 218(3) of the Act, a notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act must be in writing.\n\n (1) If the Court makes a sequestration order under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act, the applicant for the order must:\n\n#### 67 Information to be given to Official Receiver in relation to orders terminating or setting aside a personal insolvency agreement\n\n> Note: If the Court makes an order setting aside or terminating a personal insolvency agreement and a registered trustee was the trustee of the agreement, the registered trustee must give written notice of the order to the Official Receiver (see subsection 224A(4) of the Act).\n\n (1) If a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act, the trustee of the agreement must:\n\n> Note: Before the termination takes effect, the trustee must give notice of the proposed termination to all the creditors who are entitled to receive notice of a meeting of creditors (see subsection 222A(2) of the Act).\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 231(1) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 4 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor who has executed a personal insolvency agreement.\n (2) For the purposes of subsection 231(3) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 5 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a personal insolvency agreement.\n\n (4) If the trustee gives a certificate to the debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act or subsection (1) of this section, the trustee must:\n (a) the person is required to give a copy of a certificate to the Official Receiver in accordance with subsection (4); and\n\n For the purposes of subsections 248(1) and (3) of the Act, a provision specified in Schedule 4 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Schedule in relation to proceedings under Part XI of the Act and the administration of estates under that Part.\n\n (1) If a trustee (within the meaning of section 254 of the Act) pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act, the trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (3) If a registered trustee pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act, the registered trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (1) For the purposes of the definition of National Personal Insolvency Index in subsection 5(1) of the Act, an electronic index to be known as the National Personal Insolvency Index is established.\n\n Division 2 of this Part (information to be entered in the Index) has effect subject to Division 3 of this Part (information not to be entered in the Index and information to be removed from the Index).\n\n (1) The person specified in column 2 of an item of the table in subsection (3) must, at a time within the time period specified in column 2 of that item, give a copy of each document specified in column 1 of that item to the Official Receiver.\n\n

Documents that must be given to the Official Receiver

Item

Column 1

Document(s)

Column 2

Person and time period

Column 3

Information

1

A notice given under subsection 181A(2) of the Act by the current trustee of a bankrupt’s estate nominating another trustee as the new trustee of the estate

The new trustee within 2 business days after the date specified in the notice (see paragraph 181A(3)(a) of the Act)

The day on which the new trustee became the trustee of the estate

2

An order under subsection 185Q(4) of the Act terminating a debt agreement

The applicant for the order within 3 business days after the order is made

The day on which the order was made

3

An order under subsection 185U(1) of the Act declaring all or part of a debt agreement void

The applicant for the order within 2 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) whether all or part of the agreement was declared void

4

An authority, signed by a debtor under subsection 188(1) of the Act, naming and authorising a registered trustee, a solicitor or the Official Trustee to call a meeting of the debtor’s creditors and to take control of the debtor’s property

The person named in the authority within 2 business days after the debtor signs the authority

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the copy of the authority was given to the Official Receiver;

(c) the day on which the debtor’s statement of affairs was given to the Official Receiver (see subsections 188(2D) and (5) of the Act);

(d) the name of the controlling trustee (see subsection 188(6) of the Act)

5

Written evidence of an event of a kind mentioned in paragraph 192(1)(a), (b) or (c) of the Act, or a written request given to the Official Trustee under paragraph 192(1)(d) of the Act, resulting in the Official Trustee becoming the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor

The Official Trustee within 14 days after the Official Trustee becomes the controlling trustee

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Trustee became the controlling trustee

6

Both of the following:

(a) a petition to the Court, under subsection 244(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of the estate of a deceased person;

(b) an affidavit verifying the petition (see subsection 244(5) of the Act)

The creditor, or one of the creditors, who presented the petition to the Court within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day the petition was presented;

(c) the name of the creditor or creditors who presented the petition;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the creditor or creditors;

(e) the day the Court is to hear the petition

7

Both of the following:

(a) a petition, under subsection 247(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of a deceased person’s estate under Part XI of the Act;

(b) a statement of the deceased person’s affairs and of the petitioner’s administration of the deceased person’s estate (see subsection 247(1) of the Act)

The petitioner within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the petition and the statement of affairs were presented;

(c) the name of the administrator;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the administrator

8

An order, under section 252B of the Act, annulling the administration of the estate of a deceased person under Part XI of the Act

The trustee of the estate within 2 business days after the trustee becomes aware of the order

The day on which the order was made

9

An order, under subsection 253E(1) of the Act, staying proceedings under a creditor’s petition or debtor’s petition

The applicant for the order within 7 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) the length of the stay (see subsection 253E(3) of the Act)

\n```\n\n (1) If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in subsection (2) is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n (aa) in the case of a statement of affairs mentioned in item 2 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the statement; and\n (a) in the case of a debtor’s petition mentioned in item 3, 4 or 5 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the petition; and\n (b) in the case of a debt agreement proposal mentioned in item 12 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the debt agreement proposal for processing.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with the Act

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A sequestration order made against the estate of a debtor (see subsection 52(1A) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(d) the name of the creditor who obtained the order;

(e) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of that creditor

2

A statement of the affairs of a person against whose estate a sequestration order is made, that is given for the purposes of subsection 54(1) of the Act

The day on which the statement of affairs was filed with the Official Receiver

3

A debtor’s petition (see subsection 55(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the resulting bankruptcy;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(e) the day on which the statement of the debtor’s affairs accepted by the Official Receiver was given to the Official Receiver for the purposes of paragraph 55(2)(b) of the Act

4

A debtor’s petition against a partnership presented by members of the partnership (see subsection 56B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of the partners who presented the petition;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the bankruptcy of each of those partners as a result of the acceptance of the petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each bankrupt partner;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those partners, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of the partnership affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

5

A debtor’s petition by joint debtors who are not partners (see subsection 57(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of those debtors;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of each bankruptcy that results from acceptance of the debtor’s petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each debtor;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those debtors, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of their joint affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

6

A notice relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 74(5A) of the Act)

The day on which the bankruptcy was annulled

7

A notice of objection by a trustee to the discharge of a bankrupt from bankruptcy (see subsection 149B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) when the objection took effect (see section 149G of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection set out in the notice (see paragraph 149C(1)(a) of the Act);

(c) the name of the trustee

8

A notice that a trustee ceases to object to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy on a particular ground (see subsection 149H(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) if there is no longer an objection on any ground—when the objection ceased to have effect (see subsection 149H(3) of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection to which the notice relates;

(c) the name of the trustee

9

A notice of withdrawal of objection by a trustee to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy (see subsection 149J(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) when the withdrawal takes effect (see subsection 149J(3) of the Act);

(b) the name of the trustee

10

A notice about the cancellation, under subsection 149N(1) of the Act, of a notice of objection filed by a trustee of a bankrupt’s estate (see subsection 149P(1) of the Act)

The day on which the cancellation took effect

11

A certificate relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 153A(2) of the Act)

The date of annulment included in the certificate

12

A debtor’s written proposal for a debt agreement (see subsection 185C(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185E of the Act)

13

A notification that a debt agreement has ended (see subsection 185N(5) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the debt agreement ended;

(b) the reasons why the debt agreement ended

14

A notification that control of the property of a debtor has ended (see subsection 189(1B) of the Act)

The day on which that control ended

15

A personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor (see paragraph 218(1)(b) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the agreement was executed;

(c) the name of the trustee of the personal insolvency agreement

16

A resolution or special resolution terminating a personal insolvency agreement (see subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

17

A resolution or special resolution terminating a composition or scheme of arrangement (see section 76B and subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated

18

A notice that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated or set aside (see subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated or set aside

19

A notice that a composition or scheme of arrangement is terminated or set aside (see section 76B and subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated or set aside

20

An order that the estate of a deceased person be administered under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 244(14), 245(3) or 247(3) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee administering the estate

21

A statement of a deceased person’s affairs and of the administration of the deceased person’s estate by a legal personal representative of the deceased person (see paragraph 246(1)(b) of the Act)

The day on which the statement was given to the Official Receiver

22

A certificate in relation to the annulment, by force of subsection 252A(1) of the Act, of the administration of an estate under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 252A(2) of the Act)

The day of the annulment

\n```\n\n If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with this instrument

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A creditor’s petition presented against a debtor or joint debtors (see section 13)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor or joint debtors;

(b) the day on which the petition was presented against the debtor or joint debtors;

(c) the name of the petitioning creditor;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the petitioning creditor;

(e) the day of the court hearing for a sequestration order relating to the petition

2

A direction given, or an order made, by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act (see section 14 of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor to whom the order or direction relates;

(b) the day on which the order was made or the direction given;

(c) the day (if any) on which a trustee’s control of that debtor’s property is to end (see subsection 50(1B) of the Act)

3

A notice under subsection 46(2) that the Administrative Review Tribunal has varied or set aside a decision of the Inspector‑General in relation to a notice of objection

The day on which the decision was varied or set aside

4

A notice given under subsection 52(1) in relation to an order about a regulated debtor’s estate, if the order provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of the estate

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the new trustee;

(b) the day of the appointment

5

A notice given under subsection 52(3) by a person appointed as trustee of the estate of a regulated debtor

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the person appointed;

(b) the day of the appointment

6

A notice under subsection 53(1) that the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate has finalised the administration of the debtor’s estate

The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised

7

A notice under subparagraph 62(2)(a)(ii) of particulars specified in subsection 62(3) in relation to a special resolution passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors

The particulars

8

A sequestration order against the estate of a debtor made under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act (see subsection 66(1) of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) if the person who applied for the order was a creditor of the debtor—the name of the creditor and the name and telephone number of the creditor’s solicitor (if any);

(d) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate

9

A notice under paragraph 68(1)(a) that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

10

A certificate given by a trustee to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act (see subsection 70(4) of this instrument)

The day on which the trustee signed the certificate

\n```\n\n If an event specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section occurs, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n| Item | Column 1Event | Column 2Information |\n| ---- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |\n| 1 | A bankrupt is, by force of subsection 149(1) of the Act, discharged from bankruptcy | The day on which the bankrupt was discharged from bankruptcy |\n| 2 | The Official Receiver issues a certificate of appointment to a registered trustee under subsection 157(3) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the name of the registered trustee;(b) the day on which the registered trustee was appointed |\n| 3 | A trustee, or the Official Trustee, is released from the trusteeship of an estate by force of section 184 or 184A of the Act | The fact that the trustee, or the Official Trustee, has been so released |\n| 4 | A debt agreement proposal is withdrawn | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was withdrawn |\n| 5 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement that was made before 1 July 2007 is accepted (see sections 185B and 185P of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the proposal was accepted |\n| 6 | A debt agreement proposal is not accepted (see section 185EC of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was not accepted |\n| 7 | The Official Receiver cancels the acceptance of a debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185ED of the Act) | The day on which the Official Receiver cancelled the acceptance of the debt agreement proposal for processing |\n| 8 | A debt agreement proposal lapses (see section 185G of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal lapsed |\n| 9 | The Official Receiver gives to a debtor a certificate under subsection 185N(3) of the Act | The day on which the certificate was given |\n| 10 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement is accepted (see section 185PC of the Act) | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 11 | The Official Receiver terminates a debt agreement under subsection 185QA(1) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 12 | The minutes of a meeting of creditors at which a special resolution was passed terminating a debt agreement made before 1 July 2007 are given to the Official Receiver (see subsection 185QA(1) of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the resolution was passed |\n| 13 | A special resolution is passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors under subsection 204(1) of the Act if the Official Trustee called the meeting under an authority under section 188 of the Act | All of the following:(a) the date of the resolution;(b) the debtor’s full name and alias (if any);(c) the debtor’s address;(d) the debtor’s occupation (if any);(e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement |\n| 14 | A sequestration order is made against the estate of a debtor under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | All of the following:(a) particulars of the debtor;(b) the day on which the order was made;(c) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate |\n| 15 | An order is made under subsection 222(1), (2) or (5) of the Act setting aside a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was set aside |\n| 16 | A personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act where the Official Trustee is the trustee of the agreement | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 17 | An order is made under subsection 222C(1) of the Act terminating a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 18 | The Official Trustee gives a certificate to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act | The day on which the Official Trustee signed the certificate |\n| 19 | The Official Trustee finalises the administration of a debtor’s estate | The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised |\n| 20 | The Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act, on application by the Inspector‑General, that provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of an estate | Both of the following:(a) the name of the new trustee;(b) the day of the appointment |\n| 21 | The Official Trustee is appointed by the creditors of an estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of Schedule 2 to the Act as trustee of an estate | The day of the appointment |\n\n> Note: A number of provisions of the Act require the Official Receiver to enter information in the Index when certain events occur. These provisions include the following:\n\n (a) a debtor whose property is under the control of the Official Trustee or a registered trustee because of a direction given by the Court under paragraph 50(1)(a) of the Act;\n (c) a deceased debtor if a petition for an order for the administration of the deceased debtor’s estate has been presented under Part XI of the Act;\n (d) a debtor in relation to whom an application is made to the Court under subsection 253E(1) of the Act for an order staying all or any proceedings under a petition.\n (3) In the case of a deceased debtor, the information to be entered in accordance with paragraphs (1)(a), (b) and (c) is the information immediately before the debtor’s death.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (4), a person who is a debtor or bankrupt may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General for information about the person:\n (a) not to be entered in the Index, on the ground that the entry of the information would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n\n> Note: Example: A person may rely on a court order (such as a domestic violence order) to show that publication of the information in question would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under paragraph 80(3)(a) refusing to grant an application.\n\n (1) If a debt agreement ends under section 185N of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (2) If a debt agreement is terminated under section 185P, 185Q, 185QA or 185R of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (3) If an order is made under section 185U of the Act declaring all of a debt agreement void, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n\n The Official Receiver must remove all information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index within 1 year after the day on which any of the following occurs:\n\n (1) A person may, by application in writing, ask the Official Receiver to inspect material in the Index and give to the person an extract of material specified in the application.\n (a) if the applicant has paid any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination for obtaining the requested extract—must inspect the Index and, within 10 business days of receiving the application:\n (b) may give the applicant a list of Index search agents who may be able to inspect material entered in the Index for the applicant.\n (3) A person who has been granted access to the Index by the Inspector‑General may, after paying any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination:\n (4) However, prior payment is not required under subsection (3) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n An extract of information in the Index is admissible in any proceedings as prima facie evidence of the matters in the extract.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General, and any officer acting at the direction or with the authority of the Inspector‑General, have immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n (2) An officer has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (3) A person who provides material for entry in the Index has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of the material by way of:\n (5) The immunity of the Inspector‑General or another officer under this section arising out of publication of material extends to the Commonwealth and the Official Trustee to the extent that the Commonwealth or the Official Trustee would, apart from this subsection, be liable in respect of the publication.\n (6) This section does not limit any other ground of defence in relation to actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n\n (b) the person executing the warrant considers that it is impracticable to immediately bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n (b) a day and time when the person executing the warrant considers that it will be practicable to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n\n (1) If the Registrar receives a notification under subsection 87(2) in relation to an apprehended person, the Registrar must, as soon as reasonably practicable:\n (a) determine a day, time and place for the apprehended person to be brought before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate; and\n (b) direct the person who gave the notification to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate in accordance with that determination.\n (2) The time and day determined under paragraph (1)(a) must be the earliest that the Registrar reasonably believes are practicable.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 277B(1) of the Act, this Division establishes an infringement notice scheme, as an alternative to prosecution, for an infringement notice provision.\n\n (1) If the Inspector‑General believes on reasonable grounds that a person has contravened an infringement notice provision, the Inspector‑General may give to the person an infringement notice for the alleged contravention.\n (2) The infringement notice must be given within 12 months after the day on which the contravention is alleged to have taken place.\n (3) A single infringement notice must relate only to a single contravention of a single provision unless subsection (4) applies.\n (4) The Inspector‑General may give a person a single infringement notice relating to multiple contraventions of a single provision if:\n\n (e) give brief details of the alleged contravention, or each alleged contravention, to which the notice relates, including:\n (f) state the amount that is payable under the notice, as worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act and subsection (2) of this section; and\n (h) state that, if the person to whom the notice is given pays the amount within 20 business days after the day the notice is given, then (unless the notice is withdrawn) the person will not be liable to be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (k) state that the person may choose not to pay the amount and, if the person does so the person may be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (n) state that the person may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) If the notice relates to more than one alleged contravention of the provision by the person, the amount to be stated in the notice for the purposes of paragraph (1)(f) is the sum of the amount worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act for each alleged contravention.\n\n> Note: Under section 90, a single infringement notice may only deal with multiple contraventions if they are contraventions of a single provision continuing over a period.\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may apply to the Inspector‑General for an extension of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h).\n (2) If the application is made before the end of that period, the Inspector‑General may, in writing, extend that period. The Inspector‑General may do so before or after the end of that period.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General extends that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to that period so extended.\n (4) If the Inspector‑General does not extend that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to the period that ends on the later of the following days:\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) The Inspector‑General may withdraw an infringement notice given to a person (whether or not the person has made written representations seeking the withdrawal).\n (3) When deciding whether or not to withdraw an infringement notice (the relevant infringement notice), the Inspector‑General:\n (a) must take into account any written representations seeking the withdrawal that were given by the person to the Inspector‑General; and\n (i) whether a court has previously imposed a penalty on the person for a contravention of an infringement notice provision;\n (iii) whether the person has paid an amount, stated in an earlier infringement notice, for a contravention of an infringement notice provision if the contravention is constituted by conduct that is the same, or substantially the same, as the conduct alleged to constitute the contravention in the relevant infringement notice;\n\n (1) If the person to whom an infringement notice for an alleged contravention of a provision is given pays the amount stated in the notice before the end of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h):\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may sign a certificate that states any of the following in relation to an infringement notice given to a person:\n (b) that the Inspector‑General granted, or refused to grant, an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice;\n (c) if the Inspector‑General granted an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice—that that amount was not fully paid by the person within the period specified in the extension;\n (2) At a hearing of a prosecution for an offence alleged in an infringement notice, a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General in accordance with subsection (1) is prima facie evidence of the matters specified in the certificate.\n (3) A certificate that purports to be signed by the Inspector‑General is taken to have been signed by the Inspector‑General unless the contrary is proved.\n\n (a) require an infringement notice to be given to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (c) prevent the giving of 2 or more infringement notices to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (d) limit a court’s discretion to determine the amount of a penalty to be imposed on a person who is found to have contravened an infringement notice provision.\n\n (b) unless the person, by notice in writing to the Inspector‑General, directs otherwise—offset against estate charge or late payment penalty payable by the person.\n\n (1) A payment of interest charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) A payment of realisations charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or served on, a person (other than the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee), the document may be:\n (a) sent by a courier service to the person at the address of the person last known to the person serving the document; or\n (b) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name and any relevant document exchange number, at a document exchange where the person maintains a document exchange facility; or\n (i) by a kind of electronic communication that transmits the document to a facility maintained by the person for receipt of electronically transmitted documents; or\n (ii) by a kind of electronic communication such that, in the ordinary course of events, the document could be reasonably expected to be received by the person.\n\n> Note: The Electronic Transactions Act 1999 applies to a requirement or permission to give information under the Bankruptcy Act 1966 or this instrument, including electronic communications covered by this section.\n\n> Note: However, paragraph (d) of this subsection permits information to be given by means of particular kinds of electronic communication, in accordance with the information technology requirements in subsection (3). This means the requirements in section 9 of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999 do not apply in relation to electronic communications covered by this section (see subsection 9(3) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999).\n\n (2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(a) or (b), in the absence of proof to the contrary, the document is taken to have been received by, or served on, the person when the document would, in the due course of business practice, be delivered to that address or document exchange.\n\n (a) at the time the document is sent, it is reasonable to expect that the document would be readily accessible so as to be useable for subsequent reference; and\n (b) the document is sent in one of the following formats, or in a format that is similar to or readily convertible into one of the following formats:\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, this section applies if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or filed or lodged with:\n (2) The document must be posted, delivered, sent by email, or sent through the website of the Australian Financial Security Authority, to:\n (3) If this section applies, the document is taken to be received, filed or lodged only when the document (or, where applicable, a copy of it) is actually received by, or on behalf of, the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver (as the case requires).\n\n (1) Subsection (2) applies in any proceedings to a document or copy of a document that purports to be a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General stating that, at a particular time, the form of statement of affairs that is attached to the certificate was the approved form for the purposes of section 6A of the Act.\n\n A fee is not payable by the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver in respect of an application to, or the filing of a document in, the Court in relation to proceedings under the Act, this instrument or the Insolvency Practice Rules.\n\n (2) If such a fee is payable in respect of the doing of a matter or thing by the Official Receiver, the matter or thing need not be done unless the fee has been paid.\n\n (1) The Official Trustee’s entitlement to remuneration under the Fees and Remuneration Determination arises when the Official Trustee:\n (a) performs work or first acts in accordance with section 3.03, 3.04, 3.07 or 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (2) For paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (d), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee in respect of an amount received by the Official Trustee:\n\n (1) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.03 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the property or business of a debtor, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (2) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.04 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a composition or scheme of arrangement with the creditors of a bankrupt, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the composition or scheme of arrangement as the case may be.\n (3) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor who signed an authority under section 188 of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (4) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the estate of a bankrupt, or of a deceased person for whose estate an order for administration has been made under Part XI of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the bankrupt or deceased person as the case may be.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a request by a bankrupt to the Official Trustee for the Official Trustee’s consent, under paragraph 272(1)(c) of the Act, to the bankrupt leaving Australia.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may decide to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4) if the Inspector‑General is reasonably satisfied that:\n (a) payment of the fee by the person liable to pay it has imposed, or would impose, hardship on the person that is unusual and exceptional in comparison to the hardship arising in the normal course of bankruptcy; or\n (b) unless the fee is payable to the Inspector‑General—the officer to whom the fee is payable or would have been payable if the fee had not been waived or remitted.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General decides under subsection (1) to refuse to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4), the notification under subsection (2) in relation to the decision must include the reasons for the decision.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under subsection 111(1) refusing to waive or remit the whole or part of a fee that is payable by the person.\n\n If, under the Act, a trustee takes possession of, or attaches, the property of a bankrupt, debtor or deceased person, the trustee must, as soon as is reasonably practicable:\n (b) give a copy of the inventory, of the photographs or of the video recordings, as the case may be, to any person who has custody of the property or part of the property.\n\n (1) If a provision of this instrument states that a dollar amount is to be indexed in accordance with this section, then at the start of each financial year (an indexation year) beginning on or after 1 July 2021, the dollar amount is replaced by the amount worked out using the following formula:\n ![Start formula Indexation factor for the indexation year times Dollar amount for the previous year end formula](image.002.png)\n ![Start formula start fraction Index number for the reference quarter over Index number for the base quarter end fraction end formula](image.003.png)\n\n> index number, for a quarter, means the All Groups Consumer Price Index number (being the weighted average of the 8 capital cities) published by the Australian Statistician for that quarter.\n\n (4) If an indexation factor worked out under subsection (2) would be less than 1, that indexation factor is to be increased to 1.\n (a) are to be made using only the index numbers published in terms of the most recently published index reference period; and\n (b) are to be made disregarding index numbers that are published in substitution for previously published index numbers (except where the substituted numbers are published to take account of changes in the index reference period).\n\n (a) a thing was done for a particular purpose under the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996 as in force immediately before those Regulations were repealed; and\n (2) Without limiting subsection (1), a reference in that subsection to a thing being done includes a reference to a notice, application or other instrument being given or made.\n\n Despite the repeal of the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996, item 3 of Schedule 4 to those Regulations, as in force immediately before that repeal, continues to apply in relation to a contribution assessment period if an assessment under section 139W of the Act was made for that contribution assessment period before that repeal.\n\n Section 102, as substituted by Schedule 1 to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Electronic Service) Regulations 2024, applies in relation to a document that is given or sent to, or served on, a person on or after the commencement of that Schedule.\n\n## 36 Contribution assessment—income of dependant\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (c) of the definition of dependant in section 139K of the Act, the prescribed amount of income derived (or likely to be derived) by a person during a contribution assessment period is:\n (b) if the period begins in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n (d) if the period begins in a later financial year—$3,741 indexed in accordance with section 114 of this instrument as if the period were that financial year.\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum income of dependant

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,720

2

2018‑19

$3,642

3

2017‑18

$3,596

4

2016‑17

$3,532

5

2015‑16

$3,459

6

2014‑15

$3,411

7

2013‑14

$3,363

8

2012‑13

$3,264

9

2011‑12

$3,181

10

2010‑11

$3,131

11

2009‑10

$3,030

12

2008‑09

$2,942

13

2007‑08

$2,870

14

2006‑07

$2,756

15

2005‑06

$2,688

16

2004‑05

$2,611

17

2003‑04

$2,549

\n```\n\n## 37 Contributions by bankrupt—modes of payment\n\n (3) If the bankrupt pays the contribution by cheque, payment is taken to occur when the cheque is cleared and the amount of the payment is credited to the account into which the cheque is deposited.\n (4) The trustee may, on reasonable notice in writing to the bankrupt, vary or withdraw an authorisation under paragraph (2)(c).\n (5) If the trustee incurs a delivery or postal charge (including a surcharge) or bank charge in connection with the receipt or processing of the contribution, the trustee may reimburse the trustee for the amount of the charge from the bankrupt’s estate.\n\n## 38 Contributions where bankrupt dies\n\n (a) a bankrupt is liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the bankrupt’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act in respect of a contribution assessment period; and\n\n (3) If the contribution remains unpaid, the deceased bankrupt’s estate is liable for the portion of the contribution attributable to the part of the period occurring before the bankrupt’s death.\n\n## 39 Discharged bankrupt to give information if contribution unpaid\n\n (b) immediately before being discharged, the person was liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the person’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act; and\n\n> Note: Section 139R of the Act provides that any liability of a bankrupt under section 139P or 139Q of the Act is not affected by the bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy after the making of the assessment that gave rise to the liability.\n\n (5) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(d)(ii), a change in the name of a person is taken to occur if the person in fact assumes the use of a different name or an additional name.\n\n## Division 8 Collection of money or property by Official Receiver from person other than the bankrupt\n\n> electronic communication means an electronic communication within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of electronic communication in subsection 5(1) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999.\n\n> legal practitioner means a barrister, a solicitor, a barrister and solicitor or a legal practitioner, of the High Court or of the Supreme Court of a State or Territory.\n\n (a) remuneration paid to the trustee in accordance with a direction, or other order, made by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act directing the trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or making another order in relation to the property; and\n (ii) in relation to the examination of the debtor, or an examinable person in relation to the debtor, as a result of the issue of a summons under subsection 50(2) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section sets out the requirements for an application to the Official Receiver for a bankruptcy notice by a person who has obtained against a debtor one, or 2 or more, final judgments or final orders of a kind described in paragraph 40(1)(g) of the Act.\n\n (a) if any final order specified in the application is an award that is a final order because of subparagraph 40(3)(a)(i) of the Act—both of the following:\n (i) a copy of the award certified as a true copy by the arbitrator who made the award or by an officer of the Court who has compared the copy with the original award;\n (ii) a certificate of the judgment or order sealed by the court that made the judgment or order (the relevant court) or signed by an officer of the relevant court;\n (iii) a copy of the entry of the judgment or order certified as a true copy of that entry and sealed by the relevant court or signed by an officer of the relevant court.\n\n> Note 2: A fee is payable to the Official Receiver for an application under this section (see the Fees and Remuneration Determination).\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice must follow that form in respect of its format (for example, bold or italic typeface, underlining and notes).\n\n> Note: Section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 provides that strict compliance with a form is not required and substantial compliance is sufficient.\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice in relation to a debtor that is served on the debtor outside of a period mentioned in subsection (1) is not valid.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (a) of the definition of statutory minimum in subsection 5(1) of the Act, the amount prescribed is $10,000.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (2), the only persons who may inspect a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver under subsection 41(1) of the Act are the following:\n (2) If a creditor’s petition is presented that is founded on an act of bankruptcy consisting of failure to comply with the bankruptcy notice, any person may inspect the notice.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver in relation to a debtor if the notice includes a final judgment, or final order, that is expressed in an amount of foreign currency (whether or not the judgment or order is also expressed in an amount of Australian currency).\n (c) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the day on which the application for the notice is made.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n A creditor who presents a petition to the Court under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must give to the Official Receiver:\n (b) a copy of any order entered by the Court, dismissing, staying or extending the petition, or adjourning the hearing of the petition, within 2 business days after the Court enters the order.\n\n (1) If the Court gives a direction, or makes another order, under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to a debtor, the creditor who applied under subsection 50(1A) of the Act for the Court to make a direction must:\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n (c) in accordance with the direction or other order, the creditor deposits an amount (the first amount) with the trustee for the purposes of covering the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor.\n\n (2) The creditor is entitled to a refund of the sum of the first amount and any amount covered by subsection (4) less an amount equal to the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor if any of the following events occur:\n (a) the debtor enters into a personal insolvency agreement, or the debtor’s estate is administered under Part XI of the Act, and the Court authorises the trustee to transfer the debtor’s property to some other person;\n (i) the Court is satisfied that the first amount is insufficient to cover the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor;\n (ii) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs, on application by the trustee, the creditor to deposit the additional amount with the trustee;\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n\n (2) The Court may, on application by the debtor within 15 business days after the day the petition is dismissed, order the creditor to pay the debtor an amount equal to the damage the Court assesses as resulting from the acts or omissions of the trustee in reliance on the direction or other order mentioned in paragraph (1)(b).\n\n “(2A) The Court or a magistrate may direct that an examination, or any part of an examination, under this section shall be held in private.”;\n (c) by omitting from subsection (9) “is the trustee” and substituting “has been directed to take control of the property of the relevant person”;\n “(14) Subject to subsection (14A), the applicant for an examination under this section is to pay the costs incurred in connection with the examination.\n (14A) The Court or a magistrate may order that all or some of the costs mentioned in subsection (14) are to be paid by the relevant person.”.\n\n If:\n (b) the Official Receiver accepts the declaration, and signs a copy of the declaration, under paragraph 54C(1)(a) of the Act;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsections 54D(1), 55(3A), 56B(5) and 57(3A) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (d) information about a debtor’s right to choose whether the bankruptcy is initially administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (e) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to present to the Official Receiver, under section 54A of the Act, a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition.\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to present a petition under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n If:\n (a) a debtor presents, or 2 or more debtors present, a petition to the Official Receiver under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act; and\n (b) there is in force under subsection 156A(1) of the Act an instrument of consent of a registered trustee to act as the trustee of:\n (ii) in the case of 2 or more debtors—the separate estates, the joint estates, or the joint and separate estates, of the debtors or any of them;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 56C(2) of the Act, if the Official Receiver refers a debtor’s petition against a partnership to the Court, the notice given by the Official Receiver to each member of the partnership who did not present the petition must:\n\n If a person is arrested under a warrant issued by the Court under section 78 of the Act, the arresting officer must immediately notify a Registrar of the Court.\n\n (a) a creditor lodges, or causes to be lodged, a proof of debt in a bankruptcy in accordance with section 84 of the Act; and\n (b) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the date of the bankruptcy.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n (1) For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(a) of the Act, the order that the trustee of the estate of a bankrupt must apply the proceeds of the bankrupt’s property to the costs, charges, expenses and remuneration mentioned in the following table is the order that appears in the table.\n\n

Order of payment of certain costs, charges, expenses and remuneration

Item

Costs, charges and expenses

1

Realisations charge payable by the trustee in relation to the estate under the Bankruptcy (Estate Charges) Act 1997

2

If the trustee is a registered trustee to whom the Official Trustee transferred the administration of the bankruptcy, both of the following in relation to the administration of the bankruptcy by the Official Trustee before the transfer:

(a) any remuneration payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination;

(b) any reimbursement that is payable to the Official Trustee under section 108

3

Expenses reasonably incurred by or on behalf of the trustee:

(a) in protecting all or part of the bankrupt’s assets; or

(b) in carrying on, in accordance with the Act, a business of the bankrupt

4

If a creditor made an advance to the trustee for the purposes of the trustee’s administration of the bankruptcy—an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to that advance

5

Fees, costs, charges or expenses (other than fees, costs, charges or expenses covered by another item of this table) paid or payable by the trustee in administering the bankrupt’s estate

6

If:

(a) an order was made under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to the bankrupt when the bankrupt was a debtor; and

(b) an amount was deposited by a creditor, in accordance with that order, with the trustee;

an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to the trustee’s preliminary remuneration and expenses in relation to the debtor

7

The following:

(a) if a creditor applied for:

(i) a sequestration order against the estate; or

(ii) an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act;

the taxed costs of the creditor in relation to the application;

(b) if the administrator of the estate of a deceased person presented a petition for an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act—the taxed costs of the administrator;

(c) if a person made an application for a sequestration order under Part X of the Act—both of the following:

(i) the taxed costs of that person in relation to the application;

(ii) any taxed costs of that person in respect of an application for an order under Division 5 or 6 of Part IX of the Act in relation to the estate

8

The trustee’s remuneration (other than remuneration covered by item 6):

(a) if the trustee is the Official Trustee—payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or

(b) if the trustee is a registered trustee—payable to the registered trustee under section 60‑5 of Schedule 2 to the Act

9

If:

(a) there is a committee of inspection in relation to the administration of the estate; and

(b) the creditors of the estate, or a majority of them, have approved payment of out‑of‑pocket expenses incurred by a member of the committee of inspection;

those expenses, to the extent that the trustee allows them as being fair and reasonable

10

Costs of any audit carried out under section 70‑15 or 70‑20 of Schedule 2 to the Act in relation to the estate

\n```\n\n (2) For the purposes of item 7 of the table, a reference to an applicant or a person presenting a petition is taken to include a reference to a person whose application or petition has not been proceeded with because a debtor’s petition presented by the bankrupt has been accepted by the Official Receiver (whether or not that debtor’s petition was referred to the Court under subsection 55(3B) of the Act, and whatever the outcome of such a referral).\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(e) of the Act, the maximum amount due to or in respect of an employee of a bankrupt is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum amount payable to employee

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$4,600

2

2018‑19

$4,550

3

2017‑18

$4,500

4

2016‑17

$4,450

5

2015‑16

$4,400

6

2014‑15

$4,350

7

2013‑14

$4,300

8

2012‑13

$4,200

9

2011‑12

$4,150

10

2010‑11

$4,100

11

2009‑10

$4,000

12

2008‑09

$3,950

13

2007‑08

$3,850

14

2006‑07

$3,750

15

2005‑06

$3,650

16

2004‑05

$3,550

17

2003‑04

$3,500

18

2002‑03

$3,450

19

2001‑02

$3,350

20

2000‑01

$3,300

21

1999‑2000

$3,150

22

1998‑99

$3,100

23

1997‑98

$3,100

24

1996‑97

$3,100

\n```\n\n (b) property of a kind covered by subsection (3) to the extent that it is reasonably appropriate for a household, having regard to the criteria specified in subsection (4);\n (c) property (including recreational and sports equipment) of a kind that is reasonably necessary for the domestic use of a household, having regard to:\n (c) educational, sporting or recreational items (including books) that are wholly or mainly for the use of children or students in the household;\n (c) any special climatic or other factors (including geographical isolation) of the place where the household residence is located;\n (d) whether the property is reasonably necessary for the functioning or servicing of the household as a viable and properly‑run household;\n (e) whether the costs of seizure, storage and sale of the property would be likely to exceed the sale price of the property;\n (f) if paragraph (e) does not apply—whether for any other reason (for example, costs of transport) the sale of the property would be likely to be uneconomical.\n (6) For the purposes of subsection (5), an item is an antique item only if a substantial part of its market value is attributable to its age or historical significance.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(ba)(ii) of the Act, non‑monetary sporting, cultural, military or academic awards are a kind of property that is prescribed.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(c)(i) of the Act, the maximum total value of a bankrupt’s property that is for use by the bankrupt in earning income by personal exertion is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum total value of tools

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,800

2

2018‑19

$3,800

3

2017‑18

$3,750

4

2016‑17

$3,700

5

2015‑16

$3,650

6

2014‑15

$3,600

7

2013‑14

$3,550

8

2012‑13

$3,500

9

2011‑12

$3,450

10

2010‑11

$3,400

11

2009‑10

$3,300

12

2008‑09

$3,250

13

2007‑08

$3,200

14

2006‑07

$3,100

15

2005‑06

$3,050

16

2004‑05

$3,000

17

2003‑04

$2,950

18

2002‑03

$2,900

19

2001‑02

$2,850

20

2000‑01

$2,800

21

1999‑2000

$2,650

22

1998‑99

$2,600

23

1997‑98

$2,600

24

1996‑97

$2,600

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 116(2)(ca) of the Act, the maximum aggregate value of property used by the bankrupt primarily as a means of transport is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum value of motor vehicle

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$8,100

2

2018‑19

$8,000

3

2017‑18

$7,900

4

2016‑17

$7,800

5

2015‑16

$7,700

6

2014‑15

$7,600

7

2013‑14

$7,500

8

2012‑13

$7,350

9

2011‑12

$7,200

10

2010‑11

$7,050

11

2009‑10

$6,850

12

2008‑09

$6,700

13

2007‑08

$6,500

14

2006‑07

$6,300

15

2005‑06

$6,150

16

2004‑05

$6,000

17

2003‑04

$5,900

18

2002‑03

$5,800

19

2001‑02

$5,650

20

2000‑01

$5,500

21

1999‑2000

$5,200

22

1998‑99

$5,050

23

1997‑98

$5,000

24

1996‑97

$5,000

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 120(2)(d) of the Act, a transfer is of a kind to which subsection 120(1) of the Act does not apply if the costs of recovering the transferred property would, in the opinion of the trustee in the transferor’s bankruptcy, be likely to exceed the value of the property to the transferor’s creditors.\n\n (b) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a lease—set out facts showing that subsection 133(4) of the Act has been complied with; and\n (c) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a contract—set out facts showing that the contract is, for the purposes of subsection 133(5A) of the Act, an unprofitable contract.\n (2) A trustee who gives a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must give the notice to each person who, to the trustee’s knowledge:\n (3) A failure to comply with subsection (1) or (2) does not affect the validity of a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section is made for the purposes of subparagraph (a)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act.\n (b) a reference in that Act to the taxable value of a benefit were a reference to the value, for the purposes of the Act, of the benefit; and\n (c) a reference in that Act to a declaration date were a reference to the date occurring 21 days after the end of a contribution assessment period in relation to a bankrupt; and\n (d) a reference in that Act to a declaration to be given to an employer of a person were a reference to a declaration to be given to the trustee of the person’s estate; and\n (e) a reference in that Act to a form approved by the Commissioner were a reference to a form approved by the Inspector‑General under section 6D of the Act; and\n (f) subject to paragraph (d), a reference in the FBTA Act to an employer, or to the employer, were a reference to any person (other than the bankrupt); and\n (g) a reference in the FBTA Act to an employee, or to the employee, were a reference to a bankrupt, or to the bankrupt, as the case requires.\n (5) Despite subsections (2), (3) and (4), the modifications specified or referred to in those subsections do not apply in relation to the provision of a fringe benefit (within the meaning of the FBTA Act) to a bankrupt if the provider of the fringe benefit:\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following contributions and payments made for the purpose of providing superannuation benefits for a bankrupt person are not income of the person:\n (a) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person to the extent that the contributions reduce the employer’s potential liability for the superannuation guarantee charge imposed under section 5 of the Superannuation Guarantee Charge Act 1992;\n (b) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person in accordance with the employer’s obligation to make contributions for the person under:\n (c) payments of shortfall components made to, or for the benefit of, the person under sections 65 to 67 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n (a) the contributions exceed the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage of the employee’s ordinary time earnings for the contribution assessment period; and\n\n> individual industrial agreement means an industrial agreement made solely between the employer and the person, including the following:\n\n (a) an AWA, or an ITEA, (both within the meaning of the Fair Work (Transitional Provisions and Consequential Amendments) Act 2009) to which that Act applies;\n\n> ordinary time earnings has the meaning given by subsection 6(1) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n> relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage: the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage for a year (the bankruptcy year) is the percentage whose number is the same as that set out in column 2 of the table in subsection 19(2) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992 for the financial year in which the bankruptcy year starts.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following payments or amounts are not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) a payment or amount of family tax benefit paid under the family assistance law (within the meaning of the A New Tax System (Family Assistance) (Administration) Act 1999);\n (b) an amount that is not income for the purposes of the Social Security Act 1991 because of subsection 8(8) of that Act, except for a payment or amount mentioned in paragraph (a), (h), (ha), (k), (ka), (m), (z), (za) or (zb) of that subsection.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (c) of the definition of dependant in section 139K of the Act, the prescribed amount of income derived (or likely to be derived) by a person during a contribution assessment period is:\n (b) if the period begins in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n (d) if the period begins in a later financial year—$3,741 indexed in accordance with section 114 of this instrument as if the period were that financial year.\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum income of dependant

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,720

2

2018‑19

$3,642

3

2017‑18

$3,596

4

2016‑17

$3,532

5

2015‑16

$3,459

6

2014‑15

$3,411

7

2013‑14

$3,363

8

2012‑13

$3,264

9

2011‑12

$3,181

10

2010‑11

$3,131

11

2009‑10

$3,030

12

2008‑09

$2,942

13

2007‑08

$2,870

14

2006‑07

$2,756

15

2005‑06

$2,688

16

2004‑05

$2,611

17

2003‑04

$2,549

\n```\n\n (3) If the bankrupt pays the contribution by cheque, payment is taken to occur when the cheque is cleared and the amount of the payment is credited to the account into which the cheque is deposited.\n (4) The trustee may, on reasonable notice in writing to the bankrupt, vary or withdraw an authorisation under paragraph (2)(c).\n (5) If the trustee incurs a delivery or postal charge (including a surcharge) or bank charge in connection with the receipt or processing of the contribution, the trustee may reimburse the trustee for the amount of the charge from the bankrupt’s estate.\n\n (a) a bankrupt is liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the bankrupt’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act in respect of a contribution assessment period; and\n\n (3) If the contribution remains unpaid, the deceased bankrupt’s estate is liable for the portion of the contribution attributable to the part of the period occurring before the bankrupt’s death.\n\n (b) immediately before being discharged, the person was liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the person’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act; and\n\n> Note: Section 139R of the Act provides that any liability of a bankrupt under section 139P or 139Q of the Act is not affected by the bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy after the making of the assessment that gave rise to the liability.\n\n (5) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(d)(ii), a change in the name of a person is taken to occur if the person in fact assumes the use of a different name or an additional name.\n\n A notice under section 139ZL of the Act must not specify money or property that is protected, under a law of the Commonwealth or a State or Territory, from a process such as assignment, attachment, charging, execution or garnishment.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 145(3) of the Act, notice must be given by serving it on each person to whom, under that subsection, it must be given.\n\n (a) an objection to the discharge of a bankrupt has been made on a ground, or on grounds that include a ground, mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(a) or (h) of the Act (which refer to the bankrupt being out of Australia); and\n (2) Within 5 business days after the day that the registered trustee becomes aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia, the registered trustee must give notice in writing to the Official Receiver stating:\n (ii) if the trustee does not know the day on which the bankrupt returned—the trustee became aware that the bankrupt had returned.\n\n For the purposes of the ground of objection mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(d) of the Act, a bankrupt is taken to have failed to comply with a request to provide information if the bankrupt has provided information that is incomplete or inaccurate.\n\n (c) an application is made to the Administrative Review Tribunal under section 149Q of the Act for the review of the decision of the Inspector‑General; and\n\n (a) if the debtor presents a debtor’s petition to the Official Receiver—on or before the day that the debtor so presents the petition; or\n\n If a registered trustee becomes, under subsection 156A(3) of the Act, the trustee of an estate or of joint and separate estates, the Official Receiver may give the registered trustee a certificate to that effect.\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 188(2A) of the Act, a person (other than the Official Trustee or a registered trustee) is ineligible to act under Part X of the Act as a controlling trustee in relation to a debtor in any of the following circumstances:\n (a) the person is or was convicted of an offence involving fraud or dishonesty at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (c) the person is a solicitor who does not hold an Australian practising certificate (within the meaning of the Evidence Act 1995);\n (d) the person is or was an insolvent under administration at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(f)(ii), the Inspector‑General may approve a course in insolvency by notice published on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website.\n (ii) has refused or failed to cooperate with the Inspector‑General in an inquiry or investigation under paragraph 12(1)(b) of the Act.\n (ii) invites the person to give the Inspector‑General, within 20 business days after the day the notice is given or such longer time as is specified in the notice, a written statement showing cause why the determination should not be made; and\n (5) If the Inspector‑General makes a determination under subsection (3) in relation to a person, the Inspector‑General must give the person a written notice stating the following:\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General to make a determination under subsection 49(3).\n\n (b) the person becomes ineligible to act as a controlling trustee under Part X of the Act because one or more of the circumstances prescribed by subsection 49(1) of this instrument apply in relation to the person.\n (2) The Official Trustee must perform the duties of a controlling trustee in relation to the debtor unless and until the debtor authorises another person under subsection 188(1) of the Act.\n\n (1) If, on application, the Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act that a person (the old trustee) cease to be the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate, the applicant for the order must:\n (3) If the creditors of a regulated debtor, by resolution at a meeting, remove the trustee (the old trustee) of the regulated debtor’s estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(a) of Schedule 2 to the Act, the person appointed by the creditors under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of that Schedule as trustee of the estate must:\n\n (1) If the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate (other than the Official Trustee) finalises the administration of the debtor’s estate, the trustee must:\n\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a debt agreement;\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to give the Official Receiver a debt agreement proposal under subsection 185C(1) of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n (a) any of the following awarded by a registered provider (within the meaning of the Education Services for Overseas Students Act 2000):\n (i) a Certificate IV in Financial Services (Accounting) awarded for study starting between 10 July 2004 and 23 November 2010;\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (c) a degree, diploma or similar qualification awarded by a foreign tertiary education institution and for which the Inspector‑General is satisfied the following conditions are satisfied:\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n\n#### 57 Prescribed amount of owed notified estate charges preventing renewal of registration as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraphs 186C(3)(d) and (5)(d) of the Act, the prescribed amount of notified estate charges is $500.\n\n For the purposes of section 187A of the Act, a provision of Part X of the Act specified in Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section of the Act, to joint debtors, whether partners or not.\n\n (b) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (c) information about whether a personal insolvency agreement may be administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy if any of the things mentioned in paragraphs 40(1)(i) to (m) of the Act happen in relation to a debtor;\n (f) information about a debtor’s rights and responsibilities under Part X of the Act, including a debtor’s obligation to disclose all related entities;\n (g) information about a controlling trustee’s obligation to disclose the controlling trustee’s relationship (if any) with a debtor.\n (3) A registered trustee or a solicitor authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property must not consent to exercise the powers given by the authority unless the debtor has given the registered trustee or the solicitor, as the case may be, a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the Official Trustee is authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property, the Official Receiver must not give the debtor a written approval under paragraph 188(2)(aa) of the Act unless the debtor has given the Official Trustee a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n\n (b) unable to sign the authority or an acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) of this instrument relating to the authority because of a physical incapacity.\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and debtor are familiar; or\n\n> relevant material means the authority, the information prescribed by section 59 and the acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) relating to the authority.\n\n (3) The person must, at the same time as calling a meeting of the debtor’s creditors, give a copy of the proposal for dealing with the debtor’s affairs under Part X of the Act to:\n\n> Note 1: An authority signed by a debtor under section 188 of the Act is not effective for the purposes of Part X of the Act unless, before the person authorised consents to exercise the powers given by the authority, the debtor gives to the person authorised:\n\n> Note 2: Under subsection 188(5) of the Act, a registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority must also give a copy of the authority and the debtor’s statement of affairs to the Official Receiver.\n\n (e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement.\n\n For the purposes of section 210 of the Act, a provision of Part VIII of the Act specified in Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor.\n\n#### 64 Modifications of Division 1 of Part V of the Act—debtors whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act\n\n For the purposes of subsection 211(1) of the Act, a provision in Division 1 of Part V of the Act specified in Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 218(3) of the Act, a notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act must be in writing.\n\n (1) If the Court makes a sequestration order under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act, the applicant for the order must:\n\n#### 67 Information to be given to Official Receiver in relation to orders terminating or setting aside a personal insolvency agreement\n\n> Note: If the Court makes an order setting aside or terminating a personal insolvency agreement and a registered trustee was the trustee of the agreement, the registered trustee must give written notice of the order to the Official Receiver (see subsection 224A(4) of the Act).\n\n (1) If a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act, the trustee of the agreement must:\n\n> Note: Before the termination takes effect, the trustee must give notice of the proposed termination to all the creditors who are entitled to receive notice of a meeting of creditors (see subsection 222A(2) of the Act).\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 231(1) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 4 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor who has executed a personal insolvency agreement.\n (2) For the purposes of subsection 231(3) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 5 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a personal insolvency agreement.\n\n (4) If the trustee gives a certificate to the debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act or subsection (1) of this section, the trustee must:\n (a) the person is required to give a copy of a certificate to the Official Receiver in accordance with subsection (4); and\n\n For the purposes of subsections 248(1) and (3) of the Act, a provision specified in Schedule 4 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Schedule in relation to proceedings under Part XI of the Act and the administration of estates under that Part.\n\n (1) If a trustee (within the meaning of section 254 of the Act) pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act, the trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (3) If a registered trustee pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act, the registered trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (1) For the purposes of the definition of National Personal Insolvency Index in subsection 5(1) of the Act, an electronic index to be known as the National Personal Insolvency Index is established.\n\n Division 2 of this Part (information to be entered in the Index) has effect subject to Division 3 of this Part (information not to be entered in the Index and information to be removed from the Index).\n\n (1) The person specified in column 2 of an item of the table in subsection (3) must, at a time within the time period specified in column 2 of that item, give a copy of each document specified in column 1 of that item to the Official Receiver.\n\n

Documents that must be given to the Official Receiver

Item

Column 1

Document(s)

Column 2

Person and time period

Column 3

Information

1

A notice given under subsection 181A(2) of the Act by the current trustee of a bankrupt’s estate nominating another trustee as the new trustee of the estate

The new trustee within 2 business days after the date specified in the notice (see paragraph 181A(3)(a) of the Act)

The day on which the new trustee became the trustee of the estate

2

An order under subsection 185Q(4) of the Act terminating a debt agreement

The applicant for the order within 3 business days after the order is made

The day on which the order was made

3

An order under subsection 185U(1) of the Act declaring all or part of a debt agreement void

The applicant for the order within 2 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) whether all or part of the agreement was declared void

4

An authority, signed by a debtor under subsection 188(1) of the Act, naming and authorising a registered trustee, a solicitor or the Official Trustee to call a meeting of the debtor’s creditors and to take control of the debtor’s property

The person named in the authority within 2 business days after the debtor signs the authority

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the copy of the authority was given to the Official Receiver;

(c) the day on which the debtor’s statement of affairs was given to the Official Receiver (see subsections 188(2D) and (5) of the Act);

(d) the name of the controlling trustee (see subsection 188(6) of the Act)

5

Written evidence of an event of a kind mentioned in paragraph 192(1)(a), (b) or (c) of the Act, or a written request given to the Official Trustee under paragraph 192(1)(d) of the Act, resulting in the Official Trustee becoming the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor

The Official Trustee within 14 days after the Official Trustee becomes the controlling trustee

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Trustee became the controlling trustee

6

Both of the following:

(a) a petition to the Court, under subsection 244(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of the estate of a deceased person;

(b) an affidavit verifying the petition (see subsection 244(5) of the Act)

The creditor, or one of the creditors, who presented the petition to the Court within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day the petition was presented;

(c) the name of the creditor or creditors who presented the petition;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the creditor or creditors;

(e) the day the Court is to hear the petition

7

Both of the following:

(a) a petition, under subsection 247(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of a deceased person’s estate under Part XI of the Act;

(b) a statement of the deceased person’s affairs and of the petitioner’s administration of the deceased person’s estate (see subsection 247(1) of the Act)

The petitioner within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the petition and the statement of affairs were presented;

(c) the name of the administrator;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the administrator

8

An order, under section 252B of the Act, annulling the administration of the estate of a deceased person under Part XI of the Act

The trustee of the estate within 2 business days after the trustee becomes aware of the order

The day on which the order was made

9

An order, under subsection 253E(1) of the Act, staying proceedings under a creditor’s petition or debtor’s petition

The applicant for the order within 7 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) the length of the stay (see subsection 253E(3) of the Act)

\n```\n\n (1) If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in subsection (2) is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n (aa) in the case of a statement of affairs mentioned in item 2 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the statement; and\n (a) in the case of a debtor’s petition mentioned in item 3, 4 or 5 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the petition; and\n (b) in the case of a debt agreement proposal mentioned in item 12 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the debt agreement proposal for processing.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with the Act

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A sequestration order made against the estate of a debtor (see subsection 52(1A) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(d) the name of the creditor who obtained the order;

(e) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of that creditor

2

A statement of the affairs of a person against whose estate a sequestration order is made, that is given for the purposes of subsection 54(1) of the Act

The day on which the statement of affairs was filed with the Official Receiver

3

A debtor’s petition (see subsection 55(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the resulting bankruptcy;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(e) the day on which the statement of the debtor’s affairs accepted by the Official Receiver was given to the Official Receiver for the purposes of paragraph 55(2)(b) of the Act

4

A debtor’s petition against a partnership presented by members of the partnership (see subsection 56B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of the partners who presented the petition;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the bankruptcy of each of those partners as a result of the acceptance of the petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each bankrupt partner;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those partners, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of the partnership affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

5

A debtor’s petition by joint debtors who are not partners (see subsection 57(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of those debtors;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of each bankruptcy that results from acceptance of the debtor’s petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each debtor;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those debtors, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of their joint affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

6

A notice relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 74(5A) of the Act)

The day on which the bankruptcy was annulled

7

A notice of objection by a trustee to the discharge of a bankrupt from bankruptcy (see subsection 149B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) when the objection took effect (see section 149G of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection set out in the notice (see paragraph 149C(1)(a) of the Act);

(c) the name of the trustee

8

A notice that a trustee ceases to object to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy on a particular ground (see subsection 149H(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) if there is no longer an objection on any ground—when the objection ceased to have effect (see subsection 149H(3) of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection to which the notice relates;

(c) the name of the trustee

9

A notice of withdrawal of objection by a trustee to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy (see subsection 149J(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) when the withdrawal takes effect (see subsection 149J(3) of the Act);

(b) the name of the trustee

10

A notice about the cancellation, under subsection 149N(1) of the Act, of a notice of objection filed by a trustee of a bankrupt’s estate (see subsection 149P(1) of the Act)

The day on which the cancellation took effect

11

A certificate relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 153A(2) of the Act)

The date of annulment included in the certificate

12

A debtor’s written proposal for a debt agreement (see subsection 185C(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185E of the Act)

13

A notification that a debt agreement has ended (see subsection 185N(5) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the debt agreement ended;

(b) the reasons why the debt agreement ended

14

A notification that control of the property of a debtor has ended (see subsection 189(1B) of the Act)

The day on which that control ended

15

A personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor (see paragraph 218(1)(b) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the agreement was executed;

(c) the name of the trustee of the personal insolvency agreement

16

A resolution or special resolution terminating a personal insolvency agreement (see subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

17

A resolution or special resolution terminating a composition or scheme of arrangement (see section 76B and subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated

18

A notice that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated or set aside (see subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated or set aside

19

A notice that a composition or scheme of arrangement is terminated or set aside (see section 76B and subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated or set aside

20

An order that the estate of a deceased person be administered under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 244(14), 245(3) or 247(3) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee administering the estate

21

A statement of a deceased person’s affairs and of the administration of the deceased person’s estate by a legal personal representative of the deceased person (see paragraph 246(1)(b) of the Act)

The day on which the statement was given to the Official Receiver

22

A certificate in relation to the annulment, by force of subsection 252A(1) of the Act, of the administration of an estate under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 252A(2) of the Act)

The day of the annulment

\n```\n\n If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with this instrument

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A creditor’s petition presented against a debtor or joint debtors (see section 13)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor or joint debtors;

(b) the day on which the petition was presented against the debtor or joint debtors;

(c) the name of the petitioning creditor;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the petitioning creditor;

(e) the day of the court hearing for a sequestration order relating to the petition

2

A direction given, or an order made, by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act (see section 14 of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor to whom the order or direction relates;

(b) the day on which the order was made or the direction given;

(c) the day (if any) on which a trustee’s control of that debtor’s property is to end (see subsection 50(1B) of the Act)

3

A notice under subsection 46(2) that the Administrative Review Tribunal has varied or set aside a decision of the Inspector‑General in relation to a notice of objection

The day on which the decision was varied or set aside

4

A notice given under subsection 52(1) in relation to an order about a regulated debtor’s estate, if the order provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of the estate

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the new trustee;

(b) the day of the appointment

5

A notice given under subsection 52(3) by a person appointed as trustee of the estate of a regulated debtor

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the person appointed;

(b) the day of the appointment

6

A notice under subsection 53(1) that the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate has finalised the administration of the debtor’s estate

The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised

7

A notice under subparagraph 62(2)(a)(ii) of particulars specified in subsection 62(3) in relation to a special resolution passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors

The particulars

8

A sequestration order against the estate of a debtor made under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act (see subsection 66(1) of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) if the person who applied for the order was a creditor of the debtor—the name of the creditor and the name and telephone number of the creditor’s solicitor (if any);

(d) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate

9

A notice under paragraph 68(1)(a) that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

10

A certificate given by a trustee to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act (see subsection 70(4) of this instrument)

The day on which the trustee signed the certificate

\n```\n\n If an event specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section occurs, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n| Item | Column 1Event | Column 2Information |\n| ---- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |\n| 1 | A bankrupt is, by force of subsection 149(1) of the Act, discharged from bankruptcy | The day on which the bankrupt was discharged from bankruptcy |\n| 2 | The Official Receiver issues a certificate of appointment to a registered trustee under subsection 157(3) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the name of the registered trustee;(b) the day on which the registered trustee was appointed |\n| 3 | A trustee, or the Official Trustee, is released from the trusteeship of an estate by force of section 184 or 184A of the Act | The fact that the trustee, or the Official Trustee, has been so released |\n| 4 | A debt agreement proposal is withdrawn | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was withdrawn |\n| 5 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement that was made before 1 July 2007 is accepted (see sections 185B and 185P of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the proposal was accepted |\n| 6 | A debt agreement proposal is not accepted (see section 185EC of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was not accepted |\n| 7 | The Official Receiver cancels the acceptance of a debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185ED of the Act) | The day on which the Official Receiver cancelled the acceptance of the debt agreement proposal for processing |\n| 8 | A debt agreement proposal lapses (see section 185G of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal lapsed |\n| 9 | The Official Receiver gives to a debtor a certificate under subsection 185N(3) of the Act | The day on which the certificate was given |\n| 10 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement is accepted (see section 185PC of the Act) | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 11 | The Official Receiver terminates a debt agreement under subsection 185QA(1) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 12 | The minutes of a meeting of creditors at which a special resolution was passed terminating a debt agreement made before 1 July 2007 are given to the Official Receiver (see subsection 185QA(1) of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the resolution was passed |\n| 13 | A special resolution is passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors under subsection 204(1) of the Act if the Official Trustee called the meeting under an authority under section 188 of the Act | All of the following:(a) the date of the resolution;(b) the debtor’s full name and alias (if any);(c) the debtor’s address;(d) the debtor’s occupation (if any);(e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement |\n| 14 | A sequestration order is made against the estate of a debtor under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | All of the following:(a) particulars of the debtor;(b) the day on which the order was made;(c) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate |\n| 15 | An order is made under subsection 222(1), (2) or (5) of the Act setting aside a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was set aside |\n| 16 | A personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act where the Official Trustee is the trustee of the agreement | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 17 | An order is made under subsection 222C(1) of the Act terminating a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 18 | The Official Trustee gives a certificate to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act | The day on which the Official Trustee signed the certificate |\n| 19 | The Official Trustee finalises the administration of a debtor’s estate | The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised |\n| 20 | The Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act, on application by the Inspector‑General, that provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of an estate | Both of the following:(a) the name of the new trustee;(b) the day of the appointment |\n| 21 | The Official Trustee is appointed by the creditors of an estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of Schedule 2 to the Act as trustee of an estate | The day of the appointment |\n\n> Note: A number of provisions of the Act require the Official Receiver to enter information in the Index when certain events occur. These provisions include the following:\n\n (a) a debtor whose property is under the control of the Official Trustee or a registered trustee because of a direction given by the Court under paragraph 50(1)(a) of the Act;\n (c) a deceased debtor if a petition for an order for the administration of the deceased debtor’s estate has been presented under Part XI of the Act;\n (d) a debtor in relation to whom an application is made to the Court under subsection 253E(1) of the Act for an order staying all or any proceedings under a petition.\n (3) In the case of a deceased debtor, the information to be entered in accordance with paragraphs (1)(a), (b) and (c) is the information immediately before the debtor’s death.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (4), a person who is a debtor or bankrupt may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General for information about the person:\n (a) not to be entered in the Index, on the ground that the entry of the information would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n\n> Note: Example: A person may rely on a court order (such as a domestic violence order) to show that publication of the information in question would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under paragraph 80(3)(a) refusing to grant an application.\n\n (1) If a debt agreement ends under section 185N of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (2) If a debt agreement is terminated under section 185P, 185Q, 185QA or 185R of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (3) If an order is made under section 185U of the Act declaring all of a debt agreement void, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n\n The Official Receiver must remove all information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index within 1 year after the day on which any of the following occurs:\n\n (1) A person may, by application in writing, ask the Official Receiver to inspect material in the Index and give to the person an extract of material specified in the application.\n (a) if the applicant has paid any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination for obtaining the requested extract—must inspect the Index and, within 10 business days of receiving the application:\n (b) may give the applicant a list of Index search agents who may be able to inspect material entered in the Index for the applicant.\n (3) A person who has been granted access to the Index by the Inspector‑General may, after paying any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination:\n (4) However, prior payment is not required under subsection (3) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n An extract of information in the Index is admissible in any proceedings as prima facie evidence of the matters in the extract.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General, and any officer acting at the direction or with the authority of the Inspector‑General, have immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n (2) An officer has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (3) A person who provides material for entry in the Index has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of the material by way of:\n (5) The immunity of the Inspector‑General or another officer under this section arising out of publication of material extends to the Commonwealth and the Official Trustee to the extent that the Commonwealth or the Official Trustee would, apart from this subsection, be liable in respect of the publication.\n (6) This section does not limit any other ground of defence in relation to actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n\n (b) the person executing the warrant considers that it is impracticable to immediately bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n (b) a day and time when the person executing the warrant considers that it will be practicable to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n\n (1) If the Registrar receives a notification under subsection 87(2) in relation to an apprehended person, the Registrar must, as soon as reasonably practicable:\n (a) determine a day, time and place for the apprehended person to be brought before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate; and\n (b) direct the person who gave the notification to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate in accordance with that determination.\n (2) The time and day determined under paragraph (1)(a) must be the earliest that the Registrar reasonably believes are practicable.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 277B(1) of the Act, this Division establishes an infringement notice scheme, as an alternative to prosecution, for an infringement notice provision.\n\n (1) If the Inspector‑General believes on reasonable grounds that a person has contravened an infringement notice provision, the Inspector‑General may give to the person an infringement notice for the alleged contravention.\n (2) The infringement notice must be given within 12 months after the day on which the contravention is alleged to have taken place.\n (3) A single infringement notice must relate only to a single contravention of a single provision unless subsection (4) applies.\n (4) The Inspector‑General may give a person a single infringement notice relating to multiple contraventions of a single provision if:\n\n (e) give brief details of the alleged contravention, or each alleged contravention, to which the notice relates, including:\n (f) state the amount that is payable under the notice, as worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act and subsection (2) of this section; and\n (h) state that, if the person to whom the notice is given pays the amount within 20 business days after the day the notice is given, then (unless the notice is withdrawn) the person will not be liable to be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (k) state that the person may choose not to pay the amount and, if the person does so the person may be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (n) state that the person may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) If the notice relates to more than one alleged contravention of the provision by the person, the amount to be stated in the notice for the purposes of paragraph (1)(f) is the sum of the amount worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act for each alleged contravention.\n\n> Note: Under section 90, a single infringement notice may only deal with multiple contraventions if they are contraventions of a single provision continuing over a period.\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may apply to the Inspector‑General for an extension of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h).\n (2) If the application is made before the end of that period, the Inspector‑General may, in writing, extend that period. The Inspector‑General may do so before or after the end of that period.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General extends that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to that period so extended.\n (4) If the Inspector‑General does not extend that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to the period that ends on the later of the following days:\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) The Inspector‑General may withdraw an infringement notice given to a person (whether or not the person has made written representations seeking the withdrawal).\n (3) When deciding whether or not to withdraw an infringement notice (the relevant infringement notice), the Inspector‑General:\n (a) must take into account any written representations seeking the withdrawal that were given by the person to the Inspector‑General; and\n (i) whether a court has previously imposed a penalty on the person for a contravention of an infringement notice provision;\n (iii) whether the person has paid an amount, stated in an earlier infringement notice, for a contravention of an infringement notice provision if the contravention is constituted by conduct that is the same, or substantially the same, as the conduct alleged to constitute the contravention in the relevant infringement notice;\n\n (1) If the person to whom an infringement notice for an alleged contravention of a provision is given pays the amount stated in the notice before the end of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h):\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may sign a certificate that states any of the following in relation to an infringement notice given to a person:\n (b) that the Inspector‑General granted, or refused to grant, an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice;\n (c) if the Inspector‑General granted an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice—that that amount was not fully paid by the person within the period specified in the extension;\n (2) At a hearing of a prosecution for an offence alleged in an infringement notice, a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General in accordance with subsection (1) is prima facie evidence of the matters specified in the certificate.\n (3) A certificate that purports to be signed by the Inspector‑General is taken to have been signed by the Inspector‑General unless the contrary is proved.\n\n (a) require an infringement notice to be given to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (c) prevent the giving of 2 or more infringement notices to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (d) limit a court’s discretion to determine the amount of a penalty to be imposed on a person who is found to have contravened an infringement notice provision.\n\n (b) unless the person, by notice in writing to the Inspector‑General, directs otherwise—offset against estate charge or late payment penalty payable by the person.\n\n (1) A payment of interest charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) A payment of realisations charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or served on, a person (other than the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee), the document may be:\n (a) sent by a courier service to the person at the address of the person last known to the person serving the document; or\n (b) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name and any relevant document exchange number, at a document exchange where the person maintains a document exchange facility; or\n (i) by a kind of electronic communication that transmits the document to a facility maintained by the person for receipt of electronically transmitted documents; or\n (ii) by a kind of electronic communication such that, in the ordinary course of events, the document could be reasonably expected to be received by the person.\n\n> Note: The Electronic Transactions Act 1999 applies to a requirement or permission to give information under the Bankruptcy Act 1966 or this instrument, including electronic communications covered by this section.\n\n> Note: However, paragraph (d) of this subsection permits information to be given by means of particular kinds of electronic communication, in accordance with the information technology requirements in subsection (3). This means the requirements in section 9 of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999 do not apply in relation to electronic communications covered by this section (see subsection 9(3) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999).\n\n (2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(a) or (b), in the absence of proof to the contrary, the document is taken to have been received by, or served on, the person when the document would, in the due course of business practice, be delivered to that address or document exchange.\n\n (a) at the time the document is sent, it is reasonable to expect that the document would be readily accessible so as to be useable for subsequent reference; and\n (b) the document is sent in one of the following formats, or in a format that is similar to or readily convertible into one of the following formats:\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, this section applies if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or filed or lodged with:\n (2) The document must be posted, delivered, sent by email, or sent through the website of the Australian Financial Security Authority, to:\n (3) If this section applies, the document is taken to be received, filed or lodged only when the document (or, where applicable, a copy of it) is actually received by, or on behalf of, the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver (as the case requires).\n\n (1) Subsection (2) applies in any proceedings to a document or copy of a document that purports to be a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General stating that, at a particular time, the form of statement of affairs that is attached to the certificate was the approved form for the purposes of section 6A of the Act.\n\n A fee is not payable by the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver in respect of an application to, or the filing of a document in, the Court in relation to proceedings under the Act, this instrument or the Insolvency Practice Rules.\n\n (2) If such a fee is payable in respect of the doing of a matter or thing by the Official Receiver, the matter or thing need not be done unless the fee has been paid.\n\n (1) The Official Trustee’s entitlement to remuneration under the Fees and Remuneration Determination arises when the Official Trustee:\n (a) performs work or first acts in accordance with section 3.03, 3.04, 3.07 or 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (2) For paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (d), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee in respect of an amount received by the Official Trustee:\n\n (1) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.03 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the property or business of a debtor, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (2) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.04 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a composition or scheme of arrangement with the creditors of a bankrupt, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the composition or scheme of arrangement as the case may be.\n (3) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor who signed an authority under section 188 of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (4) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the estate of a bankrupt, or of a deceased person for whose estate an order for administration has been made under Part XI of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the bankrupt or deceased person as the case may be.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a request by a bankrupt to the Official Trustee for the Official Trustee’s consent, under paragraph 272(1)(c) of the Act, to the bankrupt leaving Australia.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may decide to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4) if the Inspector‑General is reasonably satisfied that:\n (a) payment of the fee by the person liable to pay it has imposed, or would impose, hardship on the person that is unusual and exceptional in comparison to the hardship arising in the normal course of bankruptcy; or\n (b) unless the fee is payable to the Inspector‑General—the officer to whom the fee is payable or would have been payable if the fee had not been waived or remitted.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General decides under subsection (1) to refuse to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4), the notification under subsection (2) in relation to the decision must include the reasons for the decision.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under subsection 111(1) refusing to waive or remit the whole or part of a fee that is payable by the person.\n\n If, under the Act, a trustee takes possession of, or attaches, the property of a bankrupt, debtor or deceased person, the trustee must, as soon as is reasonably practicable:\n (b) give a copy of the inventory, of the photographs or of the video recordings, as the case may be, to any person who has custody of the property or part of the property.\n\n (1) If a provision of this instrument states that a dollar amount is to be indexed in accordance with this section, then at the start of each financial year (an indexation year) beginning on or after 1 July 2021, the dollar amount is replaced by the amount worked out using the following formula:\n ![Start formula Indexation factor for the indexation year times Dollar amount for the previous year end formula](image.002.png)\n ![Start formula start fraction Index number for the reference quarter over Index number for the base quarter end fraction end formula](image.003.png)\n\n> index number, for a quarter, means the All Groups Consumer Price Index number (being the weighted average of the 8 capital cities) published by the Australian Statistician for that quarter.\n\n (4) If an indexation factor worked out under subsection (2) would be less than 1, that indexation factor is to be increased to 1.\n (a) are to be made using only the index numbers published in terms of the most recently published index reference period; and\n (b) are to be made disregarding index numbers that are published in substitution for previously published index numbers (except where the substituted numbers are published to take account of changes in the index reference period).\n\n (a) a thing was done for a particular purpose under the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996 as in force immediately before those Regulations were repealed; and\n (2) Without limiting subsection (1), a reference in that subsection to a thing being done includes a reference to a notice, application or other instrument being given or made.\n\n Despite the repeal of the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996, item 3 of Schedule 4 to those Regulations, as in force immediately before that repeal, continues to apply in relation to a contribution assessment period if an assessment under section 139W of the Act was made for that contribution assessment period before that repeal.\n\n Section 102, as substituted by Schedule 1 to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Electronic Service) Regulations 2024, applies in relation to a document that is given or sent to, or served on, a person on or after the commencement of that Schedule.\n\n## 40 Notice under section 139ZL of the Act not to refer to protected money\n\n A notice under section 139ZL of the Act must not specify money or property that is protected, under a law of the Commonwealth or a State or Territory, from a process such as assignment, attachment, charging, execution or garnishment.\n\n## 41 Notice under section 139ZL of the Act (notice of ceasing or commencing employment)\n\n## Division 9 Distribution of property\n\n> electronic communication means an electronic communication within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of electronic communication in subsection 5(1) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999.\n\n> legal practitioner means a barrister, a solicitor, a barrister and solicitor or a legal practitioner, of the High Court or of the Supreme Court of a State or Territory.\n\n (a) remuneration paid to the trustee in accordance with a direction, or other order, made by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act directing the trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or making another order in relation to the property; and\n (ii) in relation to the examination of the debtor, or an examinable person in relation to the debtor, as a result of the issue of a summons under subsection 50(2) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section sets out the requirements for an application to the Official Receiver for a bankruptcy notice by a person who has obtained against a debtor one, or 2 or more, final judgments or final orders of a kind described in paragraph 40(1)(g) of the Act.\n\n (a) if any final order specified in the application is an award that is a final order because of subparagraph 40(3)(a)(i) of the Act—both of the following:\n (i) a copy of the award certified as a true copy by the arbitrator who made the award or by an officer of the Court who has compared the copy with the original award;\n (ii) a certificate of the judgment or order sealed by the court that made the judgment or order (the relevant court) or signed by an officer of the relevant court;\n (iii) a copy of the entry of the judgment or order certified as a true copy of that entry and sealed by the relevant court or signed by an officer of the relevant court.\n\n> Note 2: A fee is payable to the Official Receiver for an application under this section (see the Fees and Remuneration Determination).\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice must follow that form in respect of its format (for example, bold or italic typeface, underlining and notes).\n\n> Note: Section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 provides that strict compliance with a form is not required and substantial compliance is sufficient.\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice in relation to a debtor that is served on the debtor outside of a period mentioned in subsection (1) is not valid.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (a) of the definition of statutory minimum in subsection 5(1) of the Act, the amount prescribed is $10,000.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (2), the only persons who may inspect a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver under subsection 41(1) of the Act are the following:\n (2) If a creditor’s petition is presented that is founded on an act of bankruptcy consisting of failure to comply with the bankruptcy notice, any person may inspect the notice.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver in relation to a debtor if the notice includes a final judgment, or final order, that is expressed in an amount of foreign currency (whether or not the judgment or order is also expressed in an amount of Australian currency).\n (c) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the day on which the application for the notice is made.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n A creditor who presents a petition to the Court under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must give to the Official Receiver:\n (b) a copy of any order entered by the Court, dismissing, staying or extending the petition, or adjourning the hearing of the petition, within 2 business days after the Court enters the order.\n\n (1) If the Court gives a direction, or makes another order, under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to a debtor, the creditor who applied under subsection 50(1A) of the Act for the Court to make a direction must:\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n (c) in accordance with the direction or other order, the creditor deposits an amount (the first amount) with the trustee for the purposes of covering the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor.\n\n (2) The creditor is entitled to a refund of the sum of the first amount and any amount covered by subsection (4) less an amount equal to the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor if any of the following events occur:\n (a) the debtor enters into a personal insolvency agreement, or the debtor’s estate is administered under Part XI of the Act, and the Court authorises the trustee to transfer the debtor’s property to some other person;\n (i) the Court is satisfied that the first amount is insufficient to cover the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor;\n (ii) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs, on application by the trustee, the creditor to deposit the additional amount with the trustee;\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n\n (2) The Court may, on application by the debtor within 15 business days after the day the petition is dismissed, order the creditor to pay the debtor an amount equal to the damage the Court assesses as resulting from the acts or omissions of the trustee in reliance on the direction or other order mentioned in paragraph (1)(b).\n\n “(2A) The Court or a magistrate may direct that an examination, or any part of an examination, under this section shall be held in private.”;\n (c) by omitting from subsection (9) “is the trustee” and substituting “has been directed to take control of the property of the relevant person”;\n “(14) Subject to subsection (14A), the applicant for an examination under this section is to pay the costs incurred in connection with the examination.\n (14A) The Court or a magistrate may order that all or some of the costs mentioned in subsection (14) are to be paid by the relevant person.”.\n\n If:\n (b) the Official Receiver accepts the declaration, and signs a copy of the declaration, under paragraph 54C(1)(a) of the Act;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsections 54D(1), 55(3A), 56B(5) and 57(3A) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (d) information about a debtor’s right to choose whether the bankruptcy is initially administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (e) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to present to the Official Receiver, under section 54A of the Act, a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition.\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to present a petition under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n If:\n (a) a debtor presents, or 2 or more debtors present, a petition to the Official Receiver under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act; and\n (b) there is in force under subsection 156A(1) of the Act an instrument of consent of a registered trustee to act as the trustee of:\n (ii) in the case of 2 or more debtors—the separate estates, the joint estates, or the joint and separate estates, of the debtors or any of them;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 56C(2) of the Act, if the Official Receiver refers a debtor’s petition against a partnership to the Court, the notice given by the Official Receiver to each member of the partnership who did not present the petition must:\n\n If a person is arrested under a warrant issued by the Court under section 78 of the Act, the arresting officer must immediately notify a Registrar of the Court.\n\n (a) a creditor lodges, or causes to be lodged, a proof of debt in a bankruptcy in accordance with section 84 of the Act; and\n (b) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the date of the bankruptcy.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n (1) For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(a) of the Act, the order that the trustee of the estate of a bankrupt must apply the proceeds of the bankrupt’s property to the costs, charges, expenses and remuneration mentioned in the following table is the order that appears in the table.\n\n

Order of payment of certain costs, charges, expenses and remuneration

Item

Costs, charges and expenses

1

Realisations charge payable by the trustee in relation to the estate under the Bankruptcy (Estate Charges) Act 1997

2

If the trustee is a registered trustee to whom the Official Trustee transferred the administration of the bankruptcy, both of the following in relation to the administration of the bankruptcy by the Official Trustee before the transfer:

(a) any remuneration payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination;

(b) any reimbursement that is payable to the Official Trustee under section 108

3

Expenses reasonably incurred by or on behalf of the trustee:

(a) in protecting all or part of the bankrupt’s assets; or

(b) in carrying on, in accordance with the Act, a business of the bankrupt

4

If a creditor made an advance to the trustee for the purposes of the trustee’s administration of the bankruptcy—an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to that advance

5

Fees, costs, charges or expenses (other than fees, costs, charges or expenses covered by another item of this table) paid or payable by the trustee in administering the bankrupt’s estate

6

If:

(a) an order was made under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to the bankrupt when the bankrupt was a debtor; and

(b) an amount was deposited by a creditor, in accordance with that order, with the trustee;

an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to the trustee’s preliminary remuneration and expenses in relation to the debtor

7

The following:

(a) if a creditor applied for:

(i) a sequestration order against the estate; or

(ii) an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act;

the taxed costs of the creditor in relation to the application;

(b) if the administrator of the estate of a deceased person presented a petition for an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act—the taxed costs of the administrator;

(c) if a person made an application for a sequestration order under Part X of the Act—both of the following:

(i) the taxed costs of that person in relation to the application;

(ii) any taxed costs of that person in respect of an application for an order under Division 5 or 6 of Part IX of the Act in relation to the estate

8

The trustee’s remuneration (other than remuneration covered by item 6):

(a) if the trustee is the Official Trustee—payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or

(b) if the trustee is a registered trustee—payable to the registered trustee under section 60‑5 of Schedule 2 to the Act

9

If:

(a) there is a committee of inspection in relation to the administration of the estate; and

(b) the creditors of the estate, or a majority of them, have approved payment of out‑of‑pocket expenses incurred by a member of the committee of inspection;

those expenses, to the extent that the trustee allows them as being fair and reasonable

10

Costs of any audit carried out under section 70‑15 or 70‑20 of Schedule 2 to the Act in relation to the estate

\n```\n\n (2) For the purposes of item 7 of the table, a reference to an applicant or a person presenting a petition is taken to include a reference to a person whose application or petition has not been proceeded with because a debtor’s petition presented by the bankrupt has been accepted by the Official Receiver (whether or not that debtor’s petition was referred to the Court under subsection 55(3B) of the Act, and whatever the outcome of such a referral).\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(e) of the Act, the maximum amount due to or in respect of an employee of a bankrupt is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum amount payable to employee

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$4,600

2

2018‑19

$4,550

3

2017‑18

$4,500

4

2016‑17

$4,450

5

2015‑16

$4,400

6

2014‑15

$4,350

7

2013‑14

$4,300

8

2012‑13

$4,200

9

2011‑12

$4,150

10

2010‑11

$4,100

11

2009‑10

$4,000

12

2008‑09

$3,950

13

2007‑08

$3,850

14

2006‑07

$3,750

15

2005‑06

$3,650

16

2004‑05

$3,550

17

2003‑04

$3,500

18

2002‑03

$3,450

19

2001‑02

$3,350

20

2000‑01

$3,300

21

1999‑2000

$3,150

22

1998‑99

$3,100

23

1997‑98

$3,100

24

1996‑97

$3,100

\n```\n\n (b) property of a kind covered by subsection (3) to the extent that it is reasonably appropriate for a household, having regard to the criteria specified in subsection (4);\n (c) property (including recreational and sports equipment) of a kind that is reasonably necessary for the domestic use of a household, having regard to:\n (c) educational, sporting or recreational items (including books) that are wholly or mainly for the use of children or students in the household;\n (c) any special climatic or other factors (including geographical isolation) of the place where the household residence is located;\n (d) whether the property is reasonably necessary for the functioning or servicing of the household as a viable and properly‑run household;\n (e) whether the costs of seizure, storage and sale of the property would be likely to exceed the sale price of the property;\n (f) if paragraph (e) does not apply—whether for any other reason (for example, costs of transport) the sale of the property would be likely to be uneconomical.\n (6) For the purposes of subsection (5), an item is an antique item only if a substantial part of its market value is attributable to its age or historical significance.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(ba)(ii) of the Act, non‑monetary sporting, cultural, military or academic awards are a kind of property that is prescribed.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(c)(i) of the Act, the maximum total value of a bankrupt’s property that is for use by the bankrupt in earning income by personal exertion is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum total value of tools

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,800

2

2018‑19

$3,800

3

2017‑18

$3,750

4

2016‑17

$3,700

5

2015‑16

$3,650

6

2014‑15

$3,600

7

2013‑14

$3,550

8

2012‑13

$3,500

9

2011‑12

$3,450

10

2010‑11

$3,400

11

2009‑10

$3,300

12

2008‑09

$3,250

13

2007‑08

$3,200

14

2006‑07

$3,100

15

2005‑06

$3,050

16

2004‑05

$3,000

17

2003‑04

$2,950

18

2002‑03

$2,900

19

2001‑02

$2,850

20

2000‑01

$2,800

21

1999‑2000

$2,650

22

1998‑99

$2,600

23

1997‑98

$2,600

24

1996‑97

$2,600

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 116(2)(ca) of the Act, the maximum aggregate value of property used by the bankrupt primarily as a means of transport is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum value of motor vehicle

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$8,100

2

2018‑19

$8,000

3

2017‑18

$7,900

4

2016‑17

$7,800

5

2015‑16

$7,700

6

2014‑15

$7,600

7

2013‑14

$7,500

8

2012‑13

$7,350

9

2011‑12

$7,200

10

2010‑11

$7,050

11

2009‑10

$6,850

12

2008‑09

$6,700

13

2007‑08

$6,500

14

2006‑07

$6,300

15

2005‑06

$6,150

16

2004‑05

$6,000

17

2003‑04

$5,900

18

2002‑03

$5,800

19

2001‑02

$5,650

20

2000‑01

$5,500

21

1999‑2000

$5,200

22

1998‑99

$5,050

23

1997‑98

$5,000

24

1996‑97

$5,000

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 120(2)(d) of the Act, a transfer is of a kind to which subsection 120(1) of the Act does not apply if the costs of recovering the transferred property would, in the opinion of the trustee in the transferor’s bankruptcy, be likely to exceed the value of the property to the transferor’s creditors.\n\n (b) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a lease—set out facts showing that subsection 133(4) of the Act has been complied with; and\n (c) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a contract—set out facts showing that the contract is, for the purposes of subsection 133(5A) of the Act, an unprofitable contract.\n (2) A trustee who gives a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must give the notice to each person who, to the trustee’s knowledge:\n (3) A failure to comply with subsection (1) or (2) does not affect the validity of a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section is made for the purposes of subparagraph (a)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act.\n (b) a reference in that Act to the taxable value of a benefit were a reference to the value, for the purposes of the Act, of the benefit; and\n (c) a reference in that Act to a declaration date were a reference to the date occurring 21 days after the end of a contribution assessment period in relation to a bankrupt; and\n (d) a reference in that Act to a declaration to be given to an employer of a person were a reference to a declaration to be given to the trustee of the person’s estate; and\n (e) a reference in that Act to a form approved by the Commissioner were a reference to a form approved by the Inspector‑General under section 6D of the Act; and\n (f) subject to paragraph (d), a reference in the FBTA Act to an employer, or to the employer, were a reference to any person (other than the bankrupt); and\n (g) a reference in the FBTA Act to an employee, or to the employee, were a reference to a bankrupt, or to the bankrupt, as the case requires.\n (5) Despite subsections (2), (3) and (4), the modifications specified or referred to in those subsections do not apply in relation to the provision of a fringe benefit (within the meaning of the FBTA Act) to a bankrupt if the provider of the fringe benefit:\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following contributions and payments made for the purpose of providing superannuation benefits for a bankrupt person are not income of the person:\n (a) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person to the extent that the contributions reduce the employer’s potential liability for the superannuation guarantee charge imposed under section 5 of the Superannuation Guarantee Charge Act 1992;\n (b) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person in accordance with the employer’s obligation to make contributions for the person under:\n (c) payments of shortfall components made to, or for the benefit of, the person under sections 65 to 67 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n (a) the contributions exceed the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage of the employee’s ordinary time earnings for the contribution assessment period; and\n\n> individual industrial agreement means an industrial agreement made solely between the employer and the person, including the following:\n\n (a) an AWA, or an ITEA, (both within the meaning of the Fair Work (Transitional Provisions and Consequential Amendments) Act 2009) to which that Act applies;\n\n> ordinary time earnings has the meaning given by subsection 6(1) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n> relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage: the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage for a year (the bankruptcy year) is the percentage whose number is the same as that set out in column 2 of the table in subsection 19(2) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992 for the financial year in which the bankruptcy year starts.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following payments or amounts are not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) a payment or amount of family tax benefit paid under the family assistance law (within the meaning of the A New Tax System (Family Assistance) (Administration) Act 1999);\n (b) an amount that is not income for the purposes of the Social Security Act 1991 because of subsection 8(8) of that Act, except for a payment or amount mentioned in paragraph (a), (h), (ha), (k), (ka), (m), (z), (za) or (zb) of that subsection.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (c) of the definition of dependant in section 139K of the Act, the prescribed amount of income derived (or likely to be derived) by a person during a contribution assessment period is:\n (b) if the period begins in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n (d) if the period begins in a later financial year—$3,741 indexed in accordance with section 114 of this instrument as if the period were that financial year.\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum income of dependant

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,720

2

2018‑19

$3,642

3

2017‑18

$3,596

4

2016‑17

$3,532

5

2015‑16

$3,459

6

2014‑15

$3,411

7

2013‑14

$3,363

8

2012‑13

$3,264

9

2011‑12

$3,181

10

2010‑11

$3,131

11

2009‑10

$3,030

12

2008‑09

$2,942

13

2007‑08

$2,870

14

2006‑07

$2,756

15

2005‑06

$2,688

16

2004‑05

$2,611

17

2003‑04

$2,549

\n```\n\n (3) If the bankrupt pays the contribution by cheque, payment is taken to occur when the cheque is cleared and the amount of the payment is credited to the account into which the cheque is deposited.\n (4) The trustee may, on reasonable notice in writing to the bankrupt, vary or withdraw an authorisation under paragraph (2)(c).\n (5) If the trustee incurs a delivery or postal charge (including a surcharge) or bank charge in connection with the receipt or processing of the contribution, the trustee may reimburse the trustee for the amount of the charge from the bankrupt’s estate.\n\n (a) a bankrupt is liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the bankrupt’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act in respect of a contribution assessment period; and\n\n (3) If the contribution remains unpaid, the deceased bankrupt’s estate is liable for the portion of the contribution attributable to the part of the period occurring before the bankrupt’s death.\n\n (b) immediately before being discharged, the person was liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the person’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act; and\n\n> Note: Section 139R of the Act provides that any liability of a bankrupt under section 139P or 139Q of the Act is not affected by the bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy after the making of the assessment that gave rise to the liability.\n\n (5) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(d)(ii), a change in the name of a person is taken to occur if the person in fact assumes the use of a different name or an additional name.\n\n A notice under section 139ZL of the Act must not specify money or property that is protected, under a law of the Commonwealth or a State or Territory, from a process such as assignment, attachment, charging, execution or garnishment.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 145(3) of the Act, notice must be given by serving it on each person to whom, under that subsection, it must be given.\n\n (a) an objection to the discharge of a bankrupt has been made on a ground, or on grounds that include a ground, mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(a) or (h) of the Act (which refer to the bankrupt being out of Australia); and\n (2) Within 5 business days after the day that the registered trustee becomes aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia, the registered trustee must give notice in writing to the Official Receiver stating:\n (ii) if the trustee does not know the day on which the bankrupt returned—the trustee became aware that the bankrupt had returned.\n\n For the purposes of the ground of objection mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(d) of the Act, a bankrupt is taken to have failed to comply with a request to provide information if the bankrupt has provided information that is incomplete or inaccurate.\n\n (c) an application is made to the Administrative Review Tribunal under section 149Q of the Act for the review of the decision of the Inspector‑General; and\n\n (a) if the debtor presents a debtor’s petition to the Official Receiver—on or before the day that the debtor so presents the petition; or\n\n If a registered trustee becomes, under subsection 156A(3) of the Act, the trustee of an estate or of joint and separate estates, the Official Receiver may give the registered trustee a certificate to that effect.\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 188(2A) of the Act, a person (other than the Official Trustee or a registered trustee) is ineligible to act under Part X of the Act as a controlling trustee in relation to a debtor in any of the following circumstances:\n (a) the person is or was convicted of an offence involving fraud or dishonesty at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (c) the person is a solicitor who does not hold an Australian practising certificate (within the meaning of the Evidence Act 1995);\n (d) the person is or was an insolvent under administration at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(f)(ii), the Inspector‑General may approve a course in insolvency by notice published on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website.\n (ii) has refused or failed to cooperate with the Inspector‑General in an inquiry or investigation under paragraph 12(1)(b) of the Act.\n (ii) invites the person to give the Inspector‑General, within 20 business days after the day the notice is given or such longer time as is specified in the notice, a written statement showing cause why the determination should not be made; and\n (5) If the Inspector‑General makes a determination under subsection (3) in relation to a person, the Inspector‑General must give the person a written notice stating the following:\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General to make a determination under subsection 49(3).\n\n (b) the person becomes ineligible to act as a controlling trustee under Part X of the Act because one or more of the circumstances prescribed by subsection 49(1) of this instrument apply in relation to the person.\n (2) The Official Trustee must perform the duties of a controlling trustee in relation to the debtor unless and until the debtor authorises another person under subsection 188(1) of the Act.\n\n (1) If, on application, the Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act that a person (the old trustee) cease to be the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate, the applicant for the order must:\n (3) If the creditors of a regulated debtor, by resolution at a meeting, remove the trustee (the old trustee) of the regulated debtor’s estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(a) of Schedule 2 to the Act, the person appointed by the creditors under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of that Schedule as trustee of the estate must:\n\n (1) If the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate (other than the Official Trustee) finalises the administration of the debtor’s estate, the trustee must:\n\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a debt agreement;\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to give the Official Receiver a debt agreement proposal under subsection 185C(1) of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n (a) any of the following awarded by a registered provider (within the meaning of the Education Services for Overseas Students Act 2000):\n (i) a Certificate IV in Financial Services (Accounting) awarded for study starting between 10 July 2004 and 23 November 2010;\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (c) a degree, diploma or similar qualification awarded by a foreign tertiary education institution and for which the Inspector‑General is satisfied the following conditions are satisfied:\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n\n#### 57 Prescribed amount of owed notified estate charges preventing renewal of registration as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraphs 186C(3)(d) and (5)(d) of the Act, the prescribed amount of notified estate charges is $500.\n\n For the purposes of section 187A of the Act, a provision of Part X of the Act specified in Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section of the Act, to joint debtors, whether partners or not.\n\n (b) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (c) information about whether a personal insolvency agreement may be administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy if any of the things mentioned in paragraphs 40(1)(i) to (m) of the Act happen in relation to a debtor;\n (f) information about a debtor’s rights and responsibilities under Part X of the Act, including a debtor’s obligation to disclose all related entities;\n (g) information about a controlling trustee’s obligation to disclose the controlling trustee’s relationship (if any) with a debtor.\n (3) A registered trustee or a solicitor authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property must not consent to exercise the powers given by the authority unless the debtor has given the registered trustee or the solicitor, as the case may be, a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the Official Trustee is authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property, the Official Receiver must not give the debtor a written approval under paragraph 188(2)(aa) of the Act unless the debtor has given the Official Trustee a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n\n (b) unable to sign the authority or an acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) of this instrument relating to the authority because of a physical incapacity.\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and debtor are familiar; or\n\n> relevant material means the authority, the information prescribed by section 59 and the acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) relating to the authority.\n\n (3) The person must, at the same time as calling a meeting of the debtor’s creditors, give a copy of the proposal for dealing with the debtor’s affairs under Part X of the Act to:\n\n> Note 1: An authority signed by a debtor under section 188 of the Act is not effective for the purposes of Part X of the Act unless, before the person authorised consents to exercise the powers given by the authority, the debtor gives to the person authorised:\n\n> Note 2: Under subsection 188(5) of the Act, a registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority must also give a copy of the authority and the debtor’s statement of affairs to the Official Receiver.\n\n (e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement.\n\n For the purposes of section 210 of the Act, a provision of Part VIII of the Act specified in Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor.\n\n#### 64 Modifications of Division 1 of Part V of the Act—debtors whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act\n\n For the purposes of subsection 211(1) of the Act, a provision in Division 1 of Part V of the Act specified in Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 218(3) of the Act, a notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act must be in writing.\n\n (1) If the Court makes a sequestration order under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act, the applicant for the order must:\n\n#### 67 Information to be given to Official Receiver in relation to orders terminating or setting aside a personal insolvency agreement\n\n> Note: If the Court makes an order setting aside or terminating a personal insolvency agreement and a registered trustee was the trustee of the agreement, the registered trustee must give written notice of the order to the Official Receiver (see subsection 224A(4) of the Act).\n\n (1) If a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act, the trustee of the agreement must:\n\n> Note: Before the termination takes effect, the trustee must give notice of the proposed termination to all the creditors who are entitled to receive notice of a meeting of creditors (see subsection 222A(2) of the Act).\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 231(1) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 4 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor who has executed a personal insolvency agreement.\n (2) For the purposes of subsection 231(3) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 5 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a personal insolvency agreement.\n\n (4) If the trustee gives a certificate to the debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act or subsection (1) of this section, the trustee must:\n (a) the person is required to give a copy of a certificate to the Official Receiver in accordance with subsection (4); and\n\n For the purposes of subsections 248(1) and (3) of the Act, a provision specified in Schedule 4 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Schedule in relation to proceedings under Part XI of the Act and the administration of estates under that Part.\n\n (1) If a trustee (within the meaning of section 254 of the Act) pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act, the trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (3) If a registered trustee pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act, the registered trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (1) For the purposes of the definition of National Personal Insolvency Index in subsection 5(1) of the Act, an electronic index to be known as the National Personal Insolvency Index is established.\n\n Division 2 of this Part (information to be entered in the Index) has effect subject to Division 3 of this Part (information not to be entered in the Index and information to be removed from the Index).\n\n (1) The person specified in column 2 of an item of the table in subsection (3) must, at a time within the time period specified in column 2 of that item, give a copy of each document specified in column 1 of that item to the Official Receiver.\n\n

Documents that must be given to the Official Receiver

Item

Column 1

Document(s)

Column 2

Person and time period

Column 3

Information

1

A notice given under subsection 181A(2) of the Act by the current trustee of a bankrupt’s estate nominating another trustee as the new trustee of the estate

The new trustee within 2 business days after the date specified in the notice (see paragraph 181A(3)(a) of the Act)

The day on which the new trustee became the trustee of the estate

2

An order under subsection 185Q(4) of the Act terminating a debt agreement

The applicant for the order within 3 business days after the order is made

The day on which the order was made

3

An order under subsection 185U(1) of the Act declaring all or part of a debt agreement void

The applicant for the order within 2 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) whether all or part of the agreement was declared void

4

An authority, signed by a debtor under subsection 188(1) of the Act, naming and authorising a registered trustee, a solicitor or the Official Trustee to call a meeting of the debtor’s creditors and to take control of the debtor’s property

The person named in the authority within 2 business days after the debtor signs the authority

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the copy of the authority was given to the Official Receiver;

(c) the day on which the debtor’s statement of affairs was given to the Official Receiver (see subsections 188(2D) and (5) of the Act);

(d) the name of the controlling trustee (see subsection 188(6) of the Act)

5

Written evidence of an event of a kind mentioned in paragraph 192(1)(a), (b) or (c) of the Act, or a written request given to the Official Trustee under paragraph 192(1)(d) of the Act, resulting in the Official Trustee becoming the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor

The Official Trustee within 14 days after the Official Trustee becomes the controlling trustee

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Trustee became the controlling trustee

6

Both of the following:

(a) a petition to the Court, under subsection 244(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of the estate of a deceased person;

(b) an affidavit verifying the petition (see subsection 244(5) of the Act)

The creditor, or one of the creditors, who presented the petition to the Court within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day the petition was presented;

(c) the name of the creditor or creditors who presented the petition;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the creditor or creditors;

(e) the day the Court is to hear the petition

7

Both of the following:

(a) a petition, under subsection 247(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of a deceased person’s estate under Part XI of the Act;

(b) a statement of the deceased person’s affairs and of the petitioner’s administration of the deceased person’s estate (see subsection 247(1) of the Act)

The petitioner within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the petition and the statement of affairs were presented;

(c) the name of the administrator;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the administrator

8

An order, under section 252B of the Act, annulling the administration of the estate of a deceased person under Part XI of the Act

The trustee of the estate within 2 business days after the trustee becomes aware of the order

The day on which the order was made

9

An order, under subsection 253E(1) of the Act, staying proceedings under a creditor’s petition or debtor’s petition

The applicant for the order within 7 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) the length of the stay (see subsection 253E(3) of the Act)

\n```\n\n (1) If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in subsection (2) is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n (aa) in the case of a statement of affairs mentioned in item 2 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the statement; and\n (a) in the case of a debtor’s petition mentioned in item 3, 4 or 5 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the petition; and\n (b) in the case of a debt agreement proposal mentioned in item 12 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the debt agreement proposal for processing.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with the Act

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A sequestration order made against the estate of a debtor (see subsection 52(1A) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(d) the name of the creditor who obtained the order;

(e) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of that creditor

2

A statement of the affairs of a person against whose estate a sequestration order is made, that is given for the purposes of subsection 54(1) of the Act

The day on which the statement of affairs was filed with the Official Receiver

3

A debtor’s petition (see subsection 55(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the resulting bankruptcy;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(e) the day on which the statement of the debtor’s affairs accepted by the Official Receiver was given to the Official Receiver for the purposes of paragraph 55(2)(b) of the Act

4

A debtor’s petition against a partnership presented by members of the partnership (see subsection 56B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of the partners who presented the petition;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the bankruptcy of each of those partners as a result of the acceptance of the petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each bankrupt partner;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those partners, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of the partnership affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

5

A debtor’s petition by joint debtors who are not partners (see subsection 57(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of those debtors;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of each bankruptcy that results from acceptance of the debtor’s petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each debtor;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those debtors, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of their joint affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

6

A notice relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 74(5A) of the Act)

The day on which the bankruptcy was annulled

7

A notice of objection by a trustee to the discharge of a bankrupt from bankruptcy (see subsection 149B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) when the objection took effect (see section 149G of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection set out in the notice (see paragraph 149C(1)(a) of the Act);

(c) the name of the trustee

8

A notice that a trustee ceases to object to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy on a particular ground (see subsection 149H(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) if there is no longer an objection on any ground—when the objection ceased to have effect (see subsection 149H(3) of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection to which the notice relates;

(c) the name of the trustee

9

A notice of withdrawal of objection by a trustee to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy (see subsection 149J(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) when the withdrawal takes effect (see subsection 149J(3) of the Act);

(b) the name of the trustee

10

A notice about the cancellation, under subsection 149N(1) of the Act, of a notice of objection filed by a trustee of a bankrupt’s estate (see subsection 149P(1) of the Act)

The day on which the cancellation took effect

11

A certificate relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 153A(2) of the Act)

The date of annulment included in the certificate

12

A debtor’s written proposal for a debt agreement (see subsection 185C(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185E of the Act)

13

A notification that a debt agreement has ended (see subsection 185N(5) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the debt agreement ended;

(b) the reasons why the debt agreement ended

14

A notification that control of the property of a debtor has ended (see subsection 189(1B) of the Act)

The day on which that control ended

15

A personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor (see paragraph 218(1)(b) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the agreement was executed;

(c) the name of the trustee of the personal insolvency agreement

16

A resolution or special resolution terminating a personal insolvency agreement (see subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

17

A resolution or special resolution terminating a composition or scheme of arrangement (see section 76B and subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated

18

A notice that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated or set aside (see subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated or set aside

19

A notice that a composition or scheme of arrangement is terminated or set aside (see section 76B and subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated or set aside

20

An order that the estate of a deceased person be administered under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 244(14), 245(3) or 247(3) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee administering the estate

21

A statement of a deceased person’s affairs and of the administration of the deceased person’s estate by a legal personal representative of the deceased person (see paragraph 246(1)(b) of the Act)

The day on which the statement was given to the Official Receiver

22

A certificate in relation to the annulment, by force of subsection 252A(1) of the Act, of the administration of an estate under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 252A(2) of the Act)

The day of the annulment

\n```\n\n If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with this instrument

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A creditor’s petition presented against a debtor or joint debtors (see section 13)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor or joint debtors;

(b) the day on which the petition was presented against the debtor or joint debtors;

(c) the name of the petitioning creditor;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the petitioning creditor;

(e) the day of the court hearing for a sequestration order relating to the petition

2

A direction given, or an order made, by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act (see section 14 of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor to whom the order or direction relates;

(b) the day on which the order was made or the direction given;

(c) the day (if any) on which a trustee’s control of that debtor’s property is to end (see subsection 50(1B) of the Act)

3

A notice under subsection 46(2) that the Administrative Review Tribunal has varied or set aside a decision of the Inspector‑General in relation to a notice of objection

The day on which the decision was varied or set aside

4

A notice given under subsection 52(1) in relation to an order about a regulated debtor’s estate, if the order provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of the estate

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the new trustee;

(b) the day of the appointment

5

A notice given under subsection 52(3) by a person appointed as trustee of the estate of a regulated debtor

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the person appointed;

(b) the day of the appointment

6

A notice under subsection 53(1) that the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate has finalised the administration of the debtor’s estate

The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised

7

A notice under subparagraph 62(2)(a)(ii) of particulars specified in subsection 62(3) in relation to a special resolution passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors

The particulars

8

A sequestration order against the estate of a debtor made under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act (see subsection 66(1) of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) if the person who applied for the order was a creditor of the debtor—the name of the creditor and the name and telephone number of the creditor’s solicitor (if any);

(d) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate

9

A notice under paragraph 68(1)(a) that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

10

A certificate given by a trustee to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act (see subsection 70(4) of this instrument)

The day on which the trustee signed the certificate

\n```\n\n If an event specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section occurs, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n| Item | Column 1Event | Column 2Information |\n| ---- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |\n| 1 | A bankrupt is, by force of subsection 149(1) of the Act, discharged from bankruptcy | The day on which the bankrupt was discharged from bankruptcy |\n| 2 | The Official Receiver issues a certificate of appointment to a registered trustee under subsection 157(3) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the name of the registered trustee;(b) the day on which the registered trustee was appointed |\n| 3 | A trustee, or the Official Trustee, is released from the trusteeship of an estate by force of section 184 or 184A of the Act | The fact that the trustee, or the Official Trustee, has been so released |\n| 4 | A debt agreement proposal is withdrawn | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was withdrawn |\n| 5 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement that was made before 1 July 2007 is accepted (see sections 185B and 185P of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the proposal was accepted |\n| 6 | A debt agreement proposal is not accepted (see section 185EC of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was not accepted |\n| 7 | The Official Receiver cancels the acceptance of a debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185ED of the Act) | The day on which the Official Receiver cancelled the acceptance of the debt agreement proposal for processing |\n| 8 | A debt agreement proposal lapses (see section 185G of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal lapsed |\n| 9 | The Official Receiver gives to a debtor a certificate under subsection 185N(3) of the Act | The day on which the certificate was given |\n| 10 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement is accepted (see section 185PC of the Act) | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 11 | The Official Receiver terminates a debt agreement under subsection 185QA(1) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 12 | The minutes of a meeting of creditors at which a special resolution was passed terminating a debt agreement made before 1 July 2007 are given to the Official Receiver (see subsection 185QA(1) of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the resolution was passed |\n| 13 | A special resolution is passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors under subsection 204(1) of the Act if the Official Trustee called the meeting under an authority under section 188 of the Act | All of the following:(a) the date of the resolution;(b) the debtor’s full name and alias (if any);(c) the debtor’s address;(d) the debtor’s occupation (if any);(e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement |\n| 14 | A sequestration order is made against the estate of a debtor under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | All of the following:(a) particulars of the debtor;(b) the day on which the order was made;(c) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate |\n| 15 | An order is made under subsection 222(1), (2) or (5) of the Act setting aside a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was set aside |\n| 16 | A personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act where the Official Trustee is the trustee of the agreement | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 17 | An order is made under subsection 222C(1) of the Act terminating a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 18 | The Official Trustee gives a certificate to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act | The day on which the Official Trustee signed the certificate |\n| 19 | The Official Trustee finalises the administration of a debtor’s estate | The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised |\n| 20 | The Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act, on application by the Inspector‑General, that provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of an estate | Both of the following:(a) the name of the new trustee;(b) the day of the appointment |\n| 21 | The Official Trustee is appointed by the creditors of an estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of Schedule 2 to the Act as trustee of an estate | The day of the appointment |\n\n> Note: A number of provisions of the Act require the Official Receiver to enter information in the Index when certain events occur. These provisions include the following:\n\n (a) a debtor whose property is under the control of the Official Trustee or a registered trustee because of a direction given by the Court under paragraph 50(1)(a) of the Act;\n (c) a deceased debtor if a petition for an order for the administration of the deceased debtor’s estate has been presented under Part XI of the Act;\n (d) a debtor in relation to whom an application is made to the Court under subsection 253E(1) of the Act for an order staying all or any proceedings under a petition.\n (3) In the case of a deceased debtor, the information to be entered in accordance with paragraphs (1)(a), (b) and (c) is the information immediately before the debtor’s death.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (4), a person who is a debtor or bankrupt may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General for information about the person:\n (a) not to be entered in the Index, on the ground that the entry of the information would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n\n> Note: Example: A person may rely on a court order (such as a domestic violence order) to show that publication of the information in question would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under paragraph 80(3)(a) refusing to grant an application.\n\n (1) If a debt agreement ends under section 185N of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (2) If a debt agreement is terminated under section 185P, 185Q, 185QA or 185R of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (3) If an order is made under section 185U of the Act declaring all of a debt agreement void, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n\n The Official Receiver must remove all information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index within 1 year after the day on which any of the following occurs:\n\n (1) A person may, by application in writing, ask the Official Receiver to inspect material in the Index and give to the person an extract of material specified in the application.\n (a) if the applicant has paid any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination for obtaining the requested extract—must inspect the Index and, within 10 business days of receiving the application:\n (b) may give the applicant a list of Index search agents who may be able to inspect material entered in the Index for the applicant.\n (3) A person who has been granted access to the Index by the Inspector‑General may, after paying any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination:\n (4) However, prior payment is not required under subsection (3) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n An extract of information in the Index is admissible in any proceedings as prima facie evidence of the matters in the extract.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General, and any officer acting at the direction or with the authority of the Inspector‑General, have immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n (2) An officer has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (3) A person who provides material for entry in the Index has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of the material by way of:\n (5) The immunity of the Inspector‑General or another officer under this section arising out of publication of material extends to the Commonwealth and the Official Trustee to the extent that the Commonwealth or the Official Trustee would, apart from this subsection, be liable in respect of the publication.\n (6) This section does not limit any other ground of defence in relation to actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n\n (b) the person executing the warrant considers that it is impracticable to immediately bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n (b) a day and time when the person executing the warrant considers that it will be practicable to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n\n (1) If the Registrar receives a notification under subsection 87(2) in relation to an apprehended person, the Registrar must, as soon as reasonably practicable:\n (a) determine a day, time and place for the apprehended person to be brought before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate; and\n (b) direct the person who gave the notification to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate in accordance with that determination.\n (2) The time and day determined under paragraph (1)(a) must be the earliest that the Registrar reasonably believes are practicable.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 277B(1) of the Act, this Division establishes an infringement notice scheme, as an alternative to prosecution, for an infringement notice provision.\n\n (1) If the Inspector‑General believes on reasonable grounds that a person has contravened an infringement notice provision, the Inspector‑General may give to the person an infringement notice for the alleged contravention.\n (2) The infringement notice must be given within 12 months after the day on which the contravention is alleged to have taken place.\n (3) A single infringement notice must relate only to a single contravention of a single provision unless subsection (4) applies.\n (4) The Inspector‑General may give a person a single infringement notice relating to multiple contraventions of a single provision if:\n\n (e) give brief details of the alleged contravention, or each alleged contravention, to which the notice relates, including:\n (f) state the amount that is payable under the notice, as worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act and subsection (2) of this section; and\n (h) state that, if the person to whom the notice is given pays the amount within 20 business days after the day the notice is given, then (unless the notice is withdrawn) the person will not be liable to be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (k) state that the person may choose not to pay the amount and, if the person does so the person may be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (n) state that the person may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) If the notice relates to more than one alleged contravention of the provision by the person, the amount to be stated in the notice for the purposes of paragraph (1)(f) is the sum of the amount worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act for each alleged contravention.\n\n> Note: Under section 90, a single infringement notice may only deal with multiple contraventions if they are contraventions of a single provision continuing over a period.\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may apply to the Inspector‑General for an extension of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h).\n (2) If the application is made before the end of that period, the Inspector‑General may, in writing, extend that period. The Inspector‑General may do so before or after the end of that period.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General extends that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to that period so extended.\n (4) If the Inspector‑General does not extend that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to the period that ends on the later of the following days:\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) The Inspector‑General may withdraw an infringement notice given to a person (whether or not the person has made written representations seeking the withdrawal).\n (3) When deciding whether or not to withdraw an infringement notice (the relevant infringement notice), the Inspector‑General:\n (a) must take into account any written representations seeking the withdrawal that were given by the person to the Inspector‑General; and\n (i) whether a court has previously imposed a penalty on the person for a contravention of an infringement notice provision;\n (iii) whether the person has paid an amount, stated in an earlier infringement notice, for a contravention of an infringement notice provision if the contravention is constituted by conduct that is the same, or substantially the same, as the conduct alleged to constitute the contravention in the relevant infringement notice;\n\n (1) If the person to whom an infringement notice for an alleged contravention of a provision is given pays the amount stated in the notice before the end of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h):\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may sign a certificate that states any of the following in relation to an infringement notice given to a person:\n (b) that the Inspector‑General granted, or refused to grant, an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice;\n (c) if the Inspector‑General granted an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice—that that amount was not fully paid by the person within the period specified in the extension;\n (2) At a hearing of a prosecution for an offence alleged in an infringement notice, a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General in accordance with subsection (1) is prima facie evidence of the matters specified in the certificate.\n (3) A certificate that purports to be signed by the Inspector‑General is taken to have been signed by the Inspector‑General unless the contrary is proved.\n\n (a) require an infringement notice to be given to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (c) prevent the giving of 2 or more infringement notices to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (d) limit a court’s discretion to determine the amount of a penalty to be imposed on a person who is found to have contravened an infringement notice provision.\n\n (b) unless the person, by notice in writing to the Inspector‑General, directs otherwise—offset against estate charge or late payment penalty payable by the person.\n\n (1) A payment of interest charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) A payment of realisations charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or served on, a person (other than the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee), the document may be:\n (a) sent by a courier service to the person at the address of the person last known to the person serving the document; or\n (b) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name and any relevant document exchange number, at a document exchange where the person maintains a document exchange facility; or\n (i) by a kind of electronic communication that transmits the document to a facility maintained by the person for receipt of electronically transmitted documents; or\n (ii) by a kind of electronic communication such that, in the ordinary course of events, the document could be reasonably expected to be received by the person.\n\n> Note: The Electronic Transactions Act 1999 applies to a requirement or permission to give information under the Bankruptcy Act 1966 or this instrument, including electronic communications covered by this section.\n\n> Note: However, paragraph (d) of this subsection permits information to be given by means of particular kinds of electronic communication, in accordance with the information technology requirements in subsection (3). This means the requirements in section 9 of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999 do not apply in relation to electronic communications covered by this section (see subsection 9(3) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999).\n\n (2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(a) or (b), in the absence of proof to the contrary, the document is taken to have been received by, or served on, the person when the document would, in the due course of business practice, be delivered to that address or document exchange.\n\n (a) at the time the document is sent, it is reasonable to expect that the document would be readily accessible so as to be useable for subsequent reference; and\n (b) the document is sent in one of the following formats, or in a format that is similar to or readily convertible into one of the following formats:\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, this section applies if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or filed or lodged with:\n (2) The document must be posted, delivered, sent by email, or sent through the website of the Australian Financial Security Authority, to:\n (3) If this section applies, the document is taken to be received, filed or lodged only when the document (or, where applicable, a copy of it) is actually received by, or on behalf of, the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver (as the case requires).\n\n (1) Subsection (2) applies in any proceedings to a document or copy of a document that purports to be a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General stating that, at a particular time, the form of statement of affairs that is attached to the certificate was the approved form for the purposes of section 6A of the Act.\n\n A fee is not payable by the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver in respect of an application to, or the filing of a document in, the Court in relation to proceedings under the Act, this instrument or the Insolvency Practice Rules.\n\n (2) If such a fee is payable in respect of the doing of a matter or thing by the Official Receiver, the matter or thing need not be done unless the fee has been paid.\n\n (1) The Official Trustee’s entitlement to remuneration under the Fees and Remuneration Determination arises when the Official Trustee:\n (a) performs work or first acts in accordance with section 3.03, 3.04, 3.07 or 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (2) For paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (d), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee in respect of an amount received by the Official Trustee:\n\n (1) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.03 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the property or business of a debtor, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (2) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.04 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a composition or scheme of arrangement with the creditors of a bankrupt, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the composition or scheme of arrangement as the case may be.\n (3) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor who signed an authority under section 188 of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (4) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the estate of a bankrupt, or of a deceased person for whose estate an order for administration has been made under Part XI of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the bankrupt or deceased person as the case may be.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a request by a bankrupt to the Official Trustee for the Official Trustee’s consent, under paragraph 272(1)(c) of the Act, to the bankrupt leaving Australia.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may decide to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4) if the Inspector‑General is reasonably satisfied that:\n (a) payment of the fee by the person liable to pay it has imposed, or would impose, hardship on the person that is unusual and exceptional in comparison to the hardship arising in the normal course of bankruptcy; or\n (b) unless the fee is payable to the Inspector‑General—the officer to whom the fee is payable or would have been payable if the fee had not been waived or remitted.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General decides under subsection (1) to refuse to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4), the notification under subsection (2) in relation to the decision must include the reasons for the decision.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under subsection 111(1) refusing to waive or remit the whole or part of a fee that is payable by the person.\n\n If, under the Act, a trustee takes possession of, or attaches, the property of a bankrupt, debtor or deceased person, the trustee must, as soon as is reasonably practicable:\n (b) give a copy of the inventory, of the photographs or of the video recordings, as the case may be, to any person who has custody of the property or part of the property.\n\n (1) If a provision of this instrument states that a dollar amount is to be indexed in accordance with this section, then at the start of each financial year (an indexation year) beginning on or after 1 July 2021, the dollar amount is replaced by the amount worked out using the following formula:\n ![Start formula Indexation factor for the indexation year times Dollar amount for the previous year end formula](image.002.png)\n ![Start formula start fraction Index number for the reference quarter over Index number for the base quarter end fraction end formula](image.003.png)\n\n> index number, for a quarter, means the All Groups Consumer Price Index number (being the weighted average of the 8 capital cities) published by the Australian Statistician for that quarter.\n\n (4) If an indexation factor worked out under subsection (2) would be less than 1, that indexation factor is to be increased to 1.\n (a) are to be made using only the index numbers published in terms of the most recently published index reference period; and\n (b) are to be made disregarding index numbers that are published in substitution for previously published index numbers (except where the substituted numbers are published to take account of changes in the index reference period).\n\n (a) a thing was done for a particular purpose under the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996 as in force immediately before those Regulations were repealed; and\n (2) Without limiting subsection (1), a reference in that subsection to a thing being done includes a reference to a notice, application or other instrument being given or made.\n\n Despite the repeal of the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996, item 3 of Schedule 4 to those Regulations, as in force immediately before that repeal, continues to apply in relation to a contribution assessment period if an assessment under section 139W of the Act was made for that contribution assessment period before that repeal.\n\n Section 102, as substituted by Schedule 1 to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Electronic Service) Regulations 2024, applies in relation to a document that is given or sent to, or served on, a person on or after the commencement of that Schedule.\n\n## 42 Minimum amount of dividend\n\n## 43 Manner of declaring final dividend\n\n For the purposes of subsection 145(3) of the Act, notice must be given by serving it on each person to whom, under that subsection, it must be given.\n\n## Part 7 Discharge and annulment\n\n## 44 Trustee to inform Official Receiver of return of bankrupt to Australia\n\n (a) an objection to the discharge of a bankrupt has been made on a ground, or on grounds that include a ground, mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(a) or (h) of the Act (which refer to the bankrupt being out of Australia); and\n (2) Within 5 business days after the day that the registered trustee becomes aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia, the registered trustee must give notice in writing to the Official Receiver stating:\n (ii) if the trustee does not know the day on which the bankrupt returned—the trustee became aware that the bankrupt had returned.\n\n## 45 Grounds of objection—failure to provide complete and accurate information\n\n For the purposes of the ground of objection mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(d) of the Act, a bankrupt is taken to have failed to comply with a request to provide information if the bankrupt has provided information that is incomplete or inaccurate.\n\n## 46 Inspector‑General to inform Official Receiver of ART decision about Inspector‑General’s decision\n\n (c) an application is made to the Administrative Review Tribunal under section 149Q of the Act for the review of the decision of the Inspector‑General; and\n\n## Part 8 Trustees\n\n> electronic communication means an electronic communication within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of electronic communication in subsection 5(1) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999.\n\n> legal practitioner means a barrister, a solicitor, a barrister and solicitor or a legal practitioner, of the High Court or of the Supreme Court of a State or Territory.\n\n (a) remuneration paid to the trustee in accordance with a direction, or other order, made by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act directing the trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or making another order in relation to the property; and\n (ii) in relation to the examination of the debtor, or an examinable person in relation to the debtor, as a result of the issue of a summons under subsection 50(2) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section sets out the requirements for an application to the Official Receiver for a bankruptcy notice by a person who has obtained against a debtor one, or 2 or more, final judgments or final orders of a kind described in paragraph 40(1)(g) of the Act.\n\n (a) if any final order specified in the application is an award that is a final order because of subparagraph 40(3)(a)(i) of the Act—both of the following:\n (i) a copy of the award certified as a true copy by the arbitrator who made the award or by an officer of the Court who has compared the copy with the original award;\n (ii) a certificate of the judgment or order sealed by the court that made the judgment or order (the relevant court) or signed by an officer of the relevant court;\n (iii) a copy of the entry of the judgment or order certified as a true copy of that entry and sealed by the relevant court or signed by an officer of the relevant court.\n\n> Note 2: A fee is payable to the Official Receiver for an application under this section (see the Fees and Remuneration Determination).\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice must follow that form in respect of its format (for example, bold or italic typeface, underlining and notes).\n\n> Note: Section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 provides that strict compliance with a form is not required and substantial compliance is sufficient.\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice in relation to a debtor that is served on the debtor outside of a period mentioned in subsection (1) is not valid.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (a) of the definition of statutory minimum in subsection 5(1) of the Act, the amount prescribed is $10,000.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (2), the only persons who may inspect a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver under subsection 41(1) of the Act are the following:\n (2) If a creditor’s petition is presented that is founded on an act of bankruptcy consisting of failure to comply with the bankruptcy notice, any person may inspect the notice.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver in relation to a debtor if the notice includes a final judgment, or final order, that is expressed in an amount of foreign currency (whether or not the judgment or order is also expressed in an amount of Australian currency).\n (c) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the day on which the application for the notice is made.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n A creditor who presents a petition to the Court under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must give to the Official Receiver:\n (b) a copy of any order entered by the Court, dismissing, staying or extending the petition, or adjourning the hearing of the petition, within 2 business days after the Court enters the order.\n\n (1) If the Court gives a direction, or makes another order, under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to a debtor, the creditor who applied under subsection 50(1A) of the Act for the Court to make a direction must:\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n (c) in accordance with the direction or other order, the creditor deposits an amount (the first amount) with the trustee for the purposes of covering the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor.\n\n (2) The creditor is entitled to a refund of the sum of the first amount and any amount covered by subsection (4) less an amount equal to the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor if any of the following events occur:\n (a) the debtor enters into a personal insolvency agreement, or the debtor’s estate is administered under Part XI of the Act, and the Court authorises the trustee to transfer the debtor’s property to some other person;\n (i) the Court is satisfied that the first amount is insufficient to cover the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor;\n (ii) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs, on application by the trustee, the creditor to deposit the additional amount with the trustee;\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n\n (2) The Court may, on application by the debtor within 15 business days after the day the petition is dismissed, order the creditor to pay the debtor an amount equal to the damage the Court assesses as resulting from the acts or omissions of the trustee in reliance on the direction or other order mentioned in paragraph (1)(b).\n\n “(2A) The Court or a magistrate may direct that an examination, or any part of an examination, under this section shall be held in private.”;\n (c) by omitting from subsection (9) “is the trustee” and substituting “has been directed to take control of the property of the relevant person”;\n “(14) Subject to subsection (14A), the applicant for an examination under this section is to pay the costs incurred in connection with the examination.\n (14A) The Court or a magistrate may order that all or some of the costs mentioned in subsection (14) are to be paid by the relevant person.”.\n\n If:\n (b) the Official Receiver accepts the declaration, and signs a copy of the declaration, under paragraph 54C(1)(a) of the Act;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsections 54D(1), 55(3A), 56B(5) and 57(3A) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (d) information about a debtor’s right to choose whether the bankruptcy is initially administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (e) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to present to the Official Receiver, under section 54A of the Act, a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition.\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to present a petition under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n If:\n (a) a debtor presents, or 2 or more debtors present, a petition to the Official Receiver under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act; and\n (b) there is in force under subsection 156A(1) of the Act an instrument of consent of a registered trustee to act as the trustee of:\n (ii) in the case of 2 or more debtors—the separate estates, the joint estates, or the joint and separate estates, of the debtors or any of them;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 56C(2) of the Act, if the Official Receiver refers a debtor’s petition against a partnership to the Court, the notice given by the Official Receiver to each member of the partnership who did not present the petition must:\n\n If a person is arrested under a warrant issued by the Court under section 78 of the Act, the arresting officer must immediately notify a Registrar of the Court.\n\n (a) a creditor lodges, or causes to be lodged, a proof of debt in a bankruptcy in accordance with section 84 of the Act; and\n (b) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the date of the bankruptcy.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n (1) For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(a) of the Act, the order that the trustee of the estate of a bankrupt must apply the proceeds of the bankrupt’s property to the costs, charges, expenses and remuneration mentioned in the following table is the order that appears in the table.\n\n

Order of payment of certain costs, charges, expenses and remuneration

Item

Costs, charges and expenses

1

Realisations charge payable by the trustee in relation to the estate under the Bankruptcy (Estate Charges) Act 1997

2

If the trustee is a registered trustee to whom the Official Trustee transferred the administration of the bankruptcy, both of the following in relation to the administration of the bankruptcy by the Official Trustee before the transfer:

(a) any remuneration payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination;

(b) any reimbursement that is payable to the Official Trustee under section 108

3

Expenses reasonably incurred by or on behalf of the trustee:

(a) in protecting all or part of the bankrupt’s assets; or

(b) in carrying on, in accordance with the Act, a business of the bankrupt

4

If a creditor made an advance to the trustee for the purposes of the trustee’s administration of the bankruptcy—an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to that advance

5

Fees, costs, charges or expenses (other than fees, costs, charges or expenses covered by another item of this table) paid or payable by the trustee in administering the bankrupt’s estate

6

If:

(a) an order was made under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to the bankrupt when the bankrupt was a debtor; and

(b) an amount was deposited by a creditor, in accordance with that order, with the trustee;

an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to the trustee’s preliminary remuneration and expenses in relation to the debtor

7

The following:

(a) if a creditor applied for:

(i) a sequestration order against the estate; or

(ii) an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act;

the taxed costs of the creditor in relation to the application;

(b) if the administrator of the estate of a deceased person presented a petition for an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act—the taxed costs of the administrator;

(c) if a person made an application for a sequestration order under Part X of the Act—both of the following:

(i) the taxed costs of that person in relation to the application;

(ii) any taxed costs of that person in respect of an application for an order under Division 5 or 6 of Part IX of the Act in relation to the estate

8

The trustee’s remuneration (other than remuneration covered by item 6):

(a) if the trustee is the Official Trustee—payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or

(b) if the trustee is a registered trustee—payable to the registered trustee under section 60‑5 of Schedule 2 to the Act

9

If:

(a) there is a committee of inspection in relation to the administration of the estate; and

(b) the creditors of the estate, or a majority of them, have approved payment of out‑of‑pocket expenses incurred by a member of the committee of inspection;

those expenses, to the extent that the trustee allows them as being fair and reasonable

10

Costs of any audit carried out under section 70‑15 or 70‑20 of Schedule 2 to the Act in relation to the estate

\n```\n\n (2) For the purposes of item 7 of the table, a reference to an applicant or a person presenting a petition is taken to include a reference to a person whose application or petition has not been proceeded with because a debtor’s petition presented by the bankrupt has been accepted by the Official Receiver (whether or not that debtor’s petition was referred to the Court under subsection 55(3B) of the Act, and whatever the outcome of such a referral).\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(e) of the Act, the maximum amount due to or in respect of an employee of a bankrupt is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum amount payable to employee

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$4,600

2

2018‑19

$4,550

3

2017‑18

$4,500

4

2016‑17

$4,450

5

2015‑16

$4,400

6

2014‑15

$4,350

7

2013‑14

$4,300

8

2012‑13

$4,200

9

2011‑12

$4,150

10

2010‑11

$4,100

11

2009‑10

$4,000

12

2008‑09

$3,950

13

2007‑08

$3,850

14

2006‑07

$3,750

15

2005‑06

$3,650

16

2004‑05

$3,550

17

2003‑04

$3,500

18

2002‑03

$3,450

19

2001‑02

$3,350

20

2000‑01

$3,300

21

1999‑2000

$3,150

22

1998‑99

$3,100

23

1997‑98

$3,100

24

1996‑97

$3,100

\n```\n\n (b) property of a kind covered by subsection (3) to the extent that it is reasonably appropriate for a household, having regard to the criteria specified in subsection (4);\n (c) property (including recreational and sports equipment) of a kind that is reasonably necessary for the domestic use of a household, having regard to:\n (c) educational, sporting or recreational items (including books) that are wholly or mainly for the use of children or students in the household;\n (c) any special climatic or other factors (including geographical isolation) of the place where the household residence is located;\n (d) whether the property is reasonably necessary for the functioning or servicing of the household as a viable and properly‑run household;\n (e) whether the costs of seizure, storage and sale of the property would be likely to exceed the sale price of the property;\n (f) if paragraph (e) does not apply—whether for any other reason (for example, costs of transport) the sale of the property would be likely to be uneconomical.\n (6) For the purposes of subsection (5), an item is an antique item only if a substantial part of its market value is attributable to its age or historical significance.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(ba)(ii) of the Act, non‑monetary sporting, cultural, military or academic awards are a kind of property that is prescribed.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(c)(i) of the Act, the maximum total value of a bankrupt’s property that is for use by the bankrupt in earning income by personal exertion is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum total value of tools

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,800

2

2018‑19

$3,800

3

2017‑18

$3,750

4

2016‑17

$3,700

5

2015‑16

$3,650

6

2014‑15

$3,600

7

2013‑14

$3,550

8

2012‑13

$3,500

9

2011‑12

$3,450

10

2010‑11

$3,400

11

2009‑10

$3,300

12

2008‑09

$3,250

13

2007‑08

$3,200

14

2006‑07

$3,100

15

2005‑06

$3,050

16

2004‑05

$3,000

17

2003‑04

$2,950

18

2002‑03

$2,900

19

2001‑02

$2,850

20

2000‑01

$2,800

21

1999‑2000

$2,650

22

1998‑99

$2,600

23

1997‑98

$2,600

24

1996‑97

$2,600

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 116(2)(ca) of the Act, the maximum aggregate value of property used by the bankrupt primarily as a means of transport is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum value of motor vehicle

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$8,100

2

2018‑19

$8,000

3

2017‑18

$7,900

4

2016‑17

$7,800

5

2015‑16

$7,700

6

2014‑15

$7,600

7

2013‑14

$7,500

8

2012‑13

$7,350

9

2011‑12

$7,200

10

2010‑11

$7,050

11

2009‑10

$6,850

12

2008‑09

$6,700

13

2007‑08

$6,500

14

2006‑07

$6,300

15

2005‑06

$6,150

16

2004‑05

$6,000

17

2003‑04

$5,900

18

2002‑03

$5,800

19

2001‑02

$5,650

20

2000‑01

$5,500

21

1999‑2000

$5,200

22

1998‑99

$5,050

23

1997‑98

$5,000

24

1996‑97

$5,000

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 120(2)(d) of the Act, a transfer is of a kind to which subsection 120(1) of the Act does not apply if the costs of recovering the transferred property would, in the opinion of the trustee in the transferor’s bankruptcy, be likely to exceed the value of the property to the transferor’s creditors.\n\n (b) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a lease—set out facts showing that subsection 133(4) of the Act has been complied with; and\n (c) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a contract—set out facts showing that the contract is, for the purposes of subsection 133(5A) of the Act, an unprofitable contract.\n (2) A trustee who gives a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must give the notice to each person who, to the trustee’s knowledge:\n (3) A failure to comply with subsection (1) or (2) does not affect the validity of a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section is made for the purposes of subparagraph (a)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act.\n (b) a reference in that Act to the taxable value of a benefit were a reference to the value, for the purposes of the Act, of the benefit; and\n (c) a reference in that Act to a declaration date were a reference to the date occurring 21 days after the end of a contribution assessment period in relation to a bankrupt; and\n (d) a reference in that Act to a declaration to be given to an employer of a person were a reference to a declaration to be given to the trustee of the person’s estate; and\n (e) a reference in that Act to a form approved by the Commissioner were a reference to a form approved by the Inspector‑General under section 6D of the Act; and\n (f) subject to paragraph (d), a reference in the FBTA Act to an employer, or to the employer, were a reference to any person (other than the bankrupt); and\n (g) a reference in the FBTA Act to an employee, or to the employee, were a reference to a bankrupt, or to the bankrupt, as the case requires.\n (5) Despite subsections (2), (3) and (4), the modifications specified or referred to in those subsections do not apply in relation to the provision of a fringe benefit (within the meaning of the FBTA Act) to a bankrupt if the provider of the fringe benefit:\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following contributions and payments made for the purpose of providing superannuation benefits for a bankrupt person are not income of the person:\n (a) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person to the extent that the contributions reduce the employer’s potential liability for the superannuation guarantee charge imposed under section 5 of the Superannuation Guarantee Charge Act 1992;\n (b) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person in accordance with the employer’s obligation to make contributions for the person under:\n (c) payments of shortfall components made to, or for the benefit of, the person under sections 65 to 67 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n (a) the contributions exceed the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage of the employee’s ordinary time earnings for the contribution assessment period; and\n\n> individual industrial agreement means an industrial agreement made solely between the employer and the person, including the following:\n\n (a) an AWA, or an ITEA, (both within the meaning of the Fair Work (Transitional Provisions and Consequential Amendments) Act 2009) to which that Act applies;\n\n> ordinary time earnings has the meaning given by subsection 6(1) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n> relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage: the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage for a year (the bankruptcy year) is the percentage whose number is the same as that set out in column 2 of the table in subsection 19(2) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992 for the financial year in which the bankruptcy year starts.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following payments or amounts are not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) a payment or amount of family tax benefit paid under the family assistance law (within the meaning of the A New Tax System (Family Assistance) (Administration) Act 1999);\n (b) an amount that is not income for the purposes of the Social Security Act 1991 because of subsection 8(8) of that Act, except for a payment or amount mentioned in paragraph (a), (h), (ha), (k), (ka), (m), (z), (za) or (zb) of that subsection.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (c) of the definition of dependant in section 139K of the Act, the prescribed amount of income derived (or likely to be derived) by a person during a contribution assessment period is:\n (b) if the period begins in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n (d) if the period begins in a later financial year—$3,741 indexed in accordance with section 114 of this instrument as if the period were that financial year.\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum income of dependant

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,720

2

2018‑19

$3,642

3

2017‑18

$3,596

4

2016‑17

$3,532

5

2015‑16

$3,459

6

2014‑15

$3,411

7

2013‑14

$3,363

8

2012‑13

$3,264

9

2011‑12

$3,181

10

2010‑11

$3,131

11

2009‑10

$3,030

12

2008‑09

$2,942

13

2007‑08

$2,870

14

2006‑07

$2,756

15

2005‑06

$2,688

16

2004‑05

$2,611

17

2003‑04

$2,549

\n```\n\n (3) If the bankrupt pays the contribution by cheque, payment is taken to occur when the cheque is cleared and the amount of the payment is credited to the account into which the cheque is deposited.\n (4) The trustee may, on reasonable notice in writing to the bankrupt, vary or withdraw an authorisation under paragraph (2)(c).\n (5) If the trustee incurs a delivery or postal charge (including a surcharge) or bank charge in connection with the receipt or processing of the contribution, the trustee may reimburse the trustee for the amount of the charge from the bankrupt’s estate.\n\n (a) a bankrupt is liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the bankrupt’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act in respect of a contribution assessment period; and\n\n (3) If the contribution remains unpaid, the deceased bankrupt’s estate is liable for the portion of the contribution attributable to the part of the period occurring before the bankrupt’s death.\n\n (b) immediately before being discharged, the person was liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the person’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act; and\n\n> Note: Section 139R of the Act provides that any liability of a bankrupt under section 139P or 139Q of the Act is not affected by the bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy after the making of the assessment that gave rise to the liability.\n\n (5) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(d)(ii), a change in the name of a person is taken to occur if the person in fact assumes the use of a different name or an additional name.\n\n A notice under section 139ZL of the Act must not specify money or property that is protected, under a law of the Commonwealth or a State or Territory, from a process such as assignment, attachment, charging, execution or garnishment.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 145(3) of the Act, notice must be given by serving it on each person to whom, under that subsection, it must be given.\n\n (a) an objection to the discharge of a bankrupt has been made on a ground, or on grounds that include a ground, mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(a) or (h) of the Act (which refer to the bankrupt being out of Australia); and\n (2) Within 5 business days after the day that the registered trustee becomes aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia, the registered trustee must give notice in writing to the Official Receiver stating:\n (ii) if the trustee does not know the day on which the bankrupt returned—the trustee became aware that the bankrupt had returned.\n\n For the purposes of the ground of objection mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(d) of the Act, a bankrupt is taken to have failed to comply with a request to provide information if the bankrupt has provided information that is incomplete or inaccurate.\n\n (c) an application is made to the Administrative Review Tribunal under section 149Q of the Act for the review of the decision of the Inspector‑General; and\n\n (a) if the debtor presents a debtor’s petition to the Official Receiver—on or before the day that the debtor so presents the petition; or\n\n If a registered trustee becomes, under subsection 156A(3) of the Act, the trustee of an estate or of joint and separate estates, the Official Receiver may give the registered trustee a certificate to that effect.\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 188(2A) of the Act, a person (other than the Official Trustee or a registered trustee) is ineligible to act under Part X of the Act as a controlling trustee in relation to a debtor in any of the following circumstances:\n (a) the person is or was convicted of an offence involving fraud or dishonesty at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (c) the person is a solicitor who does not hold an Australian practising certificate (within the meaning of the Evidence Act 1995);\n (d) the person is or was an insolvent under administration at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(f)(ii), the Inspector‑General may approve a course in insolvency by notice published on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website.\n (ii) has refused or failed to cooperate with the Inspector‑General in an inquiry or investigation under paragraph 12(1)(b) of the Act.\n (ii) invites the person to give the Inspector‑General, within 20 business days after the day the notice is given or such longer time as is specified in the notice, a written statement showing cause why the determination should not be made; and\n (5) If the Inspector‑General makes a determination under subsection (3) in relation to a person, the Inspector‑General must give the person a written notice stating the following:\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General to make a determination under subsection 49(3).\n\n (b) the person becomes ineligible to act as a controlling trustee under Part X of the Act because one or more of the circumstances prescribed by subsection 49(1) of this instrument apply in relation to the person.\n (2) The Official Trustee must perform the duties of a controlling trustee in relation to the debtor unless and until the debtor authorises another person under subsection 188(1) of the Act.\n\n (1) If, on application, the Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act that a person (the old trustee) cease to be the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate, the applicant for the order must:\n (3) If the creditors of a regulated debtor, by resolution at a meeting, remove the trustee (the old trustee) of the regulated debtor’s estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(a) of Schedule 2 to the Act, the person appointed by the creditors under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of that Schedule as trustee of the estate must:\n\n (1) If the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate (other than the Official Trustee) finalises the administration of the debtor’s estate, the trustee must:\n\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a debt agreement;\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to give the Official Receiver a debt agreement proposal under subsection 185C(1) of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n (a) any of the following awarded by a registered provider (within the meaning of the Education Services for Overseas Students Act 2000):\n (i) a Certificate IV in Financial Services (Accounting) awarded for study starting between 10 July 2004 and 23 November 2010;\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (c) a degree, diploma or similar qualification awarded by a foreign tertiary education institution and for which the Inspector‑General is satisfied the following conditions are satisfied:\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n\n#### 57 Prescribed amount of owed notified estate charges preventing renewal of registration as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraphs 186C(3)(d) and (5)(d) of the Act, the prescribed amount of notified estate charges is $500.\n\n For the purposes of section 187A of the Act, a provision of Part X of the Act specified in Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section of the Act, to joint debtors, whether partners or not.\n\n (b) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (c) information about whether a personal insolvency agreement may be administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy if any of the things mentioned in paragraphs 40(1)(i) to (m) of the Act happen in relation to a debtor;\n (f) information about a debtor’s rights and responsibilities under Part X of the Act, including a debtor’s obligation to disclose all related entities;\n (g) information about a controlling trustee’s obligation to disclose the controlling trustee’s relationship (if any) with a debtor.\n (3) A registered trustee or a solicitor authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property must not consent to exercise the powers given by the authority unless the debtor has given the registered trustee or the solicitor, as the case may be, a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the Official Trustee is authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property, the Official Receiver must not give the debtor a written approval under paragraph 188(2)(aa) of the Act unless the debtor has given the Official Trustee a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n\n (b) unable to sign the authority or an acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) of this instrument relating to the authority because of a physical incapacity.\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and debtor are familiar; or\n\n> relevant material means the authority, the information prescribed by section 59 and the acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) relating to the authority.\n\n (3) The person must, at the same time as calling a meeting of the debtor’s creditors, give a copy of the proposal for dealing with the debtor’s affairs under Part X of the Act to:\n\n> Note 1: An authority signed by a debtor under section 188 of the Act is not effective for the purposes of Part X of the Act unless, before the person authorised consents to exercise the powers given by the authority, the debtor gives to the person authorised:\n\n> Note 2: Under subsection 188(5) of the Act, a registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority must also give a copy of the authority and the debtor’s statement of affairs to the Official Receiver.\n\n (e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement.\n\n For the purposes of section 210 of the Act, a provision of Part VIII of the Act specified in Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor.\n\n#### 64 Modifications of Division 1 of Part V of the Act—debtors whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act\n\n For the purposes of subsection 211(1) of the Act, a provision in Division 1 of Part V of the Act specified in Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 218(3) of the Act, a notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act must be in writing.\n\n (1) If the Court makes a sequestration order under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act, the applicant for the order must:\n\n#### 67 Information to be given to Official Receiver in relation to orders terminating or setting aside a personal insolvency agreement\n\n> Note: If the Court makes an order setting aside or terminating a personal insolvency agreement and a registered trustee was the trustee of the agreement, the registered trustee must give written notice of the order to the Official Receiver (see subsection 224A(4) of the Act).\n\n (1) If a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act, the trustee of the agreement must:\n\n> Note: Before the termination takes effect, the trustee must give notice of the proposed termination to all the creditors who are entitled to receive notice of a meeting of creditors (see subsection 222A(2) of the Act).\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 231(1) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 4 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor who has executed a personal insolvency agreement.\n (2) For the purposes of subsection 231(3) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 5 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a personal insolvency agreement.\n\n (4) If the trustee gives a certificate to the debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act or subsection (1) of this section, the trustee must:\n (a) the person is required to give a copy of a certificate to the Official Receiver in accordance with subsection (4); and\n\n For the purposes of subsections 248(1) and (3) of the Act, a provision specified in Schedule 4 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Schedule in relation to proceedings under Part XI of the Act and the administration of estates under that Part.\n\n (1) If a trustee (within the meaning of section 254 of the Act) pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act, the trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (3) If a registered trustee pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act, the registered trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (1) For the purposes of the definition of National Personal Insolvency Index in subsection 5(1) of the Act, an electronic index to be known as the National Personal Insolvency Index is established.\n\n Division 2 of this Part (information to be entered in the Index) has effect subject to Division 3 of this Part (information not to be entered in the Index and information to be removed from the Index).\n\n (1) The person specified in column 2 of an item of the table in subsection (3) must, at a time within the time period specified in column 2 of that item, give a copy of each document specified in column 1 of that item to the Official Receiver.\n\n

Documents that must be given to the Official Receiver

Item

Column 1

Document(s)

Column 2

Person and time period

Column 3

Information

1

A notice given under subsection 181A(2) of the Act by the current trustee of a bankrupt’s estate nominating another trustee as the new trustee of the estate

The new trustee within 2 business days after the date specified in the notice (see paragraph 181A(3)(a) of the Act)

The day on which the new trustee became the trustee of the estate

2

An order under subsection 185Q(4) of the Act terminating a debt agreement

The applicant for the order within 3 business days after the order is made

The day on which the order was made

3

An order under subsection 185U(1) of the Act declaring all or part of a debt agreement void

The applicant for the order within 2 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) whether all or part of the agreement was declared void

4

An authority, signed by a debtor under subsection 188(1) of the Act, naming and authorising a registered trustee, a solicitor or the Official Trustee to call a meeting of the debtor’s creditors and to take control of the debtor’s property

The person named in the authority within 2 business days after the debtor signs the authority

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the copy of the authority was given to the Official Receiver;

(c) the day on which the debtor’s statement of affairs was given to the Official Receiver (see subsections 188(2D) and (5) of the Act);

(d) the name of the controlling trustee (see subsection 188(6) of the Act)

5

Written evidence of an event of a kind mentioned in paragraph 192(1)(a), (b) or (c) of the Act, or a written request given to the Official Trustee under paragraph 192(1)(d) of the Act, resulting in the Official Trustee becoming the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor

The Official Trustee within 14 days after the Official Trustee becomes the controlling trustee

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Trustee became the controlling trustee

6

Both of the following:

(a) a petition to the Court, under subsection 244(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of the estate of a deceased person;

(b) an affidavit verifying the petition (see subsection 244(5) of the Act)

The creditor, or one of the creditors, who presented the petition to the Court within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day the petition was presented;

(c) the name of the creditor or creditors who presented the petition;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the creditor or creditors;

(e) the day the Court is to hear the petition

7

Both of the following:

(a) a petition, under subsection 247(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of a deceased person’s estate under Part XI of the Act;

(b) a statement of the deceased person’s affairs and of the petitioner’s administration of the deceased person’s estate (see subsection 247(1) of the Act)

The petitioner within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the petition and the statement of affairs were presented;

(c) the name of the administrator;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the administrator

8

An order, under section 252B of the Act, annulling the administration of the estate of a deceased person under Part XI of the Act

The trustee of the estate within 2 business days after the trustee becomes aware of the order

The day on which the order was made

9

An order, under subsection 253E(1) of the Act, staying proceedings under a creditor’s petition or debtor’s petition

The applicant for the order within 7 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) the length of the stay (see subsection 253E(3) of the Act)

\n```\n\n (1) If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in subsection (2) is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n (aa) in the case of a statement of affairs mentioned in item 2 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the statement; and\n (a) in the case of a debtor’s petition mentioned in item 3, 4 or 5 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the petition; and\n (b) in the case of a debt agreement proposal mentioned in item 12 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the debt agreement proposal for processing.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with the Act

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A sequestration order made against the estate of a debtor (see subsection 52(1A) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(d) the name of the creditor who obtained the order;

(e) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of that creditor

2

A statement of the affairs of a person against whose estate a sequestration order is made, that is given for the purposes of subsection 54(1) of the Act

The day on which the statement of affairs was filed with the Official Receiver

3

A debtor’s petition (see subsection 55(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the resulting bankruptcy;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(e) the day on which the statement of the debtor’s affairs accepted by the Official Receiver was given to the Official Receiver for the purposes of paragraph 55(2)(b) of the Act

4

A debtor’s petition against a partnership presented by members of the partnership (see subsection 56B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of the partners who presented the petition;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the bankruptcy of each of those partners as a result of the acceptance of the petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each bankrupt partner;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those partners, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of the partnership affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

5

A debtor’s petition by joint debtors who are not partners (see subsection 57(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of those debtors;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of each bankruptcy that results from acceptance of the debtor’s petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each debtor;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those debtors, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of their joint affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

6

A notice relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 74(5A) of the Act)

The day on which the bankruptcy was annulled

7

A notice of objection by a trustee to the discharge of a bankrupt from bankruptcy (see subsection 149B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) when the objection took effect (see section 149G of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection set out in the notice (see paragraph 149C(1)(a) of the Act);

(c) the name of the trustee

8

A notice that a trustee ceases to object to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy on a particular ground (see subsection 149H(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) if there is no longer an objection on any ground—when the objection ceased to have effect (see subsection 149H(3) of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection to which the notice relates;

(c) the name of the trustee

9

A notice of withdrawal of objection by a trustee to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy (see subsection 149J(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) when the withdrawal takes effect (see subsection 149J(3) of the Act);

(b) the name of the trustee

10

A notice about the cancellation, under subsection 149N(1) of the Act, of a notice of objection filed by a trustee of a bankrupt’s estate (see subsection 149P(1) of the Act)

The day on which the cancellation took effect

11

A certificate relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 153A(2) of the Act)

The date of annulment included in the certificate

12

A debtor’s written proposal for a debt agreement (see subsection 185C(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185E of the Act)

13

A notification that a debt agreement has ended (see subsection 185N(5) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the debt agreement ended;

(b) the reasons why the debt agreement ended

14

A notification that control of the property of a debtor has ended (see subsection 189(1B) of the Act)

The day on which that control ended

15

A personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor (see paragraph 218(1)(b) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the agreement was executed;

(c) the name of the trustee of the personal insolvency agreement

16

A resolution or special resolution terminating a personal insolvency agreement (see subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

17

A resolution or special resolution terminating a composition or scheme of arrangement (see section 76B and subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated

18

A notice that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated or set aside (see subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated or set aside

19

A notice that a composition or scheme of arrangement is terminated or set aside (see section 76B and subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated or set aside

20

An order that the estate of a deceased person be administered under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 244(14), 245(3) or 247(3) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee administering the estate

21

A statement of a deceased person’s affairs and of the administration of the deceased person’s estate by a legal personal representative of the deceased person (see paragraph 246(1)(b) of the Act)

The day on which the statement was given to the Official Receiver

22

A certificate in relation to the annulment, by force of subsection 252A(1) of the Act, of the administration of an estate under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 252A(2) of the Act)

The day of the annulment

\n```\n\n If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with this instrument

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A creditor’s petition presented against a debtor or joint debtors (see section 13)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor or joint debtors;

(b) the day on which the petition was presented against the debtor or joint debtors;

(c) the name of the petitioning creditor;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the petitioning creditor;

(e) the day of the court hearing for a sequestration order relating to the petition

2

A direction given, or an order made, by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act (see section 14 of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor to whom the order or direction relates;

(b) the day on which the order was made or the direction given;

(c) the day (if any) on which a trustee’s control of that debtor’s property is to end (see subsection 50(1B) of the Act)

3

A notice under subsection 46(2) that the Administrative Review Tribunal has varied or set aside a decision of the Inspector‑General in relation to a notice of objection

The day on which the decision was varied or set aside

4

A notice given under subsection 52(1) in relation to an order about a regulated debtor’s estate, if the order provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of the estate

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the new trustee;

(b) the day of the appointment

5

A notice given under subsection 52(3) by a person appointed as trustee of the estate of a regulated debtor

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the person appointed;

(b) the day of the appointment

6

A notice under subsection 53(1) that the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate has finalised the administration of the debtor’s estate

The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised

7

A notice under subparagraph 62(2)(a)(ii) of particulars specified in subsection 62(3) in relation to a special resolution passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors

The particulars

8

A sequestration order against the estate of a debtor made under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act (see subsection 66(1) of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) if the person who applied for the order was a creditor of the debtor—the name of the creditor and the name and telephone number of the creditor’s solicitor (if any);

(d) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate

9

A notice under paragraph 68(1)(a) that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

10

A certificate given by a trustee to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act (see subsection 70(4) of this instrument)

The day on which the trustee signed the certificate

\n```\n\n If an event specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section occurs, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n| Item | Column 1Event | Column 2Information |\n| ---- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |\n| 1 | A bankrupt is, by force of subsection 149(1) of the Act, discharged from bankruptcy | The day on which the bankrupt was discharged from bankruptcy |\n| 2 | The Official Receiver issues a certificate of appointment to a registered trustee under subsection 157(3) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the name of the registered trustee;(b) the day on which the registered trustee was appointed |\n| 3 | A trustee, or the Official Trustee, is released from the trusteeship of an estate by force of section 184 or 184A of the Act | The fact that the trustee, or the Official Trustee, has been so released |\n| 4 | A debt agreement proposal is withdrawn | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was withdrawn |\n| 5 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement that was made before 1 July 2007 is accepted (see sections 185B and 185P of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the proposal was accepted |\n| 6 | A debt agreement proposal is not accepted (see section 185EC of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was not accepted |\n| 7 | The Official Receiver cancels the acceptance of a debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185ED of the Act) | The day on which the Official Receiver cancelled the acceptance of the debt agreement proposal for processing |\n| 8 | A debt agreement proposal lapses (see section 185G of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal lapsed |\n| 9 | The Official Receiver gives to a debtor a certificate under subsection 185N(3) of the Act | The day on which the certificate was given |\n| 10 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement is accepted (see section 185PC of the Act) | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 11 | The Official Receiver terminates a debt agreement under subsection 185QA(1) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 12 | The minutes of a meeting of creditors at which a special resolution was passed terminating a debt agreement made before 1 July 2007 are given to the Official Receiver (see subsection 185QA(1) of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the resolution was passed |\n| 13 | A special resolution is passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors under subsection 204(1) of the Act if the Official Trustee called the meeting under an authority under section 188 of the Act | All of the following:(a) the date of the resolution;(b) the debtor’s full name and alias (if any);(c) the debtor’s address;(d) the debtor’s occupation (if any);(e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement |\n| 14 | A sequestration order is made against the estate of a debtor under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | All of the following:(a) particulars of the debtor;(b) the day on which the order was made;(c) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate |\n| 15 | An order is made under subsection 222(1), (2) or (5) of the Act setting aside a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was set aside |\n| 16 | A personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act where the Official Trustee is the trustee of the agreement | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 17 | An order is made under subsection 222C(1) of the Act terminating a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 18 | The Official Trustee gives a certificate to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act | The day on which the Official Trustee signed the certificate |\n| 19 | The Official Trustee finalises the administration of a debtor’s estate | The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised |\n| 20 | The Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act, on application by the Inspector‑General, that provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of an estate | Both of the following:(a) the name of the new trustee;(b) the day of the appointment |\n| 21 | The Official Trustee is appointed by the creditors of an estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of Schedule 2 to the Act as trustee of an estate | The day of the appointment |\n\n> Note: A number of provisions of the Act require the Official Receiver to enter information in the Index when certain events occur. These provisions include the following:\n\n (a) a debtor whose property is under the control of the Official Trustee or a registered trustee because of a direction given by the Court under paragraph 50(1)(a) of the Act;\n (c) a deceased debtor if a petition for an order for the administration of the deceased debtor’s estate has been presented under Part XI of the Act;\n (d) a debtor in relation to whom an application is made to the Court under subsection 253E(1) of the Act for an order staying all or any proceedings under a petition.\n (3) In the case of a deceased debtor, the information to be entered in accordance with paragraphs (1)(a), (b) and (c) is the information immediately before the debtor’s death.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (4), a person who is a debtor or bankrupt may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General for information about the person:\n (a) not to be entered in the Index, on the ground that the entry of the information would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n\n> Note: Example: A person may rely on a court order (such as a domestic violence order) to show that publication of the information in question would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under paragraph 80(3)(a) refusing to grant an application.\n\n (1) If a debt agreement ends under section 185N of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (2) If a debt agreement is terminated under section 185P, 185Q, 185QA or 185R of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (3) If an order is made under section 185U of the Act declaring all of a debt agreement void, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n\n The Official Receiver must remove all information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index within 1 year after the day on which any of the following occurs:\n\n (1) A person may, by application in writing, ask the Official Receiver to inspect material in the Index and give to the person an extract of material specified in the application.\n (a) if the applicant has paid any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination for obtaining the requested extract—must inspect the Index and, within 10 business days of receiving the application:\n (b) may give the applicant a list of Index search agents who may be able to inspect material entered in the Index for the applicant.\n (3) A person who has been granted access to the Index by the Inspector‑General may, after paying any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination:\n (4) However, prior payment is not required under subsection (3) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n An extract of information in the Index is admissible in any proceedings as prima facie evidence of the matters in the extract.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General, and any officer acting at the direction or with the authority of the Inspector‑General, have immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n (2) An officer has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (3) A person who provides material for entry in the Index has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of the material by way of:\n (5) The immunity of the Inspector‑General or another officer under this section arising out of publication of material extends to the Commonwealth and the Official Trustee to the extent that the Commonwealth or the Official Trustee would, apart from this subsection, be liable in respect of the publication.\n (6) This section does not limit any other ground of defence in relation to actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n\n (b) the person executing the warrant considers that it is impracticable to immediately bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n (b) a day and time when the person executing the warrant considers that it will be practicable to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n\n (1) If the Registrar receives a notification under subsection 87(2) in relation to an apprehended person, the Registrar must, as soon as reasonably practicable:\n (a) determine a day, time and place for the apprehended person to be brought before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate; and\n (b) direct the person who gave the notification to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate in accordance with that determination.\n (2) The time and day determined under paragraph (1)(a) must be the earliest that the Registrar reasonably believes are practicable.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 277B(1) of the Act, this Division establishes an infringement notice scheme, as an alternative to prosecution, for an infringement notice provision.\n\n (1) If the Inspector‑General believes on reasonable grounds that a person has contravened an infringement notice provision, the Inspector‑General may give to the person an infringement notice for the alleged contravention.\n (2) The infringement notice must be given within 12 months after the day on which the contravention is alleged to have taken place.\n (3) A single infringement notice must relate only to a single contravention of a single provision unless subsection (4) applies.\n (4) The Inspector‑General may give a person a single infringement notice relating to multiple contraventions of a single provision if:\n\n (e) give brief details of the alleged contravention, or each alleged contravention, to which the notice relates, including:\n (f) state the amount that is payable under the notice, as worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act and subsection (2) of this section; and\n (h) state that, if the person to whom the notice is given pays the amount within 20 business days after the day the notice is given, then (unless the notice is withdrawn) the person will not be liable to be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (k) state that the person may choose not to pay the amount and, if the person does so the person may be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (n) state that the person may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) If the notice relates to more than one alleged contravention of the provision by the person, the amount to be stated in the notice for the purposes of paragraph (1)(f) is the sum of the amount worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act for each alleged contravention.\n\n> Note: Under section 90, a single infringement notice may only deal with multiple contraventions if they are contraventions of a single provision continuing over a period.\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may apply to the Inspector‑General for an extension of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h).\n (2) If the application is made before the end of that period, the Inspector‑General may, in writing, extend that period. The Inspector‑General may do so before or after the end of that period.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General extends that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to that period so extended.\n (4) If the Inspector‑General does not extend that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to the period that ends on the later of the following days:\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) The Inspector‑General may withdraw an infringement notice given to a person (whether or not the person has made written representations seeking the withdrawal).\n (3) When deciding whether or not to withdraw an infringement notice (the relevant infringement notice), the Inspector‑General:\n (a) must take into account any written representations seeking the withdrawal that were given by the person to the Inspector‑General; and\n (i) whether a court has previously imposed a penalty on the person for a contravention of an infringement notice provision;\n (iii) whether the person has paid an amount, stated in an earlier infringement notice, for a contravention of an infringement notice provision if the contravention is constituted by conduct that is the same, or substantially the same, as the conduct alleged to constitute the contravention in the relevant infringement notice;\n\n (1) If the person to whom an infringement notice for an alleged contravention of a provision is given pays the amount stated in the notice before the end of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h):\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may sign a certificate that states any of the following in relation to an infringement notice given to a person:\n (b) that the Inspector‑General granted, or refused to grant, an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice;\n (c) if the Inspector‑General granted an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice—that that amount was not fully paid by the person within the period specified in the extension;\n (2) At a hearing of a prosecution for an offence alleged in an infringement notice, a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General in accordance with subsection (1) is prima facie evidence of the matters specified in the certificate.\n (3) A certificate that purports to be signed by the Inspector‑General is taken to have been signed by the Inspector‑General unless the contrary is proved.\n\n (a) require an infringement notice to be given to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (c) prevent the giving of 2 or more infringement notices to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (d) limit a court’s discretion to determine the amount of a penalty to be imposed on a person who is found to have contravened an infringement notice provision.\n\n (b) unless the person, by notice in writing to the Inspector‑General, directs otherwise—offset against estate charge or late payment penalty payable by the person.\n\n (1) A payment of interest charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) A payment of realisations charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or served on, a person (other than the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee), the document may be:\n (a) sent by a courier service to the person at the address of the person last known to the person serving the document; or\n (b) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name and any relevant document exchange number, at a document exchange where the person maintains a document exchange facility; or\n (i) by a kind of electronic communication that transmits the document to a facility maintained by the person for receipt of electronically transmitted documents; or\n (ii) by a kind of electronic communication such that, in the ordinary course of events, the document could be reasonably expected to be received by the person.\n\n> Note: The Electronic Transactions Act 1999 applies to a requirement or permission to give information under the Bankruptcy Act 1966 or this instrument, including electronic communications covered by this section.\n\n> Note: However, paragraph (d) of this subsection permits information to be given by means of particular kinds of electronic communication, in accordance with the information technology requirements in subsection (3). This means the requirements in section 9 of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999 do not apply in relation to electronic communications covered by this section (see subsection 9(3) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999).\n\n (2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(a) or (b), in the absence of proof to the contrary, the document is taken to have been received by, or served on, the person when the document would, in the due course of business practice, be delivered to that address or document exchange.\n\n (a) at the time the document is sent, it is reasonable to expect that the document would be readily accessible so as to be useable for subsequent reference; and\n (b) the document is sent in one of the following formats, or in a format that is similar to or readily convertible into one of the following formats:\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, this section applies if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or filed or lodged with:\n (2) The document must be posted, delivered, sent by email, or sent through the website of the Australian Financial Security Authority, to:\n (3) If this section applies, the document is taken to be received, filed or lodged only when the document (or, where applicable, a copy of it) is actually received by, or on behalf of, the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver (as the case requires).\n\n (1) Subsection (2) applies in any proceedings to a document or copy of a document that purports to be a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General stating that, at a particular time, the form of statement of affairs that is attached to the certificate was the approved form for the purposes of section 6A of the Act.\n\n A fee is not payable by the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver in respect of an application to, or the filing of a document in, the Court in relation to proceedings under the Act, this instrument or the Insolvency Practice Rules.\n\n (2) If such a fee is payable in respect of the doing of a matter or thing by the Official Receiver, the matter or thing need not be done unless the fee has been paid.\n\n (1) The Official Trustee’s entitlement to remuneration under the Fees and Remuneration Determination arises when the Official Trustee:\n (a) performs work or first acts in accordance with section 3.03, 3.04, 3.07 or 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (2) For paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (d), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee in respect of an amount received by the Official Trustee:\n\n (1) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.03 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the property or business of a debtor, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (2) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.04 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a composition or scheme of arrangement with the creditors of a bankrupt, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the composition or scheme of arrangement as the case may be.\n (3) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor who signed an authority under section 188 of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (4) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the estate of a bankrupt, or of a deceased person for whose estate an order for administration has been made under Part XI of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the bankrupt or deceased person as the case may be.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a request by a bankrupt to the Official Trustee for the Official Trustee’s consent, under paragraph 272(1)(c) of the Act, to the bankrupt leaving Australia.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may decide to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4) if the Inspector‑General is reasonably satisfied that:\n (a) payment of the fee by the person liable to pay it has imposed, or would impose, hardship on the person that is unusual and exceptional in comparison to the hardship arising in the normal course of bankruptcy; or\n (b) unless the fee is payable to the Inspector‑General—the officer to whom the fee is payable or would have been payable if the fee had not been waived or remitted.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General decides under subsection (1) to refuse to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4), the notification under subsection (2) in relation to the decision must include the reasons for the decision.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under subsection 111(1) refusing to waive or remit the whole or part of a fee that is payable by the person.\n\n If, under the Act, a trustee takes possession of, or attaches, the property of a bankrupt, debtor or deceased person, the trustee must, as soon as is reasonably practicable:\n (b) give a copy of the inventory, of the photographs or of the video recordings, as the case may be, to any person who has custody of the property or part of the property.\n\n (1) If a provision of this instrument states that a dollar amount is to be indexed in accordance with this section, then at the start of each financial year (an indexation year) beginning on or after 1 July 2021, the dollar amount is replaced by the amount worked out using the following formula:\n ![Start formula Indexation factor for the indexation year times Dollar amount for the previous year end formula](image.002.png)\n ![Start formula start fraction Index number for the reference quarter over Index number for the base quarter end fraction end formula](image.003.png)\n\n> index number, for a quarter, means the All Groups Consumer Price Index number (being the weighted average of the 8 capital cities) published by the Australian Statistician for that quarter.\n\n (4) If an indexation factor worked out under subsection (2) would be less than 1, that indexation factor is to be increased to 1.\n (a) are to be made using only the index numbers published in terms of the most recently published index reference period; and\n (b) are to be made disregarding index numbers that are published in substitution for previously published index numbers (except where the substituted numbers are published to take account of changes in the index reference period).\n\n (a) a thing was done for a particular purpose under the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996 as in force immediately before those Regulations were repealed; and\n (2) Without limiting subsection (1), a reference in that subsection to a thing being done includes a reference to a notice, application or other instrument being given or made.\n\n Despite the repeal of the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996, item 3 of Schedule 4 to those Regulations, as in force immediately before that repeal, continues to apply in relation to a contribution assessment period if an assessment under section 139W of the Act was made for that contribution assessment period before that repeal.\n\n Section 102, as substituted by Schedule 1 to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Electronic Service) Regulations 2024, applies in relation to a document that is given or sent to, or served on, a person on or after the commencement of that Schedule.\n\n## Division 1 Consent to act, and appointment, as trustee of estate\n\n> electronic communication means an electronic communication within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of electronic communication in subsection 5(1) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999.\n\n> legal practitioner means a barrister, a solicitor, a barrister and solicitor or a legal practitioner, of the High Court or of the Supreme Court of a State or Territory.\n\n (a) remuneration paid to the trustee in accordance with a direction, or other order, made by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act directing the trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or making another order in relation to the property; and\n (ii) in relation to the examination of the debtor, or an examinable person in relation to the debtor, as a result of the issue of a summons under subsection 50(2) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section sets out the requirements for an application to the Official Receiver for a bankruptcy notice by a person who has obtained against a debtor one, or 2 or more, final judgments or final orders of a kind described in paragraph 40(1)(g) of the Act.\n\n (a) if any final order specified in the application is an award that is a final order because of subparagraph 40(3)(a)(i) of the Act—both of the following:\n (i) a copy of the award certified as a true copy by the arbitrator who made the award or by an officer of the Court who has compared the copy with the original award;\n (ii) a certificate of the judgment or order sealed by the court that made the judgment or order (the relevant court) or signed by an officer of the relevant court;\n (iii) a copy of the entry of the judgment or order certified as a true copy of that entry and sealed by the relevant court or signed by an officer of the relevant court.\n\n> Note 2: A fee is payable to the Official Receiver for an application under this section (see the Fees and Remuneration Determination).\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice must follow that form in respect of its format (for example, bold or italic typeface, underlining and notes).\n\n> Note: Section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 provides that strict compliance with a form is not required and substantial compliance is sufficient.\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice in relation to a debtor that is served on the debtor outside of a period mentioned in subsection (1) is not valid.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (a) of the definition of statutory minimum in subsection 5(1) of the Act, the amount prescribed is $10,000.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (2), the only persons who may inspect a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver under subsection 41(1) of the Act are the following:\n (2) If a creditor’s petition is presented that is founded on an act of bankruptcy consisting of failure to comply with the bankruptcy notice, any person may inspect the notice.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver in relation to a debtor if the notice includes a final judgment, or final order, that is expressed in an amount of foreign currency (whether or not the judgment or order is also expressed in an amount of Australian currency).\n (c) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the day on which the application for the notice is made.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n A creditor who presents a petition to the Court under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must give to the Official Receiver:\n (b) a copy of any order entered by the Court, dismissing, staying or extending the petition, or adjourning the hearing of the petition, within 2 business days after the Court enters the order.\n\n (1) If the Court gives a direction, or makes another order, under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to a debtor, the creditor who applied under subsection 50(1A) of the Act for the Court to make a direction must:\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n (c) in accordance with the direction or other order, the creditor deposits an amount (the first amount) with the trustee for the purposes of covering the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor.\n\n (2) The creditor is entitled to a refund of the sum of the first amount and any amount covered by subsection (4) less an amount equal to the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor if any of the following events occur:\n (a) the debtor enters into a personal insolvency agreement, or the debtor’s estate is administered under Part XI of the Act, and the Court authorises the trustee to transfer the debtor’s property to some other person;\n (i) the Court is satisfied that the first amount is insufficient to cover the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor;\n (ii) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs, on application by the trustee, the creditor to deposit the additional amount with the trustee;\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n\n (2) The Court may, on application by the debtor within 15 business days after the day the petition is dismissed, order the creditor to pay the debtor an amount equal to the damage the Court assesses as resulting from the acts or omissions of the trustee in reliance on the direction or other order mentioned in paragraph (1)(b).\n\n “(2A) The Court or a magistrate may direct that an examination, or any part of an examination, under this section shall be held in private.”;\n (c) by omitting from subsection (9) “is the trustee” and substituting “has been directed to take control of the property of the relevant person”;\n “(14) Subject to subsection (14A), the applicant for an examination under this section is to pay the costs incurred in connection with the examination.\n (14A) The Court or a magistrate may order that all or some of the costs mentioned in subsection (14) are to be paid by the relevant person.”.\n\n If:\n (b) the Official Receiver accepts the declaration, and signs a copy of the declaration, under paragraph 54C(1)(a) of the Act;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsections 54D(1), 55(3A), 56B(5) and 57(3A) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (d) information about a debtor’s right to choose whether the bankruptcy is initially administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (e) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to present to the Official Receiver, under section 54A of the Act, a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition.\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to present a petition under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n If:\n (a) a debtor presents, or 2 or more debtors present, a petition to the Official Receiver under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act; and\n (b) there is in force under subsection 156A(1) of the Act an instrument of consent of a registered trustee to act as the trustee of:\n (ii) in the case of 2 or more debtors—the separate estates, the joint estates, or the joint and separate estates, of the debtors or any of them;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 56C(2) of the Act, if the Official Receiver refers a debtor’s petition against a partnership to the Court, the notice given by the Official Receiver to each member of the partnership who did not present the petition must:\n\n If a person is arrested under a warrant issued by the Court under section 78 of the Act, the arresting officer must immediately notify a Registrar of the Court.\n\n (a) a creditor lodges, or causes to be lodged, a proof of debt in a bankruptcy in accordance with section 84 of the Act; and\n (b) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the date of the bankruptcy.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n (1) For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(a) of the Act, the order that the trustee of the estate of a bankrupt must apply the proceeds of the bankrupt’s property to the costs, charges, expenses and remuneration mentioned in the following table is the order that appears in the table.\n\n

Order of payment of certain costs, charges, expenses and remuneration

Item

Costs, charges and expenses

1

Realisations charge payable by the trustee in relation to the estate under the Bankruptcy (Estate Charges) Act 1997

2

If the trustee is a registered trustee to whom the Official Trustee transferred the administration of the bankruptcy, both of the following in relation to the administration of the bankruptcy by the Official Trustee before the transfer:

(a) any remuneration payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination;

(b) any reimbursement that is payable to the Official Trustee under section 108

3

Expenses reasonably incurred by or on behalf of the trustee:

(a) in protecting all or part of the bankrupt’s assets; or

(b) in carrying on, in accordance with the Act, a business of the bankrupt

4

If a creditor made an advance to the trustee for the purposes of the trustee’s administration of the bankruptcy—an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to that advance

5

Fees, costs, charges or expenses (other than fees, costs, charges or expenses covered by another item of this table) paid or payable by the trustee in administering the bankrupt’s estate

6

If:

(a) an order was made under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to the bankrupt when the bankrupt was a debtor; and

(b) an amount was deposited by a creditor, in accordance with that order, with the trustee;

an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to the trustee’s preliminary remuneration and expenses in relation to the debtor

7

The following:

(a) if a creditor applied for:

(i) a sequestration order against the estate; or

(ii) an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act;

the taxed costs of the creditor in relation to the application;

(b) if the administrator of the estate of a deceased person presented a petition for an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act—the taxed costs of the administrator;

(c) if a person made an application for a sequestration order under Part X of the Act—both of the following:

(i) the taxed costs of that person in relation to the application;

(ii) any taxed costs of that person in respect of an application for an order under Division 5 or 6 of Part IX of the Act in relation to the estate

8

The trustee’s remuneration (other than remuneration covered by item 6):

(a) if the trustee is the Official Trustee—payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or

(b) if the trustee is a registered trustee—payable to the registered trustee under section 60‑5 of Schedule 2 to the Act

9

If:

(a) there is a committee of inspection in relation to the administration of the estate; and

(b) the creditors of the estate, or a majority of them, have approved payment of out‑of‑pocket expenses incurred by a member of the committee of inspection;

those expenses, to the extent that the trustee allows them as being fair and reasonable

10

Costs of any audit carried out under section 70‑15 or 70‑20 of Schedule 2 to the Act in relation to the estate

\n```\n\n (2) For the purposes of item 7 of the table, a reference to an applicant or a person presenting a petition is taken to include a reference to a person whose application or petition has not been proceeded with because a debtor’s petition presented by the bankrupt has been accepted by the Official Receiver (whether or not that debtor’s petition was referred to the Court under subsection 55(3B) of the Act, and whatever the outcome of such a referral).\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(e) of the Act, the maximum amount due to or in respect of an employee of a bankrupt is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum amount payable to employee

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$4,600

2

2018‑19

$4,550

3

2017‑18

$4,500

4

2016‑17

$4,450

5

2015‑16

$4,400

6

2014‑15

$4,350

7

2013‑14

$4,300

8

2012‑13

$4,200

9

2011‑12

$4,150

10

2010‑11

$4,100

11

2009‑10

$4,000

12

2008‑09

$3,950

13

2007‑08

$3,850

14

2006‑07

$3,750

15

2005‑06

$3,650

16

2004‑05

$3,550

17

2003‑04

$3,500

18

2002‑03

$3,450

19

2001‑02

$3,350

20

2000‑01

$3,300

21

1999‑2000

$3,150

22

1998‑99

$3,100

23

1997‑98

$3,100

24

1996‑97

$3,100

\n```\n\n (b) property of a kind covered by subsection (3) to the extent that it is reasonably appropriate for a household, having regard to the criteria specified in subsection (4);\n (c) property (including recreational and sports equipment) of a kind that is reasonably necessary for the domestic use of a household, having regard to:\n (c) educational, sporting or recreational items (including books) that are wholly or mainly for the use of children or students in the household;\n (c) any special climatic or other factors (including geographical isolation) of the place where the household residence is located;\n (d) whether the property is reasonably necessary for the functioning or servicing of the household as a viable and properly‑run household;\n (e) whether the costs of seizure, storage and sale of the property would be likely to exceed the sale price of the property;\n (f) if paragraph (e) does not apply—whether for any other reason (for example, costs of transport) the sale of the property would be likely to be uneconomical.\n (6) For the purposes of subsection (5), an item is an antique item only if a substantial part of its market value is attributable to its age or historical significance.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(ba)(ii) of the Act, non‑monetary sporting, cultural, military or academic awards are a kind of property that is prescribed.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(c)(i) of the Act, the maximum total value of a bankrupt’s property that is for use by the bankrupt in earning income by personal exertion is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum total value of tools

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,800

2

2018‑19

$3,800

3

2017‑18

$3,750

4

2016‑17

$3,700

5

2015‑16

$3,650

6

2014‑15

$3,600

7

2013‑14

$3,550

8

2012‑13

$3,500

9

2011‑12

$3,450

10

2010‑11

$3,400

11

2009‑10

$3,300

12

2008‑09

$3,250

13

2007‑08

$3,200

14

2006‑07

$3,100

15

2005‑06

$3,050

16

2004‑05

$3,000

17

2003‑04

$2,950

18

2002‑03

$2,900

19

2001‑02

$2,850

20

2000‑01

$2,800

21

1999‑2000

$2,650

22

1998‑99

$2,600

23

1997‑98

$2,600

24

1996‑97

$2,600

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 116(2)(ca) of the Act, the maximum aggregate value of property used by the bankrupt primarily as a means of transport is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum value of motor vehicle

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$8,100

2

2018‑19

$8,000

3

2017‑18

$7,900

4

2016‑17

$7,800

5

2015‑16

$7,700

6

2014‑15

$7,600

7

2013‑14

$7,500

8

2012‑13

$7,350

9

2011‑12

$7,200

10

2010‑11

$7,050

11

2009‑10

$6,850

12

2008‑09

$6,700

13

2007‑08

$6,500

14

2006‑07

$6,300

15

2005‑06

$6,150

16

2004‑05

$6,000

17

2003‑04

$5,900

18

2002‑03

$5,800

19

2001‑02

$5,650

20

2000‑01

$5,500

21

1999‑2000

$5,200

22

1998‑99

$5,050

23

1997‑98

$5,000

24

1996‑97

$5,000

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 120(2)(d) of the Act, a transfer is of a kind to which subsection 120(1) of the Act does not apply if the costs of recovering the transferred property would, in the opinion of the trustee in the transferor’s bankruptcy, be likely to exceed the value of the property to the transferor’s creditors.\n\n (b) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a lease—set out facts showing that subsection 133(4) of the Act has been complied with; and\n (c) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a contract—set out facts showing that the contract is, for the purposes of subsection 133(5A) of the Act, an unprofitable contract.\n (2) A trustee who gives a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must give the notice to each person who, to the trustee’s knowledge:\n (3) A failure to comply with subsection (1) or (2) does not affect the validity of a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section is made for the purposes of subparagraph (a)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act.\n (b) a reference in that Act to the taxable value of a benefit were a reference to the value, for the purposes of the Act, of the benefit; and\n (c) a reference in that Act to a declaration date were a reference to the date occurring 21 days after the end of a contribution assessment period in relation to a bankrupt; and\n (d) a reference in that Act to a declaration to be given to an employer of a person were a reference to a declaration to be given to the trustee of the person’s estate; and\n (e) a reference in that Act to a form approved by the Commissioner were a reference to a form approved by the Inspector‑General under section 6D of the Act; and\n (f) subject to paragraph (d), a reference in the FBTA Act to an employer, or to the employer, were a reference to any person (other than the bankrupt); and\n (g) a reference in the FBTA Act to an employee, or to the employee, were a reference to a bankrupt, or to the bankrupt, as the case requires.\n (5) Despite subsections (2), (3) and (4), the modifications specified or referred to in those subsections do not apply in relation to the provision of a fringe benefit (within the meaning of the FBTA Act) to a bankrupt if the provider of the fringe benefit:\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following contributions and payments made for the purpose of providing superannuation benefits for a bankrupt person are not income of the person:\n (a) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person to the extent that the contributions reduce the employer’s potential liability for the superannuation guarantee charge imposed under section 5 of the Superannuation Guarantee Charge Act 1992;\n (b) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person in accordance with the employer’s obligation to make contributions for the person under:\n (c) payments of shortfall components made to, or for the benefit of, the person under sections 65 to 67 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n (a) the contributions exceed the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage of the employee’s ordinary time earnings for the contribution assessment period; and\n\n> individual industrial agreement means an industrial agreement made solely between the employer and the person, including the following:\n\n (a) an AWA, or an ITEA, (both within the meaning of the Fair Work (Transitional Provisions and Consequential Amendments) Act 2009) to which that Act applies;\n\n> ordinary time earnings has the meaning given by subsection 6(1) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n> relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage: the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage for a year (the bankruptcy year) is the percentage whose number is the same as that set out in column 2 of the table in subsection 19(2) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992 for the financial year in which the bankruptcy year starts.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following payments or amounts are not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) a payment or amount of family tax benefit paid under the family assistance law (within the meaning of the A New Tax System (Family Assistance) (Administration) Act 1999);\n (b) an amount that is not income for the purposes of the Social Security Act 1991 because of subsection 8(8) of that Act, except for a payment or amount mentioned in paragraph (a), (h), (ha), (k), (ka), (m), (z), (za) or (zb) of that subsection.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (c) of the definition of dependant in section 139K of the Act, the prescribed amount of income derived (or likely to be derived) by a person during a contribution assessment period is:\n (b) if the period begins in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n (d) if the period begins in a later financial year—$3,741 indexed in accordance with section 114 of this instrument as if the period were that financial year.\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum income of dependant

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,720

2

2018‑19

$3,642

3

2017‑18

$3,596

4

2016‑17

$3,532

5

2015‑16

$3,459

6

2014‑15

$3,411

7

2013‑14

$3,363

8

2012‑13

$3,264

9

2011‑12

$3,181

10

2010‑11

$3,131

11

2009‑10

$3,030

12

2008‑09

$2,942

13

2007‑08

$2,870

14

2006‑07

$2,756

15

2005‑06

$2,688

16

2004‑05

$2,611

17

2003‑04

$2,549

\n```\n\n (3) If the bankrupt pays the contribution by cheque, payment is taken to occur when the cheque is cleared and the amount of the payment is credited to the account into which the cheque is deposited.\n (4) The trustee may, on reasonable notice in writing to the bankrupt, vary or withdraw an authorisation under paragraph (2)(c).\n (5) If the trustee incurs a delivery or postal charge (including a surcharge) or bank charge in connection with the receipt or processing of the contribution, the trustee may reimburse the trustee for the amount of the charge from the bankrupt’s estate.\n\n (a) a bankrupt is liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the bankrupt’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act in respect of a contribution assessment period; and\n\n (3) If the contribution remains unpaid, the deceased bankrupt’s estate is liable for the portion of the contribution attributable to the part of the period occurring before the bankrupt’s death.\n\n (b) immediately before being discharged, the person was liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the person’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act; and\n\n> Note: Section 139R of the Act provides that any liability of a bankrupt under section 139P or 139Q of the Act is not affected by the bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy after the making of the assessment that gave rise to the liability.\n\n (5) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(d)(ii), a change in the name of a person is taken to occur if the person in fact assumes the use of a different name or an additional name.\n\n A notice under section 139ZL of the Act must not specify money or property that is protected, under a law of the Commonwealth or a State or Territory, from a process such as assignment, attachment, charging, execution or garnishment.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 145(3) of the Act, notice must be given by serving it on each person to whom, under that subsection, it must be given.\n\n (a) an objection to the discharge of a bankrupt has been made on a ground, or on grounds that include a ground, mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(a) or (h) of the Act (which refer to the bankrupt being out of Australia); and\n (2) Within 5 business days after the day that the registered trustee becomes aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia, the registered trustee must give notice in writing to the Official Receiver stating:\n (ii) if the trustee does not know the day on which the bankrupt returned—the trustee became aware that the bankrupt had returned.\n\n For the purposes of the ground of objection mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(d) of the Act, a bankrupt is taken to have failed to comply with a request to provide information if the bankrupt has provided information that is incomplete or inaccurate.\n\n (c) an application is made to the Administrative Review Tribunal under section 149Q of the Act for the review of the decision of the Inspector‑General; and\n\n (a) if the debtor presents a debtor’s petition to the Official Receiver—on or before the day that the debtor so presents the petition; or\n\n If a registered trustee becomes, under subsection 156A(3) of the Act, the trustee of an estate or of joint and separate estates, the Official Receiver may give the registered trustee a certificate to that effect.\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 188(2A) of the Act, a person (other than the Official Trustee or a registered trustee) is ineligible to act under Part X of the Act as a controlling trustee in relation to a debtor in any of the following circumstances:\n (a) the person is or was convicted of an offence involving fraud or dishonesty at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (c) the person is a solicitor who does not hold an Australian practising certificate (within the meaning of the Evidence Act 1995);\n (d) the person is or was an insolvent under administration at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(f)(ii), the Inspector‑General may approve a course in insolvency by notice published on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website.\n (ii) has refused or failed to cooperate with the Inspector‑General in an inquiry or investigation under paragraph 12(1)(b) of the Act.\n (ii) invites the person to give the Inspector‑General, within 20 business days after the day the notice is given or such longer time as is specified in the notice, a written statement showing cause why the determination should not be made; and\n (5) If the Inspector‑General makes a determination under subsection (3) in relation to a person, the Inspector‑General must give the person a written notice stating the following:\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General to make a determination under subsection 49(3).\n\n (b) the person becomes ineligible to act as a controlling trustee under Part X of the Act because one or more of the circumstances prescribed by subsection 49(1) of this instrument apply in relation to the person.\n (2) The Official Trustee must perform the duties of a controlling trustee in relation to the debtor unless and until the debtor authorises another person under subsection 188(1) of the Act.\n\n (1) If, on application, the Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act that a person (the old trustee) cease to be the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate, the applicant for the order must:\n (3) If the creditors of a regulated debtor, by resolution at a meeting, remove the trustee (the old trustee) of the regulated debtor’s estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(a) of Schedule 2 to the Act, the person appointed by the creditors under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of that Schedule as trustee of the estate must:\n\n (1) If the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate (other than the Official Trustee) finalises the administration of the debtor’s estate, the trustee must:\n\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a debt agreement;\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to give the Official Receiver a debt agreement proposal under subsection 185C(1) of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n (a) any of the following awarded by a registered provider (within the meaning of the Education Services for Overseas Students Act 2000):\n (i) a Certificate IV in Financial Services (Accounting) awarded for study starting between 10 July 2004 and 23 November 2010;\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (c) a degree, diploma or similar qualification awarded by a foreign tertiary education institution and for which the Inspector‑General is satisfied the following conditions are satisfied:\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n\n#### 57 Prescribed amount of owed notified estate charges preventing renewal of registration as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraphs 186C(3)(d) and (5)(d) of the Act, the prescribed amount of notified estate charges is $500.\n\n For the purposes of section 187A of the Act, a provision of Part X of the Act specified in Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section of the Act, to joint debtors, whether partners or not.\n\n (b) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (c) information about whether a personal insolvency agreement may be administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy if any of the things mentioned in paragraphs 40(1)(i) to (m) of the Act happen in relation to a debtor;\n (f) information about a debtor’s rights and responsibilities under Part X of the Act, including a debtor’s obligation to disclose all related entities;\n (g) information about a controlling trustee’s obligation to disclose the controlling trustee’s relationship (if any) with a debtor.\n (3) A registered trustee or a solicitor authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property must not consent to exercise the powers given by the authority unless the debtor has given the registered trustee or the solicitor, as the case may be, a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the Official Trustee is authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property, the Official Receiver must not give the debtor a written approval under paragraph 188(2)(aa) of the Act unless the debtor has given the Official Trustee a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n\n (b) unable to sign the authority or an acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) of this instrument relating to the authority because of a physical incapacity.\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and debtor are familiar; or\n\n> relevant material means the authority, the information prescribed by section 59 and the acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) relating to the authority.\n\n (3) The person must, at the same time as calling a meeting of the debtor’s creditors, give a copy of the proposal for dealing with the debtor’s affairs under Part X of the Act to:\n\n> Note 1: An authority signed by a debtor under section 188 of the Act is not effective for the purposes of Part X of the Act unless, before the person authorised consents to exercise the powers given by the authority, the debtor gives to the person authorised:\n\n> Note 2: Under subsection 188(5) of the Act, a registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority must also give a copy of the authority and the debtor’s statement of affairs to the Official Receiver.\n\n (e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement.\n\n For the purposes of section 210 of the Act, a provision of Part VIII of the Act specified in Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor.\n\n#### 64 Modifications of Division 1 of Part V of the Act—debtors whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act\n\n For the purposes of subsection 211(1) of the Act, a provision in Division 1 of Part V of the Act specified in Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 218(3) of the Act, a notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act must be in writing.\n\n (1) If the Court makes a sequestration order under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act, the applicant for the order must:\n\n#### 67 Information to be given to Official Receiver in relation to orders terminating or setting aside a personal insolvency agreement\n\n> Note: If the Court makes an order setting aside or terminating a personal insolvency agreement and a registered trustee was the trustee of the agreement, the registered trustee must give written notice of the order to the Official Receiver (see subsection 224A(4) of the Act).\n\n (1) If a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act, the trustee of the agreement must:\n\n> Note: Before the termination takes effect, the trustee must give notice of the proposed termination to all the creditors who are entitled to receive notice of a meeting of creditors (see subsection 222A(2) of the Act).\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 231(1) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 4 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor who has executed a personal insolvency agreement.\n (2) For the purposes of subsection 231(3) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 5 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a personal insolvency agreement.\n\n (4) If the trustee gives a certificate to the debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act or subsection (1) of this section, the trustee must:\n (a) the person is required to give a copy of a certificate to the Official Receiver in accordance with subsection (4); and\n\n For the purposes of subsections 248(1) and (3) of the Act, a provision specified in Schedule 4 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Schedule in relation to proceedings under Part XI of the Act and the administration of estates under that Part.\n\n (1) If a trustee (within the meaning of section 254 of the Act) pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act, the trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (3) If a registered trustee pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act, the registered trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (1) For the purposes of the definition of National Personal Insolvency Index in subsection 5(1) of the Act, an electronic index to be known as the National Personal Insolvency Index is established.\n\n Division 2 of this Part (information to be entered in the Index) has effect subject to Division 3 of this Part (information not to be entered in the Index and information to be removed from the Index).\n\n (1) The person specified in column 2 of an item of the table in subsection (3) must, at a time within the time period specified in column 2 of that item, give a copy of each document specified in column 1 of that item to the Official Receiver.\n\n

Documents that must be given to the Official Receiver

Item

Column 1

Document(s)

Column 2

Person and time period

Column 3

Information

1

A notice given under subsection 181A(2) of the Act by the current trustee of a bankrupt’s estate nominating another trustee as the new trustee of the estate

The new trustee within 2 business days after the date specified in the notice (see paragraph 181A(3)(a) of the Act)

The day on which the new trustee became the trustee of the estate

2

An order under subsection 185Q(4) of the Act terminating a debt agreement

The applicant for the order within 3 business days after the order is made

The day on which the order was made

3

An order under subsection 185U(1) of the Act declaring all or part of a debt agreement void

The applicant for the order within 2 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) whether all or part of the agreement was declared void

4

An authority, signed by a debtor under subsection 188(1) of the Act, naming and authorising a registered trustee, a solicitor or the Official Trustee to call a meeting of the debtor’s creditors and to take control of the debtor’s property

The person named in the authority within 2 business days after the debtor signs the authority

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the copy of the authority was given to the Official Receiver;

(c) the day on which the debtor’s statement of affairs was given to the Official Receiver (see subsections 188(2D) and (5) of the Act);

(d) the name of the controlling trustee (see subsection 188(6) of the Act)

5

Written evidence of an event of a kind mentioned in paragraph 192(1)(a), (b) or (c) of the Act, or a written request given to the Official Trustee under paragraph 192(1)(d) of the Act, resulting in the Official Trustee becoming the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor

The Official Trustee within 14 days after the Official Trustee becomes the controlling trustee

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Trustee became the controlling trustee

6

Both of the following:

(a) a petition to the Court, under subsection 244(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of the estate of a deceased person;

(b) an affidavit verifying the petition (see subsection 244(5) of the Act)

The creditor, or one of the creditors, who presented the petition to the Court within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day the petition was presented;

(c) the name of the creditor or creditors who presented the petition;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the creditor or creditors;

(e) the day the Court is to hear the petition

7

Both of the following:

(a) a petition, under subsection 247(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of a deceased person’s estate under Part XI of the Act;

(b) a statement of the deceased person’s affairs and of the petitioner’s administration of the deceased person’s estate (see subsection 247(1) of the Act)

The petitioner within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the petition and the statement of affairs were presented;

(c) the name of the administrator;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the administrator

8

An order, under section 252B of the Act, annulling the administration of the estate of a deceased person under Part XI of the Act

The trustee of the estate within 2 business days after the trustee becomes aware of the order

The day on which the order was made

9

An order, under subsection 253E(1) of the Act, staying proceedings under a creditor’s petition or debtor’s petition

The applicant for the order within 7 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) the length of the stay (see subsection 253E(3) of the Act)

\n```\n\n (1) If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in subsection (2) is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n (aa) in the case of a statement of affairs mentioned in item 2 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the statement; and\n (a) in the case of a debtor’s petition mentioned in item 3, 4 or 5 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the petition; and\n (b) in the case of a debt agreement proposal mentioned in item 12 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the debt agreement proposal for processing.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with the Act

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A sequestration order made against the estate of a debtor (see subsection 52(1A) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(d) the name of the creditor who obtained the order;

(e) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of that creditor

2

A statement of the affairs of a person against whose estate a sequestration order is made, that is given for the purposes of subsection 54(1) of the Act

The day on which the statement of affairs was filed with the Official Receiver

3

A debtor’s petition (see subsection 55(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the resulting bankruptcy;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(e) the day on which the statement of the debtor’s affairs accepted by the Official Receiver was given to the Official Receiver for the purposes of paragraph 55(2)(b) of the Act

4

A debtor’s petition against a partnership presented by members of the partnership (see subsection 56B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of the partners who presented the petition;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the bankruptcy of each of those partners as a result of the acceptance of the petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each bankrupt partner;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those partners, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of the partnership affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

5

A debtor’s petition by joint debtors who are not partners (see subsection 57(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of those debtors;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of each bankruptcy that results from acceptance of the debtor’s petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each debtor;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those debtors, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of their joint affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

6

A notice relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 74(5A) of the Act)

The day on which the bankruptcy was annulled

7

A notice of objection by a trustee to the discharge of a bankrupt from bankruptcy (see subsection 149B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) when the objection took effect (see section 149G of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection set out in the notice (see paragraph 149C(1)(a) of the Act);

(c) the name of the trustee

8

A notice that a trustee ceases to object to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy on a particular ground (see subsection 149H(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) if there is no longer an objection on any ground—when the objection ceased to have effect (see subsection 149H(3) of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection to which the notice relates;

(c) the name of the trustee

9

A notice of withdrawal of objection by a trustee to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy (see subsection 149J(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) when the withdrawal takes effect (see subsection 149J(3) of the Act);

(b) the name of the trustee

10

A notice about the cancellation, under subsection 149N(1) of the Act, of a notice of objection filed by a trustee of a bankrupt’s estate (see subsection 149P(1) of the Act)

The day on which the cancellation took effect

11

A certificate relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 153A(2) of the Act)

The date of annulment included in the certificate

12

A debtor’s written proposal for a debt agreement (see subsection 185C(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185E of the Act)

13

A notification that a debt agreement has ended (see subsection 185N(5) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the debt agreement ended;

(b) the reasons why the debt agreement ended

14

A notification that control of the property of a debtor has ended (see subsection 189(1B) of the Act)

The day on which that control ended

15

A personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor (see paragraph 218(1)(b) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the agreement was executed;

(c) the name of the trustee of the personal insolvency agreement

16

A resolution or special resolution terminating a personal insolvency agreement (see subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

17

A resolution or special resolution terminating a composition or scheme of arrangement (see section 76B and subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated

18

A notice that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated or set aside (see subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated or set aside

19

A notice that a composition or scheme of arrangement is terminated or set aside (see section 76B and subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated or set aside

20

An order that the estate of a deceased person be administered under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 244(14), 245(3) or 247(3) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee administering the estate

21

A statement of a deceased person’s affairs and of the administration of the deceased person’s estate by a legal personal representative of the deceased person (see paragraph 246(1)(b) of the Act)

The day on which the statement was given to the Official Receiver

22

A certificate in relation to the annulment, by force of subsection 252A(1) of the Act, of the administration of an estate under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 252A(2) of the Act)

The day of the annulment

\n```\n\n If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with this instrument

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A creditor’s petition presented against a debtor or joint debtors (see section 13)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor or joint debtors;

(b) the day on which the petition was presented against the debtor or joint debtors;

(c) the name of the petitioning creditor;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the petitioning creditor;

(e) the day of the court hearing for a sequestration order relating to the petition

2

A direction given, or an order made, by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act (see section 14 of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor to whom the order or direction relates;

(b) the day on which the order was made or the direction given;

(c) the day (if any) on which a trustee’s control of that debtor’s property is to end (see subsection 50(1B) of the Act)

3

A notice under subsection 46(2) that the Administrative Review Tribunal has varied or set aside a decision of the Inspector‑General in relation to a notice of objection

The day on which the decision was varied or set aside

4

A notice given under subsection 52(1) in relation to an order about a regulated debtor’s estate, if the order provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of the estate

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the new trustee;

(b) the day of the appointment

5

A notice given under subsection 52(3) by a person appointed as trustee of the estate of a regulated debtor

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the person appointed;

(b) the day of the appointment

6

A notice under subsection 53(1) that the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate has finalised the administration of the debtor’s estate

The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised

7

A notice under subparagraph 62(2)(a)(ii) of particulars specified in subsection 62(3) in relation to a special resolution passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors

The particulars

8

A sequestration order against the estate of a debtor made under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act (see subsection 66(1) of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) if the person who applied for the order was a creditor of the debtor—the name of the creditor and the name and telephone number of the creditor’s solicitor (if any);

(d) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate

9

A notice under paragraph 68(1)(a) that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

10

A certificate given by a trustee to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act (see subsection 70(4) of this instrument)

The day on which the trustee signed the certificate

\n```\n\n If an event specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section occurs, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n| Item | Column 1Event | Column 2Information |\n| ---- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |\n| 1 | A bankrupt is, by force of subsection 149(1) of the Act, discharged from bankruptcy | The day on which the bankrupt was discharged from bankruptcy |\n| 2 | The Official Receiver issues a certificate of appointment to a registered trustee under subsection 157(3) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the name of the registered trustee;(b) the day on which the registered trustee was appointed |\n| 3 | A trustee, or the Official Trustee, is released from the trusteeship of an estate by force of section 184 or 184A of the Act | The fact that the trustee, or the Official Trustee, has been so released |\n| 4 | A debt agreement proposal is withdrawn | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was withdrawn |\n| 5 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement that was made before 1 July 2007 is accepted (see sections 185B and 185P of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the proposal was accepted |\n| 6 | A debt agreement proposal is not accepted (see section 185EC of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was not accepted |\n| 7 | The Official Receiver cancels the acceptance of a debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185ED of the Act) | The day on which the Official Receiver cancelled the acceptance of the debt agreement proposal for processing |\n| 8 | A debt agreement proposal lapses (see section 185G of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal lapsed |\n| 9 | The Official Receiver gives to a debtor a certificate under subsection 185N(3) of the Act | The day on which the certificate was given |\n| 10 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement is accepted (see section 185PC of the Act) | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 11 | The Official Receiver terminates a debt agreement under subsection 185QA(1) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 12 | The minutes of a meeting of creditors at which a special resolution was passed terminating a debt agreement made before 1 July 2007 are given to the Official Receiver (see subsection 185QA(1) of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the resolution was passed |\n| 13 | A special resolution is passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors under subsection 204(1) of the Act if the Official Trustee called the meeting under an authority under section 188 of the Act | All of the following:(a) the date of the resolution;(b) the debtor’s full name and alias (if any);(c) the debtor’s address;(d) the debtor’s occupation (if any);(e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement |\n| 14 | A sequestration order is made against the estate of a debtor under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | All of the following:(a) particulars of the debtor;(b) the day on which the order was made;(c) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate |\n| 15 | An order is made under subsection 222(1), (2) or (5) of the Act setting aside a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was set aside |\n| 16 | A personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act where the Official Trustee is the trustee of the agreement | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 17 | An order is made under subsection 222C(1) of the Act terminating a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 18 | The Official Trustee gives a certificate to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act | The day on which the Official Trustee signed the certificate |\n| 19 | The Official Trustee finalises the administration of a debtor’s estate | The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised |\n| 20 | The Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act, on application by the Inspector‑General, that provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of an estate | Both of the following:(a) the name of the new trustee;(b) the day of the appointment |\n| 21 | The Official Trustee is appointed by the creditors of an estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of Schedule 2 to the Act as trustee of an estate | The day of the appointment |\n\n> Note: A number of provisions of the Act require the Official Receiver to enter information in the Index when certain events occur. These provisions include the following:\n\n (a) a debtor whose property is under the control of the Official Trustee or a registered trustee because of a direction given by the Court under paragraph 50(1)(a) of the Act;\n (c) a deceased debtor if a petition for an order for the administration of the deceased debtor’s estate has been presented under Part XI of the Act;\n (d) a debtor in relation to whom an application is made to the Court under subsection 253E(1) of the Act for an order staying all or any proceedings under a petition.\n (3) In the case of a deceased debtor, the information to be entered in accordance with paragraphs (1)(a), (b) and (c) is the information immediately before the debtor’s death.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (4), a person who is a debtor or bankrupt may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General for information about the person:\n (a) not to be entered in the Index, on the ground that the entry of the information would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n\n> Note: Example: A person may rely on a court order (such as a domestic violence order) to show that publication of the information in question would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under paragraph 80(3)(a) refusing to grant an application.\n\n (1) If a debt agreement ends under section 185N of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (2) If a debt agreement is terminated under section 185P, 185Q, 185QA or 185R of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (3) If an order is made under section 185U of the Act declaring all of a debt agreement void, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n\n The Official Receiver must remove all information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index within 1 year after the day on which any of the following occurs:\n\n (1) A person may, by application in writing, ask the Official Receiver to inspect material in the Index and give to the person an extract of material specified in the application.\n (a) if the applicant has paid any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination for obtaining the requested extract—must inspect the Index and, within 10 business days of receiving the application:\n (b) may give the applicant a list of Index search agents who may be able to inspect material entered in the Index for the applicant.\n (3) A person who has been granted access to the Index by the Inspector‑General may, after paying any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination:\n (4) However, prior payment is not required under subsection (3) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n An extract of information in the Index is admissible in any proceedings as prima facie evidence of the matters in the extract.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General, and any officer acting at the direction or with the authority of the Inspector‑General, have immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n (2) An officer has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (3) A person who provides material for entry in the Index has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of the material by way of:\n (5) The immunity of the Inspector‑General or another officer under this section arising out of publication of material extends to the Commonwealth and the Official Trustee to the extent that the Commonwealth or the Official Trustee would, apart from this subsection, be liable in respect of the publication.\n (6) This section does not limit any other ground of defence in relation to actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n\n (b) the person executing the warrant considers that it is impracticable to immediately bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n (b) a day and time when the person executing the warrant considers that it will be practicable to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n\n (1) If the Registrar receives a notification under subsection 87(2) in relation to an apprehended person, the Registrar must, as soon as reasonably practicable:\n (a) determine a day, time and place for the apprehended person to be brought before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate; and\n (b) direct the person who gave the notification to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate in accordance with that determination.\n (2) The time and day determined under paragraph (1)(a) must be the earliest that the Registrar reasonably believes are practicable.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 277B(1) of the Act, this Division establishes an infringement notice scheme, as an alternative to prosecution, for an infringement notice provision.\n\n (1) If the Inspector‑General believes on reasonable grounds that a person has contravened an infringement notice provision, the Inspector‑General may give to the person an infringement notice for the alleged contravention.\n (2) The infringement notice must be given within 12 months after the day on which the contravention is alleged to have taken place.\n (3) A single infringement notice must relate only to a single contravention of a single provision unless subsection (4) applies.\n (4) The Inspector‑General may give a person a single infringement notice relating to multiple contraventions of a single provision if:\n\n (e) give brief details of the alleged contravention, or each alleged contravention, to which the notice relates, including:\n (f) state the amount that is payable under the notice, as worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act and subsection (2) of this section; and\n (h) state that, if the person to whom the notice is given pays the amount within 20 business days after the day the notice is given, then (unless the notice is withdrawn) the person will not be liable to be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (k) state that the person may choose not to pay the amount and, if the person does so the person may be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (n) state that the person may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) If the notice relates to more than one alleged contravention of the provision by the person, the amount to be stated in the notice for the purposes of paragraph (1)(f) is the sum of the amount worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act for each alleged contravention.\n\n> Note: Under section 90, a single infringement notice may only deal with multiple contraventions if they are contraventions of a single provision continuing over a period.\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may apply to the Inspector‑General for an extension of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h).\n (2) If the application is made before the end of that period, the Inspector‑General may, in writing, extend that period. The Inspector‑General may do so before or after the end of that period.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General extends that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to that period so extended.\n (4) If the Inspector‑General does not extend that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to the period that ends on the later of the following days:\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) The Inspector‑General may withdraw an infringement notice given to a person (whether or not the person has made written representations seeking the withdrawal).\n (3) When deciding whether or not to withdraw an infringement notice (the relevant infringement notice), the Inspector‑General:\n (a) must take into account any written representations seeking the withdrawal that were given by the person to the Inspector‑General; and\n (i) whether a court has previously imposed a penalty on the person for a contravention of an infringement notice provision;\n (iii) whether the person has paid an amount, stated in an earlier infringement notice, for a contravention of an infringement notice provision if the contravention is constituted by conduct that is the same, or substantially the same, as the conduct alleged to constitute the contravention in the relevant infringement notice;\n\n (1) If the person to whom an infringement notice for an alleged contravention of a provision is given pays the amount stated in the notice before the end of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h):\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may sign a certificate that states any of the following in relation to an infringement notice given to a person:\n (b) that the Inspector‑General granted, or refused to grant, an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice;\n (c) if the Inspector‑General granted an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice—that that amount was not fully paid by the person within the period specified in the extension;\n (2) At a hearing of a prosecution for an offence alleged in an infringement notice, a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General in accordance with subsection (1) is prima facie evidence of the matters specified in the certificate.\n (3) A certificate that purports to be signed by the Inspector‑General is taken to have been signed by the Inspector‑General unless the contrary is proved.\n\n (a) require an infringement notice to be given to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (c) prevent the giving of 2 or more infringement notices to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (d) limit a court’s discretion to determine the amount of a penalty to be imposed on a person who is found to have contravened an infringement notice provision.\n\n (b) unless the person, by notice in writing to the Inspector‑General, directs otherwise—offset against estate charge or late payment penalty payable by the person.\n\n (1) A payment of interest charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) A payment of realisations charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or served on, a person (other than the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee), the document may be:\n (a) sent by a courier service to the person at the address of the person last known to the person serving the document; or\n (b) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name and any relevant document exchange number, at a document exchange where the person maintains a document exchange facility; or\n (i) by a kind of electronic communication that transmits the document to a facility maintained by the person for receipt of electronically transmitted documents; or\n (ii) by a kind of electronic communication such that, in the ordinary course of events, the document could be reasonably expected to be received by the person.\n\n> Note: The Electronic Transactions Act 1999 applies to a requirement or permission to give information under the Bankruptcy Act 1966 or this instrument, including electronic communications covered by this section.\n\n> Note: However, paragraph (d) of this subsection permits information to be given by means of particular kinds of electronic communication, in accordance with the information technology requirements in subsection (3). This means the requirements in section 9 of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999 do not apply in relation to electronic communications covered by this section (see subsection 9(3) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999).\n\n (2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(a) or (b), in the absence of proof to the contrary, the document is taken to have been received by, or served on, the person when the document would, in the due course of business practice, be delivered to that address or document exchange.\n\n (a) at the time the document is sent, it is reasonable to expect that the document would be readily accessible so as to be useable for subsequent reference; and\n (b) the document is sent in one of the following formats, or in a format that is similar to or readily convertible into one of the following formats:\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, this section applies if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or filed or lodged with:\n (2) The document must be posted, delivered, sent by email, or sent through the website of the Australian Financial Security Authority, to:\n (3) If this section applies, the document is taken to be received, filed or lodged only when the document (or, where applicable, a copy of it) is actually received by, or on behalf of, the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver (as the case requires).\n\n (1) Subsection (2) applies in any proceedings to a document or copy of a document that purports to be a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General stating that, at a particular time, the form of statement of affairs that is attached to the certificate was the approved form for the purposes of section 6A of the Act.\n\n A fee is not payable by the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver in respect of an application to, or the filing of a document in, the Court in relation to proceedings under the Act, this instrument or the Insolvency Practice Rules.\n\n (2) If such a fee is payable in respect of the doing of a matter or thing by the Official Receiver, the matter or thing need not be done unless the fee has been paid.\n\n (1) The Official Trustee’s entitlement to remuneration under the Fees and Remuneration Determination arises when the Official Trustee:\n (a) performs work or first acts in accordance with section 3.03, 3.04, 3.07 or 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (2) For paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (d), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee in respect of an amount received by the Official Trustee:\n\n (1) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.03 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the property or business of a debtor, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (2) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.04 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a composition or scheme of arrangement with the creditors of a bankrupt, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the composition or scheme of arrangement as the case may be.\n (3) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor who signed an authority under section 188 of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (4) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the estate of a bankrupt, or of a deceased person for whose estate an order for administration has been made under Part XI of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the bankrupt or deceased person as the case may be.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a request by a bankrupt to the Official Trustee for the Official Trustee’s consent, under paragraph 272(1)(c) of the Act, to the bankrupt leaving Australia.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may decide to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4) if the Inspector‑General is reasonably satisfied that:\n (a) payment of the fee by the person liable to pay it has imposed, or would impose, hardship on the person that is unusual and exceptional in comparison to the hardship arising in the normal course of bankruptcy; or\n (b) unless the fee is payable to the Inspector‑General—the officer to whom the fee is payable or would have been payable if the fee had not been waived or remitted.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General decides under subsection (1) to refuse to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4), the notification under subsection (2) in relation to the decision must include the reasons for the decision.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under subsection 111(1) refusing to waive or remit the whole or part of a fee that is payable by the person.\n\n If, under the Act, a trustee takes possession of, or attaches, the property of a bankrupt, debtor or deceased person, the trustee must, as soon as is reasonably practicable:\n (b) give a copy of the inventory, of the photographs or of the video recordings, as the case may be, to any person who has custody of the property or part of the property.\n\n (1) If a provision of this instrument states that a dollar amount is to be indexed in accordance with this section, then at the start of each financial year (an indexation year) beginning on or after 1 July 2021, the dollar amount is replaced by the amount worked out using the following formula:\n ![Start formula Indexation factor for the indexation year times Dollar amount for the previous year end formula](image.002.png)\n ![Start formula start fraction Index number for the reference quarter over Index number for the base quarter end fraction end formula](image.003.png)\n\n> index number, for a quarter, means the All Groups Consumer Price Index number (being the weighted average of the 8 capital cities) published by the Australian Statistician for that quarter.\n\n (4) If an indexation factor worked out under subsection (2) would be less than 1, that indexation factor is to be increased to 1.\n (a) are to be made using only the index numbers published in terms of the most recently published index reference period; and\n (b) are to be made disregarding index numbers that are published in substitution for previously published index numbers (except where the substituted numbers are published to take account of changes in the index reference period).\n\n (a) a thing was done for a particular purpose under the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996 as in force immediately before those Regulations were repealed; and\n (2) Without limiting subsection (1), a reference in that subsection to a thing being done includes a reference to a notice, application or other instrument being given or made.\n\n Despite the repeal of the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996, item 3 of Schedule 4 to those Regulations, as in force immediately before that repeal, continues to apply in relation to a contribution assessment period if an assessment under section 139W of the Act was made for that contribution assessment period before that repeal.\n\n Section 102, as substituted by Schedule 1 to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Electronic Service) Regulations 2024, applies in relation to a document that is given or sent to, or served on, a person on or after the commencement of that Schedule.\n\n## 47 Filing consent to act as trustee with the Official Receiver\n\n (a) if the debtor presents a debtor’s petition to the Official Receiver—on or before the day that the debtor so presents the petition; or\n\n## 48 Certificate of appointment under subsection 156A(3) of the Act\n\n If a registered trustee becomes, under subsection 156A(3) of the Act, the trustee of an estate or of joint and separate estates, the Official Receiver may give the registered trustee a certificate to that effect.\n\n## Division 2 Controlling trustees other than Official Trustee or registered trustees\n\n> electronic communication means an electronic communication within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of electronic communication in subsection 5(1) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999.\n\n> legal practitioner means a barrister, a solicitor, a barrister and solicitor or a legal practitioner, of the High Court or of the Supreme Court of a State or Territory.\n\n (a) remuneration paid to the trustee in accordance with a direction, or other order, made by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act directing the trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or making another order in relation to the property; and\n (ii) in relation to the examination of the debtor, or an examinable person in relation to the debtor, as a result of the issue of a summons under subsection 50(2) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section sets out the requirements for an application to the Official Receiver for a bankruptcy notice by a person who has obtained against a debtor one, or 2 or more, final judgments or final orders of a kind described in paragraph 40(1)(g) of the Act.\n\n (a) if any final order specified in the application is an award that is a final order because of subparagraph 40(3)(a)(i) of the Act—both of the following:\n (i) a copy of the award certified as a true copy by the arbitrator who made the award or by an officer of the Court who has compared the copy with the original award;\n (ii) a certificate of the judgment or order sealed by the court that made the judgment or order (the relevant court) or signed by an officer of the relevant court;\n (iii) a copy of the entry of the judgment or order certified as a true copy of that entry and sealed by the relevant court or signed by an officer of the relevant court.\n\n> Note 2: A fee is payable to the Official Receiver for an application under this section (see the Fees and Remuneration Determination).\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice must follow that form in respect of its format (for example, bold or italic typeface, underlining and notes).\n\n> Note: Section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 provides that strict compliance with a form is not required and substantial compliance is sufficient.\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice in relation to a debtor that is served on the debtor outside of a period mentioned in subsection (1) is not valid.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (a) of the definition of statutory minimum in subsection 5(1) of the Act, the amount prescribed is $10,000.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (2), the only persons who may inspect a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver under subsection 41(1) of the Act are the following:\n (2) If a creditor’s petition is presented that is founded on an act of bankruptcy consisting of failure to comply with the bankruptcy notice, any person may inspect the notice.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver in relation to a debtor if the notice includes a final judgment, or final order, that is expressed in an amount of foreign currency (whether or not the judgment or order is also expressed in an amount of Australian currency).\n (c) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the day on which the application for the notice is made.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n A creditor who presents a petition to the Court under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must give to the Official Receiver:\n (b) a copy of any order entered by the Court, dismissing, staying or extending the petition, or adjourning the hearing of the petition, within 2 business days after the Court enters the order.\n\n (1) If the Court gives a direction, or makes another order, under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to a debtor, the creditor who applied under subsection 50(1A) of the Act for the Court to make a direction must:\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n (c) in accordance with the direction or other order, the creditor deposits an amount (the first amount) with the trustee for the purposes of covering the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor.\n\n (2) The creditor is entitled to a refund of the sum of the first amount and any amount covered by subsection (4) less an amount equal to the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor if any of the following events occur:\n (a) the debtor enters into a personal insolvency agreement, or the debtor’s estate is administered under Part XI of the Act, and the Court authorises the trustee to transfer the debtor’s property to some other person;\n (i) the Court is satisfied that the first amount is insufficient to cover the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor;\n (ii) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs, on application by the trustee, the creditor to deposit the additional amount with the trustee;\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n\n (2) The Court may, on application by the debtor within 15 business days after the day the petition is dismissed, order the creditor to pay the debtor an amount equal to the damage the Court assesses as resulting from the acts or omissions of the trustee in reliance on the direction or other order mentioned in paragraph (1)(b).\n\n “(2A) The Court or a magistrate may direct that an examination, or any part of an examination, under this section shall be held in private.”;\n (c) by omitting from subsection (9) “is the trustee” and substituting “has been directed to take control of the property of the relevant person”;\n “(14) Subject to subsection (14A), the applicant for an examination under this section is to pay the costs incurred in connection with the examination.\n (14A) The Court or a magistrate may order that all or some of the costs mentioned in subsection (14) are to be paid by the relevant person.”.\n\n If:\n (b) the Official Receiver accepts the declaration, and signs a copy of the declaration, under paragraph 54C(1)(a) of the Act;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsections 54D(1), 55(3A), 56B(5) and 57(3A) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (d) information about a debtor’s right to choose whether the bankruptcy is initially administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (e) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to present to the Official Receiver, under section 54A of the Act, a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition.\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to present a petition under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n If:\n (a) a debtor presents, or 2 or more debtors present, a petition to the Official Receiver under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act; and\n (b) there is in force under subsection 156A(1) of the Act an instrument of consent of a registered trustee to act as the trustee of:\n (ii) in the case of 2 or more debtors—the separate estates, the joint estates, or the joint and separate estates, of the debtors or any of them;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 56C(2) of the Act, if the Official Receiver refers a debtor’s petition against a partnership to the Court, the notice given by the Official Receiver to each member of the partnership who did not present the petition must:\n\n If a person is arrested under a warrant issued by the Court under section 78 of the Act, the arresting officer must immediately notify a Registrar of the Court.\n\n (a) a creditor lodges, or causes to be lodged, a proof of debt in a bankruptcy in accordance with section 84 of the Act; and\n (b) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the date of the bankruptcy.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n (1) For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(a) of the Act, the order that the trustee of the estate of a bankrupt must apply the proceeds of the bankrupt’s property to the costs, charges, expenses and remuneration mentioned in the following table is the order that appears in the table.\n\n

Order of payment of certain costs, charges, expenses and remuneration

Item

Costs, charges and expenses

1

Realisations charge payable by the trustee in relation to the estate under the Bankruptcy (Estate Charges) Act 1997

2

If the trustee is a registered trustee to whom the Official Trustee transferred the administration of the bankruptcy, both of the following in relation to the administration of the bankruptcy by the Official Trustee before the transfer:

(a) any remuneration payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination;

(b) any reimbursement that is payable to the Official Trustee under section 108

3

Expenses reasonably incurred by or on behalf of the trustee:

(a) in protecting all or part of the bankrupt’s assets; or

(b) in carrying on, in accordance with the Act, a business of the bankrupt

4

If a creditor made an advance to the trustee for the purposes of the trustee’s administration of the bankruptcy—an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to that advance

5

Fees, costs, charges or expenses (other than fees, costs, charges or expenses covered by another item of this table) paid or payable by the trustee in administering the bankrupt’s estate

6

If:

(a) an order was made under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to the bankrupt when the bankrupt was a debtor; and

(b) an amount was deposited by a creditor, in accordance with that order, with the trustee;

an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to the trustee’s preliminary remuneration and expenses in relation to the debtor

7

The following:

(a) if a creditor applied for:

(i) a sequestration order against the estate; or

(ii) an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act;

the taxed costs of the creditor in relation to the application;

(b) if the administrator of the estate of a deceased person presented a petition for an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act—the taxed costs of the administrator;

(c) if a person made an application for a sequestration order under Part X of the Act—both of the following:

(i) the taxed costs of that person in relation to the application;

(ii) any taxed costs of that person in respect of an application for an order under Division 5 or 6 of Part IX of the Act in relation to the estate

8

The trustee’s remuneration (other than remuneration covered by item 6):

(a) if the trustee is the Official Trustee—payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or

(b) if the trustee is a registered trustee—payable to the registered trustee under section 60‑5 of Schedule 2 to the Act

9

If:

(a) there is a committee of inspection in relation to the administration of the estate; and

(b) the creditors of the estate, or a majority of them, have approved payment of out‑of‑pocket expenses incurred by a member of the committee of inspection;

those expenses, to the extent that the trustee allows them as being fair and reasonable

10

Costs of any audit carried out under section 70‑15 or 70‑20 of Schedule 2 to the Act in relation to the estate

\n```\n\n (2) For the purposes of item 7 of the table, a reference to an applicant or a person presenting a petition is taken to include a reference to a person whose application or petition has not been proceeded with because a debtor’s petition presented by the bankrupt has been accepted by the Official Receiver (whether or not that debtor’s petition was referred to the Court under subsection 55(3B) of the Act, and whatever the outcome of such a referral).\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(e) of the Act, the maximum amount due to or in respect of an employee of a bankrupt is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum amount payable to employee

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$4,600

2

2018‑19

$4,550

3

2017‑18

$4,500

4

2016‑17

$4,450

5

2015‑16

$4,400

6

2014‑15

$4,350

7

2013‑14

$4,300

8

2012‑13

$4,200

9

2011‑12

$4,150

10

2010‑11

$4,100

11

2009‑10

$4,000

12

2008‑09

$3,950

13

2007‑08

$3,850

14

2006‑07

$3,750

15

2005‑06

$3,650

16

2004‑05

$3,550

17

2003‑04

$3,500

18

2002‑03

$3,450

19

2001‑02

$3,350

20

2000‑01

$3,300

21

1999‑2000

$3,150

22

1998‑99

$3,100

23

1997‑98

$3,100

24

1996‑97

$3,100

\n```\n\n (b) property of a kind covered by subsection (3) to the extent that it is reasonably appropriate for a household, having regard to the criteria specified in subsection (4);\n (c) property (including recreational and sports equipment) of a kind that is reasonably necessary for the domestic use of a household, having regard to:\n (c) educational, sporting or recreational items (including books) that are wholly or mainly for the use of children or students in the household;\n (c) any special climatic or other factors (including geographical isolation) of the place where the household residence is located;\n (d) whether the property is reasonably necessary for the functioning or servicing of the household as a viable and properly‑run household;\n (e) whether the costs of seizure, storage and sale of the property would be likely to exceed the sale price of the property;\n (f) if paragraph (e) does not apply—whether for any other reason (for example, costs of transport) the sale of the property would be likely to be uneconomical.\n (6) For the purposes of subsection (5), an item is an antique item only if a substantial part of its market value is attributable to its age or historical significance.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(ba)(ii) of the Act, non‑monetary sporting, cultural, military or academic awards are a kind of property that is prescribed.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(c)(i) of the Act, the maximum total value of a bankrupt’s property that is for use by the bankrupt in earning income by personal exertion is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum total value of tools

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,800

2

2018‑19

$3,800

3

2017‑18

$3,750

4

2016‑17

$3,700

5

2015‑16

$3,650

6

2014‑15

$3,600

7

2013‑14

$3,550

8

2012‑13

$3,500

9

2011‑12

$3,450

10

2010‑11

$3,400

11

2009‑10

$3,300

12

2008‑09

$3,250

13

2007‑08

$3,200

14

2006‑07

$3,100

15

2005‑06

$3,050

16

2004‑05

$3,000

17

2003‑04

$2,950

18

2002‑03

$2,900

19

2001‑02

$2,850

20

2000‑01

$2,800

21

1999‑2000

$2,650

22

1998‑99

$2,600

23

1997‑98

$2,600

24

1996‑97

$2,600

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 116(2)(ca) of the Act, the maximum aggregate value of property used by the bankrupt primarily as a means of transport is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum value of motor vehicle

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$8,100

2

2018‑19

$8,000

3

2017‑18

$7,900

4

2016‑17

$7,800

5

2015‑16

$7,700

6

2014‑15

$7,600

7

2013‑14

$7,500

8

2012‑13

$7,350

9

2011‑12

$7,200

10

2010‑11

$7,050

11

2009‑10

$6,850

12

2008‑09

$6,700

13

2007‑08

$6,500

14

2006‑07

$6,300

15

2005‑06

$6,150

16

2004‑05

$6,000

17

2003‑04

$5,900

18

2002‑03

$5,800

19

2001‑02

$5,650

20

2000‑01

$5,500

21

1999‑2000

$5,200

22

1998‑99

$5,050

23

1997‑98

$5,000

24

1996‑97

$5,000

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 120(2)(d) of the Act, a transfer is of a kind to which subsection 120(1) of the Act does not apply if the costs of recovering the transferred property would, in the opinion of the trustee in the transferor’s bankruptcy, be likely to exceed the value of the property to the transferor’s creditors.\n\n (b) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a lease—set out facts showing that subsection 133(4) of the Act has been complied with; and\n (c) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a contract—set out facts showing that the contract is, for the purposes of subsection 133(5A) of the Act, an unprofitable contract.\n (2) A trustee who gives a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must give the notice to each person who, to the trustee’s knowledge:\n (3) A failure to comply with subsection (1) or (2) does not affect the validity of a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section is made for the purposes of subparagraph (a)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act.\n (b) a reference in that Act to the taxable value of a benefit were a reference to the value, for the purposes of the Act, of the benefit; and\n (c) a reference in that Act to a declaration date were a reference to the date occurring 21 days after the end of a contribution assessment period in relation to a bankrupt; and\n (d) a reference in that Act to a declaration to be given to an employer of a person were a reference to a declaration to be given to the trustee of the person’s estate; and\n (e) a reference in that Act to a form approved by the Commissioner were a reference to a form approved by the Inspector‑General under section 6D of the Act; and\n (f) subject to paragraph (d), a reference in the FBTA Act to an employer, or to the employer, were a reference to any person (other than the bankrupt); and\n (g) a reference in the FBTA Act to an employee, or to the employee, were a reference to a bankrupt, or to the bankrupt, as the case requires.\n (5) Despite subsections (2), (3) and (4), the modifications specified or referred to in those subsections do not apply in relation to the provision of a fringe benefit (within the meaning of the FBTA Act) to a bankrupt if the provider of the fringe benefit:\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following contributions and payments made for the purpose of providing superannuation benefits for a bankrupt person are not income of the person:\n (a) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person to the extent that the contributions reduce the employer’s potential liability for the superannuation guarantee charge imposed under section 5 of the Superannuation Guarantee Charge Act 1992;\n (b) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person in accordance with the employer’s obligation to make contributions for the person under:\n (c) payments of shortfall components made to, or for the benefit of, the person under sections 65 to 67 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n (a) the contributions exceed the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage of the employee’s ordinary time earnings for the contribution assessment period; and\n\n> individual industrial agreement means an industrial agreement made solely between the employer and the person, including the following:\n\n (a) an AWA, or an ITEA, (both within the meaning of the Fair Work (Transitional Provisions and Consequential Amendments) Act 2009) to which that Act applies;\n\n> ordinary time earnings has the meaning given by subsection 6(1) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n> relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage: the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage for a year (the bankruptcy year) is the percentage whose number is the same as that set out in column 2 of the table in subsection 19(2) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992 for the financial year in which the bankruptcy year starts.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following payments or amounts are not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) a payment or amount of family tax benefit paid under the family assistance law (within the meaning of the A New Tax System (Family Assistance) (Administration) Act 1999);\n (b) an amount that is not income for the purposes of the Social Security Act 1991 because of subsection 8(8) of that Act, except for a payment or amount mentioned in paragraph (a), (h), (ha), (k), (ka), (m), (z), (za) or (zb) of that subsection.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (c) of the definition of dependant in section 139K of the Act, the prescribed amount of income derived (or likely to be derived) by a person during a contribution assessment period is:\n (b) if the period begins in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n (d) if the period begins in a later financial year—$3,741 indexed in accordance with section 114 of this instrument as if the period were that financial year.\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum income of dependant

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,720

2

2018‑19

$3,642

3

2017‑18

$3,596

4

2016‑17

$3,532

5

2015‑16

$3,459

6

2014‑15

$3,411

7

2013‑14

$3,363

8

2012‑13

$3,264

9

2011‑12

$3,181

10

2010‑11

$3,131

11

2009‑10

$3,030

12

2008‑09

$2,942

13

2007‑08

$2,870

14

2006‑07

$2,756

15

2005‑06

$2,688

16

2004‑05

$2,611

17

2003‑04

$2,549

\n```\n\n (3) If the bankrupt pays the contribution by cheque, payment is taken to occur when the cheque is cleared and the amount of the payment is credited to the account into which the cheque is deposited.\n (4) The trustee may, on reasonable notice in writing to the bankrupt, vary or withdraw an authorisation under paragraph (2)(c).\n (5) If the trustee incurs a delivery or postal charge (including a surcharge) or bank charge in connection with the receipt or processing of the contribution, the trustee may reimburse the trustee for the amount of the charge from the bankrupt’s estate.\n\n (a) a bankrupt is liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the bankrupt’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act in respect of a contribution assessment period; and\n\n (3) If the contribution remains unpaid, the deceased bankrupt’s estate is liable for the portion of the contribution attributable to the part of the period occurring before the bankrupt’s death.\n\n (b) immediately before being discharged, the person was liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the person’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act; and\n\n> Note: Section 139R of the Act provides that any liability of a bankrupt under section 139P or 139Q of the Act is not affected by the bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy after the making of the assessment that gave rise to the liability.\n\n (5) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(d)(ii), a change in the name of a person is taken to occur if the person in fact assumes the use of a different name or an additional name.\n\n A notice under section 139ZL of the Act must not specify money or property that is protected, under a law of the Commonwealth or a State or Territory, from a process such as assignment, attachment, charging, execution or garnishment.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 145(3) of the Act, notice must be given by serving it on each person to whom, under that subsection, it must be given.\n\n (a) an objection to the discharge of a bankrupt has been made on a ground, or on grounds that include a ground, mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(a) or (h) of the Act (which refer to the bankrupt being out of Australia); and\n (2) Within 5 business days after the day that the registered trustee becomes aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia, the registered trustee must give notice in writing to the Official Receiver stating:\n (ii) if the trustee does not know the day on which the bankrupt returned—the trustee became aware that the bankrupt had returned.\n\n For the purposes of the ground of objection mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(d) of the Act, a bankrupt is taken to have failed to comply with a request to provide information if the bankrupt has provided information that is incomplete or inaccurate.\n\n (c) an application is made to the Administrative Review Tribunal under section 149Q of the Act for the review of the decision of the Inspector‑General; and\n\n (a) if the debtor presents a debtor’s petition to the Official Receiver—on or before the day that the debtor so presents the petition; or\n\n If a registered trustee becomes, under subsection 156A(3) of the Act, the trustee of an estate or of joint and separate estates, the Official Receiver may give the registered trustee a certificate to that effect.\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 188(2A) of the Act, a person (other than the Official Trustee or a registered trustee) is ineligible to act under Part X of the Act as a controlling trustee in relation to a debtor in any of the following circumstances:\n (a) the person is or was convicted of an offence involving fraud or dishonesty at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (c) the person is a solicitor who does not hold an Australian practising certificate (within the meaning of the Evidence Act 1995);\n (d) the person is or was an insolvent under administration at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(f)(ii), the Inspector‑General may approve a course in insolvency by notice published on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website.\n (ii) has refused or failed to cooperate with the Inspector‑General in an inquiry or investigation under paragraph 12(1)(b) of the Act.\n (ii) invites the person to give the Inspector‑General, within 20 business days after the day the notice is given or such longer time as is specified in the notice, a written statement showing cause why the determination should not be made; and\n (5) If the Inspector‑General makes a determination under subsection (3) in relation to a person, the Inspector‑General must give the person a written notice stating the following:\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General to make a determination under subsection 49(3).\n\n (b) the person becomes ineligible to act as a controlling trustee under Part X of the Act because one or more of the circumstances prescribed by subsection 49(1) of this instrument apply in relation to the person.\n (2) The Official Trustee must perform the duties of a controlling trustee in relation to the debtor unless and until the debtor authorises another person under subsection 188(1) of the Act.\n\n (1) If, on application, the Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act that a person (the old trustee) cease to be the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate, the applicant for the order must:\n (3) If the creditors of a regulated debtor, by resolution at a meeting, remove the trustee (the old trustee) of the regulated debtor’s estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(a) of Schedule 2 to the Act, the person appointed by the creditors under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of that Schedule as trustee of the estate must:\n\n (1) If the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate (other than the Official Trustee) finalises the administration of the debtor’s estate, the trustee must:\n\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a debt agreement;\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to give the Official Receiver a debt agreement proposal under subsection 185C(1) of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n (a) any of the following awarded by a registered provider (within the meaning of the Education Services for Overseas Students Act 2000):\n (i) a Certificate IV in Financial Services (Accounting) awarded for study starting between 10 July 2004 and 23 November 2010;\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (c) a degree, diploma or similar qualification awarded by a foreign tertiary education institution and for which the Inspector‑General is satisfied the following conditions are satisfied:\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n\n#### 57 Prescribed amount of owed notified estate charges preventing renewal of registration as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraphs 186C(3)(d) and (5)(d) of the Act, the prescribed amount of notified estate charges is $500.\n\n For the purposes of section 187A of the Act, a provision of Part X of the Act specified in Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section of the Act, to joint debtors, whether partners or not.\n\n (b) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (c) information about whether a personal insolvency agreement may be administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy if any of the things mentioned in paragraphs 40(1)(i) to (m) of the Act happen in relation to a debtor;\n (f) information about a debtor’s rights and responsibilities under Part X of the Act, including a debtor’s obligation to disclose all related entities;\n (g) information about a controlling trustee’s obligation to disclose the controlling trustee’s relationship (if any) with a debtor.\n (3) A registered trustee or a solicitor authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property must not consent to exercise the powers given by the authority unless the debtor has given the registered trustee or the solicitor, as the case may be, a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the Official Trustee is authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property, the Official Receiver must not give the debtor a written approval under paragraph 188(2)(aa) of the Act unless the debtor has given the Official Trustee a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n\n (b) unable to sign the authority or an acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) of this instrument relating to the authority because of a physical incapacity.\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and debtor are familiar; or\n\n> relevant material means the authority, the information prescribed by section 59 and the acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) relating to the authority.\n\n (3) The person must, at the same time as calling a meeting of the debtor’s creditors, give a copy of the proposal for dealing with the debtor’s affairs under Part X of the Act to:\n\n> Note 1: An authority signed by a debtor under section 188 of the Act is not effective for the purposes of Part X of the Act unless, before the person authorised consents to exercise the powers given by the authority, the debtor gives to the person authorised:\n\n> Note 2: Under subsection 188(5) of the Act, a registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority must also give a copy of the authority and the debtor’s statement of affairs to the Official Receiver.\n\n (e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement.\n\n For the purposes of section 210 of the Act, a provision of Part VIII of the Act specified in Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor.\n\n#### 64 Modifications of Division 1 of Part V of the Act—debtors whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act\n\n For the purposes of subsection 211(1) of the Act, a provision in Division 1 of Part V of the Act specified in Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 218(3) of the Act, a notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act must be in writing.\n\n (1) If the Court makes a sequestration order under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act, the applicant for the order must:\n\n#### 67 Information to be given to Official Receiver in relation to orders terminating or setting aside a personal insolvency agreement\n\n> Note: If the Court makes an order setting aside or terminating a personal insolvency agreement and a registered trustee was the trustee of the agreement, the registered trustee must give written notice of the order to the Official Receiver (see subsection 224A(4) of the Act).\n\n (1) If a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act, the trustee of the agreement must:\n\n> Note: Before the termination takes effect, the trustee must give notice of the proposed termination to all the creditors who are entitled to receive notice of a meeting of creditors (see subsection 222A(2) of the Act).\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 231(1) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 4 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor who has executed a personal insolvency agreement.\n (2) For the purposes of subsection 231(3) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 5 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a personal insolvency agreement.\n\n (4) If the trustee gives a certificate to the debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act or subsection (1) of this section, the trustee must:\n (a) the person is required to give a copy of a certificate to the Official Receiver in accordance with subsection (4); and\n\n For the purposes of subsections 248(1) and (3) of the Act, a provision specified in Schedule 4 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Schedule in relation to proceedings under Part XI of the Act and the administration of estates under that Part.\n\n (1) If a trustee (within the meaning of section 254 of the Act) pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act, the trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (3) If a registered trustee pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act, the registered trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (1) For the purposes of the definition of National Personal Insolvency Index in subsection 5(1) of the Act, an electronic index to be known as the National Personal Insolvency Index is established.\n\n Division 2 of this Part (information to be entered in the Index) has effect subject to Division 3 of this Part (information not to be entered in the Index and information to be removed from the Index).\n\n (1) The person specified in column 2 of an item of the table in subsection (3) must, at a time within the time period specified in column 2 of that item, give a copy of each document specified in column 1 of that item to the Official Receiver.\n\n

Documents that must be given to the Official Receiver

Item

Column 1

Document(s)

Column 2

Person and time period

Column 3

Information

1

A notice given under subsection 181A(2) of the Act by the current trustee of a bankrupt’s estate nominating another trustee as the new trustee of the estate

The new trustee within 2 business days after the date specified in the notice (see paragraph 181A(3)(a) of the Act)

The day on which the new trustee became the trustee of the estate

2

An order under subsection 185Q(4) of the Act terminating a debt agreement

The applicant for the order within 3 business days after the order is made

The day on which the order was made

3

An order under subsection 185U(1) of the Act declaring all or part of a debt agreement void

The applicant for the order within 2 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) whether all or part of the agreement was declared void

4

An authority, signed by a debtor under subsection 188(1) of the Act, naming and authorising a registered trustee, a solicitor or the Official Trustee to call a meeting of the debtor’s creditors and to take control of the debtor’s property

The person named in the authority within 2 business days after the debtor signs the authority

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the copy of the authority was given to the Official Receiver;

(c) the day on which the debtor’s statement of affairs was given to the Official Receiver (see subsections 188(2D) and (5) of the Act);

(d) the name of the controlling trustee (see subsection 188(6) of the Act)

5

Written evidence of an event of a kind mentioned in paragraph 192(1)(a), (b) or (c) of the Act, or a written request given to the Official Trustee under paragraph 192(1)(d) of the Act, resulting in the Official Trustee becoming the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor

The Official Trustee within 14 days after the Official Trustee becomes the controlling trustee

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Trustee became the controlling trustee

6

Both of the following:

(a) a petition to the Court, under subsection 244(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of the estate of a deceased person;

(b) an affidavit verifying the petition (see subsection 244(5) of the Act)

The creditor, or one of the creditors, who presented the petition to the Court within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day the petition was presented;

(c) the name of the creditor or creditors who presented the petition;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the creditor or creditors;

(e) the day the Court is to hear the petition

7

Both of the following:

(a) a petition, under subsection 247(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of a deceased person’s estate under Part XI of the Act;

(b) a statement of the deceased person’s affairs and of the petitioner’s administration of the deceased person’s estate (see subsection 247(1) of the Act)

The petitioner within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the petition and the statement of affairs were presented;

(c) the name of the administrator;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the administrator

8

An order, under section 252B of the Act, annulling the administration of the estate of a deceased person under Part XI of the Act

The trustee of the estate within 2 business days after the trustee becomes aware of the order

The day on which the order was made

9

An order, under subsection 253E(1) of the Act, staying proceedings under a creditor’s petition or debtor’s petition

The applicant for the order within 7 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) the length of the stay (see subsection 253E(3) of the Act)

\n```\n\n (1) If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in subsection (2) is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n (aa) in the case of a statement of affairs mentioned in item 2 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the statement; and\n (a) in the case of a debtor’s petition mentioned in item 3, 4 or 5 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the petition; and\n (b) in the case of a debt agreement proposal mentioned in item 12 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the debt agreement proposal for processing.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with the Act

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A sequestration order made against the estate of a debtor (see subsection 52(1A) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(d) the name of the creditor who obtained the order;

(e) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of that creditor

2

A statement of the affairs of a person against whose estate a sequestration order is made, that is given for the purposes of subsection 54(1) of the Act

The day on which the statement of affairs was filed with the Official Receiver

3

A debtor’s petition (see subsection 55(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the resulting bankruptcy;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(e) the day on which the statement of the debtor’s affairs accepted by the Official Receiver was given to the Official Receiver for the purposes of paragraph 55(2)(b) of the Act

4

A debtor’s petition against a partnership presented by members of the partnership (see subsection 56B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of the partners who presented the petition;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the bankruptcy of each of those partners as a result of the acceptance of the petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each bankrupt partner;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those partners, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of the partnership affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

5

A debtor’s petition by joint debtors who are not partners (see subsection 57(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of those debtors;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of each bankruptcy that results from acceptance of the debtor’s petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each debtor;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those debtors, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of their joint affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

6

A notice relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 74(5A) of the Act)

The day on which the bankruptcy was annulled

7

A notice of objection by a trustee to the discharge of a bankrupt from bankruptcy (see subsection 149B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) when the objection took effect (see section 149G of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection set out in the notice (see paragraph 149C(1)(a) of the Act);

(c) the name of the trustee

8

A notice that a trustee ceases to object to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy on a particular ground (see subsection 149H(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) if there is no longer an objection on any ground—when the objection ceased to have effect (see subsection 149H(3) of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection to which the notice relates;

(c) the name of the trustee

9

A notice of withdrawal of objection by a trustee to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy (see subsection 149J(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) when the withdrawal takes effect (see subsection 149J(3) of the Act);

(b) the name of the trustee

10

A notice about the cancellation, under subsection 149N(1) of the Act, of a notice of objection filed by a trustee of a bankrupt’s estate (see subsection 149P(1) of the Act)

The day on which the cancellation took effect

11

A certificate relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 153A(2) of the Act)

The date of annulment included in the certificate

12

A debtor’s written proposal for a debt agreement (see subsection 185C(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185E of the Act)

13

A notification that a debt agreement has ended (see subsection 185N(5) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the debt agreement ended;

(b) the reasons why the debt agreement ended

14

A notification that control of the property of a debtor has ended (see subsection 189(1B) of the Act)

The day on which that control ended

15

A personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor (see paragraph 218(1)(b) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the agreement was executed;

(c) the name of the trustee of the personal insolvency agreement

16

A resolution or special resolution terminating a personal insolvency agreement (see subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

17

A resolution or special resolution terminating a composition or scheme of arrangement (see section 76B and subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated

18

A notice that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated or set aside (see subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated or set aside

19

A notice that a composition or scheme of arrangement is terminated or set aside (see section 76B and subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated or set aside

20

An order that the estate of a deceased person be administered under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 244(14), 245(3) or 247(3) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee administering the estate

21

A statement of a deceased person’s affairs and of the administration of the deceased person’s estate by a legal personal representative of the deceased person (see paragraph 246(1)(b) of the Act)

The day on which the statement was given to the Official Receiver

22

A certificate in relation to the annulment, by force of subsection 252A(1) of the Act, of the administration of an estate under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 252A(2) of the Act)

The day of the annulment

\n```\n\n If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with this instrument

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A creditor’s petition presented against a debtor or joint debtors (see section 13)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor or joint debtors;

(b) the day on which the petition was presented against the debtor or joint debtors;

(c) the name of the petitioning creditor;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the petitioning creditor;

(e) the day of the court hearing for a sequestration order relating to the petition

2

A direction given, or an order made, by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act (see section 14 of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor to whom the order or direction relates;

(b) the day on which the order was made or the direction given;

(c) the day (if any) on which a trustee’s control of that debtor’s property is to end (see subsection 50(1B) of the Act)

3

A notice under subsection 46(2) that the Administrative Review Tribunal has varied or set aside a decision of the Inspector‑General in relation to a notice of objection

The day on which the decision was varied or set aside

4

A notice given under subsection 52(1) in relation to an order about a regulated debtor’s estate, if the order provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of the estate

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the new trustee;

(b) the day of the appointment

5

A notice given under subsection 52(3) by a person appointed as trustee of the estate of a regulated debtor

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the person appointed;

(b) the day of the appointment

6

A notice under subsection 53(1) that the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate has finalised the administration of the debtor’s estate

The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised

7

A notice under subparagraph 62(2)(a)(ii) of particulars specified in subsection 62(3) in relation to a special resolution passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors

The particulars

8

A sequestration order against the estate of a debtor made under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act (see subsection 66(1) of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) if the person who applied for the order was a creditor of the debtor—the name of the creditor and the name and telephone number of the creditor’s solicitor (if any);

(d) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate

9

A notice under paragraph 68(1)(a) that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

10

A certificate given by a trustee to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act (see subsection 70(4) of this instrument)

The day on which the trustee signed the certificate

\n```\n\n If an event specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section occurs, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n| Item | Column 1Event | Column 2Information |\n| ---- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |\n| 1 | A bankrupt is, by force of subsection 149(1) of the Act, discharged from bankruptcy | The day on which the bankrupt was discharged from bankruptcy |\n| 2 | The Official Receiver issues a certificate of appointment to a registered trustee under subsection 157(3) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the name of the registered trustee;(b) the day on which the registered trustee was appointed |\n| 3 | A trustee, or the Official Trustee, is released from the trusteeship of an estate by force of section 184 or 184A of the Act | The fact that the trustee, or the Official Trustee, has been so released |\n| 4 | A debt agreement proposal is withdrawn | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was withdrawn |\n| 5 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement that was made before 1 July 2007 is accepted (see sections 185B and 185P of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the proposal was accepted |\n| 6 | A debt agreement proposal is not accepted (see section 185EC of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was not accepted |\n| 7 | The Official Receiver cancels the acceptance of a debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185ED of the Act) | The day on which the Official Receiver cancelled the acceptance of the debt agreement proposal for processing |\n| 8 | A debt agreement proposal lapses (see section 185G of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal lapsed |\n| 9 | The Official Receiver gives to a debtor a certificate under subsection 185N(3) of the Act | The day on which the certificate was given |\n| 10 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement is accepted (see section 185PC of the Act) | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 11 | The Official Receiver terminates a debt agreement under subsection 185QA(1) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 12 | The minutes of a meeting of creditors at which a special resolution was passed terminating a debt agreement made before 1 July 2007 are given to the Official Receiver (see subsection 185QA(1) of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the resolution was passed |\n| 13 | A special resolution is passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors under subsection 204(1) of the Act if the Official Trustee called the meeting under an authority under section 188 of the Act | All of the following:(a) the date of the resolution;(b) the debtor’s full name and alias (if any);(c) the debtor’s address;(d) the debtor’s occupation (if any);(e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement |\n| 14 | A sequestration order is made against the estate of a debtor under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | All of the following:(a) particulars of the debtor;(b) the day on which the order was made;(c) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate |\n| 15 | An order is made under subsection 222(1), (2) or (5) of the Act setting aside a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was set aside |\n| 16 | A personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act where the Official Trustee is the trustee of the agreement | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 17 | An order is made under subsection 222C(1) of the Act terminating a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 18 | The Official Trustee gives a certificate to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act | The day on which the Official Trustee signed the certificate |\n| 19 | The Official Trustee finalises the administration of a debtor’s estate | The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised |\n| 20 | The Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act, on application by the Inspector‑General, that provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of an estate | Both of the following:(a) the name of the new trustee;(b) the day of the appointment |\n| 21 | The Official Trustee is appointed by the creditors of an estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of Schedule 2 to the Act as trustee of an estate | The day of the appointment |\n\n> Note: A number of provisions of the Act require the Official Receiver to enter information in the Index when certain events occur. These provisions include the following:\n\n (a) a debtor whose property is under the control of the Official Trustee or a registered trustee because of a direction given by the Court under paragraph 50(1)(a) of the Act;\n (c) a deceased debtor if a petition for an order for the administration of the deceased debtor’s estate has been presented under Part XI of the Act;\n (d) a debtor in relation to whom an application is made to the Court under subsection 253E(1) of the Act for an order staying all or any proceedings under a petition.\n (3) In the case of a deceased debtor, the information to be entered in accordance with paragraphs (1)(a), (b) and (c) is the information immediately before the debtor’s death.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (4), a person who is a debtor or bankrupt may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General for information about the person:\n (a) not to be entered in the Index, on the ground that the entry of the information would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n\n> Note: Example: A person may rely on a court order (such as a domestic violence order) to show that publication of the information in question would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under paragraph 80(3)(a) refusing to grant an application.\n\n (1) If a debt agreement ends under section 185N of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (2) If a debt agreement is terminated under section 185P, 185Q, 185QA or 185R of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (3) If an order is made under section 185U of the Act declaring all of a debt agreement void, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n\n The Official Receiver must remove all information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index within 1 year after the day on which any of the following occurs:\n\n (1) A person may, by application in writing, ask the Official Receiver to inspect material in the Index and give to the person an extract of material specified in the application.\n (a) if the applicant has paid any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination for obtaining the requested extract—must inspect the Index and, within 10 business days of receiving the application:\n (b) may give the applicant a list of Index search agents who may be able to inspect material entered in the Index for the applicant.\n (3) A person who has been granted access to the Index by the Inspector‑General may, after paying any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination:\n (4) However, prior payment is not required under subsection (3) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n An extract of information in the Index is admissible in any proceedings as prima facie evidence of the matters in the extract.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General, and any officer acting at the direction or with the authority of the Inspector‑General, have immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n (2) An officer has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (3) A person who provides material for entry in the Index has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of the material by way of:\n (5) The immunity of the Inspector‑General or another officer under this section arising out of publication of material extends to the Commonwealth and the Official Trustee to the extent that the Commonwealth or the Official Trustee would, apart from this subsection, be liable in respect of the publication.\n (6) This section does not limit any other ground of defence in relation to actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n\n (b) the person executing the warrant considers that it is impracticable to immediately bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n (b) a day and time when the person executing the warrant considers that it will be practicable to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n\n (1) If the Registrar receives a notification under subsection 87(2) in relation to an apprehended person, the Registrar must, as soon as reasonably practicable:\n (a) determine a day, time and place for the apprehended person to be brought before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate; and\n (b) direct the person who gave the notification to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate in accordance with that determination.\n (2) The time and day determined under paragraph (1)(a) must be the earliest that the Registrar reasonably believes are practicable.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 277B(1) of the Act, this Division establishes an infringement notice scheme, as an alternative to prosecution, for an infringement notice provision.\n\n (1) If the Inspector‑General believes on reasonable grounds that a person has contravened an infringement notice provision, the Inspector‑General may give to the person an infringement notice for the alleged contravention.\n (2) The infringement notice must be given within 12 months after the day on which the contravention is alleged to have taken place.\n (3) A single infringement notice must relate only to a single contravention of a single provision unless subsection (4) applies.\n (4) The Inspector‑General may give a person a single infringement notice relating to multiple contraventions of a single provision if:\n\n (e) give brief details of the alleged contravention, or each alleged contravention, to which the notice relates, including:\n (f) state the amount that is payable under the notice, as worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act and subsection (2) of this section; and\n (h) state that, if the person to whom the notice is given pays the amount within 20 business days after the day the notice is given, then (unless the notice is withdrawn) the person will not be liable to be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (k) state that the person may choose not to pay the amount and, if the person does so the person may be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (n) state that the person may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) If the notice relates to more than one alleged contravention of the provision by the person, the amount to be stated in the notice for the purposes of paragraph (1)(f) is the sum of the amount worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act for each alleged contravention.\n\n> Note: Under section 90, a single infringement notice may only deal with multiple contraventions if they are contraventions of a single provision continuing over a period.\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may apply to the Inspector‑General for an extension of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h).\n (2) If the application is made before the end of that period, the Inspector‑General may, in writing, extend that period. The Inspector‑General may do so before or after the end of that period.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General extends that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to that period so extended.\n (4) If the Inspector‑General does not extend that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to the period that ends on the later of the following days:\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) The Inspector‑General may withdraw an infringement notice given to a person (whether or not the person has made written representations seeking the withdrawal).\n (3) When deciding whether or not to withdraw an infringement notice (the relevant infringement notice), the Inspector‑General:\n (a) must take into account any written representations seeking the withdrawal that were given by the person to the Inspector‑General; and\n (i) whether a court has previously imposed a penalty on the person for a contravention of an infringement notice provision;\n (iii) whether the person has paid an amount, stated in an earlier infringement notice, for a contravention of an infringement notice provision if the contravention is constituted by conduct that is the same, or substantially the same, as the conduct alleged to constitute the contravention in the relevant infringement notice;\n\n (1) If the person to whom an infringement notice for an alleged contravention of a provision is given pays the amount stated in the notice before the end of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h):\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may sign a certificate that states any of the following in relation to an infringement notice given to a person:\n (b) that the Inspector‑General granted, or refused to grant, an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice;\n (c) if the Inspector‑General granted an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice—that that amount was not fully paid by the person within the period specified in the extension;\n (2) At a hearing of a prosecution for an offence alleged in an infringement notice, a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General in accordance with subsection (1) is prima facie evidence of the matters specified in the certificate.\n (3) A certificate that purports to be signed by the Inspector‑General is taken to have been signed by the Inspector‑General unless the contrary is proved.\n\n (a) require an infringement notice to be given to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (c) prevent the giving of 2 or more infringement notices to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (d) limit a court’s discretion to determine the amount of a penalty to be imposed on a person who is found to have contravened an infringement notice provision.\n\n (b) unless the person, by notice in writing to the Inspector‑General, directs otherwise—offset against estate charge or late payment penalty payable by the person.\n\n (1) A payment of interest charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) A payment of realisations charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or served on, a person (other than the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee), the document may be:\n (a) sent by a courier service to the person at the address of the person last known to the person serving the document; or\n (b) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name and any relevant document exchange number, at a document exchange where the person maintains a document exchange facility; or\n (i) by a kind of electronic communication that transmits the document to a facility maintained by the person for receipt of electronically transmitted documents; or\n (ii) by a kind of electronic communication such that, in the ordinary course of events, the document could be reasonably expected to be received by the person.\n\n> Note: The Electronic Transactions Act 1999 applies to a requirement or permission to give information under the Bankruptcy Act 1966 or this instrument, including electronic communications covered by this section.\n\n> Note: However, paragraph (d) of this subsection permits information to be given by means of particular kinds of electronic communication, in accordance with the information technology requirements in subsection (3). This means the requirements in section 9 of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999 do not apply in relation to electronic communications covered by this section (see subsection 9(3) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999).\n\n (2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(a) or (b), in the absence of proof to the contrary, the document is taken to have been received by, or served on, the person when the document would, in the due course of business practice, be delivered to that address or document exchange.\n\n (a) at the time the document is sent, it is reasonable to expect that the document would be readily accessible so as to be useable for subsequent reference; and\n (b) the document is sent in one of the following formats, or in a format that is similar to or readily convertible into one of the following formats:\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, this section applies if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or filed or lodged with:\n (2) The document must be posted, delivered, sent by email, or sent through the website of the Australian Financial Security Authority, to:\n (3) If this section applies, the document is taken to be received, filed or lodged only when the document (or, where applicable, a copy of it) is actually received by, or on behalf of, the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver (as the case requires).\n\n (1) Subsection (2) applies in any proceedings to a document or copy of a document that purports to be a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General stating that, at a particular time, the form of statement of affairs that is attached to the certificate was the approved form for the purposes of section 6A of the Act.\n\n A fee is not payable by the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver in respect of an application to, or the filing of a document in, the Court in relation to proceedings under the Act, this instrument or the Insolvency Practice Rules.\n\n (2) If such a fee is payable in respect of the doing of a matter or thing by the Official Receiver, the matter or thing need not be done unless the fee has been paid.\n\n (1) The Official Trustee’s entitlement to remuneration under the Fees and Remuneration Determination arises when the Official Trustee:\n (a) performs work or first acts in accordance with section 3.03, 3.04, 3.07 or 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (2) For paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (d), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee in respect of an amount received by the Official Trustee:\n\n (1) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.03 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the property or business of a debtor, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (2) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.04 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a composition or scheme of arrangement with the creditors of a bankrupt, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the composition or scheme of arrangement as the case may be.\n (3) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor who signed an authority under section 188 of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (4) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the estate of a bankrupt, or of a deceased person for whose estate an order for administration has been made under Part XI of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the bankrupt or deceased person as the case may be.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a request by a bankrupt to the Official Trustee for the Official Trustee’s consent, under paragraph 272(1)(c) of the Act, to the bankrupt leaving Australia.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may decide to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4) if the Inspector‑General is reasonably satisfied that:\n (a) payment of the fee by the person liable to pay it has imposed, or would impose, hardship on the person that is unusual and exceptional in comparison to the hardship arising in the normal course of bankruptcy; or\n (b) unless the fee is payable to the Inspector‑General—the officer to whom the fee is payable or would have been payable if the fee had not been waived or remitted.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General decides under subsection (1) to refuse to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4), the notification under subsection (2) in relation to the decision must include the reasons for the decision.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under subsection 111(1) refusing to waive or remit the whole or part of a fee that is payable by the person.\n\n If, under the Act, a trustee takes possession of, or attaches, the property of a bankrupt, debtor or deceased person, the trustee must, as soon as is reasonably practicable:\n (b) give a copy of the inventory, of the photographs or of the video recordings, as the case may be, to any person who has custody of the property or part of the property.\n\n (1) If a provision of this instrument states that a dollar amount is to be indexed in accordance with this section, then at the start of each financial year (an indexation year) beginning on or after 1 July 2021, the dollar amount is replaced by the amount worked out using the following formula:\n ![Start formula Indexation factor for the indexation year times Dollar amount for the previous year end formula](image.002.png)\n ![Start formula start fraction Index number for the reference quarter over Index number for the base quarter end fraction end formula](image.003.png)\n\n> index number, for a quarter, means the All Groups Consumer Price Index number (being the weighted average of the 8 capital cities) published by the Australian Statistician for that quarter.\n\n (4) If an indexation factor worked out under subsection (2) would be less than 1, that indexation factor is to be increased to 1.\n (a) are to be made using only the index numbers published in terms of the most recently published index reference period; and\n (b) are to be made disregarding index numbers that are published in substitution for previously published index numbers (except where the substituted numbers are published to take account of changes in the index reference period).\n\n (a) a thing was done for a particular purpose under the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996 as in force immediately before those Regulations were repealed; and\n (2) Without limiting subsection (1), a reference in that subsection to a thing being done includes a reference to a notice, application or other instrument being given or made.\n\n Despite the repeal of the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996, item 3 of Schedule 4 to those Regulations, as in force immediately before that repeal, continues to apply in relation to a contribution assessment period if an assessment under section 139W of the Act was made for that contribution assessment period before that repeal.\n\n Section 102, as substituted by Schedule 1 to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Electronic Service) Regulations 2024, applies in relation to a document that is given or sent to, or served on, a person on or after the commencement of that Schedule.\n\n## 49 Ineligibility of certain persons to act as controlling trustee\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 188(2A) of the Act, a person (other than the Official Trustee or a registered trustee) is ineligible to act under Part X of the Act as a controlling trustee in relation to a debtor in any of the following circumstances:\n (a) the person is or was convicted of an offence involving fraud or dishonesty at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (c) the person is a solicitor who does not hold an Australian practising certificate (within the meaning of the Evidence Act 1995);\n (d) the person is or was an insolvent under administration at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(f)(ii), the Inspector‑General may approve a course in insolvency by notice published on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website.\n (ii) has refused or failed to cooperate with the Inspector‑General in an inquiry or investigation under paragraph 12(1)(b) of the Act.\n (ii) invites the person to give the Inspector‑General, within 20 business days after the day the notice is given or such longer time as is specified in the notice, a written statement showing cause why the determination should not be made; and\n (5) If the Inspector‑General makes a determination under subsection (3) in relation to a person, the Inspector‑General must give the person a written notice stating the following:\n\n## 50 Review by Tribunal of determination\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General to make a determination under subsection 49(3).\n\n## 51 Official Trustee to perform duties of controlling trustee\n\n (b) the person becomes ineligible to act as a controlling trustee under Part X of the Act because one or more of the circumstances prescribed by subsection 49(1) of this instrument apply in relation to the person.\n (2) The Official Trustee must perform the duties of a controlling trustee in relation to the debtor unless and until the debtor authorises another person under subsection 188(1) of the Act.\n\n## Division 3 Registered trustee ceasing to be trustee of an estate\n\n> electronic communication means an electronic communication within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of electronic communication in subsection 5(1) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999.\n\n> legal practitioner means a barrister, a solicitor, a barrister and solicitor or a legal practitioner, of the High Court or of the Supreme Court of a State or Territory.\n\n (a) remuneration paid to the trustee in accordance with a direction, or other order, made by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act directing the trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or making another order in relation to the property; and\n (ii) in relation to the examination of the debtor, or an examinable person in relation to the debtor, as a result of the issue of a summons under subsection 50(2) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section sets out the requirements for an application to the Official Receiver for a bankruptcy notice by a person who has obtained against a debtor one, or 2 or more, final judgments or final orders of a kind described in paragraph 40(1)(g) of the Act.\n\n (a) if any final order specified in the application is an award that is a final order because of subparagraph 40(3)(a)(i) of the Act—both of the following:\n (i) a copy of the award certified as a true copy by the arbitrator who made the award or by an officer of the Court who has compared the copy with the original award;\n (ii) a certificate of the judgment or order sealed by the court that made the judgment or order (the relevant court) or signed by an officer of the relevant court;\n (iii) a copy of the entry of the judgment or order certified as a true copy of that entry and sealed by the relevant court or signed by an officer of the relevant court.\n\n> Note 2: A fee is payable to the Official Receiver for an application under this section (see the Fees and Remuneration Determination).\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice must follow that form in respect of its format (for example, bold or italic typeface, underlining and notes).\n\n> Note: Section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 provides that strict compliance with a form is not required and substantial compliance is sufficient.\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice in relation to a debtor that is served on the debtor outside of a period mentioned in subsection (1) is not valid.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (a) of the definition of statutory minimum in subsection 5(1) of the Act, the amount prescribed is $10,000.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (2), the only persons who may inspect a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver under subsection 41(1) of the Act are the following:\n (2) If a creditor’s petition is presented that is founded on an act of bankruptcy consisting of failure to comply with the bankruptcy notice, any person may inspect the notice.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver in relation to a debtor if the notice includes a final judgment, or final order, that is expressed in an amount of foreign currency (whether or not the judgment or order is also expressed in an amount of Australian currency).\n (c) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the day on which the application for the notice is made.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n A creditor who presents a petition to the Court under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must give to the Official Receiver:\n (b) a copy of any order entered by the Court, dismissing, staying or extending the petition, or adjourning the hearing of the petition, within 2 business days after the Court enters the order.\n\n (1) If the Court gives a direction, or makes another order, under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to a debtor, the creditor who applied under subsection 50(1A) of the Act for the Court to make a direction must:\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n (c) in accordance with the direction or other order, the creditor deposits an amount (the first amount) with the trustee for the purposes of covering the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor.\n\n (2) The creditor is entitled to a refund of the sum of the first amount and any amount covered by subsection (4) less an amount equal to the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor if any of the following events occur:\n (a) the debtor enters into a personal insolvency agreement, or the debtor’s estate is administered under Part XI of the Act, and the Court authorises the trustee to transfer the debtor’s property to some other person;\n (i) the Court is satisfied that the first amount is insufficient to cover the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor;\n (ii) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs, on application by the trustee, the creditor to deposit the additional amount with the trustee;\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n\n (2) The Court may, on application by the debtor within 15 business days after the day the petition is dismissed, order the creditor to pay the debtor an amount equal to the damage the Court assesses as resulting from the acts or omissions of the trustee in reliance on the direction or other order mentioned in paragraph (1)(b).\n\n “(2A) The Court or a magistrate may direct that an examination, or any part of an examination, under this section shall be held in private.”;\n (c) by omitting from subsection (9) “is the trustee” and substituting “has been directed to take control of the property of the relevant person”;\n “(14) Subject to subsection (14A), the applicant for an examination under this section is to pay the costs incurred in connection with the examination.\n (14A) The Court or a magistrate may order that all or some of the costs mentioned in subsection (14) are to be paid by the relevant person.”.\n\n If:\n (b) the Official Receiver accepts the declaration, and signs a copy of the declaration, under paragraph 54C(1)(a) of the Act;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsections 54D(1), 55(3A), 56B(5) and 57(3A) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (d) information about a debtor’s right to choose whether the bankruptcy is initially administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (e) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to present to the Official Receiver, under section 54A of the Act, a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition.\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to present a petition under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n If:\n (a) a debtor presents, or 2 or more debtors present, a petition to the Official Receiver under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act; and\n (b) there is in force under subsection 156A(1) of the Act an instrument of consent of a registered trustee to act as the trustee of:\n (ii) in the case of 2 or more debtors—the separate estates, the joint estates, or the joint and separate estates, of the debtors or any of them;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 56C(2) of the Act, if the Official Receiver refers a debtor’s petition against a partnership to the Court, the notice given by the Official Receiver to each member of the partnership who did not present the petition must:\n\n If a person is arrested under a warrant issued by the Court under section 78 of the Act, the arresting officer must immediately notify a Registrar of the Court.\n\n (a) a creditor lodges, or causes to be lodged, a proof of debt in a bankruptcy in accordance with section 84 of the Act; and\n (b) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the date of the bankruptcy.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n (1) For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(a) of the Act, the order that the trustee of the estate of a bankrupt must apply the proceeds of the bankrupt’s property to the costs, charges, expenses and remuneration mentioned in the following table is the order that appears in the table.\n\n

Order of payment of certain costs, charges, expenses and remuneration

Item

Costs, charges and expenses

1

Realisations charge payable by the trustee in relation to the estate under the Bankruptcy (Estate Charges) Act 1997

2

If the trustee is a registered trustee to whom the Official Trustee transferred the administration of the bankruptcy, both of the following in relation to the administration of the bankruptcy by the Official Trustee before the transfer:

(a) any remuneration payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination;

(b) any reimbursement that is payable to the Official Trustee under section 108

3

Expenses reasonably incurred by or on behalf of the trustee:

(a) in protecting all or part of the bankrupt’s assets; or

(b) in carrying on, in accordance with the Act, a business of the bankrupt

4

If a creditor made an advance to the trustee for the purposes of the trustee’s administration of the bankruptcy—an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to that advance

5

Fees, costs, charges or expenses (other than fees, costs, charges or expenses covered by another item of this table) paid or payable by the trustee in administering the bankrupt’s estate

6

If:

(a) an order was made under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to the bankrupt when the bankrupt was a debtor; and

(b) an amount was deposited by a creditor, in accordance with that order, with the trustee;

an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to the trustee’s preliminary remuneration and expenses in relation to the debtor

7

The following:

(a) if a creditor applied for:

(i) a sequestration order against the estate; or

(ii) an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act;

the taxed costs of the creditor in relation to the application;

(b) if the administrator of the estate of a deceased person presented a petition for an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act—the taxed costs of the administrator;

(c) if a person made an application for a sequestration order under Part X of the Act—both of the following:

(i) the taxed costs of that person in relation to the application;

(ii) any taxed costs of that person in respect of an application for an order under Division 5 or 6 of Part IX of the Act in relation to the estate

8

The trustee’s remuneration (other than remuneration covered by item 6):

(a) if the trustee is the Official Trustee—payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or

(b) if the trustee is a registered trustee—payable to the registered trustee under section 60‑5 of Schedule 2 to the Act

9

If:

(a) there is a committee of inspection in relation to the administration of the estate; and

(b) the creditors of the estate, or a majority of them, have approved payment of out‑of‑pocket expenses incurred by a member of the committee of inspection;

those expenses, to the extent that the trustee allows them as being fair and reasonable

10

Costs of any audit carried out under section 70‑15 or 70‑20 of Schedule 2 to the Act in relation to the estate

\n```\n\n (2) For the purposes of item 7 of the table, a reference to an applicant or a person presenting a petition is taken to include a reference to a person whose application or petition has not been proceeded with because a debtor’s petition presented by the bankrupt has been accepted by the Official Receiver (whether or not that debtor’s petition was referred to the Court under subsection 55(3B) of the Act, and whatever the outcome of such a referral).\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(e) of the Act, the maximum amount due to or in respect of an employee of a bankrupt is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum amount payable to employee

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$4,600

2

2018‑19

$4,550

3

2017‑18

$4,500

4

2016‑17

$4,450

5

2015‑16

$4,400

6

2014‑15

$4,350

7

2013‑14

$4,300

8

2012‑13

$4,200

9

2011‑12

$4,150

10

2010‑11

$4,100

11

2009‑10

$4,000

12

2008‑09

$3,950

13

2007‑08

$3,850

14

2006‑07

$3,750

15

2005‑06

$3,650

16

2004‑05

$3,550

17

2003‑04

$3,500

18

2002‑03

$3,450

19

2001‑02

$3,350

20

2000‑01

$3,300

21

1999‑2000

$3,150

22

1998‑99

$3,100

23

1997‑98

$3,100

24

1996‑97

$3,100

\n```\n\n (b) property of a kind covered by subsection (3) to the extent that it is reasonably appropriate for a household, having regard to the criteria specified in subsection (4);\n (c) property (including recreational and sports equipment) of a kind that is reasonably necessary for the domestic use of a household, having regard to:\n (c) educational, sporting or recreational items (including books) that are wholly or mainly for the use of children or students in the household;\n (c) any special climatic or other factors (including geographical isolation) of the place where the household residence is located;\n (d) whether the property is reasonably necessary for the functioning or servicing of the household as a viable and properly‑run household;\n (e) whether the costs of seizure, storage and sale of the property would be likely to exceed the sale price of the property;\n (f) if paragraph (e) does not apply—whether for any other reason (for example, costs of transport) the sale of the property would be likely to be uneconomical.\n (6) For the purposes of subsection (5), an item is an antique item only if a substantial part of its market value is attributable to its age or historical significance.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(ba)(ii) of the Act, non‑monetary sporting, cultural, military or academic awards are a kind of property that is prescribed.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(c)(i) of the Act, the maximum total value of a bankrupt’s property that is for use by the bankrupt in earning income by personal exertion is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum total value of tools

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,800

2

2018‑19

$3,800

3

2017‑18

$3,750

4

2016‑17

$3,700

5

2015‑16

$3,650

6

2014‑15

$3,600

7

2013‑14

$3,550

8

2012‑13

$3,500

9

2011‑12

$3,450

10

2010‑11

$3,400

11

2009‑10

$3,300

12

2008‑09

$3,250

13

2007‑08

$3,200

14

2006‑07

$3,100

15

2005‑06

$3,050

16

2004‑05

$3,000

17

2003‑04

$2,950

18

2002‑03

$2,900

19

2001‑02

$2,850

20

2000‑01

$2,800

21

1999‑2000

$2,650

22

1998‑99

$2,600

23

1997‑98

$2,600

24

1996‑97

$2,600

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 116(2)(ca) of the Act, the maximum aggregate value of property used by the bankrupt primarily as a means of transport is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum value of motor vehicle

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$8,100

2

2018‑19

$8,000

3

2017‑18

$7,900

4

2016‑17

$7,800

5

2015‑16

$7,700

6

2014‑15

$7,600

7

2013‑14

$7,500

8

2012‑13

$7,350

9

2011‑12

$7,200

10

2010‑11

$7,050

11

2009‑10

$6,850

12

2008‑09

$6,700

13

2007‑08

$6,500

14

2006‑07

$6,300

15

2005‑06

$6,150

16

2004‑05

$6,000

17

2003‑04

$5,900

18

2002‑03

$5,800

19

2001‑02

$5,650

20

2000‑01

$5,500

21

1999‑2000

$5,200

22

1998‑99

$5,050

23

1997‑98

$5,000

24

1996‑97

$5,000

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 120(2)(d) of the Act, a transfer is of a kind to which subsection 120(1) of the Act does not apply if the costs of recovering the transferred property would, in the opinion of the trustee in the transferor’s bankruptcy, be likely to exceed the value of the property to the transferor’s creditors.\n\n (b) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a lease—set out facts showing that subsection 133(4) of the Act has been complied with; and\n (c) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a contract—set out facts showing that the contract is, for the purposes of subsection 133(5A) of the Act, an unprofitable contract.\n (2) A trustee who gives a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must give the notice to each person who, to the trustee’s knowledge:\n (3) A failure to comply with subsection (1) or (2) does not affect the validity of a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section is made for the purposes of subparagraph (a)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act.\n (b) a reference in that Act to the taxable value of a benefit were a reference to the value, for the purposes of the Act, of the benefit; and\n (c) a reference in that Act to a declaration date were a reference to the date occurring 21 days after the end of a contribution assessment period in relation to a bankrupt; and\n (d) a reference in that Act to a declaration to be given to an employer of a person were a reference to a declaration to be given to the trustee of the person’s estate; and\n (e) a reference in that Act to a form approved by the Commissioner were a reference to a form approved by the Inspector‑General under section 6D of the Act; and\n (f) subject to paragraph (d), a reference in the FBTA Act to an employer, or to the employer, were a reference to any person (other than the bankrupt); and\n (g) a reference in the FBTA Act to an employee, or to the employee, were a reference to a bankrupt, or to the bankrupt, as the case requires.\n (5) Despite subsections (2), (3) and (4), the modifications specified or referred to in those subsections do not apply in relation to the provision of a fringe benefit (within the meaning of the FBTA Act) to a bankrupt if the provider of the fringe benefit:\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following contributions and payments made for the purpose of providing superannuation benefits for a bankrupt person are not income of the person:\n (a) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person to the extent that the contributions reduce the employer’s potential liability for the superannuation guarantee charge imposed under section 5 of the Superannuation Guarantee Charge Act 1992;\n (b) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person in accordance with the employer’s obligation to make contributions for the person under:\n (c) payments of shortfall components made to, or for the benefit of, the person under sections 65 to 67 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n (a) the contributions exceed the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage of the employee’s ordinary time earnings for the contribution assessment period; and\n\n> individual industrial agreement means an industrial agreement made solely between the employer and the person, including the following:\n\n (a) an AWA, or an ITEA, (both within the meaning of the Fair Work (Transitional Provisions and Consequential Amendments) Act 2009) to which that Act applies;\n\n> ordinary time earnings has the meaning given by subsection 6(1) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n> relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage: the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage for a year (the bankruptcy year) is the percentage whose number is the same as that set out in column 2 of the table in subsection 19(2) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992 for the financial year in which the bankruptcy year starts.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following payments or amounts are not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) a payment or amount of family tax benefit paid under the family assistance law (within the meaning of the A New Tax System (Family Assistance) (Administration) Act 1999);\n (b) an amount that is not income for the purposes of the Social Security Act 1991 because of subsection 8(8) of that Act, except for a payment or amount mentioned in paragraph (a), (h), (ha), (k), (ka), (m), (z), (za) or (zb) of that subsection.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (c) of the definition of dependant in section 139K of the Act, the prescribed amount of income derived (or likely to be derived) by a person during a contribution assessment period is:\n (b) if the period begins in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n (d) if the period begins in a later financial year—$3,741 indexed in accordance with section 114 of this instrument as if the period were that financial year.\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum income of dependant

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,720

2

2018‑19

$3,642

3

2017‑18

$3,596

4

2016‑17

$3,532

5

2015‑16

$3,459

6

2014‑15

$3,411

7

2013‑14

$3,363

8

2012‑13

$3,264

9

2011‑12

$3,181

10

2010‑11

$3,131

11

2009‑10

$3,030

12

2008‑09

$2,942

13

2007‑08

$2,870

14

2006‑07

$2,756

15

2005‑06

$2,688

16

2004‑05

$2,611

17

2003‑04

$2,549

\n```\n\n (3) If the bankrupt pays the contribution by cheque, payment is taken to occur when the cheque is cleared and the amount of the payment is credited to the account into which the cheque is deposited.\n (4) The trustee may, on reasonable notice in writing to the bankrupt, vary or withdraw an authorisation under paragraph (2)(c).\n (5) If the trustee incurs a delivery or postal charge (including a surcharge) or bank charge in connection with the receipt or processing of the contribution, the trustee may reimburse the trustee for the amount of the charge from the bankrupt’s estate.\n\n (a) a bankrupt is liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the bankrupt’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act in respect of a contribution assessment period; and\n\n (3) If the contribution remains unpaid, the deceased bankrupt’s estate is liable for the portion of the contribution attributable to the part of the period occurring before the bankrupt’s death.\n\n (b) immediately before being discharged, the person was liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the person’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act; and\n\n> Note: Section 139R of the Act provides that any liability of a bankrupt under section 139P or 139Q of the Act is not affected by the bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy after the making of the assessment that gave rise to the liability.\n\n (5) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(d)(ii), a change in the name of a person is taken to occur if the person in fact assumes the use of a different name or an additional name.\n\n A notice under section 139ZL of the Act must not specify money or property that is protected, under a law of the Commonwealth or a State or Territory, from a process such as assignment, attachment, charging, execution or garnishment.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 145(3) of the Act, notice must be given by serving it on each person to whom, under that subsection, it must be given.\n\n (a) an objection to the discharge of a bankrupt has been made on a ground, or on grounds that include a ground, mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(a) or (h) of the Act (which refer to the bankrupt being out of Australia); and\n (2) Within 5 business days after the day that the registered trustee becomes aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia, the registered trustee must give notice in writing to the Official Receiver stating:\n (ii) if the trustee does not know the day on which the bankrupt returned—the trustee became aware that the bankrupt had returned.\n\n For the purposes of the ground of objection mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(d) of the Act, a bankrupt is taken to have failed to comply with a request to provide information if the bankrupt has provided information that is incomplete or inaccurate.\n\n (c) an application is made to the Administrative Review Tribunal under section 149Q of the Act for the review of the decision of the Inspector‑General; and\n\n (a) if the debtor presents a debtor’s petition to the Official Receiver—on or before the day that the debtor so presents the petition; or\n\n If a registered trustee becomes, under subsection 156A(3) of the Act, the trustee of an estate or of joint and separate estates, the Official Receiver may give the registered trustee a certificate to that effect.\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 188(2A) of the Act, a person (other than the Official Trustee or a registered trustee) is ineligible to act under Part X of the Act as a controlling trustee in relation to a debtor in any of the following circumstances:\n (a) the person is or was convicted of an offence involving fraud or dishonesty at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (c) the person is a solicitor who does not hold an Australian practising certificate (within the meaning of the Evidence Act 1995);\n (d) the person is or was an insolvent under administration at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(f)(ii), the Inspector‑General may approve a course in insolvency by notice published on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website.\n (ii) has refused or failed to cooperate with the Inspector‑General in an inquiry or investigation under paragraph 12(1)(b) of the Act.\n (ii) invites the person to give the Inspector‑General, within 20 business days after the day the notice is given or such longer time as is specified in the notice, a written statement showing cause why the determination should not be made; and\n (5) If the Inspector‑General makes a determination under subsection (3) in relation to a person, the Inspector‑General must give the person a written notice stating the following:\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General to make a determination under subsection 49(3).\n\n (b) the person becomes ineligible to act as a controlling trustee under Part X of the Act because one or more of the circumstances prescribed by subsection 49(1) of this instrument apply in relation to the person.\n (2) The Official Trustee must perform the duties of a controlling trustee in relation to the debtor unless and until the debtor authorises another person under subsection 188(1) of the Act.\n\n (1) If, on application, the Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act that a person (the old trustee) cease to be the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate, the applicant for the order must:\n (3) If the creditors of a regulated debtor, by resolution at a meeting, remove the trustee (the old trustee) of the regulated debtor’s estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(a) of Schedule 2 to the Act, the person appointed by the creditors under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of that Schedule as trustee of the estate must:\n\n (1) If the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate (other than the Official Trustee) finalises the administration of the debtor’s estate, the trustee must:\n\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a debt agreement;\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to give the Official Receiver a debt agreement proposal under subsection 185C(1) of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n (a) any of the following awarded by a registered provider (within the meaning of the Education Services for Overseas Students Act 2000):\n (i) a Certificate IV in Financial Services (Accounting) awarded for study starting between 10 July 2004 and 23 November 2010;\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (c) a degree, diploma or similar qualification awarded by a foreign tertiary education institution and for which the Inspector‑General is satisfied the following conditions are satisfied:\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n\n#### 57 Prescribed amount of owed notified estate charges preventing renewal of registration as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraphs 186C(3)(d) and (5)(d) of the Act, the prescribed amount of notified estate charges is $500.\n\n For the purposes of section 187A of the Act, a provision of Part X of the Act specified in Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section of the Act, to joint debtors, whether partners or not.\n\n (b) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (c) information about whether a personal insolvency agreement may be administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy if any of the things mentioned in paragraphs 40(1)(i) to (m) of the Act happen in relation to a debtor;\n (f) information about a debtor’s rights and responsibilities under Part X of the Act, including a debtor’s obligation to disclose all related entities;\n (g) information about a controlling trustee’s obligation to disclose the controlling trustee’s relationship (if any) with a debtor.\n (3) A registered trustee or a solicitor authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property must not consent to exercise the powers given by the authority unless the debtor has given the registered trustee or the solicitor, as the case may be, a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the Official Trustee is authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property, the Official Receiver must not give the debtor a written approval under paragraph 188(2)(aa) of the Act unless the debtor has given the Official Trustee a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n\n (b) unable to sign the authority or an acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) of this instrument relating to the authority because of a physical incapacity.\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and debtor are familiar; or\n\n> relevant material means the authority, the information prescribed by section 59 and the acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) relating to the authority.\n\n (3) The person must, at the same time as calling a meeting of the debtor’s creditors, give a copy of the proposal for dealing with the debtor’s affairs under Part X of the Act to:\n\n> Note 1: An authority signed by a debtor under section 188 of the Act is not effective for the purposes of Part X of the Act unless, before the person authorised consents to exercise the powers given by the authority, the debtor gives to the person authorised:\n\n> Note 2: Under subsection 188(5) of the Act, a registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority must also give a copy of the authority and the debtor’s statement of affairs to the Official Receiver.\n\n (e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement.\n\n For the purposes of section 210 of the Act, a provision of Part VIII of the Act specified in Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor.\n\n#### 64 Modifications of Division 1 of Part V of the Act—debtors whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act\n\n For the purposes of subsection 211(1) of the Act, a provision in Division 1 of Part V of the Act specified in Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 218(3) of the Act, a notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act must be in writing.\n\n (1) If the Court makes a sequestration order under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act, the applicant for the order must:\n\n#### 67 Information to be given to Official Receiver in relation to orders terminating or setting aside a personal insolvency agreement\n\n> Note: If the Court makes an order setting aside or terminating a personal insolvency agreement and a registered trustee was the trustee of the agreement, the registered trustee must give written notice of the order to the Official Receiver (see subsection 224A(4) of the Act).\n\n (1) If a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act, the trustee of the agreement must:\n\n> Note: Before the termination takes effect, the trustee must give notice of the proposed termination to all the creditors who are entitled to receive notice of a meeting of creditors (see subsection 222A(2) of the Act).\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 231(1) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 4 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor who has executed a personal insolvency agreement.\n (2) For the purposes of subsection 231(3) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 5 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a personal insolvency agreement.\n\n (4) If the trustee gives a certificate to the debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act or subsection (1) of this section, the trustee must:\n (a) the person is required to give a copy of a certificate to the Official Receiver in accordance with subsection (4); and\n\n For the purposes of subsections 248(1) and (3) of the Act, a provision specified in Schedule 4 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Schedule in relation to proceedings under Part XI of the Act and the administration of estates under that Part.\n\n (1) If a trustee (within the meaning of section 254 of the Act) pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act, the trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (3) If a registered trustee pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act, the registered trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (1) For the purposes of the definition of National Personal Insolvency Index in subsection 5(1) of the Act, an electronic index to be known as the National Personal Insolvency Index is established.\n\n Division 2 of this Part (information to be entered in the Index) has effect subject to Division 3 of this Part (information not to be entered in the Index and information to be removed from the Index).\n\n (1) The person specified in column 2 of an item of the table in subsection (3) must, at a time within the time period specified in column 2 of that item, give a copy of each document specified in column 1 of that item to the Official Receiver.\n\n

Documents that must be given to the Official Receiver

Item

Column 1

Document(s)

Column 2

Person and time period

Column 3

Information

1

A notice given under subsection 181A(2) of the Act by the current trustee of a bankrupt’s estate nominating another trustee as the new trustee of the estate

The new trustee within 2 business days after the date specified in the notice (see paragraph 181A(3)(a) of the Act)

The day on which the new trustee became the trustee of the estate

2

An order under subsection 185Q(4) of the Act terminating a debt agreement

The applicant for the order within 3 business days after the order is made

The day on which the order was made

3

An order under subsection 185U(1) of the Act declaring all or part of a debt agreement void

The applicant for the order within 2 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) whether all or part of the agreement was declared void

4

An authority, signed by a debtor under subsection 188(1) of the Act, naming and authorising a registered trustee, a solicitor or the Official Trustee to call a meeting of the debtor’s creditors and to take control of the debtor’s property

The person named in the authority within 2 business days after the debtor signs the authority

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the copy of the authority was given to the Official Receiver;

(c) the day on which the debtor’s statement of affairs was given to the Official Receiver (see subsections 188(2D) and (5) of the Act);

(d) the name of the controlling trustee (see subsection 188(6) of the Act)

5

Written evidence of an event of a kind mentioned in paragraph 192(1)(a), (b) or (c) of the Act, or a written request given to the Official Trustee under paragraph 192(1)(d) of the Act, resulting in the Official Trustee becoming the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor

The Official Trustee within 14 days after the Official Trustee becomes the controlling trustee

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Trustee became the controlling trustee

6

Both of the following:

(a) a petition to the Court, under subsection 244(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of the estate of a deceased person;

(b) an affidavit verifying the petition (see subsection 244(5) of the Act)

The creditor, or one of the creditors, who presented the petition to the Court within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day the petition was presented;

(c) the name of the creditor or creditors who presented the petition;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the creditor or creditors;

(e) the day the Court is to hear the petition

7

Both of the following:

(a) a petition, under subsection 247(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of a deceased person’s estate under Part XI of the Act;

(b) a statement of the deceased person’s affairs and of the petitioner’s administration of the deceased person’s estate (see subsection 247(1) of the Act)

The petitioner within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the petition and the statement of affairs were presented;

(c) the name of the administrator;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the administrator

8

An order, under section 252B of the Act, annulling the administration of the estate of a deceased person under Part XI of the Act

The trustee of the estate within 2 business days after the trustee becomes aware of the order

The day on which the order was made

9

An order, under subsection 253E(1) of the Act, staying proceedings under a creditor’s petition or debtor’s petition

The applicant for the order within 7 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) the length of the stay (see subsection 253E(3) of the Act)

\n```\n\n (1) If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in subsection (2) is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n (aa) in the case of a statement of affairs mentioned in item 2 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the statement; and\n (a) in the case of a debtor’s petition mentioned in item 3, 4 or 5 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the petition; and\n (b) in the case of a debt agreement proposal mentioned in item 12 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the debt agreement proposal for processing.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with the Act

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A sequestration order made against the estate of a debtor (see subsection 52(1A) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(d) the name of the creditor who obtained the order;

(e) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of that creditor

2

A statement of the affairs of a person against whose estate a sequestration order is made, that is given for the purposes of subsection 54(1) of the Act

The day on which the statement of affairs was filed with the Official Receiver

3

A debtor’s petition (see subsection 55(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the resulting bankruptcy;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(e) the day on which the statement of the debtor’s affairs accepted by the Official Receiver was given to the Official Receiver for the purposes of paragraph 55(2)(b) of the Act

4

A debtor’s petition against a partnership presented by members of the partnership (see subsection 56B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of the partners who presented the petition;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the bankruptcy of each of those partners as a result of the acceptance of the petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each bankrupt partner;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those partners, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of the partnership affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

5

A debtor’s petition by joint debtors who are not partners (see subsection 57(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of those debtors;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of each bankruptcy that results from acceptance of the debtor’s petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each debtor;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those debtors, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of their joint affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

6

A notice relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 74(5A) of the Act)

The day on which the bankruptcy was annulled

7

A notice of objection by a trustee to the discharge of a bankrupt from bankruptcy (see subsection 149B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) when the objection took effect (see section 149G of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection set out in the notice (see paragraph 149C(1)(a) of the Act);

(c) the name of the trustee

8

A notice that a trustee ceases to object to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy on a particular ground (see subsection 149H(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) if there is no longer an objection on any ground—when the objection ceased to have effect (see subsection 149H(3) of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection to which the notice relates;

(c) the name of the trustee

9

A notice of withdrawal of objection by a trustee to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy (see subsection 149J(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) when the withdrawal takes effect (see subsection 149J(3) of the Act);

(b) the name of the trustee

10

A notice about the cancellation, under subsection 149N(1) of the Act, of a notice of objection filed by a trustee of a bankrupt’s estate (see subsection 149P(1) of the Act)

The day on which the cancellation took effect

11

A certificate relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 153A(2) of the Act)

The date of annulment included in the certificate

12

A debtor’s written proposal for a debt agreement (see subsection 185C(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185E of the Act)

13

A notification that a debt agreement has ended (see subsection 185N(5) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the debt agreement ended;

(b) the reasons why the debt agreement ended

14

A notification that control of the property of a debtor has ended (see subsection 189(1B) of the Act)

The day on which that control ended

15

A personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor (see paragraph 218(1)(b) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the agreement was executed;

(c) the name of the trustee of the personal insolvency agreement

16

A resolution or special resolution terminating a personal insolvency agreement (see subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

17

A resolution or special resolution terminating a composition or scheme of arrangement (see section 76B and subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated

18

A notice that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated or set aside (see subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated or set aside

19

A notice that a composition or scheme of arrangement is terminated or set aside (see section 76B and subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated or set aside

20

An order that the estate of a deceased person be administered under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 244(14), 245(3) or 247(3) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee administering the estate

21

A statement of a deceased person’s affairs and of the administration of the deceased person’s estate by a legal personal representative of the deceased person (see paragraph 246(1)(b) of the Act)

The day on which the statement was given to the Official Receiver

22

A certificate in relation to the annulment, by force of subsection 252A(1) of the Act, of the administration of an estate under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 252A(2) of the Act)

The day of the annulment

\n```\n\n If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with this instrument

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A creditor’s petition presented against a debtor or joint debtors (see section 13)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor or joint debtors;

(b) the day on which the petition was presented against the debtor or joint debtors;

(c) the name of the petitioning creditor;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the petitioning creditor;

(e) the day of the court hearing for a sequestration order relating to the petition

2

A direction given, or an order made, by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act (see section 14 of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor to whom the order or direction relates;

(b) the day on which the order was made or the direction given;

(c) the day (if any) on which a trustee’s control of that debtor’s property is to end (see subsection 50(1B) of the Act)

3

A notice under subsection 46(2) that the Administrative Review Tribunal has varied or set aside a decision of the Inspector‑General in relation to a notice of objection

The day on which the decision was varied or set aside

4

A notice given under subsection 52(1) in relation to an order about a regulated debtor’s estate, if the order provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of the estate

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the new trustee;

(b) the day of the appointment

5

A notice given under subsection 52(3) by a person appointed as trustee of the estate of a regulated debtor

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the person appointed;

(b) the day of the appointment

6

A notice under subsection 53(1) that the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate has finalised the administration of the debtor’s estate

The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised

7

A notice under subparagraph 62(2)(a)(ii) of particulars specified in subsection 62(3) in relation to a special resolution passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors

The particulars

8

A sequestration order against the estate of a debtor made under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act (see subsection 66(1) of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) if the person who applied for the order was a creditor of the debtor—the name of the creditor and the name and telephone number of the creditor’s solicitor (if any);

(d) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate

9

A notice under paragraph 68(1)(a) that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

10

A certificate given by a trustee to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act (see subsection 70(4) of this instrument)

The day on which the trustee signed the certificate

\n```\n\n If an event specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section occurs, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n| Item | Column 1Event | Column 2Information |\n| ---- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |\n| 1 | A bankrupt is, by force of subsection 149(1) of the Act, discharged from bankruptcy | The day on which the bankrupt was discharged from bankruptcy |\n| 2 | The Official Receiver issues a certificate of appointment to a registered trustee under subsection 157(3) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the name of the registered trustee;(b) the day on which the registered trustee was appointed |\n| 3 | A trustee, or the Official Trustee, is released from the trusteeship of an estate by force of section 184 or 184A of the Act | The fact that the trustee, or the Official Trustee, has been so released |\n| 4 | A debt agreement proposal is withdrawn | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was withdrawn |\n| 5 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement that was made before 1 July 2007 is accepted (see sections 185B and 185P of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the proposal was accepted |\n| 6 | A debt agreement proposal is not accepted (see section 185EC of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was not accepted |\n| 7 | The Official Receiver cancels the acceptance of a debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185ED of the Act) | The day on which the Official Receiver cancelled the acceptance of the debt agreement proposal for processing |\n| 8 | A debt agreement proposal lapses (see section 185G of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal lapsed |\n| 9 | The Official Receiver gives to a debtor a certificate under subsection 185N(3) of the Act | The day on which the certificate was given |\n| 10 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement is accepted (see section 185PC of the Act) | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 11 | The Official Receiver terminates a debt agreement under subsection 185QA(1) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 12 | The minutes of a meeting of creditors at which a special resolution was passed terminating a debt agreement made before 1 July 2007 are given to the Official Receiver (see subsection 185QA(1) of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the resolution was passed |\n| 13 | A special resolution is passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors under subsection 204(1) of the Act if the Official Trustee called the meeting under an authority under section 188 of the Act | All of the following:(a) the date of the resolution;(b) the debtor’s full name and alias (if any);(c) the debtor’s address;(d) the debtor’s occupation (if any);(e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement |\n| 14 | A sequestration order is made against the estate of a debtor under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | All of the following:(a) particulars of the debtor;(b) the day on which the order was made;(c) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate |\n| 15 | An order is made under subsection 222(1), (2) or (5) of the Act setting aside a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was set aside |\n| 16 | A personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act where the Official Trustee is the trustee of the agreement | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 17 | An order is made under subsection 222C(1) of the Act terminating a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 18 | The Official Trustee gives a certificate to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act | The day on which the Official Trustee signed the certificate |\n| 19 | The Official Trustee finalises the administration of a debtor’s estate | The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised |\n| 20 | The Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act, on application by the Inspector‑General, that provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of an estate | Both of the following:(a) the name of the new trustee;(b) the day of the appointment |\n| 21 | The Official Trustee is appointed by the creditors of an estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of Schedule 2 to the Act as trustee of an estate | The day of the appointment |\n\n> Note: A number of provisions of the Act require the Official Receiver to enter information in the Index when certain events occur. These provisions include the following:\n\n (a) a debtor whose property is under the control of the Official Trustee or a registered trustee because of a direction given by the Court under paragraph 50(1)(a) of the Act;\n (c) a deceased debtor if a petition for an order for the administration of the deceased debtor’s estate has been presented under Part XI of the Act;\n (d) a debtor in relation to whom an application is made to the Court under subsection 253E(1) of the Act for an order staying all or any proceedings under a petition.\n (3) In the case of a deceased debtor, the information to be entered in accordance with paragraphs (1)(a), (b) and (c) is the information immediately before the debtor’s death.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (4), a person who is a debtor or bankrupt may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General for information about the person:\n (a) not to be entered in the Index, on the ground that the entry of the information would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n\n> Note: Example: A person may rely on a court order (such as a domestic violence order) to show that publication of the information in question would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under paragraph 80(3)(a) refusing to grant an application.\n\n (1) If a debt agreement ends under section 185N of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (2) If a debt agreement is terminated under section 185P, 185Q, 185QA or 185R of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (3) If an order is made under section 185U of the Act declaring all of a debt agreement void, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n\n The Official Receiver must remove all information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index within 1 year after the day on which any of the following occurs:\n\n (1) A person may, by application in writing, ask the Official Receiver to inspect material in the Index and give to the person an extract of material specified in the application.\n (a) if the applicant has paid any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination for obtaining the requested extract—must inspect the Index and, within 10 business days of receiving the application:\n (b) may give the applicant a list of Index search agents who may be able to inspect material entered in the Index for the applicant.\n (3) A person who has been granted access to the Index by the Inspector‑General may, after paying any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination:\n (4) However, prior payment is not required under subsection (3) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n An extract of information in the Index is admissible in any proceedings as prima facie evidence of the matters in the extract.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General, and any officer acting at the direction or with the authority of the Inspector‑General, have immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n (2) An officer has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (3) A person who provides material for entry in the Index has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of the material by way of:\n (5) The immunity of the Inspector‑General or another officer under this section arising out of publication of material extends to the Commonwealth and the Official Trustee to the extent that the Commonwealth or the Official Trustee would, apart from this subsection, be liable in respect of the publication.\n (6) This section does not limit any other ground of defence in relation to actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n\n (b) the person executing the warrant considers that it is impracticable to immediately bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n (b) a day and time when the person executing the warrant considers that it will be practicable to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n\n (1) If the Registrar receives a notification under subsection 87(2) in relation to an apprehended person, the Registrar must, as soon as reasonably practicable:\n (a) determine a day, time and place for the apprehended person to be brought before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate; and\n (b) direct the person who gave the notification to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate in accordance with that determination.\n (2) The time and day determined under paragraph (1)(a) must be the earliest that the Registrar reasonably believes are practicable.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 277B(1) of the Act, this Division establishes an infringement notice scheme, as an alternative to prosecution, for an infringement notice provision.\n\n (1) If the Inspector‑General believes on reasonable grounds that a person has contravened an infringement notice provision, the Inspector‑General may give to the person an infringement notice for the alleged contravention.\n (2) The infringement notice must be given within 12 months after the day on which the contravention is alleged to have taken place.\n (3) A single infringement notice must relate only to a single contravention of a single provision unless subsection (4) applies.\n (4) The Inspector‑General may give a person a single infringement notice relating to multiple contraventions of a single provision if:\n\n (e) give brief details of the alleged contravention, or each alleged contravention, to which the notice relates, including:\n (f) state the amount that is payable under the notice, as worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act and subsection (2) of this section; and\n (h) state that, if the person to whom the notice is given pays the amount within 20 business days after the day the notice is given, then (unless the notice is withdrawn) the person will not be liable to be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (k) state that the person may choose not to pay the amount and, if the person does so the person may be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (n) state that the person may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) If the notice relates to more than one alleged contravention of the provision by the person, the amount to be stated in the notice for the purposes of paragraph (1)(f) is the sum of the amount worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act for each alleged contravention.\n\n> Note: Under section 90, a single infringement notice may only deal with multiple contraventions if they are contraventions of a single provision continuing over a period.\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may apply to the Inspector‑General for an extension of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h).\n (2) If the application is made before the end of that period, the Inspector‑General may, in writing, extend that period. The Inspector‑General may do so before or after the end of that period.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General extends that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to that period so extended.\n (4) If the Inspector‑General does not extend that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to the period that ends on the later of the following days:\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) The Inspector‑General may withdraw an infringement notice given to a person (whether or not the person has made written representations seeking the withdrawal).\n (3) When deciding whether or not to withdraw an infringement notice (the relevant infringement notice), the Inspector‑General:\n (a) must take into account any written representations seeking the withdrawal that were given by the person to the Inspector‑General; and\n (i) whether a court has previously imposed a penalty on the person for a contravention of an infringement notice provision;\n (iii) whether the person has paid an amount, stated in an earlier infringement notice, for a contravention of an infringement notice provision if the contravention is constituted by conduct that is the same, or substantially the same, as the conduct alleged to constitute the contravention in the relevant infringement notice;\n\n (1) If the person to whom an infringement notice for an alleged contravention of a provision is given pays the amount stated in the notice before the end of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h):\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may sign a certificate that states any of the following in relation to an infringement notice given to a person:\n (b) that the Inspector‑General granted, or refused to grant, an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice;\n (c) if the Inspector‑General granted an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice—that that amount was not fully paid by the person within the period specified in the extension;\n (2) At a hearing of a prosecution for an offence alleged in an infringement notice, a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General in accordance with subsection (1) is prima facie evidence of the matters specified in the certificate.\n (3) A certificate that purports to be signed by the Inspector‑General is taken to have been signed by the Inspector‑General unless the contrary is proved.\n\n (a) require an infringement notice to be given to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (c) prevent the giving of 2 or more infringement notices to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (d) limit a court’s discretion to determine the amount of a penalty to be imposed on a person who is found to have contravened an infringement notice provision.\n\n (b) unless the person, by notice in writing to the Inspector‑General, directs otherwise—offset against estate charge or late payment penalty payable by the person.\n\n (1) A payment of interest charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) A payment of realisations charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or served on, a person (other than the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee), the document may be:\n (a) sent by a courier service to the person at the address of the person last known to the person serving the document; or\n (b) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name and any relevant document exchange number, at a document exchange where the person maintains a document exchange facility; or\n (i) by a kind of electronic communication that transmits the document to a facility maintained by the person for receipt of electronically transmitted documents; or\n (ii) by a kind of electronic communication such that, in the ordinary course of events, the document could be reasonably expected to be received by the person.\n\n> Note: The Electronic Transactions Act 1999 applies to a requirement or permission to give information under the Bankruptcy Act 1966 or this instrument, including electronic communications covered by this section.\n\n> Note: However, paragraph (d) of this subsection permits information to be given by means of particular kinds of electronic communication, in accordance with the information technology requirements in subsection (3). This means the requirements in section 9 of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999 do not apply in relation to electronic communications covered by this section (see subsection 9(3) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999).\n\n (2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(a) or (b), in the absence of proof to the contrary, the document is taken to have been received by, or served on, the person when the document would, in the due course of business practice, be delivered to that address or document exchange.\n\n (a) at the time the document is sent, it is reasonable to expect that the document would be readily accessible so as to be useable for subsequent reference; and\n (b) the document is sent in one of the following formats, or in a format that is similar to or readily convertible into one of the following formats:\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, this section applies if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or filed or lodged with:\n (2) The document must be posted, delivered, sent by email, or sent through the website of the Australian Financial Security Authority, to:\n (3) If this section applies, the document is taken to be received, filed or lodged only when the document (or, where applicable, a copy of it) is actually received by, or on behalf of, the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver (as the case requires).\n\n (1) Subsection (2) applies in any proceedings to a document or copy of a document that purports to be a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General stating that, at a particular time, the form of statement of affairs that is attached to the certificate was the approved form for the purposes of section 6A of the Act.\n\n A fee is not payable by the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver in respect of an application to, or the filing of a document in, the Court in relation to proceedings under the Act, this instrument or the Insolvency Practice Rules.\n\n (2) If such a fee is payable in respect of the doing of a matter or thing by the Official Receiver, the matter or thing need not be done unless the fee has been paid.\n\n (1) The Official Trustee’s entitlement to remuneration under the Fees and Remuneration Determination arises when the Official Trustee:\n (a) performs work or first acts in accordance with section 3.03, 3.04, 3.07 or 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (2) For paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (d), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee in respect of an amount received by the Official Trustee:\n\n (1) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.03 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the property or business of a debtor, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (2) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.04 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a composition or scheme of arrangement with the creditors of a bankrupt, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the composition or scheme of arrangement as the case may be.\n (3) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor who signed an authority under section 188 of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (4) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the estate of a bankrupt, or of a deceased person for whose estate an order for administration has been made under Part XI of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the bankrupt or deceased person as the case may be.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a request by a bankrupt to the Official Trustee for the Official Trustee’s consent, under paragraph 272(1)(c) of the Act, to the bankrupt leaving Australia.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may decide to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4) if the Inspector‑General is reasonably satisfied that:\n (a) payment of the fee by the person liable to pay it has imposed, or would impose, hardship on the person that is unusual and exceptional in comparison to the hardship arising in the normal course of bankruptcy; or\n (b) unless the fee is payable to the Inspector‑General—the officer to whom the fee is payable or would have been payable if the fee had not been waived or remitted.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General decides under subsection (1) to refuse to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4), the notification under subsection (2) in relation to the decision must include the reasons for the decision.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under subsection 111(1) refusing to waive or remit the whole or part of a fee that is payable by the person.\n\n If, under the Act, a trustee takes possession of, or attaches, the property of a bankrupt, debtor or deceased person, the trustee must, as soon as is reasonably practicable:\n (b) give a copy of the inventory, of the photographs or of the video recordings, as the case may be, to any person who has custody of the property or part of the property.\n\n (1) If a provision of this instrument states that a dollar amount is to be indexed in accordance with this section, then at the start of each financial year (an indexation year) beginning on or after 1 July 2021, the dollar amount is replaced by the amount worked out using the following formula:\n ![Start formula Indexation factor for the indexation year times Dollar amount for the previous year end formula](image.002.png)\n ![Start formula start fraction Index number for the reference quarter over Index number for the base quarter end fraction end formula](image.003.png)\n\n> index number, for a quarter, means the All Groups Consumer Price Index number (being the weighted average of the 8 capital cities) published by the Australian Statistician for that quarter.\n\n (4) If an indexation factor worked out under subsection (2) would be less than 1, that indexation factor is to be increased to 1.\n (a) are to be made using only the index numbers published in terms of the most recently published index reference period; and\n (b) are to be made disregarding index numbers that are published in substitution for previously published index numbers (except where the substituted numbers are published to take account of changes in the index reference period).\n\n (a) a thing was done for a particular purpose under the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996 as in force immediately before those Regulations were repealed; and\n (2) Without limiting subsection (1), a reference in that subsection to a thing being done includes a reference to a notice, application or other instrument being given or made.\n\n Despite the repeal of the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996, item 3 of Schedule 4 to those Regulations, as in force immediately before that repeal, continues to apply in relation to a contribution assessment period if an assessment under section 139W of the Act was made for that contribution assessment period before that repeal.\n\n Section 102, as substituted by Schedule 1 to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Electronic Service) Regulations 2024, applies in relation to a document that is given or sent to, or served on, a person on or after the commencement of that Schedule.\n\n## 52 Notice of removal of trustee of estate\n\n (1) If, on application, the Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act that a person (the old trustee) cease to be the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate, the applicant for the order must:\n (3) If the creditors of a regulated debtor, by resolution at a meeting, remove the trustee (the old trustee) of the regulated debtor’s estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(a) of Schedule 2 to the Act, the person appointed by the creditors under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of that Schedule as trustee of the estate must:\n\n## 53 Notice of finalisation of administration\n\n (1) If the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate (other than the Official Trustee) finalises the administration of the debtor’s estate, the trustee must:\n\n## Part 9 Debt agreements\n\n## 54 Prescribed information to be supplied to debtor\n\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a debt agreement;\n\n## 55 Presentation of debt agreement proposal\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to give the Official Receiver a debt agreement proposal under subsection 185C(1) of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n## 56 Qualifications for approval of application to be registered as debt agreement administrator\n\n (a) any of the following awarded by a registered provider (within the meaning of the Education Services for Overseas Students Act 2000):\n (i) a Certificate IV in Financial Services (Accounting) awarded for study starting between 10 July 2004 and 23 November 2010;\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (c) a degree, diploma or similar qualification awarded by a foreign tertiary education institution and for which the Inspector‑General is satisfied the following conditions are satisfied:\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n\n## 57 Prescribed amount of owed notified estate charges preventing renewal of registration as debt agreement administrator\n\n#### 57 Prescribed amount of owed notified estate charges preventing renewal of registration as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraphs 186C(3)(d) and (5)(d) of the Act, the prescribed amount of notified estate charges is $500.\n\n## Part 10 Personal insolvency agreements\n\n## 58 Modifications of Part X of the Act—joint debtors\n\n For the purposes of section 187A of the Act, a provision of Part X of the Act specified in Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section of the Act, to joint debtors, whether partners or not.\n\n## 59 Information to be given to debtor about personal insolvency agreements\n\n (b) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (c) information about whether a personal insolvency agreement may be administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy if any of the things mentioned in paragraphs 40(1)(i) to (m) of the Act happen in relation to a debtor;\n (f) information about a debtor’s rights and responsibilities under Part X of the Act, including a debtor’s obligation to disclose all related entities;\n (g) information about a controlling trustee’s obligation to disclose the controlling trustee’s relationship (if any) with a debtor.\n (3) A registered trustee or a solicitor authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property must not consent to exercise the powers given by the authority unless the debtor has given the registered trustee or the solicitor, as the case may be, a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the Official Trustee is authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property, the Official Receiver must not give the debtor a written approval under paragraph 188(2)(aa) of the Act unless the debtor has given the Official Trustee a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n\n## 60 Signing authority by another person on behalf of debtor\n\n (b) unable to sign the authority or an acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) of this instrument relating to the authority because of a physical incapacity.\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and debtor are familiar; or\n\n> relevant material means the authority, the information prescribed by section 59 and the acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) relating to the authority.\n\n## 61 Documents under section 188 of the Act\n\n (3) The person must, at the same time as calling a meeting of the debtor’s creditors, give a copy of the proposal for dealing with the debtor’s affairs under Part X of the Act to:\n\n> Note 1: An authority signed by a debtor under section 188 of the Act is not effective for the purposes of Part X of the Act unless, before the person authorised consents to exercise the powers given by the authority, the debtor gives to the person authorised:\n\n> Note 2: Under subsection 188(5) of the Act, a registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority must also give a copy of the authority and the debtor’s statement of affairs to the Official Receiver.\n\n## 62 Controlling trustee to give Official Receiver copy of special resolution and certain particulars\n\n (e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement.\n\n## 63 Modifications of Part VIII of the Act—controlling trustees and trustees of personal insolvency agreements\n\n For the purposes of section 210 of the Act, a provision of Part VIII of the Act specified in Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor.\n\n## 64 Modifications of Division 1 of Part V of the Act—debtors whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act\n\n#### 64 Modifications of Division 1 of Part V of the Act—debtors whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act\n\n For the purposes of subsection 211(1) of the Act, a provision in Division 1 of Part V of the Act specified in Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act.\n\n## 65 Notification of personal insolvency agreement\n\n For the purposes of subsection 218(3) of the Act, a notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act must be in writing.\n\n## 66 Information to be given to Official Receiver in relation to certain sequestration orders\n\n (1) If the Court makes a sequestration order under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act, the applicant for the order must:\n\n## 67 Information to be given to Official Receiver in relation to orders terminating or setting aside a personal insolvency agreement\n\n#### 67 Information to be given to Official Receiver in relation to orders terminating or setting aside a personal insolvency agreement\n\n> Note: If the Court makes an order setting aside or terminating a personal insolvency agreement and a registered trustee was the trustee of the agreement, the registered trustee must give written notice of the order to the Official Receiver (see subsection 224A(4) of the Act).\n\n## 68 Termination of personal insolvency agreement by trustee\n\n (1) If a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act, the trustee of the agreement must:\n\n> Note: Before the termination takes effect, the trustee must give notice of the proposed termination to all the creditors who are entitled to receive notice of a meeting of creditors (see subsection 222A(2) of the Act).\n\n## 69 Modifications of Parts V and VI of the Act—personal insolvency agreements\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 231(1) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 4 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor who has executed a personal insolvency agreement.\n (2) For the purposes of subsection 231(3) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 5 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a personal insolvency agreement.\n\n## 70 Certificate relating to realisation of divisible property and non‑availability of dividend\n\n (4) If the trustee gives a certificate to the debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act or subsection (1) of this section, the trustee must:\n (a) the person is required to give a copy of a certificate to the Official Receiver in accordance with subsection (4); and\n\n## Part 11 Administration of estates of deceased persons in bankruptcy\n\n## 71 Modifications of the Act—administration of estates of deceased persons\n\n For the purposes of subsections 248(1) and (3) of the Act, a provision specified in Schedule 4 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Schedule in relation to proceedings under Part XI of the Act and the administration of estates under that Part.\n\n## Part 12 Unclaimed dividends or money\n\n## 72 Statement where money paid to the Commonwealth\n\n (1) If a trustee (within the meaning of section 254 of the Act) pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act, the trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (3) If a registered trustee pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act, the registered trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n## Part 13 National Personal Insolvency Index\n\n> electronic communication means an electronic communication within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of electronic communication in subsection 5(1) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999.\n\n> legal practitioner means a barrister, a solicitor, a barrister and solicitor or a legal practitioner, of the High Court or of the Supreme Court of a State or Territory.\n\n (a) remuneration paid to the trustee in accordance with a direction, or other order, made by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act directing the trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or making another order in relation to the property; and\n (ii) in relation to the examination of the debtor, or an examinable person in relation to the debtor, as a result of the issue of a summons under subsection 50(2) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section sets out the requirements for an application to the Official Receiver for a bankruptcy notice by a person who has obtained against a debtor one, or 2 or more, final judgments or final orders of a kind described in paragraph 40(1)(g) of the Act.\n\n (a) if any final order specified in the application is an award that is a final order because of subparagraph 40(3)(a)(i) of the Act—both of the following:\n (i) a copy of the award certified as a true copy by the arbitrator who made the award or by an officer of the Court who has compared the copy with the original award;\n (ii) a certificate of the judgment or order sealed by the court that made the judgment or order (the relevant court) or signed by an officer of the relevant court;\n (iii) a copy of the entry of the judgment or order certified as a true copy of that entry and sealed by the relevant court or signed by an officer of the relevant court.\n\n> Note 2: A fee is payable to the Official Receiver for an application under this section (see the Fees and Remuneration Determination).\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice must follow that form in respect of its format (for example, bold or italic typeface, underlining and notes).\n\n> Note: Section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 provides that strict compliance with a form is not required and substantial compliance is sufficient.\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice in relation to a debtor that is served on the debtor outside of a period mentioned in subsection (1) is not valid.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (a) of the definition of statutory minimum in subsection 5(1) of the Act, the amount prescribed is $10,000.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (2), the only persons who may inspect a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver under subsection 41(1) of the Act are the following:\n (2) If a creditor’s petition is presented that is founded on an act of bankruptcy consisting of failure to comply with the bankruptcy notice, any person may inspect the notice.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver in relation to a debtor if the notice includes a final judgment, or final order, that is expressed in an amount of foreign currency (whether or not the judgment or order is also expressed in an amount of Australian currency).\n (c) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the day on which the application for the notice is made.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n A creditor who presents a petition to the Court under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must give to the Official Receiver:\n (b) a copy of any order entered by the Court, dismissing, staying or extending the petition, or adjourning the hearing of the petition, within 2 business days after the Court enters the order.\n\n (1) If the Court gives a direction, or makes another order, under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to a debtor, the creditor who applied under subsection 50(1A) of the Act for the Court to make a direction must:\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n (c) in accordance with the direction or other order, the creditor deposits an amount (the first amount) with the trustee for the purposes of covering the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor.\n\n (2) The creditor is entitled to a refund of the sum of the first amount and any amount covered by subsection (4) less an amount equal to the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor if any of the following events occur:\n (a) the debtor enters into a personal insolvency agreement, or the debtor’s estate is administered under Part XI of the Act, and the Court authorises the trustee to transfer the debtor’s property to some other person;\n (i) the Court is satisfied that the first amount is insufficient to cover the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor;\n (ii) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs, on application by the trustee, the creditor to deposit the additional amount with the trustee;\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n\n (2) The Court may, on application by the debtor within 15 business days after the day the petition is dismissed, order the creditor to pay the debtor an amount equal to the damage the Court assesses as resulting from the acts or omissions of the trustee in reliance on the direction or other order mentioned in paragraph (1)(b).\n\n “(2A) The Court or a magistrate may direct that an examination, or any part of an examination, under this section shall be held in private.”;\n (c) by omitting from subsection (9) “is the trustee” and substituting “has been directed to take control of the property of the relevant person”;\n “(14) Subject to subsection (14A), the applicant for an examination under this section is to pay the costs incurred in connection with the examination.\n (14A) The Court or a magistrate may order that all or some of the costs mentioned in subsection (14) are to be paid by the relevant person.”.\n\n If:\n (b) the Official Receiver accepts the declaration, and signs a copy of the declaration, under paragraph 54C(1)(a) of the Act;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsections 54D(1), 55(3A), 56B(5) and 57(3A) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (d) information about a debtor’s right to choose whether the bankruptcy is initially administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (e) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to present to the Official Receiver, under section 54A of the Act, a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition.\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to present a petition under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n If:\n (a) a debtor presents, or 2 or more debtors present, a petition to the Official Receiver under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act; and\n (b) there is in force under subsection 156A(1) of the Act an instrument of consent of a registered trustee to act as the trustee of:\n (ii) in the case of 2 or more debtors—the separate estates, the joint estates, or the joint and separate estates, of the debtors or any of them;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 56C(2) of the Act, if the Official Receiver refers a debtor’s petition against a partnership to the Court, the notice given by the Official Receiver to each member of the partnership who did not present the petition must:\n\n If a person is arrested under a warrant issued by the Court under section 78 of the Act, the arresting officer must immediately notify a Registrar of the Court.\n\n (a) a creditor lodges, or causes to be lodged, a proof of debt in a bankruptcy in accordance with section 84 of the Act; and\n (b) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the date of the bankruptcy.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n (1) For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(a) of the Act, the order that the trustee of the estate of a bankrupt must apply the proceeds of the bankrupt’s property to the costs, charges, expenses and remuneration mentioned in the following table is the order that appears in the table.\n\n

Order of payment of certain costs, charges, expenses and remuneration

Item

Costs, charges and expenses

1

Realisations charge payable by the trustee in relation to the estate under the Bankruptcy (Estate Charges) Act 1997

2

If the trustee is a registered trustee to whom the Official Trustee transferred the administration of the bankruptcy, both of the following in relation to the administration of the bankruptcy by the Official Trustee before the transfer:

(a) any remuneration payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination;

(b) any reimbursement that is payable to the Official Trustee under section 108

3

Expenses reasonably incurred by or on behalf of the trustee:

(a) in protecting all or part of the bankrupt’s assets; or

(b) in carrying on, in accordance with the Act, a business of the bankrupt

4

If a creditor made an advance to the trustee for the purposes of the trustee’s administration of the bankruptcy—an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to that advance

5

Fees, costs, charges or expenses (other than fees, costs, charges or expenses covered by another item of this table) paid or payable by the trustee in administering the bankrupt’s estate

6

If:

(a) an order was made under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to the bankrupt when the bankrupt was a debtor; and

(b) an amount was deposited by a creditor, in accordance with that order, with the trustee;

an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to the trustee’s preliminary remuneration and expenses in relation to the debtor

7

The following:

(a) if a creditor applied for:

(i) a sequestration order against the estate; or

(ii) an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act;

the taxed costs of the creditor in relation to the application;

(b) if the administrator of the estate of a deceased person presented a petition for an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act—the taxed costs of the administrator;

(c) if a person made an application for a sequestration order under Part X of the Act—both of the following:

(i) the taxed costs of that person in relation to the application;

(ii) any taxed costs of that person in respect of an application for an order under Division 5 or 6 of Part IX of the Act in relation to the estate

8

The trustee’s remuneration (other than remuneration covered by item 6):

(a) if the trustee is the Official Trustee—payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or

(b) if the trustee is a registered trustee—payable to the registered trustee under section 60‑5 of Schedule 2 to the Act

9

If:

(a) there is a committee of inspection in relation to the administration of the estate; and

(b) the creditors of the estate, or a majority of them, have approved payment of out‑of‑pocket expenses incurred by a member of the committee of inspection;

those expenses, to the extent that the trustee allows them as being fair and reasonable

10

Costs of any audit carried out under section 70‑15 or 70‑20 of Schedule 2 to the Act in relation to the estate

\n```\n\n (2) For the purposes of item 7 of the table, a reference to an applicant or a person presenting a petition is taken to include a reference to a person whose application or petition has not been proceeded with because a debtor’s petition presented by the bankrupt has been accepted by the Official Receiver (whether or not that debtor’s petition was referred to the Court under subsection 55(3B) of the Act, and whatever the outcome of such a referral).\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(e) of the Act, the maximum amount due to or in respect of an employee of a bankrupt is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum amount payable to employee

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$4,600

2

2018‑19

$4,550

3

2017‑18

$4,500

4

2016‑17

$4,450

5

2015‑16

$4,400

6

2014‑15

$4,350

7

2013‑14

$4,300

8

2012‑13

$4,200

9

2011‑12

$4,150

10

2010‑11

$4,100

11

2009‑10

$4,000

12

2008‑09

$3,950

13

2007‑08

$3,850

14

2006‑07

$3,750

15

2005‑06

$3,650

16

2004‑05

$3,550

17

2003‑04

$3,500

18

2002‑03

$3,450

19

2001‑02

$3,350

20

2000‑01

$3,300

21

1999‑2000

$3,150

22

1998‑99

$3,100

23

1997‑98

$3,100

24

1996‑97

$3,100

\n```\n\n (b) property of a kind covered by subsection (3) to the extent that it is reasonably appropriate for a household, having regard to the criteria specified in subsection (4);\n (c) property (including recreational and sports equipment) of a kind that is reasonably necessary for the domestic use of a household, having regard to:\n (c) educational, sporting or recreational items (including books) that are wholly or mainly for the use of children or students in the household;\n (c) any special climatic or other factors (including geographical isolation) of the place where the household residence is located;\n (d) whether the property is reasonably necessary for the functioning or servicing of the household as a viable and properly‑run household;\n (e) whether the costs of seizure, storage and sale of the property would be likely to exceed the sale price of the property;\n (f) if paragraph (e) does not apply—whether for any other reason (for example, costs of transport) the sale of the property would be likely to be uneconomical.\n (6) For the purposes of subsection (5), an item is an antique item only if a substantial part of its market value is attributable to its age or historical significance.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(ba)(ii) of the Act, non‑monetary sporting, cultural, military or academic awards are a kind of property that is prescribed.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(c)(i) of the Act, the maximum total value of a bankrupt’s property that is for use by the bankrupt in earning income by personal exertion is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum total value of tools

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,800

2

2018‑19

$3,800

3

2017‑18

$3,750

4

2016‑17

$3,700

5

2015‑16

$3,650

6

2014‑15

$3,600

7

2013‑14

$3,550

8

2012‑13

$3,500

9

2011‑12

$3,450

10

2010‑11

$3,400

11

2009‑10

$3,300

12

2008‑09

$3,250

13

2007‑08

$3,200

14

2006‑07

$3,100

15

2005‑06

$3,050

16

2004‑05

$3,000

17

2003‑04

$2,950

18

2002‑03

$2,900

19

2001‑02

$2,850

20

2000‑01

$2,800

21

1999‑2000

$2,650

22

1998‑99

$2,600

23

1997‑98

$2,600

24

1996‑97

$2,600

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 116(2)(ca) of the Act, the maximum aggregate value of property used by the bankrupt primarily as a means of transport is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum value of motor vehicle

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$8,100

2

2018‑19

$8,000

3

2017‑18

$7,900

4

2016‑17

$7,800

5

2015‑16

$7,700

6

2014‑15

$7,600

7

2013‑14

$7,500

8

2012‑13

$7,350

9

2011‑12

$7,200

10

2010‑11

$7,050

11

2009‑10

$6,850

12

2008‑09

$6,700

13

2007‑08

$6,500

14

2006‑07

$6,300

15

2005‑06

$6,150

16

2004‑05

$6,000

17

2003‑04

$5,900

18

2002‑03

$5,800

19

2001‑02

$5,650

20

2000‑01

$5,500

21

1999‑2000

$5,200

22

1998‑99

$5,050

23

1997‑98

$5,000

24

1996‑97

$5,000

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 120(2)(d) of the Act, a transfer is of a kind to which subsection 120(1) of the Act does not apply if the costs of recovering the transferred property would, in the opinion of the trustee in the transferor’s bankruptcy, be likely to exceed the value of the property to the transferor’s creditors.\n\n (b) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a lease—set out facts showing that subsection 133(4) of the Act has been complied with; and\n (c) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a contract—set out facts showing that the contract is, for the purposes of subsection 133(5A) of the Act, an unprofitable contract.\n (2) A trustee who gives a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must give the notice to each person who, to the trustee’s knowledge:\n (3) A failure to comply with subsection (1) or (2) does not affect the validity of a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section is made for the purposes of subparagraph (a)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act.\n (b) a reference in that Act to the taxable value of a benefit were a reference to the value, for the purposes of the Act, of the benefit; and\n (c) a reference in that Act to a declaration date were a reference to the date occurring 21 days after the end of a contribution assessment period in relation to a bankrupt; and\n (d) a reference in that Act to a declaration to be given to an employer of a person were a reference to a declaration to be given to the trustee of the person’s estate; and\n (e) a reference in that Act to a form approved by the Commissioner were a reference to a form approved by the Inspector‑General under section 6D of the Act; and\n (f) subject to paragraph (d), a reference in the FBTA Act to an employer, or to the employer, were a reference to any person (other than the bankrupt); and\n (g) a reference in the FBTA Act to an employee, or to the employee, were a reference to a bankrupt, or to the bankrupt, as the case requires.\n (5) Despite subsections (2), (3) and (4), the modifications specified or referred to in those subsections do not apply in relation to the provision of a fringe benefit (within the meaning of the FBTA Act) to a bankrupt if the provider of the fringe benefit:\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following contributions and payments made for the purpose of providing superannuation benefits for a bankrupt person are not income of the person:\n (a) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person to the extent that the contributions reduce the employer’s potential liability for the superannuation guarantee charge imposed under section 5 of the Superannuation Guarantee Charge Act 1992;\n (b) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person in accordance with the employer’s obligation to make contributions for the person under:\n (c) payments of shortfall components made to, or for the benefit of, the person under sections 65 to 67 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n (a) the contributions exceed the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage of the employee’s ordinary time earnings for the contribution assessment period; and\n\n> individual industrial agreement means an industrial agreement made solely between the employer and the person, including the following:\n\n (a) an AWA, or an ITEA, (both within the meaning of the Fair Work (Transitional Provisions and Consequential Amendments) Act 2009) to which that Act applies;\n\n> ordinary time earnings has the meaning given by subsection 6(1) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n> relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage: the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage for a year (the bankruptcy year) is the percentage whose number is the same as that set out in column 2 of the table in subsection 19(2) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992 for the financial year in which the bankruptcy year starts.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following payments or amounts are not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) a payment or amount of family tax benefit paid under the family assistance law (within the meaning of the A New Tax System (Family Assistance) (Administration) Act 1999);\n (b) an amount that is not income for the purposes of the Social Security Act 1991 because of subsection 8(8) of that Act, except for a payment or amount mentioned in paragraph (a), (h), (ha), (k), (ka), (m), (z), (za) or (zb) of that subsection.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (c) of the definition of dependant in section 139K of the Act, the prescribed amount of income derived (or likely to be derived) by a person during a contribution assessment period is:\n (b) if the period begins in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n (d) if the period begins in a later financial year—$3,741 indexed in accordance with section 114 of this instrument as if the period were that financial year.\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum income of dependant

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,720

2

2018‑19

$3,642

3

2017‑18

$3,596

4

2016‑17

$3,532

5

2015‑16

$3,459

6

2014‑15

$3,411

7

2013‑14

$3,363

8

2012‑13

$3,264

9

2011‑12

$3,181

10

2010‑11

$3,131

11

2009‑10

$3,030

12

2008‑09

$2,942

13

2007‑08

$2,870

14

2006‑07

$2,756

15

2005‑06

$2,688

16

2004‑05

$2,611

17

2003‑04

$2,549

\n```\n\n (3) If the bankrupt pays the contribution by cheque, payment is taken to occur when the cheque is cleared and the amount of the payment is credited to the account into which the cheque is deposited.\n (4) The trustee may, on reasonable notice in writing to the bankrupt, vary or withdraw an authorisation under paragraph (2)(c).\n (5) If the trustee incurs a delivery or postal charge (including a surcharge) or bank charge in connection with the receipt or processing of the contribution, the trustee may reimburse the trustee for the amount of the charge from the bankrupt’s estate.\n\n (a) a bankrupt is liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the bankrupt’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act in respect of a contribution assessment period; and\n\n (3) If the contribution remains unpaid, the deceased bankrupt’s estate is liable for the portion of the contribution attributable to the part of the period occurring before the bankrupt’s death.\n\n (b) immediately before being discharged, the person was liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the person’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act; and\n\n> Note: Section 139R of the Act provides that any liability of a bankrupt under section 139P or 139Q of the Act is not affected by the bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy after the making of the assessment that gave rise to the liability.\n\n (5) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(d)(ii), a change in the name of a person is taken to occur if the person in fact assumes the use of a different name or an additional name.\n\n A notice under section 139ZL of the Act must not specify money or property that is protected, under a law of the Commonwealth or a State or Territory, from a process such as assignment, attachment, charging, execution or garnishment.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 145(3) of the Act, notice must be given by serving it on each person to whom, under that subsection, it must be given.\n\n (a) an objection to the discharge of a bankrupt has been made on a ground, or on grounds that include a ground, mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(a) or (h) of the Act (which refer to the bankrupt being out of Australia); and\n (2) Within 5 business days after the day that the registered trustee becomes aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia, the registered trustee must give notice in writing to the Official Receiver stating:\n (ii) if the trustee does not know the day on which the bankrupt returned—the trustee became aware that the bankrupt had returned.\n\n For the purposes of the ground of objection mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(d) of the Act, a bankrupt is taken to have failed to comply with a request to provide information if the bankrupt has provided information that is incomplete or inaccurate.\n\n (c) an application is made to the Administrative Review Tribunal under section 149Q of the Act for the review of the decision of the Inspector‑General; and\n\n (a) if the debtor presents a debtor’s petition to the Official Receiver—on or before the day that the debtor so presents the petition; or\n\n If a registered trustee becomes, under subsection 156A(3) of the Act, the trustee of an estate or of joint and separate estates, the Official Receiver may give the registered trustee a certificate to that effect.\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 188(2A) of the Act, a person (other than the Official Trustee or a registered trustee) is ineligible to act under Part X of the Act as a controlling trustee in relation to a debtor in any of the following circumstances:\n (a) the person is or was convicted of an offence involving fraud or dishonesty at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (c) the person is a solicitor who does not hold an Australian practising certificate (within the meaning of the Evidence Act 1995);\n (d) the person is or was an insolvent under administration at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(f)(ii), the Inspector‑General may approve a course in insolvency by notice published on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website.\n (ii) has refused or failed to cooperate with the Inspector‑General in an inquiry or investigation under paragraph 12(1)(b) of the Act.\n (ii) invites the person to give the Inspector‑General, within 20 business days after the day the notice is given or such longer time as is specified in the notice, a written statement showing cause why the determination should not be made; and\n (5) If the Inspector‑General makes a determination under subsection (3) in relation to a person, the Inspector‑General must give the person a written notice stating the following:\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General to make a determination under subsection 49(3).\n\n (b) the person becomes ineligible to act as a controlling trustee under Part X of the Act because one or more of the circumstances prescribed by subsection 49(1) of this instrument apply in relation to the person.\n (2) The Official Trustee must perform the duties of a controlling trustee in relation to the debtor unless and until the debtor authorises another person under subsection 188(1) of the Act.\n\n (1) If, on application, the Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act that a person (the old trustee) cease to be the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate, the applicant for the order must:\n (3) If the creditors of a regulated debtor, by resolution at a meeting, remove the trustee (the old trustee) of the regulated debtor’s estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(a) of Schedule 2 to the Act, the person appointed by the creditors under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of that Schedule as trustee of the estate must:\n\n (1) If the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate (other than the Official Trustee) finalises the administration of the debtor’s estate, the trustee must:\n\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a debt agreement;\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to give the Official Receiver a debt agreement proposal under subsection 185C(1) of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n (a) any of the following awarded by a registered provider (within the meaning of the Education Services for Overseas Students Act 2000):\n (i) a Certificate IV in Financial Services (Accounting) awarded for study starting between 10 July 2004 and 23 November 2010;\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (c) a degree, diploma or similar qualification awarded by a foreign tertiary education institution and for which the Inspector‑General is satisfied the following conditions are satisfied:\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n\n#### 57 Prescribed amount of owed notified estate charges preventing renewal of registration as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraphs 186C(3)(d) and (5)(d) of the Act, the prescribed amount of notified estate charges is $500.\n\n For the purposes of section 187A of the Act, a provision of Part X of the Act specified in Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section of the Act, to joint debtors, whether partners or not.\n\n (b) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (c) information about whether a personal insolvency agreement may be administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy if any of the things mentioned in paragraphs 40(1)(i) to (m) of the Act happen in relation to a debtor;\n (f) information about a debtor’s rights and responsibilities under Part X of the Act, including a debtor’s obligation to disclose all related entities;\n (g) information about a controlling trustee’s obligation to disclose the controlling trustee’s relationship (if any) with a debtor.\n (3) A registered trustee or a solicitor authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property must not consent to exercise the powers given by the authority unless the debtor has given the registered trustee or the solicitor, as the case may be, a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the Official Trustee is authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property, the Official Receiver must not give the debtor a written approval under paragraph 188(2)(aa) of the Act unless the debtor has given the Official Trustee a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n\n (b) unable to sign the authority or an acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) of this instrument relating to the authority because of a physical incapacity.\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and debtor are familiar; or\n\n> relevant material means the authority, the information prescribed by section 59 and the acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) relating to the authority.\n\n (3) The person must, at the same time as calling a meeting of the debtor’s creditors, give a copy of the proposal for dealing with the debtor’s affairs under Part X of the Act to:\n\n> Note 1: An authority signed by a debtor under section 188 of the Act is not effective for the purposes of Part X of the Act unless, before the person authorised consents to exercise the powers given by the authority, the debtor gives to the person authorised:\n\n> Note 2: Under subsection 188(5) of the Act, a registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority must also give a copy of the authority and the debtor’s statement of affairs to the Official Receiver.\n\n (e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement.\n\n For the purposes of section 210 of the Act, a provision of Part VIII of the Act specified in Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor.\n\n#### 64 Modifications of Division 1 of Part V of the Act—debtors whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act\n\n For the purposes of subsection 211(1) of the Act, a provision in Division 1 of Part V of the Act specified in Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 218(3) of the Act, a notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act must be in writing.\n\n (1) If the Court makes a sequestration order under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act, the applicant for the order must:\n\n#### 67 Information to be given to Official Receiver in relation to orders terminating or setting aside a personal insolvency agreement\n\n> Note: If the Court makes an order setting aside or terminating a personal insolvency agreement and a registered trustee was the trustee of the agreement, the registered trustee must give written notice of the order to the Official Receiver (see subsection 224A(4) of the Act).\n\n (1) If a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act, the trustee of the agreement must:\n\n> Note: Before the termination takes effect, the trustee must give notice of the proposed termination to all the creditors who are entitled to receive notice of a meeting of creditors (see subsection 222A(2) of the Act).\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 231(1) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 4 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor who has executed a personal insolvency agreement.\n (2) For the purposes of subsection 231(3) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 5 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a personal insolvency agreement.\n\n (4) If the trustee gives a certificate to the debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act or subsection (1) of this section, the trustee must:\n (a) the person is required to give a copy of a certificate to the Official Receiver in accordance with subsection (4); and\n\n For the purposes of subsections 248(1) and (3) of the Act, a provision specified in Schedule 4 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Schedule in relation to proceedings under Part XI of the Act and the administration of estates under that Part.\n\n (1) If a trustee (within the meaning of section 254 of the Act) pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act, the trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (3) If a registered trustee pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act, the registered trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (1) For the purposes of the definition of National Personal Insolvency Index in subsection 5(1) of the Act, an electronic index to be known as the National Personal Insolvency Index is established.\n\n Division 2 of this Part (information to be entered in the Index) has effect subject to Division 3 of this Part (information not to be entered in the Index and information to be removed from the Index).\n\n (1) The person specified in column 2 of an item of the table in subsection (3) must, at a time within the time period specified in column 2 of that item, give a copy of each document specified in column 1 of that item to the Official Receiver.\n\n

Documents that must be given to the Official Receiver

Item

Column 1

Document(s)

Column 2

Person and time period

Column 3

Information

1

A notice given under subsection 181A(2) of the Act by the current trustee of a bankrupt’s estate nominating another trustee as the new trustee of the estate

The new trustee within 2 business days after the date specified in the notice (see paragraph 181A(3)(a) of the Act)

The day on which the new trustee became the trustee of the estate

2

An order under subsection 185Q(4) of the Act terminating a debt agreement

The applicant for the order within 3 business days after the order is made

The day on which the order was made

3

An order under subsection 185U(1) of the Act declaring all or part of a debt agreement void

The applicant for the order within 2 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) whether all or part of the agreement was declared void

4

An authority, signed by a debtor under subsection 188(1) of the Act, naming and authorising a registered trustee, a solicitor or the Official Trustee to call a meeting of the debtor’s creditors and to take control of the debtor’s property

The person named in the authority within 2 business days after the debtor signs the authority

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the copy of the authority was given to the Official Receiver;

(c) the day on which the debtor’s statement of affairs was given to the Official Receiver (see subsections 188(2D) and (5) of the Act);

(d) the name of the controlling trustee (see subsection 188(6) of the Act)

5

Written evidence of an event of a kind mentioned in paragraph 192(1)(a), (b) or (c) of the Act, or a written request given to the Official Trustee under paragraph 192(1)(d) of the Act, resulting in the Official Trustee becoming the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor

The Official Trustee within 14 days after the Official Trustee becomes the controlling trustee

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Trustee became the controlling trustee

6

Both of the following:

(a) a petition to the Court, under subsection 244(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of the estate of a deceased person;

(b) an affidavit verifying the petition (see subsection 244(5) of the Act)

The creditor, or one of the creditors, who presented the petition to the Court within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day the petition was presented;

(c) the name of the creditor or creditors who presented the petition;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the creditor or creditors;

(e) the day the Court is to hear the petition

7

Both of the following:

(a) a petition, under subsection 247(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of a deceased person’s estate under Part XI of the Act;

(b) a statement of the deceased person’s affairs and of the petitioner’s administration of the deceased person’s estate (see subsection 247(1) of the Act)

The petitioner within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the petition and the statement of affairs were presented;

(c) the name of the administrator;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the administrator

8

An order, under section 252B of the Act, annulling the administration of the estate of a deceased person under Part XI of the Act

The trustee of the estate within 2 business days after the trustee becomes aware of the order

The day on which the order was made

9

An order, under subsection 253E(1) of the Act, staying proceedings under a creditor’s petition or debtor’s petition

The applicant for the order within 7 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) the length of the stay (see subsection 253E(3) of the Act)

\n```\n\n (1) If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in subsection (2) is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n (aa) in the case of a statement of affairs mentioned in item 2 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the statement; and\n (a) in the case of a debtor’s petition mentioned in item 3, 4 or 5 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the petition; and\n (b) in the case of a debt agreement proposal mentioned in item 12 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the debt agreement proposal for processing.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with the Act

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A sequestration order made against the estate of a debtor (see subsection 52(1A) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(d) the name of the creditor who obtained the order;

(e) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of that creditor

2

A statement of the affairs of a person against whose estate a sequestration order is made, that is given for the purposes of subsection 54(1) of the Act

The day on which the statement of affairs was filed with the Official Receiver

3

A debtor’s petition (see subsection 55(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the resulting bankruptcy;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(e) the day on which the statement of the debtor’s affairs accepted by the Official Receiver was given to the Official Receiver for the purposes of paragraph 55(2)(b) of the Act

4

A debtor’s petition against a partnership presented by members of the partnership (see subsection 56B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of the partners who presented the petition;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the bankruptcy of each of those partners as a result of the acceptance of the petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each bankrupt partner;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those partners, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of the partnership affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

5

A debtor’s petition by joint debtors who are not partners (see subsection 57(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of those debtors;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of each bankruptcy that results from acceptance of the debtor’s petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each debtor;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those debtors, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of their joint affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

6

A notice relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 74(5A) of the Act)

The day on which the bankruptcy was annulled

7

A notice of objection by a trustee to the discharge of a bankrupt from bankruptcy (see subsection 149B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) when the objection took effect (see section 149G of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection set out in the notice (see paragraph 149C(1)(a) of the Act);

(c) the name of the trustee

8

A notice that a trustee ceases to object to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy on a particular ground (see subsection 149H(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) if there is no longer an objection on any ground—when the objection ceased to have effect (see subsection 149H(3) of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection to which the notice relates;

(c) the name of the trustee

9

A notice of withdrawal of objection by a trustee to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy (see subsection 149J(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) when the withdrawal takes effect (see subsection 149J(3) of the Act);

(b) the name of the trustee

10

A notice about the cancellation, under subsection 149N(1) of the Act, of a notice of objection filed by a trustee of a bankrupt’s estate (see subsection 149P(1) of the Act)

The day on which the cancellation took effect

11

A certificate relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 153A(2) of the Act)

The date of annulment included in the certificate

12

A debtor’s written proposal for a debt agreement (see subsection 185C(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185E of the Act)

13

A notification that a debt agreement has ended (see subsection 185N(5) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the debt agreement ended;

(b) the reasons why the debt agreement ended

14

A notification that control of the property of a debtor has ended (see subsection 189(1B) of the Act)

The day on which that control ended

15

A personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor (see paragraph 218(1)(b) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the agreement was executed;

(c) the name of the trustee of the personal insolvency agreement

16

A resolution or special resolution terminating a personal insolvency agreement (see subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

17

A resolution or special resolution terminating a composition or scheme of arrangement (see section 76B and subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated

18

A notice that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated or set aside (see subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated or set aside

19

A notice that a composition or scheme of arrangement is terminated or set aside (see section 76B and subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated or set aside

20

An order that the estate of a deceased person be administered under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 244(14), 245(3) or 247(3) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee administering the estate

21

A statement of a deceased person’s affairs and of the administration of the deceased person’s estate by a legal personal representative of the deceased person (see paragraph 246(1)(b) of the Act)

The day on which the statement was given to the Official Receiver

22

A certificate in relation to the annulment, by force of subsection 252A(1) of the Act, of the administration of an estate under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 252A(2) of the Act)

The day of the annulment

\n```\n\n If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with this instrument

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A creditor’s petition presented against a debtor or joint debtors (see section 13)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor or joint debtors;

(b) the day on which the petition was presented against the debtor or joint debtors;

(c) the name of the petitioning creditor;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the petitioning creditor;

(e) the day of the court hearing for a sequestration order relating to the petition

2

A direction given, or an order made, by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act (see section 14 of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor to whom the order or direction relates;

(b) the day on which the order was made or the direction given;

(c) the day (if any) on which a trustee’s control of that debtor’s property is to end (see subsection 50(1B) of the Act)

3

A notice under subsection 46(2) that the Administrative Review Tribunal has varied or set aside a decision of the Inspector‑General in relation to a notice of objection

The day on which the decision was varied or set aside

4

A notice given under subsection 52(1) in relation to an order about a regulated debtor’s estate, if the order provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of the estate

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the new trustee;

(b) the day of the appointment

5

A notice given under subsection 52(3) by a person appointed as trustee of the estate of a regulated debtor

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the person appointed;

(b) the day of the appointment

6

A notice under subsection 53(1) that the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate has finalised the administration of the debtor’s estate

The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised

7

A notice under subparagraph 62(2)(a)(ii) of particulars specified in subsection 62(3) in relation to a special resolution passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors

The particulars

8

A sequestration order against the estate of a debtor made under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act (see subsection 66(1) of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) if the person who applied for the order was a creditor of the debtor—the name of the creditor and the name and telephone number of the creditor’s solicitor (if any);

(d) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate

9

A notice under paragraph 68(1)(a) that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

10

A certificate given by a trustee to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act (see subsection 70(4) of this instrument)

The day on which the trustee signed the certificate

\n```\n\n If an event specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section occurs, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n| Item | Column 1Event | Column 2Information |\n| ---- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |\n| 1 | A bankrupt is, by force of subsection 149(1) of the Act, discharged from bankruptcy | The day on which the bankrupt was discharged from bankruptcy |\n| 2 | The Official Receiver issues a certificate of appointment to a registered trustee under subsection 157(3) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the name of the registered trustee;(b) the day on which the registered trustee was appointed |\n| 3 | A trustee, or the Official Trustee, is released from the trusteeship of an estate by force of section 184 or 184A of the Act | The fact that the trustee, or the Official Trustee, has been so released |\n| 4 | A debt agreement proposal is withdrawn | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was withdrawn |\n| 5 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement that was made before 1 July 2007 is accepted (see sections 185B and 185P of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the proposal was accepted |\n| 6 | A debt agreement proposal is not accepted (see section 185EC of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was not accepted |\n| 7 | The Official Receiver cancels the acceptance of a debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185ED of the Act) | The day on which the Official Receiver cancelled the acceptance of the debt agreement proposal for processing |\n| 8 | A debt agreement proposal lapses (see section 185G of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal lapsed |\n| 9 | The Official Receiver gives to a debtor a certificate under subsection 185N(3) of the Act | The day on which the certificate was given |\n| 10 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement is accepted (see section 185PC of the Act) | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 11 | The Official Receiver terminates a debt agreement under subsection 185QA(1) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 12 | The minutes of a meeting of creditors at which a special resolution was passed terminating a debt agreement made before 1 July 2007 are given to the Official Receiver (see subsection 185QA(1) of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the resolution was passed |\n| 13 | A special resolution is passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors under subsection 204(1) of the Act if the Official Trustee called the meeting under an authority under section 188 of the Act | All of the following:(a) the date of the resolution;(b) the debtor’s full name and alias (if any);(c) the debtor’s address;(d) the debtor’s occupation (if any);(e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement |\n| 14 | A sequestration order is made against the estate of a debtor under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | All of the following:(a) particulars of the debtor;(b) the day on which the order was made;(c) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate |\n| 15 | An order is made under subsection 222(1), (2) or (5) of the Act setting aside a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was set aside |\n| 16 | A personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act where the Official Trustee is the trustee of the agreement | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 17 | An order is made under subsection 222C(1) of the Act terminating a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 18 | The Official Trustee gives a certificate to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act | The day on which the Official Trustee signed the certificate |\n| 19 | The Official Trustee finalises the administration of a debtor’s estate | The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised |\n| 20 | The Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act, on application by the Inspector‑General, that provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of an estate | Both of the following:(a) the name of the new trustee;(b) the day of the appointment |\n| 21 | The Official Trustee is appointed by the creditors of an estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of Schedule 2 to the Act as trustee of an estate | The day of the appointment |\n\n> Note: A number of provisions of the Act require the Official Receiver to enter information in the Index when certain events occur. These provisions include the following:\n\n (a) a debtor whose property is under the control of the Official Trustee or a registered trustee because of a direction given by the Court under paragraph 50(1)(a) of the Act;\n (c) a deceased debtor if a petition for an order for the administration of the deceased debtor’s estate has been presented under Part XI of the Act;\n (d) a debtor in relation to whom an application is made to the Court under subsection 253E(1) of the Act for an order staying all or any proceedings under a petition.\n (3) In the case of a deceased debtor, the information to be entered in accordance with paragraphs (1)(a), (b) and (c) is the information immediately before the debtor’s death.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (4), a person who is a debtor or bankrupt may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General for information about the person:\n (a) not to be entered in the Index, on the ground that the entry of the information would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n\n> Note: Example: A person may rely on a court order (such as a domestic violence order) to show that publication of the information in question would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under paragraph 80(3)(a) refusing to grant an application.\n\n (1) If a debt agreement ends under section 185N of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (2) If a debt agreement is terminated under section 185P, 185Q, 185QA or 185R of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (3) If an order is made under section 185U of the Act declaring all of a debt agreement void, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n\n The Official Receiver must remove all information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index within 1 year after the day on which any of the following occurs:\n\n (1) A person may, by application in writing, ask the Official Receiver to inspect material in the Index and give to the person an extract of material specified in the application.\n (a) if the applicant has paid any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination for obtaining the requested extract—must inspect the Index and, within 10 business days of receiving the application:\n (b) may give the applicant a list of Index search agents who may be able to inspect material entered in the Index for the applicant.\n (3) A person who has been granted access to the Index by the Inspector‑General may, after paying any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination:\n (4) However, prior payment is not required under subsection (3) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n An extract of information in the Index is admissible in any proceedings as prima facie evidence of the matters in the extract.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General, and any officer acting at the direction or with the authority of the Inspector‑General, have immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n (2) An officer has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (3) A person who provides material for entry in the Index has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of the material by way of:\n (5) The immunity of the Inspector‑General or another officer under this section arising out of publication of material extends to the Commonwealth and the Official Trustee to the extent that the Commonwealth or the Official Trustee would, apart from this subsection, be liable in respect of the publication.\n (6) This section does not limit any other ground of defence in relation to actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n\n (b) the person executing the warrant considers that it is impracticable to immediately bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n (b) a day and time when the person executing the warrant considers that it will be practicable to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n\n (1) If the Registrar receives a notification under subsection 87(2) in relation to an apprehended person, the Registrar must, as soon as reasonably practicable:\n (a) determine a day, time and place for the apprehended person to be brought before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate; and\n (b) direct the person who gave the notification to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate in accordance with that determination.\n (2) The time and day determined under paragraph (1)(a) must be the earliest that the Registrar reasonably believes are practicable.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 277B(1) of the Act, this Division establishes an infringement notice scheme, as an alternative to prosecution, for an infringement notice provision.\n\n (1) If the Inspector‑General believes on reasonable grounds that a person has contravened an infringement notice provision, the Inspector‑General may give to the person an infringement notice for the alleged contravention.\n (2) The infringement notice must be given within 12 months after the day on which the contravention is alleged to have taken place.\n (3) A single infringement notice must relate only to a single contravention of a single provision unless subsection (4) applies.\n (4) The Inspector‑General may give a person a single infringement notice relating to multiple contraventions of a single provision if:\n\n (e) give brief details of the alleged contravention, or each alleged contravention, to which the notice relates, including:\n (f) state the amount that is payable under the notice, as worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act and subsection (2) of this section; and\n (h) state that, if the person to whom the notice is given pays the amount within 20 business days after the day the notice is given, then (unless the notice is withdrawn) the person will not be liable to be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (k) state that the person may choose not to pay the amount and, if the person does so the person may be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (n) state that the person may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) If the notice relates to more than one alleged contravention of the provision by the person, the amount to be stated in the notice for the purposes of paragraph (1)(f) is the sum of the amount worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act for each alleged contravention.\n\n> Note: Under section 90, a single infringement notice may only deal with multiple contraventions if they are contraventions of a single provision continuing over a period.\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may apply to the Inspector‑General for an extension of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h).\n (2) If the application is made before the end of that period, the Inspector‑General may, in writing, extend that period. The Inspector‑General may do so before or after the end of that period.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General extends that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to that period so extended.\n (4) If the Inspector‑General does not extend that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to the period that ends on the later of the following days:\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) The Inspector‑General may withdraw an infringement notice given to a person (whether or not the person has made written representations seeking the withdrawal).\n (3) When deciding whether or not to withdraw an infringement notice (the relevant infringement notice), the Inspector‑General:\n (a) must take into account any written representations seeking the withdrawal that were given by the person to the Inspector‑General; and\n (i) whether a court has previously imposed a penalty on the person for a contravention of an infringement notice provision;\n (iii) whether the person has paid an amount, stated in an earlier infringement notice, for a contravention of an infringement notice provision if the contravention is constituted by conduct that is the same, or substantially the same, as the conduct alleged to constitute the contravention in the relevant infringement notice;\n\n (1) If the person to whom an infringement notice for an alleged contravention of a provision is given pays the amount stated in the notice before the end of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h):\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may sign a certificate that states any of the following in relation to an infringement notice given to a person:\n (b) that the Inspector‑General granted, or refused to grant, an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice;\n (c) if the Inspector‑General granted an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice—that that amount was not fully paid by the person within the period specified in the extension;\n (2) At a hearing of a prosecution for an offence alleged in an infringement notice, a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General in accordance with subsection (1) is prima facie evidence of the matters specified in the certificate.\n (3) A certificate that purports to be signed by the Inspector‑General is taken to have been signed by the Inspector‑General unless the contrary is proved.\n\n (a) require an infringement notice to be given to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (c) prevent the giving of 2 or more infringement notices to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (d) limit a court’s discretion to determine the amount of a penalty to be imposed on a person who is found to have contravened an infringement notice provision.\n\n (b) unless the person, by notice in writing to the Inspector‑General, directs otherwise—offset against estate charge or late payment penalty payable by the person.\n\n (1) A payment of interest charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) A payment of realisations charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or served on, a person (other than the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee), the document may be:\n (a) sent by a courier service to the person at the address of the person last known to the person serving the document; or\n (b) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name and any relevant document exchange number, at a document exchange where the person maintains a document exchange facility; or\n (i) by a kind of electronic communication that transmits the document to a facility maintained by the person for receipt of electronically transmitted documents; or\n (ii) by a kind of electronic communication such that, in the ordinary course of events, the document could be reasonably expected to be received by the person.\n\n> Note: The Electronic Transactions Act 1999 applies to a requirement or permission to give information under the Bankruptcy Act 1966 or this instrument, including electronic communications covered by this section.\n\n> Note: However, paragraph (d) of this subsection permits information to be given by means of particular kinds of electronic communication, in accordance with the information technology requirements in subsection (3). This means the requirements in section 9 of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999 do not apply in relation to electronic communications covered by this section (see subsection 9(3) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999).\n\n (2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(a) or (b), in the absence of proof to the contrary, the document is taken to have been received by, or served on, the person when the document would, in the due course of business practice, be delivered to that address or document exchange.\n\n (a) at the time the document is sent, it is reasonable to expect that the document would be readily accessible so as to be useable for subsequent reference; and\n (b) the document is sent in one of the following formats, or in a format that is similar to or readily convertible into one of the following formats:\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, this section applies if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or filed or lodged with:\n (2) The document must be posted, delivered, sent by email, or sent through the website of the Australian Financial Security Authority, to:\n (3) If this section applies, the document is taken to be received, filed or lodged only when the document (or, where applicable, a copy of it) is actually received by, or on behalf of, the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver (as the case requires).\n\n (1) Subsection (2) applies in any proceedings to a document or copy of a document that purports to be a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General stating that, at a particular time, the form of statement of affairs that is attached to the certificate was the approved form for the purposes of section 6A of the Act.\n\n A fee is not payable by the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver in respect of an application to, or the filing of a document in, the Court in relation to proceedings under the Act, this instrument or the Insolvency Practice Rules.\n\n (2) If such a fee is payable in respect of the doing of a matter or thing by the Official Receiver, the matter or thing need not be done unless the fee has been paid.\n\n (1) The Official Trustee’s entitlement to remuneration under the Fees and Remuneration Determination arises when the Official Trustee:\n (a) performs work or first acts in accordance with section 3.03, 3.04, 3.07 or 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (2) For paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (d), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee in respect of an amount received by the Official Trustee:\n\n (1) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.03 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the property or business of a debtor, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (2) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.04 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a composition or scheme of arrangement with the creditors of a bankrupt, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the composition or scheme of arrangement as the case may be.\n (3) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor who signed an authority under section 188 of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (4) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the estate of a bankrupt, or of a deceased person for whose estate an order for administration has been made under Part XI of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the bankrupt or deceased person as the case may be.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a request by a bankrupt to the Official Trustee for the Official Trustee’s consent, under paragraph 272(1)(c) of the Act, to the bankrupt leaving Australia.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may decide to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4) if the Inspector‑General is reasonably satisfied that:\n (a) payment of the fee by the person liable to pay it has imposed, or would impose, hardship on the person that is unusual and exceptional in comparison to the hardship arising in the normal course of bankruptcy; or\n (b) unless the fee is payable to the Inspector‑General—the officer to whom the fee is payable or would have been payable if the fee had not been waived or remitted.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General decides under subsection (1) to refuse to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4), the notification under subsection (2) in relation to the decision must include the reasons for the decision.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under subsection 111(1) refusing to waive or remit the whole or part of a fee that is payable by the person.\n\n If, under the Act, a trustee takes possession of, or attaches, the property of a bankrupt, debtor or deceased person, the trustee must, as soon as is reasonably practicable:\n (b) give a copy of the inventory, of the photographs or of the video recordings, as the case may be, to any person who has custody of the property or part of the property.\n\n (1) If a provision of this instrument states that a dollar amount is to be indexed in accordance with this section, then at the start of each financial year (an indexation year) beginning on or after 1 July 2021, the dollar amount is replaced by the amount worked out using the following formula:\n ![Start formula Indexation factor for the indexation year times Dollar amount for the previous year end formula](image.002.png)\n ![Start formula start fraction Index number for the reference quarter over Index number for the base quarter end fraction end formula](image.003.png)\n\n> index number, for a quarter, means the All Groups Consumer Price Index number (being the weighted average of the 8 capital cities) published by the Australian Statistician for that quarter.\n\n (4) If an indexation factor worked out under subsection (2) would be less than 1, that indexation factor is to be increased to 1.\n (a) are to be made using only the index numbers published in terms of the most recently published index reference period; and\n (b) are to be made disregarding index numbers that are published in substitution for previously published index numbers (except where the substituted numbers are published to take account of changes in the index reference period).\n\n (a) a thing was done for a particular purpose under the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996 as in force immediately before those Regulations were repealed; and\n (2) Without limiting subsection (1), a reference in that subsection to a thing being done includes a reference to a notice, application or other instrument being given or made.\n\n Despite the repeal of the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996, item 3 of Schedule 4 to those Regulations, as in force immediately before that repeal, continues to apply in relation to a contribution assessment period if an assessment under section 139W of the Act was made for that contribution assessment period before that repeal.\n\n Section 102, as substituted by Schedule 1 to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Electronic Service) Regulations 2024, applies in relation to a document that is given or sent to, or served on, a person on or after the commencement of that Schedule.\n\n## Division 1 General\n\n> electronic communication means an electronic communication within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of electronic communication in subsection 5(1) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999.\n\n> legal practitioner means a barrister, a solicitor, a barrister and solicitor or a legal practitioner, of the High Court or of the Supreme Court of a State or Territory.\n\n (a) remuneration paid to the trustee in accordance with a direction, or other order, made by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act directing the trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or making another order in relation to the property; and\n (ii) in relation to the examination of the debtor, or an examinable person in relation to the debtor, as a result of the issue of a summons under subsection 50(2) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section sets out the requirements for an application to the Official Receiver for a bankruptcy notice by a person who has obtained against a debtor one, or 2 or more, final judgments or final orders of a kind described in paragraph 40(1)(g) of the Act.\n\n (a) if any final order specified in the application is an award that is a final order because of subparagraph 40(3)(a)(i) of the Act—both of the following:\n (i) a copy of the award certified as a true copy by the arbitrator who made the award or by an officer of the Court who has compared the copy with the original award;\n (ii) a certificate of the judgment or order sealed by the court that made the judgment or order (the relevant court) or signed by an officer of the relevant court;\n (iii) a copy of the entry of the judgment or order certified as a true copy of that entry and sealed by the relevant court or signed by an officer of the relevant court.\n\n> Note 2: A fee is payable to the Official Receiver for an application under this section (see the Fees and Remuneration Determination).\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice must follow that form in respect of its format (for example, bold or italic typeface, underlining and notes).\n\n> Note: Section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 provides that strict compliance with a form is not required and substantial compliance is sufficient.\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice in relation to a debtor that is served on the debtor outside of a period mentioned in subsection (1) is not valid.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (a) of the definition of statutory minimum in subsection 5(1) of the Act, the amount prescribed is $10,000.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (2), the only persons who may inspect a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver under subsection 41(1) of the Act are the following:\n (2) If a creditor’s petition is presented that is founded on an act of bankruptcy consisting of failure to comply with the bankruptcy notice, any person may inspect the notice.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver in relation to a debtor if the notice includes a final judgment, or final order, that is expressed in an amount of foreign currency (whether or not the judgment or order is also expressed in an amount of Australian currency).\n (c) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the day on which the application for the notice is made.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n A creditor who presents a petition to the Court under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must give to the Official Receiver:\n (b) a copy of any order entered by the Court, dismissing, staying or extending the petition, or adjourning the hearing of the petition, within 2 business days after the Court enters the order.\n\n (1) If the Court gives a direction, or makes another order, under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to a debtor, the creditor who applied under subsection 50(1A) of the Act for the Court to make a direction must:\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n (c) in accordance with the direction or other order, the creditor deposits an amount (the first amount) with the trustee for the purposes of covering the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor.\n\n (2) The creditor is entitled to a refund of the sum of the first amount and any amount covered by subsection (4) less an amount equal to the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor if any of the following events occur:\n (a) the debtor enters into a personal insolvency agreement, or the debtor’s estate is administered under Part XI of the Act, and the Court authorises the trustee to transfer the debtor’s property to some other person;\n (i) the Court is satisfied that the first amount is insufficient to cover the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor;\n (ii) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs, on application by the trustee, the creditor to deposit the additional amount with the trustee;\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n\n (2) The Court may, on application by the debtor within 15 business days after the day the petition is dismissed, order the creditor to pay the debtor an amount equal to the damage the Court assesses as resulting from the acts or omissions of the trustee in reliance on the direction or other order mentioned in paragraph (1)(b).\n\n “(2A) The Court or a magistrate may direct that an examination, or any part of an examination, under this section shall be held in private.”;\n (c) by omitting from subsection (9) “is the trustee” and substituting “has been directed to take control of the property of the relevant person”;\n “(14) Subject to subsection (14A), the applicant for an examination under this section is to pay the costs incurred in connection with the examination.\n (14A) The Court or a magistrate may order that all or some of the costs mentioned in subsection (14) are to be paid by the relevant person.”.\n\n If:\n (b) the Official Receiver accepts the declaration, and signs a copy of the declaration, under paragraph 54C(1)(a) of the Act;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsections 54D(1), 55(3A), 56B(5) and 57(3A) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (d) information about a debtor’s right to choose whether the bankruptcy is initially administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (e) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to present to the Official Receiver, under section 54A of the Act, a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition.\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to present a petition under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n If:\n (a) a debtor presents, or 2 or more debtors present, a petition to the Official Receiver under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act; and\n (b) there is in force under subsection 156A(1) of the Act an instrument of consent of a registered trustee to act as the trustee of:\n (ii) in the case of 2 or more debtors—the separate estates, the joint estates, or the joint and separate estates, of the debtors or any of them;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 56C(2) of the Act, if the Official Receiver refers a debtor’s petition against a partnership to the Court, the notice given by the Official Receiver to each member of the partnership who did not present the petition must:\n\n If a person is arrested under a warrant issued by the Court under section 78 of the Act, the arresting officer must immediately notify a Registrar of the Court.\n\n (a) a creditor lodges, or causes to be lodged, a proof of debt in a bankruptcy in accordance with section 84 of the Act; and\n (b) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the date of the bankruptcy.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n (1) For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(a) of the Act, the order that the trustee of the estate of a bankrupt must apply the proceeds of the bankrupt’s property to the costs, charges, expenses and remuneration mentioned in the following table is the order that appears in the table.\n\n

Order of payment of certain costs, charges, expenses and remuneration

Item

Costs, charges and expenses

1

Realisations charge payable by the trustee in relation to the estate under the Bankruptcy (Estate Charges) Act 1997

2

If the trustee is a registered trustee to whom the Official Trustee transferred the administration of the bankruptcy, both of the following in relation to the administration of the bankruptcy by the Official Trustee before the transfer:

(a) any remuneration payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination;

(b) any reimbursement that is payable to the Official Trustee under section 108

3

Expenses reasonably incurred by or on behalf of the trustee:

(a) in protecting all or part of the bankrupt’s assets; or

(b) in carrying on, in accordance with the Act, a business of the bankrupt

4

If a creditor made an advance to the trustee for the purposes of the trustee’s administration of the bankruptcy—an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to that advance

5

Fees, costs, charges or expenses (other than fees, costs, charges or expenses covered by another item of this table) paid or payable by the trustee in administering the bankrupt’s estate

6

If:

(a) an order was made under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to the bankrupt when the bankrupt was a debtor; and

(b) an amount was deposited by a creditor, in accordance with that order, with the trustee;

an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to the trustee’s preliminary remuneration and expenses in relation to the debtor

7

The following:

(a) if a creditor applied for:

(i) a sequestration order against the estate; or

(ii) an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act;

the taxed costs of the creditor in relation to the application;

(b) if the administrator of the estate of a deceased person presented a petition for an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act—the taxed costs of the administrator;

(c) if a person made an application for a sequestration order under Part X of the Act—both of the following:

(i) the taxed costs of that person in relation to the application;

(ii) any taxed costs of that person in respect of an application for an order under Division 5 or 6 of Part IX of the Act in relation to the estate

8

The trustee’s remuneration (other than remuneration covered by item 6):

(a) if the trustee is the Official Trustee—payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or

(b) if the trustee is a registered trustee—payable to the registered trustee under section 60‑5 of Schedule 2 to the Act

9

If:

(a) there is a committee of inspection in relation to the administration of the estate; and

(b) the creditors of the estate, or a majority of them, have approved payment of out‑of‑pocket expenses incurred by a member of the committee of inspection;

those expenses, to the extent that the trustee allows them as being fair and reasonable

10

Costs of any audit carried out under section 70‑15 or 70‑20 of Schedule 2 to the Act in relation to the estate

\n```\n\n (2) For the purposes of item 7 of the table, a reference to an applicant or a person presenting a petition is taken to include a reference to a person whose application or petition has not been proceeded with because a debtor’s petition presented by the bankrupt has been accepted by the Official Receiver (whether or not that debtor’s petition was referred to the Court under subsection 55(3B) of the Act, and whatever the outcome of such a referral).\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(e) of the Act, the maximum amount due to or in respect of an employee of a bankrupt is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum amount payable to employee

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$4,600

2

2018‑19

$4,550

3

2017‑18

$4,500

4

2016‑17

$4,450

5

2015‑16

$4,400

6

2014‑15

$4,350

7

2013‑14

$4,300

8

2012‑13

$4,200

9

2011‑12

$4,150

10

2010‑11

$4,100

11

2009‑10

$4,000

12

2008‑09

$3,950

13

2007‑08

$3,850

14

2006‑07

$3,750

15

2005‑06

$3,650

16

2004‑05

$3,550

17

2003‑04

$3,500

18

2002‑03

$3,450

19

2001‑02

$3,350

20

2000‑01

$3,300

21

1999‑2000

$3,150

22

1998‑99

$3,100

23

1997‑98

$3,100

24

1996‑97

$3,100

\n```\n\n (b) property of a kind covered by subsection (3) to the extent that it is reasonably appropriate for a household, having regard to the criteria specified in subsection (4);\n (c) property (including recreational and sports equipment) of a kind that is reasonably necessary for the domestic use of a household, having regard to:\n (c) educational, sporting or recreational items (including books) that are wholly or mainly for the use of children or students in the household;\n (c) any special climatic or other factors (including geographical isolation) of the place where the household residence is located;\n (d) whether the property is reasonably necessary for the functioning or servicing of the household as a viable and properly‑run household;\n (e) whether the costs of seizure, storage and sale of the property would be likely to exceed the sale price of the property;\n (f) if paragraph (e) does not apply—whether for any other reason (for example, costs of transport) the sale of the property would be likely to be uneconomical.\n (6) For the purposes of subsection (5), an item is an antique item only if a substantial part of its market value is attributable to its age or historical significance.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(ba)(ii) of the Act, non‑monetary sporting, cultural, military or academic awards are a kind of property that is prescribed.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(c)(i) of the Act, the maximum total value of a bankrupt’s property that is for use by the bankrupt in earning income by personal exertion is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum total value of tools

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,800

2

2018‑19

$3,800

3

2017‑18

$3,750

4

2016‑17

$3,700

5

2015‑16

$3,650

6

2014‑15

$3,600

7

2013‑14

$3,550

8

2012‑13

$3,500

9

2011‑12

$3,450

10

2010‑11

$3,400

11

2009‑10

$3,300

12

2008‑09

$3,250

13

2007‑08

$3,200

14

2006‑07

$3,100

15

2005‑06

$3,050

16

2004‑05

$3,000

17

2003‑04

$2,950

18

2002‑03

$2,900

19

2001‑02

$2,850

20

2000‑01

$2,800

21

1999‑2000

$2,650

22

1998‑99

$2,600

23

1997‑98

$2,600

24

1996‑97

$2,600

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 116(2)(ca) of the Act, the maximum aggregate value of property used by the bankrupt primarily as a means of transport is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum value of motor vehicle

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$8,100

2

2018‑19

$8,000

3

2017‑18

$7,900

4

2016‑17

$7,800

5

2015‑16

$7,700

6

2014‑15

$7,600

7

2013‑14

$7,500

8

2012‑13

$7,350

9

2011‑12

$7,200

10

2010‑11

$7,050

11

2009‑10

$6,850

12

2008‑09

$6,700

13

2007‑08

$6,500

14

2006‑07

$6,300

15

2005‑06

$6,150

16

2004‑05

$6,000

17

2003‑04

$5,900

18

2002‑03

$5,800

19

2001‑02

$5,650

20

2000‑01

$5,500

21

1999‑2000

$5,200

22

1998‑99

$5,050

23

1997‑98

$5,000

24

1996‑97

$5,000

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 120(2)(d) of the Act, a transfer is of a kind to which subsection 120(1) of the Act does not apply if the costs of recovering the transferred property would, in the opinion of the trustee in the transferor’s bankruptcy, be likely to exceed the value of the property to the transferor’s creditors.\n\n (b) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a lease—set out facts showing that subsection 133(4) of the Act has been complied with; and\n (c) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a contract—set out facts showing that the contract is, for the purposes of subsection 133(5A) of the Act, an unprofitable contract.\n (2) A trustee who gives a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must give the notice to each person who, to the trustee’s knowledge:\n (3) A failure to comply with subsection (1) or (2) does not affect the validity of a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section is made for the purposes of subparagraph (a)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act.\n (b) a reference in that Act to the taxable value of a benefit were a reference to the value, for the purposes of the Act, of the benefit; and\n (c) a reference in that Act to a declaration date were a reference to the date occurring 21 days after the end of a contribution assessment period in relation to a bankrupt; and\n (d) a reference in that Act to a declaration to be given to an employer of a person were a reference to a declaration to be given to the trustee of the person’s estate; and\n (e) a reference in that Act to a form approved by the Commissioner were a reference to a form approved by the Inspector‑General under section 6D of the Act; and\n (f) subject to paragraph (d), a reference in the FBTA Act to an employer, or to the employer, were a reference to any person (other than the bankrupt); and\n (g) a reference in the FBTA Act to an employee, or to the employee, were a reference to a bankrupt, or to the bankrupt, as the case requires.\n (5) Despite subsections (2), (3) and (4), the modifications specified or referred to in those subsections do not apply in relation to the provision of a fringe benefit (within the meaning of the FBTA Act) to a bankrupt if the provider of the fringe benefit:\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following contributions and payments made for the purpose of providing superannuation benefits for a bankrupt person are not income of the person:\n (a) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person to the extent that the contributions reduce the employer’s potential liability for the superannuation guarantee charge imposed under section 5 of the Superannuation Guarantee Charge Act 1992;\n (b) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person in accordance with the employer’s obligation to make contributions for the person under:\n (c) payments of shortfall components made to, or for the benefit of, the person under sections 65 to 67 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n (a) the contributions exceed the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage of the employee’s ordinary time earnings for the contribution assessment period; and\n\n> individual industrial agreement means an industrial agreement made solely between the employer and the person, including the following:\n\n (a) an AWA, or an ITEA, (both within the meaning of the Fair Work (Transitional Provisions and Consequential Amendments) Act 2009) to which that Act applies;\n\n> ordinary time earnings has the meaning given by subsection 6(1) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n> relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage: the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage for a year (the bankruptcy year) is the percentage whose number is the same as that set out in column 2 of the table in subsection 19(2) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992 for the financial year in which the bankruptcy year starts.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following payments or amounts are not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) a payment or amount of family tax benefit paid under the family assistance law (within the meaning of the A New Tax System (Family Assistance) (Administration) Act 1999);\n (b) an amount that is not income for the purposes of the Social Security Act 1991 because of subsection 8(8) of that Act, except for a payment or amount mentioned in paragraph (a), (h), (ha), (k), (ka), (m), (z), (za) or (zb) of that subsection.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (c) of the definition of dependant in section 139K of the Act, the prescribed amount of income derived (or likely to be derived) by a person during a contribution assessment period is:\n (b) if the period begins in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n (d) if the period begins in a later financial year—$3,741 indexed in accordance with section 114 of this instrument as if the period were that financial year.\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum income of dependant

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,720

2

2018‑19

$3,642

3

2017‑18

$3,596

4

2016‑17

$3,532

5

2015‑16

$3,459

6

2014‑15

$3,411

7

2013‑14

$3,363

8

2012‑13

$3,264

9

2011‑12

$3,181

10

2010‑11

$3,131

11

2009‑10

$3,030

12

2008‑09

$2,942

13

2007‑08

$2,870

14

2006‑07

$2,756

15

2005‑06

$2,688

16

2004‑05

$2,611

17

2003‑04

$2,549

\n```\n\n (3) If the bankrupt pays the contribution by cheque, payment is taken to occur when the cheque is cleared and the amount of the payment is credited to the account into which the cheque is deposited.\n (4) The trustee may, on reasonable notice in writing to the bankrupt, vary or withdraw an authorisation under paragraph (2)(c).\n (5) If the trustee incurs a delivery or postal charge (including a surcharge) or bank charge in connection with the receipt or processing of the contribution, the trustee may reimburse the trustee for the amount of the charge from the bankrupt’s estate.\n\n (a) a bankrupt is liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the bankrupt’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act in respect of a contribution assessment period; and\n\n (3) If the contribution remains unpaid, the deceased bankrupt’s estate is liable for the portion of the contribution attributable to the part of the period occurring before the bankrupt’s death.\n\n (b) immediately before being discharged, the person was liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the person’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act; and\n\n> Note: Section 139R of the Act provides that any liability of a bankrupt under section 139P or 139Q of the Act is not affected by the bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy after the making of the assessment that gave rise to the liability.\n\n (5) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(d)(ii), a change in the name of a person is taken to occur if the person in fact assumes the use of a different name or an additional name.\n\n A notice under section 139ZL of the Act must not specify money or property that is protected, under a law of the Commonwealth or a State or Territory, from a process such as assignment, attachment, charging, execution or garnishment.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 145(3) of the Act, notice must be given by serving it on each person to whom, under that subsection, it must be given.\n\n (a) an objection to the discharge of a bankrupt has been made on a ground, or on grounds that include a ground, mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(a) or (h) of the Act (which refer to the bankrupt being out of Australia); and\n (2) Within 5 business days after the day that the registered trustee becomes aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia, the registered trustee must give notice in writing to the Official Receiver stating:\n (ii) if the trustee does not know the day on which the bankrupt returned—the trustee became aware that the bankrupt had returned.\n\n For the purposes of the ground of objection mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(d) of the Act, a bankrupt is taken to have failed to comply with a request to provide information if the bankrupt has provided information that is incomplete or inaccurate.\n\n (c) an application is made to the Administrative Review Tribunal under section 149Q of the Act for the review of the decision of the Inspector‑General; and\n\n (a) if the debtor presents a debtor’s petition to the Official Receiver—on or before the day that the debtor so presents the petition; or\n\n If a registered trustee becomes, under subsection 156A(3) of the Act, the trustee of an estate or of joint and separate estates, the Official Receiver may give the registered trustee a certificate to that effect.\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 188(2A) of the Act, a person (other than the Official Trustee or a registered trustee) is ineligible to act under Part X of the Act as a controlling trustee in relation to a debtor in any of the following circumstances:\n (a) the person is or was convicted of an offence involving fraud or dishonesty at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (c) the person is a solicitor who does not hold an Australian practising certificate (within the meaning of the Evidence Act 1995);\n (d) the person is or was an insolvent under administration at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(f)(ii), the Inspector‑General may approve a course in insolvency by notice published on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website.\n (ii) has refused or failed to cooperate with the Inspector‑General in an inquiry or investigation under paragraph 12(1)(b) of the Act.\n (ii) invites the person to give the Inspector‑General, within 20 business days after the day the notice is given or such longer time as is specified in the notice, a written statement showing cause why the determination should not be made; and\n (5) If the Inspector‑General makes a determination under subsection (3) in relation to a person, the Inspector‑General must give the person a written notice stating the following:\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General to make a determination under subsection 49(3).\n\n (b) the person becomes ineligible to act as a controlling trustee under Part X of the Act because one or more of the circumstances prescribed by subsection 49(1) of this instrument apply in relation to the person.\n (2) The Official Trustee must perform the duties of a controlling trustee in relation to the debtor unless and until the debtor authorises another person under subsection 188(1) of the Act.\n\n (1) If, on application, the Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act that a person (the old trustee) cease to be the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate, the applicant for the order must:\n (3) If the creditors of a regulated debtor, by resolution at a meeting, remove the trustee (the old trustee) of the regulated debtor’s estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(a) of Schedule 2 to the Act, the person appointed by the creditors under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of that Schedule as trustee of the estate must:\n\n (1) If the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate (other than the Official Trustee) finalises the administration of the debtor’s estate, the trustee must:\n\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a debt agreement;\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to give the Official Receiver a debt agreement proposal under subsection 185C(1) of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n (a) any of the following awarded by a registered provider (within the meaning of the Education Services for Overseas Students Act 2000):\n (i) a Certificate IV in Financial Services (Accounting) awarded for study starting between 10 July 2004 and 23 November 2010;\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (c) a degree, diploma or similar qualification awarded by a foreign tertiary education institution and for which the Inspector‑General is satisfied the following conditions are satisfied:\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n\n#### 57 Prescribed amount of owed notified estate charges preventing renewal of registration as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraphs 186C(3)(d) and (5)(d) of the Act, the prescribed amount of notified estate charges is $500.\n\n For the purposes of section 187A of the Act, a provision of Part X of the Act specified in Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section of the Act, to joint debtors, whether partners or not.\n\n (b) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (c) information about whether a personal insolvency agreement may be administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy if any of the things mentioned in paragraphs 40(1)(i) to (m) of the Act happen in relation to a debtor;\n (f) information about a debtor’s rights and responsibilities under Part X of the Act, including a debtor’s obligation to disclose all related entities;\n (g) information about a controlling trustee’s obligation to disclose the controlling trustee’s relationship (if any) with a debtor.\n (3) A registered trustee or a solicitor authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property must not consent to exercise the powers given by the authority unless the debtor has given the registered trustee or the solicitor, as the case may be, a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the Official Trustee is authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property, the Official Receiver must not give the debtor a written approval under paragraph 188(2)(aa) of the Act unless the debtor has given the Official Trustee a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n\n (b) unable to sign the authority or an acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) of this instrument relating to the authority because of a physical incapacity.\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and debtor are familiar; or\n\n> relevant material means the authority, the information prescribed by section 59 and the acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) relating to the authority.\n\n (3) The person must, at the same time as calling a meeting of the debtor’s creditors, give a copy of the proposal for dealing with the debtor’s affairs under Part X of the Act to:\n\n> Note 1: An authority signed by a debtor under section 188 of the Act is not effective for the purposes of Part X of the Act unless, before the person authorised consents to exercise the powers given by the authority, the debtor gives to the person authorised:\n\n> Note 2: Under subsection 188(5) of the Act, a registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority must also give a copy of the authority and the debtor’s statement of affairs to the Official Receiver.\n\n (e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement.\n\n For the purposes of section 210 of the Act, a provision of Part VIII of the Act specified in Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor.\n\n#### 64 Modifications of Division 1 of Part V of the Act—debtors whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act\n\n For the purposes of subsection 211(1) of the Act, a provision in Division 1 of Part V of the Act specified in Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 218(3) of the Act, a notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act must be in writing.\n\n (1) If the Court makes a sequestration order under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act, the applicant for the order must:\n\n#### 67 Information to be given to Official Receiver in relation to orders terminating or setting aside a personal insolvency agreement\n\n> Note: If the Court makes an order setting aside or terminating a personal insolvency agreement and a registered trustee was the trustee of the agreement, the registered trustee must give written notice of the order to the Official Receiver (see subsection 224A(4) of the Act).\n\n (1) If a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act, the trustee of the agreement must:\n\n> Note: Before the termination takes effect, the trustee must give notice of the proposed termination to all the creditors who are entitled to receive notice of a meeting of creditors (see subsection 222A(2) of the Act).\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 231(1) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 4 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor who has executed a personal insolvency agreement.\n (2) For the purposes of subsection 231(3) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 5 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a personal insolvency agreement.\n\n (4) If the trustee gives a certificate to the debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act or subsection (1) of this section, the trustee must:\n (a) the person is required to give a copy of a certificate to the Official Receiver in accordance with subsection (4); and\n\n For the purposes of subsections 248(1) and (3) of the Act, a provision specified in Schedule 4 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Schedule in relation to proceedings under Part XI of the Act and the administration of estates under that Part.\n\n (1) If a trustee (within the meaning of section 254 of the Act) pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act, the trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (3) If a registered trustee pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act, the registered trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (1) For the purposes of the definition of National Personal Insolvency Index in subsection 5(1) of the Act, an electronic index to be known as the National Personal Insolvency Index is established.\n\n Division 2 of this Part (information to be entered in the Index) has effect subject to Division 3 of this Part (information not to be entered in the Index and information to be removed from the Index).\n\n (1) The person specified in column 2 of an item of the table in subsection (3) must, at a time within the time period specified in column 2 of that item, give a copy of each document specified in column 1 of that item to the Official Receiver.\n\n

Documents that must be given to the Official Receiver

Item

Column 1

Document(s)

Column 2

Person and time period

Column 3

Information

1

A notice given under subsection 181A(2) of the Act by the current trustee of a bankrupt’s estate nominating another trustee as the new trustee of the estate

The new trustee within 2 business days after the date specified in the notice (see paragraph 181A(3)(a) of the Act)

The day on which the new trustee became the trustee of the estate

2

An order under subsection 185Q(4) of the Act terminating a debt agreement

The applicant for the order within 3 business days after the order is made

The day on which the order was made

3

An order under subsection 185U(1) of the Act declaring all or part of a debt agreement void

The applicant for the order within 2 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) whether all or part of the agreement was declared void

4

An authority, signed by a debtor under subsection 188(1) of the Act, naming and authorising a registered trustee, a solicitor or the Official Trustee to call a meeting of the debtor’s creditors and to take control of the debtor’s property

The person named in the authority within 2 business days after the debtor signs the authority

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the copy of the authority was given to the Official Receiver;

(c) the day on which the debtor’s statement of affairs was given to the Official Receiver (see subsections 188(2D) and (5) of the Act);

(d) the name of the controlling trustee (see subsection 188(6) of the Act)

5

Written evidence of an event of a kind mentioned in paragraph 192(1)(a), (b) or (c) of the Act, or a written request given to the Official Trustee under paragraph 192(1)(d) of the Act, resulting in the Official Trustee becoming the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor

The Official Trustee within 14 days after the Official Trustee becomes the controlling trustee

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Trustee became the controlling trustee

6

Both of the following:

(a) a petition to the Court, under subsection 244(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of the estate of a deceased person;

(b) an affidavit verifying the petition (see subsection 244(5) of the Act)

The creditor, or one of the creditors, who presented the petition to the Court within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day the petition was presented;

(c) the name of the creditor or creditors who presented the petition;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the creditor or creditors;

(e) the day the Court is to hear the petition

7

Both of the following:

(a) a petition, under subsection 247(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of a deceased person’s estate under Part XI of the Act;

(b) a statement of the deceased person’s affairs and of the petitioner’s administration of the deceased person’s estate (see subsection 247(1) of the Act)

The petitioner within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the petition and the statement of affairs were presented;

(c) the name of the administrator;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the administrator

8

An order, under section 252B of the Act, annulling the administration of the estate of a deceased person under Part XI of the Act

The trustee of the estate within 2 business days after the trustee becomes aware of the order

The day on which the order was made

9

An order, under subsection 253E(1) of the Act, staying proceedings under a creditor’s petition or debtor’s petition

The applicant for the order within 7 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) the length of the stay (see subsection 253E(3) of the Act)

\n```\n\n (1) If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in subsection (2) is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n (aa) in the case of a statement of affairs mentioned in item 2 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the statement; and\n (a) in the case of a debtor’s petition mentioned in item 3, 4 or 5 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the petition; and\n (b) in the case of a debt agreement proposal mentioned in item 12 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the debt agreement proposal for processing.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with the Act

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A sequestration order made against the estate of a debtor (see subsection 52(1A) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(d) the name of the creditor who obtained the order;

(e) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of that creditor

2

A statement of the affairs of a person against whose estate a sequestration order is made, that is given for the purposes of subsection 54(1) of the Act

The day on which the statement of affairs was filed with the Official Receiver

3

A debtor’s petition (see subsection 55(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the resulting bankruptcy;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(e) the day on which the statement of the debtor’s affairs accepted by the Official Receiver was given to the Official Receiver for the purposes of paragraph 55(2)(b) of the Act

4

A debtor’s petition against a partnership presented by members of the partnership (see subsection 56B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of the partners who presented the petition;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the bankruptcy of each of those partners as a result of the acceptance of the petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each bankrupt partner;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those partners, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of the partnership affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

5

A debtor’s petition by joint debtors who are not partners (see subsection 57(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of those debtors;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of each bankruptcy that results from acceptance of the debtor’s petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each debtor;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those debtors, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of their joint affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

6

A notice relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 74(5A) of the Act)

The day on which the bankruptcy was annulled

7

A notice of objection by a trustee to the discharge of a bankrupt from bankruptcy (see subsection 149B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) when the objection took effect (see section 149G of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection set out in the notice (see paragraph 149C(1)(a) of the Act);

(c) the name of the trustee

8

A notice that a trustee ceases to object to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy on a particular ground (see subsection 149H(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) if there is no longer an objection on any ground—when the objection ceased to have effect (see subsection 149H(3) of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection to which the notice relates;

(c) the name of the trustee

9

A notice of withdrawal of objection by a trustee to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy (see subsection 149J(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) when the withdrawal takes effect (see subsection 149J(3) of the Act);

(b) the name of the trustee

10

A notice about the cancellation, under subsection 149N(1) of the Act, of a notice of objection filed by a trustee of a bankrupt’s estate (see subsection 149P(1) of the Act)

The day on which the cancellation took effect

11

A certificate relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 153A(2) of the Act)

The date of annulment included in the certificate

12

A debtor’s written proposal for a debt agreement (see subsection 185C(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185E of the Act)

13

A notification that a debt agreement has ended (see subsection 185N(5) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the debt agreement ended;

(b) the reasons why the debt agreement ended

14

A notification that control of the property of a debtor has ended (see subsection 189(1B) of the Act)

The day on which that control ended

15

A personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor (see paragraph 218(1)(b) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the agreement was executed;

(c) the name of the trustee of the personal insolvency agreement

16

A resolution or special resolution terminating a personal insolvency agreement (see subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

17

A resolution or special resolution terminating a composition or scheme of arrangement (see section 76B and subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated

18

A notice that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated or set aside (see subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated or set aside

19

A notice that a composition or scheme of arrangement is terminated or set aside (see section 76B and subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated or set aside

20

An order that the estate of a deceased person be administered under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 244(14), 245(3) or 247(3) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee administering the estate

21

A statement of a deceased person’s affairs and of the administration of the deceased person’s estate by a legal personal representative of the deceased person (see paragraph 246(1)(b) of the Act)

The day on which the statement was given to the Official Receiver

22

A certificate in relation to the annulment, by force of subsection 252A(1) of the Act, of the administration of an estate under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 252A(2) of the Act)

The day of the annulment

\n```\n\n If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with this instrument

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A creditor’s petition presented against a debtor or joint debtors (see section 13)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor or joint debtors;

(b) the day on which the petition was presented against the debtor or joint debtors;

(c) the name of the petitioning creditor;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the petitioning creditor;

(e) the day of the court hearing for a sequestration order relating to the petition

2

A direction given, or an order made, by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act (see section 14 of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor to whom the order or direction relates;

(b) the day on which the order was made or the direction given;

(c) the day (if any) on which a trustee’s control of that debtor’s property is to end (see subsection 50(1B) of the Act)

3

A notice under subsection 46(2) that the Administrative Review Tribunal has varied or set aside a decision of the Inspector‑General in relation to a notice of objection

The day on which the decision was varied or set aside

4

A notice given under subsection 52(1) in relation to an order about a regulated debtor’s estate, if the order provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of the estate

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the new trustee;

(b) the day of the appointment

5

A notice given under subsection 52(3) by a person appointed as trustee of the estate of a regulated debtor

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the person appointed;

(b) the day of the appointment

6

A notice under subsection 53(1) that the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate has finalised the administration of the debtor’s estate

The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised

7

A notice under subparagraph 62(2)(a)(ii) of particulars specified in subsection 62(3) in relation to a special resolution passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors

The particulars

8

A sequestration order against the estate of a debtor made under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act (see subsection 66(1) of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) if the person who applied for the order was a creditor of the debtor—the name of the creditor and the name and telephone number of the creditor’s solicitor (if any);

(d) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate

9

A notice under paragraph 68(1)(a) that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

10

A certificate given by a trustee to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act (see subsection 70(4) of this instrument)

The day on which the trustee signed the certificate

\n```\n\n If an event specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section occurs, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n| Item | Column 1Event | Column 2Information |\n| ---- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |\n| 1 | A bankrupt is, by force of subsection 149(1) of the Act, discharged from bankruptcy | The day on which the bankrupt was discharged from bankruptcy |\n| 2 | The Official Receiver issues a certificate of appointment to a registered trustee under subsection 157(3) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the name of the registered trustee;(b) the day on which the registered trustee was appointed |\n| 3 | A trustee, or the Official Trustee, is released from the trusteeship of an estate by force of section 184 or 184A of the Act | The fact that the trustee, or the Official Trustee, has been so released |\n| 4 | A debt agreement proposal is withdrawn | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was withdrawn |\n| 5 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement that was made before 1 July 2007 is accepted (see sections 185B and 185P of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the proposal was accepted |\n| 6 | A debt agreement proposal is not accepted (see section 185EC of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was not accepted |\n| 7 | The Official Receiver cancels the acceptance of a debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185ED of the Act) | The day on which the Official Receiver cancelled the acceptance of the debt agreement proposal for processing |\n| 8 | A debt agreement proposal lapses (see section 185G of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal lapsed |\n| 9 | The Official Receiver gives to a debtor a certificate under subsection 185N(3) of the Act | The day on which the certificate was given |\n| 10 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement is accepted (see section 185PC of the Act) | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 11 | The Official Receiver terminates a debt agreement under subsection 185QA(1) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 12 | The minutes of a meeting of creditors at which a special resolution was passed terminating a debt agreement made before 1 July 2007 are given to the Official Receiver (see subsection 185QA(1) of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the resolution was passed |\n| 13 | A special resolution is passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors under subsection 204(1) of the Act if the Official Trustee called the meeting under an authority under section 188 of the Act | All of the following:(a) the date of the resolution;(b) the debtor’s full name and alias (if any);(c) the debtor’s address;(d) the debtor’s occupation (if any);(e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement |\n| 14 | A sequestration order is made against the estate of a debtor under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | All of the following:(a) particulars of the debtor;(b) the day on which the order was made;(c) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate |\n| 15 | An order is made under subsection 222(1), (2) or (5) of the Act setting aside a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was set aside |\n| 16 | A personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act where the Official Trustee is the trustee of the agreement | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 17 | An order is made under subsection 222C(1) of the Act terminating a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 18 | The Official Trustee gives a certificate to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act | The day on which the Official Trustee signed the certificate |\n| 19 | The Official Trustee finalises the administration of a debtor’s estate | The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised |\n| 20 | The Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act, on application by the Inspector‑General, that provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of an estate | Both of the following:(a) the name of the new trustee;(b) the day of the appointment |\n| 21 | The Official Trustee is appointed by the creditors of an estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of Schedule 2 to the Act as trustee of an estate | The day of the appointment |\n\n> Note: A number of provisions of the Act require the Official Receiver to enter information in the Index when certain events occur. These provisions include the following:\n\n (a) a debtor whose property is under the control of the Official Trustee or a registered trustee because of a direction given by the Court under paragraph 50(1)(a) of the Act;\n (c) a deceased debtor if a petition for an order for the administration of the deceased debtor’s estate has been presented under Part XI of the Act;\n (d) a debtor in relation to whom an application is made to the Court under subsection 253E(1) of the Act for an order staying all or any proceedings under a petition.\n (3) In the case of a deceased debtor, the information to be entered in accordance with paragraphs (1)(a), (b) and (c) is the information immediately before the debtor’s death.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (4), a person who is a debtor or bankrupt may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General for information about the person:\n (a) not to be entered in the Index, on the ground that the entry of the information would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n\n> Note: Example: A person may rely on a court order (such as a domestic violence order) to show that publication of the information in question would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under paragraph 80(3)(a) refusing to grant an application.\n\n (1) If a debt agreement ends under section 185N of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (2) If a debt agreement is terminated under section 185P, 185Q, 185QA or 185R of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (3) If an order is made under section 185U of the Act declaring all of a debt agreement void, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n\n The Official Receiver must remove all information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index within 1 year after the day on which any of the following occurs:\n\n (1) A person may, by application in writing, ask the Official Receiver to inspect material in the Index and give to the person an extract of material specified in the application.\n (a) if the applicant has paid any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination for obtaining the requested extract—must inspect the Index and, within 10 business days of receiving the application:\n (b) may give the applicant a list of Index search agents who may be able to inspect material entered in the Index for the applicant.\n (3) A person who has been granted access to the Index by the Inspector‑General may, after paying any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination:\n (4) However, prior payment is not required under subsection (3) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n An extract of information in the Index is admissible in any proceedings as prima facie evidence of the matters in the extract.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General, and any officer acting at the direction or with the authority of the Inspector‑General, have immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n (2) An officer has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (3) A person who provides material for entry in the Index has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of the material by way of:\n (5) The immunity of the Inspector‑General or another officer under this section arising out of publication of material extends to the Commonwealth and the Official Trustee to the extent that the Commonwealth or the Official Trustee would, apart from this subsection, be liable in respect of the publication.\n (6) This section does not limit any other ground of defence in relation to actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n\n (b) the person executing the warrant considers that it is impracticable to immediately bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n (b) a day and time when the person executing the warrant considers that it will be practicable to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n\n (1) If the Registrar receives a notification under subsection 87(2) in relation to an apprehended person, the Registrar must, as soon as reasonably practicable:\n (a) determine a day, time and place for the apprehended person to be brought before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate; and\n (b) direct the person who gave the notification to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate in accordance with that determination.\n (2) The time and day determined under paragraph (1)(a) must be the earliest that the Registrar reasonably believes are practicable.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 277B(1) of the Act, this Division establishes an infringement notice scheme, as an alternative to prosecution, for an infringement notice provision.\n\n (1) If the Inspector‑General believes on reasonable grounds that a person has contravened an infringement notice provision, the Inspector‑General may give to the person an infringement notice for the alleged contravention.\n (2) The infringement notice must be given within 12 months after the day on which the contravention is alleged to have taken place.\n (3) A single infringement notice must relate only to a single contravention of a single provision unless subsection (4) applies.\n (4) The Inspector‑General may give a person a single infringement notice relating to multiple contraventions of a single provision if:\n\n (e) give brief details of the alleged contravention, or each alleged contravention, to which the notice relates, including:\n (f) state the amount that is payable under the notice, as worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act and subsection (2) of this section; and\n (h) state that, if the person to whom the notice is given pays the amount within 20 business days after the day the notice is given, then (unless the notice is withdrawn) the person will not be liable to be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (k) state that the person may choose not to pay the amount and, if the person does so the person may be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (n) state that the person may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) If the notice relates to more than one alleged contravention of the provision by the person, the amount to be stated in the notice for the purposes of paragraph (1)(f) is the sum of the amount worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act for each alleged contravention.\n\n> Note: Under section 90, a single infringement notice may only deal with multiple contraventions if they are contraventions of a single provision continuing over a period.\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may apply to the Inspector‑General for an extension of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h).\n (2) If the application is made before the end of that period, the Inspector‑General may, in writing, extend that period. The Inspector‑General may do so before or after the end of that period.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General extends that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to that period so extended.\n (4) If the Inspector‑General does not extend that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to the period that ends on the later of the following days:\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) The Inspector‑General may withdraw an infringement notice given to a person (whether or not the person has made written representations seeking the withdrawal).\n (3) When deciding whether or not to withdraw an infringement notice (the relevant infringement notice), the Inspector‑General:\n (a) must take into account any written representations seeking the withdrawal that were given by the person to the Inspector‑General; and\n (i) whether a court has previously imposed a penalty on the person for a contravention of an infringement notice provision;\n (iii) whether the person has paid an amount, stated in an earlier infringement notice, for a contravention of an infringement notice provision if the contravention is constituted by conduct that is the same, or substantially the same, as the conduct alleged to constitute the contravention in the relevant infringement notice;\n\n (1) If the person to whom an infringement notice for an alleged contravention of a provision is given pays the amount stated in the notice before the end of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h):\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may sign a certificate that states any of the following in relation to an infringement notice given to a person:\n (b) that the Inspector‑General granted, or refused to grant, an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice;\n (c) if the Inspector‑General granted an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice—that that amount was not fully paid by the person within the period specified in the extension;\n (2) At a hearing of a prosecution for an offence alleged in an infringement notice, a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General in accordance with subsection (1) is prima facie evidence of the matters specified in the certificate.\n (3) A certificate that purports to be signed by the Inspector‑General is taken to have been signed by the Inspector‑General unless the contrary is proved.\n\n (a) require an infringement notice to be given to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (c) prevent the giving of 2 or more infringement notices to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (d) limit a court’s discretion to determine the amount of a penalty to be imposed on a person who is found to have contravened an infringement notice provision.\n\n (b) unless the person, by notice in writing to the Inspector‑General, directs otherwise—offset against estate charge or late payment penalty payable by the person.\n\n (1) A payment of interest charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) A payment of realisations charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or served on, a person (other than the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee), the document may be:\n (a) sent by a courier service to the person at the address of the person last known to the person serving the document; or\n (b) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name and any relevant document exchange number, at a document exchange where the person maintains a document exchange facility; or\n (i) by a kind of electronic communication that transmits the document to a facility maintained by the person for receipt of electronically transmitted documents; or\n (ii) by a kind of electronic communication such that, in the ordinary course of events, the document could be reasonably expected to be received by the person.\n\n> Note: The Electronic Transactions Act 1999 applies to a requirement or permission to give information under the Bankruptcy Act 1966 or this instrument, including electronic communications covered by this section.\n\n> Note: However, paragraph (d) of this subsection permits information to be given by means of particular kinds of electronic communication, in accordance with the information technology requirements in subsection (3). This means the requirements in section 9 of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999 do not apply in relation to electronic communications covered by this section (see subsection 9(3) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999).\n\n (2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(a) or (b), in the absence of proof to the contrary, the document is taken to have been received by, or served on, the person when the document would, in the due course of business practice, be delivered to that address or document exchange.\n\n (a) at the time the document is sent, it is reasonable to expect that the document would be readily accessible so as to be useable for subsequent reference; and\n (b) the document is sent in one of the following formats, or in a format that is similar to or readily convertible into one of the following formats:\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, this section applies if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or filed or lodged with:\n (2) The document must be posted, delivered, sent by email, or sent through the website of the Australian Financial Security Authority, to:\n (3) If this section applies, the document is taken to be received, filed or lodged only when the document (or, where applicable, a copy of it) is actually received by, or on behalf of, the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver (as the case requires).\n\n (1) Subsection (2) applies in any proceedings to a document or copy of a document that purports to be a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General stating that, at a particular time, the form of statement of affairs that is attached to the certificate was the approved form for the purposes of section 6A of the Act.\n\n A fee is not payable by the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver in respect of an application to, or the filing of a document in, the Court in relation to proceedings under the Act, this instrument or the Insolvency Practice Rules.\n\n (2) If such a fee is payable in respect of the doing of a matter or thing by the Official Receiver, the matter or thing need not be done unless the fee has been paid.\n\n (1) The Official Trustee’s entitlement to remuneration under the Fees and Remuneration Determination arises when the Official Trustee:\n (a) performs work or first acts in accordance with section 3.03, 3.04, 3.07 or 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (2) For paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (d), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee in respect of an amount received by the Official Trustee:\n\n (1) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.03 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the property or business of a debtor, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (2) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.04 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a composition or scheme of arrangement with the creditors of a bankrupt, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the composition or scheme of arrangement as the case may be.\n (3) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor who signed an authority under section 188 of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (4) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the estate of a bankrupt, or of a deceased person for whose estate an order for administration has been made under Part XI of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the bankrupt or deceased person as the case may be.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a request by a bankrupt to the Official Trustee for the Official Trustee’s consent, under paragraph 272(1)(c) of the Act, to the bankrupt leaving Australia.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may decide to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4) if the Inspector‑General is reasonably satisfied that:\n (a) payment of the fee by the person liable to pay it has imposed, or would impose, hardship on the person that is unusual and exceptional in comparison to the hardship arising in the normal course of bankruptcy; or\n (b) unless the fee is payable to the Inspector‑General—the officer to whom the fee is payable or would have been payable if the fee had not been waived or remitted.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General decides under subsection (1) to refuse to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4), the notification under subsection (2) in relation to the decision must include the reasons for the decision.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under subsection 111(1) refusing to waive or remit the whole or part of a fee that is payable by the person.\n\n If, under the Act, a trustee takes possession of, or attaches, the property of a bankrupt, debtor or deceased person, the trustee must, as soon as is reasonably practicable:\n (b) give a copy of the inventory, of the photographs or of the video recordings, as the case may be, to any person who has custody of the property or part of the property.\n\n (1) If a provision of this instrument states that a dollar amount is to be indexed in accordance with this section, then at the start of each financial year (an indexation year) beginning on or after 1 July 2021, the dollar amount is replaced by the amount worked out using the following formula:\n ![Start formula Indexation factor for the indexation year times Dollar amount for the previous year end formula](image.002.png)\n ![Start formula start fraction Index number for the reference quarter over Index number for the base quarter end fraction end formula](image.003.png)\n\n> index number, for a quarter, means the All Groups Consumer Price Index number (being the weighted average of the 8 capital cities) published by the Australian Statistician for that quarter.\n\n (4) If an indexation factor worked out under subsection (2) would be less than 1, that indexation factor is to be increased to 1.\n (a) are to be made using only the index numbers published in terms of the most recently published index reference period; and\n (b) are to be made disregarding index numbers that are published in substitution for previously published index numbers (except where the substituted numbers are published to take account of changes in the index reference period).\n\n (a) a thing was done for a particular purpose under the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996 as in force immediately before those Regulations were repealed; and\n (2) Without limiting subsection (1), a reference in that subsection to a thing being done includes a reference to a notice, application or other instrument being given or made.\n\n Despite the repeal of the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996, item 3 of Schedule 4 to those Regulations, as in force immediately before that repeal, continues to apply in relation to a contribution assessment period if an assessment under section 139W of the Act was made for that contribution assessment period before that repeal.\n\n Section 102, as substituted by Schedule 1 to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Electronic Service) Regulations 2024, applies in relation to a document that is given or sent to, or served on, a person on or after the commencement of that Schedule.\n\n## 73 Establishment and maintenance of the National Personal Insolvency Index\n\n (1) For the purposes of the definition of National Personal Insolvency Index in subsection 5(1) of the Act, an electronic index to be known as the National Personal Insolvency Index is established.\n\n## 74 Information in the Index\n\n Division 2 of this Part (information to be entered in the Index) has effect subject to Division 3 of this Part (information not to be entered in the Index and information to be removed from the Index).\n\n## Division 2 Information to be entered in the Index\n\n> electronic communication means an electronic communication within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of electronic communication in subsection 5(1) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999.\n\n> legal practitioner means a barrister, a solicitor, a barrister and solicitor or a legal practitioner, of the High Court or of the Supreme Court of a State or Territory.\n\n (a) remuneration paid to the trustee in accordance with a direction, or other order, made by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act directing the trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or making another order in relation to the property; and\n (ii) in relation to the examination of the debtor, or an examinable person in relation to the debtor, as a result of the issue of a summons under subsection 50(2) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section sets out the requirements for an application to the Official Receiver for a bankruptcy notice by a person who has obtained against a debtor one, or 2 or more, final judgments or final orders of a kind described in paragraph 40(1)(g) of the Act.\n\n (a) if any final order specified in the application is an award that is a final order because of subparagraph 40(3)(a)(i) of the Act—both of the following:\n (i) a copy of the award certified as a true copy by the arbitrator who made the award or by an officer of the Court who has compared the copy with the original award;\n (ii) a certificate of the judgment or order sealed by the court that made the judgment or order (the relevant court) or signed by an officer of the relevant court;\n (iii) a copy of the entry of the judgment or order certified as a true copy of that entry and sealed by the relevant court or signed by an officer of the relevant court.\n\n> Note 2: A fee is payable to the Official Receiver for an application under this section (see the Fees and Remuneration Determination).\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice must follow that form in respect of its format (for example, bold or italic typeface, underlining and notes).\n\n> Note: Section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 provides that strict compliance with a form is not required and substantial compliance is sufficient.\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice in relation to a debtor that is served on the debtor outside of a period mentioned in subsection (1) is not valid.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (a) of the definition of statutory minimum in subsection 5(1) of the Act, the amount prescribed is $10,000.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (2), the only persons who may inspect a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver under subsection 41(1) of the Act are the following:\n (2) If a creditor’s petition is presented that is founded on an act of bankruptcy consisting of failure to comply with the bankruptcy notice, any person may inspect the notice.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver in relation to a debtor if the notice includes a final judgment, or final order, that is expressed in an amount of foreign currency (whether or not the judgment or order is also expressed in an amount of Australian currency).\n (c) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the day on which the application for the notice is made.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n A creditor who presents a petition to the Court under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must give to the Official Receiver:\n (b) a copy of any order entered by the Court, dismissing, staying or extending the petition, or adjourning the hearing of the petition, within 2 business days after the Court enters the order.\n\n (1) If the Court gives a direction, or makes another order, under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to a debtor, the creditor who applied under subsection 50(1A) of the Act for the Court to make a direction must:\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n (c) in accordance with the direction or other order, the creditor deposits an amount (the first amount) with the trustee for the purposes of covering the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor.\n\n (2) The creditor is entitled to a refund of the sum of the first amount and any amount covered by subsection (4) less an amount equal to the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor if any of the following events occur:\n (a) the debtor enters into a personal insolvency agreement, or the debtor’s estate is administered under Part XI of the Act, and the Court authorises the trustee to transfer the debtor’s property to some other person;\n (i) the Court is satisfied that the first amount is insufficient to cover the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor;\n (ii) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs, on application by the trustee, the creditor to deposit the additional amount with the trustee;\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n\n (2) The Court may, on application by the debtor within 15 business days after the day the petition is dismissed, order the creditor to pay the debtor an amount equal to the damage the Court assesses as resulting from the acts or omissions of the trustee in reliance on the direction or other order mentioned in paragraph (1)(b).\n\n “(2A) The Court or a magistrate may direct that an examination, or any part of an examination, under this section shall be held in private.”;\n (c) by omitting from subsection (9) “is the trustee” and substituting “has been directed to take control of the property of the relevant person”;\n “(14) Subject to subsection (14A), the applicant for an examination under this section is to pay the costs incurred in connection with the examination.\n (14A) The Court or a magistrate may order that all or some of the costs mentioned in subsection (14) are to be paid by the relevant person.”.\n\n If:\n (b) the Official Receiver accepts the declaration, and signs a copy of the declaration, under paragraph 54C(1)(a) of the Act;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsections 54D(1), 55(3A), 56B(5) and 57(3A) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (d) information about a debtor’s right to choose whether the bankruptcy is initially administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (e) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to present to the Official Receiver, under section 54A of the Act, a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition.\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to present a petition under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n If:\n (a) a debtor presents, or 2 or more debtors present, a petition to the Official Receiver under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act; and\n (b) there is in force under subsection 156A(1) of the Act an instrument of consent of a registered trustee to act as the trustee of:\n (ii) in the case of 2 or more debtors—the separate estates, the joint estates, or the joint and separate estates, of the debtors or any of them;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 56C(2) of the Act, if the Official Receiver refers a debtor’s petition against a partnership to the Court, the notice given by the Official Receiver to each member of the partnership who did not present the petition must:\n\n If a person is arrested under a warrant issued by the Court under section 78 of the Act, the arresting officer must immediately notify a Registrar of the Court.\n\n (a) a creditor lodges, or causes to be lodged, a proof of debt in a bankruptcy in accordance with section 84 of the Act; and\n (b) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the date of the bankruptcy.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n (1) For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(a) of the Act, the order that the trustee of the estate of a bankrupt must apply the proceeds of the bankrupt’s property to the costs, charges, expenses and remuneration mentioned in the following table is the order that appears in the table.\n\n

Order of payment of certain costs, charges, expenses and remuneration

Item

Costs, charges and expenses

1

Realisations charge payable by the trustee in relation to the estate under the Bankruptcy (Estate Charges) Act 1997

2

If the trustee is a registered trustee to whom the Official Trustee transferred the administration of the bankruptcy, both of the following in relation to the administration of the bankruptcy by the Official Trustee before the transfer:

(a) any remuneration payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination;

(b) any reimbursement that is payable to the Official Trustee under section 108

3

Expenses reasonably incurred by or on behalf of the trustee:

(a) in protecting all or part of the bankrupt’s assets; or

(b) in carrying on, in accordance with the Act, a business of the bankrupt

4

If a creditor made an advance to the trustee for the purposes of the trustee’s administration of the bankruptcy—an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to that advance

5

Fees, costs, charges or expenses (other than fees, costs, charges or expenses covered by another item of this table) paid or payable by the trustee in administering the bankrupt’s estate

6

If:

(a) an order was made under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to the bankrupt when the bankrupt was a debtor; and

(b) an amount was deposited by a creditor, in accordance with that order, with the trustee;

an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to the trustee’s preliminary remuneration and expenses in relation to the debtor

7

The following:

(a) if a creditor applied for:

(i) a sequestration order against the estate; or

(ii) an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act;

the taxed costs of the creditor in relation to the application;

(b) if the administrator of the estate of a deceased person presented a petition for an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act—the taxed costs of the administrator;

(c) if a person made an application for a sequestration order under Part X of the Act—both of the following:

(i) the taxed costs of that person in relation to the application;

(ii) any taxed costs of that person in respect of an application for an order under Division 5 or 6 of Part IX of the Act in relation to the estate

8

The trustee’s remuneration (other than remuneration covered by item 6):

(a) if the trustee is the Official Trustee—payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or

(b) if the trustee is a registered trustee—payable to the registered trustee under section 60‑5 of Schedule 2 to the Act

9

If:

(a) there is a committee of inspection in relation to the administration of the estate; and

(b) the creditors of the estate, or a majority of them, have approved payment of out‑of‑pocket expenses incurred by a member of the committee of inspection;

those expenses, to the extent that the trustee allows them as being fair and reasonable

10

Costs of any audit carried out under section 70‑15 or 70‑20 of Schedule 2 to the Act in relation to the estate

\n```\n\n (2) For the purposes of item 7 of the table, a reference to an applicant or a person presenting a petition is taken to include a reference to a person whose application or petition has not been proceeded with because a debtor’s petition presented by the bankrupt has been accepted by the Official Receiver (whether or not that debtor’s petition was referred to the Court under subsection 55(3B) of the Act, and whatever the outcome of such a referral).\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(e) of the Act, the maximum amount due to or in respect of an employee of a bankrupt is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum amount payable to employee

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$4,600

2

2018‑19

$4,550

3

2017‑18

$4,500

4

2016‑17

$4,450

5

2015‑16

$4,400

6

2014‑15

$4,350

7

2013‑14

$4,300

8

2012‑13

$4,200

9

2011‑12

$4,150

10

2010‑11

$4,100

11

2009‑10

$4,000

12

2008‑09

$3,950

13

2007‑08

$3,850

14

2006‑07

$3,750

15

2005‑06

$3,650

16

2004‑05

$3,550

17

2003‑04

$3,500

18

2002‑03

$3,450

19

2001‑02

$3,350

20

2000‑01

$3,300

21

1999‑2000

$3,150

22

1998‑99

$3,100

23

1997‑98

$3,100

24

1996‑97

$3,100

\n```\n\n (b) property of a kind covered by subsection (3) to the extent that it is reasonably appropriate for a household, having regard to the criteria specified in subsection (4);\n (c) property (including recreational and sports equipment) of a kind that is reasonably necessary for the domestic use of a household, having regard to:\n (c) educational, sporting or recreational items (including books) that are wholly or mainly for the use of children or students in the household;\n (c) any special climatic or other factors (including geographical isolation) of the place where the household residence is located;\n (d) whether the property is reasonably necessary for the functioning or servicing of the household as a viable and properly‑run household;\n (e) whether the costs of seizure, storage and sale of the property would be likely to exceed the sale price of the property;\n (f) if paragraph (e) does not apply—whether for any other reason (for example, costs of transport) the sale of the property would be likely to be uneconomical.\n (6) For the purposes of subsection (5), an item is an antique item only if a substantial part of its market value is attributable to its age or historical significance.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(ba)(ii) of the Act, non‑monetary sporting, cultural, military or academic awards are a kind of property that is prescribed.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(c)(i) of the Act, the maximum total value of a bankrupt’s property that is for use by the bankrupt in earning income by personal exertion is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum total value of tools

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,800

2

2018‑19

$3,800

3

2017‑18

$3,750

4

2016‑17

$3,700

5

2015‑16

$3,650

6

2014‑15

$3,600

7

2013‑14

$3,550

8

2012‑13

$3,500

9

2011‑12

$3,450

10

2010‑11

$3,400

11

2009‑10

$3,300

12

2008‑09

$3,250

13

2007‑08

$3,200

14

2006‑07

$3,100

15

2005‑06

$3,050

16

2004‑05

$3,000

17

2003‑04

$2,950

18

2002‑03

$2,900

19

2001‑02

$2,850

20

2000‑01

$2,800

21

1999‑2000

$2,650

22

1998‑99

$2,600

23

1997‑98

$2,600

24

1996‑97

$2,600

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 116(2)(ca) of the Act, the maximum aggregate value of property used by the bankrupt primarily as a means of transport is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum value of motor vehicle

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$8,100

2

2018‑19

$8,000

3

2017‑18

$7,900

4

2016‑17

$7,800

5

2015‑16

$7,700

6

2014‑15

$7,600

7

2013‑14

$7,500

8

2012‑13

$7,350

9

2011‑12

$7,200

10

2010‑11

$7,050

11

2009‑10

$6,850

12

2008‑09

$6,700

13

2007‑08

$6,500

14

2006‑07

$6,300

15

2005‑06

$6,150

16

2004‑05

$6,000

17

2003‑04

$5,900

18

2002‑03

$5,800

19

2001‑02

$5,650

20

2000‑01

$5,500

21

1999‑2000

$5,200

22

1998‑99

$5,050

23

1997‑98

$5,000

24

1996‑97

$5,000

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 120(2)(d) of the Act, a transfer is of a kind to which subsection 120(1) of the Act does not apply if the costs of recovering the transferred property would, in the opinion of the trustee in the transferor’s bankruptcy, be likely to exceed the value of the property to the transferor’s creditors.\n\n (b) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a lease—set out facts showing that subsection 133(4) of the Act has been complied with; and\n (c) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a contract—set out facts showing that the contract is, for the purposes of subsection 133(5A) of the Act, an unprofitable contract.\n (2) A trustee who gives a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must give the notice to each person who, to the trustee’s knowledge:\n (3) A failure to comply with subsection (1) or (2) does not affect the validity of a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section is made for the purposes of subparagraph (a)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act.\n (b) a reference in that Act to the taxable value of a benefit were a reference to the value, for the purposes of the Act, of the benefit; and\n (c) a reference in that Act to a declaration date were a reference to the date occurring 21 days after the end of a contribution assessment period in relation to a bankrupt; and\n (d) a reference in that Act to a declaration to be given to an employer of a person were a reference to a declaration to be given to the trustee of the person’s estate; and\n (e) a reference in that Act to a form approved by the Commissioner were a reference to a form approved by the Inspector‑General under section 6D of the Act; and\n (f) subject to paragraph (d), a reference in the FBTA Act to an employer, or to the employer, were a reference to any person (other than the bankrupt); and\n (g) a reference in the FBTA Act to an employee, or to the employee, were a reference to a bankrupt, or to the bankrupt, as the case requires.\n (5) Despite subsections (2), (3) and (4), the modifications specified or referred to in those subsections do not apply in relation to the provision of a fringe benefit (within the meaning of the FBTA Act) to a bankrupt if the provider of the fringe benefit:\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following contributions and payments made for the purpose of providing superannuation benefits for a bankrupt person are not income of the person:\n (a) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person to the extent that the contributions reduce the employer’s potential liability for the superannuation guarantee charge imposed under section 5 of the Superannuation Guarantee Charge Act 1992;\n (b) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person in accordance with the employer’s obligation to make contributions for the person under:\n (c) payments of shortfall components made to, or for the benefit of, the person under sections 65 to 67 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n (a) the contributions exceed the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage of the employee’s ordinary time earnings for the contribution assessment period; and\n\n> individual industrial agreement means an industrial agreement made solely between the employer and the person, including the following:\n\n (a) an AWA, or an ITEA, (both within the meaning of the Fair Work (Transitional Provisions and Consequential Amendments) Act 2009) to which that Act applies;\n\n> ordinary time earnings has the meaning given by subsection 6(1) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n> relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage: the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage for a year (the bankruptcy year) is the percentage whose number is the same as that set out in column 2 of the table in subsection 19(2) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992 for the financial year in which the bankruptcy year starts.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following payments or amounts are not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) a payment or amount of family tax benefit paid under the family assistance law (within the meaning of the A New Tax System (Family Assistance) (Administration) Act 1999);\n (b) an amount that is not income for the purposes of the Social Security Act 1991 because of subsection 8(8) of that Act, except for a payment or amount mentioned in paragraph (a), (h), (ha), (k), (ka), (m), (z), (za) or (zb) of that subsection.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (c) of the definition of dependant in section 139K of the Act, the prescribed amount of income derived (or likely to be derived) by a person during a contribution assessment period is:\n (b) if the period begins in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n (d) if the period begins in a later financial year—$3,741 indexed in accordance with section 114 of this instrument as if the period were that financial year.\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum income of dependant

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,720

2

2018‑19

$3,642

3

2017‑18

$3,596

4

2016‑17

$3,532

5

2015‑16

$3,459

6

2014‑15

$3,411

7

2013‑14

$3,363

8

2012‑13

$3,264

9

2011‑12

$3,181

10

2010‑11

$3,131

11

2009‑10

$3,030

12

2008‑09

$2,942

13

2007‑08

$2,870

14

2006‑07

$2,756

15

2005‑06

$2,688

16

2004‑05

$2,611

17

2003‑04

$2,549

\n```\n\n (3) If the bankrupt pays the contribution by cheque, payment is taken to occur when the cheque is cleared and the amount of the payment is credited to the account into which the cheque is deposited.\n (4) The trustee may, on reasonable notice in writing to the bankrupt, vary or withdraw an authorisation under paragraph (2)(c).\n (5) If the trustee incurs a delivery or postal charge (including a surcharge) or bank charge in connection with the receipt or processing of the contribution, the trustee may reimburse the trustee for the amount of the charge from the bankrupt’s estate.\n\n (a) a bankrupt is liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the bankrupt’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act in respect of a contribution assessment period; and\n\n (3) If the contribution remains unpaid, the deceased bankrupt’s estate is liable for the portion of the contribution attributable to the part of the period occurring before the bankrupt’s death.\n\n (b) immediately before being discharged, the person was liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the person’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act; and\n\n> Note: Section 139R of the Act provides that any liability of a bankrupt under section 139P or 139Q of the Act is not affected by the bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy after the making of the assessment that gave rise to the liability.\n\n (5) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(d)(ii), a change in the name of a person is taken to occur if the person in fact assumes the use of a different name or an additional name.\n\n A notice under section 139ZL of the Act must not specify money or property that is protected, under a law of the Commonwealth or a State or Territory, from a process such as assignment, attachment, charging, execution or garnishment.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 145(3) of the Act, notice must be given by serving it on each person to whom, under that subsection, it must be given.\n\n (a) an objection to the discharge of a bankrupt has been made on a ground, or on grounds that include a ground, mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(a) or (h) of the Act (which refer to the bankrupt being out of Australia); and\n (2) Within 5 business days after the day that the registered trustee becomes aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia, the registered trustee must give notice in writing to the Official Receiver stating:\n (ii) if the trustee does not know the day on which the bankrupt returned—the trustee became aware that the bankrupt had returned.\n\n For the purposes of the ground of objection mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(d) of the Act, a bankrupt is taken to have failed to comply with a request to provide information if the bankrupt has provided information that is incomplete or inaccurate.\n\n (c) an application is made to the Administrative Review Tribunal under section 149Q of the Act for the review of the decision of the Inspector‑General; and\n\n (a) if the debtor presents a debtor’s petition to the Official Receiver—on or before the day that the debtor so presents the petition; or\n\n If a registered trustee becomes, under subsection 156A(3) of the Act, the trustee of an estate or of joint and separate estates, the Official Receiver may give the registered trustee a certificate to that effect.\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 188(2A) of the Act, a person (other than the Official Trustee or a registered trustee) is ineligible to act under Part X of the Act as a controlling trustee in relation to a debtor in any of the following circumstances:\n (a) the person is or was convicted of an offence involving fraud or dishonesty at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (c) the person is a solicitor who does not hold an Australian practising certificate (within the meaning of the Evidence Act 1995);\n (d) the person is or was an insolvent under administration at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(f)(ii), the Inspector‑General may approve a course in insolvency by notice published on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website.\n (ii) has refused or failed to cooperate with the Inspector‑General in an inquiry or investigation under paragraph 12(1)(b) of the Act.\n (ii) invites the person to give the Inspector‑General, within 20 business days after the day the notice is given or such longer time as is specified in the notice, a written statement showing cause why the determination should not be made; and\n (5) If the Inspector‑General makes a determination under subsection (3) in relation to a person, the Inspector‑General must give the person a written notice stating the following:\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General to make a determination under subsection 49(3).\n\n (b) the person becomes ineligible to act as a controlling trustee under Part X of the Act because one or more of the circumstances prescribed by subsection 49(1) of this instrument apply in relation to the person.\n (2) The Official Trustee must perform the duties of a controlling trustee in relation to the debtor unless and until the debtor authorises another person under subsection 188(1) of the Act.\n\n (1) If, on application, the Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act that a person (the old trustee) cease to be the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate, the applicant for the order must:\n (3) If the creditors of a regulated debtor, by resolution at a meeting, remove the trustee (the old trustee) of the regulated debtor’s estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(a) of Schedule 2 to the Act, the person appointed by the creditors under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of that Schedule as trustee of the estate must:\n\n (1) If the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate (other than the Official Trustee) finalises the administration of the debtor’s estate, the trustee must:\n\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a debt agreement;\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to give the Official Receiver a debt agreement proposal under subsection 185C(1) of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n (a) any of the following awarded by a registered provider (within the meaning of the Education Services for Overseas Students Act 2000):\n (i) a Certificate IV in Financial Services (Accounting) awarded for study starting between 10 July 2004 and 23 November 2010;\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (c) a degree, diploma or similar qualification awarded by a foreign tertiary education institution and for which the Inspector‑General is satisfied the following conditions are satisfied:\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n\n#### 57 Prescribed amount of owed notified estate charges preventing renewal of registration as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraphs 186C(3)(d) and (5)(d) of the Act, the prescribed amount of notified estate charges is $500.\n\n For the purposes of section 187A of the Act, a provision of Part X of the Act specified in Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section of the Act, to joint debtors, whether partners or not.\n\n (b) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (c) information about whether a personal insolvency agreement may be administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy if any of the things mentioned in paragraphs 40(1)(i) to (m) of the Act happen in relation to a debtor;\n (f) information about a debtor’s rights and responsibilities under Part X of the Act, including a debtor’s obligation to disclose all related entities;\n (g) information about a controlling trustee’s obligation to disclose the controlling trustee’s relationship (if any) with a debtor.\n (3) A registered trustee or a solicitor authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property must not consent to exercise the powers given by the authority unless the debtor has given the registered trustee or the solicitor, as the case may be, a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the Official Trustee is authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property, the Official Receiver must not give the debtor a written approval under paragraph 188(2)(aa) of the Act unless the debtor has given the Official Trustee a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n\n (b) unable to sign the authority or an acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) of this instrument relating to the authority because of a physical incapacity.\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and debtor are familiar; or\n\n> relevant material means the authority, the information prescribed by section 59 and the acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) relating to the authority.\n\n (3) The person must, at the same time as calling a meeting of the debtor’s creditors, give a copy of the proposal for dealing with the debtor’s affairs under Part X of the Act to:\n\n> Note 1: An authority signed by a debtor under section 188 of the Act is not effective for the purposes of Part X of the Act unless, before the person authorised consents to exercise the powers given by the authority, the debtor gives to the person authorised:\n\n> Note 2: Under subsection 188(5) of the Act, a registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority must also give a copy of the authority and the debtor’s statement of affairs to the Official Receiver.\n\n (e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement.\n\n For the purposes of section 210 of the Act, a provision of Part VIII of the Act specified in Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor.\n\n#### 64 Modifications of Division 1 of Part V of the Act—debtors whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act\n\n For the purposes of subsection 211(1) of the Act, a provision in Division 1 of Part V of the Act specified in Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 218(3) of the Act, a notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act must be in writing.\n\n (1) If the Court makes a sequestration order under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act, the applicant for the order must:\n\n#### 67 Information to be given to Official Receiver in relation to orders terminating or setting aside a personal insolvency agreement\n\n> Note: If the Court makes an order setting aside or terminating a personal insolvency agreement and a registered trustee was the trustee of the agreement, the registered trustee must give written notice of the order to the Official Receiver (see subsection 224A(4) of the Act).\n\n (1) If a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act, the trustee of the agreement must:\n\n> Note: Before the termination takes effect, the trustee must give notice of the proposed termination to all the creditors who are entitled to receive notice of a meeting of creditors (see subsection 222A(2) of the Act).\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 231(1) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 4 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor who has executed a personal insolvency agreement.\n (2) For the purposes of subsection 231(3) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 5 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a personal insolvency agreement.\n\n (4) If the trustee gives a certificate to the debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act or subsection (1) of this section, the trustee must:\n (a) the person is required to give a copy of a certificate to the Official Receiver in accordance with subsection (4); and\n\n For the purposes of subsections 248(1) and (3) of the Act, a provision specified in Schedule 4 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Schedule in relation to proceedings under Part XI of the Act and the administration of estates under that Part.\n\n (1) If a trustee (within the meaning of section 254 of the Act) pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act, the trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (3) If a registered trustee pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act, the registered trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (1) For the purposes of the definition of National Personal Insolvency Index in subsection 5(1) of the Act, an electronic index to be known as the National Personal Insolvency Index is established.\n\n Division 2 of this Part (information to be entered in the Index) has effect subject to Division 3 of this Part (information not to be entered in the Index and information to be removed from the Index).\n\n (1) The person specified in column 2 of an item of the table in subsection (3) must, at a time within the time period specified in column 2 of that item, give a copy of each document specified in column 1 of that item to the Official Receiver.\n\n

Documents that must be given to the Official Receiver

Item

Column 1

Document(s)

Column 2

Person and time period

Column 3

Information

1

A notice given under subsection 181A(2) of the Act by the current trustee of a bankrupt’s estate nominating another trustee as the new trustee of the estate

The new trustee within 2 business days after the date specified in the notice (see paragraph 181A(3)(a) of the Act)

The day on which the new trustee became the trustee of the estate

2

An order under subsection 185Q(4) of the Act terminating a debt agreement

The applicant for the order within 3 business days after the order is made

The day on which the order was made

3

An order under subsection 185U(1) of the Act declaring all or part of a debt agreement void

The applicant for the order within 2 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) whether all or part of the agreement was declared void

4

An authority, signed by a debtor under subsection 188(1) of the Act, naming and authorising a registered trustee, a solicitor or the Official Trustee to call a meeting of the debtor’s creditors and to take control of the debtor’s property

The person named in the authority within 2 business days after the debtor signs the authority

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the copy of the authority was given to the Official Receiver;

(c) the day on which the debtor’s statement of affairs was given to the Official Receiver (see subsections 188(2D) and (5) of the Act);

(d) the name of the controlling trustee (see subsection 188(6) of the Act)

5

Written evidence of an event of a kind mentioned in paragraph 192(1)(a), (b) or (c) of the Act, or a written request given to the Official Trustee under paragraph 192(1)(d) of the Act, resulting in the Official Trustee becoming the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor

The Official Trustee within 14 days after the Official Trustee becomes the controlling trustee

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Trustee became the controlling trustee

6

Both of the following:

(a) a petition to the Court, under subsection 244(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of the estate of a deceased person;

(b) an affidavit verifying the petition (see subsection 244(5) of the Act)

The creditor, or one of the creditors, who presented the petition to the Court within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day the petition was presented;

(c) the name of the creditor or creditors who presented the petition;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the creditor or creditors;

(e) the day the Court is to hear the petition

7

Both of the following:

(a) a petition, under subsection 247(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of a deceased person’s estate under Part XI of the Act;

(b) a statement of the deceased person’s affairs and of the petitioner’s administration of the deceased person’s estate (see subsection 247(1) of the Act)

The petitioner within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the petition and the statement of affairs were presented;

(c) the name of the administrator;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the administrator

8

An order, under section 252B of the Act, annulling the administration of the estate of a deceased person under Part XI of the Act

The trustee of the estate within 2 business days after the trustee becomes aware of the order

The day on which the order was made

9

An order, under subsection 253E(1) of the Act, staying proceedings under a creditor’s petition or debtor’s petition

The applicant for the order within 7 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) the length of the stay (see subsection 253E(3) of the Act)

\n```\n\n (1) If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in subsection (2) is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n (aa) in the case of a statement of affairs mentioned in item 2 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the statement; and\n (a) in the case of a debtor’s petition mentioned in item 3, 4 or 5 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the petition; and\n (b) in the case of a debt agreement proposal mentioned in item 12 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the debt agreement proposal for processing.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with the Act

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A sequestration order made against the estate of a debtor (see subsection 52(1A) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(d) the name of the creditor who obtained the order;

(e) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of that creditor

2

A statement of the affairs of a person against whose estate a sequestration order is made, that is given for the purposes of subsection 54(1) of the Act

The day on which the statement of affairs was filed with the Official Receiver

3

A debtor’s petition (see subsection 55(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the resulting bankruptcy;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(e) the day on which the statement of the debtor’s affairs accepted by the Official Receiver was given to the Official Receiver for the purposes of paragraph 55(2)(b) of the Act

4

A debtor’s petition against a partnership presented by members of the partnership (see subsection 56B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of the partners who presented the petition;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the bankruptcy of each of those partners as a result of the acceptance of the petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each bankrupt partner;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those partners, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of the partnership affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

5

A debtor’s petition by joint debtors who are not partners (see subsection 57(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of those debtors;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of each bankruptcy that results from acceptance of the debtor’s petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each debtor;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those debtors, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of their joint affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

6

A notice relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 74(5A) of the Act)

The day on which the bankruptcy was annulled

7

A notice of objection by a trustee to the discharge of a bankrupt from bankruptcy (see subsection 149B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) when the objection took effect (see section 149G of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection set out in the notice (see paragraph 149C(1)(a) of the Act);

(c) the name of the trustee

8

A notice that a trustee ceases to object to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy on a particular ground (see subsection 149H(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) if there is no longer an objection on any ground—when the objection ceased to have effect (see subsection 149H(3) of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection to which the notice relates;

(c) the name of the trustee

9

A notice of withdrawal of objection by a trustee to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy (see subsection 149J(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) when the withdrawal takes effect (see subsection 149J(3) of the Act);

(b) the name of the trustee

10

A notice about the cancellation, under subsection 149N(1) of the Act, of a notice of objection filed by a trustee of a bankrupt’s estate (see subsection 149P(1) of the Act)

The day on which the cancellation took effect

11

A certificate relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 153A(2) of the Act)

The date of annulment included in the certificate

12

A debtor’s written proposal for a debt agreement (see subsection 185C(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185E of the Act)

13

A notification that a debt agreement has ended (see subsection 185N(5) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the debt agreement ended;

(b) the reasons why the debt agreement ended

14

A notification that control of the property of a debtor has ended (see subsection 189(1B) of the Act)

The day on which that control ended

15

A personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor (see paragraph 218(1)(b) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the agreement was executed;

(c) the name of the trustee of the personal insolvency agreement

16

A resolution or special resolution terminating a personal insolvency agreement (see subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

17

A resolution or special resolution terminating a composition or scheme of arrangement (see section 76B and subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated

18

A notice that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated or set aside (see subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated or set aside

19

A notice that a composition or scheme of arrangement is terminated or set aside (see section 76B and subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated or set aside

20

An order that the estate of a deceased person be administered under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 244(14), 245(3) or 247(3) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee administering the estate

21

A statement of a deceased person’s affairs and of the administration of the deceased person’s estate by a legal personal representative of the deceased person (see paragraph 246(1)(b) of the Act)

The day on which the statement was given to the Official Receiver

22

A certificate in relation to the annulment, by force of subsection 252A(1) of the Act, of the administration of an estate under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 252A(2) of the Act)

The day of the annulment

\n```\n\n If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with this instrument

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A creditor’s petition presented against a debtor or joint debtors (see section 13)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor or joint debtors;

(b) the day on which the petition was presented against the debtor or joint debtors;

(c) the name of the petitioning creditor;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the petitioning creditor;

(e) the day of the court hearing for a sequestration order relating to the petition

2

A direction given, or an order made, by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act (see section 14 of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor to whom the order or direction relates;

(b) the day on which the order was made or the direction given;

(c) the day (if any) on which a trustee’s control of that debtor’s property is to end (see subsection 50(1B) of the Act)

3

A notice under subsection 46(2) that the Administrative Review Tribunal has varied or set aside a decision of the Inspector‑General in relation to a notice of objection

The day on which the decision was varied or set aside

4

A notice given under subsection 52(1) in relation to an order about a regulated debtor’s estate, if the order provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of the estate

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the new trustee;

(b) the day of the appointment

5

A notice given under subsection 52(3) by a person appointed as trustee of the estate of a regulated debtor

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the person appointed;

(b) the day of the appointment

6

A notice under subsection 53(1) that the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate has finalised the administration of the debtor’s estate

The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised

7

A notice under subparagraph 62(2)(a)(ii) of particulars specified in subsection 62(3) in relation to a special resolution passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors

The particulars

8

A sequestration order against the estate of a debtor made under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act (see subsection 66(1) of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) if the person who applied for the order was a creditor of the debtor—the name of the creditor and the name and telephone number of the creditor’s solicitor (if any);

(d) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate

9

A notice under paragraph 68(1)(a) that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

10

A certificate given by a trustee to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act (see subsection 70(4) of this instrument)

The day on which the trustee signed the certificate

\n```\n\n If an event specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section occurs, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n| Item | Column 1Event | Column 2Information |\n| ---- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |\n| 1 | A bankrupt is, by force of subsection 149(1) of the Act, discharged from bankruptcy | The day on which the bankrupt was discharged from bankruptcy |\n| 2 | The Official Receiver issues a certificate of appointment to a registered trustee under subsection 157(3) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the name of the registered trustee;(b) the day on which the registered trustee was appointed |\n| 3 | A trustee, or the Official Trustee, is released from the trusteeship of an estate by force of section 184 or 184A of the Act | The fact that the trustee, or the Official Trustee, has been so released |\n| 4 | A debt agreement proposal is withdrawn | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was withdrawn |\n| 5 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement that was made before 1 July 2007 is accepted (see sections 185B and 185P of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the proposal was accepted |\n| 6 | A debt agreement proposal is not accepted (see section 185EC of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was not accepted |\n| 7 | The Official Receiver cancels the acceptance of a debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185ED of the Act) | The day on which the Official Receiver cancelled the acceptance of the debt agreement proposal for processing |\n| 8 | A debt agreement proposal lapses (see section 185G of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal lapsed |\n| 9 | The Official Receiver gives to a debtor a certificate under subsection 185N(3) of the Act | The day on which the certificate was given |\n| 10 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement is accepted (see section 185PC of the Act) | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 11 | The Official Receiver terminates a debt agreement under subsection 185QA(1) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 12 | The minutes of a meeting of creditors at which a special resolution was passed terminating a debt agreement made before 1 July 2007 are given to the Official Receiver (see subsection 185QA(1) of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the resolution was passed |\n| 13 | A special resolution is passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors under subsection 204(1) of the Act if the Official Trustee called the meeting under an authority under section 188 of the Act | All of the following:(a) the date of the resolution;(b) the debtor’s full name and alias (if any);(c) the debtor’s address;(d) the debtor’s occupation (if any);(e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement |\n| 14 | A sequestration order is made against the estate of a debtor under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | All of the following:(a) particulars of the debtor;(b) the day on which the order was made;(c) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate |\n| 15 | An order is made under subsection 222(1), (2) or (5) of the Act setting aside a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was set aside |\n| 16 | A personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act where the Official Trustee is the trustee of the agreement | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 17 | An order is made under subsection 222C(1) of the Act terminating a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 18 | The Official Trustee gives a certificate to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act | The day on which the Official Trustee signed the certificate |\n| 19 | The Official Trustee finalises the administration of a debtor’s estate | The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised |\n| 20 | The Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act, on application by the Inspector‑General, that provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of an estate | Both of the following:(a) the name of the new trustee;(b) the day of the appointment |\n| 21 | The Official Trustee is appointed by the creditors of an estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of Schedule 2 to the Act as trustee of an estate | The day of the appointment |\n\n> Note: A number of provisions of the Act require the Official Receiver to enter information in the Index when certain events occur. These provisions include the following:\n\n (a) a debtor whose property is under the control of the Official Trustee or a registered trustee because of a direction given by the Court under paragraph 50(1)(a) of the Act;\n (c) a deceased debtor if a petition for an order for the administration of the deceased debtor’s estate has been presented under Part XI of the Act;\n (d) a debtor in relation to whom an application is made to the Court under subsection 253E(1) of the Act for an order staying all or any proceedings under a petition.\n (3) In the case of a deceased debtor, the information to be entered in accordance with paragraphs (1)(a), (b) and (c) is the information immediately before the debtor’s death.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (4), a person who is a debtor or bankrupt may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General for information about the person:\n (a) not to be entered in the Index, on the ground that the entry of the information would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n\n> Note: Example: A person may rely on a court order (such as a domestic violence order) to show that publication of the information in question would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under paragraph 80(3)(a) refusing to grant an application.\n\n (1) If a debt agreement ends under section 185N of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (2) If a debt agreement is terminated under section 185P, 185Q, 185QA or 185R of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (3) If an order is made under section 185U of the Act declaring all of a debt agreement void, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n\n The Official Receiver must remove all information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index within 1 year after the day on which any of the following occurs:\n\n (1) A person may, by application in writing, ask the Official Receiver to inspect material in the Index and give to the person an extract of material specified in the application.\n (a) if the applicant has paid any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination for obtaining the requested extract—must inspect the Index and, within 10 business days of receiving the application:\n (b) may give the applicant a list of Index search agents who may be able to inspect material entered in the Index for the applicant.\n (3) A person who has been granted access to the Index by the Inspector‑General may, after paying any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination:\n (4) However, prior payment is not required under subsection (3) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n An extract of information in the Index is admissible in any proceedings as prima facie evidence of the matters in the extract.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General, and any officer acting at the direction or with the authority of the Inspector‑General, have immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n (2) An officer has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (3) A person who provides material for entry in the Index has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of the material by way of:\n (5) The immunity of the Inspector‑General or another officer under this section arising out of publication of material extends to the Commonwealth and the Official Trustee to the extent that the Commonwealth or the Official Trustee would, apart from this subsection, be liable in respect of the publication.\n (6) This section does not limit any other ground of defence in relation to actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n\n (b) the person executing the warrant considers that it is impracticable to immediately bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n (b) a day and time when the person executing the warrant considers that it will be practicable to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n\n (1) If the Registrar receives a notification under subsection 87(2) in relation to an apprehended person, the Registrar must, as soon as reasonably practicable:\n (a) determine a day, time and place for the apprehended person to be brought before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate; and\n (b) direct the person who gave the notification to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate in accordance with that determination.\n (2) The time and day determined under paragraph (1)(a) must be the earliest that the Registrar reasonably believes are practicable.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 277B(1) of the Act, this Division establishes an infringement notice scheme, as an alternative to prosecution, for an infringement notice provision.\n\n (1) If the Inspector‑General believes on reasonable grounds that a person has contravened an infringement notice provision, the Inspector‑General may give to the person an infringement notice for the alleged contravention.\n (2) The infringement notice must be given within 12 months after the day on which the contravention is alleged to have taken place.\n (3) A single infringement notice must relate only to a single contravention of a single provision unless subsection (4) applies.\n (4) The Inspector‑General may give a person a single infringement notice relating to multiple contraventions of a single provision if:\n\n (e) give brief details of the alleged contravention, or each alleged contravention, to which the notice relates, including:\n (f) state the amount that is payable under the notice, as worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act and subsection (2) of this section; and\n (h) state that, if the person to whom the notice is given pays the amount within 20 business days after the day the notice is given, then (unless the notice is withdrawn) the person will not be liable to be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (k) state that the person may choose not to pay the amount and, if the person does so the person may be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (n) state that the person may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) If the notice relates to more than one alleged contravention of the provision by the person, the amount to be stated in the notice for the purposes of paragraph (1)(f) is the sum of the amount worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act for each alleged contravention.\n\n> Note: Under section 90, a single infringement notice may only deal with multiple contraventions if they are contraventions of a single provision continuing over a period.\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may apply to the Inspector‑General for an extension of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h).\n (2) If the application is made before the end of that period, the Inspector‑General may, in writing, extend that period. The Inspector‑General may do so before or after the end of that period.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General extends that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to that period so extended.\n (4) If the Inspector‑General does not extend that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to the period that ends on the later of the following days:\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) The Inspector‑General may withdraw an infringement notice given to a person (whether or not the person has made written representations seeking the withdrawal).\n (3) When deciding whether or not to withdraw an infringement notice (the relevant infringement notice), the Inspector‑General:\n (a) must take into account any written representations seeking the withdrawal that were given by the person to the Inspector‑General; and\n (i) whether a court has previously imposed a penalty on the person for a contravention of an infringement notice provision;\n (iii) whether the person has paid an amount, stated in an earlier infringement notice, for a contravention of an infringement notice provision if the contravention is constituted by conduct that is the same, or substantially the same, as the conduct alleged to constitute the contravention in the relevant infringement notice;\n\n (1) If the person to whom an infringement notice for an alleged contravention of a provision is given pays the amount stated in the notice before the end of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h):\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may sign a certificate that states any of the following in relation to an infringement notice given to a person:\n (b) that the Inspector‑General granted, or refused to grant, an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice;\n (c) if the Inspector‑General granted an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice—that that amount was not fully paid by the person within the period specified in the extension;\n (2) At a hearing of a prosecution for an offence alleged in an infringement notice, a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General in accordance with subsection (1) is prima facie evidence of the matters specified in the certificate.\n (3) A certificate that purports to be signed by the Inspector‑General is taken to have been signed by the Inspector‑General unless the contrary is proved.\n\n (a) require an infringement notice to be given to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (c) prevent the giving of 2 or more infringement notices to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (d) limit a court’s discretion to determine the amount of a penalty to be imposed on a person who is found to have contravened an infringement notice provision.\n\n (b) unless the person, by notice in writing to the Inspector‑General, directs otherwise—offset against estate charge or late payment penalty payable by the person.\n\n (1) A payment of interest charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) A payment of realisations charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or served on, a person (other than the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee), the document may be:\n (a) sent by a courier service to the person at the address of the person last known to the person serving the document; or\n (b) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name and any relevant document exchange number, at a document exchange where the person maintains a document exchange facility; or\n (i) by a kind of electronic communication that transmits the document to a facility maintained by the person for receipt of electronically transmitted documents; or\n (ii) by a kind of electronic communication such that, in the ordinary course of events, the document could be reasonably expected to be received by the person.\n\n> Note: The Electronic Transactions Act 1999 applies to a requirement or permission to give information under the Bankruptcy Act 1966 or this instrument, including electronic communications covered by this section.\n\n> Note: However, paragraph (d) of this subsection permits information to be given by means of particular kinds of electronic communication, in accordance with the information technology requirements in subsection (3). This means the requirements in section 9 of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999 do not apply in relation to electronic communications covered by this section (see subsection 9(3) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999).\n\n (2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(a) or (b), in the absence of proof to the contrary, the document is taken to have been received by, or served on, the person when the document would, in the due course of business practice, be delivered to that address or document exchange.\n\n (a) at the time the document is sent, it is reasonable to expect that the document would be readily accessible so as to be useable for subsequent reference; and\n (b) the document is sent in one of the following formats, or in a format that is similar to or readily convertible into one of the following formats:\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, this section applies if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or filed or lodged with:\n (2) The document must be posted, delivered, sent by email, or sent through the website of the Australian Financial Security Authority, to:\n (3) If this section applies, the document is taken to be received, filed or lodged only when the document (or, where applicable, a copy of it) is actually received by, or on behalf of, the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver (as the case requires).\n\n (1) Subsection (2) applies in any proceedings to a document or copy of a document that purports to be a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General stating that, at a particular time, the form of statement of affairs that is attached to the certificate was the approved form for the purposes of section 6A of the Act.\n\n A fee is not payable by the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver in respect of an application to, or the filing of a document in, the Court in relation to proceedings under the Act, this instrument or the Insolvency Practice Rules.\n\n (2) If such a fee is payable in respect of the doing of a matter or thing by the Official Receiver, the matter or thing need not be done unless the fee has been paid.\n\n (1) The Official Trustee’s entitlement to remuneration under the Fees and Remuneration Determination arises when the Official Trustee:\n (a) performs work or first acts in accordance with section 3.03, 3.04, 3.07 or 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (2) For paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (d), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee in respect of an amount received by the Official Trustee:\n\n (1) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.03 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the property or business of a debtor, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (2) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.04 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a composition or scheme of arrangement with the creditors of a bankrupt, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the composition or scheme of arrangement as the case may be.\n (3) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor who signed an authority under section 188 of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (4) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the estate of a bankrupt, or of a deceased person for whose estate an order for administration has been made under Part XI of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the bankrupt or deceased person as the case may be.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a request by a bankrupt to the Official Trustee for the Official Trustee’s consent, under paragraph 272(1)(c) of the Act, to the bankrupt leaving Australia.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may decide to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4) if the Inspector‑General is reasonably satisfied that:\n (a) payment of the fee by the person liable to pay it has imposed, or would impose, hardship on the person that is unusual and exceptional in comparison to the hardship arising in the normal course of bankruptcy; or\n (b) unless the fee is payable to the Inspector‑General—the officer to whom the fee is payable or would have been payable if the fee had not been waived or remitted.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General decides under subsection (1) to refuse to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4), the notification under subsection (2) in relation to the decision must include the reasons for the decision.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under subsection 111(1) refusing to waive or remit the whole or part of a fee that is payable by the person.\n\n If, under the Act, a trustee takes possession of, or attaches, the property of a bankrupt, debtor or deceased person, the trustee must, as soon as is reasonably practicable:\n (b) give a copy of the inventory, of the photographs or of the video recordings, as the case may be, to any person who has custody of the property or part of the property.\n\n (1) If a provision of this instrument states that a dollar amount is to be indexed in accordance with this section, then at the start of each financial year (an indexation year) beginning on or after 1 July 2021, the dollar amount is replaced by the amount worked out using the following formula:\n ![Start formula Indexation factor for the indexation year times Dollar amount for the previous year end formula](image.002.png)\n ![Start formula start fraction Index number for the reference quarter over Index number for the base quarter end fraction end formula](image.003.png)\n\n> index number, for a quarter, means the All Groups Consumer Price Index number (being the weighted average of the 8 capital cities) published by the Australian Statistician for that quarter.\n\n (4) If an indexation factor worked out under subsection (2) would be less than 1, that indexation factor is to be increased to 1.\n (a) are to be made using only the index numbers published in terms of the most recently published index reference period; and\n (b) are to be made disregarding index numbers that are published in substitution for previously published index numbers (except where the substituted numbers are published to take account of changes in the index reference period).\n\n (a) a thing was done for a particular purpose under the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996 as in force immediately before those Regulations were repealed; and\n (2) Without limiting subsection (1), a reference in that subsection to a thing being done includes a reference to a notice, application or other instrument being given or made.\n\n Despite the repeal of the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996, item 3 of Schedule 4 to those Regulations, as in force immediately before that repeal, continues to apply in relation to a contribution assessment period if an assessment under section 139W of the Act was made for that contribution assessment period before that repeal.\n\n Section 102, as substituted by Schedule 1 to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Electronic Service) Regulations 2024, applies in relation to a document that is given or sent to, or served on, a person on or after the commencement of that Schedule.\n\n## 75 Documents that must be given to Official Receiver\n\n (1) The person specified in column 2 of an item of the table in subsection (3) must, at a time within the time period specified in column 2 of that item, give a copy of each document specified in column 1 of that item to the Official Receiver.\n\n

Documents that must be given to the Official Receiver

Item

Column 1

Document(s)

Column 2

Person and time period

Column 3

Information

1

A notice given under subsection 181A(2) of the Act by the current trustee of a bankrupt’s estate nominating another trustee as the new trustee of the estate

The new trustee within 2 business days after the date specified in the notice (see paragraph 181A(3)(a) of the Act)

The day on which the new trustee became the trustee of the estate

2

An order under subsection 185Q(4) of the Act terminating a debt agreement

The applicant for the order within 3 business days after the order is made

The day on which the order was made

3

An order under subsection 185U(1) of the Act declaring all or part of a debt agreement void

The applicant for the order within 2 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) whether all or part of the agreement was declared void

4

An authority, signed by a debtor under subsection 188(1) of the Act, naming and authorising a registered trustee, a solicitor or the Official Trustee to call a meeting of the debtor’s creditors and to take control of the debtor’s property

The person named in the authority within 2 business days after the debtor signs the authority

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the copy of the authority was given to the Official Receiver;

(c) the day on which the debtor’s statement of affairs was given to the Official Receiver (see subsections 188(2D) and (5) of the Act);

(d) the name of the controlling trustee (see subsection 188(6) of the Act)

5

Written evidence of an event of a kind mentioned in paragraph 192(1)(a), (b) or (c) of the Act, or a written request given to the Official Trustee under paragraph 192(1)(d) of the Act, resulting in the Official Trustee becoming the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor

The Official Trustee within 14 days after the Official Trustee becomes the controlling trustee

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Trustee became the controlling trustee

6

Both of the following:

(a) a petition to the Court, under subsection 244(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of the estate of a deceased person;

(b) an affidavit verifying the petition (see subsection 244(5) of the Act)

The creditor, or one of the creditors, who presented the petition to the Court within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day the petition was presented;

(c) the name of the creditor or creditors who presented the petition;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the creditor or creditors;

(e) the day the Court is to hear the petition

7

Both of the following:

(a) a petition, under subsection 247(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of a deceased person’s estate under Part XI of the Act;

(b) a statement of the deceased person’s affairs and of the petitioner’s administration of the deceased person’s estate (see subsection 247(1) of the Act)

The petitioner within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the petition and the statement of affairs were presented;

(c) the name of the administrator;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the administrator

8

An order, under section 252B of the Act, annulling the administration of the estate of a deceased person under Part XI of the Act

The trustee of the estate within 2 business days after the trustee becomes aware of the order

The day on which the order was made

9

An order, under subsection 253E(1) of the Act, staying proceedings under a creditor’s petition or debtor’s petition

The applicant for the order within 7 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) the length of the stay (see subsection 253E(3) of the Act)

\n```\n\n## 76 Documents given to Official Receiver in accordance with the Act\n\n (1) If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in subsection (2) is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n (aa) in the case of a statement of affairs mentioned in item 2 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the statement; and\n (a) in the case of a debtor’s petition mentioned in item 3, 4 or 5 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the petition; and\n (b) in the case of a debt agreement proposal mentioned in item 12 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the debt agreement proposal for processing.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with the Act

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A sequestration order made against the estate of a debtor (see subsection 52(1A) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(d) the name of the creditor who obtained the order;

(e) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of that creditor

2

A statement of the affairs of a person against whose estate a sequestration order is made, that is given for the purposes of subsection 54(1) of the Act

The day on which the statement of affairs was filed with the Official Receiver

3

A debtor’s petition (see subsection 55(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the resulting bankruptcy;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(e) the day on which the statement of the debtor’s affairs accepted by the Official Receiver was given to the Official Receiver for the purposes of paragraph 55(2)(b) of the Act

4

A debtor’s petition against a partnership presented by members of the partnership (see subsection 56B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of the partners who presented the petition;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the bankruptcy of each of those partners as a result of the acceptance of the petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each bankrupt partner;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those partners, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of the partnership affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

5

A debtor’s petition by joint debtors who are not partners (see subsection 57(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of those debtors;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of each bankruptcy that results from acceptance of the debtor’s petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each debtor;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those debtors, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of their joint affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

6

A notice relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 74(5A) of the Act)

The day on which the bankruptcy was annulled

7

A notice of objection by a trustee to the discharge of a bankrupt from bankruptcy (see subsection 149B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) when the objection took effect (see section 149G of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection set out in the notice (see paragraph 149C(1)(a) of the Act);

(c) the name of the trustee

8

A notice that a trustee ceases to object to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy on a particular ground (see subsection 149H(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) if there is no longer an objection on any ground—when the objection ceased to have effect (see subsection 149H(3) of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection to which the notice relates;

(c) the name of the trustee

9

A notice of withdrawal of objection by a trustee to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy (see subsection 149J(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) when the withdrawal takes effect (see subsection 149J(3) of the Act);

(b) the name of the trustee

10

A notice about the cancellation, under subsection 149N(1) of the Act, of a notice of objection filed by a trustee of a bankrupt’s estate (see subsection 149P(1) of the Act)

The day on which the cancellation took effect

11

A certificate relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 153A(2) of the Act)

The date of annulment included in the certificate

12

A debtor’s written proposal for a debt agreement (see subsection 185C(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185E of the Act)

13

A notification that a debt agreement has ended (see subsection 185N(5) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the debt agreement ended;

(b) the reasons why the debt agreement ended

14

A notification that control of the property of a debtor has ended (see subsection 189(1B) of the Act)

The day on which that control ended

15

A personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor (see paragraph 218(1)(b) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the agreement was executed;

(c) the name of the trustee of the personal insolvency agreement

16

A resolution or special resolution terminating a personal insolvency agreement (see subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

17

A resolution or special resolution terminating a composition or scheme of arrangement (see section 76B and subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated

18

A notice that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated or set aside (see subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated or set aside

19

A notice that a composition or scheme of arrangement is terminated or set aside (see section 76B and subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated or set aside

20

An order that the estate of a deceased person be administered under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 244(14), 245(3) or 247(3) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee administering the estate

21

A statement of a deceased person’s affairs and of the administration of the deceased person’s estate by a legal personal representative of the deceased person (see paragraph 246(1)(b) of the Act)

The day on which the statement was given to the Official Receiver

22

A certificate in relation to the annulment, by force of subsection 252A(1) of the Act, of the administration of an estate under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 252A(2) of the Act)

The day of the annulment

\n```\n\n## 77 Documents given to Official Receiver in accordance with this instrument\n\n If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with this instrument

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A creditor’s petition presented against a debtor or joint debtors (see section 13)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor or joint debtors;

(b) the day on which the petition was presented against the debtor or joint debtors;

(c) the name of the petitioning creditor;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the petitioning creditor;

(e) the day of the court hearing for a sequestration order relating to the petition

2

A direction given, or an order made, by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act (see section 14 of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor to whom the order or direction relates;

(b) the day on which the order was made or the direction given;

(c) the day (if any) on which a trustee’s control of that debtor’s property is to end (see subsection 50(1B) of the Act)

3

A notice under subsection 46(2) that the Administrative Review Tribunal has varied or set aside a decision of the Inspector‑General in relation to a notice of objection

The day on which the decision was varied or set aside

4

A notice given under subsection 52(1) in relation to an order about a regulated debtor’s estate, if the order provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of the estate

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the new trustee;

(b) the day of the appointment

5

A notice given under subsection 52(3) by a person appointed as trustee of the estate of a regulated debtor

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the person appointed;

(b) the day of the appointment

6

A notice under subsection 53(1) that the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate has finalised the administration of the debtor’s estate

The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised

7

A notice under subparagraph 62(2)(a)(ii) of particulars specified in subsection 62(3) in relation to a special resolution passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors

The particulars

8

A sequestration order against the estate of a debtor made under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act (see subsection 66(1) of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) if the person who applied for the order was a creditor of the debtor—the name of the creditor and the name and telephone number of the creditor’s solicitor (if any);

(d) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate

9

A notice under paragraph 68(1)(a) that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

10

A certificate given by a trustee to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act (see subsection 70(4) of this instrument)

The day on which the trustee signed the certificate

\n```\n\n## 78 Information about specified events\n\n If an event specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section occurs, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n| Item | Column 1Event | Column 2Information |\n| ---- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |\n| 1 | A bankrupt is, by force of subsection 149(1) of the Act, discharged from bankruptcy | The day on which the bankrupt was discharged from bankruptcy |\n| 2 | The Official Receiver issues a certificate of appointment to a registered trustee under subsection 157(3) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the name of the registered trustee;(b) the day on which the registered trustee was appointed |\n| 3 | A trustee, or the Official Trustee, is released from the trusteeship of an estate by force of section 184 or 184A of the Act | The fact that the trustee, or the Official Trustee, has been so released |\n| 4 | A debt agreement proposal is withdrawn | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was withdrawn |\n| 5 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement that was made before 1 July 2007 is accepted (see sections 185B and 185P of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the proposal was accepted |\n| 6 | A debt agreement proposal is not accepted (see section 185EC of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was not accepted |\n| 7 | The Official Receiver cancels the acceptance of a debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185ED of the Act) | The day on which the Official Receiver cancelled the acceptance of the debt agreement proposal for processing |\n| 8 | A debt agreement proposal lapses (see section 185G of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal lapsed |\n| 9 | The Official Receiver gives to a debtor a certificate under subsection 185N(3) of the Act | The day on which the certificate was given |\n| 10 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement is accepted (see section 185PC of the Act) | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 11 | The Official Receiver terminates a debt agreement under subsection 185QA(1) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 12 | The minutes of a meeting of creditors at which a special resolution was passed terminating a debt agreement made before 1 July 2007 are given to the Official Receiver (see subsection 185QA(1) of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the resolution was passed |\n| 13 | A special resolution is passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors under subsection 204(1) of the Act if the Official Trustee called the meeting under an authority under section 188 of the Act | All of the following:(a) the date of the resolution;(b) the debtor’s full name and alias (if any);(c) the debtor’s address;(d) the debtor’s occupation (if any);(e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement |\n| 14 | A sequestration order is made against the estate of a debtor under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | All of the following:(a) particulars of the debtor;(b) the day on which the order was made;(c) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate |\n| 15 | An order is made under subsection 222(1), (2) or (5) of the Act setting aside a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was set aside |\n| 16 | A personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act where the Official Trustee is the trustee of the agreement | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 17 | An order is made under subsection 222C(1) of the Act terminating a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 18 | The Official Trustee gives a certificate to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act | The day on which the Official Trustee signed the certificate |\n| 19 | The Official Trustee finalises the administration of a debtor’s estate | The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised |\n| 20 | The Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act, on application by the Inspector‑General, that provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of an estate | Both of the following:(a) the name of the new trustee;(b) the day of the appointment |\n| 21 | The Official Trustee is appointed by the creditors of an estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of Schedule 2 to the Act as trustee of an estate | The day of the appointment |\n\n> Note: A number of provisions of the Act require the Official Receiver to enter information in the Index when certain events occur. These provisions include the following:\n\n## 79 Information about certain debtors\n\n (a) a debtor whose property is under the control of the Official Trustee or a registered trustee because of a direction given by the Court under paragraph 50(1)(a) of the Act;\n (c) a deceased debtor if a petition for an order for the administration of the deceased debtor’s estate has been presented under Part XI of the Act;\n (d) a debtor in relation to whom an application is made to the Court under subsection 253E(1) of the Act for an order staying all or any proceedings under a petition.\n (3) In the case of a deceased debtor, the information to be entered in accordance with paragraphs (1)(a), (b) and (c) is the information immediately before the debtor’s death.\n\n## Division 3 Information not to be entered in the Index and information to be removed from the Index\n\n> electronic communication means an electronic communication within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of electronic communication in subsection 5(1) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999.\n\n> legal practitioner means a barrister, a solicitor, a barrister and solicitor or a legal practitioner, of the High Court or of the Supreme Court of a State or Territory.\n\n (a) remuneration paid to the trustee in accordance with a direction, or other order, made by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act directing the trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or making another order in relation to the property; and\n (ii) in relation to the examination of the debtor, or an examinable person in relation to the debtor, as a result of the issue of a summons under subsection 50(2) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section sets out the requirements for an application to the Official Receiver for a bankruptcy notice by a person who has obtained against a debtor one, or 2 or more, final judgments or final orders of a kind described in paragraph 40(1)(g) of the Act.\n\n (a) if any final order specified in the application is an award that is a final order because of subparagraph 40(3)(a)(i) of the Act—both of the following:\n (i) a copy of the award certified as a true copy by the arbitrator who made the award or by an officer of the Court who has compared the copy with the original award;\n (ii) a certificate of the judgment or order sealed by the court that made the judgment or order (the relevant court) or signed by an officer of the relevant court;\n (iii) a copy of the entry of the judgment or order certified as a true copy of that entry and sealed by the relevant court or signed by an officer of the relevant court.\n\n> Note 2: A fee is payable to the Official Receiver for an application under this section (see the Fees and Remuneration Determination).\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice must follow that form in respect of its format (for example, bold or italic typeface, underlining and notes).\n\n> Note: Section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 provides that strict compliance with a form is not required and substantial compliance is sufficient.\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice in relation to a debtor that is served on the debtor outside of a period mentioned in subsection (1) is not valid.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (a) of the definition of statutory minimum in subsection 5(1) of the Act, the amount prescribed is $10,000.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (2), the only persons who may inspect a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver under subsection 41(1) of the Act are the following:\n (2) If a creditor’s petition is presented that is founded on an act of bankruptcy consisting of failure to comply with the bankruptcy notice, any person may inspect the notice.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver in relation to a debtor if the notice includes a final judgment, or final order, that is expressed in an amount of foreign currency (whether or not the judgment or order is also expressed in an amount of Australian currency).\n (c) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the day on which the application for the notice is made.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n A creditor who presents a petition to the Court under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must give to the Official Receiver:\n (b) a copy of any order entered by the Court, dismissing, staying or extending the petition, or adjourning the hearing of the petition, within 2 business days after the Court enters the order.\n\n (1) If the Court gives a direction, or makes another order, under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to a debtor, the creditor who applied under subsection 50(1A) of the Act for the Court to make a direction must:\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n (c) in accordance with the direction or other order, the creditor deposits an amount (the first amount) with the trustee for the purposes of covering the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor.\n\n (2) The creditor is entitled to a refund of the sum of the first amount and any amount covered by subsection (4) less an amount equal to the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor if any of the following events occur:\n (a) the debtor enters into a personal insolvency agreement, or the debtor’s estate is administered under Part XI of the Act, and the Court authorises the trustee to transfer the debtor’s property to some other person;\n (i) the Court is satisfied that the first amount is insufficient to cover the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor;\n (ii) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs, on application by the trustee, the creditor to deposit the additional amount with the trustee;\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n\n (2) The Court may, on application by the debtor within 15 business days after the day the petition is dismissed, order the creditor to pay the debtor an amount equal to the damage the Court assesses as resulting from the acts or omissions of the trustee in reliance on the direction or other order mentioned in paragraph (1)(b).\n\n “(2A) The Court or a magistrate may direct that an examination, or any part of an examination, under this section shall be held in private.”;\n (c) by omitting from subsection (9) “is the trustee” and substituting “has been directed to take control of the property of the relevant person”;\n “(14) Subject to subsection (14A), the applicant for an examination under this section is to pay the costs incurred in connection with the examination.\n (14A) The Court or a magistrate may order that all or some of the costs mentioned in subsection (14) are to be paid by the relevant person.”.\n\n If:\n (b) the Official Receiver accepts the declaration, and signs a copy of the declaration, under paragraph 54C(1)(a) of the Act;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsections 54D(1), 55(3A), 56B(5) and 57(3A) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (d) information about a debtor’s right to choose whether the bankruptcy is initially administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (e) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to present to the Official Receiver, under section 54A of the Act, a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition.\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to present a petition under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n If:\n (a) a debtor presents, or 2 or more debtors present, a petition to the Official Receiver under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act; and\n (b) there is in force under subsection 156A(1) of the Act an instrument of consent of a registered trustee to act as the trustee of:\n (ii) in the case of 2 or more debtors—the separate estates, the joint estates, or the joint and separate estates, of the debtors or any of them;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 56C(2) of the Act, if the Official Receiver refers a debtor’s petition against a partnership to the Court, the notice given by the Official Receiver to each member of the partnership who did not present the petition must:\n\n If a person is arrested under a warrant issued by the Court under section 78 of the Act, the arresting officer must immediately notify a Registrar of the Court.\n\n (a) a creditor lodges, or causes to be lodged, a proof of debt in a bankruptcy in accordance with section 84 of the Act; and\n (b) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the date of the bankruptcy.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n (1) For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(a) of the Act, the order that the trustee of the estate of a bankrupt must apply the proceeds of the bankrupt’s property to the costs, charges, expenses and remuneration mentioned in the following table is the order that appears in the table.\n\n

Order of payment of certain costs, charges, expenses and remuneration

Item

Costs, charges and expenses

1

Realisations charge payable by the trustee in relation to the estate under the Bankruptcy (Estate Charges) Act 1997

2

If the trustee is a registered trustee to whom the Official Trustee transferred the administration of the bankruptcy, both of the following in relation to the administration of the bankruptcy by the Official Trustee before the transfer:

(a) any remuneration payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination;

(b) any reimbursement that is payable to the Official Trustee under section 108

3

Expenses reasonably incurred by or on behalf of the trustee:

(a) in protecting all or part of the bankrupt’s assets; or

(b) in carrying on, in accordance with the Act, a business of the bankrupt

4

If a creditor made an advance to the trustee for the purposes of the trustee’s administration of the bankruptcy—an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to that advance

5

Fees, costs, charges or expenses (other than fees, costs, charges or expenses covered by another item of this table) paid or payable by the trustee in administering the bankrupt’s estate

6

If:

(a) an order was made under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to the bankrupt when the bankrupt was a debtor; and

(b) an amount was deposited by a creditor, in accordance with that order, with the trustee;

an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to the trustee’s preliminary remuneration and expenses in relation to the debtor

7

The following:

(a) if a creditor applied for:

(i) a sequestration order against the estate; or

(ii) an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act;

the taxed costs of the creditor in relation to the application;

(b) if the administrator of the estate of a deceased person presented a petition for an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act—the taxed costs of the administrator;

(c) if a person made an application for a sequestration order under Part X of the Act—both of the following:

(i) the taxed costs of that person in relation to the application;

(ii) any taxed costs of that person in respect of an application for an order under Division 5 or 6 of Part IX of the Act in relation to the estate

8

The trustee’s remuneration (other than remuneration covered by item 6):

(a) if the trustee is the Official Trustee—payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or

(b) if the trustee is a registered trustee—payable to the registered trustee under section 60‑5 of Schedule 2 to the Act

9

If:

(a) there is a committee of inspection in relation to the administration of the estate; and

(b) the creditors of the estate, or a majority of them, have approved payment of out‑of‑pocket expenses incurred by a member of the committee of inspection;

those expenses, to the extent that the trustee allows them as being fair and reasonable

10

Costs of any audit carried out under section 70‑15 or 70‑20 of Schedule 2 to the Act in relation to the estate

\n```\n\n (2) For the purposes of item 7 of the table, a reference to an applicant or a person presenting a petition is taken to include a reference to a person whose application or petition has not been proceeded with because a debtor’s petition presented by the bankrupt has been accepted by the Official Receiver (whether or not that debtor’s petition was referred to the Court under subsection 55(3B) of the Act, and whatever the outcome of such a referral).\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(e) of the Act, the maximum amount due to or in respect of an employee of a bankrupt is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum amount payable to employee

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$4,600

2

2018‑19

$4,550

3

2017‑18

$4,500

4

2016‑17

$4,450

5

2015‑16

$4,400

6

2014‑15

$4,350

7

2013‑14

$4,300

8

2012‑13

$4,200

9

2011‑12

$4,150

10

2010‑11

$4,100

11

2009‑10

$4,000

12

2008‑09

$3,950

13

2007‑08

$3,850

14

2006‑07

$3,750

15

2005‑06

$3,650

16

2004‑05

$3,550

17

2003‑04

$3,500

18

2002‑03

$3,450

19

2001‑02

$3,350

20

2000‑01

$3,300

21

1999‑2000

$3,150

22

1998‑99

$3,100

23

1997‑98

$3,100

24

1996‑97

$3,100

\n```\n\n (b) property of a kind covered by subsection (3) to the extent that it is reasonably appropriate for a household, having regard to the criteria specified in subsection (4);\n (c) property (including recreational and sports equipment) of a kind that is reasonably necessary for the domestic use of a household, having regard to:\n (c) educational, sporting or recreational items (including books) that are wholly or mainly for the use of children or students in the household;\n (c) any special climatic or other factors (including geographical isolation) of the place where the household residence is located;\n (d) whether the property is reasonably necessary for the functioning or servicing of the household as a viable and properly‑run household;\n (e) whether the costs of seizure, storage and sale of the property would be likely to exceed the sale price of the property;\n (f) if paragraph (e) does not apply—whether for any other reason (for example, costs of transport) the sale of the property would be likely to be uneconomical.\n (6) For the purposes of subsection (5), an item is an antique item only if a substantial part of its market value is attributable to its age or historical significance.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(ba)(ii) of the Act, non‑monetary sporting, cultural, military or academic awards are a kind of property that is prescribed.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(c)(i) of the Act, the maximum total value of a bankrupt’s property that is for use by the bankrupt in earning income by personal exertion is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum total value of tools

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,800

2

2018‑19

$3,800

3

2017‑18

$3,750

4

2016‑17

$3,700

5

2015‑16

$3,650

6

2014‑15

$3,600

7

2013‑14

$3,550

8

2012‑13

$3,500

9

2011‑12

$3,450

10

2010‑11

$3,400

11

2009‑10

$3,300

12

2008‑09

$3,250

13

2007‑08

$3,200

14

2006‑07

$3,100

15

2005‑06

$3,050

16

2004‑05

$3,000

17

2003‑04

$2,950

18

2002‑03

$2,900

19

2001‑02

$2,850

20

2000‑01

$2,800

21

1999‑2000

$2,650

22

1998‑99

$2,600

23

1997‑98

$2,600

24

1996‑97

$2,600

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 116(2)(ca) of the Act, the maximum aggregate value of property used by the bankrupt primarily as a means of transport is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum value of motor vehicle

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$8,100

2

2018‑19

$8,000

3

2017‑18

$7,900

4

2016‑17

$7,800

5

2015‑16

$7,700

6

2014‑15

$7,600

7

2013‑14

$7,500

8

2012‑13

$7,350

9

2011‑12

$7,200

10

2010‑11

$7,050

11

2009‑10

$6,850

12

2008‑09

$6,700

13

2007‑08

$6,500

14

2006‑07

$6,300

15

2005‑06

$6,150

16

2004‑05

$6,000

17

2003‑04

$5,900

18

2002‑03

$5,800

19

2001‑02

$5,650

20

2000‑01

$5,500

21

1999‑2000

$5,200

22

1998‑99

$5,050

23

1997‑98

$5,000

24

1996‑97

$5,000

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 120(2)(d) of the Act, a transfer is of a kind to which subsection 120(1) of the Act does not apply if the costs of recovering the transferred property would, in the opinion of the trustee in the transferor’s bankruptcy, be likely to exceed the value of the property to the transferor’s creditors.\n\n (b) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a lease—set out facts showing that subsection 133(4) of the Act has been complied with; and\n (c) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a contract—set out facts showing that the contract is, for the purposes of subsection 133(5A) of the Act, an unprofitable contract.\n (2) A trustee who gives a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must give the notice to each person who, to the trustee’s knowledge:\n (3) A failure to comply with subsection (1) or (2) does not affect the validity of a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section is made for the purposes of subparagraph (a)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act.\n (b) a reference in that Act to the taxable value of a benefit were a reference to the value, for the purposes of the Act, of the benefit; and\n (c) a reference in that Act to a declaration date were a reference to the date occurring 21 days after the end of a contribution assessment period in relation to a bankrupt; and\n (d) a reference in that Act to a declaration to be given to an employer of a person were a reference to a declaration to be given to the trustee of the person’s estate; and\n (e) a reference in that Act to a form approved by the Commissioner were a reference to a form approved by the Inspector‑General under section 6D of the Act; and\n (f) subject to paragraph (d), a reference in the FBTA Act to an employer, or to the employer, were a reference to any person (other than the bankrupt); and\n (g) a reference in the FBTA Act to an employee, or to the employee, were a reference to a bankrupt, or to the bankrupt, as the case requires.\n (5) Despite subsections (2), (3) and (4), the modifications specified or referred to in those subsections do not apply in relation to the provision of a fringe benefit (within the meaning of the FBTA Act) to a bankrupt if the provider of the fringe benefit:\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following contributions and payments made for the purpose of providing superannuation benefits for a bankrupt person are not income of the person:\n (a) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person to the extent that the contributions reduce the employer’s potential liability for the superannuation guarantee charge imposed under section 5 of the Superannuation Guarantee Charge Act 1992;\n (b) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person in accordance with the employer’s obligation to make contributions for the person under:\n (c) payments of shortfall components made to, or for the benefit of, the person under sections 65 to 67 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n (a) the contributions exceed the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage of the employee’s ordinary time earnings for the contribution assessment period; and\n\n> individual industrial agreement means an industrial agreement made solely between the employer and the person, including the following:\n\n (a) an AWA, or an ITEA, (both within the meaning of the Fair Work (Transitional Provisions and Consequential Amendments) Act 2009) to which that Act applies;\n\n> ordinary time earnings has the meaning given by subsection 6(1) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n> relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage: the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage for a year (the bankruptcy year) is the percentage whose number is the same as that set out in column 2 of the table in subsection 19(2) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992 for the financial year in which the bankruptcy year starts.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following payments or amounts are not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) a payment or amount of family tax benefit paid under the family assistance law (within the meaning of the A New Tax System (Family Assistance) (Administration) Act 1999);\n (b) an amount that is not income for the purposes of the Social Security Act 1991 because of subsection 8(8) of that Act, except for a payment or amount mentioned in paragraph (a), (h), (ha), (k), (ka), (m), (z), (za) or (zb) of that subsection.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (c) of the definition of dependant in section 139K of the Act, the prescribed amount of income derived (or likely to be derived) by a person during a contribution assessment period is:\n (b) if the period begins in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n (d) if the period begins in a later financial year—$3,741 indexed in accordance with section 114 of this instrument as if the period were that financial year.\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum income of dependant

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,720

2

2018‑19

$3,642

3

2017‑18

$3,596

4

2016‑17

$3,532

5

2015‑16

$3,459

6

2014‑15

$3,411

7

2013‑14

$3,363

8

2012‑13

$3,264

9

2011‑12

$3,181

10

2010‑11

$3,131

11

2009‑10

$3,030

12

2008‑09

$2,942

13

2007‑08

$2,870

14

2006‑07

$2,756

15

2005‑06

$2,688

16

2004‑05

$2,611

17

2003‑04

$2,549

\n```\n\n (3) If the bankrupt pays the contribution by cheque, payment is taken to occur when the cheque is cleared and the amount of the payment is credited to the account into which the cheque is deposited.\n (4) The trustee may, on reasonable notice in writing to the bankrupt, vary or withdraw an authorisation under paragraph (2)(c).\n (5) If the trustee incurs a delivery or postal charge (including a surcharge) or bank charge in connection with the receipt or processing of the contribution, the trustee may reimburse the trustee for the amount of the charge from the bankrupt’s estate.\n\n (a) a bankrupt is liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the bankrupt’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act in respect of a contribution assessment period; and\n\n (3) If the contribution remains unpaid, the deceased bankrupt’s estate is liable for the portion of the contribution attributable to the part of the period occurring before the bankrupt’s death.\n\n (b) immediately before being discharged, the person was liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the person’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act; and\n\n> Note: Section 139R of the Act provides that any liability of a bankrupt under section 139P or 139Q of the Act is not affected by the bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy after the making of the assessment that gave rise to the liability.\n\n (5) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(d)(ii), a change in the name of a person is taken to occur if the person in fact assumes the use of a different name or an additional name.\n\n A notice under section 139ZL of the Act must not specify money or property that is protected, under a law of the Commonwealth or a State or Territory, from a process such as assignment, attachment, charging, execution or garnishment.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 145(3) of the Act, notice must be given by serving it on each person to whom, under that subsection, it must be given.\n\n (a) an objection to the discharge of a bankrupt has been made on a ground, or on grounds that include a ground, mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(a) or (h) of the Act (which refer to the bankrupt being out of Australia); and\n (2) Within 5 business days after the day that the registered trustee becomes aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia, the registered trustee must give notice in writing to the Official Receiver stating:\n (ii) if the trustee does not know the day on which the bankrupt returned—the trustee became aware that the bankrupt had returned.\n\n For the purposes of the ground of objection mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(d) of the Act, a bankrupt is taken to have failed to comply with a request to provide information if the bankrupt has provided information that is incomplete or inaccurate.\n\n (c) an application is made to the Administrative Review Tribunal under section 149Q of the Act for the review of the decision of the Inspector‑General; and\n\n (a) if the debtor presents a debtor’s petition to the Official Receiver—on or before the day that the debtor so presents the petition; or\n\n If a registered trustee becomes, under subsection 156A(3) of the Act, the trustee of an estate or of joint and separate estates, the Official Receiver may give the registered trustee a certificate to that effect.\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 188(2A) of the Act, a person (other than the Official Trustee or a registered trustee) is ineligible to act under Part X of the Act as a controlling trustee in relation to a debtor in any of the following circumstances:\n (a) the person is or was convicted of an offence involving fraud or dishonesty at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (c) the person is a solicitor who does not hold an Australian practising certificate (within the meaning of the Evidence Act 1995);\n (d) the person is or was an insolvent under administration at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(f)(ii), the Inspector‑General may approve a course in insolvency by notice published on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website.\n (ii) has refused or failed to cooperate with the Inspector‑General in an inquiry or investigation under paragraph 12(1)(b) of the Act.\n (ii) invites the person to give the Inspector‑General, within 20 business days after the day the notice is given or such longer time as is specified in the notice, a written statement showing cause why the determination should not be made; and\n (5) If the Inspector‑General makes a determination under subsection (3) in relation to a person, the Inspector‑General must give the person a written notice stating the following:\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General to make a determination under subsection 49(3).\n\n (b) the person becomes ineligible to act as a controlling trustee under Part X of the Act because one or more of the circumstances prescribed by subsection 49(1) of this instrument apply in relation to the person.\n (2) The Official Trustee must perform the duties of a controlling trustee in relation to the debtor unless and until the debtor authorises another person under subsection 188(1) of the Act.\n\n (1) If, on application, the Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act that a person (the old trustee) cease to be the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate, the applicant for the order must:\n (3) If the creditors of a regulated debtor, by resolution at a meeting, remove the trustee (the old trustee) of the regulated debtor’s estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(a) of Schedule 2 to the Act, the person appointed by the creditors under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of that Schedule as trustee of the estate must:\n\n (1) If the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate (other than the Official Trustee) finalises the administration of the debtor’s estate, the trustee must:\n\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a debt agreement;\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to give the Official Receiver a debt agreement proposal under subsection 185C(1) of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n (a) any of the following awarded by a registered provider (within the meaning of the Education Services for Overseas Students Act 2000):\n (i) a Certificate IV in Financial Services (Accounting) awarded for study starting between 10 July 2004 and 23 November 2010;\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (c) a degree, diploma or similar qualification awarded by a foreign tertiary education institution and for which the Inspector‑General is satisfied the following conditions are satisfied:\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n\n#### 57 Prescribed amount of owed notified estate charges preventing renewal of registration as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraphs 186C(3)(d) and (5)(d) of the Act, the prescribed amount of notified estate charges is $500.\n\n For the purposes of section 187A of the Act, a provision of Part X of the Act specified in Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section of the Act, to joint debtors, whether partners or not.\n\n (b) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (c) information about whether a personal insolvency agreement may be administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy if any of the things mentioned in paragraphs 40(1)(i) to (m) of the Act happen in relation to a debtor;\n (f) information about a debtor’s rights and responsibilities under Part X of the Act, including a debtor’s obligation to disclose all related entities;\n (g) information about a controlling trustee’s obligation to disclose the controlling trustee’s relationship (if any) with a debtor.\n (3) A registered trustee or a solicitor authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property must not consent to exercise the powers given by the authority unless the debtor has given the registered trustee or the solicitor, as the case may be, a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the Official Trustee is authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property, the Official Receiver must not give the debtor a written approval under paragraph 188(2)(aa) of the Act unless the debtor has given the Official Trustee a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n\n (b) unable to sign the authority or an acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) of this instrument relating to the authority because of a physical incapacity.\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and debtor are familiar; or\n\n> relevant material means the authority, the information prescribed by section 59 and the acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) relating to the authority.\n\n (3) The person must, at the same time as calling a meeting of the debtor’s creditors, give a copy of the proposal for dealing with the debtor’s affairs under Part X of the Act to:\n\n> Note 1: An authority signed by a debtor under section 188 of the Act is not effective for the purposes of Part X of the Act unless, before the person authorised consents to exercise the powers given by the authority, the debtor gives to the person authorised:\n\n> Note 2: Under subsection 188(5) of the Act, a registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority must also give a copy of the authority and the debtor’s statement of affairs to the Official Receiver.\n\n (e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement.\n\n For the purposes of section 210 of the Act, a provision of Part VIII of the Act specified in Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor.\n\n#### 64 Modifications of Division 1 of Part V of the Act—debtors whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act\n\n For the purposes of subsection 211(1) of the Act, a provision in Division 1 of Part V of the Act specified in Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 218(3) of the Act, a notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act must be in writing.\n\n (1) If the Court makes a sequestration order under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act, the applicant for the order must:\n\n#### 67 Information to be given to Official Receiver in relation to orders terminating or setting aside a personal insolvency agreement\n\n> Note: If the Court makes an order setting aside or terminating a personal insolvency agreement and a registered trustee was the trustee of the agreement, the registered trustee must give written notice of the order to the Official Receiver (see subsection 224A(4) of the Act).\n\n (1) If a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act, the trustee of the agreement must:\n\n> Note: Before the termination takes effect, the trustee must give notice of the proposed termination to all the creditors who are entitled to receive notice of a meeting of creditors (see subsection 222A(2) of the Act).\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 231(1) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 4 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor who has executed a personal insolvency agreement.\n (2) For the purposes of subsection 231(3) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 5 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a personal insolvency agreement.\n\n (4) If the trustee gives a certificate to the debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act or subsection (1) of this section, the trustee must:\n (a) the person is required to give a copy of a certificate to the Official Receiver in accordance with subsection (4); and\n\n For the purposes of subsections 248(1) and (3) of the Act, a provision specified in Schedule 4 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Schedule in relation to proceedings under Part XI of the Act and the administration of estates under that Part.\n\n (1) If a trustee (within the meaning of section 254 of the Act) pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act, the trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (3) If a registered trustee pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act, the registered trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (1) For the purposes of the definition of National Personal Insolvency Index in subsection 5(1) of the Act, an electronic index to be known as the National Personal Insolvency Index is established.\n\n Division 2 of this Part (information to be entered in the Index) has effect subject to Division 3 of this Part (information not to be entered in the Index and information to be removed from the Index).\n\n (1) The person specified in column 2 of an item of the table in subsection (3) must, at a time within the time period specified in column 2 of that item, give a copy of each document specified in column 1 of that item to the Official Receiver.\n\n

Documents that must be given to the Official Receiver

Item

Column 1

Document(s)

Column 2

Person and time period

Column 3

Information

1

A notice given under subsection 181A(2) of the Act by the current trustee of a bankrupt’s estate nominating another trustee as the new trustee of the estate

The new trustee within 2 business days after the date specified in the notice (see paragraph 181A(3)(a) of the Act)

The day on which the new trustee became the trustee of the estate

2

An order under subsection 185Q(4) of the Act terminating a debt agreement

The applicant for the order within 3 business days after the order is made

The day on which the order was made

3

An order under subsection 185U(1) of the Act declaring all or part of a debt agreement void

The applicant for the order within 2 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) whether all or part of the agreement was declared void

4

An authority, signed by a debtor under subsection 188(1) of the Act, naming and authorising a registered trustee, a solicitor or the Official Trustee to call a meeting of the debtor’s creditors and to take control of the debtor’s property

The person named in the authority within 2 business days after the debtor signs the authority

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the copy of the authority was given to the Official Receiver;

(c) the day on which the debtor’s statement of affairs was given to the Official Receiver (see subsections 188(2D) and (5) of the Act);

(d) the name of the controlling trustee (see subsection 188(6) of the Act)

5

Written evidence of an event of a kind mentioned in paragraph 192(1)(a), (b) or (c) of the Act, or a written request given to the Official Trustee under paragraph 192(1)(d) of the Act, resulting in the Official Trustee becoming the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor

The Official Trustee within 14 days after the Official Trustee becomes the controlling trustee

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Trustee became the controlling trustee

6

Both of the following:

(a) a petition to the Court, under subsection 244(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of the estate of a deceased person;

(b) an affidavit verifying the petition (see subsection 244(5) of the Act)

The creditor, or one of the creditors, who presented the petition to the Court within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day the petition was presented;

(c) the name of the creditor or creditors who presented the petition;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the creditor or creditors;

(e) the day the Court is to hear the petition

7

Both of the following:

(a) a petition, under subsection 247(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of a deceased person’s estate under Part XI of the Act;

(b) a statement of the deceased person’s affairs and of the petitioner’s administration of the deceased person’s estate (see subsection 247(1) of the Act)

The petitioner within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the petition and the statement of affairs were presented;

(c) the name of the administrator;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the administrator

8

An order, under section 252B of the Act, annulling the administration of the estate of a deceased person under Part XI of the Act

The trustee of the estate within 2 business days after the trustee becomes aware of the order

The day on which the order was made

9

An order, under subsection 253E(1) of the Act, staying proceedings under a creditor’s petition or debtor’s petition

The applicant for the order within 7 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) the length of the stay (see subsection 253E(3) of the Act)

\n```\n\n (1) If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in subsection (2) is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n (aa) in the case of a statement of affairs mentioned in item 2 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the statement; and\n (a) in the case of a debtor’s petition mentioned in item 3, 4 or 5 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the petition; and\n (b) in the case of a debt agreement proposal mentioned in item 12 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the debt agreement proposal for processing.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with the Act

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A sequestration order made against the estate of a debtor (see subsection 52(1A) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(d) the name of the creditor who obtained the order;

(e) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of that creditor

2

A statement of the affairs of a person against whose estate a sequestration order is made, that is given for the purposes of subsection 54(1) of the Act

The day on which the statement of affairs was filed with the Official Receiver

3

A debtor’s petition (see subsection 55(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the resulting bankruptcy;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(e) the day on which the statement of the debtor’s affairs accepted by the Official Receiver was given to the Official Receiver for the purposes of paragraph 55(2)(b) of the Act

4

A debtor’s petition against a partnership presented by members of the partnership (see subsection 56B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of the partners who presented the petition;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the bankruptcy of each of those partners as a result of the acceptance of the petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each bankrupt partner;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those partners, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of the partnership affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

5

A debtor’s petition by joint debtors who are not partners (see subsection 57(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of those debtors;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of each bankruptcy that results from acceptance of the debtor’s petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each debtor;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those debtors, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of their joint affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

6

A notice relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 74(5A) of the Act)

The day on which the bankruptcy was annulled

7

A notice of objection by a trustee to the discharge of a bankrupt from bankruptcy (see subsection 149B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) when the objection took effect (see section 149G of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection set out in the notice (see paragraph 149C(1)(a) of the Act);

(c) the name of the trustee

8

A notice that a trustee ceases to object to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy on a particular ground (see subsection 149H(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) if there is no longer an objection on any ground—when the objection ceased to have effect (see subsection 149H(3) of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection to which the notice relates;

(c) the name of the trustee

9

A notice of withdrawal of objection by a trustee to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy (see subsection 149J(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) when the withdrawal takes effect (see subsection 149J(3) of the Act);

(b) the name of the trustee

10

A notice about the cancellation, under subsection 149N(1) of the Act, of a notice of objection filed by a trustee of a bankrupt’s estate (see subsection 149P(1) of the Act)

The day on which the cancellation took effect

11

A certificate relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 153A(2) of the Act)

The date of annulment included in the certificate

12

A debtor’s written proposal for a debt agreement (see subsection 185C(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185E of the Act)

13

A notification that a debt agreement has ended (see subsection 185N(5) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the debt agreement ended;

(b) the reasons why the debt agreement ended

14

A notification that control of the property of a debtor has ended (see subsection 189(1B) of the Act)

The day on which that control ended

15

A personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor (see paragraph 218(1)(b) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the agreement was executed;

(c) the name of the trustee of the personal insolvency agreement

16

A resolution or special resolution terminating a personal insolvency agreement (see subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

17

A resolution or special resolution terminating a composition or scheme of arrangement (see section 76B and subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated

18

A notice that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated or set aside (see subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated or set aside

19

A notice that a composition or scheme of arrangement is terminated or set aside (see section 76B and subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated or set aside

20

An order that the estate of a deceased person be administered under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 244(14), 245(3) or 247(3) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee administering the estate

21

A statement of a deceased person’s affairs and of the administration of the deceased person’s estate by a legal personal representative of the deceased person (see paragraph 246(1)(b) of the Act)

The day on which the statement was given to the Official Receiver

22

A certificate in relation to the annulment, by force of subsection 252A(1) of the Act, of the administration of an estate under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 252A(2) of the Act)

The day of the annulment

\n```\n\n If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with this instrument

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A creditor’s petition presented against a debtor or joint debtors (see section 13)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor or joint debtors;

(b) the day on which the petition was presented against the debtor or joint debtors;

(c) the name of the petitioning creditor;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the petitioning creditor;

(e) the day of the court hearing for a sequestration order relating to the petition

2

A direction given, or an order made, by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act (see section 14 of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor to whom the order or direction relates;

(b) the day on which the order was made or the direction given;

(c) the day (if any) on which a trustee’s control of that debtor’s property is to end (see subsection 50(1B) of the Act)

3

A notice under subsection 46(2) that the Administrative Review Tribunal has varied or set aside a decision of the Inspector‑General in relation to a notice of objection

The day on which the decision was varied or set aside

4

A notice given under subsection 52(1) in relation to an order about a regulated debtor’s estate, if the order provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of the estate

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the new trustee;

(b) the day of the appointment

5

A notice given under subsection 52(3) by a person appointed as trustee of the estate of a regulated debtor

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the person appointed;

(b) the day of the appointment

6

A notice under subsection 53(1) that the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate has finalised the administration of the debtor’s estate

The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised

7

A notice under subparagraph 62(2)(a)(ii) of particulars specified in subsection 62(3) in relation to a special resolution passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors

The particulars

8

A sequestration order against the estate of a debtor made under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act (see subsection 66(1) of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) if the person who applied for the order was a creditor of the debtor—the name of the creditor and the name and telephone number of the creditor’s solicitor (if any);

(d) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate

9

A notice under paragraph 68(1)(a) that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

10

A certificate given by a trustee to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act (see subsection 70(4) of this instrument)

The day on which the trustee signed the certificate

\n```\n\n If an event specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section occurs, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n| Item | Column 1Event | Column 2Information |\n| ---- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |\n| 1 | A bankrupt is, by force of subsection 149(1) of the Act, discharged from bankruptcy | The day on which the bankrupt was discharged from bankruptcy |\n| 2 | The Official Receiver issues a certificate of appointment to a registered trustee under subsection 157(3) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the name of the registered trustee;(b) the day on which the registered trustee was appointed |\n| 3 | A trustee, or the Official Trustee, is released from the trusteeship of an estate by force of section 184 or 184A of the Act | The fact that the trustee, or the Official Trustee, has been so released |\n| 4 | A debt agreement proposal is withdrawn | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was withdrawn |\n| 5 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement that was made before 1 July 2007 is accepted (see sections 185B and 185P of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the proposal was accepted |\n| 6 | A debt agreement proposal is not accepted (see section 185EC of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was not accepted |\n| 7 | The Official Receiver cancels the acceptance of a debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185ED of the Act) | The day on which the Official Receiver cancelled the acceptance of the debt agreement proposal for processing |\n| 8 | A debt agreement proposal lapses (see section 185G of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal lapsed |\n| 9 | The Official Receiver gives to a debtor a certificate under subsection 185N(3) of the Act | The day on which the certificate was given |\n| 10 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement is accepted (see section 185PC of the Act) | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 11 | The Official Receiver terminates a debt agreement under subsection 185QA(1) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 12 | The minutes of a meeting of creditors at which a special resolution was passed terminating a debt agreement made before 1 July 2007 are given to the Official Receiver (see subsection 185QA(1) of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the resolution was passed |\n| 13 | A special resolution is passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors under subsection 204(1) of the Act if the Official Trustee called the meeting under an authority under section 188 of the Act | All of the following:(a) the date of the resolution;(b) the debtor’s full name and alias (if any);(c) the debtor’s address;(d) the debtor’s occupation (if any);(e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement |\n| 14 | A sequestration order is made against the estate of a debtor under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | All of the following:(a) particulars of the debtor;(b) the day on which the order was made;(c) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate |\n| 15 | An order is made under subsection 222(1), (2) or (5) of the Act setting aside a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was set aside |\n| 16 | A personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act where the Official Trustee is the trustee of the agreement | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 17 | An order is made under subsection 222C(1) of the Act terminating a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 18 | The Official Trustee gives a certificate to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act | The day on which the Official Trustee signed the certificate |\n| 19 | The Official Trustee finalises the administration of a debtor’s estate | The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised |\n| 20 | The Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act, on application by the Inspector‑General, that provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of an estate | Both of the following:(a) the name of the new trustee;(b) the day of the appointment |\n| 21 | The Official Trustee is appointed by the creditors of an estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of Schedule 2 to the Act as trustee of an estate | The day of the appointment |\n\n> Note: A number of provisions of the Act require the Official Receiver to enter information in the Index when certain events occur. These provisions include the following:\n\n (a) a debtor whose property is under the control of the Official Trustee or a registered trustee because of a direction given by the Court under paragraph 50(1)(a) of the Act;\n (c) a deceased debtor if a petition for an order for the administration of the deceased debtor’s estate has been presented under Part XI of the Act;\n (d) a debtor in relation to whom an application is made to the Court under subsection 253E(1) of the Act for an order staying all or any proceedings under a petition.\n (3) In the case of a deceased debtor, the information to be entered in accordance with paragraphs (1)(a), (b) and (c) is the information immediately before the debtor’s death.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (4), a person who is a debtor or bankrupt may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General for information about the person:\n (a) not to be entered in the Index, on the ground that the entry of the information would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n\n> Note: Example: A person may rely on a court order (such as a domestic violence order) to show that publication of the information in question would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under paragraph 80(3)(a) refusing to grant an application.\n\n (1) If a debt agreement ends under section 185N of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (2) If a debt agreement is terminated under section 185P, 185Q, 185QA or 185R of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (3) If an order is made under section 185U of the Act declaring all of a debt agreement void, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n\n The Official Receiver must remove all information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index within 1 year after the day on which any of the following occurs:\n\n (1) A person may, by application in writing, ask the Official Receiver to inspect material in the Index and give to the person an extract of material specified in the application.\n (a) if the applicant has paid any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination for obtaining the requested extract—must inspect the Index and, within 10 business days of receiving the application:\n (b) may give the applicant a list of Index search agents who may be able to inspect material entered in the Index for the applicant.\n (3) A person who has been granted access to the Index by the Inspector‑General may, after paying any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination:\n (4) However, prior payment is not required under subsection (3) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n An extract of information in the Index is admissible in any proceedings as prima facie evidence of the matters in the extract.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General, and any officer acting at the direction or with the authority of the Inspector‑General, have immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n (2) An officer has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (3) A person who provides material for entry in the Index has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of the material by way of:\n (5) The immunity of the Inspector‑General or another officer under this section arising out of publication of material extends to the Commonwealth and the Official Trustee to the extent that the Commonwealth or the Official Trustee would, apart from this subsection, be liable in respect of the publication.\n (6) This section does not limit any other ground of defence in relation to actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n\n (b) the person executing the warrant considers that it is impracticable to immediately bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n (b) a day and time when the person executing the warrant considers that it will be practicable to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n\n (1) If the Registrar receives a notification under subsection 87(2) in relation to an apprehended person, the Registrar must, as soon as reasonably practicable:\n (a) determine a day, time and place for the apprehended person to be brought before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate; and\n (b) direct the person who gave the notification to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate in accordance with that determination.\n (2) The time and day determined under paragraph (1)(a) must be the earliest that the Registrar reasonably believes are practicable.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 277B(1) of the Act, this Division establishes an infringement notice scheme, as an alternative to prosecution, for an infringement notice provision.\n\n (1) If the Inspector‑General believes on reasonable grounds that a person has contravened an infringement notice provision, the Inspector‑General may give to the person an infringement notice for the alleged contravention.\n (2) The infringement notice must be given within 12 months after the day on which the contravention is alleged to have taken place.\n (3) A single infringement notice must relate only to a single contravention of a single provision unless subsection (4) applies.\n (4) The Inspector‑General may give a person a single infringement notice relating to multiple contraventions of a single provision if:\n\n (e) give brief details of the alleged contravention, or each alleged contravention, to which the notice relates, including:\n (f) state the amount that is payable under the notice, as worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act and subsection (2) of this section; and\n (h) state that, if the person to whom the notice is given pays the amount within 20 business days after the day the notice is given, then (unless the notice is withdrawn) the person will not be liable to be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (k) state that the person may choose not to pay the amount and, if the person does so the person may be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (n) state that the person may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) If the notice relates to more than one alleged contravention of the provision by the person, the amount to be stated in the notice for the purposes of paragraph (1)(f) is the sum of the amount worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act for each alleged contravention.\n\n> Note: Under section 90, a single infringement notice may only deal with multiple contraventions if they are contraventions of a single provision continuing over a period.\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may apply to the Inspector‑General for an extension of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h).\n (2) If the application is made before the end of that period, the Inspector‑General may, in writing, extend that period. The Inspector‑General may do so before or after the end of that period.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General extends that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to that period so extended.\n (4) If the Inspector‑General does not extend that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to the period that ends on the later of the following days:\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) The Inspector‑General may withdraw an infringement notice given to a person (whether or not the person has made written representations seeking the withdrawal).\n (3) When deciding whether or not to withdraw an infringement notice (the relevant infringement notice), the Inspector‑General:\n (a) must take into account any written representations seeking the withdrawal that were given by the person to the Inspector‑General; and\n (i) whether a court has previously imposed a penalty on the person for a contravention of an infringement notice provision;\n (iii) whether the person has paid an amount, stated in an earlier infringement notice, for a contravention of an infringement notice provision if the contravention is constituted by conduct that is the same, or substantially the same, as the conduct alleged to constitute the contravention in the relevant infringement notice;\n\n (1) If the person to whom an infringement notice for an alleged contravention of a provision is given pays the amount stated in the notice before the end of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h):\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may sign a certificate that states any of the following in relation to an infringement notice given to a person:\n (b) that the Inspector‑General granted, or refused to grant, an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice;\n (c) if the Inspector‑General granted an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice—that that amount was not fully paid by the person within the period specified in the extension;\n (2) At a hearing of a prosecution for an offence alleged in an infringement notice, a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General in accordance with subsection (1) is prima facie evidence of the matters specified in the certificate.\n (3) A certificate that purports to be signed by the Inspector‑General is taken to have been signed by the Inspector‑General unless the contrary is proved.\n\n (a) require an infringement notice to be given to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (c) prevent the giving of 2 or more infringement notices to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (d) limit a court’s discretion to determine the amount of a penalty to be imposed on a person who is found to have contravened an infringement notice provision.\n\n (b) unless the person, by notice in writing to the Inspector‑General, directs otherwise—offset against estate charge or late payment penalty payable by the person.\n\n (1) A payment of interest charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) A payment of realisations charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or served on, a person (other than the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee), the document may be:\n (a) sent by a courier service to the person at the address of the person last known to the person serving the document; or\n (b) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name and any relevant document exchange number, at a document exchange where the person maintains a document exchange facility; or\n (i) by a kind of electronic communication that transmits the document to a facility maintained by the person for receipt of electronically transmitted documents; or\n (ii) by a kind of electronic communication such that, in the ordinary course of events, the document could be reasonably expected to be received by the person.\n\n> Note: The Electronic Transactions Act 1999 applies to a requirement or permission to give information under the Bankruptcy Act 1966 or this instrument, including electronic communications covered by this section.\n\n> Note: However, paragraph (d) of this subsection permits information to be given by means of particular kinds of electronic communication, in accordance with the information technology requirements in subsection (3). This means the requirements in section 9 of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999 do not apply in relation to electronic communications covered by this section (see subsection 9(3) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999).\n\n (2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(a) or (b), in the absence of proof to the contrary, the document is taken to have been received by, or served on, the person when the document would, in the due course of business practice, be delivered to that address or document exchange.\n\n (a) at the time the document is sent, it is reasonable to expect that the document would be readily accessible so as to be useable for subsequent reference; and\n (b) the document is sent in one of the following formats, or in a format that is similar to or readily convertible into one of the following formats:\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, this section applies if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or filed or lodged with:\n (2) The document must be posted, delivered, sent by email, or sent through the website of the Australian Financial Security Authority, to:\n (3) If this section applies, the document is taken to be received, filed or lodged only when the document (or, where applicable, a copy of it) is actually received by, or on behalf of, the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver (as the case requires).\n\n (1) Subsection (2) applies in any proceedings to a document or copy of a document that purports to be a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General stating that, at a particular time, the form of statement of affairs that is attached to the certificate was the approved form for the purposes of section 6A of the Act.\n\n A fee is not payable by the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver in respect of an application to, or the filing of a document in, the Court in relation to proceedings under the Act, this instrument or the Insolvency Practice Rules.\n\n (2) If such a fee is payable in respect of the doing of a matter or thing by the Official Receiver, the matter or thing need not be done unless the fee has been paid.\n\n (1) The Official Trustee’s entitlement to remuneration under the Fees and Remuneration Determination arises when the Official Trustee:\n (a) performs work or first acts in accordance with section 3.03, 3.04, 3.07 or 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (2) For paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (d), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee in respect of an amount received by the Official Trustee:\n\n (1) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.03 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the property or business of a debtor, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (2) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.04 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a composition or scheme of arrangement with the creditors of a bankrupt, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the composition or scheme of arrangement as the case may be.\n (3) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor who signed an authority under section 188 of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (4) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the estate of a bankrupt, or of a deceased person for whose estate an order for administration has been made under Part XI of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the bankrupt or deceased person as the case may be.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a request by a bankrupt to the Official Trustee for the Official Trustee’s consent, under paragraph 272(1)(c) of the Act, to the bankrupt leaving Australia.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may decide to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4) if the Inspector‑General is reasonably satisfied that:\n (a) payment of the fee by the person liable to pay it has imposed, or would impose, hardship on the person that is unusual and exceptional in comparison to the hardship arising in the normal course of bankruptcy; or\n (b) unless the fee is payable to the Inspector‑General—the officer to whom the fee is payable or would have been payable if the fee had not been waived or remitted.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General decides under subsection (1) to refuse to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4), the notification under subsection (2) in relation to the decision must include the reasons for the decision.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under subsection 111(1) refusing to waive or remit the whole or part of a fee that is payable by the person.\n\n If, under the Act, a trustee takes possession of, or attaches, the property of a bankrupt, debtor or deceased person, the trustee must, as soon as is reasonably practicable:\n (b) give a copy of the inventory, of the photographs or of the video recordings, as the case may be, to any person who has custody of the property or part of the property.\n\n (1) If a provision of this instrument states that a dollar amount is to be indexed in accordance with this section, then at the start of each financial year (an indexation year) beginning on or after 1 July 2021, the dollar amount is replaced by the amount worked out using the following formula:\n ![Start formula Indexation factor for the indexation year times Dollar amount for the previous year end formula](image.002.png)\n ![Start formula start fraction Index number for the reference quarter over Index number for the base quarter end fraction end formula](image.003.png)\n\n> index number, for a quarter, means the All Groups Consumer Price Index number (being the weighted average of the 8 capital cities) published by the Australian Statistician for that quarter.\n\n (4) If an indexation factor worked out under subsection (2) would be less than 1, that indexation factor is to be increased to 1.\n (a) are to be made using only the index numbers published in terms of the most recently published index reference period; and\n (b) are to be made disregarding index numbers that are published in substitution for previously published index numbers (except where the substituted numbers are published to take account of changes in the index reference period).\n\n (a) a thing was done for a particular purpose under the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996 as in force immediately before those Regulations were repealed; and\n (2) Without limiting subsection (1), a reference in that subsection to a thing being done includes a reference to a notice, application or other instrument being given or made.\n\n Despite the repeal of the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996, item 3 of Schedule 4 to those Regulations, as in force immediately before that repeal, continues to apply in relation to a contribution assessment period if an assessment under section 139W of the Act was made for that contribution assessment period before that repeal.\n\n Section 102, as substituted by Schedule 1 to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Electronic Service) Regulations 2024, applies in relation to a document that is given or sent to, or served on, a person on or after the commencement of that Schedule.\n\n## 80 Application for information to be removed, corrected or not entered in the Index\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (4), a person who is a debtor or bankrupt may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General for information about the person:\n (a) not to be entered in the Index, on the ground that the entry of the information would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n\n> Note: Example: A person may rely on a court order (such as a domestic violence order) to show that publication of the information in question would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety.\n\n## 81 Application to the Administrative Review Tribunal\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under paragraph 80(3)(a) refusing to grant an application.\n\n## 82 Removal from the Index of information relating to debt agreement\n\n (1) If a debt agreement ends under section 185N of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (2) If a debt agreement is terminated under section 185P, 185Q, 185QA or 185R of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (3) If an order is made under section 185U of the Act declaring all of a debt agreement void, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n\n## 83 Removal from the Index of information relating to debt agreement proposal\n\n The Official Receiver must remove all information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index within 1 year after the day on which any of the following occurs:\n\n## Division 4 Other matters\n\n> electronic communication means an electronic communication within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of electronic communication in subsection 5(1) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999.\n\n> legal practitioner means a barrister, a solicitor, a barrister and solicitor or a legal practitioner, of the High Court or of the Supreme Court of a State or Territory.\n\n (a) remuneration paid to the trustee in accordance with a direction, or other order, made by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act directing the trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or making another order in relation to the property; and\n (ii) in relation to the examination of the debtor, or an examinable person in relation to the debtor, as a result of the issue of a summons under subsection 50(2) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section sets out the requirements for an application to the Official Receiver for a bankruptcy notice by a person who has obtained against a debtor one, or 2 or more, final judgments or final orders of a kind described in paragraph 40(1)(g) of the Act.\n\n (a) if any final order specified in the application is an award that is a final order because of subparagraph 40(3)(a)(i) of the Act—both of the following:\n (i) a copy of the award certified as a true copy by the arbitrator who made the award or by an officer of the Court who has compared the copy with the original award;\n (ii) a certificate of the judgment or order sealed by the court that made the judgment or order (the relevant court) or signed by an officer of the relevant court;\n (iii) a copy of the entry of the judgment or order certified as a true copy of that entry and sealed by the relevant court or signed by an officer of the relevant court.\n\n> Note 2: A fee is payable to the Official Receiver for an application under this section (see the Fees and Remuneration Determination).\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice must follow that form in respect of its format (for example, bold or italic typeface, underlining and notes).\n\n> Note: Section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 provides that strict compliance with a form is not required and substantial compliance is sufficient.\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice in relation to a debtor that is served on the debtor outside of a period mentioned in subsection (1) is not valid.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (a) of the definition of statutory minimum in subsection 5(1) of the Act, the amount prescribed is $10,000.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (2), the only persons who may inspect a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver under subsection 41(1) of the Act are the following:\n (2) If a creditor’s petition is presented that is founded on an act of bankruptcy consisting of failure to comply with the bankruptcy notice, any person may inspect the notice.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver in relation to a debtor if the notice includes a final judgment, or final order, that is expressed in an amount of foreign currency (whether or not the judgment or order is also expressed in an amount of Australian currency).\n (c) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the day on which the application for the notice is made.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n A creditor who presents a petition to the Court under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must give to the Official Receiver:\n (b) a copy of any order entered by the Court, dismissing, staying or extending the petition, or adjourning the hearing of the petition, within 2 business days after the Court enters the order.\n\n (1) If the Court gives a direction, or makes another order, under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to a debtor, the creditor who applied under subsection 50(1A) of the Act for the Court to make a direction must:\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n (c) in accordance with the direction or other order, the creditor deposits an amount (the first amount) with the trustee for the purposes of covering the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor.\n\n (2) The creditor is entitled to a refund of the sum of the first amount and any amount covered by subsection (4) less an amount equal to the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor if any of the following events occur:\n (a) the debtor enters into a personal insolvency agreement, or the debtor’s estate is administered under Part XI of the Act, and the Court authorises the trustee to transfer the debtor’s property to some other person;\n (i) the Court is satisfied that the first amount is insufficient to cover the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor;\n (ii) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs, on application by the trustee, the creditor to deposit the additional amount with the trustee;\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n\n (2) The Court may, on application by the debtor within 15 business days after the day the petition is dismissed, order the creditor to pay the debtor an amount equal to the damage the Court assesses as resulting from the acts or omissions of the trustee in reliance on the direction or other order mentioned in paragraph (1)(b).\n\n “(2A) The Court or a magistrate may direct that an examination, or any part of an examination, under this section shall be held in private.”;\n (c) by omitting from subsection (9) “is the trustee” and substituting “has been directed to take control of the property of the relevant person”;\n “(14) Subject to subsection (14A), the applicant for an examination under this section is to pay the costs incurred in connection with the examination.\n (14A) The Court or a magistrate may order that all or some of the costs mentioned in subsection (14) are to be paid by the relevant person.”.\n\n If:\n (b) the Official Receiver accepts the declaration, and signs a copy of the declaration, under paragraph 54C(1)(a) of the Act;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsections 54D(1), 55(3A), 56B(5) and 57(3A) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (d) information about a debtor’s right to choose whether the bankruptcy is initially administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (e) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to present to the Official Receiver, under section 54A of the Act, a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition.\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to present a petition under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n If:\n (a) a debtor presents, or 2 or more debtors present, a petition to the Official Receiver under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act; and\n (b) there is in force under subsection 156A(1) of the Act an instrument of consent of a registered trustee to act as the trustee of:\n (ii) in the case of 2 or more debtors—the separate estates, the joint estates, or the joint and separate estates, of the debtors or any of them;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 56C(2) of the Act, if the Official Receiver refers a debtor’s petition against a partnership to the Court, the notice given by the Official Receiver to each member of the partnership who did not present the petition must:\n\n If a person is arrested under a warrant issued by the Court under section 78 of the Act, the arresting officer must immediately notify a Registrar of the Court.\n\n (a) a creditor lodges, or causes to be lodged, a proof of debt in a bankruptcy in accordance with section 84 of the Act; and\n (b) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the date of the bankruptcy.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n (1) For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(a) of the Act, the order that the trustee of the estate of a bankrupt must apply the proceeds of the bankrupt’s property to the costs, charges, expenses and remuneration mentioned in the following table is the order that appears in the table.\n\n

Order of payment of certain costs, charges, expenses and remuneration

Item

Costs, charges and expenses

1

Realisations charge payable by the trustee in relation to the estate under the Bankruptcy (Estate Charges) Act 1997

2

If the trustee is a registered trustee to whom the Official Trustee transferred the administration of the bankruptcy, both of the following in relation to the administration of the bankruptcy by the Official Trustee before the transfer:

(a) any remuneration payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination;

(b) any reimbursement that is payable to the Official Trustee under section 108

3

Expenses reasonably incurred by or on behalf of the trustee:

(a) in protecting all or part of the bankrupt’s assets; or

(b) in carrying on, in accordance with the Act, a business of the bankrupt

4

If a creditor made an advance to the trustee for the purposes of the trustee’s administration of the bankruptcy—an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to that advance

5

Fees, costs, charges or expenses (other than fees, costs, charges or expenses covered by another item of this table) paid or payable by the trustee in administering the bankrupt’s estate

6

If:

(a) an order was made under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to the bankrupt when the bankrupt was a debtor; and

(b) an amount was deposited by a creditor, in accordance with that order, with the trustee;

an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to the trustee’s preliminary remuneration and expenses in relation to the debtor

7

The following:

(a) if a creditor applied for:

(i) a sequestration order against the estate; or

(ii) an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act;

the taxed costs of the creditor in relation to the application;

(b) if the administrator of the estate of a deceased person presented a petition for an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act—the taxed costs of the administrator;

(c) if a person made an application for a sequestration order under Part X of the Act—both of the following:

(i) the taxed costs of that person in relation to the application;

(ii) any taxed costs of that person in respect of an application for an order under Division 5 or 6 of Part IX of the Act in relation to the estate

8

The trustee’s remuneration (other than remuneration covered by item 6):

(a) if the trustee is the Official Trustee—payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or

(b) if the trustee is a registered trustee—payable to the registered trustee under section 60‑5 of Schedule 2 to the Act

9

If:

(a) there is a committee of inspection in relation to the administration of the estate; and

(b) the creditors of the estate, or a majority of them, have approved payment of out‑of‑pocket expenses incurred by a member of the committee of inspection;

those expenses, to the extent that the trustee allows them as being fair and reasonable

10

Costs of any audit carried out under section 70‑15 or 70‑20 of Schedule 2 to the Act in relation to the estate

\n```\n\n (2) For the purposes of item 7 of the table, a reference to an applicant or a person presenting a petition is taken to include a reference to a person whose application or petition has not been proceeded with because a debtor’s petition presented by the bankrupt has been accepted by the Official Receiver (whether or not that debtor’s petition was referred to the Court under subsection 55(3B) of the Act, and whatever the outcome of such a referral).\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(e) of the Act, the maximum amount due to or in respect of an employee of a bankrupt is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum amount payable to employee

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$4,600

2

2018‑19

$4,550

3

2017‑18

$4,500

4

2016‑17

$4,450

5

2015‑16

$4,400

6

2014‑15

$4,350

7

2013‑14

$4,300

8

2012‑13

$4,200

9

2011‑12

$4,150

10

2010‑11

$4,100

11

2009‑10

$4,000

12

2008‑09

$3,950

13

2007‑08

$3,850

14

2006‑07

$3,750

15

2005‑06

$3,650

16

2004‑05

$3,550

17

2003‑04

$3,500

18

2002‑03

$3,450

19

2001‑02

$3,350

20

2000‑01

$3,300

21

1999‑2000

$3,150

22

1998‑99

$3,100

23

1997‑98

$3,100

24

1996‑97

$3,100

\n```\n\n (b) property of a kind covered by subsection (3) to the extent that it is reasonably appropriate for a household, having regard to the criteria specified in subsection (4);\n (c) property (including recreational and sports equipment) of a kind that is reasonably necessary for the domestic use of a household, having regard to:\n (c) educational, sporting or recreational items (including books) that are wholly or mainly for the use of children or students in the household;\n (c) any special climatic or other factors (including geographical isolation) of the place where the household residence is located;\n (d) whether the property is reasonably necessary for the functioning or servicing of the household as a viable and properly‑run household;\n (e) whether the costs of seizure, storage and sale of the property would be likely to exceed the sale price of the property;\n (f) if paragraph (e) does not apply—whether for any other reason (for example, costs of transport) the sale of the property would be likely to be uneconomical.\n (6) For the purposes of subsection (5), an item is an antique item only if a substantial part of its market value is attributable to its age or historical significance.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(ba)(ii) of the Act, non‑monetary sporting, cultural, military or academic awards are a kind of property that is prescribed.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(c)(i) of the Act, the maximum total value of a bankrupt’s property that is for use by the bankrupt in earning income by personal exertion is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum total value of tools

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,800

2

2018‑19

$3,800

3

2017‑18

$3,750

4

2016‑17

$3,700

5

2015‑16

$3,650

6

2014‑15

$3,600

7

2013‑14

$3,550

8

2012‑13

$3,500

9

2011‑12

$3,450

10

2010‑11

$3,400

11

2009‑10

$3,300

12

2008‑09

$3,250

13

2007‑08

$3,200

14

2006‑07

$3,100

15

2005‑06

$3,050

16

2004‑05

$3,000

17

2003‑04

$2,950

18

2002‑03

$2,900

19

2001‑02

$2,850

20

2000‑01

$2,800

21

1999‑2000

$2,650

22

1998‑99

$2,600

23

1997‑98

$2,600

24

1996‑97

$2,600

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 116(2)(ca) of the Act, the maximum aggregate value of property used by the bankrupt primarily as a means of transport is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum value of motor vehicle

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$8,100

2

2018‑19

$8,000

3

2017‑18

$7,900

4

2016‑17

$7,800

5

2015‑16

$7,700

6

2014‑15

$7,600

7

2013‑14

$7,500

8

2012‑13

$7,350

9

2011‑12

$7,200

10

2010‑11

$7,050

11

2009‑10

$6,850

12

2008‑09

$6,700

13

2007‑08

$6,500

14

2006‑07

$6,300

15

2005‑06

$6,150

16

2004‑05

$6,000

17

2003‑04

$5,900

18

2002‑03

$5,800

19

2001‑02

$5,650

20

2000‑01

$5,500

21

1999‑2000

$5,200

22

1998‑99

$5,050

23

1997‑98

$5,000

24

1996‑97

$5,000

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 120(2)(d) of the Act, a transfer is of a kind to which subsection 120(1) of the Act does not apply if the costs of recovering the transferred property would, in the opinion of the trustee in the transferor’s bankruptcy, be likely to exceed the value of the property to the transferor’s creditors.\n\n (b) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a lease—set out facts showing that subsection 133(4) of the Act has been complied with; and\n (c) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a contract—set out facts showing that the contract is, for the purposes of subsection 133(5A) of the Act, an unprofitable contract.\n (2) A trustee who gives a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must give the notice to each person who, to the trustee’s knowledge:\n (3) A failure to comply with subsection (1) or (2) does not affect the validity of a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section is made for the purposes of subparagraph (a)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act.\n (b) a reference in that Act to the taxable value of a benefit were a reference to the value, for the purposes of the Act, of the benefit; and\n (c) a reference in that Act to a declaration date were a reference to the date occurring 21 days after the end of a contribution assessment period in relation to a bankrupt; and\n (d) a reference in that Act to a declaration to be given to an employer of a person were a reference to a declaration to be given to the trustee of the person’s estate; and\n (e) a reference in that Act to a form approved by the Commissioner were a reference to a form approved by the Inspector‑General under section 6D of the Act; and\n (f) subject to paragraph (d), a reference in the FBTA Act to an employer, or to the employer, were a reference to any person (other than the bankrupt); and\n (g) a reference in the FBTA Act to an employee, or to the employee, were a reference to a bankrupt, or to the bankrupt, as the case requires.\n (5) Despite subsections (2), (3) and (4), the modifications specified or referred to in those subsections do not apply in relation to the provision of a fringe benefit (within the meaning of the FBTA Act) to a bankrupt if the provider of the fringe benefit:\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following contributions and payments made for the purpose of providing superannuation benefits for a bankrupt person are not income of the person:\n (a) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person to the extent that the contributions reduce the employer’s potential liability for the superannuation guarantee charge imposed under section 5 of the Superannuation Guarantee Charge Act 1992;\n (b) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person in accordance with the employer’s obligation to make contributions for the person under:\n (c) payments of shortfall components made to, or for the benefit of, the person under sections 65 to 67 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n (a) the contributions exceed the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage of the employee’s ordinary time earnings for the contribution assessment period; and\n\n> individual industrial agreement means an industrial agreement made solely between the employer and the person, including the following:\n\n (a) an AWA, or an ITEA, (both within the meaning of the Fair Work (Transitional Provisions and Consequential Amendments) Act 2009) to which that Act applies;\n\n> ordinary time earnings has the meaning given by subsection 6(1) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n> relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage: the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage for a year (the bankruptcy year) is the percentage whose number is the same as that set out in column 2 of the table in subsection 19(2) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992 for the financial year in which the bankruptcy year starts.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following payments or amounts are not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) a payment or amount of family tax benefit paid under the family assistance law (within the meaning of the A New Tax System (Family Assistance) (Administration) Act 1999);\n (b) an amount that is not income for the purposes of the Social Security Act 1991 because of subsection 8(8) of that Act, except for a payment or amount mentioned in paragraph (a), (h), (ha), (k), (ka), (m), (z), (za) or (zb) of that subsection.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (c) of the definition of dependant in section 139K of the Act, the prescribed amount of income derived (or likely to be derived) by a person during a contribution assessment period is:\n (b) if the period begins in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n (d) if the period begins in a later financial year—$3,741 indexed in accordance with section 114 of this instrument as if the period were that financial year.\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum income of dependant

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,720

2

2018‑19

$3,642

3

2017‑18

$3,596

4

2016‑17

$3,532

5

2015‑16

$3,459

6

2014‑15

$3,411

7

2013‑14

$3,363

8

2012‑13

$3,264

9

2011‑12

$3,181

10

2010‑11

$3,131

11

2009‑10

$3,030

12

2008‑09

$2,942

13

2007‑08

$2,870

14

2006‑07

$2,756

15

2005‑06

$2,688

16

2004‑05

$2,611

17

2003‑04

$2,549

\n```\n\n (3) If the bankrupt pays the contribution by cheque, payment is taken to occur when the cheque is cleared and the amount of the payment is credited to the account into which the cheque is deposited.\n (4) The trustee may, on reasonable notice in writing to the bankrupt, vary or withdraw an authorisation under paragraph (2)(c).\n (5) If the trustee incurs a delivery or postal charge (including a surcharge) or bank charge in connection with the receipt or processing of the contribution, the trustee may reimburse the trustee for the amount of the charge from the bankrupt’s estate.\n\n (a) a bankrupt is liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the bankrupt’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act in respect of a contribution assessment period; and\n\n (3) If the contribution remains unpaid, the deceased bankrupt’s estate is liable for the portion of the contribution attributable to the part of the period occurring before the bankrupt’s death.\n\n (b) immediately before being discharged, the person was liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the person’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act; and\n\n> Note: Section 139R of the Act provides that any liability of a bankrupt under section 139P or 139Q of the Act is not affected by the bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy after the making of the assessment that gave rise to the liability.\n\n (5) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(d)(ii), a change in the name of a person is taken to occur if the person in fact assumes the use of a different name or an additional name.\n\n A notice under section 139ZL of the Act must not specify money or property that is protected, under a law of the Commonwealth or a State or Territory, from a process such as assignment, attachment, charging, execution or garnishment.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 145(3) of the Act, notice must be given by serving it on each person to whom, under that subsection, it must be given.\n\n (a) an objection to the discharge of a bankrupt has been made on a ground, or on grounds that include a ground, mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(a) or (h) of the Act (which refer to the bankrupt being out of Australia); and\n (2) Within 5 business days after the day that the registered trustee becomes aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia, the registered trustee must give notice in writing to the Official Receiver stating:\n (ii) if the trustee does not know the day on which the bankrupt returned—the trustee became aware that the bankrupt had returned.\n\n For the purposes of the ground of objection mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(d) of the Act, a bankrupt is taken to have failed to comply with a request to provide information if the bankrupt has provided information that is incomplete or inaccurate.\n\n (c) an application is made to the Administrative Review Tribunal under section 149Q of the Act for the review of the decision of the Inspector‑General; and\n\n (a) if the debtor presents a debtor’s petition to the Official Receiver—on or before the day that the debtor so presents the petition; or\n\n If a registered trustee becomes, under subsection 156A(3) of the Act, the trustee of an estate or of joint and separate estates, the Official Receiver may give the registered trustee a certificate to that effect.\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 188(2A) of the Act, a person (other than the Official Trustee or a registered trustee) is ineligible to act under Part X of the Act as a controlling trustee in relation to a debtor in any of the following circumstances:\n (a) the person is or was convicted of an offence involving fraud or dishonesty at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (c) the person is a solicitor who does not hold an Australian practising certificate (within the meaning of the Evidence Act 1995);\n (d) the person is or was an insolvent under administration at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(f)(ii), the Inspector‑General may approve a course in insolvency by notice published on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website.\n (ii) has refused or failed to cooperate with the Inspector‑General in an inquiry or investigation under paragraph 12(1)(b) of the Act.\n (ii) invites the person to give the Inspector‑General, within 20 business days after the day the notice is given or such longer time as is specified in the notice, a written statement showing cause why the determination should not be made; and\n (5) If the Inspector‑General makes a determination under subsection (3) in relation to a person, the Inspector‑General must give the person a written notice stating the following:\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General to make a determination under subsection 49(3).\n\n (b) the person becomes ineligible to act as a controlling trustee under Part X of the Act because one or more of the circumstances prescribed by subsection 49(1) of this instrument apply in relation to the person.\n (2) The Official Trustee must perform the duties of a controlling trustee in relation to the debtor unless and until the debtor authorises another person under subsection 188(1) of the Act.\n\n (1) If, on application, the Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act that a person (the old trustee) cease to be the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate, the applicant for the order must:\n (3) If the creditors of a regulated debtor, by resolution at a meeting, remove the trustee (the old trustee) of the regulated debtor’s estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(a) of Schedule 2 to the Act, the person appointed by the creditors under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of that Schedule as trustee of the estate must:\n\n (1) If the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate (other than the Official Trustee) finalises the administration of the debtor’s estate, the trustee must:\n\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a debt agreement;\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to give the Official Receiver a debt agreement proposal under subsection 185C(1) of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n (a) any of the following awarded by a registered provider (within the meaning of the Education Services for Overseas Students Act 2000):\n (i) a Certificate IV in Financial Services (Accounting) awarded for study starting between 10 July 2004 and 23 November 2010;\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (c) a degree, diploma or similar qualification awarded by a foreign tertiary education institution and for which the Inspector‑General is satisfied the following conditions are satisfied:\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n\n#### 57 Prescribed amount of owed notified estate charges preventing renewal of registration as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraphs 186C(3)(d) and (5)(d) of the Act, the prescribed amount of notified estate charges is $500.\n\n For the purposes of section 187A of the Act, a provision of Part X of the Act specified in Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section of the Act, to joint debtors, whether partners or not.\n\n (b) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (c) information about whether a personal insolvency agreement may be administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy if any of the things mentioned in paragraphs 40(1)(i) to (m) of the Act happen in relation to a debtor;\n (f) information about a debtor’s rights and responsibilities under Part X of the Act, including a debtor’s obligation to disclose all related entities;\n (g) information about a controlling trustee’s obligation to disclose the controlling trustee’s relationship (if any) with a debtor.\n (3) A registered trustee or a solicitor authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property must not consent to exercise the powers given by the authority unless the debtor has given the registered trustee or the solicitor, as the case may be, a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the Official Trustee is authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property, the Official Receiver must not give the debtor a written approval under paragraph 188(2)(aa) of the Act unless the debtor has given the Official Trustee a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n\n (b) unable to sign the authority or an acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) of this instrument relating to the authority because of a physical incapacity.\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and debtor are familiar; or\n\n> relevant material means the authority, the information prescribed by section 59 and the acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) relating to the authority.\n\n (3) The person must, at the same time as calling a meeting of the debtor’s creditors, give a copy of the proposal for dealing with the debtor’s affairs under Part X of the Act to:\n\n> Note 1: An authority signed by a debtor under section 188 of the Act is not effective for the purposes of Part X of the Act unless, before the person authorised consents to exercise the powers given by the authority, the debtor gives to the person authorised:\n\n> Note 2: Under subsection 188(5) of the Act, a registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority must also give a copy of the authority and the debtor’s statement of affairs to the Official Receiver.\n\n (e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement.\n\n For the purposes of section 210 of the Act, a provision of Part VIII of the Act specified in Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor.\n\n#### 64 Modifications of Division 1 of Part V of the Act—debtors whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act\n\n For the purposes of subsection 211(1) of the Act, a provision in Division 1 of Part V of the Act specified in Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 218(3) of the Act, a notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act must be in writing.\n\n (1) If the Court makes a sequestration order under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act, the applicant for the order must:\n\n#### 67 Information to be given to Official Receiver in relation to orders terminating or setting aside a personal insolvency agreement\n\n> Note: If the Court makes an order setting aside or terminating a personal insolvency agreement and a registered trustee was the trustee of the agreement, the registered trustee must give written notice of the order to the Official Receiver (see subsection 224A(4) of the Act).\n\n (1) If a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act, the trustee of the agreement must:\n\n> Note: Before the termination takes effect, the trustee must give notice of the proposed termination to all the creditors who are entitled to receive notice of a meeting of creditors (see subsection 222A(2) of the Act).\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 231(1) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 4 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor who has executed a personal insolvency agreement.\n (2) For the purposes of subsection 231(3) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 5 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a personal insolvency agreement.\n\n (4) If the trustee gives a certificate to the debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act or subsection (1) of this section, the trustee must:\n (a) the person is required to give a copy of a certificate to the Official Receiver in accordance with subsection (4); and\n\n For the purposes of subsections 248(1) and (3) of the Act, a provision specified in Schedule 4 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Schedule in relation to proceedings under Part XI of the Act and the administration of estates under that Part.\n\n (1) If a trustee (within the meaning of section 254 of the Act) pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act, the trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (3) If a registered trustee pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act, the registered trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (1) For the purposes of the definition of National Personal Insolvency Index in subsection 5(1) of the Act, an electronic index to be known as the National Personal Insolvency Index is established.\n\n Division 2 of this Part (information to be entered in the Index) has effect subject to Division 3 of this Part (information not to be entered in the Index and information to be removed from the Index).\n\n (1) The person specified in column 2 of an item of the table in subsection (3) must, at a time within the time period specified in column 2 of that item, give a copy of each document specified in column 1 of that item to the Official Receiver.\n\n

Documents that must be given to the Official Receiver

Item

Column 1

Document(s)

Column 2

Person and time period

Column 3

Information

1

A notice given under subsection 181A(2) of the Act by the current trustee of a bankrupt’s estate nominating another trustee as the new trustee of the estate

The new trustee within 2 business days after the date specified in the notice (see paragraph 181A(3)(a) of the Act)

The day on which the new trustee became the trustee of the estate

2

An order under subsection 185Q(4) of the Act terminating a debt agreement

The applicant for the order within 3 business days after the order is made

The day on which the order was made

3

An order under subsection 185U(1) of the Act declaring all or part of a debt agreement void

The applicant for the order within 2 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) whether all or part of the agreement was declared void

4

An authority, signed by a debtor under subsection 188(1) of the Act, naming and authorising a registered trustee, a solicitor or the Official Trustee to call a meeting of the debtor’s creditors and to take control of the debtor’s property

The person named in the authority within 2 business days after the debtor signs the authority

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the copy of the authority was given to the Official Receiver;

(c) the day on which the debtor’s statement of affairs was given to the Official Receiver (see subsections 188(2D) and (5) of the Act);

(d) the name of the controlling trustee (see subsection 188(6) of the Act)

5

Written evidence of an event of a kind mentioned in paragraph 192(1)(a), (b) or (c) of the Act, or a written request given to the Official Trustee under paragraph 192(1)(d) of the Act, resulting in the Official Trustee becoming the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor

The Official Trustee within 14 days after the Official Trustee becomes the controlling trustee

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Trustee became the controlling trustee

6

Both of the following:

(a) a petition to the Court, under subsection 244(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of the estate of a deceased person;

(b) an affidavit verifying the petition (see subsection 244(5) of the Act)

The creditor, or one of the creditors, who presented the petition to the Court within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day the petition was presented;

(c) the name of the creditor or creditors who presented the petition;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the creditor or creditors;

(e) the day the Court is to hear the petition

7

Both of the following:

(a) a petition, under subsection 247(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of a deceased person’s estate under Part XI of the Act;

(b) a statement of the deceased person’s affairs and of the petitioner’s administration of the deceased person’s estate (see subsection 247(1) of the Act)

The petitioner within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the petition and the statement of affairs were presented;

(c) the name of the administrator;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the administrator

8

An order, under section 252B of the Act, annulling the administration of the estate of a deceased person under Part XI of the Act

The trustee of the estate within 2 business days after the trustee becomes aware of the order

The day on which the order was made

9

An order, under subsection 253E(1) of the Act, staying proceedings under a creditor’s petition or debtor’s petition

The applicant for the order within 7 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) the length of the stay (see subsection 253E(3) of the Act)

\n```\n\n (1) If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in subsection (2) is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n (aa) in the case of a statement of affairs mentioned in item 2 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the statement; and\n (a) in the case of a debtor’s petition mentioned in item 3, 4 or 5 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the petition; and\n (b) in the case of a debt agreement proposal mentioned in item 12 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the debt agreement proposal for processing.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with the Act

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A sequestration order made against the estate of a debtor (see subsection 52(1A) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(d) the name of the creditor who obtained the order;

(e) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of that creditor

2

A statement of the affairs of a person against whose estate a sequestration order is made, that is given for the purposes of subsection 54(1) of the Act

The day on which the statement of affairs was filed with the Official Receiver

3

A debtor’s petition (see subsection 55(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the resulting bankruptcy;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(e) the day on which the statement of the debtor’s affairs accepted by the Official Receiver was given to the Official Receiver for the purposes of paragraph 55(2)(b) of the Act

4

A debtor’s petition against a partnership presented by members of the partnership (see subsection 56B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of the partners who presented the petition;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the bankruptcy of each of those partners as a result of the acceptance of the petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each bankrupt partner;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those partners, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of the partnership affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

5

A debtor’s petition by joint debtors who are not partners (see subsection 57(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of those debtors;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of each bankruptcy that results from acceptance of the debtor’s petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each debtor;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those debtors, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of their joint affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

6

A notice relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 74(5A) of the Act)

The day on which the bankruptcy was annulled

7

A notice of objection by a trustee to the discharge of a bankrupt from bankruptcy (see subsection 149B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) when the objection took effect (see section 149G of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection set out in the notice (see paragraph 149C(1)(a) of the Act);

(c) the name of the trustee

8

A notice that a trustee ceases to object to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy on a particular ground (see subsection 149H(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) if there is no longer an objection on any ground—when the objection ceased to have effect (see subsection 149H(3) of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection to which the notice relates;

(c) the name of the trustee

9

A notice of withdrawal of objection by a trustee to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy (see subsection 149J(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) when the withdrawal takes effect (see subsection 149J(3) of the Act);

(b) the name of the trustee

10

A notice about the cancellation, under subsection 149N(1) of the Act, of a notice of objection filed by a trustee of a bankrupt’s estate (see subsection 149P(1) of the Act)

The day on which the cancellation took effect

11

A certificate relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 153A(2) of the Act)

The date of annulment included in the certificate

12

A debtor’s written proposal for a debt agreement (see subsection 185C(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185E of the Act)

13

A notification that a debt agreement has ended (see subsection 185N(5) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the debt agreement ended;

(b) the reasons why the debt agreement ended

14

A notification that control of the property of a debtor has ended (see subsection 189(1B) of the Act)

The day on which that control ended

15

A personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor (see paragraph 218(1)(b) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the agreement was executed;

(c) the name of the trustee of the personal insolvency agreement

16

A resolution or special resolution terminating a personal insolvency agreement (see subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

17

A resolution or special resolution terminating a composition or scheme of arrangement (see section 76B and subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated

18

A notice that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated or set aside (see subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated or set aside

19

A notice that a composition or scheme of arrangement is terminated or set aside (see section 76B and subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated or set aside

20

An order that the estate of a deceased person be administered under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 244(14), 245(3) or 247(3) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee administering the estate

21

A statement of a deceased person’s affairs and of the administration of the deceased person’s estate by a legal personal representative of the deceased person (see paragraph 246(1)(b) of the Act)

The day on which the statement was given to the Official Receiver

22

A certificate in relation to the annulment, by force of subsection 252A(1) of the Act, of the administration of an estate under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 252A(2) of the Act)

The day of the annulment

\n```\n\n If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with this instrument

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A creditor’s petition presented against a debtor or joint debtors (see section 13)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor or joint debtors;

(b) the day on which the petition was presented against the debtor or joint debtors;

(c) the name of the petitioning creditor;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the petitioning creditor;

(e) the day of the court hearing for a sequestration order relating to the petition

2

A direction given, or an order made, by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act (see section 14 of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor to whom the order or direction relates;

(b) the day on which the order was made or the direction given;

(c) the day (if any) on which a trustee’s control of that debtor’s property is to end (see subsection 50(1B) of the Act)

3

A notice under subsection 46(2) that the Administrative Review Tribunal has varied or set aside a decision of the Inspector‑General in relation to a notice of objection

The day on which the decision was varied or set aside

4

A notice given under subsection 52(1) in relation to an order about a regulated debtor’s estate, if the order provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of the estate

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the new trustee;

(b) the day of the appointment

5

A notice given under subsection 52(3) by a person appointed as trustee of the estate of a regulated debtor

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the person appointed;

(b) the day of the appointment

6

A notice under subsection 53(1) that the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate has finalised the administration of the debtor’s estate

The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised

7

A notice under subparagraph 62(2)(a)(ii) of particulars specified in subsection 62(3) in relation to a special resolution passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors

The particulars

8

A sequestration order against the estate of a debtor made under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act (see subsection 66(1) of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) if the person who applied for the order was a creditor of the debtor—the name of the creditor and the name and telephone number of the creditor’s solicitor (if any);

(d) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate

9

A notice under paragraph 68(1)(a) that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

10

A certificate given by a trustee to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act (see subsection 70(4) of this instrument)

The day on which the trustee signed the certificate

\n```\n\n If an event specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section occurs, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n| Item | Column 1Event | Column 2Information |\n| ---- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |\n| 1 | A bankrupt is, by force of subsection 149(1) of the Act, discharged from bankruptcy | The day on which the bankrupt was discharged from bankruptcy |\n| 2 | The Official Receiver issues a certificate of appointment to a registered trustee under subsection 157(3) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the name of the registered trustee;(b) the day on which the registered trustee was appointed |\n| 3 | A trustee, or the Official Trustee, is released from the trusteeship of an estate by force of section 184 or 184A of the Act | The fact that the trustee, or the Official Trustee, has been so released |\n| 4 | A debt agreement proposal is withdrawn | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was withdrawn |\n| 5 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement that was made before 1 July 2007 is accepted (see sections 185B and 185P of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the proposal was accepted |\n| 6 | A debt agreement proposal is not accepted (see section 185EC of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was not accepted |\n| 7 | The Official Receiver cancels the acceptance of a debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185ED of the Act) | The day on which the Official Receiver cancelled the acceptance of the debt agreement proposal for processing |\n| 8 | A debt agreement proposal lapses (see section 185G of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal lapsed |\n| 9 | The Official Receiver gives to a debtor a certificate under subsection 185N(3) of the Act | The day on which the certificate was given |\n| 10 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement is accepted (see section 185PC of the Act) | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 11 | The Official Receiver terminates a debt agreement under subsection 185QA(1) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 12 | The minutes of a meeting of creditors at which a special resolution was passed terminating a debt agreement made before 1 July 2007 are given to the Official Receiver (see subsection 185QA(1) of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the resolution was passed |\n| 13 | A special resolution is passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors under subsection 204(1) of the Act if the Official Trustee called the meeting under an authority under section 188 of the Act | All of the following:(a) the date of the resolution;(b) the debtor’s full name and alias (if any);(c) the debtor’s address;(d) the debtor’s occupation (if any);(e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement |\n| 14 | A sequestration order is made against the estate of a debtor under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | All of the following:(a) particulars of the debtor;(b) the day on which the order was made;(c) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate |\n| 15 | An order is made under subsection 222(1), (2) or (5) of the Act setting aside a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was set aside |\n| 16 | A personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act where the Official Trustee is the trustee of the agreement | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 17 | An order is made under subsection 222C(1) of the Act terminating a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 18 | The Official Trustee gives a certificate to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act | The day on which the Official Trustee signed the certificate |\n| 19 | The Official Trustee finalises the administration of a debtor’s estate | The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised |\n| 20 | The Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act, on application by the Inspector‑General, that provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of an estate | Both of the following:(a) the name of the new trustee;(b) the day of the appointment |\n| 21 | The Official Trustee is appointed by the creditors of an estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of Schedule 2 to the Act as trustee of an estate | The day of the appointment |\n\n> Note: A number of provisions of the Act require the Official Receiver to enter information in the Index when certain events occur. These provisions include the following:\n\n (a) a debtor whose property is under the control of the Official Trustee or a registered trustee because of a direction given by the Court under paragraph 50(1)(a) of the Act;\n (c) a deceased debtor if a petition for an order for the administration of the deceased debtor’s estate has been presented under Part XI of the Act;\n (d) a debtor in relation to whom an application is made to the Court under subsection 253E(1) of the Act for an order staying all or any proceedings under a petition.\n (3) In the case of a deceased debtor, the information to be entered in accordance with paragraphs (1)(a), (b) and (c) is the information immediately before the debtor’s death.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (4), a person who is a debtor or bankrupt may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General for information about the person:\n (a) not to be entered in the Index, on the ground that the entry of the information would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n\n> Note: Example: A person may rely on a court order (such as a domestic violence order) to show that publication of the information in question would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under paragraph 80(3)(a) refusing to grant an application.\n\n (1) If a debt agreement ends under section 185N of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (2) If a debt agreement is terminated under section 185P, 185Q, 185QA or 185R of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (3) If an order is made under section 185U of the Act declaring all of a debt agreement void, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n\n The Official Receiver must remove all information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index within 1 year after the day on which any of the following occurs:\n\n (1) A person may, by application in writing, ask the Official Receiver to inspect material in the Index and give to the person an extract of material specified in the application.\n (a) if the applicant has paid any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination for obtaining the requested extract—must inspect the Index and, within 10 business days of receiving the application:\n (b) may give the applicant a list of Index search agents who may be able to inspect material entered in the Index for the applicant.\n (3) A person who has been granted access to the Index by the Inspector‑General may, after paying any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination:\n (4) However, prior payment is not required under subsection (3) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n An extract of information in the Index is admissible in any proceedings as prima facie evidence of the matters in the extract.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General, and any officer acting at the direction or with the authority of the Inspector‑General, have immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n (2) An officer has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (3) A person who provides material for entry in the Index has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of the material by way of:\n (5) The immunity of the Inspector‑General or another officer under this section arising out of publication of material extends to the Commonwealth and the Official Trustee to the extent that the Commonwealth or the Official Trustee would, apart from this subsection, be liable in respect of the publication.\n (6) This section does not limit any other ground of defence in relation to actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n\n (b) the person executing the warrant considers that it is impracticable to immediately bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n (b) a day and time when the person executing the warrant considers that it will be practicable to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n\n (1) If the Registrar receives a notification under subsection 87(2) in relation to an apprehended person, the Registrar must, as soon as reasonably practicable:\n (a) determine a day, time and place for the apprehended person to be brought before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate; and\n (b) direct the person who gave the notification to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate in accordance with that determination.\n (2) The time and day determined under paragraph (1)(a) must be the earliest that the Registrar reasonably believes are practicable.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 277B(1) of the Act, this Division establishes an infringement notice scheme, as an alternative to prosecution, for an infringement notice provision.\n\n (1) If the Inspector‑General believes on reasonable grounds that a person has contravened an infringement notice provision, the Inspector‑General may give to the person an infringement notice for the alleged contravention.\n (2) The infringement notice must be given within 12 months after the day on which the contravention is alleged to have taken place.\n (3) A single infringement notice must relate only to a single contravention of a single provision unless subsection (4) applies.\n (4) The Inspector‑General may give a person a single infringement notice relating to multiple contraventions of a single provision if:\n\n (e) give brief details of the alleged contravention, or each alleged contravention, to which the notice relates, including:\n (f) state the amount that is payable under the notice, as worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act and subsection (2) of this section; and\n (h) state that, if the person to whom the notice is given pays the amount within 20 business days after the day the notice is given, then (unless the notice is withdrawn) the person will not be liable to be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (k) state that the person may choose not to pay the amount and, if the person does so the person may be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (n) state that the person may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) If the notice relates to more than one alleged contravention of the provision by the person, the amount to be stated in the notice for the purposes of paragraph (1)(f) is the sum of the amount worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act for each alleged contravention.\n\n> Note: Under section 90, a single infringement notice may only deal with multiple contraventions if they are contraventions of a single provision continuing over a period.\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may apply to the Inspector‑General for an extension of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h).\n (2) If the application is made before the end of that period, the Inspector‑General may, in writing, extend that period. The Inspector‑General may do so before or after the end of that period.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General extends that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to that period so extended.\n (4) If the Inspector‑General does not extend that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to the period that ends on the later of the following days:\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) The Inspector‑General may withdraw an infringement notice given to a person (whether or not the person has made written representations seeking the withdrawal).\n (3) When deciding whether or not to withdraw an infringement notice (the relevant infringement notice), the Inspector‑General:\n (a) must take into account any written representations seeking the withdrawal that were given by the person to the Inspector‑General; and\n (i) whether a court has previously imposed a penalty on the person for a contravention of an infringement notice provision;\n (iii) whether the person has paid an amount, stated in an earlier infringement notice, for a contravention of an infringement notice provision if the contravention is constituted by conduct that is the same, or substantially the same, as the conduct alleged to constitute the contravention in the relevant infringement notice;\n\n (1) If the person to whom an infringement notice for an alleged contravention of a provision is given pays the amount stated in the notice before the end of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h):\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may sign a certificate that states any of the following in relation to an infringement notice given to a person:\n (b) that the Inspector‑General granted, or refused to grant, an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice;\n (c) if the Inspector‑General granted an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice—that that amount was not fully paid by the person within the period specified in the extension;\n (2) At a hearing of a prosecution for an offence alleged in an infringement notice, a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General in accordance with subsection (1) is prima facie evidence of the matters specified in the certificate.\n (3) A certificate that purports to be signed by the Inspector‑General is taken to have been signed by the Inspector‑General unless the contrary is proved.\n\n (a) require an infringement notice to be given to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (c) prevent the giving of 2 or more infringement notices to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (d) limit a court’s discretion to determine the amount of a penalty to be imposed on a person who is found to have contravened an infringement notice provision.\n\n (b) unless the person, by notice in writing to the Inspector‑General, directs otherwise—offset against estate charge or late payment penalty payable by the person.\n\n (1) A payment of interest charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) A payment of realisations charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or served on, a person (other than the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee), the document may be:\n (a) sent by a courier service to the person at the address of the person last known to the person serving the document; or\n (b) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name and any relevant document exchange number, at a document exchange where the person maintains a document exchange facility; or\n (i) by a kind of electronic communication that transmits the document to a facility maintained by the person for receipt of electronically transmitted documents; or\n (ii) by a kind of electronic communication such that, in the ordinary course of events, the document could be reasonably expected to be received by the person.\n\n> Note: The Electronic Transactions Act 1999 applies to a requirement or permission to give information under the Bankruptcy Act 1966 or this instrument, including electronic communications covered by this section.\n\n> Note: However, paragraph (d) of this subsection permits information to be given by means of particular kinds of electronic communication, in accordance with the information technology requirements in subsection (3). This means the requirements in section 9 of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999 do not apply in relation to electronic communications covered by this section (see subsection 9(3) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999).\n\n (2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(a) or (b), in the absence of proof to the contrary, the document is taken to have been received by, or served on, the person when the document would, in the due course of business practice, be delivered to that address or document exchange.\n\n (a) at the time the document is sent, it is reasonable to expect that the document would be readily accessible so as to be useable for subsequent reference; and\n (b) the document is sent in one of the following formats, or in a format that is similar to or readily convertible into one of the following formats:\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, this section applies if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or filed or lodged with:\n (2) The document must be posted, delivered, sent by email, or sent through the website of the Australian Financial Security Authority, to:\n (3) If this section applies, the document is taken to be received, filed or lodged only when the document (or, where applicable, a copy of it) is actually received by, or on behalf of, the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver (as the case requires).\n\n (1) Subsection (2) applies in any proceedings to a document or copy of a document that purports to be a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General stating that, at a particular time, the form of statement of affairs that is attached to the certificate was the approved form for the purposes of section 6A of the Act.\n\n A fee is not payable by the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver in respect of an application to, or the filing of a document in, the Court in relation to proceedings under the Act, this instrument or the Insolvency Practice Rules.\n\n (2) If such a fee is payable in respect of the doing of a matter or thing by the Official Receiver, the matter or thing need not be done unless the fee has been paid.\n\n (1) The Official Trustee’s entitlement to remuneration under the Fees and Remuneration Determination arises when the Official Trustee:\n (a) performs work or first acts in accordance with section 3.03, 3.04, 3.07 or 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (2) For paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (d), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee in respect of an amount received by the Official Trustee:\n\n (1) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.03 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the property or business of a debtor, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (2) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.04 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a composition or scheme of arrangement with the creditors of a bankrupt, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the composition or scheme of arrangement as the case may be.\n (3) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor who signed an authority under section 188 of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (4) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the estate of a bankrupt, or of a deceased person for whose estate an order for administration has been made under Part XI of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the bankrupt or deceased person as the case may be.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a request by a bankrupt to the Official Trustee for the Official Trustee’s consent, under paragraph 272(1)(c) of the Act, to the bankrupt leaving Australia.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may decide to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4) if the Inspector‑General is reasonably satisfied that:\n (a) payment of the fee by the person liable to pay it has imposed, or would impose, hardship on the person that is unusual and exceptional in comparison to the hardship arising in the normal course of bankruptcy; or\n (b) unless the fee is payable to the Inspector‑General—the officer to whom the fee is payable or would have been payable if the fee had not been waived or remitted.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General decides under subsection (1) to refuse to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4), the notification under subsection (2) in relation to the decision must include the reasons for the decision.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under subsection 111(1) refusing to waive or remit the whole or part of a fee that is payable by the person.\n\n If, under the Act, a trustee takes possession of, or attaches, the property of a bankrupt, debtor or deceased person, the trustee must, as soon as is reasonably practicable:\n (b) give a copy of the inventory, of the photographs or of the video recordings, as the case may be, to any person who has custody of the property or part of the property.\n\n (1) If a provision of this instrument states that a dollar amount is to be indexed in accordance with this section, then at the start of each financial year (an indexation year) beginning on or after 1 July 2021, the dollar amount is replaced by the amount worked out using the following formula:\n ![Start formula Indexation factor for the indexation year times Dollar amount for the previous year end formula](image.002.png)\n ![Start formula start fraction Index number for the reference quarter over Index number for the base quarter end fraction end formula](image.003.png)\n\n> index number, for a quarter, means the All Groups Consumer Price Index number (being the weighted average of the 8 capital cities) published by the Australian Statistician for that quarter.\n\n (4) If an indexation factor worked out under subsection (2) would be less than 1, that indexation factor is to be increased to 1.\n (a) are to be made using only the index numbers published in terms of the most recently published index reference period; and\n (b) are to be made disregarding index numbers that are published in substitution for previously published index numbers (except where the substituted numbers are published to take account of changes in the index reference period).\n\n (a) a thing was done for a particular purpose under the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996 as in force immediately before those Regulations were repealed; and\n (2) Without limiting subsection (1), a reference in that subsection to a thing being done includes a reference to a notice, application or other instrument being given or made.\n\n Despite the repeal of the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996, item 3 of Schedule 4 to those Regulations, as in force immediately before that repeal, continues to apply in relation to a contribution assessment period if an assessment under section 139W of the Act was made for that contribution assessment period before that repeal.\n\n Section 102, as substituted by Schedule 1 to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Electronic Service) Regulations 2024, applies in relation to a document that is given or sent to, or served on, a person on or after the commencement of that Schedule.\n\n## 84 Inspection of the Index\n\n (1) A person may, by application in writing, ask the Official Receiver to inspect material in the Index and give to the person an extract of material specified in the application.\n (a) if the applicant has paid any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination for obtaining the requested extract—must inspect the Index and, within 10 business days of receiving the application:\n (b) may give the applicant a list of Index search agents who may be able to inspect material entered in the Index for the applicant.\n (3) A person who has been granted access to the Index by the Inspector‑General may, after paying any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination:\n (4) However, prior payment is not required under subsection (3) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n## 85 Information extracted from the Index to be evidence\n\n An extract of information in the Index is admissible in any proceedings as prima facie evidence of the matters in the extract.\n\n## 86 Immunity from defamation\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General, and any officer acting at the direction or with the authority of the Inspector‑General, have immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n (2) An officer has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (3) A person who provides material for entry in the Index has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of the material by way of:\n (5) The immunity of the Inspector‑General or another officer under this section arising out of publication of material extends to the Commonwealth and the Official Trustee to the extent that the Commonwealth or the Official Trustee would, apart from this subsection, be liable in respect of the publication.\n (6) This section does not limit any other ground of defence in relation to actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n\n## Part 14 Offences under the Act\n\n> electronic communication means an electronic communication within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of electronic communication in subsection 5(1) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999.\n\n> legal practitioner means a barrister, a solicitor, a barrister and solicitor or a legal practitioner, of the High Court or of the Supreme Court of a State or Territory.\n\n (a) remuneration paid to the trustee in accordance with a direction, or other order, made by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act directing the trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or making another order in relation to the property; and\n (ii) in relation to the examination of the debtor, or an examinable person in relation to the debtor, as a result of the issue of a summons under subsection 50(2) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section sets out the requirements for an application to the Official Receiver for a bankruptcy notice by a person who has obtained against a debtor one, or 2 or more, final judgments or final orders of a kind described in paragraph 40(1)(g) of the Act.\n\n (a) if any final order specified in the application is an award that is a final order because of subparagraph 40(3)(a)(i) of the Act—both of the following:\n (i) a copy of the award certified as a true copy by the arbitrator who made the award or by an officer of the Court who has compared the copy with the original award;\n (ii) a certificate of the judgment or order sealed by the court that made the judgment or order (the relevant court) or signed by an officer of the relevant court;\n (iii) a copy of the entry of the judgment or order certified as a true copy of that entry and sealed by the relevant court or signed by an officer of the relevant court.\n\n> Note 2: A fee is payable to the Official Receiver for an application under this section (see the Fees and Remuneration Determination).\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice must follow that form in respect of its format (for example, bold or italic typeface, underlining and notes).\n\n> Note: Section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 provides that strict compliance with a form is not required and substantial compliance is sufficient.\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice in relation to a debtor that is served on the debtor outside of a period mentioned in subsection (1) is not valid.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (a) of the definition of statutory minimum in subsection 5(1) of the Act, the amount prescribed is $10,000.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (2), the only persons who may inspect a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver under subsection 41(1) of the Act are the following:\n (2) If a creditor’s petition is presented that is founded on an act of bankruptcy consisting of failure to comply with the bankruptcy notice, any person may inspect the notice.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver in relation to a debtor if the notice includes a final judgment, or final order, that is expressed in an amount of foreign currency (whether or not the judgment or order is also expressed in an amount of Australian currency).\n (c) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the day on which the application for the notice is made.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n A creditor who presents a petition to the Court under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must give to the Official Receiver:\n (b) a copy of any order entered by the Court, dismissing, staying or extending the petition, or adjourning the hearing of the petition, within 2 business days after the Court enters the order.\n\n (1) If the Court gives a direction, or makes another order, under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to a debtor, the creditor who applied under subsection 50(1A) of the Act for the Court to make a direction must:\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n (c) in accordance with the direction or other order, the creditor deposits an amount (the first amount) with the trustee for the purposes of covering the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor.\n\n (2) The creditor is entitled to a refund of the sum of the first amount and any amount covered by subsection (4) less an amount equal to the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor if any of the following events occur:\n (a) the debtor enters into a personal insolvency agreement, or the debtor’s estate is administered under Part XI of the Act, and the Court authorises the trustee to transfer the debtor’s property to some other person;\n (i) the Court is satisfied that the first amount is insufficient to cover the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor;\n (ii) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs, on application by the trustee, the creditor to deposit the additional amount with the trustee;\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n\n (2) The Court may, on application by the debtor within 15 business days after the day the petition is dismissed, order the creditor to pay the debtor an amount equal to the damage the Court assesses as resulting from the acts or omissions of the trustee in reliance on the direction or other order mentioned in paragraph (1)(b).\n\n “(2A) The Court or a magistrate may direct that an examination, or any part of an examination, under this section shall be held in private.”;\n (c) by omitting from subsection (9) “is the trustee” and substituting “has been directed to take control of the property of the relevant person”;\n “(14) Subject to subsection (14A), the applicant for an examination under this section is to pay the costs incurred in connection with the examination.\n (14A) The Court or a magistrate may order that all or some of the costs mentioned in subsection (14) are to be paid by the relevant person.”.\n\n If:\n (b) the Official Receiver accepts the declaration, and signs a copy of the declaration, under paragraph 54C(1)(a) of the Act;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsections 54D(1), 55(3A), 56B(5) and 57(3A) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (d) information about a debtor’s right to choose whether the bankruptcy is initially administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (e) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to present to the Official Receiver, under section 54A of the Act, a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition.\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to present a petition under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n If:\n (a) a debtor presents, or 2 or more debtors present, a petition to the Official Receiver under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act; and\n (b) there is in force under subsection 156A(1) of the Act an instrument of consent of a registered trustee to act as the trustee of:\n (ii) in the case of 2 or more debtors—the separate estates, the joint estates, or the joint and separate estates, of the debtors or any of them;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 56C(2) of the Act, if the Official Receiver refers a debtor’s petition against a partnership to the Court, the notice given by the Official Receiver to each member of the partnership who did not present the petition must:\n\n If a person is arrested under a warrant issued by the Court under section 78 of the Act, the arresting officer must immediately notify a Registrar of the Court.\n\n (a) a creditor lodges, or causes to be lodged, a proof of debt in a bankruptcy in accordance with section 84 of the Act; and\n (b) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the date of the bankruptcy.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n (1) For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(a) of the Act, the order that the trustee of the estate of a bankrupt must apply the proceeds of the bankrupt’s property to the costs, charges, expenses and remuneration mentioned in the following table is the order that appears in the table.\n\n

Order of payment of certain costs, charges, expenses and remuneration

Item

Costs, charges and expenses

1

Realisations charge payable by the trustee in relation to the estate under the Bankruptcy (Estate Charges) Act 1997

2

If the trustee is a registered trustee to whom the Official Trustee transferred the administration of the bankruptcy, both of the following in relation to the administration of the bankruptcy by the Official Trustee before the transfer:

(a) any remuneration payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination;

(b) any reimbursement that is payable to the Official Trustee under section 108

3

Expenses reasonably incurred by or on behalf of the trustee:

(a) in protecting all or part of the bankrupt’s assets; or

(b) in carrying on, in accordance with the Act, a business of the bankrupt

4

If a creditor made an advance to the trustee for the purposes of the trustee’s administration of the bankruptcy—an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to that advance

5

Fees, costs, charges or expenses (other than fees, costs, charges or expenses covered by another item of this table) paid or payable by the trustee in administering the bankrupt’s estate

6

If:

(a) an order was made under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to the bankrupt when the bankrupt was a debtor; and

(b) an amount was deposited by a creditor, in accordance with that order, with the trustee;

an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to the trustee’s preliminary remuneration and expenses in relation to the debtor

7

The following:

(a) if a creditor applied for:

(i) a sequestration order against the estate; or

(ii) an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act;

the taxed costs of the creditor in relation to the application;

(b) if the administrator of the estate of a deceased person presented a petition for an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act—the taxed costs of the administrator;

(c) if a person made an application for a sequestration order under Part X of the Act—both of the following:

(i) the taxed costs of that person in relation to the application;

(ii) any taxed costs of that person in respect of an application for an order under Division 5 or 6 of Part IX of the Act in relation to the estate

8

The trustee’s remuneration (other than remuneration covered by item 6):

(a) if the trustee is the Official Trustee—payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or

(b) if the trustee is a registered trustee—payable to the registered trustee under section 60‑5 of Schedule 2 to the Act

9

If:

(a) there is a committee of inspection in relation to the administration of the estate; and

(b) the creditors of the estate, or a majority of them, have approved payment of out‑of‑pocket expenses incurred by a member of the committee of inspection;

those expenses, to the extent that the trustee allows them as being fair and reasonable

10

Costs of any audit carried out under section 70‑15 or 70‑20 of Schedule 2 to the Act in relation to the estate

\n```\n\n (2) For the purposes of item 7 of the table, a reference to an applicant or a person presenting a petition is taken to include a reference to a person whose application or petition has not been proceeded with because a debtor’s petition presented by the bankrupt has been accepted by the Official Receiver (whether or not that debtor’s petition was referred to the Court under subsection 55(3B) of the Act, and whatever the outcome of such a referral).\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(e) of the Act, the maximum amount due to or in respect of an employee of a bankrupt is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum amount payable to employee

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$4,600

2

2018‑19

$4,550

3

2017‑18

$4,500

4

2016‑17

$4,450

5

2015‑16

$4,400

6

2014‑15

$4,350

7

2013‑14

$4,300

8

2012‑13

$4,200

9

2011‑12

$4,150

10

2010‑11

$4,100

11

2009‑10

$4,000

12

2008‑09

$3,950

13

2007‑08

$3,850

14

2006‑07

$3,750

15

2005‑06

$3,650

16

2004‑05

$3,550

17

2003‑04

$3,500

18

2002‑03

$3,450

19

2001‑02

$3,350

20

2000‑01

$3,300

21

1999‑2000

$3,150

22

1998‑99

$3,100

23

1997‑98

$3,100

24

1996‑97

$3,100

\n```\n\n (b) property of a kind covered by subsection (3) to the extent that it is reasonably appropriate for a household, having regard to the criteria specified in subsection (4);\n (c) property (including recreational and sports equipment) of a kind that is reasonably necessary for the domestic use of a household, having regard to:\n (c) educational, sporting or recreational items (including books) that are wholly or mainly for the use of children or students in the household;\n (c) any special climatic or other factors (including geographical isolation) of the place where the household residence is located;\n (d) whether the property is reasonably necessary for the functioning or servicing of the household as a viable and properly‑run household;\n (e) whether the costs of seizure, storage and sale of the property would be likely to exceed the sale price of the property;\n (f) if paragraph (e) does not apply—whether for any other reason (for example, costs of transport) the sale of the property would be likely to be uneconomical.\n (6) For the purposes of subsection (5), an item is an antique item only if a substantial part of its market value is attributable to its age or historical significance.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(ba)(ii) of the Act, non‑monetary sporting, cultural, military or academic awards are a kind of property that is prescribed.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(c)(i) of the Act, the maximum total value of a bankrupt’s property that is for use by the bankrupt in earning income by personal exertion is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum total value of tools

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,800

2

2018‑19

$3,800

3

2017‑18

$3,750

4

2016‑17

$3,700

5

2015‑16

$3,650

6

2014‑15

$3,600

7

2013‑14

$3,550

8

2012‑13

$3,500

9

2011‑12

$3,450

10

2010‑11

$3,400

11

2009‑10

$3,300

12

2008‑09

$3,250

13

2007‑08

$3,200

14

2006‑07

$3,100

15

2005‑06

$3,050

16

2004‑05

$3,000

17

2003‑04

$2,950

18

2002‑03

$2,900

19

2001‑02

$2,850

20

2000‑01

$2,800

21

1999‑2000

$2,650

22

1998‑99

$2,600

23

1997‑98

$2,600

24

1996‑97

$2,600

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 116(2)(ca) of the Act, the maximum aggregate value of property used by the bankrupt primarily as a means of transport is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum value of motor vehicle

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$8,100

2

2018‑19

$8,000

3

2017‑18

$7,900

4

2016‑17

$7,800

5

2015‑16

$7,700

6

2014‑15

$7,600

7

2013‑14

$7,500

8

2012‑13

$7,350

9

2011‑12

$7,200

10

2010‑11

$7,050

11

2009‑10

$6,850

12

2008‑09

$6,700

13

2007‑08

$6,500

14

2006‑07

$6,300

15

2005‑06

$6,150

16

2004‑05

$6,000

17

2003‑04

$5,900

18

2002‑03

$5,800

19

2001‑02

$5,650

20

2000‑01

$5,500

21

1999‑2000

$5,200

22

1998‑99

$5,050

23

1997‑98

$5,000

24

1996‑97

$5,000

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 120(2)(d) of the Act, a transfer is of a kind to which subsection 120(1) of the Act does not apply if the costs of recovering the transferred property would, in the opinion of the trustee in the transferor’s bankruptcy, be likely to exceed the value of the property to the transferor’s creditors.\n\n (b) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a lease—set out facts showing that subsection 133(4) of the Act has been complied with; and\n (c) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a contract—set out facts showing that the contract is, for the purposes of subsection 133(5A) of the Act, an unprofitable contract.\n (2) A trustee who gives a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must give the notice to each person who, to the trustee’s knowledge:\n (3) A failure to comply with subsection (1) or (2) does not affect the validity of a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section is made for the purposes of subparagraph (a)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act.\n (b) a reference in that Act to the taxable value of a benefit were a reference to the value, for the purposes of the Act, of the benefit; and\n (c) a reference in that Act to a declaration date were a reference to the date occurring 21 days after the end of a contribution assessment period in relation to a bankrupt; and\n (d) a reference in that Act to a declaration to be given to an employer of a person were a reference to a declaration to be given to the trustee of the person’s estate; and\n (e) a reference in that Act to a form approved by the Commissioner were a reference to a form approved by the Inspector‑General under section 6D of the Act; and\n (f) subject to paragraph (d), a reference in the FBTA Act to an employer, or to the employer, were a reference to any person (other than the bankrupt); and\n (g) a reference in the FBTA Act to an employee, or to the employee, were a reference to a bankrupt, or to the bankrupt, as the case requires.\n (5) Despite subsections (2), (3) and (4), the modifications specified or referred to in those subsections do not apply in relation to the provision of a fringe benefit (within the meaning of the FBTA Act) to a bankrupt if the provider of the fringe benefit:\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following contributions and payments made for the purpose of providing superannuation benefits for a bankrupt person are not income of the person:\n (a) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person to the extent that the contributions reduce the employer’s potential liability for the superannuation guarantee charge imposed under section 5 of the Superannuation Guarantee Charge Act 1992;\n (b) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person in accordance with the employer’s obligation to make contributions for the person under:\n (c) payments of shortfall components made to, or for the benefit of, the person under sections 65 to 67 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n (a) the contributions exceed the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage of the employee’s ordinary time earnings for the contribution assessment period; and\n\n> individual industrial agreement means an industrial agreement made solely between the employer and the person, including the following:\n\n (a) an AWA, or an ITEA, (both within the meaning of the Fair Work (Transitional Provisions and Consequential Amendments) Act 2009) to which that Act applies;\n\n> ordinary time earnings has the meaning given by subsection 6(1) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n> relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage: the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage for a year (the bankruptcy year) is the percentage whose number is the same as that set out in column 2 of the table in subsection 19(2) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992 for the financial year in which the bankruptcy year starts.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following payments or amounts are not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) a payment or amount of family tax benefit paid under the family assistance law (within the meaning of the A New Tax System (Family Assistance) (Administration) Act 1999);\n (b) an amount that is not income for the purposes of the Social Security Act 1991 because of subsection 8(8) of that Act, except for a payment or amount mentioned in paragraph (a), (h), (ha), (k), (ka), (m), (z), (za) or (zb) of that subsection.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (c) of the definition of dependant in section 139K of the Act, the prescribed amount of income derived (or likely to be derived) by a person during a contribution assessment period is:\n (b) if the period begins in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n (d) if the period begins in a later financial year—$3,741 indexed in accordance with section 114 of this instrument as if the period were that financial year.\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum income of dependant

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,720

2

2018‑19

$3,642

3

2017‑18

$3,596

4

2016‑17

$3,532

5

2015‑16

$3,459

6

2014‑15

$3,411

7

2013‑14

$3,363

8

2012‑13

$3,264

9

2011‑12

$3,181

10

2010‑11

$3,131

11

2009‑10

$3,030

12

2008‑09

$2,942

13

2007‑08

$2,870

14

2006‑07

$2,756

15

2005‑06

$2,688

16

2004‑05

$2,611

17

2003‑04

$2,549

\n```\n\n (3) If the bankrupt pays the contribution by cheque, payment is taken to occur when the cheque is cleared and the amount of the payment is credited to the account into which the cheque is deposited.\n (4) The trustee may, on reasonable notice in writing to the bankrupt, vary or withdraw an authorisation under paragraph (2)(c).\n (5) If the trustee incurs a delivery or postal charge (including a surcharge) or bank charge in connection with the receipt or processing of the contribution, the trustee may reimburse the trustee for the amount of the charge from the bankrupt’s estate.\n\n (a) a bankrupt is liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the bankrupt’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act in respect of a contribution assessment period; and\n\n (3) If the contribution remains unpaid, the deceased bankrupt’s estate is liable for the portion of the contribution attributable to the part of the period occurring before the bankrupt’s death.\n\n (b) immediately before being discharged, the person was liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the person’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act; and\n\n> Note: Section 139R of the Act provides that any liability of a bankrupt under section 139P or 139Q of the Act is not affected by the bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy after the making of the assessment that gave rise to the liability.\n\n (5) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(d)(ii), a change in the name of a person is taken to occur if the person in fact assumes the use of a different name or an additional name.\n\n A notice under section 139ZL of the Act must not specify money or property that is protected, under a law of the Commonwealth or a State or Territory, from a process such as assignment, attachment, charging, execution or garnishment.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 145(3) of the Act, notice must be given by serving it on each person to whom, under that subsection, it must be given.\n\n (a) an objection to the discharge of a bankrupt has been made on a ground, or on grounds that include a ground, mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(a) or (h) of the Act (which refer to the bankrupt being out of Australia); and\n (2) Within 5 business days after the day that the registered trustee becomes aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia, the registered trustee must give notice in writing to the Official Receiver stating:\n (ii) if the trustee does not know the day on which the bankrupt returned—the trustee became aware that the bankrupt had returned.\n\n For the purposes of the ground of objection mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(d) of the Act, a bankrupt is taken to have failed to comply with a request to provide information if the bankrupt has provided information that is incomplete or inaccurate.\n\n (c) an application is made to the Administrative Review Tribunal under section 149Q of the Act for the review of the decision of the Inspector‑General; and\n\n (a) if the debtor presents a debtor’s petition to the Official Receiver—on or before the day that the debtor so presents the petition; or\n\n If a registered trustee becomes, under subsection 156A(3) of the Act, the trustee of an estate or of joint and separate estates, the Official Receiver may give the registered trustee a certificate to that effect.\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 188(2A) of the Act, a person (other than the Official Trustee or a registered trustee) is ineligible to act under Part X of the Act as a controlling trustee in relation to a debtor in any of the following circumstances:\n (a) the person is or was convicted of an offence involving fraud or dishonesty at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (c) the person is a solicitor who does not hold an Australian practising certificate (within the meaning of the Evidence Act 1995);\n (d) the person is or was an insolvent under administration at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(f)(ii), the Inspector‑General may approve a course in insolvency by notice published on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website.\n (ii) has refused or failed to cooperate with the Inspector‑General in an inquiry or investigation under paragraph 12(1)(b) of the Act.\n (ii) invites the person to give the Inspector‑General, within 20 business days after the day the notice is given or such longer time as is specified in the notice, a written statement showing cause why the determination should not be made; and\n (5) If the Inspector‑General makes a determination under subsection (3) in relation to a person, the Inspector‑General must give the person a written notice stating the following:\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General to make a determination under subsection 49(3).\n\n (b) the person becomes ineligible to act as a controlling trustee under Part X of the Act because one or more of the circumstances prescribed by subsection 49(1) of this instrument apply in relation to the person.\n (2) The Official Trustee must perform the duties of a controlling trustee in relation to the debtor unless and until the debtor authorises another person under subsection 188(1) of the Act.\n\n (1) If, on application, the Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act that a person (the old trustee) cease to be the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate, the applicant for the order must:\n (3) If the creditors of a regulated debtor, by resolution at a meeting, remove the trustee (the old trustee) of the regulated debtor’s estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(a) of Schedule 2 to the Act, the person appointed by the creditors under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of that Schedule as trustee of the estate must:\n\n (1) If the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate (other than the Official Trustee) finalises the administration of the debtor’s estate, the trustee must:\n\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a debt agreement;\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to give the Official Receiver a debt agreement proposal under subsection 185C(1) of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n (a) any of the following awarded by a registered provider (within the meaning of the Education Services for Overseas Students Act 2000):\n (i) a Certificate IV in Financial Services (Accounting) awarded for study starting between 10 July 2004 and 23 November 2010;\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (c) a degree, diploma or similar qualification awarded by a foreign tertiary education institution and for which the Inspector‑General is satisfied the following conditions are satisfied:\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n\n#### 57 Prescribed amount of owed notified estate charges preventing renewal of registration as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraphs 186C(3)(d) and (5)(d) of the Act, the prescribed amount of notified estate charges is $500.\n\n For the purposes of section 187A of the Act, a provision of Part X of the Act specified in Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section of the Act, to joint debtors, whether partners or not.\n\n (b) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (c) information about whether a personal insolvency agreement may be administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy if any of the things mentioned in paragraphs 40(1)(i) to (m) of the Act happen in relation to a debtor;\n (f) information about a debtor’s rights and responsibilities under Part X of the Act, including a debtor’s obligation to disclose all related entities;\n (g) information about a controlling trustee’s obligation to disclose the controlling trustee’s relationship (if any) with a debtor.\n (3) A registered trustee or a solicitor authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property must not consent to exercise the powers given by the authority unless the debtor has given the registered trustee or the solicitor, as the case may be, a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the Official Trustee is authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property, the Official Receiver must not give the debtor a written approval under paragraph 188(2)(aa) of the Act unless the debtor has given the Official Trustee a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n\n (b) unable to sign the authority or an acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) of this instrument relating to the authority because of a physical incapacity.\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and debtor are familiar; or\n\n> relevant material means the authority, the information prescribed by section 59 and the acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) relating to the authority.\n\n (3) The person must, at the same time as calling a meeting of the debtor’s creditors, give a copy of the proposal for dealing with the debtor’s affairs under Part X of the Act to:\n\n> Note 1: An authority signed by a debtor under section 188 of the Act is not effective for the purposes of Part X of the Act unless, before the person authorised consents to exercise the powers given by the authority, the debtor gives to the person authorised:\n\n> Note 2: Under subsection 188(5) of the Act, a registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority must also give a copy of the authority and the debtor’s statement of affairs to the Official Receiver.\n\n (e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement.\n\n For the purposes of section 210 of the Act, a provision of Part VIII of the Act specified in Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor.\n\n#### 64 Modifications of Division 1 of Part V of the Act—debtors whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act\n\n For the purposes of subsection 211(1) of the Act, a provision in Division 1 of Part V of the Act specified in Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 218(3) of the Act, a notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act must be in writing.\n\n (1) If the Court makes a sequestration order under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act, the applicant for the order must:\n\n#### 67 Information to be given to Official Receiver in relation to orders terminating or setting aside a personal insolvency agreement\n\n> Note: If the Court makes an order setting aside or terminating a personal insolvency agreement and a registered trustee was the trustee of the agreement, the registered trustee must give written notice of the order to the Official Receiver (see subsection 224A(4) of the Act).\n\n (1) If a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act, the trustee of the agreement must:\n\n> Note: Before the termination takes effect, the trustee must give notice of the proposed termination to all the creditors who are entitled to receive notice of a meeting of creditors (see subsection 222A(2) of the Act).\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 231(1) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 4 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor who has executed a personal insolvency agreement.\n (2) For the purposes of subsection 231(3) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 5 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a personal insolvency agreement.\n\n (4) If the trustee gives a certificate to the debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act or subsection (1) of this section, the trustee must:\n (a) the person is required to give a copy of a certificate to the Official Receiver in accordance with subsection (4); and\n\n For the purposes of subsections 248(1) and (3) of the Act, a provision specified in Schedule 4 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Schedule in relation to proceedings under Part XI of the Act and the administration of estates under that Part.\n\n (1) If a trustee (within the meaning of section 254 of the Act) pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act, the trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (3) If a registered trustee pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act, the registered trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (1) For the purposes of the definition of National Personal Insolvency Index in subsection 5(1) of the Act, an electronic index to be known as the National Personal Insolvency Index is established.\n\n Division 2 of this Part (information to be entered in the Index) has effect subject to Division 3 of this Part (information not to be entered in the Index and information to be removed from the Index).\n\n (1) The person specified in column 2 of an item of the table in subsection (3) must, at a time within the time period specified in column 2 of that item, give a copy of each document specified in column 1 of that item to the Official Receiver.\n\n

Documents that must be given to the Official Receiver

Item

Column 1

Document(s)

Column 2

Person and time period

Column 3

Information

1

A notice given under subsection 181A(2) of the Act by the current trustee of a bankrupt’s estate nominating another trustee as the new trustee of the estate

The new trustee within 2 business days after the date specified in the notice (see paragraph 181A(3)(a) of the Act)

The day on which the new trustee became the trustee of the estate

2

An order under subsection 185Q(4) of the Act terminating a debt agreement

The applicant for the order within 3 business days after the order is made

The day on which the order was made

3

An order under subsection 185U(1) of the Act declaring all or part of a debt agreement void

The applicant for the order within 2 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) whether all or part of the agreement was declared void

4

An authority, signed by a debtor under subsection 188(1) of the Act, naming and authorising a registered trustee, a solicitor or the Official Trustee to call a meeting of the debtor’s creditors and to take control of the debtor’s property

The person named in the authority within 2 business days after the debtor signs the authority

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the copy of the authority was given to the Official Receiver;

(c) the day on which the debtor’s statement of affairs was given to the Official Receiver (see subsections 188(2D) and (5) of the Act);

(d) the name of the controlling trustee (see subsection 188(6) of the Act)

5

Written evidence of an event of a kind mentioned in paragraph 192(1)(a), (b) or (c) of the Act, or a written request given to the Official Trustee under paragraph 192(1)(d) of the Act, resulting in the Official Trustee becoming the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor

The Official Trustee within 14 days after the Official Trustee becomes the controlling trustee

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Trustee became the controlling trustee

6

Both of the following:

(a) a petition to the Court, under subsection 244(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of the estate of a deceased person;

(b) an affidavit verifying the petition (see subsection 244(5) of the Act)

The creditor, or one of the creditors, who presented the petition to the Court within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day the petition was presented;

(c) the name of the creditor or creditors who presented the petition;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the creditor or creditors;

(e) the day the Court is to hear the petition

7

Both of the following:

(a) a petition, under subsection 247(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of a deceased person’s estate under Part XI of the Act;

(b) a statement of the deceased person’s affairs and of the petitioner’s administration of the deceased person’s estate (see subsection 247(1) of the Act)

The petitioner within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the petition and the statement of affairs were presented;

(c) the name of the administrator;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the administrator

8

An order, under section 252B of the Act, annulling the administration of the estate of a deceased person under Part XI of the Act

The trustee of the estate within 2 business days after the trustee becomes aware of the order

The day on which the order was made

9

An order, under subsection 253E(1) of the Act, staying proceedings under a creditor’s petition or debtor’s petition

The applicant for the order within 7 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) the length of the stay (see subsection 253E(3) of the Act)

\n```\n\n (1) If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in subsection (2) is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n (aa) in the case of a statement of affairs mentioned in item 2 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the statement; and\n (a) in the case of a debtor’s petition mentioned in item 3, 4 or 5 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the petition; and\n (b) in the case of a debt agreement proposal mentioned in item 12 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the debt agreement proposal for processing.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with the Act

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A sequestration order made against the estate of a debtor (see subsection 52(1A) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(d) the name of the creditor who obtained the order;

(e) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of that creditor

2

A statement of the affairs of a person against whose estate a sequestration order is made, that is given for the purposes of subsection 54(1) of the Act

The day on which the statement of affairs was filed with the Official Receiver

3

A debtor’s petition (see subsection 55(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the resulting bankruptcy;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(e) the day on which the statement of the debtor’s affairs accepted by the Official Receiver was given to the Official Receiver for the purposes of paragraph 55(2)(b) of the Act

4

A debtor’s petition against a partnership presented by members of the partnership (see subsection 56B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of the partners who presented the petition;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the bankruptcy of each of those partners as a result of the acceptance of the petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each bankrupt partner;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those partners, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of the partnership affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

5

A debtor’s petition by joint debtors who are not partners (see subsection 57(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of those debtors;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of each bankruptcy that results from acceptance of the debtor’s petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each debtor;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those debtors, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of their joint affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

6

A notice relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 74(5A) of the Act)

The day on which the bankruptcy was annulled

7

A notice of objection by a trustee to the discharge of a bankrupt from bankruptcy (see subsection 149B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) when the objection took effect (see section 149G of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection set out in the notice (see paragraph 149C(1)(a) of the Act);

(c) the name of the trustee

8

A notice that a trustee ceases to object to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy on a particular ground (see subsection 149H(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) if there is no longer an objection on any ground—when the objection ceased to have effect (see subsection 149H(3) of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection to which the notice relates;

(c) the name of the trustee

9

A notice of withdrawal of objection by a trustee to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy (see subsection 149J(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) when the withdrawal takes effect (see subsection 149J(3) of the Act);

(b) the name of the trustee

10

A notice about the cancellation, under subsection 149N(1) of the Act, of a notice of objection filed by a trustee of a bankrupt’s estate (see subsection 149P(1) of the Act)

The day on which the cancellation took effect

11

A certificate relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 153A(2) of the Act)

The date of annulment included in the certificate

12

A debtor’s written proposal for a debt agreement (see subsection 185C(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185E of the Act)

13

A notification that a debt agreement has ended (see subsection 185N(5) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the debt agreement ended;

(b) the reasons why the debt agreement ended

14

A notification that control of the property of a debtor has ended (see subsection 189(1B) of the Act)

The day on which that control ended

15

A personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor (see paragraph 218(1)(b) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the agreement was executed;

(c) the name of the trustee of the personal insolvency agreement

16

A resolution or special resolution terminating a personal insolvency agreement (see subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

17

A resolution or special resolution terminating a composition or scheme of arrangement (see section 76B and subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated

18

A notice that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated or set aside (see subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated or set aside

19

A notice that a composition or scheme of arrangement is terminated or set aside (see section 76B and subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated or set aside

20

An order that the estate of a deceased person be administered under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 244(14), 245(3) or 247(3) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee administering the estate

21

A statement of a deceased person’s affairs and of the administration of the deceased person’s estate by a legal personal representative of the deceased person (see paragraph 246(1)(b) of the Act)

The day on which the statement was given to the Official Receiver

22

A certificate in relation to the annulment, by force of subsection 252A(1) of the Act, of the administration of an estate under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 252A(2) of the Act)

The day of the annulment

\n```\n\n If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with this instrument

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A creditor’s petition presented against a debtor or joint debtors (see section 13)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor or joint debtors;

(b) the day on which the petition was presented against the debtor or joint debtors;

(c) the name of the petitioning creditor;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the petitioning creditor;

(e) the day of the court hearing for a sequestration order relating to the petition

2

A direction given, or an order made, by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act (see section 14 of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor to whom the order or direction relates;

(b) the day on which the order was made or the direction given;

(c) the day (if any) on which a trustee’s control of that debtor’s property is to end (see subsection 50(1B) of the Act)

3

A notice under subsection 46(2) that the Administrative Review Tribunal has varied or set aside a decision of the Inspector‑General in relation to a notice of objection

The day on which the decision was varied or set aside

4

A notice given under subsection 52(1) in relation to an order about a regulated debtor’s estate, if the order provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of the estate

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the new trustee;

(b) the day of the appointment

5

A notice given under subsection 52(3) by a person appointed as trustee of the estate of a regulated debtor

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the person appointed;

(b) the day of the appointment

6

A notice under subsection 53(1) that the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate has finalised the administration of the debtor’s estate

The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised

7

A notice under subparagraph 62(2)(a)(ii) of particulars specified in subsection 62(3) in relation to a special resolution passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors

The particulars

8

A sequestration order against the estate of a debtor made under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act (see subsection 66(1) of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) if the person who applied for the order was a creditor of the debtor—the name of the creditor and the name and telephone number of the creditor’s solicitor (if any);

(d) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate

9

A notice under paragraph 68(1)(a) that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

10

A certificate given by a trustee to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act (see subsection 70(4) of this instrument)

The day on which the trustee signed the certificate

\n```\n\n If an event specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section occurs, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n| Item | Column 1Event | Column 2Information |\n| ---- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |\n| 1 | A bankrupt is, by force of subsection 149(1) of the Act, discharged from bankruptcy | The day on which the bankrupt was discharged from bankruptcy |\n| 2 | The Official Receiver issues a certificate of appointment to a registered trustee under subsection 157(3) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the name of the registered trustee;(b) the day on which the registered trustee was appointed |\n| 3 | A trustee, or the Official Trustee, is released from the trusteeship of an estate by force of section 184 or 184A of the Act | The fact that the trustee, or the Official Trustee, has been so released |\n| 4 | A debt agreement proposal is withdrawn | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was withdrawn |\n| 5 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement that was made before 1 July 2007 is accepted (see sections 185B and 185P of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the proposal was accepted |\n| 6 | A debt agreement proposal is not accepted (see section 185EC of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was not accepted |\n| 7 | The Official Receiver cancels the acceptance of a debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185ED of the Act) | The day on which the Official Receiver cancelled the acceptance of the debt agreement proposal for processing |\n| 8 | A debt agreement proposal lapses (see section 185G of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal lapsed |\n| 9 | The Official Receiver gives to a debtor a certificate under subsection 185N(3) of the Act | The day on which the certificate was given |\n| 10 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement is accepted (see section 185PC of the Act) | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 11 | The Official Receiver terminates a debt agreement under subsection 185QA(1) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 12 | The minutes of a meeting of creditors at which a special resolution was passed terminating a debt agreement made before 1 July 2007 are given to the Official Receiver (see subsection 185QA(1) of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the resolution was passed |\n| 13 | A special resolution is passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors under subsection 204(1) of the Act if the Official Trustee called the meeting under an authority under section 188 of the Act | All of the following:(a) the date of the resolution;(b) the debtor’s full name and alias (if any);(c) the debtor’s address;(d) the debtor’s occupation (if any);(e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement |\n| 14 | A sequestration order is made against the estate of a debtor under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | All of the following:(a) particulars of the debtor;(b) the day on which the order was made;(c) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate |\n| 15 | An order is made under subsection 222(1), (2) or (5) of the Act setting aside a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was set aside |\n| 16 | A personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act where the Official Trustee is the trustee of the agreement | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 17 | An order is made under subsection 222C(1) of the Act terminating a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 18 | The Official Trustee gives a certificate to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act | The day on which the Official Trustee signed the certificate |\n| 19 | The Official Trustee finalises the administration of a debtor’s estate | The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised |\n| 20 | The Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act, on application by the Inspector‑General, that provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of an estate | Both of the following:(a) the name of the new trustee;(b) the day of the appointment |\n| 21 | The Official Trustee is appointed by the creditors of an estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of Schedule 2 to the Act as trustee of an estate | The day of the appointment |\n\n> Note: A number of provisions of the Act require the Official Receiver to enter information in the Index when certain events occur. These provisions include the following:\n\n (a) a debtor whose property is under the control of the Official Trustee or a registered trustee because of a direction given by the Court under paragraph 50(1)(a) of the Act;\n (c) a deceased debtor if a petition for an order for the administration of the deceased debtor’s estate has been presented under Part XI of the Act;\n (d) a debtor in relation to whom an application is made to the Court under subsection 253E(1) of the Act for an order staying all or any proceedings under a petition.\n (3) In the case of a deceased debtor, the information to be entered in accordance with paragraphs (1)(a), (b) and (c) is the information immediately before the debtor’s death.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (4), a person who is a debtor or bankrupt may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General for information about the person:\n (a) not to be entered in the Index, on the ground that the entry of the information would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n\n> Note: Example: A person may rely on a court order (such as a domestic violence order) to show that publication of the information in question would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under paragraph 80(3)(a) refusing to grant an application.\n\n (1) If a debt agreement ends under section 185N of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (2) If a debt agreement is terminated under section 185P, 185Q, 185QA or 185R of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (3) If an order is made under section 185U of the Act declaring all of a debt agreement void, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n\n The Official Receiver must remove all information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index within 1 year after the day on which any of the following occurs:\n\n (1) A person may, by application in writing, ask the Official Receiver to inspect material in the Index and give to the person an extract of material specified in the application.\n (a) if the applicant has paid any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination for obtaining the requested extract—must inspect the Index and, within 10 business days of receiving the application:\n (b) may give the applicant a list of Index search agents who may be able to inspect material entered in the Index for the applicant.\n (3) A person who has been granted access to the Index by the Inspector‑General may, after paying any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination:\n (4) However, prior payment is not required under subsection (3) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n An extract of information in the Index is admissible in any proceedings as prima facie evidence of the matters in the extract.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General, and any officer acting at the direction or with the authority of the Inspector‑General, have immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n (2) An officer has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (3) A person who provides material for entry in the Index has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of the material by way of:\n (5) The immunity of the Inspector‑General or another officer under this section arising out of publication of material extends to the Commonwealth and the Official Trustee to the extent that the Commonwealth or the Official Trustee would, apart from this subsection, be liable in respect of the publication.\n (6) This section does not limit any other ground of defence in relation to actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n\n (b) the person executing the warrant considers that it is impracticable to immediately bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n (b) a day and time when the person executing the warrant considers that it will be practicable to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n\n (1) If the Registrar receives a notification under subsection 87(2) in relation to an apprehended person, the Registrar must, as soon as reasonably practicable:\n (a) determine a day, time and place for the apprehended person to be brought before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate; and\n (b) direct the person who gave the notification to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate in accordance with that determination.\n (2) The time and day determined under paragraph (1)(a) must be the earliest that the Registrar reasonably believes are practicable.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 277B(1) of the Act, this Division establishes an infringement notice scheme, as an alternative to prosecution, for an infringement notice provision.\n\n (1) If the Inspector‑General believes on reasonable grounds that a person has contravened an infringement notice provision, the Inspector‑General may give to the person an infringement notice for the alleged contravention.\n (2) The infringement notice must be given within 12 months after the day on which the contravention is alleged to have taken place.\n (3) A single infringement notice must relate only to a single contravention of a single provision unless subsection (4) applies.\n (4) The Inspector‑General may give a person a single infringement notice relating to multiple contraventions of a single provision if:\n\n (e) give brief details of the alleged contravention, or each alleged contravention, to which the notice relates, including:\n (f) state the amount that is payable under the notice, as worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act and subsection (2) of this section; and\n (h) state that, if the person to whom the notice is given pays the amount within 20 business days after the day the notice is given, then (unless the notice is withdrawn) the person will not be liable to be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (k) state that the person may choose not to pay the amount and, if the person does so the person may be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (n) state that the person may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) If the notice relates to more than one alleged contravention of the provision by the person, the amount to be stated in the notice for the purposes of paragraph (1)(f) is the sum of the amount worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act for each alleged contravention.\n\n> Note: Under section 90, a single infringement notice may only deal with multiple contraventions if they are contraventions of a single provision continuing over a period.\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may apply to the Inspector‑General for an extension of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h).\n (2) If the application is made before the end of that period, the Inspector‑General may, in writing, extend that period. The Inspector‑General may do so before or after the end of that period.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General extends that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to that period so extended.\n (4) If the Inspector‑General does not extend that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to the period that ends on the later of the following days:\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) The Inspector‑General may withdraw an infringement notice given to a person (whether or not the person has made written representations seeking the withdrawal).\n (3) When deciding whether or not to withdraw an infringement notice (the relevant infringement notice), the Inspector‑General:\n (a) must take into account any written representations seeking the withdrawal that were given by the person to the Inspector‑General; and\n (i) whether a court has previously imposed a penalty on the person for a contravention of an infringement notice provision;\n (iii) whether the person has paid an amount, stated in an earlier infringement notice, for a contravention of an infringement notice provision if the contravention is constituted by conduct that is the same, or substantially the same, as the conduct alleged to constitute the contravention in the relevant infringement notice;\n\n (1) If the person to whom an infringement notice for an alleged contravention of a provision is given pays the amount stated in the notice before the end of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h):\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may sign a certificate that states any of the following in relation to an infringement notice given to a person:\n (b) that the Inspector‑General granted, or refused to grant, an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice;\n (c) if the Inspector‑General granted an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice—that that amount was not fully paid by the person within the period specified in the extension;\n (2) At a hearing of a prosecution for an offence alleged in an infringement notice, a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General in accordance with subsection (1) is prima facie evidence of the matters specified in the certificate.\n (3) A certificate that purports to be signed by the Inspector‑General is taken to have been signed by the Inspector‑General unless the contrary is proved.\n\n (a) require an infringement notice to be given to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (c) prevent the giving of 2 or more infringement notices to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (d) limit a court’s discretion to determine the amount of a penalty to be imposed on a person who is found to have contravened an infringement notice provision.\n\n (b) unless the person, by notice in writing to the Inspector‑General, directs otherwise—offset against estate charge or late payment penalty payable by the person.\n\n (1) A payment of interest charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) A payment of realisations charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or served on, a person (other than the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee), the document may be:\n (a) sent by a courier service to the person at the address of the person last known to the person serving the document; or\n (b) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name and any relevant document exchange number, at a document exchange where the person maintains a document exchange facility; or\n (i) by a kind of electronic communication that transmits the document to a facility maintained by the person for receipt of electronically transmitted documents; or\n (ii) by a kind of electronic communication such that, in the ordinary course of events, the document could be reasonably expected to be received by the person.\n\n> Note: The Electronic Transactions Act 1999 applies to a requirement or permission to give information under the Bankruptcy Act 1966 or this instrument, including electronic communications covered by this section.\n\n> Note: However, paragraph (d) of this subsection permits information to be given by means of particular kinds of electronic communication, in accordance with the information technology requirements in subsection (3). This means the requirements in section 9 of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999 do not apply in relation to electronic communications covered by this section (see subsection 9(3) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999).\n\n (2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(a) or (b), in the absence of proof to the contrary, the document is taken to have been received by, or served on, the person when the document would, in the due course of business practice, be delivered to that address or document exchange.\n\n (a) at the time the document is sent, it is reasonable to expect that the document would be readily accessible so as to be useable for subsequent reference; and\n (b) the document is sent in one of the following formats, or in a format that is similar to or readily convertible into one of the following formats:\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, this section applies if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or filed or lodged with:\n (2) The document must be posted, delivered, sent by email, or sent through the website of the Australian Financial Security Authority, to:\n (3) If this section applies, the document is taken to be received, filed or lodged only when the document (or, where applicable, a copy of it) is actually received by, or on behalf of, the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver (as the case requires).\n\n (1) Subsection (2) applies in any proceedings to a document or copy of a document that purports to be a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General stating that, at a particular time, the form of statement of affairs that is attached to the certificate was the approved form for the purposes of section 6A of the Act.\n\n A fee is not payable by the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver in respect of an application to, or the filing of a document in, the Court in relation to proceedings under the Act, this instrument or the Insolvency Practice Rules.\n\n (2) If such a fee is payable in respect of the doing of a matter or thing by the Official Receiver, the matter or thing need not be done unless the fee has been paid.\n\n (1) The Official Trustee’s entitlement to remuneration under the Fees and Remuneration Determination arises when the Official Trustee:\n (a) performs work or first acts in accordance with section 3.03, 3.04, 3.07 or 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (2) For paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (d), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee in respect of an amount received by the Official Trustee:\n\n (1) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.03 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the property or business of a debtor, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (2) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.04 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a composition or scheme of arrangement with the creditors of a bankrupt, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the composition or scheme of arrangement as the case may be.\n (3) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor who signed an authority under section 188 of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (4) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the estate of a bankrupt, or of a deceased person for whose estate an order for administration has been made under Part XI of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the bankrupt or deceased person as the case may be.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a request by a bankrupt to the Official Trustee for the Official Trustee’s consent, under paragraph 272(1)(c) of the Act, to the bankrupt leaving Australia.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may decide to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4) if the Inspector‑General is reasonably satisfied that:\n (a) payment of the fee by the person liable to pay it has imposed, or would impose, hardship on the person that is unusual and exceptional in comparison to the hardship arising in the normal course of bankruptcy; or\n (b) unless the fee is payable to the Inspector‑General—the officer to whom the fee is payable or would have been payable if the fee had not been waived or remitted.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General decides under subsection (1) to refuse to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4), the notification under subsection (2) in relation to the decision must include the reasons for the decision.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under subsection 111(1) refusing to waive or remit the whole or part of a fee that is payable by the person.\n\n If, under the Act, a trustee takes possession of, or attaches, the property of a bankrupt, debtor or deceased person, the trustee must, as soon as is reasonably practicable:\n (b) give a copy of the inventory, of the photographs or of the video recordings, as the case may be, to any person who has custody of the property or part of the property.\n\n (1) If a provision of this instrument states that a dollar amount is to be indexed in accordance with this section, then at the start of each financial year (an indexation year) beginning on or after 1 July 2021, the dollar amount is replaced by the amount worked out using the following formula:\n ![Start formula Indexation factor for the indexation year times Dollar amount for the previous year end formula](image.002.png)\n ![Start formula start fraction Index number for the reference quarter over Index number for the base quarter end fraction end formula](image.003.png)\n\n> index number, for a quarter, means the All Groups Consumer Price Index number (being the weighted average of the 8 capital cities) published by the Australian Statistician for that quarter.\n\n (4) If an indexation factor worked out under subsection (2) would be less than 1, that indexation factor is to be increased to 1.\n (a) are to be made using only the index numbers published in terms of the most recently published index reference period; and\n (b) are to be made disregarding index numbers that are published in substitution for previously published index numbers (except where the substituted numbers are published to take account of changes in the index reference period).\n\n (a) a thing was done for a particular purpose under the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996 as in force immediately before those Regulations were repealed; and\n (2) Without limiting subsection (1), a reference in that subsection to a thing being done includes a reference to a notice, application or other instrument being given or made.\n\n Despite the repeal of the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996, item 3 of Schedule 4 to those Regulations, as in force immediately before that repeal, continues to apply in relation to a contribution assessment period if an assessment under section 139W of the Act was made for that contribution assessment period before that repeal.\n\n Section 102, as substituted by Schedule 1 to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Electronic Service) Regulations 2024, applies in relation to a document that is given or sent to, or served on, a person on or after the commencement of that Schedule.\n\n## Division 1 Arrest of person failing to attend before the Court etc.\n\n> electronic communication means an electronic communication within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of electronic communication in subsection 5(1) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999.\n\n> legal practitioner means a barrister, a solicitor, a barrister and solicitor or a legal practitioner, of the High Court or of the Supreme Court of a State or Territory.\n\n (a) remuneration paid to the trustee in accordance with a direction, or other order, made by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act directing the trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or making another order in relation to the property; and\n (ii) in relation to the examination of the debtor, or an examinable person in relation to the debtor, as a result of the issue of a summons under subsection 50(2) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section sets out the requirements for an application to the Official Receiver for a bankruptcy notice by a person who has obtained against a debtor one, or 2 or more, final judgments or final orders of a kind described in paragraph 40(1)(g) of the Act.\n\n (a) if any final order specified in the application is an award that is a final order because of subparagraph 40(3)(a)(i) of the Act—both of the following:\n (i) a copy of the award certified as a true copy by the arbitrator who made the award or by an officer of the Court who has compared the copy with the original award;\n (ii) a certificate of the judgment or order sealed by the court that made the judgment or order (the relevant court) or signed by an officer of the relevant court;\n (iii) a copy of the entry of the judgment or order certified as a true copy of that entry and sealed by the relevant court or signed by an officer of the relevant court.\n\n> Note 2: A fee is payable to the Official Receiver for an application under this section (see the Fees and Remuneration Determination).\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice must follow that form in respect of its format (for example, bold or italic typeface, underlining and notes).\n\n> Note: Section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 provides that strict compliance with a form is not required and substantial compliance is sufficient.\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice in relation to a debtor that is served on the debtor outside of a period mentioned in subsection (1) is not valid.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (a) of the definition of statutory minimum in subsection 5(1) of the Act, the amount prescribed is $10,000.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (2), the only persons who may inspect a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver under subsection 41(1) of the Act are the following:\n (2) If a creditor’s petition is presented that is founded on an act of bankruptcy consisting of failure to comply with the bankruptcy notice, any person may inspect the notice.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver in relation to a debtor if the notice includes a final judgment, or final order, that is expressed in an amount of foreign currency (whether or not the judgment or order is also expressed in an amount of Australian currency).\n (c) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the day on which the application for the notice is made.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n A creditor who presents a petition to the Court under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must give to the Official Receiver:\n (b) a copy of any order entered by the Court, dismissing, staying or extending the petition, or adjourning the hearing of the petition, within 2 business days after the Court enters the order.\n\n (1) If the Court gives a direction, or makes another order, under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to a debtor, the creditor who applied under subsection 50(1A) of the Act for the Court to make a direction must:\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n (c) in accordance with the direction or other order, the creditor deposits an amount (the first amount) with the trustee for the purposes of covering the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor.\n\n (2) The creditor is entitled to a refund of the sum of the first amount and any amount covered by subsection (4) less an amount equal to the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor if any of the following events occur:\n (a) the debtor enters into a personal insolvency agreement, or the debtor’s estate is administered under Part XI of the Act, and the Court authorises the trustee to transfer the debtor’s property to some other person;\n (i) the Court is satisfied that the first amount is insufficient to cover the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor;\n (ii) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs, on application by the trustee, the creditor to deposit the additional amount with the trustee;\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n\n (2) The Court may, on application by the debtor within 15 business days after the day the petition is dismissed, order the creditor to pay the debtor an amount equal to the damage the Court assesses as resulting from the acts or omissions of the trustee in reliance on the direction or other order mentioned in paragraph (1)(b).\n\n “(2A) The Court or a magistrate may direct that an examination, or any part of an examination, under this section shall be held in private.”;\n (c) by omitting from subsection (9) “is the trustee” and substituting “has been directed to take control of the property of the relevant person”;\n “(14) Subject to subsection (14A), the applicant for an examination under this section is to pay the costs incurred in connection with the examination.\n (14A) The Court or a magistrate may order that all or some of the costs mentioned in subsection (14) are to be paid by the relevant person.”.\n\n If:\n (b) the Official Receiver accepts the declaration, and signs a copy of the declaration, under paragraph 54C(1)(a) of the Act;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsections 54D(1), 55(3A), 56B(5) and 57(3A) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (d) information about a debtor’s right to choose whether the bankruptcy is initially administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (e) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to present to the Official Receiver, under section 54A of the Act, a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition.\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to present a petition under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n If:\n (a) a debtor presents, or 2 or more debtors present, a petition to the Official Receiver under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act; and\n (b) there is in force under subsection 156A(1) of the Act an instrument of consent of a registered trustee to act as the trustee of:\n (ii) in the case of 2 or more debtors—the separate estates, the joint estates, or the joint and separate estates, of the debtors or any of them;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 56C(2) of the Act, if the Official Receiver refers a debtor’s petition against a partnership to the Court, the notice given by the Official Receiver to each member of the partnership who did not present the petition must:\n\n If a person is arrested under a warrant issued by the Court under section 78 of the Act, the arresting officer must immediately notify a Registrar of the Court.\n\n (a) a creditor lodges, or causes to be lodged, a proof of debt in a bankruptcy in accordance with section 84 of the Act; and\n (b) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the date of the bankruptcy.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n (1) For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(a) of the Act, the order that the trustee of the estate of a bankrupt must apply the proceeds of the bankrupt’s property to the costs, charges, expenses and remuneration mentioned in the following table is the order that appears in the table.\n\n

Order of payment of certain costs, charges, expenses and remuneration

Item

Costs, charges and expenses

1

Realisations charge payable by the trustee in relation to the estate under the Bankruptcy (Estate Charges) Act 1997

2

If the trustee is a registered trustee to whom the Official Trustee transferred the administration of the bankruptcy, both of the following in relation to the administration of the bankruptcy by the Official Trustee before the transfer:

(a) any remuneration payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination;

(b) any reimbursement that is payable to the Official Trustee under section 108

3

Expenses reasonably incurred by or on behalf of the trustee:

(a) in protecting all or part of the bankrupt’s assets; or

(b) in carrying on, in accordance with the Act, a business of the bankrupt

4

If a creditor made an advance to the trustee for the purposes of the trustee’s administration of the bankruptcy—an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to that advance

5

Fees, costs, charges or expenses (other than fees, costs, charges or expenses covered by another item of this table) paid or payable by the trustee in administering the bankrupt’s estate

6

If:

(a) an order was made under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to the bankrupt when the bankrupt was a debtor; and

(b) an amount was deposited by a creditor, in accordance with that order, with the trustee;

an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to the trustee’s preliminary remuneration and expenses in relation to the debtor

7

The following:

(a) if a creditor applied for:

(i) a sequestration order against the estate; or

(ii) an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act;

the taxed costs of the creditor in relation to the application;

(b) if the administrator of the estate of a deceased person presented a petition for an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act—the taxed costs of the administrator;

(c) if a person made an application for a sequestration order under Part X of the Act—both of the following:

(i) the taxed costs of that person in relation to the application;

(ii) any taxed costs of that person in respect of an application for an order under Division 5 or 6 of Part IX of the Act in relation to the estate

8

The trustee’s remuneration (other than remuneration covered by item 6):

(a) if the trustee is the Official Trustee—payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or

(b) if the trustee is a registered trustee—payable to the registered trustee under section 60‑5 of Schedule 2 to the Act

9

If:

(a) there is a committee of inspection in relation to the administration of the estate; and

(b) the creditors of the estate, or a majority of them, have approved payment of out‑of‑pocket expenses incurred by a member of the committee of inspection;

those expenses, to the extent that the trustee allows them as being fair and reasonable

10

Costs of any audit carried out under section 70‑15 or 70‑20 of Schedule 2 to the Act in relation to the estate

\n```\n\n (2) For the purposes of item 7 of the table, a reference to an applicant or a person presenting a petition is taken to include a reference to a person whose application or petition has not been proceeded with because a debtor’s petition presented by the bankrupt has been accepted by the Official Receiver (whether or not that debtor’s petition was referred to the Court under subsection 55(3B) of the Act, and whatever the outcome of such a referral).\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(e) of the Act, the maximum amount due to or in respect of an employee of a bankrupt is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum amount payable to employee

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$4,600

2

2018‑19

$4,550

3

2017‑18

$4,500

4

2016‑17

$4,450

5

2015‑16

$4,400

6

2014‑15

$4,350

7

2013‑14

$4,300

8

2012‑13

$4,200

9

2011‑12

$4,150

10

2010‑11

$4,100

11

2009‑10

$4,000

12

2008‑09

$3,950

13

2007‑08

$3,850

14

2006‑07

$3,750

15

2005‑06

$3,650

16

2004‑05

$3,550

17

2003‑04

$3,500

18

2002‑03

$3,450

19

2001‑02

$3,350

20

2000‑01

$3,300

21

1999‑2000

$3,150

22

1998‑99

$3,100

23

1997‑98

$3,100

24

1996‑97

$3,100

\n```\n\n (b) property of a kind covered by subsection (3) to the extent that it is reasonably appropriate for a household, having regard to the criteria specified in subsection (4);\n (c) property (including recreational and sports equipment) of a kind that is reasonably necessary for the domestic use of a household, having regard to:\n (c) educational, sporting or recreational items (including books) that are wholly or mainly for the use of children or students in the household;\n (c) any special climatic or other factors (including geographical isolation) of the place where the household residence is located;\n (d) whether the property is reasonably necessary for the functioning or servicing of the household as a viable and properly‑run household;\n (e) whether the costs of seizure, storage and sale of the property would be likely to exceed the sale price of the property;\n (f) if paragraph (e) does not apply—whether for any other reason (for example, costs of transport) the sale of the property would be likely to be uneconomical.\n (6) For the purposes of subsection (5), an item is an antique item only if a substantial part of its market value is attributable to its age or historical significance.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(ba)(ii) of the Act, non‑monetary sporting, cultural, military or academic awards are a kind of property that is prescribed.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(c)(i) of the Act, the maximum total value of a bankrupt’s property that is for use by the bankrupt in earning income by personal exertion is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum total value of tools

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,800

2

2018‑19

$3,800

3

2017‑18

$3,750

4

2016‑17

$3,700

5

2015‑16

$3,650

6

2014‑15

$3,600

7

2013‑14

$3,550

8

2012‑13

$3,500

9

2011‑12

$3,450

10

2010‑11

$3,400

11

2009‑10

$3,300

12

2008‑09

$3,250

13

2007‑08

$3,200

14

2006‑07

$3,100

15

2005‑06

$3,050

16

2004‑05

$3,000

17

2003‑04

$2,950

18

2002‑03

$2,900

19

2001‑02

$2,850

20

2000‑01

$2,800

21

1999‑2000

$2,650

22

1998‑99

$2,600

23

1997‑98

$2,600

24

1996‑97

$2,600

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 116(2)(ca) of the Act, the maximum aggregate value of property used by the bankrupt primarily as a means of transport is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum value of motor vehicle

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$8,100

2

2018‑19

$8,000

3

2017‑18

$7,900

4

2016‑17

$7,800

5

2015‑16

$7,700

6

2014‑15

$7,600

7

2013‑14

$7,500

8

2012‑13

$7,350

9

2011‑12

$7,200

10

2010‑11

$7,050

11

2009‑10

$6,850

12

2008‑09

$6,700

13

2007‑08

$6,500

14

2006‑07

$6,300

15

2005‑06

$6,150

16

2004‑05

$6,000

17

2003‑04

$5,900

18

2002‑03

$5,800

19

2001‑02

$5,650

20

2000‑01

$5,500

21

1999‑2000

$5,200

22

1998‑99

$5,050

23

1997‑98

$5,000

24

1996‑97

$5,000

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 120(2)(d) of the Act, a transfer is of a kind to which subsection 120(1) of the Act does not apply if the costs of recovering the transferred property would, in the opinion of the trustee in the transferor’s bankruptcy, be likely to exceed the value of the property to the transferor’s creditors.\n\n (b) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a lease—set out facts showing that subsection 133(4) of the Act has been complied with; and\n (c) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a contract—set out facts showing that the contract is, for the purposes of subsection 133(5A) of the Act, an unprofitable contract.\n (2) A trustee who gives a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must give the notice to each person who, to the trustee’s knowledge:\n (3) A failure to comply with subsection (1) or (2) does not affect the validity of a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section is made for the purposes of subparagraph (a)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act.\n (b) a reference in that Act to the taxable value of a benefit were a reference to the value, for the purposes of the Act, of the benefit; and\n (c) a reference in that Act to a declaration date were a reference to the date occurring 21 days after the end of a contribution assessment period in relation to a bankrupt; and\n (d) a reference in that Act to a declaration to be given to an employer of a person were a reference to a declaration to be given to the trustee of the person’s estate; and\n (e) a reference in that Act to a form approved by the Commissioner were a reference to a form approved by the Inspector‑General under section 6D of the Act; and\n (f) subject to paragraph (d), a reference in the FBTA Act to an employer, or to the employer, were a reference to any person (other than the bankrupt); and\n (g) a reference in the FBTA Act to an employee, or to the employee, were a reference to a bankrupt, or to the bankrupt, as the case requires.\n (5) Despite subsections (2), (3) and (4), the modifications specified or referred to in those subsections do not apply in relation to the provision of a fringe benefit (within the meaning of the FBTA Act) to a bankrupt if the provider of the fringe benefit:\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following contributions and payments made for the purpose of providing superannuation benefits for a bankrupt person are not income of the person:\n (a) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person to the extent that the contributions reduce the employer’s potential liability for the superannuation guarantee charge imposed under section 5 of the Superannuation Guarantee Charge Act 1992;\n (b) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person in accordance with the employer’s obligation to make contributions for the person under:\n (c) payments of shortfall components made to, or for the benefit of, the person under sections 65 to 67 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n (a) the contributions exceed the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage of the employee’s ordinary time earnings for the contribution assessment period; and\n\n> individual industrial agreement means an industrial agreement made solely between the employer and the person, including the following:\n\n (a) an AWA, or an ITEA, (both within the meaning of the Fair Work (Transitional Provisions and Consequential Amendments) Act 2009) to which that Act applies;\n\n> ordinary time earnings has the meaning given by subsection 6(1) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n> relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage: the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage for a year (the bankruptcy year) is the percentage whose number is the same as that set out in column 2 of the table in subsection 19(2) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992 for the financial year in which the bankruptcy year starts.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following payments or amounts are not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) a payment or amount of family tax benefit paid under the family assistance law (within the meaning of the A New Tax System (Family Assistance) (Administration) Act 1999);\n (b) an amount that is not income for the purposes of the Social Security Act 1991 because of subsection 8(8) of that Act, except for a payment or amount mentioned in paragraph (a), (h), (ha), (k), (ka), (m), (z), (za) or (zb) of that subsection.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (c) of the definition of dependant in section 139K of the Act, the prescribed amount of income derived (or likely to be derived) by a person during a contribution assessment period is:\n (b) if the period begins in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n (d) if the period begins in a later financial year—$3,741 indexed in accordance with section 114 of this instrument as if the period were that financial year.\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum income of dependant

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,720

2

2018‑19

$3,642

3

2017‑18

$3,596

4

2016‑17

$3,532

5

2015‑16

$3,459

6

2014‑15

$3,411

7

2013‑14

$3,363

8

2012‑13

$3,264

9

2011‑12

$3,181

10

2010‑11

$3,131

11

2009‑10

$3,030

12

2008‑09

$2,942

13

2007‑08

$2,870

14

2006‑07

$2,756

15

2005‑06

$2,688

16

2004‑05

$2,611

17

2003‑04

$2,549

\n```\n\n (3) If the bankrupt pays the contribution by cheque, payment is taken to occur when the cheque is cleared and the amount of the payment is credited to the account into which the cheque is deposited.\n (4) The trustee may, on reasonable notice in writing to the bankrupt, vary or withdraw an authorisation under paragraph (2)(c).\n (5) If the trustee incurs a delivery or postal charge (including a surcharge) or bank charge in connection with the receipt or processing of the contribution, the trustee may reimburse the trustee for the amount of the charge from the bankrupt’s estate.\n\n (a) a bankrupt is liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the bankrupt’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act in respect of a contribution assessment period; and\n\n (3) If the contribution remains unpaid, the deceased bankrupt’s estate is liable for the portion of the contribution attributable to the part of the period occurring before the bankrupt’s death.\n\n (b) immediately before being discharged, the person was liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the person’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act; and\n\n> Note: Section 139R of the Act provides that any liability of a bankrupt under section 139P or 139Q of the Act is not affected by the bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy after the making of the assessment that gave rise to the liability.\n\n (5) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(d)(ii), a change in the name of a person is taken to occur if the person in fact assumes the use of a different name or an additional name.\n\n A notice under section 139ZL of the Act must not specify money or property that is protected, under a law of the Commonwealth or a State or Territory, from a process such as assignment, attachment, charging, execution or garnishment.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 145(3) of the Act, notice must be given by serving it on each person to whom, under that subsection, it must be given.\n\n (a) an objection to the discharge of a bankrupt has been made on a ground, or on grounds that include a ground, mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(a) or (h) of the Act (which refer to the bankrupt being out of Australia); and\n (2) Within 5 business days after the day that the registered trustee becomes aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia, the registered trustee must give notice in writing to the Official Receiver stating:\n (ii) if the trustee does not know the day on which the bankrupt returned—the trustee became aware that the bankrupt had returned.\n\n For the purposes of the ground of objection mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(d) of the Act, a bankrupt is taken to have failed to comply with a request to provide information if the bankrupt has provided information that is incomplete or inaccurate.\n\n (c) an application is made to the Administrative Review Tribunal under section 149Q of the Act for the review of the decision of the Inspector‑General; and\n\n (a) if the debtor presents a debtor’s petition to the Official Receiver—on or before the day that the debtor so presents the petition; or\n\n If a registered trustee becomes, under subsection 156A(3) of the Act, the trustee of an estate or of joint and separate estates, the Official Receiver may give the registered trustee a certificate to that effect.\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 188(2A) of the Act, a person (other than the Official Trustee or a registered trustee) is ineligible to act under Part X of the Act as a controlling trustee in relation to a debtor in any of the following circumstances:\n (a) the person is or was convicted of an offence involving fraud or dishonesty at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (c) the person is a solicitor who does not hold an Australian practising certificate (within the meaning of the Evidence Act 1995);\n (d) the person is or was an insolvent under administration at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(f)(ii), the Inspector‑General may approve a course in insolvency by notice published on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website.\n (ii) has refused or failed to cooperate with the Inspector‑General in an inquiry or investigation under paragraph 12(1)(b) of the Act.\n (ii) invites the person to give the Inspector‑General, within 20 business days after the day the notice is given or such longer time as is specified in the notice, a written statement showing cause why the determination should not be made; and\n (5) If the Inspector‑General makes a determination under subsection (3) in relation to a person, the Inspector‑General must give the person a written notice stating the following:\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General to make a determination under subsection 49(3).\n\n (b) the person becomes ineligible to act as a controlling trustee under Part X of the Act because one or more of the circumstances prescribed by subsection 49(1) of this instrument apply in relation to the person.\n (2) The Official Trustee must perform the duties of a controlling trustee in relation to the debtor unless and until the debtor authorises another person under subsection 188(1) of the Act.\n\n (1) If, on application, the Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act that a person (the old trustee) cease to be the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate, the applicant for the order must:\n (3) If the creditors of a regulated debtor, by resolution at a meeting, remove the trustee (the old trustee) of the regulated debtor’s estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(a) of Schedule 2 to the Act, the person appointed by the creditors under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of that Schedule as trustee of the estate must:\n\n (1) If the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate (other than the Official Trustee) finalises the administration of the debtor’s estate, the trustee must:\n\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a debt agreement;\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to give the Official Receiver a debt agreement proposal under subsection 185C(1) of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n (a) any of the following awarded by a registered provider (within the meaning of the Education Services for Overseas Students Act 2000):\n (i) a Certificate IV in Financial Services (Accounting) awarded for study starting between 10 July 2004 and 23 November 2010;\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (c) a degree, diploma or similar qualification awarded by a foreign tertiary education institution and for which the Inspector‑General is satisfied the following conditions are satisfied:\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n\n#### 57 Prescribed amount of owed notified estate charges preventing renewal of registration as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraphs 186C(3)(d) and (5)(d) of the Act, the prescribed amount of notified estate charges is $500.\n\n For the purposes of section 187A of the Act, a provision of Part X of the Act specified in Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section of the Act, to joint debtors, whether partners or not.\n\n (b) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (c) information about whether a personal insolvency agreement may be administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy if any of the things mentioned in paragraphs 40(1)(i) to (m) of the Act happen in relation to a debtor;\n (f) information about a debtor’s rights and responsibilities under Part X of the Act, including a debtor’s obligation to disclose all related entities;\n (g) information about a controlling trustee’s obligation to disclose the controlling trustee’s relationship (if any) with a debtor.\n (3) A registered trustee or a solicitor authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property must not consent to exercise the powers given by the authority unless the debtor has given the registered trustee or the solicitor, as the case may be, a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the Official Trustee is authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property, the Official Receiver must not give the debtor a written approval under paragraph 188(2)(aa) of the Act unless the debtor has given the Official Trustee a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n\n (b) unable to sign the authority or an acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) of this instrument relating to the authority because of a physical incapacity.\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and debtor are familiar; or\n\n> relevant material means the authority, the information prescribed by section 59 and the acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) relating to the authority.\n\n (3) The person must, at the same time as calling a meeting of the debtor’s creditors, give a copy of the proposal for dealing with the debtor’s affairs under Part X of the Act to:\n\n> Note 1: An authority signed by a debtor under section 188 of the Act is not effective for the purposes of Part X of the Act unless, before the person authorised consents to exercise the powers given by the authority, the debtor gives to the person authorised:\n\n> Note 2: Under subsection 188(5) of the Act, a registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority must also give a copy of the authority and the debtor’s statement of affairs to the Official Receiver.\n\n (e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement.\n\n For the purposes of section 210 of the Act, a provision of Part VIII of the Act specified in Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor.\n\n#### 64 Modifications of Division 1 of Part V of the Act—debtors whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act\n\n For the purposes of subsection 211(1) of the Act, a provision in Division 1 of Part V of the Act specified in Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 218(3) of the Act, a notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act must be in writing.\n\n (1) If the Court makes a sequestration order under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act, the applicant for the order must:\n\n#### 67 Information to be given to Official Receiver in relation to orders terminating or setting aside a personal insolvency agreement\n\n> Note: If the Court makes an order setting aside or terminating a personal insolvency agreement and a registered trustee was the trustee of the agreement, the registered trustee must give written notice of the order to the Official Receiver (see subsection 224A(4) of the Act).\n\n (1) If a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act, the trustee of the agreement must:\n\n> Note: Before the termination takes effect, the trustee must give notice of the proposed termination to all the creditors who are entitled to receive notice of a meeting of creditors (see subsection 222A(2) of the Act).\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 231(1) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 4 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor who has executed a personal insolvency agreement.\n (2) For the purposes of subsection 231(3) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 5 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a personal insolvency agreement.\n\n (4) If the trustee gives a certificate to the debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act or subsection (1) of this section, the trustee must:\n (a) the person is required to give a copy of a certificate to the Official Receiver in accordance with subsection (4); and\n\n For the purposes of subsections 248(1) and (3) of the Act, a provision specified in Schedule 4 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Schedule in relation to proceedings under Part XI of the Act and the administration of estates under that Part.\n\n (1) If a trustee (within the meaning of section 254 of the Act) pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act, the trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (3) If a registered trustee pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act, the registered trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (1) For the purposes of the definition of National Personal Insolvency Index in subsection 5(1) of the Act, an electronic index to be known as the National Personal Insolvency Index is established.\n\n Division 2 of this Part (information to be entered in the Index) has effect subject to Division 3 of this Part (information not to be entered in the Index and information to be removed from the Index).\n\n (1) The person specified in column 2 of an item of the table in subsection (3) must, at a time within the time period specified in column 2 of that item, give a copy of each document specified in column 1 of that item to the Official Receiver.\n\n

Documents that must be given to the Official Receiver

Item

Column 1

Document(s)

Column 2

Person and time period

Column 3

Information

1

A notice given under subsection 181A(2) of the Act by the current trustee of a bankrupt’s estate nominating another trustee as the new trustee of the estate

The new trustee within 2 business days after the date specified in the notice (see paragraph 181A(3)(a) of the Act)

The day on which the new trustee became the trustee of the estate

2

An order under subsection 185Q(4) of the Act terminating a debt agreement

The applicant for the order within 3 business days after the order is made

The day on which the order was made

3

An order under subsection 185U(1) of the Act declaring all or part of a debt agreement void

The applicant for the order within 2 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) whether all or part of the agreement was declared void

4

An authority, signed by a debtor under subsection 188(1) of the Act, naming and authorising a registered trustee, a solicitor or the Official Trustee to call a meeting of the debtor’s creditors and to take control of the debtor’s property

The person named in the authority within 2 business days after the debtor signs the authority

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the copy of the authority was given to the Official Receiver;

(c) the day on which the debtor’s statement of affairs was given to the Official Receiver (see subsections 188(2D) and (5) of the Act);

(d) the name of the controlling trustee (see subsection 188(6) of the Act)

5

Written evidence of an event of a kind mentioned in paragraph 192(1)(a), (b) or (c) of the Act, or a written request given to the Official Trustee under paragraph 192(1)(d) of the Act, resulting in the Official Trustee becoming the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor

The Official Trustee within 14 days after the Official Trustee becomes the controlling trustee

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Trustee became the controlling trustee

6

Both of the following:

(a) a petition to the Court, under subsection 244(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of the estate of a deceased person;

(b) an affidavit verifying the petition (see subsection 244(5) of the Act)

The creditor, or one of the creditors, who presented the petition to the Court within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day the petition was presented;

(c) the name of the creditor or creditors who presented the petition;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the creditor or creditors;

(e) the day the Court is to hear the petition

7

Both of the following:

(a) a petition, under subsection 247(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of a deceased person’s estate under Part XI of the Act;

(b) a statement of the deceased person’s affairs and of the petitioner’s administration of the deceased person’s estate (see subsection 247(1) of the Act)

The petitioner within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the petition and the statement of affairs were presented;

(c) the name of the administrator;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the administrator

8

An order, under section 252B of the Act, annulling the administration of the estate of a deceased person under Part XI of the Act

The trustee of the estate within 2 business days after the trustee becomes aware of the order

The day on which the order was made

9

An order, under subsection 253E(1) of the Act, staying proceedings under a creditor’s petition or debtor’s petition

The applicant for the order within 7 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) the length of the stay (see subsection 253E(3) of the Act)

\n```\n\n (1) If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in subsection (2) is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n (aa) in the case of a statement of affairs mentioned in item 2 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the statement; and\n (a) in the case of a debtor’s petition mentioned in item 3, 4 or 5 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the petition; and\n (b) in the case of a debt agreement proposal mentioned in item 12 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the debt agreement proposal for processing.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with the Act

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A sequestration order made against the estate of a debtor (see subsection 52(1A) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(d) the name of the creditor who obtained the order;

(e) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of that creditor

2

A statement of the affairs of a person against whose estate a sequestration order is made, that is given for the purposes of subsection 54(1) of the Act

The day on which the statement of affairs was filed with the Official Receiver

3

A debtor’s petition (see subsection 55(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the resulting bankruptcy;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(e) the day on which the statement of the debtor’s affairs accepted by the Official Receiver was given to the Official Receiver for the purposes of paragraph 55(2)(b) of the Act

4

A debtor’s petition against a partnership presented by members of the partnership (see subsection 56B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of the partners who presented the petition;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the bankruptcy of each of those partners as a result of the acceptance of the petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each bankrupt partner;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those partners, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of the partnership affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

5

A debtor’s petition by joint debtors who are not partners (see subsection 57(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of those debtors;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of each bankruptcy that results from acceptance of the debtor’s petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each debtor;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those debtors, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of their joint affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

6

A notice relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 74(5A) of the Act)

The day on which the bankruptcy was annulled

7

A notice of objection by a trustee to the discharge of a bankrupt from bankruptcy (see subsection 149B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) when the objection took effect (see section 149G of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection set out in the notice (see paragraph 149C(1)(a) of the Act);

(c) the name of the trustee

8

A notice that a trustee ceases to object to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy on a particular ground (see subsection 149H(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) if there is no longer an objection on any ground—when the objection ceased to have effect (see subsection 149H(3) of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection to which the notice relates;

(c) the name of the trustee

9

A notice of withdrawal of objection by a trustee to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy (see subsection 149J(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) when the withdrawal takes effect (see subsection 149J(3) of the Act);

(b) the name of the trustee

10

A notice about the cancellation, under subsection 149N(1) of the Act, of a notice of objection filed by a trustee of a bankrupt’s estate (see subsection 149P(1) of the Act)

The day on which the cancellation took effect

11

A certificate relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 153A(2) of the Act)

The date of annulment included in the certificate

12

A debtor’s written proposal for a debt agreement (see subsection 185C(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185E of the Act)

13

A notification that a debt agreement has ended (see subsection 185N(5) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the debt agreement ended;

(b) the reasons why the debt agreement ended

14

A notification that control of the property of a debtor has ended (see subsection 189(1B) of the Act)

The day on which that control ended

15

A personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor (see paragraph 218(1)(b) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the agreement was executed;

(c) the name of the trustee of the personal insolvency agreement

16

A resolution or special resolution terminating a personal insolvency agreement (see subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

17

A resolution or special resolution terminating a composition or scheme of arrangement (see section 76B and subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated

18

A notice that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated or set aside (see subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated or set aside

19

A notice that a composition or scheme of arrangement is terminated or set aside (see section 76B and subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated or set aside

20

An order that the estate of a deceased person be administered under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 244(14), 245(3) or 247(3) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee administering the estate

21

A statement of a deceased person’s affairs and of the administration of the deceased person’s estate by a legal personal representative of the deceased person (see paragraph 246(1)(b) of the Act)

The day on which the statement was given to the Official Receiver

22

A certificate in relation to the annulment, by force of subsection 252A(1) of the Act, of the administration of an estate under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 252A(2) of the Act)

The day of the annulment

\n```\n\n If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with this instrument

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A creditor’s petition presented against a debtor or joint debtors (see section 13)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor or joint debtors;

(b) the day on which the petition was presented against the debtor or joint debtors;

(c) the name of the petitioning creditor;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the petitioning creditor;

(e) the day of the court hearing for a sequestration order relating to the petition

2

A direction given, or an order made, by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act (see section 14 of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor to whom the order or direction relates;

(b) the day on which the order was made or the direction given;

(c) the day (if any) on which a trustee’s control of that debtor’s property is to end (see subsection 50(1B) of the Act)

3

A notice under subsection 46(2) that the Administrative Review Tribunal has varied or set aside a decision of the Inspector‑General in relation to a notice of objection

The day on which the decision was varied or set aside

4

A notice given under subsection 52(1) in relation to an order about a regulated debtor’s estate, if the order provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of the estate

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the new trustee;

(b) the day of the appointment

5

A notice given under subsection 52(3) by a person appointed as trustee of the estate of a regulated debtor

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the person appointed;

(b) the day of the appointment

6

A notice under subsection 53(1) that the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate has finalised the administration of the debtor’s estate

The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised

7

A notice under subparagraph 62(2)(a)(ii) of particulars specified in subsection 62(3) in relation to a special resolution passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors

The particulars

8

A sequestration order against the estate of a debtor made under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act (see subsection 66(1) of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) if the person who applied for the order was a creditor of the debtor—the name of the creditor and the name and telephone number of the creditor’s solicitor (if any);

(d) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate

9

A notice under paragraph 68(1)(a) that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

10

A certificate given by a trustee to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act (see subsection 70(4) of this instrument)

The day on which the trustee signed the certificate

\n```\n\n If an event specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section occurs, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n| Item | Column 1Event | Column 2Information |\n| ---- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |\n| 1 | A bankrupt is, by force of subsection 149(1) of the Act, discharged from bankruptcy | The day on which the bankrupt was discharged from bankruptcy |\n| 2 | The Official Receiver issues a certificate of appointment to a registered trustee under subsection 157(3) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the name of the registered trustee;(b) the day on which the registered trustee was appointed |\n| 3 | A trustee, or the Official Trustee, is released from the trusteeship of an estate by force of section 184 or 184A of the Act | The fact that the trustee, or the Official Trustee, has been so released |\n| 4 | A debt agreement proposal is withdrawn | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was withdrawn |\n| 5 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement that was made before 1 July 2007 is accepted (see sections 185B and 185P of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the proposal was accepted |\n| 6 | A debt agreement proposal is not accepted (see section 185EC of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was not accepted |\n| 7 | The Official Receiver cancels the acceptance of a debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185ED of the Act) | The day on which the Official Receiver cancelled the acceptance of the debt agreement proposal for processing |\n| 8 | A debt agreement proposal lapses (see section 185G of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal lapsed |\n| 9 | The Official Receiver gives to a debtor a certificate under subsection 185N(3) of the Act | The day on which the certificate was given |\n| 10 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement is accepted (see section 185PC of the Act) | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 11 | The Official Receiver terminates a debt agreement under subsection 185QA(1) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 12 | The minutes of a meeting of creditors at which a special resolution was passed terminating a debt agreement made before 1 July 2007 are given to the Official Receiver (see subsection 185QA(1) of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the resolution was passed |\n| 13 | A special resolution is passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors under subsection 204(1) of the Act if the Official Trustee called the meeting under an authority under section 188 of the Act | All of the following:(a) the date of the resolution;(b) the debtor’s full name and alias (if any);(c) the debtor’s address;(d) the debtor’s occupation (if any);(e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement |\n| 14 | A sequestration order is made against the estate of a debtor under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | All of the following:(a) particulars of the debtor;(b) the day on which the order was made;(c) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate |\n| 15 | An order is made under subsection 222(1), (2) or (5) of the Act setting aside a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was set aside |\n| 16 | A personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act where the Official Trustee is the trustee of the agreement | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 17 | An order is made under subsection 222C(1) of the Act terminating a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 18 | The Official Trustee gives a certificate to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act | The day on which the Official Trustee signed the certificate |\n| 19 | The Official Trustee finalises the administration of a debtor’s estate | The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised |\n| 20 | The Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act, on application by the Inspector‑General, that provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of an estate | Both of the following:(a) the name of the new trustee;(b) the day of the appointment |\n| 21 | The Official Trustee is appointed by the creditors of an estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of Schedule 2 to the Act as trustee of an estate | The day of the appointment |\n\n> Note: A number of provisions of the Act require the Official Receiver to enter information in the Index when certain events occur. These provisions include the following:\n\n (a) a debtor whose property is under the control of the Official Trustee or a registered trustee because of a direction given by the Court under paragraph 50(1)(a) of the Act;\n (c) a deceased debtor if a petition for an order for the administration of the deceased debtor’s estate has been presented under Part XI of the Act;\n (d) a debtor in relation to whom an application is made to the Court under subsection 253E(1) of the Act for an order staying all or any proceedings under a petition.\n (3) In the case of a deceased debtor, the information to be entered in accordance with paragraphs (1)(a), (b) and (c) is the information immediately before the debtor’s death.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (4), a person who is a debtor or bankrupt may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General for information about the person:\n (a) not to be entered in the Index, on the ground that the entry of the information would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n\n> Note: Example: A person may rely on a court order (such as a domestic violence order) to show that publication of the information in question would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under paragraph 80(3)(a) refusing to grant an application.\n\n (1) If a debt agreement ends under section 185N of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (2) If a debt agreement is terminated under section 185P, 185Q, 185QA or 185R of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (3) If an order is made under section 185U of the Act declaring all of a debt agreement void, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n\n The Official Receiver must remove all information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index within 1 year after the day on which any of the following occurs:\n\n (1) A person may, by application in writing, ask the Official Receiver to inspect material in the Index and give to the person an extract of material specified in the application.\n (a) if the applicant has paid any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination for obtaining the requested extract—must inspect the Index and, within 10 business days of receiving the application:\n (b) may give the applicant a list of Index search agents who may be able to inspect material entered in the Index for the applicant.\n (3) A person who has been granted access to the Index by the Inspector‑General may, after paying any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination:\n (4) However, prior payment is not required under subsection (3) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n An extract of information in the Index is admissible in any proceedings as prima facie evidence of the matters in the extract.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General, and any officer acting at the direction or with the authority of the Inspector‑General, have immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n (2) An officer has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (3) A person who provides material for entry in the Index has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of the material by way of:\n (5) The immunity of the Inspector‑General or another officer under this section arising out of publication of material extends to the Commonwealth and the Official Trustee to the extent that the Commonwealth or the Official Trustee would, apart from this subsection, be liable in respect of the publication.\n (6) This section does not limit any other ground of defence in relation to actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n\n (b) the person executing the warrant considers that it is impracticable to immediately bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n (b) a day and time when the person executing the warrant considers that it will be practicable to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n\n (1) If the Registrar receives a notification under subsection 87(2) in relation to an apprehended person, the Registrar must, as soon as reasonably practicable:\n (a) determine a day, time and place for the apprehended person to be brought before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate; and\n (b) direct the person who gave the notification to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate in accordance with that determination.\n (2) The time and day determined under paragraph (1)(a) must be the earliest that the Registrar reasonably believes are practicable.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 277B(1) of the Act, this Division establishes an infringement notice scheme, as an alternative to prosecution, for an infringement notice provision.\n\n (1) If the Inspector‑General believes on reasonable grounds that a person has contravened an infringement notice provision, the Inspector‑General may give to the person an infringement notice for the alleged contravention.\n (2) The infringement notice must be given within 12 months after the day on which the contravention is alleged to have taken place.\n (3) A single infringement notice must relate only to a single contravention of a single provision unless subsection (4) applies.\n (4) The Inspector‑General may give a person a single infringement notice relating to multiple contraventions of a single provision if:\n\n (e) give brief details of the alleged contravention, or each alleged contravention, to which the notice relates, including:\n (f) state the amount that is payable under the notice, as worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act and subsection (2) of this section; and\n (h) state that, if the person to whom the notice is given pays the amount within 20 business days after the day the notice is given, then (unless the notice is withdrawn) the person will not be liable to be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (k) state that the person may choose not to pay the amount and, if the person does so the person may be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (n) state that the person may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) If the notice relates to more than one alleged contravention of the provision by the person, the amount to be stated in the notice for the purposes of paragraph (1)(f) is the sum of the amount worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act for each alleged contravention.\n\n> Note: Under section 90, a single infringement notice may only deal with multiple contraventions if they are contraventions of a single provision continuing over a period.\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may apply to the Inspector‑General for an extension of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h).\n (2) If the application is made before the end of that period, the Inspector‑General may, in writing, extend that period. The Inspector‑General may do so before or after the end of that period.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General extends that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to that period so extended.\n (4) If the Inspector‑General does not extend that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to the period that ends on the later of the following days:\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) The Inspector‑General may withdraw an infringement notice given to a person (whether or not the person has made written representations seeking the withdrawal).\n (3) When deciding whether or not to withdraw an infringement notice (the relevant infringement notice), the Inspector‑General:\n (a) must take into account any written representations seeking the withdrawal that were given by the person to the Inspector‑General; and\n (i) whether a court has previously imposed a penalty on the person for a contravention of an infringement notice provision;\n (iii) whether the person has paid an amount, stated in an earlier infringement notice, for a contravention of an infringement notice provision if the contravention is constituted by conduct that is the same, or substantially the same, as the conduct alleged to constitute the contravention in the relevant infringement notice;\n\n (1) If the person to whom an infringement notice for an alleged contravention of a provision is given pays the amount stated in the notice before the end of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h):\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may sign a certificate that states any of the following in relation to an infringement notice given to a person:\n (b) that the Inspector‑General granted, or refused to grant, an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice;\n (c) if the Inspector‑General granted an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice—that that amount was not fully paid by the person within the period specified in the extension;\n (2) At a hearing of a prosecution for an offence alleged in an infringement notice, a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General in accordance with subsection (1) is prima facie evidence of the matters specified in the certificate.\n (3) A certificate that purports to be signed by the Inspector‑General is taken to have been signed by the Inspector‑General unless the contrary is proved.\n\n (a) require an infringement notice to be given to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (c) prevent the giving of 2 or more infringement notices to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (d) limit a court’s discretion to determine the amount of a penalty to be imposed on a person who is found to have contravened an infringement notice provision.\n\n (b) unless the person, by notice in writing to the Inspector‑General, directs otherwise—offset against estate charge or late payment penalty payable by the person.\n\n (1) A payment of interest charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) A payment of realisations charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or served on, a person (other than the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee), the document may be:\n (a) sent by a courier service to the person at the address of the person last known to the person serving the document; or\n (b) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name and any relevant document exchange number, at a document exchange where the person maintains a document exchange facility; or\n (i) by a kind of electronic communication that transmits the document to a facility maintained by the person for receipt of electronically transmitted documents; or\n (ii) by a kind of electronic communication such that, in the ordinary course of events, the document could be reasonably expected to be received by the person.\n\n> Note: The Electronic Transactions Act 1999 applies to a requirement or permission to give information under the Bankruptcy Act 1966 or this instrument, including electronic communications covered by this section.\n\n> Note: However, paragraph (d) of this subsection permits information to be given by means of particular kinds of electronic communication, in accordance with the information technology requirements in subsection (3). This means the requirements in section 9 of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999 do not apply in relation to electronic communications covered by this section (see subsection 9(3) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999).\n\n (2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(a) or (b), in the absence of proof to the contrary, the document is taken to have been received by, or served on, the person when the document would, in the due course of business practice, be delivered to that address or document exchange.\n\n (a) at the time the document is sent, it is reasonable to expect that the document would be readily accessible so as to be useable for subsequent reference; and\n (b) the document is sent in one of the following formats, or in a format that is similar to or readily convertible into one of the following formats:\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, this section applies if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or filed or lodged with:\n (2) The document must be posted, delivered, sent by email, or sent through the website of the Australian Financial Security Authority, to:\n (3) If this section applies, the document is taken to be received, filed or lodged only when the document (or, where applicable, a copy of it) is actually received by, or on behalf of, the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver (as the case requires).\n\n (1) Subsection (2) applies in any proceedings to a document or copy of a document that purports to be a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General stating that, at a particular time, the form of statement of affairs that is attached to the certificate was the approved form for the purposes of section 6A of the Act.\n\n A fee is not payable by the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver in respect of an application to, or the filing of a document in, the Court in relation to proceedings under the Act, this instrument or the Insolvency Practice Rules.\n\n (2) If such a fee is payable in respect of the doing of a matter or thing by the Official Receiver, the matter or thing need not be done unless the fee has been paid.\n\n (1) The Official Trustee’s entitlement to remuneration under the Fees and Remuneration Determination arises when the Official Trustee:\n (a) performs work or first acts in accordance with section 3.03, 3.04, 3.07 or 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (2) For paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (d), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee in respect of an amount received by the Official Trustee:\n\n (1) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.03 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the property or business of a debtor, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (2) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.04 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a composition or scheme of arrangement with the creditors of a bankrupt, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the composition or scheme of arrangement as the case may be.\n (3) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor who signed an authority under section 188 of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (4) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the estate of a bankrupt, or of a deceased person for whose estate an order for administration has been made under Part XI of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the bankrupt or deceased person as the case may be.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a request by a bankrupt to the Official Trustee for the Official Trustee’s consent, under paragraph 272(1)(c) of the Act, to the bankrupt leaving Australia.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may decide to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4) if the Inspector‑General is reasonably satisfied that:\n (a) payment of the fee by the person liable to pay it has imposed, or would impose, hardship on the person that is unusual and exceptional in comparison to the hardship arising in the normal course of bankruptcy; or\n (b) unless the fee is payable to the Inspector‑General—the officer to whom the fee is payable or would have been payable if the fee had not been waived or remitted.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General decides under subsection (1) to refuse to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4), the notification under subsection (2) in relation to the decision must include the reasons for the decision.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under subsection 111(1) refusing to waive or remit the whole or part of a fee that is payable by the person.\n\n If, under the Act, a trustee takes possession of, or attaches, the property of a bankrupt, debtor or deceased person, the trustee must, as soon as is reasonably practicable:\n (b) give a copy of the inventory, of the photographs or of the video recordings, as the case may be, to any person who has custody of the property or part of the property.\n\n (1) If a provision of this instrument states that a dollar amount is to be indexed in accordance with this section, then at the start of each financial year (an indexation year) beginning on or after 1 July 2021, the dollar amount is replaced by the amount worked out using the following formula:\n ![Start formula Indexation factor for the indexation year times Dollar amount for the previous year end formula](image.002.png)\n ![Start formula start fraction Index number for the reference quarter over Index number for the base quarter end fraction end formula](image.003.png)\n\n> index number, for a quarter, means the All Groups Consumer Price Index number (being the weighted average of the 8 capital cities) published by the Australian Statistician for that quarter.\n\n (4) If an indexation factor worked out under subsection (2) would be less than 1, that indexation factor is to be increased to 1.\n (a) are to be made using only the index numbers published in terms of the most recently published index reference period; and\n (b) are to be made disregarding index numbers that are published in substitution for previously published index numbers (except where the substituted numbers are published to take account of changes in the index reference period).\n\n (a) a thing was done for a particular purpose under the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996 as in force immediately before those Regulations were repealed; and\n (2) Without limiting subsection (1), a reference in that subsection to a thing being done includes a reference to a notice, application or other instrument being given or made.\n\n Despite the repeal of the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996, item 3 of Schedule 4 to those Regulations, as in force immediately before that repeal, continues to apply in relation to a contribution assessment period if an assessment under section 139W of the Act was made for that contribution assessment period before that repeal.\n\n Section 102, as substituted by Schedule 1 to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Electronic Service) Regulations 2024, applies in relation to a document that is given or sent to, or served on, a person on or after the commencement of that Schedule.\n\n## 87 Apprehension under a warrant—notification to Registrar in certain cases\n\n (b) the person executing the warrant considers that it is impracticable to immediately bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n (b) a day and time when the person executing the warrant considers that it will be practicable to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n\n## 88 Registrar to act on notification—direction to person executing warrant\n\n (1) If the Registrar receives a notification under subsection 87(2) in relation to an apprehended person, the Registrar must, as soon as reasonably practicable:\n (a) determine a day, time and place for the apprehended person to be brought before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate; and\n (b) direct the person who gave the notification to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate in accordance with that determination.\n (2) The time and day determined under paragraph (1)(a) must be the earliest that the Registrar reasonably believes are practicable.\n\n## Division 2 Infringement notices\n\n> electronic communication means an electronic communication within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of electronic communication in subsection 5(1) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999.\n\n> legal practitioner means a barrister, a solicitor, a barrister and solicitor or a legal practitioner, of the High Court or of the Supreme Court of a State or Territory.\n\n (a) remuneration paid to the trustee in accordance with a direction, or other order, made by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act directing the trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or making another order in relation to the property; and\n (ii) in relation to the examination of the debtor, or an examinable person in relation to the debtor, as a result of the issue of a summons under subsection 50(2) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section sets out the requirements for an application to the Official Receiver for a bankruptcy notice by a person who has obtained against a debtor one, or 2 or more, final judgments or final orders of a kind described in paragraph 40(1)(g) of the Act.\n\n (a) if any final order specified in the application is an award that is a final order because of subparagraph 40(3)(a)(i) of the Act—both of the following:\n (i) a copy of the award certified as a true copy by the arbitrator who made the award or by an officer of the Court who has compared the copy with the original award;\n (ii) a certificate of the judgment or order sealed by the court that made the judgment or order (the relevant court) or signed by an officer of the relevant court;\n (iii) a copy of the entry of the judgment or order certified as a true copy of that entry and sealed by the relevant court or signed by an officer of the relevant court.\n\n> Note 2: A fee is payable to the Official Receiver for an application under this section (see the Fees and Remuneration Determination).\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice must follow that form in respect of its format (for example, bold or italic typeface, underlining and notes).\n\n> Note: Section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 provides that strict compliance with a form is not required and substantial compliance is sufficient.\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice in relation to a debtor that is served on the debtor outside of a period mentioned in subsection (1) is not valid.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (a) of the definition of statutory minimum in subsection 5(1) of the Act, the amount prescribed is $10,000.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (2), the only persons who may inspect a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver under subsection 41(1) of the Act are the following:\n (2) If a creditor’s petition is presented that is founded on an act of bankruptcy consisting of failure to comply with the bankruptcy notice, any person may inspect the notice.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver in relation to a debtor if the notice includes a final judgment, or final order, that is expressed in an amount of foreign currency (whether or not the judgment or order is also expressed in an amount of Australian currency).\n (c) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the day on which the application for the notice is made.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n A creditor who presents a petition to the Court under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must give to the Official Receiver:\n (b) a copy of any order entered by the Court, dismissing, staying or extending the petition, or adjourning the hearing of the petition, within 2 business days after the Court enters the order.\n\n (1) If the Court gives a direction, or makes another order, under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to a debtor, the creditor who applied under subsection 50(1A) of the Act for the Court to make a direction must:\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n (c) in accordance with the direction or other order, the creditor deposits an amount (the first amount) with the trustee for the purposes of covering the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor.\n\n (2) The creditor is entitled to a refund of the sum of the first amount and any amount covered by subsection (4) less an amount equal to the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor if any of the following events occur:\n (a) the debtor enters into a personal insolvency agreement, or the debtor’s estate is administered under Part XI of the Act, and the Court authorises the trustee to transfer the debtor’s property to some other person;\n (i) the Court is satisfied that the first amount is insufficient to cover the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor;\n (ii) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs, on application by the trustee, the creditor to deposit the additional amount with the trustee;\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n\n (2) The Court may, on application by the debtor within 15 business days after the day the petition is dismissed, order the creditor to pay the debtor an amount equal to the damage the Court assesses as resulting from the acts or omissions of the trustee in reliance on the direction or other order mentioned in paragraph (1)(b).\n\n “(2A) The Court or a magistrate may direct that an examination, or any part of an examination, under this section shall be held in private.”;\n (c) by omitting from subsection (9) “is the trustee” and substituting “has been directed to take control of the property of the relevant person”;\n “(14) Subject to subsection (14A), the applicant for an examination under this section is to pay the costs incurred in connection with the examination.\n (14A) The Court or a magistrate may order that all or some of the costs mentioned in subsection (14) are to be paid by the relevant person.”.\n\n If:\n (b) the Official Receiver accepts the declaration, and signs a copy of the declaration, under paragraph 54C(1)(a) of the Act;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsections 54D(1), 55(3A), 56B(5) and 57(3A) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (d) information about a debtor’s right to choose whether the bankruptcy is initially administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (e) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to present to the Official Receiver, under section 54A of the Act, a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition.\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to present a petition under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n If:\n (a) a debtor presents, or 2 or more debtors present, a petition to the Official Receiver under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act; and\n (b) there is in force under subsection 156A(1) of the Act an instrument of consent of a registered trustee to act as the trustee of:\n (ii) in the case of 2 or more debtors—the separate estates, the joint estates, or the joint and separate estates, of the debtors or any of them;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 56C(2) of the Act, if the Official Receiver refers a debtor’s petition against a partnership to the Court, the notice given by the Official Receiver to each member of the partnership who did not present the petition must:\n\n If a person is arrested under a warrant issued by the Court under section 78 of the Act, the arresting officer must immediately notify a Registrar of the Court.\n\n (a) a creditor lodges, or causes to be lodged, a proof of debt in a bankruptcy in accordance with section 84 of the Act; and\n (b) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the date of the bankruptcy.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n (1) For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(a) of the Act, the order that the trustee of the estate of a bankrupt must apply the proceeds of the bankrupt’s property to the costs, charges, expenses and remuneration mentioned in the following table is the order that appears in the table.\n\n

Order of payment of certain costs, charges, expenses and remuneration

Item

Costs, charges and expenses

1

Realisations charge payable by the trustee in relation to the estate under the Bankruptcy (Estate Charges) Act 1997

2

If the trustee is a registered trustee to whom the Official Trustee transferred the administration of the bankruptcy, both of the following in relation to the administration of the bankruptcy by the Official Trustee before the transfer:

(a) any remuneration payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination;

(b) any reimbursement that is payable to the Official Trustee under section 108

3

Expenses reasonably incurred by or on behalf of the trustee:

(a) in protecting all or part of the bankrupt’s assets; or

(b) in carrying on, in accordance with the Act, a business of the bankrupt

4

If a creditor made an advance to the trustee for the purposes of the trustee’s administration of the bankruptcy—an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to that advance

5

Fees, costs, charges or expenses (other than fees, costs, charges or expenses covered by another item of this table) paid or payable by the trustee in administering the bankrupt’s estate

6

If:

(a) an order was made under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to the bankrupt when the bankrupt was a debtor; and

(b) an amount was deposited by a creditor, in accordance with that order, with the trustee;

an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to the trustee’s preliminary remuneration and expenses in relation to the debtor

7

The following:

(a) if a creditor applied for:

(i) a sequestration order against the estate; or

(ii) an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act;

the taxed costs of the creditor in relation to the application;

(b) if the administrator of the estate of a deceased person presented a petition for an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act—the taxed costs of the administrator;

(c) if a person made an application for a sequestration order under Part X of the Act—both of the following:

(i) the taxed costs of that person in relation to the application;

(ii) any taxed costs of that person in respect of an application for an order under Division 5 or 6 of Part IX of the Act in relation to the estate

8

The trustee’s remuneration (other than remuneration covered by item 6):

(a) if the trustee is the Official Trustee—payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or

(b) if the trustee is a registered trustee—payable to the registered trustee under section 60‑5 of Schedule 2 to the Act

9

If:

(a) there is a committee of inspection in relation to the administration of the estate; and

(b) the creditors of the estate, or a majority of them, have approved payment of out‑of‑pocket expenses incurred by a member of the committee of inspection;

those expenses, to the extent that the trustee allows them as being fair and reasonable

10

Costs of any audit carried out under section 70‑15 or 70‑20 of Schedule 2 to the Act in relation to the estate

\n```\n\n (2) For the purposes of item 7 of the table, a reference to an applicant or a person presenting a petition is taken to include a reference to a person whose application or petition has not been proceeded with because a debtor’s petition presented by the bankrupt has been accepted by the Official Receiver (whether or not that debtor’s petition was referred to the Court under subsection 55(3B) of the Act, and whatever the outcome of such a referral).\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(e) of the Act, the maximum amount due to or in respect of an employee of a bankrupt is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum amount payable to employee

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$4,600

2

2018‑19

$4,550

3

2017‑18

$4,500

4

2016‑17

$4,450

5

2015‑16

$4,400

6

2014‑15

$4,350

7

2013‑14

$4,300

8

2012‑13

$4,200

9

2011‑12

$4,150

10

2010‑11

$4,100

11

2009‑10

$4,000

12

2008‑09

$3,950

13

2007‑08

$3,850

14

2006‑07

$3,750

15

2005‑06

$3,650

16

2004‑05

$3,550

17

2003‑04

$3,500

18

2002‑03

$3,450

19

2001‑02

$3,350

20

2000‑01

$3,300

21

1999‑2000

$3,150

22

1998‑99

$3,100

23

1997‑98

$3,100

24

1996‑97

$3,100

\n```\n\n (b) property of a kind covered by subsection (3) to the extent that it is reasonably appropriate for a household, having regard to the criteria specified in subsection (4);\n (c) property (including recreational and sports equipment) of a kind that is reasonably necessary for the domestic use of a household, having regard to:\n (c) educational, sporting or recreational items (including books) that are wholly or mainly for the use of children or students in the household;\n (c) any special climatic or other factors (including geographical isolation) of the place where the household residence is located;\n (d) whether the property is reasonably necessary for the functioning or servicing of the household as a viable and properly‑run household;\n (e) whether the costs of seizure, storage and sale of the property would be likely to exceed the sale price of the property;\n (f) if paragraph (e) does not apply—whether for any other reason (for example, costs of transport) the sale of the property would be likely to be uneconomical.\n (6) For the purposes of subsection (5), an item is an antique item only if a substantial part of its market value is attributable to its age or historical significance.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(ba)(ii) of the Act, non‑monetary sporting, cultural, military or academic awards are a kind of property that is prescribed.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(c)(i) of the Act, the maximum total value of a bankrupt’s property that is for use by the bankrupt in earning income by personal exertion is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum total value of tools

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,800

2

2018‑19

$3,800

3

2017‑18

$3,750

4

2016‑17

$3,700

5

2015‑16

$3,650

6

2014‑15

$3,600

7

2013‑14

$3,550

8

2012‑13

$3,500

9

2011‑12

$3,450

10

2010‑11

$3,400

11

2009‑10

$3,300

12

2008‑09

$3,250

13

2007‑08

$3,200

14

2006‑07

$3,100

15

2005‑06

$3,050

16

2004‑05

$3,000

17

2003‑04

$2,950

18

2002‑03

$2,900

19

2001‑02

$2,850

20

2000‑01

$2,800

21

1999‑2000

$2,650

22

1998‑99

$2,600

23

1997‑98

$2,600

24

1996‑97

$2,600

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 116(2)(ca) of the Act, the maximum aggregate value of property used by the bankrupt primarily as a means of transport is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum value of motor vehicle

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$8,100

2

2018‑19

$8,000

3

2017‑18

$7,900

4

2016‑17

$7,800

5

2015‑16

$7,700

6

2014‑15

$7,600

7

2013‑14

$7,500

8

2012‑13

$7,350

9

2011‑12

$7,200

10

2010‑11

$7,050

11

2009‑10

$6,850

12

2008‑09

$6,700

13

2007‑08

$6,500

14

2006‑07

$6,300

15

2005‑06

$6,150

16

2004‑05

$6,000

17

2003‑04

$5,900

18

2002‑03

$5,800

19

2001‑02

$5,650

20

2000‑01

$5,500

21

1999‑2000

$5,200

22

1998‑99

$5,050

23

1997‑98

$5,000

24

1996‑97

$5,000

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 120(2)(d) of the Act, a transfer is of a kind to which subsection 120(1) of the Act does not apply if the costs of recovering the transferred property would, in the opinion of the trustee in the transferor’s bankruptcy, be likely to exceed the value of the property to the transferor’s creditors.\n\n (b) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a lease—set out facts showing that subsection 133(4) of the Act has been complied with; and\n (c) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a contract—set out facts showing that the contract is, for the purposes of subsection 133(5A) of the Act, an unprofitable contract.\n (2) A trustee who gives a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must give the notice to each person who, to the trustee’s knowledge:\n (3) A failure to comply with subsection (1) or (2) does not affect the validity of a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section is made for the purposes of subparagraph (a)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act.\n (b) a reference in that Act to the taxable value of a benefit were a reference to the value, for the purposes of the Act, of the benefit; and\n (c) a reference in that Act to a declaration date were a reference to the date occurring 21 days after the end of a contribution assessment period in relation to a bankrupt; and\n (d) a reference in that Act to a declaration to be given to an employer of a person were a reference to a declaration to be given to the trustee of the person’s estate; and\n (e) a reference in that Act to a form approved by the Commissioner were a reference to a form approved by the Inspector‑General under section 6D of the Act; and\n (f) subject to paragraph (d), a reference in the FBTA Act to an employer, or to the employer, were a reference to any person (other than the bankrupt); and\n (g) a reference in the FBTA Act to an employee, or to the employee, were a reference to a bankrupt, or to the bankrupt, as the case requires.\n (5) Despite subsections (2), (3) and (4), the modifications specified or referred to in those subsections do not apply in relation to the provision of a fringe benefit (within the meaning of the FBTA Act) to a bankrupt if the provider of the fringe benefit:\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following contributions and payments made for the purpose of providing superannuation benefits for a bankrupt person are not income of the person:\n (a) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person to the extent that the contributions reduce the employer’s potential liability for the superannuation guarantee charge imposed under section 5 of the Superannuation Guarantee Charge Act 1992;\n (b) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person in accordance with the employer’s obligation to make contributions for the person under:\n (c) payments of shortfall components made to, or for the benefit of, the person under sections 65 to 67 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n (a) the contributions exceed the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage of the employee’s ordinary time earnings for the contribution assessment period; and\n\n> individual industrial agreement means an industrial agreement made solely between the employer and the person, including the following:\n\n (a) an AWA, or an ITEA, (both within the meaning of the Fair Work (Transitional Provisions and Consequential Amendments) Act 2009) to which that Act applies;\n\n> ordinary time earnings has the meaning given by subsection 6(1) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n> relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage: the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage for a year (the bankruptcy year) is the percentage whose number is the same as that set out in column 2 of the table in subsection 19(2) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992 for the financial year in which the bankruptcy year starts.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following payments or amounts are not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) a payment or amount of family tax benefit paid under the family assistance law (within the meaning of the A New Tax System (Family Assistance) (Administration) Act 1999);\n (b) an amount that is not income for the purposes of the Social Security Act 1991 because of subsection 8(8) of that Act, except for a payment or amount mentioned in paragraph (a), (h), (ha), (k), (ka), (m), (z), (za) or (zb) of that subsection.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (c) of the definition of dependant in section 139K of the Act, the prescribed amount of income derived (or likely to be derived) by a person during a contribution assessment period is:\n (b) if the period begins in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n (d) if the period begins in a later financial year—$3,741 indexed in accordance with section 114 of this instrument as if the period were that financial year.\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum income of dependant

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,720

2

2018‑19

$3,642

3

2017‑18

$3,596

4

2016‑17

$3,532

5

2015‑16

$3,459

6

2014‑15

$3,411

7

2013‑14

$3,363

8

2012‑13

$3,264

9

2011‑12

$3,181

10

2010‑11

$3,131

11

2009‑10

$3,030

12

2008‑09

$2,942

13

2007‑08

$2,870

14

2006‑07

$2,756

15

2005‑06

$2,688

16

2004‑05

$2,611

17

2003‑04

$2,549

\n```\n\n (3) If the bankrupt pays the contribution by cheque, payment is taken to occur when the cheque is cleared and the amount of the payment is credited to the account into which the cheque is deposited.\n (4) The trustee may, on reasonable notice in writing to the bankrupt, vary or withdraw an authorisation under paragraph (2)(c).\n (5) If the trustee incurs a delivery or postal charge (including a surcharge) or bank charge in connection with the receipt or processing of the contribution, the trustee may reimburse the trustee for the amount of the charge from the bankrupt’s estate.\n\n (a) a bankrupt is liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the bankrupt’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act in respect of a contribution assessment period; and\n\n (3) If the contribution remains unpaid, the deceased bankrupt’s estate is liable for the portion of the contribution attributable to the part of the period occurring before the bankrupt’s death.\n\n (b) immediately before being discharged, the person was liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the person’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act; and\n\n> Note: Section 139R of the Act provides that any liability of a bankrupt under section 139P or 139Q of the Act is not affected by the bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy after the making of the assessment that gave rise to the liability.\n\n (5) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(d)(ii), a change in the name of a person is taken to occur if the person in fact assumes the use of a different name or an additional name.\n\n A notice under section 139ZL of the Act must not specify money or property that is protected, under a law of the Commonwealth or a State or Territory, from a process such as assignment, attachment, charging, execution or garnishment.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 145(3) of the Act, notice must be given by serving it on each person to whom, under that subsection, it must be given.\n\n (a) an objection to the discharge of a bankrupt has been made on a ground, or on grounds that include a ground, mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(a) or (h) of the Act (which refer to the bankrupt being out of Australia); and\n (2) Within 5 business days after the day that the registered trustee becomes aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia, the registered trustee must give notice in writing to the Official Receiver stating:\n (ii) if the trustee does not know the day on which the bankrupt returned—the trustee became aware that the bankrupt had returned.\n\n For the purposes of the ground of objection mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(d) of the Act, a bankrupt is taken to have failed to comply with a request to provide information if the bankrupt has provided information that is incomplete or inaccurate.\n\n (c) an application is made to the Administrative Review Tribunal under section 149Q of the Act for the review of the decision of the Inspector‑General; and\n\n (a) if the debtor presents a debtor’s petition to the Official Receiver—on or before the day that the debtor so presents the petition; or\n\n If a registered trustee becomes, under subsection 156A(3) of the Act, the trustee of an estate or of joint and separate estates, the Official Receiver may give the registered trustee a certificate to that effect.\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 188(2A) of the Act, a person (other than the Official Trustee or a registered trustee) is ineligible to act under Part X of the Act as a controlling trustee in relation to a debtor in any of the following circumstances:\n (a) the person is or was convicted of an offence involving fraud or dishonesty at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (c) the person is a solicitor who does not hold an Australian practising certificate (within the meaning of the Evidence Act 1995);\n (d) the person is or was an insolvent under administration at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(f)(ii), the Inspector‑General may approve a course in insolvency by notice published on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website.\n (ii) has refused or failed to cooperate with the Inspector‑General in an inquiry or investigation under paragraph 12(1)(b) of the Act.\n (ii) invites the person to give the Inspector‑General, within 20 business days after the day the notice is given or such longer time as is specified in the notice, a written statement showing cause why the determination should not be made; and\n (5) If the Inspector‑General makes a determination under subsection (3) in relation to a person, the Inspector‑General must give the person a written notice stating the following:\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General to make a determination under subsection 49(3).\n\n (b) the person becomes ineligible to act as a controlling trustee under Part X of the Act because one or more of the circumstances prescribed by subsection 49(1) of this instrument apply in relation to the person.\n (2) The Official Trustee must perform the duties of a controlling trustee in relation to the debtor unless and until the debtor authorises another person under subsection 188(1) of the Act.\n\n (1) If, on application, the Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act that a person (the old trustee) cease to be the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate, the applicant for the order must:\n (3) If the creditors of a regulated debtor, by resolution at a meeting, remove the trustee (the old trustee) of the regulated debtor’s estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(a) of Schedule 2 to the Act, the person appointed by the creditors under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of that Schedule as trustee of the estate must:\n\n (1) If the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate (other than the Official Trustee) finalises the administration of the debtor’s estate, the trustee must:\n\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a debt agreement;\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to give the Official Receiver a debt agreement proposal under subsection 185C(1) of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n (a) any of the following awarded by a registered provider (within the meaning of the Education Services for Overseas Students Act 2000):\n (i) a Certificate IV in Financial Services (Accounting) awarded for study starting between 10 July 2004 and 23 November 2010;\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (c) a degree, diploma or similar qualification awarded by a foreign tertiary education institution and for which the Inspector‑General is satisfied the following conditions are satisfied:\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n\n#### 57 Prescribed amount of owed notified estate charges preventing renewal of registration as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraphs 186C(3)(d) and (5)(d) of the Act, the prescribed amount of notified estate charges is $500.\n\n For the purposes of section 187A of the Act, a provision of Part X of the Act specified in Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section of the Act, to joint debtors, whether partners or not.\n\n (b) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (c) information about whether a personal insolvency agreement may be administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy if any of the things mentioned in paragraphs 40(1)(i) to (m) of the Act happen in relation to a debtor;\n (f) information about a debtor’s rights and responsibilities under Part X of the Act, including a debtor’s obligation to disclose all related entities;\n (g) information about a controlling trustee’s obligation to disclose the controlling trustee’s relationship (if any) with a debtor.\n (3) A registered trustee or a solicitor authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property must not consent to exercise the powers given by the authority unless the debtor has given the registered trustee or the solicitor, as the case may be, a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the Official Trustee is authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property, the Official Receiver must not give the debtor a written approval under paragraph 188(2)(aa) of the Act unless the debtor has given the Official Trustee a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n\n (b) unable to sign the authority or an acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) of this instrument relating to the authority because of a physical incapacity.\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and debtor are familiar; or\n\n> relevant material means the authority, the information prescribed by section 59 and the acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) relating to the authority.\n\n (3) The person must, at the same time as calling a meeting of the debtor’s creditors, give a copy of the proposal for dealing with the debtor’s affairs under Part X of the Act to:\n\n> Note 1: An authority signed by a debtor under section 188 of the Act is not effective for the purposes of Part X of the Act unless, before the person authorised consents to exercise the powers given by the authority, the debtor gives to the person authorised:\n\n> Note 2: Under subsection 188(5) of the Act, a registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority must also give a copy of the authority and the debtor’s statement of affairs to the Official Receiver.\n\n (e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement.\n\n For the purposes of section 210 of the Act, a provision of Part VIII of the Act specified in Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor.\n\n#### 64 Modifications of Division 1 of Part V of the Act—debtors whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act\n\n For the purposes of subsection 211(1) of the Act, a provision in Division 1 of Part V of the Act specified in Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 218(3) of the Act, a notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act must be in writing.\n\n (1) If the Court makes a sequestration order under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act, the applicant for the order must:\n\n#### 67 Information to be given to Official Receiver in relation to orders terminating or setting aside a personal insolvency agreement\n\n> Note: If the Court makes an order setting aside or terminating a personal insolvency agreement and a registered trustee was the trustee of the agreement, the registered trustee must give written notice of the order to the Official Receiver (see subsection 224A(4) of the Act).\n\n (1) If a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act, the trustee of the agreement must:\n\n> Note: Before the termination takes effect, the trustee must give notice of the proposed termination to all the creditors who are entitled to receive notice of a meeting of creditors (see subsection 222A(2) of the Act).\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 231(1) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 4 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor who has executed a personal insolvency agreement.\n (2) For the purposes of subsection 231(3) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 5 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a personal insolvency agreement.\n\n (4) If the trustee gives a certificate to the debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act or subsection (1) of this section, the trustee must:\n (a) the person is required to give a copy of a certificate to the Official Receiver in accordance with subsection (4); and\n\n For the purposes of subsections 248(1) and (3) of the Act, a provision specified in Schedule 4 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Schedule in relation to proceedings under Part XI of the Act and the administration of estates under that Part.\n\n (1) If a trustee (within the meaning of section 254 of the Act) pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act, the trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (3) If a registered trustee pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act, the registered trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (1) For the purposes of the definition of National Personal Insolvency Index in subsection 5(1) of the Act, an electronic index to be known as the National Personal Insolvency Index is established.\n\n Division 2 of this Part (information to be entered in the Index) has effect subject to Division 3 of this Part (information not to be entered in the Index and information to be removed from the Index).\n\n (1) The person specified in column 2 of an item of the table in subsection (3) must, at a time within the time period specified in column 2 of that item, give a copy of each document specified in column 1 of that item to the Official Receiver.\n\n

Documents that must be given to the Official Receiver

Item

Column 1

Document(s)

Column 2

Person and time period

Column 3

Information

1

A notice given under subsection 181A(2) of the Act by the current trustee of a bankrupt’s estate nominating another trustee as the new trustee of the estate

The new trustee within 2 business days after the date specified in the notice (see paragraph 181A(3)(a) of the Act)

The day on which the new trustee became the trustee of the estate

2

An order under subsection 185Q(4) of the Act terminating a debt agreement

The applicant for the order within 3 business days after the order is made

The day on which the order was made

3

An order under subsection 185U(1) of the Act declaring all or part of a debt agreement void

The applicant for the order within 2 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) whether all or part of the agreement was declared void

4

An authority, signed by a debtor under subsection 188(1) of the Act, naming and authorising a registered trustee, a solicitor or the Official Trustee to call a meeting of the debtor’s creditors and to take control of the debtor’s property

The person named in the authority within 2 business days after the debtor signs the authority

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the copy of the authority was given to the Official Receiver;

(c) the day on which the debtor’s statement of affairs was given to the Official Receiver (see subsections 188(2D) and (5) of the Act);

(d) the name of the controlling trustee (see subsection 188(6) of the Act)

5

Written evidence of an event of a kind mentioned in paragraph 192(1)(a), (b) or (c) of the Act, or a written request given to the Official Trustee under paragraph 192(1)(d) of the Act, resulting in the Official Trustee becoming the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor

The Official Trustee within 14 days after the Official Trustee becomes the controlling trustee

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Trustee became the controlling trustee

6

Both of the following:

(a) a petition to the Court, under subsection 244(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of the estate of a deceased person;

(b) an affidavit verifying the petition (see subsection 244(5) of the Act)

The creditor, or one of the creditors, who presented the petition to the Court within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day the petition was presented;

(c) the name of the creditor or creditors who presented the petition;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the creditor or creditors;

(e) the day the Court is to hear the petition

7

Both of the following:

(a) a petition, under subsection 247(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of a deceased person’s estate under Part XI of the Act;

(b) a statement of the deceased person’s affairs and of the petitioner’s administration of the deceased person’s estate (see subsection 247(1) of the Act)

The petitioner within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the petition and the statement of affairs were presented;

(c) the name of the administrator;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the administrator

8

An order, under section 252B of the Act, annulling the administration of the estate of a deceased person under Part XI of the Act

The trustee of the estate within 2 business days after the trustee becomes aware of the order

The day on which the order was made

9

An order, under subsection 253E(1) of the Act, staying proceedings under a creditor’s petition or debtor’s petition

The applicant for the order within 7 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) the length of the stay (see subsection 253E(3) of the Act)

\n```\n\n (1) If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in subsection (2) is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n (aa) in the case of a statement of affairs mentioned in item 2 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the statement; and\n (a) in the case of a debtor’s petition mentioned in item 3, 4 or 5 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the petition; and\n (b) in the case of a debt agreement proposal mentioned in item 12 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the debt agreement proposal for processing.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with the Act

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A sequestration order made against the estate of a debtor (see subsection 52(1A) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(d) the name of the creditor who obtained the order;

(e) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of that creditor

2

A statement of the affairs of a person against whose estate a sequestration order is made, that is given for the purposes of subsection 54(1) of the Act

The day on which the statement of affairs was filed with the Official Receiver

3

A debtor’s petition (see subsection 55(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the resulting bankruptcy;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(e) the day on which the statement of the debtor’s affairs accepted by the Official Receiver was given to the Official Receiver for the purposes of paragraph 55(2)(b) of the Act

4

A debtor’s petition against a partnership presented by members of the partnership (see subsection 56B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of the partners who presented the petition;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the bankruptcy of each of those partners as a result of the acceptance of the petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each bankrupt partner;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those partners, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of the partnership affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

5

A debtor’s petition by joint debtors who are not partners (see subsection 57(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of those debtors;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of each bankruptcy that results from acceptance of the debtor’s petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each debtor;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those debtors, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of their joint affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

6

A notice relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 74(5A) of the Act)

The day on which the bankruptcy was annulled

7

A notice of objection by a trustee to the discharge of a bankrupt from bankruptcy (see subsection 149B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) when the objection took effect (see section 149G of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection set out in the notice (see paragraph 149C(1)(a) of the Act);

(c) the name of the trustee

8

A notice that a trustee ceases to object to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy on a particular ground (see subsection 149H(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) if there is no longer an objection on any ground—when the objection ceased to have effect (see subsection 149H(3) of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection to which the notice relates;

(c) the name of the trustee

9

A notice of withdrawal of objection by a trustee to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy (see subsection 149J(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) when the withdrawal takes effect (see subsection 149J(3) of the Act);

(b) the name of the trustee

10

A notice about the cancellation, under subsection 149N(1) of the Act, of a notice of objection filed by a trustee of a bankrupt’s estate (see subsection 149P(1) of the Act)

The day on which the cancellation took effect

11

A certificate relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 153A(2) of the Act)

The date of annulment included in the certificate

12

A debtor’s written proposal for a debt agreement (see subsection 185C(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185E of the Act)

13

A notification that a debt agreement has ended (see subsection 185N(5) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the debt agreement ended;

(b) the reasons why the debt agreement ended

14

A notification that control of the property of a debtor has ended (see subsection 189(1B) of the Act)

The day on which that control ended

15

A personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor (see paragraph 218(1)(b) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the agreement was executed;

(c) the name of the trustee of the personal insolvency agreement

16

A resolution or special resolution terminating a personal insolvency agreement (see subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

17

A resolution or special resolution terminating a composition or scheme of arrangement (see section 76B and subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated

18

A notice that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated or set aside (see subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated or set aside

19

A notice that a composition or scheme of arrangement is terminated or set aside (see section 76B and subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated or set aside

20

An order that the estate of a deceased person be administered under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 244(14), 245(3) or 247(3) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee administering the estate

21

A statement of a deceased person’s affairs and of the administration of the deceased person’s estate by a legal personal representative of the deceased person (see paragraph 246(1)(b) of the Act)

The day on which the statement was given to the Official Receiver

22

A certificate in relation to the annulment, by force of subsection 252A(1) of the Act, of the administration of an estate under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 252A(2) of the Act)

The day of the annulment

\n```\n\n If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with this instrument

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A creditor’s petition presented against a debtor or joint debtors (see section 13)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor or joint debtors;

(b) the day on which the petition was presented against the debtor or joint debtors;

(c) the name of the petitioning creditor;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the petitioning creditor;

(e) the day of the court hearing for a sequestration order relating to the petition

2

A direction given, or an order made, by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act (see section 14 of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor to whom the order or direction relates;

(b) the day on which the order was made or the direction given;

(c) the day (if any) on which a trustee’s control of that debtor’s property is to end (see subsection 50(1B) of the Act)

3

A notice under subsection 46(2) that the Administrative Review Tribunal has varied or set aside a decision of the Inspector‑General in relation to a notice of objection

The day on which the decision was varied or set aside

4

A notice given under subsection 52(1) in relation to an order about a regulated debtor’s estate, if the order provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of the estate

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the new trustee;

(b) the day of the appointment

5

A notice given under subsection 52(3) by a person appointed as trustee of the estate of a regulated debtor

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the person appointed;

(b) the day of the appointment

6

A notice under subsection 53(1) that the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate has finalised the administration of the debtor’s estate

The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised

7

A notice under subparagraph 62(2)(a)(ii) of particulars specified in subsection 62(3) in relation to a special resolution passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors

The particulars

8

A sequestration order against the estate of a debtor made under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act (see subsection 66(1) of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) if the person who applied for the order was a creditor of the debtor—the name of the creditor and the name and telephone number of the creditor’s solicitor (if any);

(d) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate

9

A notice under paragraph 68(1)(a) that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

10

A certificate given by a trustee to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act (see subsection 70(4) of this instrument)

The day on which the trustee signed the certificate

\n```\n\n If an event specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section occurs, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n| Item | Column 1Event | Column 2Information |\n| ---- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |\n| 1 | A bankrupt is, by force of subsection 149(1) of the Act, discharged from bankruptcy | The day on which the bankrupt was discharged from bankruptcy |\n| 2 | The Official Receiver issues a certificate of appointment to a registered trustee under subsection 157(3) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the name of the registered trustee;(b) the day on which the registered trustee was appointed |\n| 3 | A trustee, or the Official Trustee, is released from the trusteeship of an estate by force of section 184 or 184A of the Act | The fact that the trustee, or the Official Trustee, has been so released |\n| 4 | A debt agreement proposal is withdrawn | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was withdrawn |\n| 5 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement that was made before 1 July 2007 is accepted (see sections 185B and 185P of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the proposal was accepted |\n| 6 | A debt agreement proposal is not accepted (see section 185EC of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was not accepted |\n| 7 | The Official Receiver cancels the acceptance of a debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185ED of the Act) | The day on which the Official Receiver cancelled the acceptance of the debt agreement proposal for processing |\n| 8 | A debt agreement proposal lapses (see section 185G of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal lapsed |\n| 9 | The Official Receiver gives to a debtor a certificate under subsection 185N(3) of the Act | The day on which the certificate was given |\n| 10 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement is accepted (see section 185PC of the Act) | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 11 | The Official Receiver terminates a debt agreement under subsection 185QA(1) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 12 | The minutes of a meeting of creditors at which a special resolution was passed terminating a debt agreement made before 1 July 2007 are given to the Official Receiver (see subsection 185QA(1) of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the resolution was passed |\n| 13 | A special resolution is passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors under subsection 204(1) of the Act if the Official Trustee called the meeting under an authority under section 188 of the Act | All of the following:(a) the date of the resolution;(b) the debtor’s full name and alias (if any);(c) the debtor’s address;(d) the debtor’s occupation (if any);(e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement |\n| 14 | A sequestration order is made against the estate of a debtor under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | All of the following:(a) particulars of the debtor;(b) the day on which the order was made;(c) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate |\n| 15 | An order is made under subsection 222(1), (2) or (5) of the Act setting aside a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was set aside |\n| 16 | A personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act where the Official Trustee is the trustee of the agreement | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 17 | An order is made under subsection 222C(1) of the Act terminating a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 18 | The Official Trustee gives a certificate to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act | The day on which the Official Trustee signed the certificate |\n| 19 | The Official Trustee finalises the administration of a debtor’s estate | The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised |\n| 20 | The Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act, on application by the Inspector‑General, that provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of an estate | Both of the following:(a) the name of the new trustee;(b) the day of the appointment |\n| 21 | The Official Trustee is appointed by the creditors of an estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of Schedule 2 to the Act as trustee of an estate | The day of the appointment |\n\n> Note: A number of provisions of the Act require the Official Receiver to enter information in the Index when certain events occur. These provisions include the following:\n\n (a) a debtor whose property is under the control of the Official Trustee or a registered trustee because of a direction given by the Court under paragraph 50(1)(a) of the Act;\n (c) a deceased debtor if a petition for an order for the administration of the deceased debtor’s estate has been presented under Part XI of the Act;\n (d) a debtor in relation to whom an application is made to the Court under subsection 253E(1) of the Act for an order staying all or any proceedings under a petition.\n (3) In the case of a deceased debtor, the information to be entered in accordance with paragraphs (1)(a), (b) and (c) is the information immediately before the debtor’s death.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (4), a person who is a debtor or bankrupt may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General for information about the person:\n (a) not to be entered in the Index, on the ground that the entry of the information would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n\n> Note: Example: A person may rely on a court order (such as a domestic violence order) to show that publication of the information in question would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under paragraph 80(3)(a) refusing to grant an application.\n\n (1) If a debt agreement ends under section 185N of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (2) If a debt agreement is terminated under section 185P, 185Q, 185QA or 185R of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (3) If an order is made under section 185U of the Act declaring all of a debt agreement void, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n\n The Official Receiver must remove all information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index within 1 year after the day on which any of the following occurs:\n\n (1) A person may, by application in writing, ask the Official Receiver to inspect material in the Index and give to the person an extract of material specified in the application.\n (a) if the applicant has paid any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination for obtaining the requested extract—must inspect the Index and, within 10 business days of receiving the application:\n (b) may give the applicant a list of Index search agents who may be able to inspect material entered in the Index for the applicant.\n (3) A person who has been granted access to the Index by the Inspector‑General may, after paying any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination:\n (4) However, prior payment is not required under subsection (3) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n An extract of information in the Index is admissible in any proceedings as prima facie evidence of the matters in the extract.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General, and any officer acting at the direction or with the authority of the Inspector‑General, have immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n (2) An officer has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (3) A person who provides material for entry in the Index has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of the material by way of:\n (5) The immunity of the Inspector‑General or another officer under this section arising out of publication of material extends to the Commonwealth and the Official Trustee to the extent that the Commonwealth or the Official Trustee would, apart from this subsection, be liable in respect of the publication.\n (6) This section does not limit any other ground of defence in relation to actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n\n (b) the person executing the warrant considers that it is impracticable to immediately bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n (b) a day and time when the person executing the warrant considers that it will be practicable to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n\n (1) If the Registrar receives a notification under subsection 87(2) in relation to an apprehended person, the Registrar must, as soon as reasonably practicable:\n (a) determine a day, time and place for the apprehended person to be brought before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate; and\n (b) direct the person who gave the notification to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate in accordance with that determination.\n (2) The time and day determined under paragraph (1)(a) must be the earliest that the Registrar reasonably believes are practicable.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 277B(1) of the Act, this Division establishes an infringement notice scheme, as an alternative to prosecution, for an infringement notice provision.\n\n (1) If the Inspector‑General believes on reasonable grounds that a person has contravened an infringement notice provision, the Inspector‑General may give to the person an infringement notice for the alleged contravention.\n (2) The infringement notice must be given within 12 months after the day on which the contravention is alleged to have taken place.\n (3) A single infringement notice must relate only to a single contravention of a single provision unless subsection (4) applies.\n (4) The Inspector‑General may give a person a single infringement notice relating to multiple contraventions of a single provision if:\n\n (e) give brief details of the alleged contravention, or each alleged contravention, to which the notice relates, including:\n (f) state the amount that is payable under the notice, as worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act and subsection (2) of this section; and\n (h) state that, if the person to whom the notice is given pays the amount within 20 business days after the day the notice is given, then (unless the notice is withdrawn) the person will not be liable to be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (k) state that the person may choose not to pay the amount and, if the person does so the person may be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (n) state that the person may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) If the notice relates to more than one alleged contravention of the provision by the person, the amount to be stated in the notice for the purposes of paragraph (1)(f) is the sum of the amount worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act for each alleged contravention.\n\n> Note: Under section 90, a single infringement notice may only deal with multiple contraventions if they are contraventions of a single provision continuing over a period.\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may apply to the Inspector‑General for an extension of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h).\n (2) If the application is made before the end of that period, the Inspector‑General may, in writing, extend that period. The Inspector‑General may do so before or after the end of that period.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General extends that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to that period so extended.\n (4) If the Inspector‑General does not extend that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to the period that ends on the later of the following days:\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) The Inspector‑General may withdraw an infringement notice given to a person (whether or not the person has made written representations seeking the withdrawal).\n (3) When deciding whether or not to withdraw an infringement notice (the relevant infringement notice), the Inspector‑General:\n (a) must take into account any written representations seeking the withdrawal that were given by the person to the Inspector‑General; and\n (i) whether a court has previously imposed a penalty on the person for a contravention of an infringement notice provision;\n (iii) whether the person has paid an amount, stated in an earlier infringement notice, for a contravention of an infringement notice provision if the contravention is constituted by conduct that is the same, or substantially the same, as the conduct alleged to constitute the contravention in the relevant infringement notice;\n\n (1) If the person to whom an infringement notice for an alleged contravention of a provision is given pays the amount stated in the notice before the end of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h):\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may sign a certificate that states any of the following in relation to an infringement notice given to a person:\n (b) that the Inspector‑General granted, or refused to grant, an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice;\n (c) if the Inspector‑General granted an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice—that that amount was not fully paid by the person within the period specified in the extension;\n (2) At a hearing of a prosecution for an offence alleged in an infringement notice, a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General in accordance with subsection (1) is prima facie evidence of the matters specified in the certificate.\n (3) A certificate that purports to be signed by the Inspector‑General is taken to have been signed by the Inspector‑General unless the contrary is proved.\n\n (a) require an infringement notice to be given to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (c) prevent the giving of 2 or more infringement notices to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (d) limit a court’s discretion to determine the amount of a penalty to be imposed on a person who is found to have contravened an infringement notice provision.\n\n (b) unless the person, by notice in writing to the Inspector‑General, directs otherwise—offset against estate charge or late payment penalty payable by the person.\n\n (1) A payment of interest charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) A payment of realisations charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or served on, a person (other than the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee), the document may be:\n (a) sent by a courier service to the person at the address of the person last known to the person serving the document; or\n (b) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name and any relevant document exchange number, at a document exchange where the person maintains a document exchange facility; or\n (i) by a kind of electronic communication that transmits the document to a facility maintained by the person for receipt of electronically transmitted documents; or\n (ii) by a kind of electronic communication such that, in the ordinary course of events, the document could be reasonably expected to be received by the person.\n\n> Note: The Electronic Transactions Act 1999 applies to a requirement or permission to give information under the Bankruptcy Act 1966 or this instrument, including electronic communications covered by this section.\n\n> Note: However, paragraph (d) of this subsection permits information to be given by means of particular kinds of electronic communication, in accordance with the information technology requirements in subsection (3). This means the requirements in section 9 of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999 do not apply in relation to electronic communications covered by this section (see subsection 9(3) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999).\n\n (2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(a) or (b), in the absence of proof to the contrary, the document is taken to have been received by, or served on, the person when the document would, in the due course of business practice, be delivered to that address or document exchange.\n\n (a) at the time the document is sent, it is reasonable to expect that the document would be readily accessible so as to be useable for subsequent reference; and\n (b) the document is sent in one of the following formats, or in a format that is similar to or readily convertible into one of the following formats:\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, this section applies if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or filed or lodged with:\n (2) The document must be posted, delivered, sent by email, or sent through the website of the Australian Financial Security Authority, to:\n (3) If this section applies, the document is taken to be received, filed or lodged only when the document (or, where applicable, a copy of it) is actually received by, or on behalf of, the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver (as the case requires).\n\n (1) Subsection (2) applies in any proceedings to a document or copy of a document that purports to be a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General stating that, at a particular time, the form of statement of affairs that is attached to the certificate was the approved form for the purposes of section 6A of the Act.\n\n A fee is not payable by the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver in respect of an application to, or the filing of a document in, the Court in relation to proceedings under the Act, this instrument or the Insolvency Practice Rules.\n\n (2) If such a fee is payable in respect of the doing of a matter or thing by the Official Receiver, the matter or thing need not be done unless the fee has been paid.\n\n (1) The Official Trustee’s entitlement to remuneration under the Fees and Remuneration Determination arises when the Official Trustee:\n (a) performs work or first acts in accordance with section 3.03, 3.04, 3.07 or 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (2) For paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (d), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee in respect of an amount received by the Official Trustee:\n\n (1) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.03 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the property or business of a debtor, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (2) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.04 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a composition or scheme of arrangement with the creditors of a bankrupt, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the composition or scheme of arrangement as the case may be.\n (3) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor who signed an authority under section 188 of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (4) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the estate of a bankrupt, or of a deceased person for whose estate an order for administration has been made under Part XI of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the bankrupt or deceased person as the case may be.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a request by a bankrupt to the Official Trustee for the Official Trustee’s consent, under paragraph 272(1)(c) of the Act, to the bankrupt leaving Australia.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may decide to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4) if the Inspector‑General is reasonably satisfied that:\n (a) payment of the fee by the person liable to pay it has imposed, or would impose, hardship on the person that is unusual and exceptional in comparison to the hardship arising in the normal course of bankruptcy; or\n (b) unless the fee is payable to the Inspector‑General—the officer to whom the fee is payable or would have been payable if the fee had not been waived or remitted.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General decides under subsection (1) to refuse to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4), the notification under subsection (2) in relation to the decision must include the reasons for the decision.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under subsection 111(1) refusing to waive or remit the whole or part of a fee that is payable by the person.\n\n If, under the Act, a trustee takes possession of, or attaches, the property of a bankrupt, debtor or deceased person, the trustee must, as soon as is reasonably practicable:\n (b) give a copy of the inventory, of the photographs or of the video recordings, as the case may be, to any person who has custody of the property or part of the property.\n\n (1) If a provision of this instrument states that a dollar amount is to be indexed in accordance with this section, then at the start of each financial year (an indexation year) beginning on or after 1 July 2021, the dollar amount is replaced by the amount worked out using the following formula:\n ![Start formula Indexation factor for the indexation year times Dollar amount for the previous year end formula](image.002.png)\n ![Start formula start fraction Index number for the reference quarter over Index number for the base quarter end fraction end formula](image.003.png)\n\n> index number, for a quarter, means the All Groups Consumer Price Index number (being the weighted average of the 8 capital cities) published by the Australian Statistician for that quarter.\n\n (4) If an indexation factor worked out under subsection (2) would be less than 1, that indexation factor is to be increased to 1.\n (a) are to be made using only the index numbers published in terms of the most recently published index reference period; and\n (b) are to be made disregarding index numbers that are published in substitution for previously published index numbers (except where the substituted numbers are published to take account of changes in the index reference period).\n\n (a) a thing was done for a particular purpose under the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996 as in force immediately before those Regulations were repealed; and\n (2) Without limiting subsection (1), a reference in that subsection to a thing being done includes a reference to a notice, application or other instrument being given or made.\n\n Despite the repeal of the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996, item 3 of Schedule 4 to those Regulations, as in force immediately before that repeal, continues to apply in relation to a contribution assessment period if an assessment under section 139W of the Act was made for that contribution assessment period before that repeal.\n\n Section 102, as substituted by Schedule 1 to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Electronic Service) Regulations 2024, applies in relation to a document that is given or sent to, or served on, a person on or after the commencement of that Schedule.\n\n## 89 Purpose and operation of this Division\n\n For the purposes of subsection 277B(1) of the Act, this Division establishes an infringement notice scheme, as an alternative to prosecution, for an infringement notice provision.\n\n## 90 When an infringement notice may be given\n\n (1) If the Inspector‑General believes on reasonable grounds that a person has contravened an infringement notice provision, the Inspector‑General may give to the person an infringement notice for the alleged contravention.\n (2) The infringement notice must be given within 12 months after the day on which the contravention is alleged to have taken place.\n (3) A single infringement notice must relate only to a single contravention of a single provision unless subsection (4) applies.\n (4) The Inspector‑General may give a person a single infringement notice relating to multiple contraventions of a single provision if:\n\n## 91 Matters to be included in an infringement notice\n\n (e) give brief details of the alleged contravention, or each alleged contravention, to which the notice relates, including:\n (f) state the amount that is payable under the notice, as worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act and subsection (2) of this section; and\n (h) state that, if the person to whom the notice is given pays the amount within 20 business days after the day the notice is given, then (unless the notice is withdrawn) the person will not be liable to be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (k) state that the person may choose not to pay the amount and, if the person does so the person may be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (n) state that the person may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) If the notice relates to more than one alleged contravention of the provision by the person, the amount to be stated in the notice for the purposes of paragraph (1)(f) is the sum of the amount worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act for each alleged contravention.\n\n> Note: Under section 90, a single infringement notice may only deal with multiple contraventions if they are contraventions of a single provision continuing over a period.\n\n## 92 Extension of time to pay amount\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may apply to the Inspector‑General for an extension of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h).\n (2) If the application is made before the end of that period, the Inspector‑General may, in writing, extend that period. The Inspector‑General may do so before or after the end of that period.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General extends that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to that period so extended.\n (4) If the Inspector‑General does not extend that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to the period that ends on the later of the following days:\n\n## 93 Withdrawal of an infringement notice\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) The Inspector‑General may withdraw an infringement notice given to a person (whether or not the person has made written representations seeking the withdrawal).\n (3) When deciding whether or not to withdraw an infringement notice (the relevant infringement notice), the Inspector‑General:\n (a) must take into account any written representations seeking the withdrawal that were given by the person to the Inspector‑General; and\n (i) whether a court has previously imposed a penalty on the person for a contravention of an infringement notice provision;\n (iii) whether the person has paid an amount, stated in an earlier infringement notice, for a contravention of an infringement notice provision if the contravention is constituted by conduct that is the same, or substantially the same, as the conduct alleged to constitute the contravention in the relevant infringement notice;\n\n## 94 Effect of payment of amount\n\n (1) If the person to whom an infringement notice for an alleged contravention of a provision is given pays the amount stated in the notice before the end of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h):\n\n## 95 Evidentiary certificates\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may sign a certificate that states any of the following in relation to an infringement notice given to a person:\n (b) that the Inspector‑General granted, or refused to grant, an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice;\n (c) if the Inspector‑General granted an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice—that that amount was not fully paid by the person within the period specified in the extension;\n (2) At a hearing of a prosecution for an offence alleged in an infringement notice, a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General in accordance with subsection (1) is prima facie evidence of the matters specified in the certificate.\n (3) A certificate that purports to be signed by the Inspector‑General is taken to have been signed by the Inspector‑General unless the contrary is proved.\n\n## 96 Effect of this Division\n\n (a) require an infringement notice to be given to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (c) prevent the giving of 2 or more infringement notices to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (d) limit a court’s discretion to determine the amount of a penalty to be imposed on a person who is found to have contravened an infringement notice provision.\n\n## Part 15 Provisions relating to the Bankruptcy (Estate Charges) Act 1997\n\n## 97 Purpose of Part\n\n## 98 Mode of payment\n\n## 99 Overpayments to be refunded or offset\n\n (b) unless the person, by notice in writing to the Inspector‑General, directs otherwise—offset against estate charge or late payment penalty payable by the person.\n\n## 100 Information to accompany payment of interest charge\n\n (1) A payment of interest charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n## 101 Information to accompany payment of realisations charge\n\n (1) A payment of realisations charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n## Part 16 Miscellaneous\n\n> electronic communication means an electronic communication within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of electronic communication in subsection 5(1) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999.\n\n> legal practitioner means a barrister, a solicitor, a barrister and solicitor or a legal practitioner, of the High Court or of the Supreme Court of a State or Territory.\n\n (a) remuneration paid to the trustee in accordance with a direction, or other order, made by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act directing the trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or making another order in relation to the property; and\n (ii) in relation to the examination of the debtor, or an examinable person in relation to the debtor, as a result of the issue of a summons under subsection 50(2) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section sets out the requirements for an application to the Official Receiver for a bankruptcy notice by a person who has obtained against a debtor one, or 2 or more, final judgments or final orders of a kind described in paragraph 40(1)(g) of the Act.\n\n (a) if any final order specified in the application is an award that is a final order because of subparagraph 40(3)(a)(i) of the Act—both of the following:\n (i) a copy of the award certified as a true copy by the arbitrator who made the award or by an officer of the Court who has compared the copy with the original award;\n (ii) a certificate of the judgment or order sealed by the court that made the judgment or order (the relevant court) or signed by an officer of the relevant court;\n (iii) a copy of the entry of the judgment or order certified as a true copy of that entry and sealed by the relevant court or signed by an officer of the relevant court.\n\n> Note 2: A fee is payable to the Official Receiver for an application under this section (see the Fees and Remuneration Determination).\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice must follow that form in respect of its format (for example, bold or italic typeface, underlining and notes).\n\n> Note: Section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 provides that strict compliance with a form is not required and substantial compliance is sufficient.\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice in relation to a debtor that is served on the debtor outside of a period mentioned in subsection (1) is not valid.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (a) of the definition of statutory minimum in subsection 5(1) of the Act, the amount prescribed is $10,000.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (2), the only persons who may inspect a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver under subsection 41(1) of the Act are the following:\n (2) If a creditor’s petition is presented that is founded on an act of bankruptcy consisting of failure to comply with the bankruptcy notice, any person may inspect the notice.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver in relation to a debtor if the notice includes a final judgment, or final order, that is expressed in an amount of foreign currency (whether or not the judgment or order is also expressed in an amount of Australian currency).\n (c) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the day on which the application for the notice is made.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n A creditor who presents a petition to the Court under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must give to the Official Receiver:\n (b) a copy of any order entered by the Court, dismissing, staying or extending the petition, or adjourning the hearing of the petition, within 2 business days after the Court enters the order.\n\n (1) If the Court gives a direction, or makes another order, under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to a debtor, the creditor who applied under subsection 50(1A) of the Act for the Court to make a direction must:\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n (c) in accordance with the direction or other order, the creditor deposits an amount (the first amount) with the trustee for the purposes of covering the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor.\n\n (2) The creditor is entitled to a refund of the sum of the first amount and any amount covered by subsection (4) less an amount equal to the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor if any of the following events occur:\n (a) the debtor enters into a personal insolvency agreement, or the debtor’s estate is administered under Part XI of the Act, and the Court authorises the trustee to transfer the debtor’s property to some other person;\n (i) the Court is satisfied that the first amount is insufficient to cover the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor;\n (ii) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs, on application by the trustee, the creditor to deposit the additional amount with the trustee;\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n\n (2) The Court may, on application by the debtor within 15 business days after the day the petition is dismissed, order the creditor to pay the debtor an amount equal to the damage the Court assesses as resulting from the acts or omissions of the trustee in reliance on the direction or other order mentioned in paragraph (1)(b).\n\n “(2A) The Court or a magistrate may direct that an examination, or any part of an examination, under this section shall be held in private.”;\n (c) by omitting from subsection (9) “is the trustee” and substituting “has been directed to take control of the property of the relevant person”;\n “(14) Subject to subsection (14A), the applicant for an examination under this section is to pay the costs incurred in connection with the examination.\n (14A) The Court or a magistrate may order that all or some of the costs mentioned in subsection (14) are to be paid by the relevant person.”.\n\n If:\n (b) the Official Receiver accepts the declaration, and signs a copy of the declaration, under paragraph 54C(1)(a) of the Act;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsections 54D(1), 55(3A), 56B(5) and 57(3A) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (d) information about a debtor’s right to choose whether the bankruptcy is initially administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (e) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to present to the Official Receiver, under section 54A of the Act, a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition.\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to present a petition under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n If:\n (a) a debtor presents, or 2 or more debtors present, a petition to the Official Receiver under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act; and\n (b) there is in force under subsection 156A(1) of the Act an instrument of consent of a registered trustee to act as the trustee of:\n (ii) in the case of 2 or more debtors—the separate estates, the joint estates, or the joint and separate estates, of the debtors or any of them;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 56C(2) of the Act, if the Official Receiver refers a debtor’s petition against a partnership to the Court, the notice given by the Official Receiver to each member of the partnership who did not present the petition must:\n\n If a person is arrested under a warrant issued by the Court under section 78 of the Act, the arresting officer must immediately notify a Registrar of the Court.\n\n (a) a creditor lodges, or causes to be lodged, a proof of debt in a bankruptcy in accordance with section 84 of the Act; and\n (b) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the date of the bankruptcy.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n (1) For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(a) of the Act, the order that the trustee of the estate of a bankrupt must apply the proceeds of the bankrupt’s property to the costs, charges, expenses and remuneration mentioned in the following table is the order that appears in the table.\n\n

Order of payment of certain costs, charges, expenses and remuneration

Item

Costs, charges and expenses

1

Realisations charge payable by the trustee in relation to the estate under the Bankruptcy (Estate Charges) Act 1997

2

If the trustee is a registered trustee to whom the Official Trustee transferred the administration of the bankruptcy, both of the following in relation to the administration of the bankruptcy by the Official Trustee before the transfer:

(a) any remuneration payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination;

(b) any reimbursement that is payable to the Official Trustee under section 108

3

Expenses reasonably incurred by or on behalf of the trustee:

(a) in protecting all or part of the bankrupt’s assets; or

(b) in carrying on, in accordance with the Act, a business of the bankrupt

4

If a creditor made an advance to the trustee for the purposes of the trustee’s administration of the bankruptcy—an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to that advance

5

Fees, costs, charges or expenses (other than fees, costs, charges or expenses covered by another item of this table) paid or payable by the trustee in administering the bankrupt’s estate

6

If:

(a) an order was made under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to the bankrupt when the bankrupt was a debtor; and

(b) an amount was deposited by a creditor, in accordance with that order, with the trustee;

an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to the trustee’s preliminary remuneration and expenses in relation to the debtor

7

The following:

(a) if a creditor applied for:

(i) a sequestration order against the estate; or

(ii) an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act;

the taxed costs of the creditor in relation to the application;

(b) if the administrator of the estate of a deceased person presented a petition for an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act—the taxed costs of the administrator;

(c) if a person made an application for a sequestration order under Part X of the Act—both of the following:

(i) the taxed costs of that person in relation to the application;

(ii) any taxed costs of that person in respect of an application for an order under Division 5 or 6 of Part IX of the Act in relation to the estate

8

The trustee’s remuneration (other than remuneration covered by item 6):

(a) if the trustee is the Official Trustee—payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or

(b) if the trustee is a registered trustee—payable to the registered trustee under section 60‑5 of Schedule 2 to the Act

9

If:

(a) there is a committee of inspection in relation to the administration of the estate; and

(b) the creditors of the estate, or a majority of them, have approved payment of out‑of‑pocket expenses incurred by a member of the committee of inspection;

those expenses, to the extent that the trustee allows them as being fair and reasonable

10

Costs of any audit carried out under section 70‑15 or 70‑20 of Schedule 2 to the Act in relation to the estate

\n```\n\n (2) For the purposes of item 7 of the table, a reference to an applicant or a person presenting a petition is taken to include a reference to a person whose application or petition has not been proceeded with because a debtor’s petition presented by the bankrupt has been accepted by the Official Receiver (whether or not that debtor’s petition was referred to the Court under subsection 55(3B) of the Act, and whatever the outcome of such a referral).\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(e) of the Act, the maximum amount due to or in respect of an employee of a bankrupt is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum amount payable to employee

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$4,600

2

2018‑19

$4,550

3

2017‑18

$4,500

4

2016‑17

$4,450

5

2015‑16

$4,400

6

2014‑15

$4,350

7

2013‑14

$4,300

8

2012‑13

$4,200

9

2011‑12

$4,150

10

2010‑11

$4,100

11

2009‑10

$4,000

12

2008‑09

$3,950

13

2007‑08

$3,850

14

2006‑07

$3,750

15

2005‑06

$3,650

16

2004‑05

$3,550

17

2003‑04

$3,500

18

2002‑03

$3,450

19

2001‑02

$3,350

20

2000‑01

$3,300

21

1999‑2000

$3,150

22

1998‑99

$3,100

23

1997‑98

$3,100

24

1996‑97

$3,100

\n```\n\n (b) property of a kind covered by subsection (3) to the extent that it is reasonably appropriate for a household, having regard to the criteria specified in subsection (4);\n (c) property (including recreational and sports equipment) of a kind that is reasonably necessary for the domestic use of a household, having regard to:\n (c) educational, sporting or recreational items (including books) that are wholly or mainly for the use of children or students in the household;\n (c) any special climatic or other factors (including geographical isolation) of the place where the household residence is located;\n (d) whether the property is reasonably necessary for the functioning or servicing of the household as a viable and properly‑run household;\n (e) whether the costs of seizure, storage and sale of the property would be likely to exceed the sale price of the property;\n (f) if paragraph (e) does not apply—whether for any other reason (for example, costs of transport) the sale of the property would be likely to be uneconomical.\n (6) For the purposes of subsection (5), an item is an antique item only if a substantial part of its market value is attributable to its age or historical significance.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(ba)(ii) of the Act, non‑monetary sporting, cultural, military or academic awards are a kind of property that is prescribed.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(c)(i) of the Act, the maximum total value of a bankrupt’s property that is for use by the bankrupt in earning income by personal exertion is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum total value of tools

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,800

2

2018‑19

$3,800

3

2017‑18

$3,750

4

2016‑17

$3,700

5

2015‑16

$3,650

6

2014‑15

$3,600

7

2013‑14

$3,550

8

2012‑13

$3,500

9

2011‑12

$3,450

10

2010‑11

$3,400

11

2009‑10

$3,300

12

2008‑09

$3,250

13

2007‑08

$3,200

14

2006‑07

$3,100

15

2005‑06

$3,050

16

2004‑05

$3,000

17

2003‑04

$2,950

18

2002‑03

$2,900

19

2001‑02

$2,850

20

2000‑01

$2,800

21

1999‑2000

$2,650

22

1998‑99

$2,600

23

1997‑98

$2,600

24

1996‑97

$2,600

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 116(2)(ca) of the Act, the maximum aggregate value of property used by the bankrupt primarily as a means of transport is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum value of motor vehicle

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$8,100

2

2018‑19

$8,000

3

2017‑18

$7,900

4

2016‑17

$7,800

5

2015‑16

$7,700

6

2014‑15

$7,600

7

2013‑14

$7,500

8

2012‑13

$7,350

9

2011‑12

$7,200

10

2010‑11

$7,050

11

2009‑10

$6,850

12

2008‑09

$6,700

13

2007‑08

$6,500

14

2006‑07

$6,300

15

2005‑06

$6,150

16

2004‑05

$6,000

17

2003‑04

$5,900

18

2002‑03

$5,800

19

2001‑02

$5,650

20

2000‑01

$5,500

21

1999‑2000

$5,200

22

1998‑99

$5,050

23

1997‑98

$5,000

24

1996‑97

$5,000

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 120(2)(d) of the Act, a transfer is of a kind to which subsection 120(1) of the Act does not apply if the costs of recovering the transferred property would, in the opinion of the trustee in the transferor’s bankruptcy, be likely to exceed the value of the property to the transferor’s creditors.\n\n (b) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a lease—set out facts showing that subsection 133(4) of the Act has been complied with; and\n (c) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a contract—set out facts showing that the contract is, for the purposes of subsection 133(5A) of the Act, an unprofitable contract.\n (2) A trustee who gives a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must give the notice to each person who, to the trustee’s knowledge:\n (3) A failure to comply with subsection (1) or (2) does not affect the validity of a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section is made for the purposes of subparagraph (a)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act.\n (b) a reference in that Act to the taxable value of a benefit were a reference to the value, for the purposes of the Act, of the benefit; and\n (c) a reference in that Act to a declaration date were a reference to the date occurring 21 days after the end of a contribution assessment period in relation to a bankrupt; and\n (d) a reference in that Act to a declaration to be given to an employer of a person were a reference to a declaration to be given to the trustee of the person’s estate; and\n (e) a reference in that Act to a form approved by the Commissioner were a reference to a form approved by the Inspector‑General under section 6D of the Act; and\n (f) subject to paragraph (d), a reference in the FBTA Act to an employer, or to the employer, were a reference to any person (other than the bankrupt); and\n (g) a reference in the FBTA Act to an employee, or to the employee, were a reference to a bankrupt, or to the bankrupt, as the case requires.\n (5) Despite subsections (2), (3) and (4), the modifications specified or referred to in those subsections do not apply in relation to the provision of a fringe benefit (within the meaning of the FBTA Act) to a bankrupt if the provider of the fringe benefit:\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following contributions and payments made for the purpose of providing superannuation benefits for a bankrupt person are not income of the person:\n (a) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person to the extent that the contributions reduce the employer’s potential liability for the superannuation guarantee charge imposed under section 5 of the Superannuation Guarantee Charge Act 1992;\n (b) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person in accordance with the employer’s obligation to make contributions for the person under:\n (c) payments of shortfall components made to, or for the benefit of, the person under sections 65 to 67 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n (a) the contributions exceed the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage of the employee’s ordinary time earnings for the contribution assessment period; and\n\n> individual industrial agreement means an industrial agreement made solely between the employer and the person, including the following:\n\n (a) an AWA, or an ITEA, (both within the meaning of the Fair Work (Transitional Provisions and Consequential Amendments) Act 2009) to which that Act applies;\n\n> ordinary time earnings has the meaning given by subsection 6(1) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n> relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage: the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage for a year (the bankruptcy year) is the percentage whose number is the same as that set out in column 2 of the table in subsection 19(2) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992 for the financial year in which the bankruptcy year starts.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following payments or amounts are not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) a payment or amount of family tax benefit paid under the family assistance law (within the meaning of the A New Tax System (Family Assistance) (Administration) Act 1999);\n (b) an amount that is not income for the purposes of the Social Security Act 1991 because of subsection 8(8) of that Act, except for a payment or amount mentioned in paragraph (a), (h), (ha), (k), (ka), (m), (z), (za) or (zb) of that subsection.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (c) of the definition of dependant in section 139K of the Act, the prescribed amount of income derived (or likely to be derived) by a person during a contribution assessment period is:\n (b) if the period begins in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n (d) if the period begins in a later financial year—$3,741 indexed in accordance with section 114 of this instrument as if the period were that financial year.\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum income of dependant

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,720

2

2018‑19

$3,642

3

2017‑18

$3,596

4

2016‑17

$3,532

5

2015‑16

$3,459

6

2014‑15

$3,411

7

2013‑14

$3,363

8

2012‑13

$3,264

9

2011‑12

$3,181

10

2010‑11

$3,131

11

2009‑10

$3,030

12

2008‑09

$2,942

13

2007‑08

$2,870

14

2006‑07

$2,756

15

2005‑06

$2,688

16

2004‑05

$2,611

17

2003‑04

$2,549

\n```\n\n (3) If the bankrupt pays the contribution by cheque, payment is taken to occur when the cheque is cleared and the amount of the payment is credited to the account into which the cheque is deposited.\n (4) The trustee may, on reasonable notice in writing to the bankrupt, vary or withdraw an authorisation under paragraph (2)(c).\n (5) If the trustee incurs a delivery or postal charge (including a surcharge) or bank charge in connection with the receipt or processing of the contribution, the trustee may reimburse the trustee for the amount of the charge from the bankrupt’s estate.\n\n (a) a bankrupt is liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the bankrupt’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act in respect of a contribution assessment period; and\n\n (3) If the contribution remains unpaid, the deceased bankrupt’s estate is liable for the portion of the contribution attributable to the part of the period occurring before the bankrupt’s death.\n\n (b) immediately before being discharged, the person was liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the person’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act; and\n\n> Note: Section 139R of the Act provides that any liability of a bankrupt under section 139P or 139Q of the Act is not affected by the bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy after the making of the assessment that gave rise to the liability.\n\n (5) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(d)(ii), a change in the name of a person is taken to occur if the person in fact assumes the use of a different name or an additional name.\n\n A notice under section 139ZL of the Act must not specify money or property that is protected, under a law of the Commonwealth or a State or Territory, from a process such as assignment, attachment, charging, execution or garnishment.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 145(3) of the Act, notice must be given by serving it on each person to whom, under that subsection, it must be given.\n\n (a) an objection to the discharge of a bankrupt has been made on a ground, or on grounds that include a ground, mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(a) or (h) of the Act (which refer to the bankrupt being out of Australia); and\n (2) Within 5 business days after the day that the registered trustee becomes aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia, the registered trustee must give notice in writing to the Official Receiver stating:\n (ii) if the trustee does not know the day on which the bankrupt returned—the trustee became aware that the bankrupt had returned.\n\n For the purposes of the ground of objection mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(d) of the Act, a bankrupt is taken to have failed to comply with a request to provide information if the bankrupt has provided information that is incomplete or inaccurate.\n\n (c) an application is made to the Administrative Review Tribunal under section 149Q of the Act for the review of the decision of the Inspector‑General; and\n\n (a) if the debtor presents a debtor’s petition to the Official Receiver—on or before the day that the debtor so presents the petition; or\n\n If a registered trustee becomes, under subsection 156A(3) of the Act, the trustee of an estate or of joint and separate estates, the Official Receiver may give the registered trustee a certificate to that effect.\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 188(2A) of the Act, a person (other than the Official Trustee or a registered trustee) is ineligible to act under Part X of the Act as a controlling trustee in relation to a debtor in any of the following circumstances:\n (a) the person is or was convicted of an offence involving fraud or dishonesty at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (c) the person is a solicitor who does not hold an Australian practising certificate (within the meaning of the Evidence Act 1995);\n (d) the person is or was an insolvent under administration at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(f)(ii), the Inspector‑General may approve a course in insolvency by notice published on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website.\n (ii) has refused or failed to cooperate with the Inspector‑General in an inquiry or investigation under paragraph 12(1)(b) of the Act.\n (ii) invites the person to give the Inspector‑General, within 20 business days after the day the notice is given or such longer time as is specified in the notice, a written statement showing cause why the determination should not be made; and\n (5) If the Inspector‑General makes a determination under subsection (3) in relation to a person, the Inspector‑General must give the person a written notice stating the following:\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General to make a determination under subsection 49(3).\n\n (b) the person becomes ineligible to act as a controlling trustee under Part X of the Act because one or more of the circumstances prescribed by subsection 49(1) of this instrument apply in relation to the person.\n (2) The Official Trustee must perform the duties of a controlling trustee in relation to the debtor unless and until the debtor authorises another person under subsection 188(1) of the Act.\n\n (1) If, on application, the Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act that a person (the old trustee) cease to be the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate, the applicant for the order must:\n (3) If the creditors of a regulated debtor, by resolution at a meeting, remove the trustee (the old trustee) of the regulated debtor’s estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(a) of Schedule 2 to the Act, the person appointed by the creditors under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of that Schedule as trustee of the estate must:\n\n (1) If the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate (other than the Official Trustee) finalises the administration of the debtor’s estate, the trustee must:\n\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a debt agreement;\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to give the Official Receiver a debt agreement proposal under subsection 185C(1) of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n (a) any of the following awarded by a registered provider (within the meaning of the Education Services for Overseas Students Act 2000):\n (i) a Certificate IV in Financial Services (Accounting) awarded for study starting between 10 July 2004 and 23 November 2010;\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (c) a degree, diploma or similar qualification awarded by a foreign tertiary education institution and for which the Inspector‑General is satisfied the following conditions are satisfied:\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n\n#### 57 Prescribed amount of owed notified estate charges preventing renewal of registration as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraphs 186C(3)(d) and (5)(d) of the Act, the prescribed amount of notified estate charges is $500.\n\n For the purposes of section 187A of the Act, a provision of Part X of the Act specified in Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section of the Act, to joint debtors, whether partners or not.\n\n (b) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (c) information about whether a personal insolvency agreement may be administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy if any of the things mentioned in paragraphs 40(1)(i) to (m) of the Act happen in relation to a debtor;\n (f) information about a debtor’s rights and responsibilities under Part X of the Act, including a debtor’s obligation to disclose all related entities;\n (g) information about a controlling trustee’s obligation to disclose the controlling trustee’s relationship (if any) with a debtor.\n (3) A registered trustee or a solicitor authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property must not consent to exercise the powers given by the authority unless the debtor has given the registered trustee or the solicitor, as the case may be, a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the Official Trustee is authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property, the Official Receiver must not give the debtor a written approval under paragraph 188(2)(aa) of the Act unless the debtor has given the Official Trustee a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n\n (b) unable to sign the authority or an acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) of this instrument relating to the authority because of a physical incapacity.\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and debtor are familiar; or\n\n> relevant material means the authority, the information prescribed by section 59 and the acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) relating to the authority.\n\n (3) The person must, at the same time as calling a meeting of the debtor’s creditors, give a copy of the proposal for dealing with the debtor’s affairs under Part X of the Act to:\n\n> Note 1: An authority signed by a debtor under section 188 of the Act is not effective for the purposes of Part X of the Act unless, before the person authorised consents to exercise the powers given by the authority, the debtor gives to the person authorised:\n\n> Note 2: Under subsection 188(5) of the Act, a registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority must also give a copy of the authority and the debtor’s statement of affairs to the Official Receiver.\n\n (e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement.\n\n For the purposes of section 210 of the Act, a provision of Part VIII of the Act specified in Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor.\n\n#### 64 Modifications of Division 1 of Part V of the Act—debtors whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act\n\n For the purposes of subsection 211(1) of the Act, a provision in Division 1 of Part V of the Act specified in Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 218(3) of the Act, a notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act must be in writing.\n\n (1) If the Court makes a sequestration order under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act, the applicant for the order must:\n\n#### 67 Information to be given to Official Receiver in relation to orders terminating or setting aside a personal insolvency agreement\n\n> Note: If the Court makes an order setting aside or terminating a personal insolvency agreement and a registered trustee was the trustee of the agreement, the registered trustee must give written notice of the order to the Official Receiver (see subsection 224A(4) of the Act).\n\n (1) If a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act, the trustee of the agreement must:\n\n> Note: Before the termination takes effect, the trustee must give notice of the proposed termination to all the creditors who are entitled to receive notice of a meeting of creditors (see subsection 222A(2) of the Act).\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 231(1) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 4 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor who has executed a personal insolvency agreement.\n (2) For the purposes of subsection 231(3) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 5 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a personal insolvency agreement.\n\n (4) If the trustee gives a certificate to the debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act or subsection (1) of this section, the trustee must:\n (a) the person is required to give a copy of a certificate to the Official Receiver in accordance with subsection (4); and\n\n For the purposes of subsections 248(1) and (3) of the Act, a provision specified in Schedule 4 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Schedule in relation to proceedings under Part XI of the Act and the administration of estates under that Part.\n\n (1) If a trustee (within the meaning of section 254 of the Act) pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act, the trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (3) If a registered trustee pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act, the registered trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (1) For the purposes of the definition of National Personal Insolvency Index in subsection 5(1) of the Act, an electronic index to be known as the National Personal Insolvency Index is established.\n\n Division 2 of this Part (information to be entered in the Index) has effect subject to Division 3 of this Part (information not to be entered in the Index and information to be removed from the Index).\n\n (1) The person specified in column 2 of an item of the table in subsection (3) must, at a time within the time period specified in column 2 of that item, give a copy of each document specified in column 1 of that item to the Official Receiver.\n\n

Documents that must be given to the Official Receiver

Item

Column 1

Document(s)

Column 2

Person and time period

Column 3

Information

1

A notice given under subsection 181A(2) of the Act by the current trustee of a bankrupt’s estate nominating another trustee as the new trustee of the estate

The new trustee within 2 business days after the date specified in the notice (see paragraph 181A(3)(a) of the Act)

The day on which the new trustee became the trustee of the estate

2

An order under subsection 185Q(4) of the Act terminating a debt agreement

The applicant for the order within 3 business days after the order is made

The day on which the order was made

3

An order under subsection 185U(1) of the Act declaring all or part of a debt agreement void

The applicant for the order within 2 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) whether all or part of the agreement was declared void

4

An authority, signed by a debtor under subsection 188(1) of the Act, naming and authorising a registered trustee, a solicitor or the Official Trustee to call a meeting of the debtor’s creditors and to take control of the debtor’s property

The person named in the authority within 2 business days after the debtor signs the authority

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the copy of the authority was given to the Official Receiver;

(c) the day on which the debtor’s statement of affairs was given to the Official Receiver (see subsections 188(2D) and (5) of the Act);

(d) the name of the controlling trustee (see subsection 188(6) of the Act)

5

Written evidence of an event of a kind mentioned in paragraph 192(1)(a), (b) or (c) of the Act, or a written request given to the Official Trustee under paragraph 192(1)(d) of the Act, resulting in the Official Trustee becoming the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor

The Official Trustee within 14 days after the Official Trustee becomes the controlling trustee

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Trustee became the controlling trustee

6

Both of the following:

(a) a petition to the Court, under subsection 244(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of the estate of a deceased person;

(b) an affidavit verifying the petition (see subsection 244(5) of the Act)

The creditor, or one of the creditors, who presented the petition to the Court within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day the petition was presented;

(c) the name of the creditor or creditors who presented the petition;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the creditor or creditors;

(e) the day the Court is to hear the petition

7

Both of the following:

(a) a petition, under subsection 247(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of a deceased person’s estate under Part XI of the Act;

(b) a statement of the deceased person’s affairs and of the petitioner’s administration of the deceased person’s estate (see subsection 247(1) of the Act)

The petitioner within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the petition and the statement of affairs were presented;

(c) the name of the administrator;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the administrator

8

An order, under section 252B of the Act, annulling the administration of the estate of a deceased person under Part XI of the Act

The trustee of the estate within 2 business days after the trustee becomes aware of the order

The day on which the order was made

9

An order, under subsection 253E(1) of the Act, staying proceedings under a creditor’s petition or debtor’s petition

The applicant for the order within 7 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) the length of the stay (see subsection 253E(3) of the Act)

\n```\n\n (1) If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in subsection (2) is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n (aa) in the case of a statement of affairs mentioned in item 2 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the statement; and\n (a) in the case of a debtor’s petition mentioned in item 3, 4 or 5 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the petition; and\n (b) in the case of a debt agreement proposal mentioned in item 12 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the debt agreement proposal for processing.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with the Act

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A sequestration order made against the estate of a debtor (see subsection 52(1A) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(d) the name of the creditor who obtained the order;

(e) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of that creditor

2

A statement of the affairs of a person against whose estate a sequestration order is made, that is given for the purposes of subsection 54(1) of the Act

The day on which the statement of affairs was filed with the Official Receiver

3

A debtor’s petition (see subsection 55(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the resulting bankruptcy;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(e) the day on which the statement of the debtor’s affairs accepted by the Official Receiver was given to the Official Receiver for the purposes of paragraph 55(2)(b) of the Act

4

A debtor’s petition against a partnership presented by members of the partnership (see subsection 56B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of the partners who presented the petition;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the bankruptcy of each of those partners as a result of the acceptance of the petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each bankrupt partner;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those partners, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of the partnership affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

5

A debtor’s petition by joint debtors who are not partners (see subsection 57(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of those debtors;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of each bankruptcy that results from acceptance of the debtor’s petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each debtor;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those debtors, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of their joint affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

6

A notice relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 74(5A) of the Act)

The day on which the bankruptcy was annulled

7

A notice of objection by a trustee to the discharge of a bankrupt from bankruptcy (see subsection 149B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) when the objection took effect (see section 149G of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection set out in the notice (see paragraph 149C(1)(a) of the Act);

(c) the name of the trustee

8

A notice that a trustee ceases to object to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy on a particular ground (see subsection 149H(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) if there is no longer an objection on any ground—when the objection ceased to have effect (see subsection 149H(3) of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection to which the notice relates;

(c) the name of the trustee

9

A notice of withdrawal of objection by a trustee to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy (see subsection 149J(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) when the withdrawal takes effect (see subsection 149J(3) of the Act);

(b) the name of the trustee

10

A notice about the cancellation, under subsection 149N(1) of the Act, of a notice of objection filed by a trustee of a bankrupt’s estate (see subsection 149P(1) of the Act)

The day on which the cancellation took effect

11

A certificate relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 153A(2) of the Act)

The date of annulment included in the certificate

12

A debtor’s written proposal for a debt agreement (see subsection 185C(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185E of the Act)

13

A notification that a debt agreement has ended (see subsection 185N(5) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the debt agreement ended;

(b) the reasons why the debt agreement ended

14

A notification that control of the property of a debtor has ended (see subsection 189(1B) of the Act)

The day on which that control ended

15

A personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor (see paragraph 218(1)(b) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the agreement was executed;

(c) the name of the trustee of the personal insolvency agreement

16

A resolution or special resolution terminating a personal insolvency agreement (see subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

17

A resolution or special resolution terminating a composition or scheme of arrangement (see section 76B and subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated

18

A notice that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated or set aside (see subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated or set aside

19

A notice that a composition or scheme of arrangement is terminated or set aside (see section 76B and subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated or set aside

20

An order that the estate of a deceased person be administered under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 244(14), 245(3) or 247(3) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee administering the estate

21

A statement of a deceased person’s affairs and of the administration of the deceased person’s estate by a legal personal representative of the deceased person (see paragraph 246(1)(b) of the Act)

The day on which the statement was given to the Official Receiver

22

A certificate in relation to the annulment, by force of subsection 252A(1) of the Act, of the administration of an estate under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 252A(2) of the Act)

The day of the annulment

\n```\n\n If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with this instrument

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A creditor’s petition presented against a debtor or joint debtors (see section 13)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor or joint debtors;

(b) the day on which the petition was presented against the debtor or joint debtors;

(c) the name of the petitioning creditor;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the petitioning creditor;

(e) the day of the court hearing for a sequestration order relating to the petition

2

A direction given, or an order made, by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act (see section 14 of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor to whom the order or direction relates;

(b) the day on which the order was made or the direction given;

(c) the day (if any) on which a trustee’s control of that debtor’s property is to end (see subsection 50(1B) of the Act)

3

A notice under subsection 46(2) that the Administrative Review Tribunal has varied or set aside a decision of the Inspector‑General in relation to a notice of objection

The day on which the decision was varied or set aside

4

A notice given under subsection 52(1) in relation to an order about a regulated debtor’s estate, if the order provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of the estate

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the new trustee;

(b) the day of the appointment

5

A notice given under subsection 52(3) by a person appointed as trustee of the estate of a regulated debtor

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the person appointed;

(b) the day of the appointment

6

A notice under subsection 53(1) that the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate has finalised the administration of the debtor’s estate

The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised

7

A notice under subparagraph 62(2)(a)(ii) of particulars specified in subsection 62(3) in relation to a special resolution passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors

The particulars

8

A sequestration order against the estate of a debtor made under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act (see subsection 66(1) of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) if the person who applied for the order was a creditor of the debtor—the name of the creditor and the name and telephone number of the creditor’s solicitor (if any);

(d) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate

9

A notice under paragraph 68(1)(a) that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

10

A certificate given by a trustee to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act (see subsection 70(4) of this instrument)

The day on which the trustee signed the certificate

\n```\n\n If an event specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section occurs, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n| Item | Column 1Event | Column 2Information |\n| ---- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |\n| 1 | A bankrupt is, by force of subsection 149(1) of the Act, discharged from bankruptcy | The day on which the bankrupt was discharged from bankruptcy |\n| 2 | The Official Receiver issues a certificate of appointment to a registered trustee under subsection 157(3) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the name of the registered trustee;(b) the day on which the registered trustee was appointed |\n| 3 | A trustee, or the Official Trustee, is released from the trusteeship of an estate by force of section 184 or 184A of the Act | The fact that the trustee, or the Official Trustee, has been so released |\n| 4 | A debt agreement proposal is withdrawn | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was withdrawn |\n| 5 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement that was made before 1 July 2007 is accepted (see sections 185B and 185P of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the proposal was accepted |\n| 6 | A debt agreement proposal is not accepted (see section 185EC of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was not accepted |\n| 7 | The Official Receiver cancels the acceptance of a debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185ED of the Act) | The day on which the Official Receiver cancelled the acceptance of the debt agreement proposal for processing |\n| 8 | A debt agreement proposal lapses (see section 185G of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal lapsed |\n| 9 | The Official Receiver gives to a debtor a certificate under subsection 185N(3) of the Act | The day on which the certificate was given |\n| 10 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement is accepted (see section 185PC of the Act) | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 11 | The Official Receiver terminates a debt agreement under subsection 185QA(1) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 12 | The minutes of a meeting of creditors at which a special resolution was passed terminating a debt agreement made before 1 July 2007 are given to the Official Receiver (see subsection 185QA(1) of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the resolution was passed |\n| 13 | A special resolution is passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors under subsection 204(1) of the Act if the Official Trustee called the meeting under an authority under section 188 of the Act | All of the following:(a) the date of the resolution;(b) the debtor’s full name and alias (if any);(c) the debtor’s address;(d) the debtor’s occupation (if any);(e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement |\n| 14 | A sequestration order is made against the estate of a debtor under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | All of the following:(a) particulars of the debtor;(b) the day on which the order was made;(c) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate |\n| 15 | An order is made under subsection 222(1), (2) or (5) of the Act setting aside a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was set aside |\n| 16 | A personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act where the Official Trustee is the trustee of the agreement | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 17 | An order is made under subsection 222C(1) of the Act terminating a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 18 | The Official Trustee gives a certificate to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act | The day on which the Official Trustee signed the certificate |\n| 19 | The Official Trustee finalises the administration of a debtor’s estate | The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised |\n| 20 | The Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act, on application by the Inspector‑General, that provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of an estate | Both of the following:(a) the name of the new trustee;(b) the day of the appointment |\n| 21 | The Official Trustee is appointed by the creditors of an estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of Schedule 2 to the Act as trustee of an estate | The day of the appointment |\n\n> Note: A number of provisions of the Act require the Official Receiver to enter information in the Index when certain events occur. These provisions include the following:\n\n (a) a debtor whose property is under the control of the Official Trustee or a registered trustee because of a direction given by the Court under paragraph 50(1)(a) of the Act;\n (c) a deceased debtor if a petition for an order for the administration of the deceased debtor’s estate has been presented under Part XI of the Act;\n (d) a debtor in relation to whom an application is made to the Court under subsection 253E(1) of the Act for an order staying all or any proceedings under a petition.\n (3) In the case of a deceased debtor, the information to be entered in accordance with paragraphs (1)(a), (b) and (c) is the information immediately before the debtor’s death.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (4), a person who is a debtor or bankrupt may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General for information about the person:\n (a) not to be entered in the Index, on the ground that the entry of the information would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n\n> Note: Example: A person may rely on a court order (such as a domestic violence order) to show that publication of the information in question would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under paragraph 80(3)(a) refusing to grant an application.\n\n (1) If a debt agreement ends under section 185N of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (2) If a debt agreement is terminated under section 185P, 185Q, 185QA or 185R of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (3) If an order is made under section 185U of the Act declaring all of a debt agreement void, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n\n The Official Receiver must remove all information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index within 1 year after the day on which any of the following occurs:\n\n (1) A person may, by application in writing, ask the Official Receiver to inspect material in the Index and give to the person an extract of material specified in the application.\n (a) if the applicant has paid any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination for obtaining the requested extract—must inspect the Index and, within 10 business days of receiving the application:\n (b) may give the applicant a list of Index search agents who may be able to inspect material entered in the Index for the applicant.\n (3) A person who has been granted access to the Index by the Inspector‑General may, after paying any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination:\n (4) However, prior payment is not required under subsection (3) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n An extract of information in the Index is admissible in any proceedings as prima facie evidence of the matters in the extract.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General, and any officer acting at the direction or with the authority of the Inspector‑General, have immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n (2) An officer has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (3) A person who provides material for entry in the Index has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of the material by way of:\n (5) The immunity of the Inspector‑General or another officer under this section arising out of publication of material extends to the Commonwealth and the Official Trustee to the extent that the Commonwealth or the Official Trustee would, apart from this subsection, be liable in respect of the publication.\n (6) This section does not limit any other ground of defence in relation to actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n\n (b) the person executing the warrant considers that it is impracticable to immediately bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n (b) a day and time when the person executing the warrant considers that it will be practicable to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n\n (1) If the Registrar receives a notification under subsection 87(2) in relation to an apprehended person, the Registrar must, as soon as reasonably practicable:\n (a) determine a day, time and place for the apprehended person to be brought before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate; and\n (b) direct the person who gave the notification to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate in accordance with that determination.\n (2) The time and day determined under paragraph (1)(a) must be the earliest that the Registrar reasonably believes are practicable.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 277B(1) of the Act, this Division establishes an infringement notice scheme, as an alternative to prosecution, for an infringement notice provision.\n\n (1) If the Inspector‑General believes on reasonable grounds that a person has contravened an infringement notice provision, the Inspector‑General may give to the person an infringement notice for the alleged contravention.\n (2) The infringement notice must be given within 12 months after the day on which the contravention is alleged to have taken place.\n (3) A single infringement notice must relate only to a single contravention of a single provision unless subsection (4) applies.\n (4) The Inspector‑General may give a person a single infringement notice relating to multiple contraventions of a single provision if:\n\n (e) give brief details of the alleged contravention, or each alleged contravention, to which the notice relates, including:\n (f) state the amount that is payable under the notice, as worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act and subsection (2) of this section; and\n (h) state that, if the person to whom the notice is given pays the amount within 20 business days after the day the notice is given, then (unless the notice is withdrawn) the person will not be liable to be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (k) state that the person may choose not to pay the amount and, if the person does so the person may be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (n) state that the person may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) If the notice relates to more than one alleged contravention of the provision by the person, the amount to be stated in the notice for the purposes of paragraph (1)(f) is the sum of the amount worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act for each alleged contravention.\n\n> Note: Under section 90, a single infringement notice may only deal with multiple contraventions if they are contraventions of a single provision continuing over a period.\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may apply to the Inspector‑General for an extension of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h).\n (2) If the application is made before the end of that period, the Inspector‑General may, in writing, extend that period. The Inspector‑General may do so before or after the end of that period.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General extends that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to that period so extended.\n (4) If the Inspector‑General does not extend that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to the period that ends on the later of the following days:\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) The Inspector‑General may withdraw an infringement notice given to a person (whether or not the person has made written representations seeking the withdrawal).\n (3) When deciding whether or not to withdraw an infringement notice (the relevant infringement notice), the Inspector‑General:\n (a) must take into account any written representations seeking the withdrawal that were given by the person to the Inspector‑General; and\n (i) whether a court has previously imposed a penalty on the person for a contravention of an infringement notice provision;\n (iii) whether the person has paid an amount, stated in an earlier infringement notice, for a contravention of an infringement notice provision if the contravention is constituted by conduct that is the same, or substantially the same, as the conduct alleged to constitute the contravention in the relevant infringement notice;\n\n (1) If the person to whom an infringement notice for an alleged contravention of a provision is given pays the amount stated in the notice before the end of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h):\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may sign a certificate that states any of the following in relation to an infringement notice given to a person:\n (b) that the Inspector‑General granted, or refused to grant, an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice;\n (c) if the Inspector‑General granted an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice—that that amount was not fully paid by the person within the period specified in the extension;\n (2) At a hearing of a prosecution for an offence alleged in an infringement notice, a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General in accordance with subsection (1) is prima facie evidence of the matters specified in the certificate.\n (3) A certificate that purports to be signed by the Inspector‑General is taken to have been signed by the Inspector‑General unless the contrary is proved.\n\n (a) require an infringement notice to be given to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (c) prevent the giving of 2 or more infringement notices to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (d) limit a court’s discretion to determine the amount of a penalty to be imposed on a person who is found to have contravened an infringement notice provision.\n\n (b) unless the person, by notice in writing to the Inspector‑General, directs otherwise—offset against estate charge or late payment penalty payable by the person.\n\n (1) A payment of interest charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) A payment of realisations charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or served on, a person (other than the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee), the document may be:\n (a) sent by a courier service to the person at the address of the person last known to the person serving the document; or\n (b) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name and any relevant document exchange number, at a document exchange where the person maintains a document exchange facility; or\n (i) by a kind of electronic communication that transmits the document to a facility maintained by the person for receipt of electronically transmitted documents; or\n (ii) by a kind of electronic communication such that, in the ordinary course of events, the document could be reasonably expected to be received by the person.\n\n> Note: The Electronic Transactions Act 1999 applies to a requirement or permission to give information under the Bankruptcy Act 1966 or this instrument, including electronic communications covered by this section.\n\n> Note: However, paragraph (d) of this subsection permits information to be given by means of particular kinds of electronic communication, in accordance with the information technology requirements in subsection (3). This means the requirements in section 9 of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999 do not apply in relation to electronic communications covered by this section (see subsection 9(3) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999).\n\n (2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(a) or (b), in the absence of proof to the contrary, the document is taken to have been received by, or served on, the person when the document would, in the due course of business practice, be delivered to that address or document exchange.\n\n (a) at the time the document is sent, it is reasonable to expect that the document would be readily accessible so as to be useable for subsequent reference; and\n (b) the document is sent in one of the following formats, or in a format that is similar to or readily convertible into one of the following formats:\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, this section applies if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or filed or lodged with:\n (2) The document must be posted, delivered, sent by email, or sent through the website of the Australian Financial Security Authority, to:\n (3) If this section applies, the document is taken to be received, filed or lodged only when the document (or, where applicable, a copy of it) is actually received by, or on behalf of, the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver (as the case requires).\n\n (1) Subsection (2) applies in any proceedings to a document or copy of a document that purports to be a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General stating that, at a particular time, the form of statement of affairs that is attached to the certificate was the approved form for the purposes of section 6A of the Act.\n\n A fee is not payable by the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver in respect of an application to, or the filing of a document in, the Court in relation to proceedings under the Act, this instrument or the Insolvency Practice Rules.\n\n (2) If such a fee is payable in respect of the doing of a matter or thing by the Official Receiver, the matter or thing need not be done unless the fee has been paid.\n\n (1) The Official Trustee’s entitlement to remuneration under the Fees and Remuneration Determination arises when the Official Trustee:\n (a) performs work or first acts in accordance with section 3.03, 3.04, 3.07 or 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (2) For paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (d), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee in respect of an amount received by the Official Trustee:\n\n (1) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.03 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the property or business of a debtor, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (2) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.04 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a composition or scheme of arrangement with the creditors of a bankrupt, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the composition or scheme of arrangement as the case may be.\n (3) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor who signed an authority under section 188 of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (4) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the estate of a bankrupt, or of a deceased person for whose estate an order for administration has been made under Part XI of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the bankrupt or deceased person as the case may be.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a request by a bankrupt to the Official Trustee for the Official Trustee’s consent, under paragraph 272(1)(c) of the Act, to the bankrupt leaving Australia.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may decide to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4) if the Inspector‑General is reasonably satisfied that:\n (a) payment of the fee by the person liable to pay it has imposed, or would impose, hardship on the person that is unusual and exceptional in comparison to the hardship arising in the normal course of bankruptcy; or\n (b) unless the fee is payable to the Inspector‑General—the officer to whom the fee is payable or would have been payable if the fee had not been waived or remitted.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General decides under subsection (1) to refuse to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4), the notification under subsection (2) in relation to the decision must include the reasons for the decision.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under subsection 111(1) refusing to waive or remit the whole or part of a fee that is payable by the person.\n\n If, under the Act, a trustee takes possession of, or attaches, the property of a bankrupt, debtor or deceased person, the trustee must, as soon as is reasonably practicable:\n (b) give a copy of the inventory, of the photographs or of the video recordings, as the case may be, to any person who has custody of the property or part of the property.\n\n (1) If a provision of this instrument states that a dollar amount is to be indexed in accordance with this section, then at the start of each financial year (an indexation year) beginning on or after 1 July 2021, the dollar amount is replaced by the amount worked out using the following formula:\n ![Start formula Indexation factor for the indexation year times Dollar amount for the previous year end formula](image.002.png)\n ![Start formula start fraction Index number for the reference quarter over Index number for the base quarter end fraction end formula](image.003.png)\n\n> index number, for a quarter, means the All Groups Consumer Price Index number (being the weighted average of the 8 capital cities) published by the Australian Statistician for that quarter.\n\n (4) If an indexation factor worked out under subsection (2) would be less than 1, that indexation factor is to be increased to 1.\n (a) are to be made using only the index numbers published in terms of the most recently published index reference period; and\n (b) are to be made disregarding index numbers that are published in substitution for previously published index numbers (except where the substituted numbers are published to take account of changes in the index reference period).\n\n (a) a thing was done for a particular purpose under the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996 as in force immediately before those Regulations were repealed; and\n (2) Without limiting subsection (1), a reference in that subsection to a thing being done includes a reference to a notice, application or other instrument being given or made.\n\n Despite the repeal of the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996, item 3 of Schedule 4 to those Regulations, as in force immediately before that repeal, continues to apply in relation to a contribution assessment period if an assessment under section 139W of the Act was made for that contribution assessment period before that repeal.\n\n Section 102, as substituted by Schedule 1 to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Electronic Service) Regulations 2024, applies in relation to a document that is given or sent to, or served on, a person on or after the commencement of that Schedule.\n\n## Division 1 Matters relating to documents\n\n> electronic communication means an electronic communication within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of electronic communication in subsection 5(1) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999.\n\n> legal practitioner means a barrister, a solicitor, a barrister and solicitor or a legal practitioner, of the High Court or of the Supreme Court of a State or Territory.\n\n (a) remuneration paid to the trustee in accordance with a direction, or other order, made by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act directing the trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or making another order in relation to the property; and\n (ii) in relation to the examination of the debtor, or an examinable person in relation to the debtor, as a result of the issue of a summons under subsection 50(2) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section sets out the requirements for an application to the Official Receiver for a bankruptcy notice by a person who has obtained against a debtor one, or 2 or more, final judgments or final orders of a kind described in paragraph 40(1)(g) of the Act.\n\n (a) if any final order specified in the application is an award that is a final order because of subparagraph 40(3)(a)(i) of the Act—both of the following:\n (i) a copy of the award certified as a true copy by the arbitrator who made the award or by an officer of the Court who has compared the copy with the original award;\n (ii) a certificate of the judgment or order sealed by the court that made the judgment or order (the relevant court) or signed by an officer of the relevant court;\n (iii) a copy of the entry of the judgment or order certified as a true copy of that entry and sealed by the relevant court or signed by an officer of the relevant court.\n\n> Note 2: A fee is payable to the Official Receiver for an application under this section (see the Fees and Remuneration Determination).\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice must follow that form in respect of its format (for example, bold or italic typeface, underlining and notes).\n\n> Note: Section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 provides that strict compliance with a form is not required and substantial compliance is sufficient.\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice in relation to a debtor that is served on the debtor outside of a period mentioned in subsection (1) is not valid.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (a) of the definition of statutory minimum in subsection 5(1) of the Act, the amount prescribed is $10,000.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (2), the only persons who may inspect a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver under subsection 41(1) of the Act are the following:\n (2) If a creditor’s petition is presented that is founded on an act of bankruptcy consisting of failure to comply with the bankruptcy notice, any person may inspect the notice.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver in relation to a debtor if the notice includes a final judgment, or final order, that is expressed in an amount of foreign currency (whether or not the judgment or order is also expressed in an amount of Australian currency).\n (c) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the day on which the application for the notice is made.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n A creditor who presents a petition to the Court under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must give to the Official Receiver:\n (b) a copy of any order entered by the Court, dismissing, staying or extending the petition, or adjourning the hearing of the petition, within 2 business days after the Court enters the order.\n\n (1) If the Court gives a direction, or makes another order, under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to a debtor, the creditor who applied under subsection 50(1A) of the Act for the Court to make a direction must:\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n (c) in accordance with the direction or other order, the creditor deposits an amount (the first amount) with the trustee for the purposes of covering the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor.\n\n (2) The creditor is entitled to a refund of the sum of the first amount and any amount covered by subsection (4) less an amount equal to the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor if any of the following events occur:\n (a) the debtor enters into a personal insolvency agreement, or the debtor’s estate is administered under Part XI of the Act, and the Court authorises the trustee to transfer the debtor’s property to some other person;\n (i) the Court is satisfied that the first amount is insufficient to cover the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor;\n (ii) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs, on application by the trustee, the creditor to deposit the additional amount with the trustee;\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n\n (2) The Court may, on application by the debtor within 15 business days after the day the petition is dismissed, order the creditor to pay the debtor an amount equal to the damage the Court assesses as resulting from the acts or omissions of the trustee in reliance on the direction or other order mentioned in paragraph (1)(b).\n\n “(2A) The Court or a magistrate may direct that an examination, or any part of an examination, under this section shall be held in private.”;\n (c) by omitting from subsection (9) “is the trustee” and substituting “has been directed to take control of the property of the relevant person”;\n “(14) Subject to subsection (14A), the applicant for an examination under this section is to pay the costs incurred in connection with the examination.\n (14A) The Court or a magistrate may order that all or some of the costs mentioned in subsection (14) are to be paid by the relevant person.”.\n\n If:\n (b) the Official Receiver accepts the declaration, and signs a copy of the declaration, under paragraph 54C(1)(a) of the Act;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsections 54D(1), 55(3A), 56B(5) and 57(3A) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (d) information about a debtor’s right to choose whether the bankruptcy is initially administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (e) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to present to the Official Receiver, under section 54A of the Act, a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition.\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to present a petition under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n If:\n (a) a debtor presents, or 2 or more debtors present, a petition to the Official Receiver under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act; and\n (b) there is in force under subsection 156A(1) of the Act an instrument of consent of a registered trustee to act as the trustee of:\n (ii) in the case of 2 or more debtors—the separate estates, the joint estates, or the joint and separate estates, of the debtors or any of them;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 56C(2) of the Act, if the Official Receiver refers a debtor’s petition against a partnership to the Court, the notice given by the Official Receiver to each member of the partnership who did not present the petition must:\n\n If a person is arrested under a warrant issued by the Court under section 78 of the Act, the arresting officer must immediately notify a Registrar of the Court.\n\n (a) a creditor lodges, or causes to be lodged, a proof of debt in a bankruptcy in accordance with section 84 of the Act; and\n (b) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the date of the bankruptcy.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n (1) For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(a) of the Act, the order that the trustee of the estate of a bankrupt must apply the proceeds of the bankrupt’s property to the costs, charges, expenses and remuneration mentioned in the following table is the order that appears in the table.\n\n

Order of payment of certain costs, charges, expenses and remuneration

Item

Costs, charges and expenses

1

Realisations charge payable by the trustee in relation to the estate under the Bankruptcy (Estate Charges) Act 1997

2

If the trustee is a registered trustee to whom the Official Trustee transferred the administration of the bankruptcy, both of the following in relation to the administration of the bankruptcy by the Official Trustee before the transfer:

(a) any remuneration payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination;

(b) any reimbursement that is payable to the Official Trustee under section 108

3

Expenses reasonably incurred by or on behalf of the trustee:

(a) in protecting all or part of the bankrupt’s assets; or

(b) in carrying on, in accordance with the Act, a business of the bankrupt

4

If a creditor made an advance to the trustee for the purposes of the trustee’s administration of the bankruptcy—an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to that advance

5

Fees, costs, charges or expenses (other than fees, costs, charges or expenses covered by another item of this table) paid or payable by the trustee in administering the bankrupt’s estate

6

If:

(a) an order was made under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to the bankrupt when the bankrupt was a debtor; and

(b) an amount was deposited by a creditor, in accordance with that order, with the trustee;

an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to the trustee’s preliminary remuneration and expenses in relation to the debtor

7

The following:

(a) if a creditor applied for:

(i) a sequestration order against the estate; or

(ii) an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act;

the taxed costs of the creditor in relation to the application;

(b) if the administrator of the estate of a deceased person presented a petition for an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act—the taxed costs of the administrator;

(c) if a person made an application for a sequestration order under Part X of the Act—both of the following:

(i) the taxed costs of that person in relation to the application;

(ii) any taxed costs of that person in respect of an application for an order under Division 5 or 6 of Part IX of the Act in relation to the estate

8

The trustee’s remuneration (other than remuneration covered by item 6):

(a) if the trustee is the Official Trustee—payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or

(b) if the trustee is a registered trustee—payable to the registered trustee under section 60‑5 of Schedule 2 to the Act

9

If:

(a) there is a committee of inspection in relation to the administration of the estate; and

(b) the creditors of the estate, or a majority of them, have approved payment of out‑of‑pocket expenses incurred by a member of the committee of inspection;

those expenses, to the extent that the trustee allows them as being fair and reasonable

10

Costs of any audit carried out under section 70‑15 or 70‑20 of Schedule 2 to the Act in relation to the estate

\n```\n\n (2) For the purposes of item 7 of the table, a reference to an applicant or a person presenting a petition is taken to include a reference to a person whose application or petition has not been proceeded with because a debtor’s petition presented by the bankrupt has been accepted by the Official Receiver (whether or not that debtor’s petition was referred to the Court under subsection 55(3B) of the Act, and whatever the outcome of such a referral).\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(e) of the Act, the maximum amount due to or in respect of an employee of a bankrupt is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum amount payable to employee

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$4,600

2

2018‑19

$4,550

3

2017‑18

$4,500

4

2016‑17

$4,450

5

2015‑16

$4,400

6

2014‑15

$4,350

7

2013‑14

$4,300

8

2012‑13

$4,200

9

2011‑12

$4,150

10

2010‑11

$4,100

11

2009‑10

$4,000

12

2008‑09

$3,950

13

2007‑08

$3,850

14

2006‑07

$3,750

15

2005‑06

$3,650

16

2004‑05

$3,550

17

2003‑04

$3,500

18

2002‑03

$3,450

19

2001‑02

$3,350

20

2000‑01

$3,300

21

1999‑2000

$3,150

22

1998‑99

$3,100

23

1997‑98

$3,100

24

1996‑97

$3,100

\n```\n\n (b) property of a kind covered by subsection (3) to the extent that it is reasonably appropriate for a household, having regard to the criteria specified in subsection (4);\n (c) property (including recreational and sports equipment) of a kind that is reasonably necessary for the domestic use of a household, having regard to:\n (c) educational, sporting or recreational items (including books) that are wholly or mainly for the use of children or students in the household;\n (c) any special climatic or other factors (including geographical isolation) of the place where the household residence is located;\n (d) whether the property is reasonably necessary for the functioning or servicing of the household as a viable and properly‑run household;\n (e) whether the costs of seizure, storage and sale of the property would be likely to exceed the sale price of the property;\n (f) if paragraph (e) does not apply—whether for any other reason (for example, costs of transport) the sale of the property would be likely to be uneconomical.\n (6) For the purposes of subsection (5), an item is an antique item only if a substantial part of its market value is attributable to its age or historical significance.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(ba)(ii) of the Act, non‑monetary sporting, cultural, military or academic awards are a kind of property that is prescribed.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(c)(i) of the Act, the maximum total value of a bankrupt’s property that is for use by the bankrupt in earning income by personal exertion is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum total value of tools

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,800

2

2018‑19

$3,800

3

2017‑18

$3,750

4

2016‑17

$3,700

5

2015‑16

$3,650

6

2014‑15

$3,600

7

2013‑14

$3,550

8

2012‑13

$3,500

9

2011‑12

$3,450

10

2010‑11

$3,400

11

2009‑10

$3,300

12

2008‑09

$3,250

13

2007‑08

$3,200

14

2006‑07

$3,100

15

2005‑06

$3,050

16

2004‑05

$3,000

17

2003‑04

$2,950

18

2002‑03

$2,900

19

2001‑02

$2,850

20

2000‑01

$2,800

21

1999‑2000

$2,650

22

1998‑99

$2,600

23

1997‑98

$2,600

24

1996‑97

$2,600

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 116(2)(ca) of the Act, the maximum aggregate value of property used by the bankrupt primarily as a means of transport is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum value of motor vehicle

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$8,100

2

2018‑19

$8,000

3

2017‑18

$7,900

4

2016‑17

$7,800

5

2015‑16

$7,700

6

2014‑15

$7,600

7

2013‑14

$7,500

8

2012‑13

$7,350

9

2011‑12

$7,200

10

2010‑11

$7,050

11

2009‑10

$6,850

12

2008‑09

$6,700

13

2007‑08

$6,500

14

2006‑07

$6,300

15

2005‑06

$6,150

16

2004‑05

$6,000

17

2003‑04

$5,900

18

2002‑03

$5,800

19

2001‑02

$5,650

20

2000‑01

$5,500

21

1999‑2000

$5,200

22

1998‑99

$5,050

23

1997‑98

$5,000

24

1996‑97

$5,000

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 120(2)(d) of the Act, a transfer is of a kind to which subsection 120(1) of the Act does not apply if the costs of recovering the transferred property would, in the opinion of the trustee in the transferor’s bankruptcy, be likely to exceed the value of the property to the transferor’s creditors.\n\n (b) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a lease—set out facts showing that subsection 133(4) of the Act has been complied with; and\n (c) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a contract—set out facts showing that the contract is, for the purposes of subsection 133(5A) of the Act, an unprofitable contract.\n (2) A trustee who gives a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must give the notice to each person who, to the trustee’s knowledge:\n (3) A failure to comply with subsection (1) or (2) does not affect the validity of a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section is made for the purposes of subparagraph (a)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act.\n (b) a reference in that Act to the taxable value of a benefit were a reference to the value, for the purposes of the Act, of the benefit; and\n (c) a reference in that Act to a declaration date were a reference to the date occurring 21 days after the end of a contribution assessment period in relation to a bankrupt; and\n (d) a reference in that Act to a declaration to be given to an employer of a person were a reference to a declaration to be given to the trustee of the person’s estate; and\n (e) a reference in that Act to a form approved by the Commissioner were a reference to a form approved by the Inspector‑General under section 6D of the Act; and\n (f) subject to paragraph (d), a reference in the FBTA Act to an employer, or to the employer, were a reference to any person (other than the bankrupt); and\n (g) a reference in the FBTA Act to an employee, or to the employee, were a reference to a bankrupt, or to the bankrupt, as the case requires.\n (5) Despite subsections (2), (3) and (4), the modifications specified or referred to in those subsections do not apply in relation to the provision of a fringe benefit (within the meaning of the FBTA Act) to a bankrupt if the provider of the fringe benefit:\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following contributions and payments made for the purpose of providing superannuation benefits for a bankrupt person are not income of the person:\n (a) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person to the extent that the contributions reduce the employer’s potential liability for the superannuation guarantee charge imposed under section 5 of the Superannuation Guarantee Charge Act 1992;\n (b) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person in accordance with the employer’s obligation to make contributions for the person under:\n (c) payments of shortfall components made to, or for the benefit of, the person under sections 65 to 67 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n (a) the contributions exceed the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage of the employee’s ordinary time earnings for the contribution assessment period; and\n\n> individual industrial agreement means an industrial agreement made solely between the employer and the person, including the following:\n\n (a) an AWA, or an ITEA, (both within the meaning of the Fair Work (Transitional Provisions and Consequential Amendments) Act 2009) to which that Act applies;\n\n> ordinary time earnings has the meaning given by subsection 6(1) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n> relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage: the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage for a year (the bankruptcy year) is the percentage whose number is the same as that set out in column 2 of the table in subsection 19(2) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992 for the financial year in which the bankruptcy year starts.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following payments or amounts are not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) a payment or amount of family tax benefit paid under the family assistance law (within the meaning of the A New Tax System (Family Assistance) (Administration) Act 1999);\n (b) an amount that is not income for the purposes of the Social Security Act 1991 because of subsection 8(8) of that Act, except for a payment or amount mentioned in paragraph (a), (h), (ha), (k), (ka), (m), (z), (za) or (zb) of that subsection.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (c) of the definition of dependant in section 139K of the Act, the prescribed amount of income derived (or likely to be derived) by a person during a contribution assessment period is:\n (b) if the period begins in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n (d) if the period begins in a later financial year—$3,741 indexed in accordance with section 114 of this instrument as if the period were that financial year.\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum income of dependant

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,720

2

2018‑19

$3,642

3

2017‑18

$3,596

4

2016‑17

$3,532

5

2015‑16

$3,459

6

2014‑15

$3,411

7

2013‑14

$3,363

8

2012‑13

$3,264

9

2011‑12

$3,181

10

2010‑11

$3,131

11

2009‑10

$3,030

12

2008‑09

$2,942

13

2007‑08

$2,870

14

2006‑07

$2,756

15

2005‑06

$2,688

16

2004‑05

$2,611

17

2003‑04

$2,549

\n```\n\n (3) If the bankrupt pays the contribution by cheque, payment is taken to occur when the cheque is cleared and the amount of the payment is credited to the account into which the cheque is deposited.\n (4) The trustee may, on reasonable notice in writing to the bankrupt, vary or withdraw an authorisation under paragraph (2)(c).\n (5) If the trustee incurs a delivery or postal charge (including a surcharge) or bank charge in connection with the receipt or processing of the contribution, the trustee may reimburse the trustee for the amount of the charge from the bankrupt’s estate.\n\n (a) a bankrupt is liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the bankrupt’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act in respect of a contribution assessment period; and\n\n (3) If the contribution remains unpaid, the deceased bankrupt’s estate is liable for the portion of the contribution attributable to the part of the period occurring before the bankrupt’s death.\n\n (b) immediately before being discharged, the person was liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the person’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act; and\n\n> Note: Section 139R of the Act provides that any liability of a bankrupt under section 139P or 139Q of the Act is not affected by the bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy after the making of the assessment that gave rise to the liability.\n\n (5) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(d)(ii), a change in the name of a person is taken to occur if the person in fact assumes the use of a different name or an additional name.\n\n A notice under section 139ZL of the Act must not specify money or property that is protected, under a law of the Commonwealth or a State or Territory, from a process such as assignment, attachment, charging, execution or garnishment.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 145(3) of the Act, notice must be given by serving it on each person to whom, under that subsection, it must be given.\n\n (a) an objection to the discharge of a bankrupt has been made on a ground, or on grounds that include a ground, mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(a) or (h) of the Act (which refer to the bankrupt being out of Australia); and\n (2) Within 5 business days after the day that the registered trustee becomes aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia, the registered trustee must give notice in writing to the Official Receiver stating:\n (ii) if the trustee does not know the day on which the bankrupt returned—the trustee became aware that the bankrupt had returned.\n\n For the purposes of the ground of objection mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(d) of the Act, a bankrupt is taken to have failed to comply with a request to provide information if the bankrupt has provided information that is incomplete or inaccurate.\n\n (c) an application is made to the Administrative Review Tribunal under section 149Q of the Act for the review of the decision of the Inspector‑General; and\n\n (a) if the debtor presents a debtor’s petition to the Official Receiver—on or before the day that the debtor so presents the petition; or\n\n If a registered trustee becomes, under subsection 156A(3) of the Act, the trustee of an estate or of joint and separate estates, the Official Receiver may give the registered trustee a certificate to that effect.\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 188(2A) of the Act, a person (other than the Official Trustee or a registered trustee) is ineligible to act under Part X of the Act as a controlling trustee in relation to a debtor in any of the following circumstances:\n (a) the person is or was convicted of an offence involving fraud or dishonesty at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (c) the person is a solicitor who does not hold an Australian practising certificate (within the meaning of the Evidence Act 1995);\n (d) the person is or was an insolvent under administration at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(f)(ii), the Inspector‑General may approve a course in insolvency by notice published on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website.\n (ii) has refused or failed to cooperate with the Inspector‑General in an inquiry or investigation under paragraph 12(1)(b) of the Act.\n (ii) invites the person to give the Inspector‑General, within 20 business days after the day the notice is given or such longer time as is specified in the notice, a written statement showing cause why the determination should not be made; and\n (5) If the Inspector‑General makes a determination under subsection (3) in relation to a person, the Inspector‑General must give the person a written notice stating the following:\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General to make a determination under subsection 49(3).\n\n (b) the person becomes ineligible to act as a controlling trustee under Part X of the Act because one or more of the circumstances prescribed by subsection 49(1) of this instrument apply in relation to the person.\n (2) The Official Trustee must perform the duties of a controlling trustee in relation to the debtor unless and until the debtor authorises another person under subsection 188(1) of the Act.\n\n (1) If, on application, the Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act that a person (the old trustee) cease to be the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate, the applicant for the order must:\n (3) If the creditors of a regulated debtor, by resolution at a meeting, remove the trustee (the old trustee) of the regulated debtor’s estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(a) of Schedule 2 to the Act, the person appointed by the creditors under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of that Schedule as trustee of the estate must:\n\n (1) If the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate (other than the Official Trustee) finalises the administration of the debtor’s estate, the trustee must:\n\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a debt agreement;\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to give the Official Receiver a debt agreement proposal under subsection 185C(1) of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n (a) any of the following awarded by a registered provider (within the meaning of the Education Services for Overseas Students Act 2000):\n (i) a Certificate IV in Financial Services (Accounting) awarded for study starting between 10 July 2004 and 23 November 2010;\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (c) a degree, diploma or similar qualification awarded by a foreign tertiary education institution and for which the Inspector‑General is satisfied the following conditions are satisfied:\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n\n#### 57 Prescribed amount of owed notified estate charges preventing renewal of registration as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraphs 186C(3)(d) and (5)(d) of the Act, the prescribed amount of notified estate charges is $500.\n\n For the purposes of section 187A of the Act, a provision of Part X of the Act specified in Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section of the Act, to joint debtors, whether partners or not.\n\n (b) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (c) information about whether a personal insolvency agreement may be administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy if any of the things mentioned in paragraphs 40(1)(i) to (m) of the Act happen in relation to a debtor;\n (f) information about a debtor’s rights and responsibilities under Part X of the Act, including a debtor’s obligation to disclose all related entities;\n (g) information about a controlling trustee’s obligation to disclose the controlling trustee’s relationship (if any) with a debtor.\n (3) A registered trustee or a solicitor authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property must not consent to exercise the powers given by the authority unless the debtor has given the registered trustee or the solicitor, as the case may be, a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the Official Trustee is authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property, the Official Receiver must not give the debtor a written approval under paragraph 188(2)(aa) of the Act unless the debtor has given the Official Trustee a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n\n (b) unable to sign the authority or an acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) of this instrument relating to the authority because of a physical incapacity.\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and debtor are familiar; or\n\n> relevant material means the authority, the information prescribed by section 59 and the acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) relating to the authority.\n\n (3) The person must, at the same time as calling a meeting of the debtor’s creditors, give a copy of the proposal for dealing with the debtor’s affairs under Part X of the Act to:\n\n> Note 1: An authority signed by a debtor under section 188 of the Act is not effective for the purposes of Part X of the Act unless, before the person authorised consents to exercise the powers given by the authority, the debtor gives to the person authorised:\n\n> Note 2: Under subsection 188(5) of the Act, a registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority must also give a copy of the authority and the debtor’s statement of affairs to the Official Receiver.\n\n (e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement.\n\n For the purposes of section 210 of the Act, a provision of Part VIII of the Act specified in Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor.\n\n#### 64 Modifications of Division 1 of Part V of the Act—debtors whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act\n\n For the purposes of subsection 211(1) of the Act, a provision in Division 1 of Part V of the Act specified in Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 218(3) of the Act, a notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act must be in writing.\n\n (1) If the Court makes a sequestration order under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act, the applicant for the order must:\n\n#### 67 Information to be given to Official Receiver in relation to orders terminating or setting aside a personal insolvency agreement\n\n> Note: If the Court makes an order setting aside or terminating a personal insolvency agreement and a registered trustee was the trustee of the agreement, the registered trustee must give written notice of the order to the Official Receiver (see subsection 224A(4) of the Act).\n\n (1) If a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act, the trustee of the agreement must:\n\n> Note: Before the termination takes effect, the trustee must give notice of the proposed termination to all the creditors who are entitled to receive notice of a meeting of creditors (see subsection 222A(2) of the Act).\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 231(1) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 4 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor who has executed a personal insolvency agreement.\n (2) For the purposes of subsection 231(3) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 5 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a personal insolvency agreement.\n\n (4) If the trustee gives a certificate to the debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act or subsection (1) of this section, the trustee must:\n (a) the person is required to give a copy of a certificate to the Official Receiver in accordance with subsection (4); and\n\n For the purposes of subsections 248(1) and (3) of the Act, a provision specified in Schedule 4 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Schedule in relation to proceedings under Part XI of the Act and the administration of estates under that Part.\n\n (1) If a trustee (within the meaning of section 254 of the Act) pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act, the trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (3) If a registered trustee pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act, the registered trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (1) For the purposes of the definition of National Personal Insolvency Index in subsection 5(1) of the Act, an electronic index to be known as the National Personal Insolvency Index is established.\n\n Division 2 of this Part (information to be entered in the Index) has effect subject to Division 3 of this Part (information not to be entered in the Index and information to be removed from the Index).\n\n (1) The person specified in column 2 of an item of the table in subsection (3) must, at a time within the time period specified in column 2 of that item, give a copy of each document specified in column 1 of that item to the Official Receiver.\n\n

Documents that must be given to the Official Receiver

Item

Column 1

Document(s)

Column 2

Person and time period

Column 3

Information

1

A notice given under subsection 181A(2) of the Act by the current trustee of a bankrupt’s estate nominating another trustee as the new trustee of the estate

The new trustee within 2 business days after the date specified in the notice (see paragraph 181A(3)(a) of the Act)

The day on which the new trustee became the trustee of the estate

2

An order under subsection 185Q(4) of the Act terminating a debt agreement

The applicant for the order within 3 business days after the order is made

The day on which the order was made

3

An order under subsection 185U(1) of the Act declaring all or part of a debt agreement void

The applicant for the order within 2 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) whether all or part of the agreement was declared void

4

An authority, signed by a debtor under subsection 188(1) of the Act, naming and authorising a registered trustee, a solicitor or the Official Trustee to call a meeting of the debtor’s creditors and to take control of the debtor’s property

The person named in the authority within 2 business days after the debtor signs the authority

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the copy of the authority was given to the Official Receiver;

(c) the day on which the debtor’s statement of affairs was given to the Official Receiver (see subsections 188(2D) and (5) of the Act);

(d) the name of the controlling trustee (see subsection 188(6) of the Act)

5

Written evidence of an event of a kind mentioned in paragraph 192(1)(a), (b) or (c) of the Act, or a written request given to the Official Trustee under paragraph 192(1)(d) of the Act, resulting in the Official Trustee becoming the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor

The Official Trustee within 14 days after the Official Trustee becomes the controlling trustee

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Trustee became the controlling trustee

6

Both of the following:

(a) a petition to the Court, under subsection 244(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of the estate of a deceased person;

(b) an affidavit verifying the petition (see subsection 244(5) of the Act)

The creditor, or one of the creditors, who presented the petition to the Court within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day the petition was presented;

(c) the name of the creditor or creditors who presented the petition;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the creditor or creditors;

(e) the day the Court is to hear the petition

7

Both of the following:

(a) a petition, under subsection 247(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of a deceased person’s estate under Part XI of the Act;

(b) a statement of the deceased person’s affairs and of the petitioner’s administration of the deceased person’s estate (see subsection 247(1) of the Act)

The petitioner within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the petition and the statement of affairs were presented;

(c) the name of the administrator;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the administrator

8

An order, under section 252B of the Act, annulling the administration of the estate of a deceased person under Part XI of the Act

The trustee of the estate within 2 business days after the trustee becomes aware of the order

The day on which the order was made

9

An order, under subsection 253E(1) of the Act, staying proceedings under a creditor’s petition or debtor’s petition

The applicant for the order within 7 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) the length of the stay (see subsection 253E(3) of the Act)

\n```\n\n (1) If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in subsection (2) is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n (aa) in the case of a statement of affairs mentioned in item 2 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the statement; and\n (a) in the case of a debtor’s petition mentioned in item 3, 4 or 5 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the petition; and\n (b) in the case of a debt agreement proposal mentioned in item 12 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the debt agreement proposal for processing.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with the Act

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A sequestration order made against the estate of a debtor (see subsection 52(1A) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(d) the name of the creditor who obtained the order;

(e) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of that creditor

2

A statement of the affairs of a person against whose estate a sequestration order is made, that is given for the purposes of subsection 54(1) of the Act

The day on which the statement of affairs was filed with the Official Receiver

3

A debtor’s petition (see subsection 55(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the resulting bankruptcy;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(e) the day on which the statement of the debtor’s affairs accepted by the Official Receiver was given to the Official Receiver for the purposes of paragraph 55(2)(b) of the Act

4

A debtor’s petition against a partnership presented by members of the partnership (see subsection 56B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of the partners who presented the petition;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the bankruptcy of each of those partners as a result of the acceptance of the petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each bankrupt partner;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those partners, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of the partnership affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

5

A debtor’s petition by joint debtors who are not partners (see subsection 57(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of those debtors;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of each bankruptcy that results from acceptance of the debtor’s petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each debtor;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those debtors, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of their joint affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

6

A notice relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 74(5A) of the Act)

The day on which the bankruptcy was annulled

7

A notice of objection by a trustee to the discharge of a bankrupt from bankruptcy (see subsection 149B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) when the objection took effect (see section 149G of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection set out in the notice (see paragraph 149C(1)(a) of the Act);

(c) the name of the trustee

8

A notice that a trustee ceases to object to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy on a particular ground (see subsection 149H(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) if there is no longer an objection on any ground—when the objection ceased to have effect (see subsection 149H(3) of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection to which the notice relates;

(c) the name of the trustee

9

A notice of withdrawal of objection by a trustee to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy (see subsection 149J(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) when the withdrawal takes effect (see subsection 149J(3) of the Act);

(b) the name of the trustee

10

A notice about the cancellation, under subsection 149N(1) of the Act, of a notice of objection filed by a trustee of a bankrupt’s estate (see subsection 149P(1) of the Act)

The day on which the cancellation took effect

11

A certificate relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 153A(2) of the Act)

The date of annulment included in the certificate

12

A debtor’s written proposal for a debt agreement (see subsection 185C(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185E of the Act)

13

A notification that a debt agreement has ended (see subsection 185N(5) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the debt agreement ended;

(b) the reasons why the debt agreement ended

14

A notification that control of the property of a debtor has ended (see subsection 189(1B) of the Act)

The day on which that control ended

15

A personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor (see paragraph 218(1)(b) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the agreement was executed;

(c) the name of the trustee of the personal insolvency agreement

16

A resolution or special resolution terminating a personal insolvency agreement (see subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

17

A resolution or special resolution terminating a composition or scheme of arrangement (see section 76B and subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated

18

A notice that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated or set aside (see subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated or set aside

19

A notice that a composition or scheme of arrangement is terminated or set aside (see section 76B and subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated or set aside

20

An order that the estate of a deceased person be administered under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 244(14), 245(3) or 247(3) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee administering the estate

21

A statement of a deceased person’s affairs and of the administration of the deceased person’s estate by a legal personal representative of the deceased person (see paragraph 246(1)(b) of the Act)

The day on which the statement was given to the Official Receiver

22

A certificate in relation to the annulment, by force of subsection 252A(1) of the Act, of the administration of an estate under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 252A(2) of the Act)

The day of the annulment

\n```\n\n If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with this instrument

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A creditor’s petition presented against a debtor or joint debtors (see section 13)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor or joint debtors;

(b) the day on which the petition was presented against the debtor or joint debtors;

(c) the name of the petitioning creditor;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the petitioning creditor;

(e) the day of the court hearing for a sequestration order relating to the petition

2

A direction given, or an order made, by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act (see section 14 of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor to whom the order or direction relates;

(b) the day on which the order was made or the direction given;

(c) the day (if any) on which a trustee’s control of that debtor’s property is to end (see subsection 50(1B) of the Act)

3

A notice under subsection 46(2) that the Administrative Review Tribunal has varied or set aside a decision of the Inspector‑General in relation to a notice of objection

The day on which the decision was varied or set aside

4

A notice given under subsection 52(1) in relation to an order about a regulated debtor’s estate, if the order provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of the estate

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the new trustee;

(b) the day of the appointment

5

A notice given under subsection 52(3) by a person appointed as trustee of the estate of a regulated debtor

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the person appointed;

(b) the day of the appointment

6

A notice under subsection 53(1) that the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate has finalised the administration of the debtor’s estate

The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised

7

A notice under subparagraph 62(2)(a)(ii) of particulars specified in subsection 62(3) in relation to a special resolution passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors

The particulars

8

A sequestration order against the estate of a debtor made under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act (see subsection 66(1) of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) if the person who applied for the order was a creditor of the debtor—the name of the creditor and the name and telephone number of the creditor’s solicitor (if any);

(d) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate

9

A notice under paragraph 68(1)(a) that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

10

A certificate given by a trustee to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act (see subsection 70(4) of this instrument)

The day on which the trustee signed the certificate

\n```\n\n If an event specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section occurs, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n| Item | Column 1Event | Column 2Information |\n| ---- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |\n| 1 | A bankrupt is, by force of subsection 149(1) of the Act, discharged from bankruptcy | The day on which the bankrupt was discharged from bankruptcy |\n| 2 | The Official Receiver issues a certificate of appointment to a registered trustee under subsection 157(3) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the name of the registered trustee;(b) the day on which the registered trustee was appointed |\n| 3 | A trustee, or the Official Trustee, is released from the trusteeship of an estate by force of section 184 or 184A of the Act | The fact that the trustee, or the Official Trustee, has been so released |\n| 4 | A debt agreement proposal is withdrawn | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was withdrawn |\n| 5 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement that was made before 1 July 2007 is accepted (see sections 185B and 185P of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the proposal was accepted |\n| 6 | A debt agreement proposal is not accepted (see section 185EC of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was not accepted |\n| 7 | The Official Receiver cancels the acceptance of a debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185ED of the Act) | The day on which the Official Receiver cancelled the acceptance of the debt agreement proposal for processing |\n| 8 | A debt agreement proposal lapses (see section 185G of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal lapsed |\n| 9 | The Official Receiver gives to a debtor a certificate under subsection 185N(3) of the Act | The day on which the certificate was given |\n| 10 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement is accepted (see section 185PC of the Act) | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 11 | The Official Receiver terminates a debt agreement under subsection 185QA(1) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 12 | The minutes of a meeting of creditors at which a special resolution was passed terminating a debt agreement made before 1 July 2007 are given to the Official Receiver (see subsection 185QA(1) of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the resolution was passed |\n| 13 | A special resolution is passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors under subsection 204(1) of the Act if the Official Trustee called the meeting under an authority under section 188 of the Act | All of the following:(a) the date of the resolution;(b) the debtor’s full name and alias (if any);(c) the debtor’s address;(d) the debtor’s occupation (if any);(e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement |\n| 14 | A sequestration order is made against the estate of a debtor under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | All of the following:(a) particulars of the debtor;(b) the day on which the order was made;(c) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate |\n| 15 | An order is made under subsection 222(1), (2) or (5) of the Act setting aside a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was set aside |\n| 16 | A personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act where the Official Trustee is the trustee of the agreement | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 17 | An order is made under subsection 222C(1) of the Act terminating a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 18 | The Official Trustee gives a certificate to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act | The day on which the Official Trustee signed the certificate |\n| 19 | The Official Trustee finalises the administration of a debtor’s estate | The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised |\n| 20 | The Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act, on application by the Inspector‑General, that provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of an estate | Both of the following:(a) the name of the new trustee;(b) the day of the appointment |\n| 21 | The Official Trustee is appointed by the creditors of an estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of Schedule 2 to the Act as trustee of an estate | The day of the appointment |\n\n> Note: A number of provisions of the Act require the Official Receiver to enter information in the Index when certain events occur. These provisions include the following:\n\n (a) a debtor whose property is under the control of the Official Trustee or a registered trustee because of a direction given by the Court under paragraph 50(1)(a) of the Act;\n (c) a deceased debtor if a petition for an order for the administration of the deceased debtor’s estate has been presented under Part XI of the Act;\n (d) a debtor in relation to whom an application is made to the Court under subsection 253E(1) of the Act for an order staying all or any proceedings under a petition.\n (3) In the case of a deceased debtor, the information to be entered in accordance with paragraphs (1)(a), (b) and (c) is the information immediately before the debtor’s death.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (4), a person who is a debtor or bankrupt may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General for information about the person:\n (a) not to be entered in the Index, on the ground that the entry of the information would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n\n> Note: Example: A person may rely on a court order (such as a domestic violence order) to show that publication of the information in question would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under paragraph 80(3)(a) refusing to grant an application.\n\n (1) If a debt agreement ends under section 185N of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (2) If a debt agreement is terminated under section 185P, 185Q, 185QA or 185R of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (3) If an order is made under section 185U of the Act declaring all of a debt agreement void, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n\n The Official Receiver must remove all information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index within 1 year after the day on which any of the following occurs:\n\n (1) A person may, by application in writing, ask the Official Receiver to inspect material in the Index and give to the person an extract of material specified in the application.\n (a) if the applicant has paid any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination for obtaining the requested extract—must inspect the Index and, within 10 business days of receiving the application:\n (b) may give the applicant a list of Index search agents who may be able to inspect material entered in the Index for the applicant.\n (3) A person who has been granted access to the Index by the Inspector‑General may, after paying any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination:\n (4) However, prior payment is not required under subsection (3) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n An extract of information in the Index is admissible in any proceedings as prima facie evidence of the matters in the extract.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General, and any officer acting at the direction or with the authority of the Inspector‑General, have immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n (2) An officer has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (3) A person who provides material for entry in the Index has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of the material by way of:\n (5) The immunity of the Inspector‑General or another officer under this section arising out of publication of material extends to the Commonwealth and the Official Trustee to the extent that the Commonwealth or the Official Trustee would, apart from this subsection, be liable in respect of the publication.\n (6) This section does not limit any other ground of defence in relation to actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n\n (b) the person executing the warrant considers that it is impracticable to immediately bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n (b) a day and time when the person executing the warrant considers that it will be practicable to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n\n (1) If the Registrar receives a notification under subsection 87(2) in relation to an apprehended person, the Registrar must, as soon as reasonably practicable:\n (a) determine a day, time and place for the apprehended person to be brought before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate; and\n (b) direct the person who gave the notification to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate in accordance with that determination.\n (2) The time and day determined under paragraph (1)(a) must be the earliest that the Registrar reasonably believes are practicable.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 277B(1) of the Act, this Division establishes an infringement notice scheme, as an alternative to prosecution, for an infringement notice provision.\n\n (1) If the Inspector‑General believes on reasonable grounds that a person has contravened an infringement notice provision, the Inspector‑General may give to the person an infringement notice for the alleged contravention.\n (2) The infringement notice must be given within 12 months after the day on which the contravention is alleged to have taken place.\n (3) A single infringement notice must relate only to a single contravention of a single provision unless subsection (4) applies.\n (4) The Inspector‑General may give a person a single infringement notice relating to multiple contraventions of a single provision if:\n\n (e) give brief details of the alleged contravention, or each alleged contravention, to which the notice relates, including:\n (f) state the amount that is payable under the notice, as worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act and subsection (2) of this section; and\n (h) state that, if the person to whom the notice is given pays the amount within 20 business days after the day the notice is given, then (unless the notice is withdrawn) the person will not be liable to be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (k) state that the person may choose not to pay the amount and, if the person does so the person may be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (n) state that the person may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) If the notice relates to more than one alleged contravention of the provision by the person, the amount to be stated in the notice for the purposes of paragraph (1)(f) is the sum of the amount worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act for each alleged contravention.\n\n> Note: Under section 90, a single infringement notice may only deal with multiple contraventions if they are contraventions of a single provision continuing over a period.\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may apply to the Inspector‑General for an extension of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h).\n (2) If the application is made before the end of that period, the Inspector‑General may, in writing, extend that period. The Inspector‑General may do so before or after the end of that period.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General extends that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to that period so extended.\n (4) If the Inspector‑General does not extend that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to the period that ends on the later of the following days:\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) The Inspector‑General may withdraw an infringement notice given to a person (whether or not the person has made written representations seeking the withdrawal).\n (3) When deciding whether or not to withdraw an infringement notice (the relevant infringement notice), the Inspector‑General:\n (a) must take into account any written representations seeking the withdrawal that were given by the person to the Inspector‑General; and\n (i) whether a court has previously imposed a penalty on the person for a contravention of an infringement notice provision;\n (iii) whether the person has paid an amount, stated in an earlier infringement notice, for a contravention of an infringement notice provision if the contravention is constituted by conduct that is the same, or substantially the same, as the conduct alleged to constitute the contravention in the relevant infringement notice;\n\n (1) If the person to whom an infringement notice for an alleged contravention of a provision is given pays the amount stated in the notice before the end of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h):\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may sign a certificate that states any of the following in relation to an infringement notice given to a person:\n (b) that the Inspector‑General granted, or refused to grant, an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice;\n (c) if the Inspector‑General granted an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice—that that amount was not fully paid by the person within the period specified in the extension;\n (2) At a hearing of a prosecution for an offence alleged in an infringement notice, a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General in accordance with subsection (1) is prima facie evidence of the matters specified in the certificate.\n (3) A certificate that purports to be signed by the Inspector‑General is taken to have been signed by the Inspector‑General unless the contrary is proved.\n\n (a) require an infringement notice to be given to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (c) prevent the giving of 2 or more infringement notices to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (d) limit a court’s discretion to determine the amount of a penalty to be imposed on a person who is found to have contravened an infringement notice provision.\n\n (b) unless the person, by notice in writing to the Inspector‑General, directs otherwise—offset against estate charge or late payment penalty payable by the person.\n\n (1) A payment of interest charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) A payment of realisations charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or served on, a person (other than the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee), the document may be:\n (a) sent by a courier service to the person at the address of the person last known to the person serving the document; or\n (b) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name and any relevant document exchange number, at a document exchange where the person maintains a document exchange facility; or\n (i) by a kind of electronic communication that transmits the document to a facility maintained by the person for receipt of electronically transmitted documents; or\n (ii) by a kind of electronic communication such that, in the ordinary course of events, the document could be reasonably expected to be received by the person.\n\n> Note: The Electronic Transactions Act 1999 applies to a requirement or permission to give information under the Bankruptcy Act 1966 or this instrument, including electronic communications covered by this section.\n\n> Note: However, paragraph (d) of this subsection permits information to be given by means of particular kinds of electronic communication, in accordance with the information technology requirements in subsection (3). This means the requirements in section 9 of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999 do not apply in relation to electronic communications covered by this section (see subsection 9(3) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999).\n\n (2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(a) or (b), in the absence of proof to the contrary, the document is taken to have been received by, or served on, the person when the document would, in the due course of business practice, be delivered to that address or document exchange.\n\n (a) at the time the document is sent, it is reasonable to expect that the document would be readily accessible so as to be useable for subsequent reference; and\n (b) the document is sent in one of the following formats, or in a format that is similar to or readily convertible into one of the following formats:\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, this section applies if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or filed or lodged with:\n (2) The document must be posted, delivered, sent by email, or sent through the website of the Australian Financial Security Authority, to:\n (3) If this section applies, the document is taken to be received, filed or lodged only when the document (or, where applicable, a copy of it) is actually received by, or on behalf of, the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver (as the case requires).\n\n (1) Subsection (2) applies in any proceedings to a document or copy of a document that purports to be a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General stating that, at a particular time, the form of statement of affairs that is attached to the certificate was the approved form for the purposes of section 6A of the Act.\n\n A fee is not payable by the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver in respect of an application to, or the filing of a document in, the Court in relation to proceedings under the Act, this instrument or the Insolvency Practice Rules.\n\n (2) If such a fee is payable in respect of the doing of a matter or thing by the Official Receiver, the matter or thing need not be done unless the fee has been paid.\n\n (1) The Official Trustee’s entitlement to remuneration under the Fees and Remuneration Determination arises when the Official Trustee:\n (a) performs work or first acts in accordance with section 3.03, 3.04, 3.07 or 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (2) For paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (d), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee in respect of an amount received by the Official Trustee:\n\n (1) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.03 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the property or business of a debtor, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (2) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.04 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a composition or scheme of arrangement with the creditors of a bankrupt, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the composition or scheme of arrangement as the case may be.\n (3) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor who signed an authority under section 188 of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (4) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the estate of a bankrupt, or of a deceased person for whose estate an order for administration has been made under Part XI of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the bankrupt or deceased person as the case may be.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a request by a bankrupt to the Official Trustee for the Official Trustee’s consent, under paragraph 272(1)(c) of the Act, to the bankrupt leaving Australia.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may decide to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4) if the Inspector‑General is reasonably satisfied that:\n (a) payment of the fee by the person liable to pay it has imposed, or would impose, hardship on the person that is unusual and exceptional in comparison to the hardship arising in the normal course of bankruptcy; or\n (b) unless the fee is payable to the Inspector‑General—the officer to whom the fee is payable or would have been payable if the fee had not been waived or remitted.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General decides under subsection (1) to refuse to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4), the notification under subsection (2) in relation to the decision must include the reasons for the decision.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under subsection 111(1) refusing to waive or remit the whole or part of a fee that is payable by the person.\n\n If, under the Act, a trustee takes possession of, or attaches, the property of a bankrupt, debtor or deceased person, the trustee must, as soon as is reasonably practicable:\n (b) give a copy of the inventory, of the photographs or of the video recordings, as the case may be, to any person who has custody of the property or part of the property.\n\n (1) If a provision of this instrument states that a dollar amount is to be indexed in accordance with this section, then at the start of each financial year (an indexation year) beginning on or after 1 July 2021, the dollar amount is replaced by the amount worked out using the following formula:\n ![Start formula Indexation factor for the indexation year times Dollar amount for the previous year end formula](image.002.png)\n ![Start formula start fraction Index number for the reference quarter over Index number for the base quarter end fraction end formula](image.003.png)\n\n> index number, for a quarter, means the All Groups Consumer Price Index number (being the weighted average of the 8 capital cities) published by the Australian Statistician for that quarter.\n\n (4) If an indexation factor worked out under subsection (2) would be less than 1, that indexation factor is to be increased to 1.\n (a) are to be made using only the index numbers published in terms of the most recently published index reference period; and\n (b) are to be made disregarding index numbers that are published in substitution for previously published index numbers (except where the substituted numbers are published to take account of changes in the index reference period).\n\n (a) a thing was done for a particular purpose under the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996 as in force immediately before those Regulations were repealed; and\n (2) Without limiting subsection (1), a reference in that subsection to a thing being done includes a reference to a notice, application or other instrument being given or made.\n\n Despite the repeal of the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996, item 3 of Schedule 4 to those Regulations, as in force immediately before that repeal, continues to apply in relation to a contribution assessment period if an assessment under section 139W of the Act was made for that contribution assessment period before that repeal.\n\n Section 102, as substituted by Schedule 1 to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Electronic Service) Regulations 2024, applies in relation to a document that is given or sent to, or served on, a person on or after the commencement of that Schedule.\n\n## 102 Service of documents\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or served on, a person (other than the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee), the document may be:\n (a) sent by a courier service to the person at the address of the person last known to the person serving the document; or\n (b) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name and any relevant document exchange number, at a document exchange where the person maintains a document exchange facility; or\n (i) by a kind of electronic communication that transmits the document to a facility maintained by the person for receipt of electronically transmitted documents; or\n (ii) by a kind of electronic communication such that, in the ordinary course of events, the document could be reasonably expected to be received by the person.\n\n> Note: The Electronic Transactions Act 1999 applies to a requirement or permission to give information under the Bankruptcy Act 1966 or this instrument, including electronic communications covered by this section.\n\n> Note: However, paragraph (d) of this subsection permits information to be given by means of particular kinds of electronic communication, in accordance with the information technology requirements in subsection (3). This means the requirements in section 9 of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999 do not apply in relation to electronic communications covered by this section (see subsection 9(3) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999).\n\n (2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(a) or (b), in the absence of proof to the contrary, the document is taken to have been received by, or served on, the person when the document would, in the due course of business practice, be delivered to that address or document exchange.\n\n (a) at the time the document is sent, it is reasonable to expect that the document would be readily accessible so as to be useable for subsequent reference; and\n (b) the document is sent in one of the following formats, or in a format that is similar to or readily convertible into one of the following formats:\n\n## 103 Documents for Inspector‑General, Official Receiver or Official Trustee\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, this section applies if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or filed or lodged with:\n (2) The document must be posted, delivered, sent by email, or sent through the website of the Australian Financial Security Authority, to:\n (3) If this section applies, the document is taken to be received, filed or lodged only when the document (or, where applicable, a copy of it) is actually received by, or on behalf of, the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver (as the case requires).\n\n## 104 Proof of statement of affairs\n\n (1) Subsection (2) applies in any proceedings to a document or copy of a document that purports to be a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General stating that, at a particular time, the form of statement of affairs that is attached to the certificate was the approved form for the purposes of section 6A of the Act.\n\n## 105 Document filed by Inspector‑General or Official Receiver—fee not payable\n\n A fee is not payable by the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver in respect of an application to, or the filing of a document in, the Court in relation to proceedings under the Act, this instrument or the Insolvency Practice Rules.\n\n## Division 2 Matters relating to fees\n\n> electronic communication means an electronic communication within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of electronic communication in subsection 5(1) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999.\n\n> legal practitioner means a barrister, a solicitor, a barrister and solicitor or a legal practitioner, of the High Court or of the Supreme Court of a State or Territory.\n\n (a) remuneration paid to the trustee in accordance with a direction, or other order, made by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act directing the trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or making another order in relation to the property; and\n (ii) in relation to the examination of the debtor, or an examinable person in relation to the debtor, as a result of the issue of a summons under subsection 50(2) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section sets out the requirements for an application to the Official Receiver for a bankruptcy notice by a person who has obtained against a debtor one, or 2 or more, final judgments or final orders of a kind described in paragraph 40(1)(g) of the Act.\n\n (a) if any final order specified in the application is an award that is a final order because of subparagraph 40(3)(a)(i) of the Act—both of the following:\n (i) a copy of the award certified as a true copy by the arbitrator who made the award or by an officer of the Court who has compared the copy with the original award;\n (ii) a certificate of the judgment or order sealed by the court that made the judgment or order (the relevant court) or signed by an officer of the relevant court;\n (iii) a copy of the entry of the judgment or order certified as a true copy of that entry and sealed by the relevant court or signed by an officer of the relevant court.\n\n> Note 2: A fee is payable to the Official Receiver for an application under this section (see the Fees and Remuneration Determination).\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice must follow that form in respect of its format (for example, bold or italic typeface, underlining and notes).\n\n> Note: Section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 provides that strict compliance with a form is not required and substantial compliance is sufficient.\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice in relation to a debtor that is served on the debtor outside of a period mentioned in subsection (1) is not valid.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (a) of the definition of statutory minimum in subsection 5(1) of the Act, the amount prescribed is $10,000.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (2), the only persons who may inspect a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver under subsection 41(1) of the Act are the following:\n (2) If a creditor’s petition is presented that is founded on an act of bankruptcy consisting of failure to comply with the bankruptcy notice, any person may inspect the notice.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver in relation to a debtor if the notice includes a final judgment, or final order, that is expressed in an amount of foreign currency (whether or not the judgment or order is also expressed in an amount of Australian currency).\n (c) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the day on which the application for the notice is made.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n A creditor who presents a petition to the Court under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must give to the Official Receiver:\n (b) a copy of any order entered by the Court, dismissing, staying or extending the petition, or adjourning the hearing of the petition, within 2 business days after the Court enters the order.\n\n (1) If the Court gives a direction, or makes another order, under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to a debtor, the creditor who applied under subsection 50(1A) of the Act for the Court to make a direction must:\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n (c) in accordance with the direction or other order, the creditor deposits an amount (the first amount) with the trustee for the purposes of covering the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor.\n\n (2) The creditor is entitled to a refund of the sum of the first amount and any amount covered by subsection (4) less an amount equal to the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor if any of the following events occur:\n (a) the debtor enters into a personal insolvency agreement, or the debtor’s estate is administered under Part XI of the Act, and the Court authorises the trustee to transfer the debtor’s property to some other person;\n (i) the Court is satisfied that the first amount is insufficient to cover the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor;\n (ii) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs, on application by the trustee, the creditor to deposit the additional amount with the trustee;\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n\n (2) The Court may, on application by the debtor within 15 business days after the day the petition is dismissed, order the creditor to pay the debtor an amount equal to the damage the Court assesses as resulting from the acts or omissions of the trustee in reliance on the direction or other order mentioned in paragraph (1)(b).\n\n “(2A) The Court or a magistrate may direct that an examination, or any part of an examination, under this section shall be held in private.”;\n (c) by omitting from subsection (9) “is the trustee” and substituting “has been directed to take control of the property of the relevant person”;\n “(14) Subject to subsection (14A), the applicant for an examination under this section is to pay the costs incurred in connection with the examination.\n (14A) The Court or a magistrate may order that all or some of the costs mentioned in subsection (14) are to be paid by the relevant person.”.\n\n If:\n (b) the Official Receiver accepts the declaration, and signs a copy of the declaration, under paragraph 54C(1)(a) of the Act;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsections 54D(1), 55(3A), 56B(5) and 57(3A) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (d) information about a debtor’s right to choose whether the bankruptcy is initially administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (e) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to present to the Official Receiver, under section 54A of the Act, a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition.\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to present a petition under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n If:\n (a) a debtor presents, or 2 or more debtors present, a petition to the Official Receiver under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act; and\n (b) there is in force under subsection 156A(1) of the Act an instrument of consent of a registered trustee to act as the trustee of:\n (ii) in the case of 2 or more debtors—the separate estates, the joint estates, or the joint and separate estates, of the debtors or any of them;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 56C(2) of the Act, if the Official Receiver refers a debtor’s petition against a partnership to the Court, the notice given by the Official Receiver to each member of the partnership who did not present the petition must:\n\n If a person is arrested under a warrant issued by the Court under section 78 of the Act, the arresting officer must immediately notify a Registrar of the Court.\n\n (a) a creditor lodges, or causes to be lodged, a proof of debt in a bankruptcy in accordance with section 84 of the Act; and\n (b) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the date of the bankruptcy.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n (1) For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(a) of the Act, the order that the trustee of the estate of a bankrupt must apply the proceeds of the bankrupt’s property to the costs, charges, expenses and remuneration mentioned in the following table is the order that appears in the table.\n\n

Order of payment of certain costs, charges, expenses and remuneration

Item

Costs, charges and expenses

1

Realisations charge payable by the trustee in relation to the estate under the Bankruptcy (Estate Charges) Act 1997

2

If the trustee is a registered trustee to whom the Official Trustee transferred the administration of the bankruptcy, both of the following in relation to the administration of the bankruptcy by the Official Trustee before the transfer:

(a) any remuneration payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination;

(b) any reimbursement that is payable to the Official Trustee under section 108

3

Expenses reasonably incurred by or on behalf of the trustee:

(a) in protecting all or part of the bankrupt’s assets; or

(b) in carrying on, in accordance with the Act, a business of the bankrupt

4

If a creditor made an advance to the trustee for the purposes of the trustee’s administration of the bankruptcy—an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to that advance

5

Fees, costs, charges or expenses (other than fees, costs, charges or expenses covered by another item of this table) paid or payable by the trustee in administering the bankrupt’s estate

6

If:

(a) an order was made under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to the bankrupt when the bankrupt was a debtor; and

(b) an amount was deposited by a creditor, in accordance with that order, with the trustee;

an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to the trustee’s preliminary remuneration and expenses in relation to the debtor

7

The following:

(a) if a creditor applied for:

(i) a sequestration order against the estate; or

(ii) an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act;

the taxed costs of the creditor in relation to the application;

(b) if the administrator of the estate of a deceased person presented a petition for an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act—the taxed costs of the administrator;

(c) if a person made an application for a sequestration order under Part X of the Act—both of the following:

(i) the taxed costs of that person in relation to the application;

(ii) any taxed costs of that person in respect of an application for an order under Division 5 or 6 of Part IX of the Act in relation to the estate

8

The trustee’s remuneration (other than remuneration covered by item 6):

(a) if the trustee is the Official Trustee—payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or

(b) if the trustee is a registered trustee—payable to the registered trustee under section 60‑5 of Schedule 2 to the Act

9

If:

(a) there is a committee of inspection in relation to the administration of the estate; and

(b) the creditors of the estate, or a majority of them, have approved payment of out‑of‑pocket expenses incurred by a member of the committee of inspection;

those expenses, to the extent that the trustee allows them as being fair and reasonable

10

Costs of any audit carried out under section 70‑15 or 70‑20 of Schedule 2 to the Act in relation to the estate

\n```\n\n (2) For the purposes of item 7 of the table, a reference to an applicant or a person presenting a petition is taken to include a reference to a person whose application or petition has not been proceeded with because a debtor’s petition presented by the bankrupt has been accepted by the Official Receiver (whether or not that debtor’s petition was referred to the Court under subsection 55(3B) of the Act, and whatever the outcome of such a referral).\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(e) of the Act, the maximum amount due to or in respect of an employee of a bankrupt is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum amount payable to employee

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$4,600

2

2018‑19

$4,550

3

2017‑18

$4,500

4

2016‑17

$4,450

5

2015‑16

$4,400

6

2014‑15

$4,350

7

2013‑14

$4,300

8

2012‑13

$4,200

9

2011‑12

$4,150

10

2010‑11

$4,100

11

2009‑10

$4,000

12

2008‑09

$3,950

13

2007‑08

$3,850

14

2006‑07

$3,750

15

2005‑06

$3,650

16

2004‑05

$3,550

17

2003‑04

$3,500

18

2002‑03

$3,450

19

2001‑02

$3,350

20

2000‑01

$3,300

21

1999‑2000

$3,150

22

1998‑99

$3,100

23

1997‑98

$3,100

24

1996‑97

$3,100

\n```\n\n (b) property of a kind covered by subsection (3) to the extent that it is reasonably appropriate for a household, having regard to the criteria specified in subsection (4);\n (c) property (including recreational and sports equipment) of a kind that is reasonably necessary for the domestic use of a household, having regard to:\n (c) educational, sporting or recreational items (including books) that are wholly or mainly for the use of children or students in the household;\n (c) any special climatic or other factors (including geographical isolation) of the place where the household residence is located;\n (d) whether the property is reasonably necessary for the functioning or servicing of the household as a viable and properly‑run household;\n (e) whether the costs of seizure, storage and sale of the property would be likely to exceed the sale price of the property;\n (f) if paragraph (e) does not apply—whether for any other reason (for example, costs of transport) the sale of the property would be likely to be uneconomical.\n (6) For the purposes of subsection (5), an item is an antique item only if a substantial part of its market value is attributable to its age or historical significance.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(ba)(ii) of the Act, non‑monetary sporting, cultural, military or academic awards are a kind of property that is prescribed.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(c)(i) of the Act, the maximum total value of a bankrupt’s property that is for use by the bankrupt in earning income by personal exertion is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum total value of tools

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,800

2

2018‑19

$3,800

3

2017‑18

$3,750

4

2016‑17

$3,700

5

2015‑16

$3,650

6

2014‑15

$3,600

7

2013‑14

$3,550

8

2012‑13

$3,500

9

2011‑12

$3,450

10

2010‑11

$3,400

11

2009‑10

$3,300

12

2008‑09

$3,250

13

2007‑08

$3,200

14

2006‑07

$3,100

15

2005‑06

$3,050

16

2004‑05

$3,000

17

2003‑04

$2,950

18

2002‑03

$2,900

19

2001‑02

$2,850

20

2000‑01

$2,800

21

1999‑2000

$2,650

22

1998‑99

$2,600

23

1997‑98

$2,600

24

1996‑97

$2,600

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 116(2)(ca) of the Act, the maximum aggregate value of property used by the bankrupt primarily as a means of transport is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum value of motor vehicle

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$8,100

2

2018‑19

$8,000

3

2017‑18

$7,900

4

2016‑17

$7,800

5

2015‑16

$7,700

6

2014‑15

$7,600

7

2013‑14

$7,500

8

2012‑13

$7,350

9

2011‑12

$7,200

10

2010‑11

$7,050

11

2009‑10

$6,850

12

2008‑09

$6,700

13

2007‑08

$6,500

14

2006‑07

$6,300

15

2005‑06

$6,150

16

2004‑05

$6,000

17

2003‑04

$5,900

18

2002‑03

$5,800

19

2001‑02

$5,650

20

2000‑01

$5,500

21

1999‑2000

$5,200

22

1998‑99

$5,050

23

1997‑98

$5,000

24

1996‑97

$5,000

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 120(2)(d) of the Act, a transfer is of a kind to which subsection 120(1) of the Act does not apply if the costs of recovering the transferred property would, in the opinion of the trustee in the transferor’s bankruptcy, be likely to exceed the value of the property to the transferor’s creditors.\n\n (b) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a lease—set out facts showing that subsection 133(4) of the Act has been complied with; and\n (c) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a contract—set out facts showing that the contract is, for the purposes of subsection 133(5A) of the Act, an unprofitable contract.\n (2) A trustee who gives a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must give the notice to each person who, to the trustee’s knowledge:\n (3) A failure to comply with subsection (1) or (2) does not affect the validity of a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section is made for the purposes of subparagraph (a)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act.\n (b) a reference in that Act to the taxable value of a benefit were a reference to the value, for the purposes of the Act, of the benefit; and\n (c) a reference in that Act to a declaration date were a reference to the date occurring 21 days after the end of a contribution assessment period in relation to a bankrupt; and\n (d) a reference in that Act to a declaration to be given to an employer of a person were a reference to a declaration to be given to the trustee of the person’s estate; and\n (e) a reference in that Act to a form approved by the Commissioner were a reference to a form approved by the Inspector‑General under section 6D of the Act; and\n (f) subject to paragraph (d), a reference in the FBTA Act to an employer, or to the employer, were a reference to any person (other than the bankrupt); and\n (g) a reference in the FBTA Act to an employee, or to the employee, were a reference to a bankrupt, or to the bankrupt, as the case requires.\n (5) Despite subsections (2), (3) and (4), the modifications specified or referred to in those subsections do not apply in relation to the provision of a fringe benefit (within the meaning of the FBTA Act) to a bankrupt if the provider of the fringe benefit:\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following contributions and payments made for the purpose of providing superannuation benefits for a bankrupt person are not income of the person:\n (a) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person to the extent that the contributions reduce the employer’s potential liability for the superannuation guarantee charge imposed under section 5 of the Superannuation Guarantee Charge Act 1992;\n (b) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person in accordance with the employer’s obligation to make contributions for the person under:\n (c) payments of shortfall components made to, or for the benefit of, the person under sections 65 to 67 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n (a) the contributions exceed the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage of the employee’s ordinary time earnings for the contribution assessment period; and\n\n> individual industrial agreement means an industrial agreement made solely between the employer and the person, including the following:\n\n (a) an AWA, or an ITEA, (both within the meaning of the Fair Work (Transitional Provisions and Consequential Amendments) Act 2009) to which that Act applies;\n\n> ordinary time earnings has the meaning given by subsection 6(1) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n> relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage: the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage for a year (the bankruptcy year) is the percentage whose number is the same as that set out in column 2 of the table in subsection 19(2) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992 for the financial year in which the bankruptcy year starts.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following payments or amounts are not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) a payment or amount of family tax benefit paid under the family assistance law (within the meaning of the A New Tax System (Family Assistance) (Administration) Act 1999);\n (b) an amount that is not income for the purposes of the Social Security Act 1991 because of subsection 8(8) of that Act, except for a payment or amount mentioned in paragraph (a), (h), (ha), (k), (ka), (m), (z), (za) or (zb) of that subsection.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (c) of the definition of dependant in section 139K of the Act, the prescribed amount of income derived (or likely to be derived) by a person during a contribution assessment period is:\n (b) if the period begins in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n (d) if the period begins in a later financial year—$3,741 indexed in accordance with section 114 of this instrument as if the period were that financial year.\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum income of dependant

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,720

2

2018‑19

$3,642

3

2017‑18

$3,596

4

2016‑17

$3,532

5

2015‑16

$3,459

6

2014‑15

$3,411

7

2013‑14

$3,363

8

2012‑13

$3,264

9

2011‑12

$3,181

10

2010‑11

$3,131

11

2009‑10

$3,030

12

2008‑09

$2,942

13

2007‑08

$2,870

14

2006‑07

$2,756

15

2005‑06

$2,688

16

2004‑05

$2,611

17

2003‑04

$2,549

\n```\n\n (3) If the bankrupt pays the contribution by cheque, payment is taken to occur when the cheque is cleared and the amount of the payment is credited to the account into which the cheque is deposited.\n (4) The trustee may, on reasonable notice in writing to the bankrupt, vary or withdraw an authorisation under paragraph (2)(c).\n (5) If the trustee incurs a delivery or postal charge (including a surcharge) or bank charge in connection with the receipt or processing of the contribution, the trustee may reimburse the trustee for the amount of the charge from the bankrupt’s estate.\n\n (a) a bankrupt is liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the bankrupt’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act in respect of a contribution assessment period; and\n\n (3) If the contribution remains unpaid, the deceased bankrupt’s estate is liable for the portion of the contribution attributable to the part of the period occurring before the bankrupt’s death.\n\n (b) immediately before being discharged, the person was liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the person’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act; and\n\n> Note: Section 139R of the Act provides that any liability of a bankrupt under section 139P or 139Q of the Act is not affected by the bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy after the making of the assessment that gave rise to the liability.\n\n (5) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(d)(ii), a change in the name of a person is taken to occur if the person in fact assumes the use of a different name or an additional name.\n\n A notice under section 139ZL of the Act must not specify money or property that is protected, under a law of the Commonwealth or a State or Territory, from a process such as assignment, attachment, charging, execution or garnishment.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 145(3) of the Act, notice must be given by serving it on each person to whom, under that subsection, it must be given.\n\n (a) an objection to the discharge of a bankrupt has been made on a ground, or on grounds that include a ground, mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(a) or (h) of the Act (which refer to the bankrupt being out of Australia); and\n (2) Within 5 business days after the day that the registered trustee becomes aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia, the registered trustee must give notice in writing to the Official Receiver stating:\n (ii) if the trustee does not know the day on which the bankrupt returned—the trustee became aware that the bankrupt had returned.\n\n For the purposes of the ground of objection mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(d) of the Act, a bankrupt is taken to have failed to comply with a request to provide information if the bankrupt has provided information that is incomplete or inaccurate.\n\n (c) an application is made to the Administrative Review Tribunal under section 149Q of the Act for the review of the decision of the Inspector‑General; and\n\n (a) if the debtor presents a debtor’s petition to the Official Receiver—on or before the day that the debtor so presents the petition; or\n\n If a registered trustee becomes, under subsection 156A(3) of the Act, the trustee of an estate or of joint and separate estates, the Official Receiver may give the registered trustee a certificate to that effect.\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 188(2A) of the Act, a person (other than the Official Trustee or a registered trustee) is ineligible to act under Part X of the Act as a controlling trustee in relation to a debtor in any of the following circumstances:\n (a) the person is or was convicted of an offence involving fraud or dishonesty at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (c) the person is a solicitor who does not hold an Australian practising certificate (within the meaning of the Evidence Act 1995);\n (d) the person is or was an insolvent under administration at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(f)(ii), the Inspector‑General may approve a course in insolvency by notice published on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website.\n (ii) has refused or failed to cooperate with the Inspector‑General in an inquiry or investigation under paragraph 12(1)(b) of the Act.\n (ii) invites the person to give the Inspector‑General, within 20 business days after the day the notice is given or such longer time as is specified in the notice, a written statement showing cause why the determination should not be made; and\n (5) If the Inspector‑General makes a determination under subsection (3) in relation to a person, the Inspector‑General must give the person a written notice stating the following:\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General to make a determination under subsection 49(3).\n\n (b) the person becomes ineligible to act as a controlling trustee under Part X of the Act because one or more of the circumstances prescribed by subsection 49(1) of this instrument apply in relation to the person.\n (2) The Official Trustee must perform the duties of a controlling trustee in relation to the debtor unless and until the debtor authorises another person under subsection 188(1) of the Act.\n\n (1) If, on application, the Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act that a person (the old trustee) cease to be the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate, the applicant for the order must:\n (3) If the creditors of a regulated debtor, by resolution at a meeting, remove the trustee (the old trustee) of the regulated debtor’s estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(a) of Schedule 2 to the Act, the person appointed by the creditors under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of that Schedule as trustee of the estate must:\n\n (1) If the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate (other than the Official Trustee) finalises the administration of the debtor’s estate, the trustee must:\n\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a debt agreement;\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to give the Official Receiver a debt agreement proposal under subsection 185C(1) of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n (a) any of the following awarded by a registered provider (within the meaning of the Education Services for Overseas Students Act 2000):\n (i) a Certificate IV in Financial Services (Accounting) awarded for study starting between 10 July 2004 and 23 November 2010;\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (c) a degree, diploma or similar qualification awarded by a foreign tertiary education institution and for which the Inspector‑General is satisfied the following conditions are satisfied:\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n\n#### 57 Prescribed amount of owed notified estate charges preventing renewal of registration as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraphs 186C(3)(d) and (5)(d) of the Act, the prescribed amount of notified estate charges is $500.\n\n For the purposes of section 187A of the Act, a provision of Part X of the Act specified in Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section of the Act, to joint debtors, whether partners or not.\n\n (b) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (c) information about whether a personal insolvency agreement may be administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy if any of the things mentioned in paragraphs 40(1)(i) to (m) of the Act happen in relation to a debtor;\n (f) information about a debtor’s rights and responsibilities under Part X of the Act, including a debtor’s obligation to disclose all related entities;\n (g) information about a controlling trustee’s obligation to disclose the controlling trustee’s relationship (if any) with a debtor.\n (3) A registered trustee or a solicitor authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property must not consent to exercise the powers given by the authority unless the debtor has given the registered trustee or the solicitor, as the case may be, a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the Official Trustee is authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property, the Official Receiver must not give the debtor a written approval under paragraph 188(2)(aa) of the Act unless the debtor has given the Official Trustee a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n\n (b) unable to sign the authority or an acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) of this instrument relating to the authority because of a physical incapacity.\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and debtor are familiar; or\n\n> relevant material means the authority, the information prescribed by section 59 and the acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) relating to the authority.\n\n (3) The person must, at the same time as calling a meeting of the debtor’s creditors, give a copy of the proposal for dealing with the debtor’s affairs under Part X of the Act to:\n\n> Note 1: An authority signed by a debtor under section 188 of the Act is not effective for the purposes of Part X of the Act unless, before the person authorised consents to exercise the powers given by the authority, the debtor gives to the person authorised:\n\n> Note 2: Under subsection 188(5) of the Act, a registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority must also give a copy of the authority and the debtor’s statement of affairs to the Official Receiver.\n\n (e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement.\n\n For the purposes of section 210 of the Act, a provision of Part VIII of the Act specified in Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor.\n\n#### 64 Modifications of Division 1 of Part V of the Act—debtors whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act\n\n For the purposes of subsection 211(1) of the Act, a provision in Division 1 of Part V of the Act specified in Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 218(3) of the Act, a notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act must be in writing.\n\n (1) If the Court makes a sequestration order under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act, the applicant for the order must:\n\n#### 67 Information to be given to Official Receiver in relation to orders terminating or setting aside a personal insolvency agreement\n\n> Note: If the Court makes an order setting aside or terminating a personal insolvency agreement and a registered trustee was the trustee of the agreement, the registered trustee must give written notice of the order to the Official Receiver (see subsection 224A(4) of the Act).\n\n (1) If a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act, the trustee of the agreement must:\n\n> Note: Before the termination takes effect, the trustee must give notice of the proposed termination to all the creditors who are entitled to receive notice of a meeting of creditors (see subsection 222A(2) of the Act).\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 231(1) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 4 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor who has executed a personal insolvency agreement.\n (2) For the purposes of subsection 231(3) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 5 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a personal insolvency agreement.\n\n (4) If the trustee gives a certificate to the debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act or subsection (1) of this section, the trustee must:\n (a) the person is required to give a copy of a certificate to the Official Receiver in accordance with subsection (4); and\n\n For the purposes of subsections 248(1) and (3) of the Act, a provision specified in Schedule 4 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Schedule in relation to proceedings under Part XI of the Act and the administration of estates under that Part.\n\n (1) If a trustee (within the meaning of section 254 of the Act) pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act, the trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (3) If a registered trustee pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act, the registered trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (1) For the purposes of the definition of National Personal Insolvency Index in subsection 5(1) of the Act, an electronic index to be known as the National Personal Insolvency Index is established.\n\n Division 2 of this Part (information to be entered in the Index) has effect subject to Division 3 of this Part (information not to be entered in the Index and information to be removed from the Index).\n\n (1) The person specified in column 2 of an item of the table in subsection (3) must, at a time within the time period specified in column 2 of that item, give a copy of each document specified in column 1 of that item to the Official Receiver.\n\n

Documents that must be given to the Official Receiver

Item

Column 1

Document(s)

Column 2

Person and time period

Column 3

Information

1

A notice given under subsection 181A(2) of the Act by the current trustee of a bankrupt’s estate nominating another trustee as the new trustee of the estate

The new trustee within 2 business days after the date specified in the notice (see paragraph 181A(3)(a) of the Act)

The day on which the new trustee became the trustee of the estate

2

An order under subsection 185Q(4) of the Act terminating a debt agreement

The applicant for the order within 3 business days after the order is made

The day on which the order was made

3

An order under subsection 185U(1) of the Act declaring all or part of a debt agreement void

The applicant for the order within 2 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) whether all or part of the agreement was declared void

4

An authority, signed by a debtor under subsection 188(1) of the Act, naming and authorising a registered trustee, a solicitor or the Official Trustee to call a meeting of the debtor’s creditors and to take control of the debtor’s property

The person named in the authority within 2 business days after the debtor signs the authority

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the copy of the authority was given to the Official Receiver;

(c) the day on which the debtor’s statement of affairs was given to the Official Receiver (see subsections 188(2D) and (5) of the Act);

(d) the name of the controlling trustee (see subsection 188(6) of the Act)

5

Written evidence of an event of a kind mentioned in paragraph 192(1)(a), (b) or (c) of the Act, or a written request given to the Official Trustee under paragraph 192(1)(d) of the Act, resulting in the Official Trustee becoming the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor

The Official Trustee within 14 days after the Official Trustee becomes the controlling trustee

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Trustee became the controlling trustee

6

Both of the following:

(a) a petition to the Court, under subsection 244(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of the estate of a deceased person;

(b) an affidavit verifying the petition (see subsection 244(5) of the Act)

The creditor, or one of the creditors, who presented the petition to the Court within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day the petition was presented;

(c) the name of the creditor or creditors who presented the petition;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the creditor or creditors;

(e) the day the Court is to hear the petition

7

Both of the following:

(a) a petition, under subsection 247(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of a deceased person’s estate under Part XI of the Act;

(b) a statement of the deceased person’s affairs and of the petitioner’s administration of the deceased person’s estate (see subsection 247(1) of the Act)

The petitioner within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the petition and the statement of affairs were presented;

(c) the name of the administrator;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the administrator

8

An order, under section 252B of the Act, annulling the administration of the estate of a deceased person under Part XI of the Act

The trustee of the estate within 2 business days after the trustee becomes aware of the order

The day on which the order was made

9

An order, under subsection 253E(1) of the Act, staying proceedings under a creditor’s petition or debtor’s petition

The applicant for the order within 7 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) the length of the stay (see subsection 253E(3) of the Act)

\n```\n\n (1) If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in subsection (2) is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n (aa) in the case of a statement of affairs mentioned in item 2 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the statement; and\n (a) in the case of a debtor’s petition mentioned in item 3, 4 or 5 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the petition; and\n (b) in the case of a debt agreement proposal mentioned in item 12 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the debt agreement proposal for processing.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with the Act

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A sequestration order made against the estate of a debtor (see subsection 52(1A) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(d) the name of the creditor who obtained the order;

(e) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of that creditor

2

A statement of the affairs of a person against whose estate a sequestration order is made, that is given for the purposes of subsection 54(1) of the Act

The day on which the statement of affairs was filed with the Official Receiver

3

A debtor’s petition (see subsection 55(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the resulting bankruptcy;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(e) the day on which the statement of the debtor’s affairs accepted by the Official Receiver was given to the Official Receiver for the purposes of paragraph 55(2)(b) of the Act

4

A debtor’s petition against a partnership presented by members of the partnership (see subsection 56B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of the partners who presented the petition;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the bankruptcy of each of those partners as a result of the acceptance of the petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each bankrupt partner;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those partners, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of the partnership affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

5

A debtor’s petition by joint debtors who are not partners (see subsection 57(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of those debtors;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of each bankruptcy that results from acceptance of the debtor’s petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each debtor;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those debtors, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of their joint affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

6

A notice relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 74(5A) of the Act)

The day on which the bankruptcy was annulled

7

A notice of objection by a trustee to the discharge of a bankrupt from bankruptcy (see subsection 149B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) when the objection took effect (see section 149G of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection set out in the notice (see paragraph 149C(1)(a) of the Act);

(c) the name of the trustee

8

A notice that a trustee ceases to object to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy on a particular ground (see subsection 149H(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) if there is no longer an objection on any ground—when the objection ceased to have effect (see subsection 149H(3) of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection to which the notice relates;

(c) the name of the trustee

9

A notice of withdrawal of objection by a trustee to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy (see subsection 149J(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) when the withdrawal takes effect (see subsection 149J(3) of the Act);

(b) the name of the trustee

10

A notice about the cancellation, under subsection 149N(1) of the Act, of a notice of objection filed by a trustee of a bankrupt’s estate (see subsection 149P(1) of the Act)

The day on which the cancellation took effect

11

A certificate relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 153A(2) of the Act)

The date of annulment included in the certificate

12

A debtor’s written proposal for a debt agreement (see subsection 185C(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185E of the Act)

13

A notification that a debt agreement has ended (see subsection 185N(5) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the debt agreement ended;

(b) the reasons why the debt agreement ended

14

A notification that control of the property of a debtor has ended (see subsection 189(1B) of the Act)

The day on which that control ended

15

A personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor (see paragraph 218(1)(b) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the agreement was executed;

(c) the name of the trustee of the personal insolvency agreement

16

A resolution or special resolution terminating a personal insolvency agreement (see subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

17

A resolution or special resolution terminating a composition or scheme of arrangement (see section 76B and subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated

18

A notice that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated or set aside (see subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated or set aside

19

A notice that a composition or scheme of arrangement is terminated or set aside (see section 76B and subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated or set aside

20

An order that the estate of a deceased person be administered under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 244(14), 245(3) or 247(3) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee administering the estate

21

A statement of a deceased person’s affairs and of the administration of the deceased person’s estate by a legal personal representative of the deceased person (see paragraph 246(1)(b) of the Act)

The day on which the statement was given to the Official Receiver

22

A certificate in relation to the annulment, by force of subsection 252A(1) of the Act, of the administration of an estate under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 252A(2) of the Act)

The day of the annulment

\n```\n\n If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with this instrument

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A creditor’s petition presented against a debtor or joint debtors (see section 13)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor or joint debtors;

(b) the day on which the petition was presented against the debtor or joint debtors;

(c) the name of the petitioning creditor;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the petitioning creditor;

(e) the day of the court hearing for a sequestration order relating to the petition

2

A direction given, or an order made, by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act (see section 14 of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor to whom the order or direction relates;

(b) the day on which the order was made or the direction given;

(c) the day (if any) on which a trustee’s control of that debtor’s property is to end (see subsection 50(1B) of the Act)

3

A notice under subsection 46(2) that the Administrative Review Tribunal has varied or set aside a decision of the Inspector‑General in relation to a notice of objection

The day on which the decision was varied or set aside

4

A notice given under subsection 52(1) in relation to an order about a regulated debtor’s estate, if the order provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of the estate

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the new trustee;

(b) the day of the appointment

5

A notice given under subsection 52(3) by a person appointed as trustee of the estate of a regulated debtor

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the person appointed;

(b) the day of the appointment

6

A notice under subsection 53(1) that the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate has finalised the administration of the debtor’s estate

The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised

7

A notice under subparagraph 62(2)(a)(ii) of particulars specified in subsection 62(3) in relation to a special resolution passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors

The particulars

8

A sequestration order against the estate of a debtor made under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act (see subsection 66(1) of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) if the person who applied for the order was a creditor of the debtor—the name of the creditor and the name and telephone number of the creditor’s solicitor (if any);

(d) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate

9

A notice under paragraph 68(1)(a) that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

10

A certificate given by a trustee to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act (see subsection 70(4) of this instrument)

The day on which the trustee signed the certificate

\n```\n\n If an event specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section occurs, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n| Item | Column 1Event | Column 2Information |\n| ---- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |\n| 1 | A bankrupt is, by force of subsection 149(1) of the Act, discharged from bankruptcy | The day on which the bankrupt was discharged from bankruptcy |\n| 2 | The Official Receiver issues a certificate of appointment to a registered trustee under subsection 157(3) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the name of the registered trustee;(b) the day on which the registered trustee was appointed |\n| 3 | A trustee, or the Official Trustee, is released from the trusteeship of an estate by force of section 184 or 184A of the Act | The fact that the trustee, or the Official Trustee, has been so released |\n| 4 | A debt agreement proposal is withdrawn | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was withdrawn |\n| 5 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement that was made before 1 July 2007 is accepted (see sections 185B and 185P of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the proposal was accepted |\n| 6 | A debt agreement proposal is not accepted (see section 185EC of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was not accepted |\n| 7 | The Official Receiver cancels the acceptance of a debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185ED of the Act) | The day on which the Official Receiver cancelled the acceptance of the debt agreement proposal for processing |\n| 8 | A debt agreement proposal lapses (see section 185G of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal lapsed |\n| 9 | The Official Receiver gives to a debtor a certificate under subsection 185N(3) of the Act | The day on which the certificate was given |\n| 10 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement is accepted (see section 185PC of the Act) | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 11 | The Official Receiver terminates a debt agreement under subsection 185QA(1) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 12 | The minutes of a meeting of creditors at which a special resolution was passed terminating a debt agreement made before 1 July 2007 are given to the Official Receiver (see subsection 185QA(1) of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the resolution was passed |\n| 13 | A special resolution is passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors under subsection 204(1) of the Act if the Official Trustee called the meeting under an authority under section 188 of the Act | All of the following:(a) the date of the resolution;(b) the debtor’s full name and alias (if any);(c) the debtor’s address;(d) the debtor’s occupation (if any);(e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement |\n| 14 | A sequestration order is made against the estate of a debtor under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | All of the following:(a) particulars of the debtor;(b) the day on which the order was made;(c) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate |\n| 15 | An order is made under subsection 222(1), (2) or (5) of the Act setting aside a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was set aside |\n| 16 | A personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act where the Official Trustee is the trustee of the agreement | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 17 | An order is made under subsection 222C(1) of the Act terminating a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 18 | The Official Trustee gives a certificate to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act | The day on which the Official Trustee signed the certificate |\n| 19 | The Official Trustee finalises the administration of a debtor’s estate | The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised |\n| 20 | The Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act, on application by the Inspector‑General, that provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of an estate | Both of the following:(a) the name of the new trustee;(b) the day of the appointment |\n| 21 | The Official Trustee is appointed by the creditors of an estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of Schedule 2 to the Act as trustee of an estate | The day of the appointment |\n\n> Note: A number of provisions of the Act require the Official Receiver to enter information in the Index when certain events occur. These provisions include the following:\n\n (a) a debtor whose property is under the control of the Official Trustee or a registered trustee because of a direction given by the Court under paragraph 50(1)(a) of the Act;\n (c) a deceased debtor if a petition for an order for the administration of the deceased debtor’s estate has been presented under Part XI of the Act;\n (d) a debtor in relation to whom an application is made to the Court under subsection 253E(1) of the Act for an order staying all or any proceedings under a petition.\n (3) In the case of a deceased debtor, the information to be entered in accordance with paragraphs (1)(a), (b) and (c) is the information immediately before the debtor’s death.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (4), a person who is a debtor or bankrupt may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General for information about the person:\n (a) not to be entered in the Index, on the ground that the entry of the information would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n\n> Note: Example: A person may rely on a court order (such as a domestic violence order) to show that publication of the information in question would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under paragraph 80(3)(a) refusing to grant an application.\n\n (1) If a debt agreement ends under section 185N of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (2) If a debt agreement is terminated under section 185P, 185Q, 185QA or 185R of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (3) If an order is made under section 185U of the Act declaring all of a debt agreement void, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n\n The Official Receiver must remove all information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index within 1 year after the day on which any of the following occurs:\n\n (1) A person may, by application in writing, ask the Official Receiver to inspect material in the Index and give to the person an extract of material specified in the application.\n (a) if the applicant has paid any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination for obtaining the requested extract—must inspect the Index and, within 10 business days of receiving the application:\n (b) may give the applicant a list of Index search agents who may be able to inspect material entered in the Index for the applicant.\n (3) A person who has been granted access to the Index by the Inspector‑General may, after paying any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination:\n (4) However, prior payment is not required under subsection (3) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n An extract of information in the Index is admissible in any proceedings as prima facie evidence of the matters in the extract.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General, and any officer acting at the direction or with the authority of the Inspector‑General, have immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n (2) An officer has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (3) A person who provides material for entry in the Index has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of the material by way of:\n (5) The immunity of the Inspector‑General or another officer under this section arising out of publication of material extends to the Commonwealth and the Official Trustee to the extent that the Commonwealth or the Official Trustee would, apart from this subsection, be liable in respect of the publication.\n (6) This section does not limit any other ground of defence in relation to actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n\n (b) the person executing the warrant considers that it is impracticable to immediately bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n (b) a day and time when the person executing the warrant considers that it will be practicable to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n\n (1) If the Registrar receives a notification under subsection 87(2) in relation to an apprehended person, the Registrar must, as soon as reasonably practicable:\n (a) determine a day, time and place for the apprehended person to be brought before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate; and\n (b) direct the person who gave the notification to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate in accordance with that determination.\n (2) The time and day determined under paragraph (1)(a) must be the earliest that the Registrar reasonably believes are practicable.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 277B(1) of the Act, this Division establishes an infringement notice scheme, as an alternative to prosecution, for an infringement notice provision.\n\n (1) If the Inspector‑General believes on reasonable grounds that a person has contravened an infringement notice provision, the Inspector‑General may give to the person an infringement notice for the alleged contravention.\n (2) The infringement notice must be given within 12 months after the day on which the contravention is alleged to have taken place.\n (3) A single infringement notice must relate only to a single contravention of a single provision unless subsection (4) applies.\n (4) The Inspector‑General may give a person a single infringement notice relating to multiple contraventions of a single provision if:\n\n (e) give brief details of the alleged contravention, or each alleged contravention, to which the notice relates, including:\n (f) state the amount that is payable under the notice, as worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act and subsection (2) of this section; and\n (h) state that, if the person to whom the notice is given pays the amount within 20 business days after the day the notice is given, then (unless the notice is withdrawn) the person will not be liable to be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (k) state that the person may choose not to pay the amount and, if the person does so the person may be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (n) state that the person may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) If the notice relates to more than one alleged contravention of the provision by the person, the amount to be stated in the notice for the purposes of paragraph (1)(f) is the sum of the amount worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act for each alleged contravention.\n\n> Note: Under section 90, a single infringement notice may only deal with multiple contraventions if they are contraventions of a single provision continuing over a period.\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may apply to the Inspector‑General for an extension of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h).\n (2) If the application is made before the end of that period, the Inspector‑General may, in writing, extend that period. The Inspector‑General may do so before or after the end of that period.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General extends that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to that period so extended.\n (4) If the Inspector‑General does not extend that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to the period that ends on the later of the following days:\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) The Inspector‑General may withdraw an infringement notice given to a person (whether or not the person has made written representations seeking the withdrawal).\n (3) When deciding whether or not to withdraw an infringement notice (the relevant infringement notice), the Inspector‑General:\n (a) must take into account any written representations seeking the withdrawal that were given by the person to the Inspector‑General; and\n (i) whether a court has previously imposed a penalty on the person for a contravention of an infringement notice provision;\n (iii) whether the person has paid an amount, stated in an earlier infringement notice, for a contravention of an infringement notice provision if the contravention is constituted by conduct that is the same, or substantially the same, as the conduct alleged to constitute the contravention in the relevant infringement notice;\n\n (1) If the person to whom an infringement notice for an alleged contravention of a provision is given pays the amount stated in the notice before the end of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h):\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may sign a certificate that states any of the following in relation to an infringement notice given to a person:\n (b) that the Inspector‑General granted, or refused to grant, an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice;\n (c) if the Inspector‑General granted an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice—that that amount was not fully paid by the person within the period specified in the extension;\n (2) At a hearing of a prosecution for an offence alleged in an infringement notice, a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General in accordance with subsection (1) is prima facie evidence of the matters specified in the certificate.\n (3) A certificate that purports to be signed by the Inspector‑General is taken to have been signed by the Inspector‑General unless the contrary is proved.\n\n (a) require an infringement notice to be given to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (c) prevent the giving of 2 or more infringement notices to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (d) limit a court’s discretion to determine the amount of a penalty to be imposed on a person who is found to have contravened an infringement notice provision.\n\n (b) unless the person, by notice in writing to the Inspector‑General, directs otherwise—offset against estate charge or late payment penalty payable by the person.\n\n (1) A payment of interest charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) A payment of realisations charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or served on, a person (other than the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee), the document may be:\n (a) sent by a courier service to the person at the address of the person last known to the person serving the document; or\n (b) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name and any relevant document exchange number, at a document exchange where the person maintains a document exchange facility; or\n (i) by a kind of electronic communication that transmits the document to a facility maintained by the person for receipt of electronically transmitted documents; or\n (ii) by a kind of electronic communication such that, in the ordinary course of events, the document could be reasonably expected to be received by the person.\n\n> Note: The Electronic Transactions Act 1999 applies to a requirement or permission to give information under the Bankruptcy Act 1966 or this instrument, including electronic communications covered by this section.\n\n> Note: However, paragraph (d) of this subsection permits information to be given by means of particular kinds of electronic communication, in accordance with the information technology requirements in subsection (3). This means the requirements in section 9 of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999 do not apply in relation to electronic communications covered by this section (see subsection 9(3) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999).\n\n (2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(a) or (b), in the absence of proof to the contrary, the document is taken to have been received by, or served on, the person when the document would, in the due course of business practice, be delivered to that address or document exchange.\n\n (a) at the time the document is sent, it is reasonable to expect that the document would be readily accessible so as to be useable for subsequent reference; and\n (b) the document is sent in one of the following formats, or in a format that is similar to or readily convertible into one of the following formats:\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, this section applies if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or filed or lodged with:\n (2) The document must be posted, delivered, sent by email, or sent through the website of the Australian Financial Security Authority, to:\n (3) If this section applies, the document is taken to be received, filed or lodged only when the document (or, where applicable, a copy of it) is actually received by, or on behalf of, the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver (as the case requires).\n\n (1) Subsection (2) applies in any proceedings to a document or copy of a document that purports to be a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General stating that, at a particular time, the form of statement of affairs that is attached to the certificate was the approved form for the purposes of section 6A of the Act.\n\n A fee is not payable by the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver in respect of an application to, or the filing of a document in, the Court in relation to proceedings under the Act, this instrument or the Insolvency Practice Rules.\n\n (2) If such a fee is payable in respect of the doing of a matter or thing by the Official Receiver, the matter or thing need not be done unless the fee has been paid.\n\n (1) The Official Trustee’s entitlement to remuneration under the Fees and Remuneration Determination arises when the Official Trustee:\n (a) performs work or first acts in accordance with section 3.03, 3.04, 3.07 or 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (2) For paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (d), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee in respect of an amount received by the Official Trustee:\n\n (1) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.03 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the property or business of a debtor, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (2) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.04 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a composition or scheme of arrangement with the creditors of a bankrupt, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the composition or scheme of arrangement as the case may be.\n (3) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor who signed an authority under section 188 of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (4) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the estate of a bankrupt, or of a deceased person for whose estate an order for administration has been made under Part XI of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the bankrupt or deceased person as the case may be.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a request by a bankrupt to the Official Trustee for the Official Trustee’s consent, under paragraph 272(1)(c) of the Act, to the bankrupt leaving Australia.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may decide to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4) if the Inspector‑General is reasonably satisfied that:\n (a) payment of the fee by the person liable to pay it has imposed, or would impose, hardship on the person that is unusual and exceptional in comparison to the hardship arising in the normal course of bankruptcy; or\n (b) unless the fee is payable to the Inspector‑General—the officer to whom the fee is payable or would have been payable if the fee had not been waived or remitted.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General decides under subsection (1) to refuse to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4), the notification under subsection (2) in relation to the decision must include the reasons for the decision.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under subsection 111(1) refusing to waive or remit the whole or part of a fee that is payable by the person.\n\n If, under the Act, a trustee takes possession of, or attaches, the property of a bankrupt, debtor or deceased person, the trustee must, as soon as is reasonably practicable:\n (b) give a copy of the inventory, of the photographs or of the video recordings, as the case may be, to any person who has custody of the property or part of the property.\n\n (1) If a provision of this instrument states that a dollar amount is to be indexed in accordance with this section, then at the start of each financial year (an indexation year) beginning on or after 1 July 2021, the dollar amount is replaced by the amount worked out using the following formula:\n ![Start formula Indexation factor for the indexation year times Dollar amount for the previous year end formula](image.002.png)\n ![Start formula start fraction Index number for the reference quarter over Index number for the base quarter end fraction end formula](image.003.png)\n\n> index number, for a quarter, means the All Groups Consumer Price Index number (being the weighted average of the 8 capital cities) published by the Australian Statistician for that quarter.\n\n (4) If an indexation factor worked out under subsection (2) would be less than 1, that indexation factor is to be increased to 1.\n (a) are to be made using only the index numbers published in terms of the most recently published index reference period; and\n (b) are to be made disregarding index numbers that are published in substitution for previously published index numbers (except where the substituted numbers are published to take account of changes in the index reference period).\n\n (a) a thing was done for a particular purpose under the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996 as in force immediately before those Regulations were repealed; and\n (2) Without limiting subsection (1), a reference in that subsection to a thing being done includes a reference to a notice, application or other instrument being given or made.\n\n Despite the repeal of the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996, item 3 of Schedule 4 to those Regulations, as in force immediately before that repeal, continues to apply in relation to a contribution assessment period if an assessment under section 139W of the Act was made for that contribution assessment period before that repeal.\n\n Section 102, as substituted by Schedule 1 to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Electronic Service) Regulations 2024, applies in relation to a document that is given or sent to, or served on, a person on or after the commencement of that Schedule.\n\n## 106 Payment of fees\n\n (2) If such a fee is payable in respect of the doing of a matter or thing by the Official Receiver, the matter or thing need not be done unless the fee has been paid.\n\n## 107 Official Trustee’s entitlement to interim remuneration\n\n (1) The Official Trustee’s entitlement to remuneration under the Fees and Remuneration Determination arises when the Official Trustee:\n (a) performs work or first acts in accordance with section 3.03, 3.04, 3.07 or 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (2) For paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (d), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee in respect of an amount received by the Official Trustee:\n\n## 108 Reimbursement of Official Trustee for expenses\n\n (1) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.03 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the property or business of a debtor, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (2) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.04 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a composition or scheme of arrangement with the creditors of a bankrupt, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the composition or scheme of arrangement as the case may be.\n (3) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor who signed an authority under section 188 of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (4) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the estate of a bankrupt, or of a deceased person for whose estate an order for administration has been made under Part XI of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the bankrupt or deceased person as the case may be.\n\n## 109 Fee for inspecting notes and transcript of evidence\n\n## 110 Fee for making request for consent to leave Australia\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a request by a bankrupt to the Official Trustee for the Official Trustee’s consent, under paragraph 272(1)(c) of the Act, to the bankrupt leaving Australia.\n\n## 111 Waiver or remission of fees by Inspector‑General\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may decide to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4) if the Inspector‑General is reasonably satisfied that:\n (a) payment of the fee by the person liable to pay it has imposed, or would impose, hardship on the person that is unusual and exceptional in comparison to the hardship arising in the normal course of bankruptcy; or\n (b) unless the fee is payable to the Inspector‑General—the officer to whom the fee is payable or would have been payable if the fee had not been waived or remitted.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General decides under subsection (1) to refuse to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4), the notification under subsection (2) in relation to the decision must include the reasons for the decision.\n\n## 112 Review of decision of the Inspector‑General\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under subsection 111(1) refusing to waive or remit the whole or part of a fee that is payable by the person.\n\n## Division 3 Other matters\n\n> electronic communication means an electronic communication within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of electronic communication in subsection 5(1) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999.\n\n> legal practitioner means a barrister, a solicitor, a barrister and solicitor or a legal practitioner, of the High Court or of the Supreme Court of a State or Territory.\n\n (a) remuneration paid to the trustee in accordance with a direction, or other order, made by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act directing the trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or making another order in relation to the property; and\n (ii) in relation to the examination of the debtor, or an examinable person in relation to the debtor, as a result of the issue of a summons under subsection 50(2) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section sets out the requirements for an application to the Official Receiver for a bankruptcy notice by a person who has obtained against a debtor one, or 2 or more, final judgments or final orders of a kind described in paragraph 40(1)(g) of the Act.\n\n (a) if any final order specified in the application is an award that is a final order because of subparagraph 40(3)(a)(i) of the Act—both of the following:\n (i) a copy of the award certified as a true copy by the arbitrator who made the award or by an officer of the Court who has compared the copy with the original award;\n (ii) a certificate of the judgment or order sealed by the court that made the judgment or order (the relevant court) or signed by an officer of the relevant court;\n (iii) a copy of the entry of the judgment or order certified as a true copy of that entry and sealed by the relevant court or signed by an officer of the relevant court.\n\n> Note 2: A fee is payable to the Official Receiver for an application under this section (see the Fees and Remuneration Determination).\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice must follow that form in respect of its format (for example, bold or italic typeface, underlining and notes).\n\n> Note: Section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 provides that strict compliance with a form is not required and substantial compliance is sufficient.\n\n (2) A bankruptcy notice in relation to a debtor that is served on the debtor outside of a period mentioned in subsection (1) is not valid.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (a) of the definition of statutory minimum in subsection 5(1) of the Act, the amount prescribed is $10,000.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (2), the only persons who may inspect a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver under subsection 41(1) of the Act are the following:\n (2) If a creditor’s petition is presented that is founded on an act of bankruptcy consisting of failure to comply with the bankruptcy notice, any person may inspect the notice.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a bankruptcy notice issued by the Official Receiver in relation to a debtor if the notice includes a final judgment, or final order, that is expressed in an amount of foreign currency (whether or not the judgment or order is also expressed in an amount of Australian currency).\n (c) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the day on which the application for the notice is made.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n A creditor who presents a petition to the Court under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must give to the Official Receiver:\n (b) a copy of any order entered by the Court, dismissing, staying or extending the petition, or adjourning the hearing of the petition, within 2 business days after the Court enters the order.\n\n (1) If the Court gives a direction, or makes another order, under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to a debtor, the creditor who applied under subsection 50(1A) of the Act for the Court to make a direction must:\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n (c) in accordance with the direction or other order, the creditor deposits an amount (the first amount) with the trustee for the purposes of covering the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor.\n\n (2) The creditor is entitled to a refund of the sum of the first amount and any amount covered by subsection (4) less an amount equal to the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor if any of the following events occur:\n (a) the debtor enters into a personal insolvency agreement, or the debtor’s estate is administered under Part XI of the Act, and the Court authorises the trustee to transfer the debtor’s property to some other person;\n (i) the Court is satisfied that the first amount is insufficient to cover the preliminary remuneration and expenses of the trustee in relation to the debtor;\n (ii) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs, on application by the trustee, the creditor to deposit the additional amount with the trustee;\n\n (b) the Court, under subsection 50(1) of the Act, directs a trustee to take control of the debtor’s property or makes another order in relation to the property; and\n\n (2) The Court may, on application by the debtor within 15 business days after the day the petition is dismissed, order the creditor to pay the debtor an amount equal to the damage the Court assesses as resulting from the acts or omissions of the trustee in reliance on the direction or other order mentioned in paragraph (1)(b).\n\n “(2A) The Court or a magistrate may direct that an examination, or any part of an examination, under this section shall be held in private.”;\n (c) by omitting from subsection (9) “is the trustee” and substituting “has been directed to take control of the property of the relevant person”;\n “(14) Subject to subsection (14A), the applicant for an examination under this section is to pay the costs incurred in connection with the examination.\n (14A) The Court or a magistrate may order that all or some of the costs mentioned in subsection (14) are to be paid by the relevant person.”.\n\n If:\n (b) the Official Receiver accepts the declaration, and signs a copy of the declaration, under paragraph 54C(1)(a) of the Act;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsections 54D(1), 55(3A), 56B(5) and 57(3A) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (d) information about a debtor’s right to choose whether the bankruptcy is initially administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (e) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to present to the Official Receiver, under section 54A of the Act, a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition.\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to present a petition under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n If:\n (a) a debtor presents, or 2 or more debtors present, a petition to the Official Receiver under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act; and\n (b) there is in force under subsection 156A(1) of the Act an instrument of consent of a registered trustee to act as the trustee of:\n (ii) in the case of 2 or more debtors—the separate estates, the joint estates, or the joint and separate estates, of the debtors or any of them;\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 56C(2) of the Act, if the Official Receiver refers a debtor’s petition against a partnership to the Court, the notice given by the Official Receiver to each member of the partnership who did not present the petition must:\n\n If a person is arrested under a warrant issued by the Court under section 78 of the Act, the arresting officer must immediately notify a Registrar of the Court.\n\n (a) a creditor lodges, or causes to be lodged, a proof of debt in a bankruptcy in accordance with section 84 of the Act; and\n (b) a statement to the effect that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into the equivalent amount of Australian currency has been made in accordance with this section.\n (3) For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(a)(ii), the equivalent amount of Australian currency is the amount worked out using the rate of exchange for the foreign currency published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in relation to the day that is 2 business days before the date of the bankruptcy.\n\n> Note: The Reserve Bank of Australia exchange rates could in 2021 be viewed on the Reserve Bank of Australia’s website (http://www.rba.gov.au).\n\n (1) For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(a) of the Act, the order that the trustee of the estate of a bankrupt must apply the proceeds of the bankrupt’s property to the costs, charges, expenses and remuneration mentioned in the following table is the order that appears in the table.\n\n

Order of payment of certain costs, charges, expenses and remuneration

Item

Costs, charges and expenses

1

Realisations charge payable by the trustee in relation to the estate under the Bankruptcy (Estate Charges) Act 1997

2

If the trustee is a registered trustee to whom the Official Trustee transferred the administration of the bankruptcy, both of the following in relation to the administration of the bankruptcy by the Official Trustee before the transfer:

(a) any remuneration payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination;

(b) any reimbursement that is payable to the Official Trustee under section 108

3

Expenses reasonably incurred by or on behalf of the trustee:

(a) in protecting all or part of the bankrupt’s assets; or

(b) in carrying on, in accordance with the Act, a business of the bankrupt

4

If a creditor made an advance to the trustee for the purposes of the trustee’s administration of the bankruptcy—an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to that advance

5

Fees, costs, charges or expenses (other than fees, costs, charges or expenses covered by another item of this table) paid or payable by the trustee in administering the bankrupt’s estate

6

If:

(a) an order was made under subsection 50(1) of the Act in relation to the bankrupt when the bankrupt was a debtor; and

(b) an amount was deposited by a creditor, in accordance with that order, with the trustee;

an amount, payable to the creditor, equal to the trustee’s preliminary remuneration and expenses in relation to the debtor

7

The following:

(a) if a creditor applied for:

(i) a sequestration order against the estate; or

(ii) an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act;

the taxed costs of the creditor in relation to the application;

(b) if the administrator of the estate of a deceased person presented a petition for an order for the administration of the estate under Part XI of the Act—the taxed costs of the administrator;

(c) if a person made an application for a sequestration order under Part X of the Act—both of the following:

(i) the taxed costs of that person in relation to the application;

(ii) any taxed costs of that person in respect of an application for an order under Division 5 or 6 of Part IX of the Act in relation to the estate

8

The trustee’s remuneration (other than remuneration covered by item 6):

(a) if the trustee is the Official Trustee—payable to the Official Trustee under the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or

(b) if the trustee is a registered trustee—payable to the registered trustee under section 60‑5 of Schedule 2 to the Act

9

If:

(a) there is a committee of inspection in relation to the administration of the estate; and

(b) the creditors of the estate, or a majority of them, have approved payment of out‑of‑pocket expenses incurred by a member of the committee of inspection;

those expenses, to the extent that the trustee allows them as being fair and reasonable

10

Costs of any audit carried out under section 70‑15 or 70‑20 of Schedule 2 to the Act in relation to the estate

\n```\n\n (2) For the purposes of item 7 of the table, a reference to an applicant or a person presenting a petition is taken to include a reference to a person whose application or petition has not been proceeded with because a debtor’s petition presented by the bankrupt has been accepted by the Official Receiver (whether or not that debtor’s petition was referred to the Court under subsection 55(3B) of the Act, and whatever the outcome of such a referral).\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(e) of the Act, the maximum amount due to or in respect of an employee of a bankrupt is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum amount payable to employee

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$4,600

2

2018‑19

$4,550

3

2017‑18

$4,500

4

2016‑17

$4,450

5

2015‑16

$4,400

6

2014‑15

$4,350

7

2013‑14

$4,300

8

2012‑13

$4,200

9

2011‑12

$4,150

10

2010‑11

$4,100

11

2009‑10

$4,000

12

2008‑09

$3,950

13

2007‑08

$3,850

14

2006‑07

$3,750

15

2005‑06

$3,650

16

2004‑05

$3,550

17

2003‑04

$3,500

18

2002‑03

$3,450

19

2001‑02

$3,350

20

2000‑01

$3,300

21

1999‑2000

$3,150

22

1998‑99

$3,100

23

1997‑98

$3,100

24

1996‑97

$3,100

\n```\n\n (b) property of a kind covered by subsection (3) to the extent that it is reasonably appropriate for a household, having regard to the criteria specified in subsection (4);\n (c) property (including recreational and sports equipment) of a kind that is reasonably necessary for the domestic use of a household, having regard to:\n (c) educational, sporting or recreational items (including books) that are wholly or mainly for the use of children or students in the household;\n (c) any special climatic or other factors (including geographical isolation) of the place where the household residence is located;\n (d) whether the property is reasonably necessary for the functioning or servicing of the household as a viable and properly‑run household;\n (e) whether the costs of seizure, storage and sale of the property would be likely to exceed the sale price of the property;\n (f) if paragraph (e) does not apply—whether for any other reason (for example, costs of transport) the sale of the property would be likely to be uneconomical.\n (6) For the purposes of subsection (5), an item is an antique item only if a substantial part of its market value is attributable to its age or historical significance.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(ba)(ii) of the Act, non‑monetary sporting, cultural, military or academic awards are a kind of property that is prescribed.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(c)(i) of the Act, the maximum total value of a bankrupt’s property that is for use by the bankrupt in earning income by personal exertion is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum total value of tools

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,800

2

2018‑19

$3,800

3

2017‑18

$3,750

4

2016‑17

$3,700

5

2015‑16

$3,650

6

2014‑15

$3,600

7

2013‑14

$3,550

8

2012‑13

$3,500

9

2011‑12

$3,450

10

2010‑11

$3,400

11

2009‑10

$3,300

12

2008‑09

$3,250

13

2007‑08

$3,200

14

2006‑07

$3,100

15

2005‑06

$3,050

16

2004‑05

$3,000

17

2003‑04

$2,950

18

2002‑03

$2,900

19

2001‑02

$2,850

20

2000‑01

$2,800

21

1999‑2000

$2,650

22

1998‑99

$2,600

23

1997‑98

$2,600

24

1996‑97

$2,600

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 116(2)(ca) of the Act, the maximum aggregate value of property used by the bankrupt primarily as a means of transport is:\n (a) if the date of the bankruptcy is in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum value of motor vehicle

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$8,100

2

2018‑19

$8,000

3

2017‑18

$7,900

4

2016‑17

$7,800

5

2015‑16

$7,700

6

2014‑15

$7,600

7

2013‑14

$7,500

8

2012‑13

$7,350

9

2011‑12

$7,200

10

2010‑11

$7,050

11

2009‑10

$6,850

12

2008‑09

$6,700

13

2007‑08

$6,500

14

2006‑07

$6,300

15

2005‑06

$6,150

16

2004‑05

$6,000

17

2003‑04

$5,900

18

2002‑03

$5,800

19

2001‑02

$5,650

20

2000‑01

$5,500

21

1999‑2000

$5,200

22

1998‑99

$5,050

23

1997‑98

$5,000

24

1996‑97

$5,000

\n```\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 120(2)(d) of the Act, a transfer is of a kind to which subsection 120(1) of the Act does not apply if the costs of recovering the transferred property would, in the opinion of the trustee in the transferor’s bankruptcy, be likely to exceed the value of the property to the transferor’s creditors.\n\n (b) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a lease—set out facts showing that subsection 133(4) of the Act has been complied with; and\n (c) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of a contract—set out facts showing that the contract is, for the purposes of subsection 133(5A) of the Act, an unprofitable contract.\n (2) A trustee who gives a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must give the notice to each person who, to the trustee’s knowledge:\n (3) A failure to comply with subsection (1) or (2) does not affect the validity of a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act.\n\n (1) This section is made for the purposes of subparagraph (a)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act.\n (b) a reference in that Act to the taxable value of a benefit were a reference to the value, for the purposes of the Act, of the benefit; and\n (c) a reference in that Act to a declaration date were a reference to the date occurring 21 days after the end of a contribution assessment period in relation to a bankrupt; and\n (d) a reference in that Act to a declaration to be given to an employer of a person were a reference to a declaration to be given to the trustee of the person’s estate; and\n (e) a reference in that Act to a form approved by the Commissioner were a reference to a form approved by the Inspector‑General under section 6D of the Act; and\n (f) subject to paragraph (d), a reference in the FBTA Act to an employer, or to the employer, were a reference to any person (other than the bankrupt); and\n (g) a reference in the FBTA Act to an employee, or to the employee, were a reference to a bankrupt, or to the bankrupt, as the case requires.\n (5) Despite subsections (2), (3) and (4), the modifications specified or referred to in those subsections do not apply in relation to the provision of a fringe benefit (within the meaning of the FBTA Act) to a bankrupt if the provider of the fringe benefit:\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following contributions and payments made for the purpose of providing superannuation benefits for a bankrupt person are not income of the person:\n (a) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person to the extent that the contributions reduce the employer’s potential liability for the superannuation guarantee charge imposed under section 5 of the Superannuation Guarantee Charge Act 1992;\n (b) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person in accordance with the employer’s obligation to make contributions for the person under:\n (c) payments of shortfall components made to, or for the benefit of, the person under sections 65 to 67 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n (a) the contributions exceed the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage of the employee’s ordinary time earnings for the contribution assessment period; and\n\n> individual industrial agreement means an industrial agreement made solely between the employer and the person, including the following:\n\n (a) an AWA, or an ITEA, (both within the meaning of the Fair Work (Transitional Provisions and Consequential Amendments) Act 2009) to which that Act applies;\n\n> ordinary time earnings has the meaning given by subsection 6(1) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n> relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage: the relevant superannuation guarantee charge percentage for a year (the bankruptcy year) is the percentage whose number is the same as that set out in column 2 of the table in subsection 19(2) of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992 for the financial year in which the bankruptcy year starts.\n\n For the purposes of subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in subsection 139L(1) of the Act, the following payments or amounts are not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) a payment or amount of family tax benefit paid under the family assistance law (within the meaning of the A New Tax System (Family Assistance) (Administration) Act 1999);\n (b) an amount that is not income for the purposes of the Social Security Act 1991 because of subsection 8(8) of that Act, except for a payment or amount mentioned in paragraph (a), (h), (ha), (k), (ka), (m), (z), (za) or (zb) of that subsection.\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (c) of the definition of dependant in section 139K of the Act, the prescribed amount of income derived (or likely to be derived) by a person during a contribution assessment period is:\n (b) if the period begins in a financial year specified in column 1 of an item of the following table—the amount specified in column 2 of that item; or\n (d) if the period begins in a later financial year—$3,741 indexed in accordance with section 114 of this instrument as if the period were that financial year.\n\n> Note: Indexed amounts could in 2021 be viewed on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website (http://www.afsa.gov.au).\n\n

Maximum income of dependant

Item

Column 1

Financial year

Column 2

Amount

1

2019‑20

$3,720

2

2018‑19

$3,642

3

2017‑18

$3,596

4

2016‑17

$3,532

5

2015‑16

$3,459

6

2014‑15

$3,411

7

2013‑14

$3,363

8

2012‑13

$3,264

9

2011‑12

$3,181

10

2010‑11

$3,131

11

2009‑10

$3,030

12

2008‑09

$2,942

13

2007‑08

$2,870

14

2006‑07

$2,756

15

2005‑06

$2,688

16

2004‑05

$2,611

17

2003‑04

$2,549

\n```\n\n (3) If the bankrupt pays the contribution by cheque, payment is taken to occur when the cheque is cleared and the amount of the payment is credited to the account into which the cheque is deposited.\n (4) The trustee may, on reasonable notice in writing to the bankrupt, vary or withdraw an authorisation under paragraph (2)(c).\n (5) If the trustee incurs a delivery or postal charge (including a surcharge) or bank charge in connection with the receipt or processing of the contribution, the trustee may reimburse the trustee for the amount of the charge from the bankrupt’s estate.\n\n (a) a bankrupt is liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the bankrupt’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act in respect of a contribution assessment period; and\n\n (3) If the contribution remains unpaid, the deceased bankrupt’s estate is liable for the portion of the contribution attributable to the part of the period occurring before the bankrupt’s death.\n\n (b) immediately before being discharged, the person was liable to pay a contribution to the trustee of the person’s estate under subsection 139P(1) or 139Q(1) of the Act; and\n\n> Note: Section 139R of the Act provides that any liability of a bankrupt under section 139P or 139Q of the Act is not affected by the bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy after the making of the assessment that gave rise to the liability.\n\n (5) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(d)(ii), a change in the name of a person is taken to occur if the person in fact assumes the use of a different name or an additional name.\n\n A notice under section 139ZL of the Act must not specify money or property that is protected, under a law of the Commonwealth or a State or Territory, from a process such as assignment, attachment, charging, execution or garnishment.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 145(3) of the Act, notice must be given by serving it on each person to whom, under that subsection, it must be given.\n\n (a) an objection to the discharge of a bankrupt has been made on a ground, or on grounds that include a ground, mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(a) or (h) of the Act (which refer to the bankrupt being out of Australia); and\n (2) Within 5 business days after the day that the registered trustee becomes aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia, the registered trustee must give notice in writing to the Official Receiver stating:\n (ii) if the trustee does not know the day on which the bankrupt returned—the trustee became aware that the bankrupt had returned.\n\n For the purposes of the ground of objection mentioned in paragraph 149D(1)(d) of the Act, a bankrupt is taken to have failed to comply with a request to provide information if the bankrupt has provided information that is incomplete or inaccurate.\n\n (c) an application is made to the Administrative Review Tribunal under section 149Q of the Act for the review of the decision of the Inspector‑General; and\n\n (a) if the debtor presents a debtor’s petition to the Official Receiver—on or before the day that the debtor so presents the petition; or\n\n If a registered trustee becomes, under subsection 156A(3) of the Act, the trustee of an estate or of joint and separate estates, the Official Receiver may give the registered trustee a certificate to that effect.\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 188(2A) of the Act, a person (other than the Official Trustee or a registered trustee) is ineligible to act under Part X of the Act as a controlling trustee in relation to a debtor in any of the following circumstances:\n (a) the person is or was convicted of an offence involving fraud or dishonesty at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (c) the person is a solicitor who does not hold an Australian practising certificate (within the meaning of the Evidence Act 1995);\n (d) the person is or was an insolvent under administration at any time during the 10 year period ending on the day the debtor signs an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act purportedly naming and authorising the person;\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(f)(ii), the Inspector‑General may approve a course in insolvency by notice published on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website.\n (ii) has refused or failed to cooperate with the Inspector‑General in an inquiry or investigation under paragraph 12(1)(b) of the Act.\n (ii) invites the person to give the Inspector‑General, within 20 business days after the day the notice is given or such longer time as is specified in the notice, a written statement showing cause why the determination should not be made; and\n (5) If the Inspector‑General makes a determination under subsection (3) in relation to a person, the Inspector‑General must give the person a written notice stating the following:\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General to make a determination under subsection 49(3).\n\n (b) the person becomes ineligible to act as a controlling trustee under Part X of the Act because one or more of the circumstances prescribed by subsection 49(1) of this instrument apply in relation to the person.\n (2) The Official Trustee must perform the duties of a controlling trustee in relation to the debtor unless and until the debtor authorises another person under subsection 188(1) of the Act.\n\n (1) If, on application, the Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act that a person (the old trustee) cease to be the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate, the applicant for the order must:\n (3) If the creditors of a regulated debtor, by resolution at a meeting, remove the trustee (the old trustee) of the regulated debtor’s estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(a) of Schedule 2 to the Act, the person appointed by the creditors under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of that Schedule as trustee of the estate must:\n\n (1) If the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate (other than the Official Trustee) finalises the administration of the debtor’s estate, the trustee must:\n\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a debt agreement;\n\n (1) This section applies if a debtor intends to give the Official Receiver a debt agreement proposal under subsection 185C(1) of the Act and the debtor is:\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and the debtor are familiar; or\n\n (a) any of the following awarded by a registered provider (within the meaning of the Education Services for Overseas Students Act 2000):\n (i) a Certificate IV in Financial Services (Accounting) awarded for study starting between 10 July 2004 and 23 November 2010;\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (c) a degree, diploma or similar qualification awarded by a foreign tertiary education institution and for which the Inspector‑General is satisfied the following conditions are satisfied:\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for a qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n\n#### 57 Prescribed amount of owed notified estate charges preventing renewal of registration as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraphs 186C(3)(d) and (5)(d) of the Act, the prescribed amount of notified estate charges is $500.\n\n For the purposes of section 187A of the Act, a provision of Part X of the Act specified in Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section of the Act, to joint debtors, whether partners or not.\n\n (b) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (c) information about whether a personal insolvency agreement may be administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy if any of the things mentioned in paragraphs 40(1)(i) to (m) of the Act happen in relation to a debtor;\n (f) information about a debtor’s rights and responsibilities under Part X of the Act, including a debtor’s obligation to disclose all related entities;\n (g) information about a controlling trustee’s obligation to disclose the controlling trustee’s relationship (if any) with a debtor.\n (3) A registered trustee or a solicitor authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property must not consent to exercise the powers given by the authority unless the debtor has given the registered trustee or the solicitor, as the case may be, a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the Official Trustee is authorised by a debtor, under subsection 188(1) of the Act, to take control of the debtor’s property, the Official Receiver must not give the debtor a written approval under paragraph 188(2)(aa) of the Act unless the debtor has given the Official Trustee a signed acknowledgement that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n\n (b) unable to sign the authority or an acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) of this instrument relating to the authority because of a physical incapacity.\n (b) if subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) applies—that the person has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which the person and debtor are familiar; or\n\n> relevant material means the authority, the information prescribed by section 59 and the acknowledgement under subsection 59(3) relating to the authority.\n\n (3) The person must, at the same time as calling a meeting of the debtor’s creditors, give a copy of the proposal for dealing with the debtor’s affairs under Part X of the Act to:\n\n> Note 1: An authority signed by a debtor under section 188 of the Act is not effective for the purposes of Part X of the Act unless, before the person authorised consents to exercise the powers given by the authority, the debtor gives to the person authorised:\n\n> Note 2: Under subsection 188(5) of the Act, a registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority must also give a copy of the authority and the debtor’s statement of affairs to the Official Receiver.\n\n (e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement.\n\n For the purposes of section 210 of the Act, a provision of Part VIII of the Act specified in Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 2 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor.\n\n#### 64 Modifications of Division 1 of Part V of the Act—debtors whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act\n\n For the purposes of subsection 211(1) of the Act, a provision in Division 1 of Part V of the Act specified in Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with Part 3 of Schedule 3 to this instrument in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 218(3) of the Act, a notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act must be in writing.\n\n (1) If the Court makes a sequestration order under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act, the applicant for the order must:\n\n#### 67 Information to be given to Official Receiver in relation to orders terminating or setting aside a personal insolvency agreement\n\n> Note: If the Court makes an order setting aside or terminating a personal insolvency agreement and a registered trustee was the trustee of the agreement, the registered trustee must give written notice of the order to the Official Receiver (see subsection 224A(4) of the Act).\n\n (1) If a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act, the trustee of the agreement must:\n\n> Note: Before the termination takes effect, the trustee must give notice of the proposed termination to all the creditors who are entitled to receive notice of a meeting of creditors (see subsection 222A(2) of the Act).\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 231(1) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 4 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor who has executed a personal insolvency agreement.\n (2) For the purposes of subsection 231(3) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 5 of Schedule 3 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a personal insolvency agreement.\n\n (4) If the trustee gives a certificate to the debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act or subsection (1) of this section, the trustee must:\n (a) the person is required to give a copy of a certificate to the Official Receiver in accordance with subsection (4); and\n\n For the purposes of subsections 248(1) and (3) of the Act, a provision specified in Schedule 4 to this instrument is modified in accordance with that Schedule in relation to proceedings under Part XI of the Act and the administration of estates under that Part.\n\n (1) If a trustee (within the meaning of section 254 of the Act) pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act, the trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (3) If a registered trustee pays money to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act, the registered trustee must:\n\n> Note: Payments to the Commonwealth under subsection 254(2A) of the Act are made to the Official Receiver on behalf of the Commonwealth.\n\n (1) For the purposes of the definition of National Personal Insolvency Index in subsection 5(1) of the Act, an electronic index to be known as the National Personal Insolvency Index is established.\n\n Division 2 of this Part (information to be entered in the Index) has effect subject to Division 3 of this Part (information not to be entered in the Index and information to be removed from the Index).\n\n (1) The person specified in column 2 of an item of the table in subsection (3) must, at a time within the time period specified in column 2 of that item, give a copy of each document specified in column 1 of that item to the Official Receiver.\n\n

Documents that must be given to the Official Receiver

Item

Column 1

Document(s)

Column 2

Person and time period

Column 3

Information

1

A notice given under subsection 181A(2) of the Act by the current trustee of a bankrupt’s estate nominating another trustee as the new trustee of the estate

The new trustee within 2 business days after the date specified in the notice (see paragraph 181A(3)(a) of the Act)

The day on which the new trustee became the trustee of the estate

2

An order under subsection 185Q(4) of the Act terminating a debt agreement

The applicant for the order within 3 business days after the order is made

The day on which the order was made

3

An order under subsection 185U(1) of the Act declaring all or part of a debt agreement void

The applicant for the order within 2 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) whether all or part of the agreement was declared void

4

An authority, signed by a debtor under subsection 188(1) of the Act, naming and authorising a registered trustee, a solicitor or the Official Trustee to call a meeting of the debtor’s creditors and to take control of the debtor’s property

The person named in the authority within 2 business days after the debtor signs the authority

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the copy of the authority was given to the Official Receiver;

(c) the day on which the debtor’s statement of affairs was given to the Official Receiver (see subsections 188(2D) and (5) of the Act);

(d) the name of the controlling trustee (see subsection 188(6) of the Act)

5

Written evidence of an event of a kind mentioned in paragraph 192(1)(a), (b) or (c) of the Act, or a written request given to the Official Trustee under paragraph 192(1)(d) of the Act, resulting in the Official Trustee becoming the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor

The Official Trustee within 14 days after the Official Trustee becomes the controlling trustee

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Trustee became the controlling trustee

6

Both of the following:

(a) a petition to the Court, under subsection 244(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of the estate of a deceased person;

(b) an affidavit verifying the petition (see subsection 244(5) of the Act)

The creditor, or one of the creditors, who presented the petition to the Court within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day the petition was presented;

(c) the name of the creditor or creditors who presented the petition;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the creditor or creditors;

(e) the day the Court is to hear the petition

7

Both of the following:

(a) a petition, under subsection 247(1) of the Act, for an order for the administration of a deceased person’s estate under Part XI of the Act;

(b) a statement of the deceased person’s affairs and of the petitioner’s administration of the deceased person’s estate (see subsection 247(1) of the Act)

The petitioner within 2 business days after the petition is filed by the Court

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the petition and the statement of affairs were presented;

(c) the name of the administrator;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the administrator

8

An order, under section 252B of the Act, annulling the administration of the estate of a deceased person under Part XI of the Act

The trustee of the estate within 2 business days after the trustee becomes aware of the order

The day on which the order was made

9

An order, under subsection 253E(1) of the Act, staying proceedings under a creditor’s petition or debtor’s petition

The applicant for the order within 7 business days after the order is made

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the order was made;

(b) the length of the stay (see subsection 253E(3) of the Act)

\n```\n\n (1) If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in subsection (2) is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n (aa) in the case of a statement of affairs mentioned in item 2 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the statement; and\n (a) in the case of a debtor’s petition mentioned in item 3, 4 or 5 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the petition; and\n (b) in the case of a debt agreement proposal mentioned in item 12 of the table, subsection (1) applies only if the Official Receiver accepts the debt agreement proposal for processing.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with the Act

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A sequestration order made against the estate of a debtor (see subsection 52(1A) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(d) the name of the creditor who obtained the order;

(e) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of that creditor

2

A statement of the affairs of a person against whose estate a sequestration order is made, that is given for the purposes of subsection 54(1) of the Act

The day on which the statement of affairs was filed with the Official Receiver

3

A debtor’s petition (see subsection 55(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the resulting bankruptcy;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of the debtor;

(e) the day on which the statement of the debtor’s affairs accepted by the Official Receiver was given to the Official Receiver for the purposes of paragraph 55(2)(b) of the Act

4

A debtor’s petition against a partnership presented by members of the partnership (see subsection 56B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of the partners who presented the petition;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of the bankruptcy of each of those partners as a result of the acceptance of the petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each bankrupt partner;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those partners, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of the partnership affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 56B(3)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

5

A debtor’s petition by joint debtors who are not partners (see subsection 57(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of each of those debtors;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debtor’s petition;

(c) the time of the commencement of each bankruptcy that results from acceptance of the debtor’s petition;

(d) the name of the trustee of the estate of each debtor;

(e) the day on which each of the following was given to the Official Receiver:

(i) the statement of affairs of each of those debtors, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(a) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver;

(ii) the statement of their joint affairs, given for the purposes of paragraph 57(2)(b) of the Act, that was accepted by the Official Receiver

6

A notice relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 74(5A) of the Act)

The day on which the bankruptcy was annulled

7

A notice of objection by a trustee to the discharge of a bankrupt from bankruptcy (see subsection 149B(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) when the objection took effect (see section 149G of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection set out in the notice (see paragraph 149C(1)(a) of the Act);

(c) the name of the trustee

8

A notice that a trustee ceases to object to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy on a particular ground (see subsection 149H(1) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) if there is no longer an objection on any ground—when the objection ceased to have effect (see subsection 149H(3) of the Act);

(b) each ground of objection to which the notice relates;

(c) the name of the trustee

9

A notice of withdrawal of objection by a trustee to a bankrupt’s discharge from bankruptcy (see subsection 149J(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) when the withdrawal takes effect (see subsection 149J(3) of the Act);

(b) the name of the trustee

10

A notice about the cancellation, under subsection 149N(1) of the Act, of a notice of objection filed by a trustee of a bankrupt’s estate (see subsection 149P(1) of the Act)

The day on which the cancellation took effect

11

A certificate relating to the annulment of a bankruptcy (see subsection 153A(2) of the Act)

The date of annulment included in the certificate

12

A debtor’s written proposal for a debt agreement (see subsection 185C(1) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the Official Receiver accepted the debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185E of the Act)

13

A notification that a debt agreement has ended (see subsection 185N(5) of the Act)

Both of the following:

(a) the day on which the debt agreement ended;

(b) the reasons why the debt agreement ended

14

A notification that control of the property of a debtor has ended (see subsection 189(1B) of the Act)

The day on which that control ended

15

A personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor (see paragraph 218(1)(b) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the agreement was executed;

(c) the name of the trustee of the personal insolvency agreement

16

A resolution or special resolution terminating a personal insolvency agreement (see subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

17

A resolution or special resolution terminating a composition or scheme of arrangement (see section 76B and subsection 224A(1) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated

18

A notice that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated or set aside (see subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated or set aside

19

A notice that a composition or scheme of arrangement is terminated or set aside (see section 76B and subsection 224A(3) or (4) of the Act)

The day on which the composition or scheme of arrangement was terminated or set aside

20

An order that the estate of a deceased person be administered under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 244(14), 245(3) or 247(3) of the Act)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the deceased person;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) the name of the trustee administering the estate

21

A statement of a deceased person’s affairs and of the administration of the deceased person’s estate by a legal personal representative of the deceased person (see paragraph 246(1)(b) of the Act)

The day on which the statement was given to the Official Receiver

22

A certificate in relation to the annulment, by force of subsection 252A(1) of the Act, of the administration of an estate under Part XI of the Act (see subsection 252A(2) of the Act)

The day of the annulment

\n```\n\n If a document, or a copy of a document, specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section is given to the Official Receiver, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n

Documents given to the Official Receiver in accordance with this instrument

Item

Column 1

Document

Column 2

Information

1

A creditor’s petition presented against a debtor or joint debtors (see section 13)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor or joint debtors;

(b) the day on which the petition was presented against the debtor or joint debtors;

(c) the name of the petitioning creditor;

(d) the name and telephone number of any legal practitioner acting on behalf of the petitioning creditor;

(e) the day of the court hearing for a sequestration order relating to the petition

2

A direction given, or an order made, by the Court under subsection 50(1) of the Act (see section 14 of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor to whom the order or direction relates;

(b) the day on which the order was made or the direction given;

(c) the day (if any) on which a trustee’s control of that debtor’s property is to end (see subsection 50(1B) of the Act)

3

A notice under subsection 46(2) that the Administrative Review Tribunal has varied or set aside a decision of the Inspector‑General in relation to a notice of objection

The day on which the decision was varied or set aside

4

A notice given under subsection 52(1) in relation to an order about a regulated debtor’s estate, if the order provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of the estate

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the new trustee;

(b) the day of the appointment

5

A notice given under subsection 52(3) by a person appointed as trustee of the estate of a regulated debtor

Both of the following:

(a) the name of the person appointed;

(b) the day of the appointment

6

A notice under subsection 53(1) that the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate has finalised the administration of the debtor’s estate

The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised

7

A notice under subparagraph 62(2)(a)(ii) of particulars specified in subsection 62(3) in relation to a special resolution passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors

The particulars

8

A sequestration order against the estate of a debtor made under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act (see subsection 66(1) of this instrument)

All of the following:

(a) particulars of the debtor;

(b) the day on which the order was made;

(c) if the person who applied for the order was a creditor of the debtor—the name of the creditor and the name and telephone number of the creditor’s solicitor (if any);

(d) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate

9

A notice under paragraph 68(1)(a) that a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act

The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated

10

A certificate given by a trustee to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act (see subsection 70(4) of this instrument)

The day on which the trustee signed the certificate

\n```\n\n If an event specified in column 1 of an item of the table in this section occurs, the Official Receiver must enter in the Index the information specified in column 2 of the item.\n\n| Item | Column 1Event | Column 2Information |\n| ---- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |\n| 1 | A bankrupt is, by force of subsection 149(1) of the Act, discharged from bankruptcy | The day on which the bankrupt was discharged from bankruptcy |\n| 2 | The Official Receiver issues a certificate of appointment to a registered trustee under subsection 157(3) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the name of the registered trustee;(b) the day on which the registered trustee was appointed |\n| 3 | A trustee, or the Official Trustee, is released from the trusteeship of an estate by force of section 184 or 184A of the Act | The fact that the trustee, or the Official Trustee, has been so released |\n| 4 | A debt agreement proposal is withdrawn | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was withdrawn |\n| 5 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement that was made before 1 July 2007 is accepted (see sections 185B and 185P of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the proposal was accepted |\n| 6 | A debt agreement proposal is not accepted (see section 185EC of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal was not accepted |\n| 7 | The Official Receiver cancels the acceptance of a debt agreement proposal for processing (see section 185ED of the Act) | The day on which the Official Receiver cancelled the acceptance of the debt agreement proposal for processing |\n| 8 | A debt agreement proposal lapses (see section 185G of the Act) | The day on which the debt agreement proposal lapsed |\n| 9 | The Official Receiver gives to a debtor a certificate under subsection 185N(3) of the Act | The day on which the certificate was given |\n| 10 | A proposal to terminate a debt agreement is accepted (see section 185PC of the Act) | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 11 | The Official Receiver terminates a debt agreement under subsection 185QA(1) of the Act | Both of the following:(a) the day on which the debt agreement was terminated;(b) the reasons for the termination |\n| 12 | The minutes of a meeting of creditors at which a special resolution was passed terminating a debt agreement made before 1 July 2007 are given to the Official Receiver (see subsection 185QA(1) of the Act as in force immediately before 1 July 2007) | The day on which the resolution was passed |\n| 13 | A special resolution is passed at a meeting of a debtor’s creditors under subsection 204(1) of the Act if the Official Trustee called the meeting under an authority under section 188 of the Act | All of the following:(a) the date of the resolution;(b) the debtor’s full name and alias (if any);(c) the debtor’s address;(d) the debtor’s occupation (if any);(e) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement |\n| 14 | A sequestration order is made against the estate of a debtor under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | All of the following:(a) particulars of the debtor;(b) the day on which the order was made;(c) if the order was made under subsection 221(1) of the Act—the name of the trustee of the debtor’s estate |\n| 15 | An order is made under subsection 222(1), (2) or (5) of the Act setting aside a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was set aside |\n| 16 | A personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act where the Official Trustee is the trustee of the agreement | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 17 | An order is made under subsection 222C(1) of the Act terminating a personal insolvency agreement on the application of the Official Trustee or the Inspector‑General | The day on which the personal insolvency agreement was terminated |\n| 18 | The Official Trustee gives a certificate to a debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act | The day on which the Official Trustee signed the certificate |\n| 19 | The Official Trustee finalises the administration of a debtor’s estate | The day on which the administration of the estate was finalised |\n| 20 | The Court makes an order under subsection 90‑15(1) of Schedule 2 to the Act, on application by the Inspector‑General, that provides for another person (the new trustee) to be appointed as the trustee of an estate | Both of the following:(a) the name of the new trustee;(b) the day of the appointment |\n| 21 | The Official Trustee is appointed by the creditors of an estate under paragraph 90‑35(1)(b) of Schedule 2 to the Act as trustee of an estate | The day of the appointment |\n\n> Note: A number of provisions of the Act require the Official Receiver to enter information in the Index when certain events occur. These provisions include the following:\n\n (a) a debtor whose property is under the control of the Official Trustee or a registered trustee because of a direction given by the Court under paragraph 50(1)(a) of the Act;\n (c) a deceased debtor if a petition for an order for the administration of the deceased debtor’s estate has been presented under Part XI of the Act;\n (d) a debtor in relation to whom an application is made to the Court under subsection 253E(1) of the Act for an order staying all or any proceedings under a petition.\n (3) In the case of a deceased debtor, the information to be entered in accordance with paragraphs (1)(a), (b) and (c) is the information immediately before the debtor’s death.\n\n (1) Subject to subsection (4), a person who is a debtor or bankrupt may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General for information about the person:\n (a) not to be entered in the Index, on the ground that the entry of the information would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n\n> Note: Example: A person may rely on a court order (such as a domestic violence order) to show that publication of the information in question would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under paragraph 80(3)(a) refusing to grant an application.\n\n (1) If a debt agreement ends under section 185N of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (2) If a debt agreement is terminated under section 185P, 185Q, 185QA or 185R of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (3) If an order is made under section 185U of the Act declaring all of a debt agreement void, the Official Receiver must remove all information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n\n The Official Receiver must remove all information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index within 1 year after the day on which any of the following occurs:\n\n (1) A person may, by application in writing, ask the Official Receiver to inspect material in the Index and give to the person an extract of material specified in the application.\n (a) if the applicant has paid any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination for obtaining the requested extract—must inspect the Index and, within 10 business days of receiving the application:\n (b) may give the applicant a list of Index search agents who may be able to inspect material entered in the Index for the applicant.\n (3) A person who has been granted access to the Index by the Inspector‑General may, after paying any applicable fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination:\n (4) However, prior payment is not required under subsection (3) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n An extract of information in the Index is admissible in any proceedings as prima facie evidence of the matters in the extract.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General, and any officer acting at the direction or with the authority of the Inspector‑General, have immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n (2) An officer has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (3) A person who provides material for entry in the Index has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of the material by way of:\n (5) The immunity of the Inspector‑General or another officer under this section arising out of publication of material extends to the Commonwealth and the Official Trustee to the extent that the Commonwealth or the Official Trustee would, apart from this subsection, be liable in respect of the publication.\n (6) This section does not limit any other ground of defence in relation to actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n\n (b) the person executing the warrant considers that it is impracticable to immediately bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n (b) a day and time when the person executing the warrant considers that it will be practicable to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate.\n\n (1) If the Registrar receives a notification under subsection 87(2) in relation to an apprehended person, the Registrar must, as soon as reasonably practicable:\n (a) determine a day, time and place for the apprehended person to be brought before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate; and\n (b) direct the person who gave the notification to bring the apprehended person before the Court, the Registrar or a magistrate in accordance with that determination.\n (2) The time and day determined under paragraph (1)(a) must be the earliest that the Registrar reasonably believes are practicable.\n\n For the purposes of subsection 277B(1) of the Act, this Division establishes an infringement notice scheme, as an alternative to prosecution, for an infringement notice provision.\n\n (1) If the Inspector‑General believes on reasonable grounds that a person has contravened an infringement notice provision, the Inspector‑General may give to the person an infringement notice for the alleged contravention.\n (2) The infringement notice must be given within 12 months after the day on which the contravention is alleged to have taken place.\n (3) A single infringement notice must relate only to a single contravention of a single provision unless subsection (4) applies.\n (4) The Inspector‑General may give a person a single infringement notice relating to multiple contraventions of a single provision if:\n\n (e) give brief details of the alleged contravention, or each alleged contravention, to which the notice relates, including:\n (f) state the amount that is payable under the notice, as worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act and subsection (2) of this section; and\n (h) state that, if the person to whom the notice is given pays the amount within 20 business days after the day the notice is given, then (unless the notice is withdrawn) the person will not be liable to be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (k) state that the person may choose not to pay the amount and, if the person does so the person may be prosecuted in a court for the alleged contravention; and\n (n) state that the person may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) If the notice relates to more than one alleged contravention of the provision by the person, the amount to be stated in the notice for the purposes of paragraph (1)(f) is the sum of the amount worked out in accordance with subsection 277B(2) of the Act for each alleged contravention.\n\n> Note: Under section 90, a single infringement notice may only deal with multiple contraventions if they are contraventions of a single provision continuing over a period.\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may apply to the Inspector‑General for an extension of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h).\n (2) If the application is made before the end of that period, the Inspector‑General may, in writing, extend that period. The Inspector‑General may do so before or after the end of that period.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General extends that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to that period so extended.\n (4) If the Inspector‑General does not extend that period, a reference in this Division, or in a notice or other instrument under this Division, to the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h) is taken to be a reference to the period that ends on the later of the following days:\n\n (1) A person to whom an infringement notice has been given may make written representations to the Inspector‑General seeking the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) The Inspector‑General may withdraw an infringement notice given to a person (whether or not the person has made written representations seeking the withdrawal).\n (3) When deciding whether or not to withdraw an infringement notice (the relevant infringement notice), the Inspector‑General:\n (a) must take into account any written representations seeking the withdrawal that were given by the person to the Inspector‑General; and\n (i) whether a court has previously imposed a penalty on the person for a contravention of an infringement notice provision;\n (iii) whether the person has paid an amount, stated in an earlier infringement notice, for a contravention of an infringement notice provision if the contravention is constituted by conduct that is the same, or substantially the same, as the conduct alleged to constitute the contravention in the relevant infringement notice;\n\n (1) If the person to whom an infringement notice for an alleged contravention of a provision is given pays the amount stated in the notice before the end of the period referred to in paragraph 91(1)(h):\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may sign a certificate that states any of the following in relation to an infringement notice given to a person:\n (b) that the Inspector‑General granted, or refused to grant, an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice;\n (c) if the Inspector‑General granted an extension of time to the person to pay the amount specified in the notice—that that amount was not fully paid by the person within the period specified in the extension;\n (2) At a hearing of a prosecution for an offence alleged in an infringement notice, a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General in accordance with subsection (1) is prima facie evidence of the matters specified in the certificate.\n (3) A certificate that purports to be signed by the Inspector‑General is taken to have been signed by the Inspector‑General unless the contrary is proved.\n\n (a) require an infringement notice to be given to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (c) prevent the giving of 2 or more infringement notices to a person for an alleged contravention of an infringement notice provision; or\n (d) limit a court’s discretion to determine the amount of a penalty to be imposed on a person who is found to have contravened an infringement notice provision.\n\n (b) unless the person, by notice in writing to the Inspector‑General, directs otherwise—offset against estate charge or late payment penalty payable by the person.\n\n (1) A payment of interest charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) A payment of realisations charge by a person must be accompanied by, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or served on, a person (other than the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee), the document may be:\n (a) sent by a courier service to the person at the address of the person last known to the person serving the document; or\n (b) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name and any relevant document exchange number, at a document exchange where the person maintains a document exchange facility; or\n (i) by a kind of electronic communication that transmits the document to a facility maintained by the person for receipt of electronically transmitted documents; or\n (ii) by a kind of electronic communication such that, in the ordinary course of events, the document could be reasonably expected to be received by the person.\n\n> Note: The Electronic Transactions Act 1999 applies to a requirement or permission to give information under the Bankruptcy Act 1966 or this instrument, including electronic communications covered by this section.\n\n> Note: However, paragraph (d) of this subsection permits information to be given by means of particular kinds of electronic communication, in accordance with the information technology requirements in subsection (3). This means the requirements in section 9 of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999 do not apply in relation to electronic communications covered by this section (see subsection 9(3) of the Electronic Transactions Act 1999).\n\n (2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(a) or (b), in the absence of proof to the contrary, the document is taken to have been received by, or served on, the person when the document would, in the due course of business practice, be delivered to that address or document exchange.\n\n (a) at the time the document is sent, it is reasonable to expect that the document would be readily accessible so as to be useable for subsequent reference; and\n (b) the document is sent in one of the following formats, or in a format that is similar to or readily convertible into one of the following formats:\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, this section applies if a document is required or permitted by the Act or this instrument to be given or sent to, or filed or lodged with:\n (2) The document must be posted, delivered, sent by email, or sent through the website of the Australian Financial Security Authority, to:\n (3) If this section applies, the document is taken to be received, filed or lodged only when the document (or, where applicable, a copy of it) is actually received by, or on behalf of, the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver (as the case requires).\n\n (1) Subsection (2) applies in any proceedings to a document or copy of a document that purports to be a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General stating that, at a particular time, the form of statement of affairs that is attached to the certificate was the approved form for the purposes of section 6A of the Act.\n\n A fee is not payable by the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver in respect of an application to, or the filing of a document in, the Court in relation to proceedings under the Act, this instrument or the Insolvency Practice Rules.\n\n (2) If such a fee is payable in respect of the doing of a matter or thing by the Official Receiver, the matter or thing need not be done unless the fee has been paid.\n\n (1) The Official Trustee’s entitlement to remuneration under the Fees and Remuneration Determination arises when the Official Trustee:\n (a) performs work or first acts in accordance with section 3.03, 3.04, 3.07 or 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (2) For paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (d), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee in respect of an amount received by the Official Trustee:\n\n (1) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.03 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the property or business of a debtor, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (2) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.04 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a composition or scheme of arrangement with the creditors of a bankrupt, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the composition or scheme of arrangement as the case may be.\n (3) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to a personal insolvency agreement relating to a debtor who signed an authority under section 188 of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the debtor.\n (4) If the Official Trustee performs work of a kind mentioned in section 3.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to the estate of a bankrupt, or of a deceased person for whose estate an order for administration has been made under Part XI of the Act, an amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee in performing that work is payable to the Official Trustee out of the estate of the bankrupt or deceased person as the case may be.\n\n (1) This section applies in relation to a request by a bankrupt to the Official Trustee for the Official Trustee’s consent, under paragraph 272(1)(c) of the Act, to the bankrupt leaving Australia.\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may decide to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4) if the Inspector‑General is reasonably satisfied that:\n (a) payment of the fee by the person liable to pay it has imposed, or would impose, hardship on the person that is unusual and exceptional in comparison to the hardship arising in the normal course of bankruptcy; or\n (b) unless the fee is payable to the Inspector‑General—the officer to whom the fee is payable or would have been payable if the fee had not been waived or remitted.\n (3) If the Inspector‑General decides under subsection (1) to refuse to waive or remit the whole or part of any fee covered by subsection (4), the notification under subsection (2) in relation to the decision must include the reasons for the decision.\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Review Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under subsection 111(1) refusing to waive or remit the whole or part of a fee that is payable by the person.\n\n If, under the Act, a trustee takes possession of, or attaches, the property of a bankrupt, debtor or deceased person, the trustee must, as soon as is reasonably practicable:\n (b) give a copy of the inventory, of the photographs or of the video recordings, as the case may be, to any person who has custody of the property or part of the property.\n\n (1) If a provision of this instrument states that a dollar amount is to be indexed in accordance with this section, then at the start of each financial year (an indexation year) beginning on or after 1 July 2021, the dollar amount is replaced by the amount worked out using the following formula:\n ![Start formula Indexation factor for the indexation year times Dollar amount for the previous year end formula](image.002.png)\n ![Start formula start fraction Index number for the reference quarter over Index number for the base quarter end fraction end formula](image.003.png)\n\n> index number, for a quarter, means the All Groups Consumer Price Index number (being the weighted average of the 8 capital cities) published by the Australian Statistician for that quarter.\n\n (4) If an indexation factor worked out under subsection (2) would be less than 1, that indexation factor is to be increased to 1.\n (a) are to be made using only the index numbers published in terms of the most recently published index reference period; and\n (b) are to be made disregarding index numbers that are published in substitution for previously published index numbers (except where the substituted numbers are published to take account of changes in the index reference period).\n\n (a) a thing was done for a particular purpose under the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996 as in force immediately before those Regulations were repealed; and\n (2) Without limiting subsection (1), a reference in that subsection to a thing being done includes a reference to a notice, application or other instrument being given or made.\n\n Despite the repeal of the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996, item 3 of Schedule 4 to those Regulations, as in force immediately before that repeal, continues to apply in relation to a contribution assessment period if an assessment under section 139W of the Act was made for that contribution assessment period before that repeal.\n\n Section 102, as substituted by Schedule 1 to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Electronic Service) Regulations 2024, applies in relation to a document that is given or sent to, or served on, a person on or after the commencement of that Schedule.\n\n## 113 Inventory by trustee taking possession of, or attaching, property\n\n If, under the Act, a trustee takes possession of, or attaches, the property of a bankrupt, debtor or deceased person, the trustee must, as soon as is reasonably practicable:\n (b) give a copy of the inventory, of the photographs or of the video recordings, as the case may be, to any person who has custody of the property or part of the property.\n\n## 114 Indexation\n\n (1) If a provision of this instrument states that a dollar amount is to be indexed in accordance with this section, then at the start of each financial year (an indexation year) beginning on or after 1 July 2021, the dollar amount is replaced by the amount worked out using the following formula:\n ![Start formula Indexation factor for the indexation year times Dollar amount for the previous year end formula](image.002.png)\n ![Start formula start fraction Index number for the reference quarter over Index number for the base quarter end fraction end formula](image.003.png)\n\n> index number, for a quarter, means the All Groups Consumer Price Index number (being the weighted average of the 8 capital cities) published by the Australian Statistician for that quarter.\n\n (4) If an indexation factor worked out under subsection (2) would be less than 1, that indexation factor is to be increased to 1.\n (a) are to be made using only the index numbers published in terms of the most recently published index reference period; and\n (b) are to be made disregarding index numbers that are published in substitution for previously published index numbers (except where the substituted numbers are published to take account of changes in the index reference period).\n\n## Part 17 Application, saving and transitional provisions\n\n## 115 Things done under the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996\n\n (a) a thing was done for a particular purpose under the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996 as in force immediately before those Regulations were repealed; and\n (2) Without limiting subsection (1), a reference in that subsection to a thing being done includes a reference to a notice, application or other instrument being given or made.\n\n## 116 Taxable value of car fringe benefits\n\n Despite the repeal of the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996, item 3 of Schedule 4 to those Regulations, as in force immediately before that repeal, continues to apply in relation to a contribution assessment period if an assessment under section 139W of the Act was made for that contribution assessment period before that repeal.\n\n## 117 Amendments made by the Bankruptcy Amendment (Electronic Service) Regulations 2024\n\n Section 102, as substituted by Schedule 1 to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Electronic Service) Regulations 2024, applies in relation to a document that is given or sent to, or served on, a person on or after the commencement of that Schedule.\n\n## 9 Taxable value of car fringe benefits—statutory formula\n\n#### 9 Taxable value of car fringe benefits—statutory formula\n\n (1) Subject to this Part, where one or more car fringe benefits in relation to an employer in relation to a contribution assessment period relate to a particular car held by a particular person (the provider), the taxable value of that fringe benefit, or the aggregate of the taxable values of those fringe benefits, as the case may be, in relation to that contribution assessment period, is the amount calculated in accordance with the formula:\n ![Start formula open bracket 0.2 times Base value of the car times start fraction Number of days during that contribution assessment period on which the car fringe benefits were provided by the provider over Number of days in that contribution assessment period end fraction close bracket minus Amount (if any) of the recipient's payment end formula](image.007.png)\n (2) For the purposes of this section:\n (a) the base value of the car is the sum of:\n (i) where, at the earliest holding time, the car was owned by the provider or an associate of the provider, the amount calculated in accordance with the formula AB, where:\n\n> A is the cost price of the car to the provider or associate, as the case may be; and\n\n (A) in a case where the commencement of the contribution assessment period is later than the fourth anniversary of the earliest holding time—⅔; or\n (ii) in a case to which subparagraph (i) does not apply—the amount calculated in accordance with the formula AB, where:\n\n> A is the leased car value of the car at the earliest holding time; and\n\n (A) in a case where the commencement of the contribution assessment period is later than the fourth anniversary of the earliest holding time—⅔; or\n (iii) the cost price of each non‑business accessory that:\n (A) was fitted to the car after the earliest holding time and before the end of the contribution assessment period; and\n (B) remained fitted to the car at a time during the contribution assessment period when the car was held by the provider;\n (b) the earliest holding time, in relation to a car held by the provider at a particular time (the current time), is the earliest time before the current time when the car was held by the provider or an associate of the provider; and\n (c) the amount of the recipient’s payment is the sum of:\n (i) in a case where expenses were incurred to the provider or employer during the holding period by recipients of the car fringe benefits by way of consideration for the provision of the car fringe benefits—the amount of those expenses paid by the recipients less any amount paid or payable to the recipients by way of reimbursement of those expenses; and\n (ii) in a case where car expenses in respect of fuel or oil for the car were incurred during the holding period by recipients of the car fringe benefits and the persons incurring those expenses give to the employer, before the declaration date, declarations, in a form approved by the Inspector‑General under section 6D of the Bankruptcy Act 1966, in respect of those expenses—the amount of those expenses paid by the recipients less any amount paid or payable to the recipients by way of reimbursement of those expenses; and\n (iii) in a case where:\n (A) car expenses in respect of the car (other than car expenses in respect of fuel or oil for the car) were incurred during the holding period by recipients of the car fringe benefits; and\n (B) documentary evidence of those expenses is obtained by the persons incurring the expenses and given to the employer before the declaration date;\n the amount of those expenses paid by the recipients less any amount paid or payable to the recipients by way of reimbursement of those expenses; and\n (d) the holding period is the period in the contribution assessment period when the car was held by the provider.\n\n> Note: Example:\n\n> Note: Christopher was declared bankrupt on 1 July 2020.\n\n> Note: In June 2021 Christopher’s employer acquires a car for Christopher’s use. The purchase price, and base value, of the car is $20,000.\n\n> Note: As part of his employment arrangement, the car is made available to Christopher for the entire period 1 July 2021 to 30 June 2022 during which time he travels 10,000 kilometres. During the period Christopher makes a $300 contribution to expenses in the form of unreimbursed expenditure on petrol.\n\n> Note: It is necessary to assess the value of a car fringe benefit provided to Christopher by his employer for the contribution assessment period 1 July 2021 to 30 June 2022.\n\n> Note: Applying the formula in subsection (1), the value of the car fringe benefit is calculated as follows:\n\n> Note: ![Start formula open bracket 0.2 times $20,000 times start fraction 365 over 365 end fraction close bracket minus $300 equals $3,700 end formula](image.008.png)\n\n> declaration date means the date occurring 21 days after the end of a contribution assessment period in relation to a bankrupt.\n\n> taxable value of a fringe benefit means the value, for the purposes of the Bankruptcy Act 1966, of the benefit.\n\n","sortOrder":0},{"sectionNumber":"4","sectionType":"section","heading":"Sections 10 to 12","content":"4 Sections 10 to 12\n\n","sortOrder":1},{"sectionNumber":"5","sectionType":"section","heading":"Subsection 13(1)","content":"5 Subsection 13(1)\n\nOmit all the words after “section 9”.\n\n","sortOrder":2},{"sectionNumber":"6","sectionType":"section","heading":"Section 22A","content":"6 Section 22A\n\n","sortOrder":3},{"sectionNumber":"7","sectionType":"section","heading":"Section 23","content":"7 Section 23\n\nOmit “external”.\n\n","sortOrder":4},{"sectionNumber":"8","sectionType":"section","heading":"Section 26","content":"8 Section 26\n\n## 26 Taxable value of housing fringe benefits\n\n#### 26 Taxable value of housing fringe benefits\n\n Subject to this Part, the value of a housing fringe benefit in relation to a contribution assessment period is the portion of the market value of the recipient’s current housing right that exceeds the recipient’s rent.\n\n","sortOrder":5},{"sectionNumber":"9","sectionType":"section","heading":"Sections 28 to 29A","content":"9 Sections 28 to 29A\n\n","sortOrder":6},{"sectionNumber":"10","sectionType":"section","heading":"At the end of section 31","content":"10 At the end of section 31\n\nAdd:\n\n (2) For the purposes of this section, “deducted home consumption expenditure” referred to in the definition of exempt food component in section 136 is to be taken to be:\n (a) in relation to a person of the age of 12 years or over—$42; and\n (b) in relation to a person under the age of 12 years—$21.\n\n> Note: Example: Calculation of the value of a living‑away‑from‑home allowance.\n\n> Note: Assume that a bankrupt living away from their family is given a living‑away‑from‑home allowance of $220 a week. Of this amount, $100 represents reasonable compensation for the costs of accommodation (i.e. the “exempt accommodation component” is $100), and $80 represents reasonable compensation for the cost of food.\n\n> Note: The remaining $40 is compensation for the disadvantage of living away from home in a town where facilities that would be available at home are not available.\n\n> Note: Under subsection 31(2), the exempt food component is $80 minus $42 (i.e. the compensation for increased food cost less the deducted home consumption expenditure). The value of the benefit is:\n\n> Note: $200 ‑ $100 ‑ ($80 ‑ $42) = $62\n\n11 Sub‑subparagraph 32(b)(ii)(B)\n\n12 Paragraph 32(c)\n\n13 Section 36\n\n## 36 Taxable value of board fringe benefits\n\n#### 36 Taxable value of board fringe benefits\n\n Subject to this Part, the value of a board fringe benefit is:\n (a) in relation to a contribution assessment period beginning:\n (i) on 1 July 1992; or\n (ii) during the year beginning on 1 July 1992;\n $1; and\n (b) in relation to a later contribution assessment period—a sum worked out according to the formula:\n ![Start formula 1 times CPI end formula](image.009.png)\n CPI is the increase in the All Groups Consumer Price Index number that is the weighted average of the 8 capital cities published by the Australian Statistician in respect of the period that commences on 1 July 1992 and ends immediately before the start of the financial year in which the contribution assessment period commences.\n\n","sortOrder":7},{"sectionNumber":"14","sectionType":"section","heading":"Section 37","content":"14 Section 37\n\n","sortOrder":8},{"sectionNumber":"15","sectionType":"section","heading":"Division 11 of Part III","content":"15 Division 11 of Part III\n\nRepeal the Division.\n\n","sortOrder":9},{"sectionNumber":"16","sectionType":"section","heading":"Section 46","content":"16 Section 46\n\n## 46 Contribution assessment period in which residual fringe benefits are to be assessed\n\n#### 46 Contribution assessment period in which residual fringe benefits are to be assessed\n\n A residual benefit that is provided during a period which extends over 2 or more contribution assessment periods is subject to assessment for income contribution in each of those periods.\n\n","sortOrder":10},{"sectionNumber":"17","sectionType":"section","heading":"Sections 48 and 49","content":"17 Sections 48 and 49\n\n","sortOrder":11},{"sectionNumber":"18","sectionType":"section","heading":"Section 50","content":"18 Section 50\n\n## 50 Value of residual fringe benefits\n\n#### 50 Value of residual fringe benefits\n\n Subject to this Part, the value of a residual fringe benefit in relation to a contribution assessment period is the cost to the provider of providing the benefit, reduced by the amount of the recipient’s contribution.\n\n","sortOrder":12},{"sectionNumber":"19","sectionType":"section","heading":"Section 51","content":"19 Section 51\n\n","sortOrder":13},{"sectionNumber":"20","sectionType":"section","heading":"Divisions 14, 14A and 14B of Part III","content":"20 Divisions 14, 14A and 14B of Part III\n\nRepeal the Divisions.\n\n","sortOrder":14},{"sectionNumber":"21","sectionType":"section","heading":"Subsection 136(1)","content":"21 Subsection 136(1)\n\n> contribution assessment period has the meaning given by section 139K of the Bankruptcy Act 1966 as in force from time to time.\n\n","sortOrder":15},{"sectionNumber":"22","sectionType":"section","heading":"Subsection 136(1) (definition of family member)","content":"22 Subsection 136(1) (definition of family member)\n\n> family member, in relation to:\n\n (a) a benefit provided to an employee, or to an associate of an employee, means:\n (i) the employee; or\n (ii) the spouse of the employee; or\n (iii) a child of the employee; and\n (b) a benefit provided to a bankrupt, or to an associate of a bankrupt, means:\n (ii) the spouse of the bankrupt; or\n (iii) a child of the bankrupt;’.\n\n","sortOrder":16},{"sectionNumber":"23","sectionType":"section","heading":"Subsection 136(1) (definition of fringe benefit)","content":"23 Subsection 136(1) (definition of fringe benefit)\n\n> fringe benefit, in relation to a bankrupt, in relation to a contribution assessment period, means a benefit provided at any time during the period by any person to the bankrupt, other than:\n\n (a) a benefit provided to the bankrupt by the bankrupt’s spouse under, or because of a genuine maintenance agreement between the spouses; or\n (b) a benefit provided under a maintenance order, within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Act 1966 as in force from time to time; or\n (c) the benefit of an order by a court in favour of the bankrupt in respect of costs of litigation; or\n (d) educational expenses paid by any person in respect of a child of:\n (ii) the bankrupt’s spouse; or\n (e) the amount of a refund, or part of a refund, due by the Commissioner to the bankrupt under a law of the Commonwealth, being an amount that the Commissioner has lawfully offset against a tax liability, within the meaning of the Taxation Administration Act 1953 as in force from time to time, of the bankrupt; or\n (f) subject to subsection (1A), a benefit of a kind referred to in paragraphs (f) to (p) (inclusive) of the definition of fringe benefit in this Act (in its unmodified form) as in force at the beginning of 1 July 1992; or\n (g) support by way of one or both of the following:\n (i) lodging (including any board);\n (ii) occasional use of a motor vehicle used for domestic purposes;\n up to a value of $250 a week, if the support is provided by a person in the person’s principal place of residence, and the person is:\n (iii) a close relative; or\n (iv) a brother or sister (including a half‑brother, half‑ sister, adoptive brother or adoptive sister);\n of the bankrupt.\n\n> Note: Close relative, in relation to a person, is defined in section 136 of the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986 as:\n\n (a) the spouse of the person; or\n (b) a child or parent of the person; or\n (c) a parent of the person’s spouse.\n\n","sortOrder":17},{"sectionNumber":"24","sectionType":"section","heading":"After subsection 136(1)","content":"24 After subsection 136(1)\n\n (1A) For the purposes of paragraph (f) of the definition of fringe benefit in subsection (1), paragraph (h) of the paragraphs referred to in that paragraph has effect as if “the employee, or by a relative of the employee,” were omitted and “the bankrupt” substituted.\n\n","sortOrder":18},{"sectionNumber":"Sch 3","sectionType":"schedule","heading":"Modifications in relation to Part X of the Act","content":"Schedule 3—Modifications in relation to Part X of the Act\n\n","sortOrder":19},{"sectionNumber":"Part 1","sectionType":"part","heading":"Modifications of Part X of the Act—joint debtors","content":"Part 1—Modifications of Part X of the Act—joint debtors\n\nNote: See section 58.\n\n","sortOrder":20},{"sectionNumber":"1","sectionType":"section","heading":"Section 187A","content":"1 Section 187A\n\nOmit “This Part”, substitute “(1) This Part”.\n\n","sortOrder":21},{"sectionNumber":"2","sectionType":"section","heading":"At the end of section 187A","content":"2 At the end of section 187A\n\nAdd:\n\n (2) In the application of this Part (other than subsection 187(1A)) to joint debtors, whether partners or not, an expression specified in one of the following rules of interpretation applies to the extent that the context reasonably permits:\n (a) “a debtor” is to be read as “joint debtors”;\n (b) “the debtor” is to be read as “the joint debtors”;\n (c) “the debtor’s” is to be read as “the joint debtors”;\n (d) if used in relation to a debtor:\n (i) “he or she” is to be read as “they”; and\n (ii) “his or her” is to be read as “their”; and\n (iii) “him or her” is to be read as “them”; and\n (iv) a noun or verb in the singular form is to be read as being in the plural form.\n (3) Subsection (2) applies, subject to any specific modifications of this Part by the Bankruptcy Regulations 2021.\n (4) To the extent that the context reasonably permits, a reference (by operation of subsection (2)) to joint debtors includes a reference to any of the joint debtors.\n (5) A reference to the affairs, or examinable affairs, of a debtor includes a reference to the separate affairs, or separate examinable affairs, of a joint debtor.\n\n","sortOrder":22},{"sectionNumber":"3","sectionType":"section","heading":"Subsection 188(1)","content":"3 Subsection 188(1)\n\nOmit “A debtor”, substitute “If each joint debtor is a person”.\n\n4 Subsection 188(1)\n\nBefore “may sign”, insert “the joint debtors”.\n\n5 Subsections 188(2AA) and (2AB)\n\n6 Subsections 188(2C) and (2D)\n\nOmit “the debtor” (second occurring), substitute “each joint debtor”.\n\n7 Subsection 188(4)\n\nBefore “debtor”, insert “joint”.\n\n8 Paragraph 188A(2)(a)\n\nOmit “the debtor’s property (whether or not already owned by the debtor when he or she executes the agreement)”, substitute “each joint debtor’s property (whether or not already owned by that joint debtor when the joint debtors execute the agreement)”.\n\n9 Paragraph 188A(2)(c)\n\nOmit “the debtor’s income (whether or not already derived by the debtor when he or she executes the agreement)”, substitute “each joint debtor’s income (whether or not already derived by that joint debtor when the joint debtors execute the agreement)”.\n\n10 Paragraphs 188A(2)(e) and (l)\n\n","sortOrder":23},{"sectionNumber":"11","sectionType":"section","heading":"Subsection 189AB(1)","content":"11 Subsection 189AB(1)\n\nOmit “When the debtor’s property becomes subject to control under this Division, the debtor’s property is charged with”, substitute “When the property of joint debtors becomes charged under this Division, the charges specified in subsection (1A) are created with respect to”.\n\n","sortOrder":24},{"sectionNumber":"12","sectionType":"section","heading":"After subsection 189AB(1)","content":"12 After subsection 189AB(1)\n\n (1A) The charges are:\n (a) a charge over the joint property of the joint debtors; and\n (b) a separate charge over the separate property of each joint debtor.\n\n","sortOrder":25},{"sectionNumber":"13","sectionType":"section","heading":"Subsection 189AB(2)","content":"13 Subsection 189AB(2)\n\nOmit “the charge is not affected”, substitute “none of the charges is affected”.\n\n14 Subsections 189AB(3) and (4)\n\nOmit “The charge”, substitute “Each charge”.\n\n15 Paragraph 189A(1)(a)\n\n (a) summarising and commenting on the information about:\n (i) the joint estates of the joint debtors; and\n (ii) the separate estate of each joint debtor;\n that is available to the controlling trustee; and\n\n16 Subsection 219(2)\n\n (2) For the purposes of subsection (1), the prescribed official name is “The Trustee (or Trustees) of the Property of (names of debtors), joint debtors”.\n\n","sortOrder":26},{"sectionNumber":"Part 2","sectionType":"part","heading":"Modifications of Part VIII of the Act—controlling trustees and trustees of personal insolvency agreements","content":"Part 2—Modifications of Part VIII of the Act—controlling trustees and trustees of personal insolvency agreements\n\nNote: See section 63.\n\n17 Before Division 1 of Part VIII\n\n## Division 1A Interpretation\n\n","sortOrder":27},{"sectionNumber":"Sch 2","sectionType":"schedule","heading":"Modifications of the FBTA Act","content":"Schedule 2—Modifications of the FBTA Act\n\nNote: See the definition of FBTA Act in section 4 and subsection 33(2).\n\nFBTA Act\n\n1 Subsections 7(1), (2), (3) and (4)\n\nRepeal the subsections, substitute:\n\n (1) Where, at any time on a day, a person:\n (a) applies a car held by the person; or\n (b) makes a car held by the person available;\n for the private use of a bankrupt, the car is taken, for the purposes of this Act, to constitute a benefit provided on that day by the person to the bankrupt.\n\n2 Subsections 8(1) and (2)\n\nRepeal the subsections.\n\n3 Section 9\n\n#### 9 Taxable value of car fringe benefits—statutory formula\n\n (1) Subject to this Part, where one or more car fringe benefits in relation to an employer in relation to a contribution assessment period relate to a particular car held by a particular person (the provider), the taxable value of that fringe benefit, or the aggregate of the taxable values of those fringe benefits, as the case may be, in relation to that contribution assessment period, is the amount calculated in accordance with the formula:\n ![Start formula open bracket 0.2 times Base value of the car times start fraction Number of days during that contribution assessment period on which the car fringe benefits were provided by the provider over Number of days in that contribution assessment period end fraction close bracket minus Amount (if any) of the recipient's payment end formula](image.007.png)\n (2) For the purposes of this section:\n (a) the base value of the car is the sum of:\n (i) where, at the earliest holding time, the car was owned by the provider or an associate of the provider, the amount calculated in accordance with the formula AB, where:\n\n> A is the cost price of the car to the provider or associate, as the case may be; and\n\n (A) in a case where the commencement of the contribution assessment period is later than the fourth anniversary of the earliest holding time—⅔; or\n (ii) in a case to which subparagraph (i) does not apply—the amount calculated in accordance with the formula AB, where:\n\n> A is the leased car value of the car at the earliest holding time; and\n\n (A) in a case where the commencement of the contribution assessment period is later than the fourth anniversary of the earliest holding time—⅔; or\n (iii) the cost price of each non‑business accessory that:\n (A) was fitted to the car after the earliest holding time and before the end of the contribution assessment period; and\n (B) remained fitted to the car at a time during the contribution assessment period when the car was held by the provider;\n (b) the earliest holding time, in relation to a car held by the provider at a particular time (the current time), is the earliest time before the current time when the car was held by the provider or an associate of the provider; and\n (c) the amount of the recipient’s payment is the sum of:\n (i) in a case where expenses were incurred to the provider or employer during the holding period by recipients of the car fringe benefits by way of consideration for the provision of the car fringe benefits—the amount of those expenses paid by the recipients less any amount paid or payable to the recipients by way of reimbursement of those expenses; and\n (ii) in a case where car expenses in respect of fuel or oil for the car were incurred during the holding period by recipients of the car fringe benefits and the persons incurring those expenses give to the employer, before the declaration date, declarations, in a form approved by the Inspector‑General under section 6D of the Bankruptcy Act 1966, in respect of those expenses—the amount of those expenses paid by the recipients less any amount paid or payable to the recipients by way of reimbursement of those expenses; and\n (iii) in a case where:\n (A) car expenses in respect of the car (other than car expenses in respect of fuel or oil for the car) were incurred during the holding period by recipients of the car fringe benefits; and\n (B) documentary evidence of those expenses is obtained by the persons incurring the expenses and given to the employer before the declaration date;\n the amount of those expenses paid by the recipients less any amount paid or payable to the recipients by way of reimbursement of those expenses; and\n (d) the holding period is the period in the contribution assessment period when the car was held by the provider.\n\n> Note: Example:\n\n> Note: Christopher was declared bankrupt on 1 July 2020.\n\n> Note: In June 2021 Christopher’s employer acquires a car for Christopher’s use. The purchase price, and base value, of the car is $20,000.\n\n> Note: As part of his employment arrangement, the car is made available to Christopher for the entire period 1 July 2021 to 30 June 2022 during which time he travels 10,000 kilometres. During the period Christopher makes a $300 contribution to expenses in the form of unreimbursed expenditure on petrol.\n\n> Note: It is necessary to assess the value of a car fringe benefit provided to Christopher by his employer for the contribution assessment period 1 July 2021 to 30 June 2022.\n\n> Note: Applying the formula in subsection (1), the value of the car fringe benefit is calculated as follows:\n\n> Note: ![Start formula open bracket 0.2 times $20,000 times start fraction 365 over 365 end fraction close bracket minus $300 equals $3,700 end formula](image.008.png)\n\n> declaration date means the date occurring 21 days after the end of a contribution assessment period in relation to a bankrupt.\n\n> taxable value of a fringe benefit means the value, for the purposes of the Bankruptcy Act 1966, of the benefit.\n\n4 Sections 10 to 12\n\n5 Subsection 13(1)\n\nOmit all the words after “section 9”.\n\n6 Section 22A\n\n7 Section 23\n\nOmit “external”.\n\n8 Section 26\n\n#### 26 Taxable value of housing fringe benefits\n\n Subject to this Part, the value of a housing fringe benefit in relation to a contribution assessment period is the portion of the market value of the recipient’s current housing right that exceeds the recipient’s rent.\n\n9 Sections 28 to 29A\n\n10 At the end of section 31\n\nAdd:\n\n (2) For the purposes of this section, “deducted home consumption expenditure” referred to in the definition of exempt food component in section 136 is to be taken to be:\n (a) in relation to a person of the age of 12 years or over—$42; and\n (b) in relation to a person under the age of 12 years—$21.\n\n> Note: Example: Calculation of the value of a living‑away‑from‑home allowance.\n\n> Note: Assume that a bankrupt living away from their family is given a living‑away‑from‑home allowance of $220 a week. Of this amount, $100 represents reasonable compensation for the costs of accommodation (i.e. the “exempt accommodation component” is $100), and $80 represents reasonable compensation for the cost of food.\n\n> Note: The remaining $40 is compensation for the disadvantage of living away from home in a town where facilities that would be available at home are not available.\n\n> Note: Under subsection 31(2), the exempt food component is $80 minus $42 (i.e. the compensation for increased food cost less the deducted home consumption expenditure). The value of the benefit is:\n\n> Note: $200 ‑ $100 ‑ ($80 ‑ $42) = $62\n\n11 Sub‑subparagraph 32(b)(ii)(B)\n\n12 Paragraph 32(c)\n\n13 Section 36\n\n#### 36 Taxable value of board fringe benefits\n\n Subject to this Part, the value of a board fringe benefit is:\n (a) in relation to a contribution assessment period beginning:\n (i) on 1 July 1992; or\n (ii) during the year beginning on 1 July 1992;\n $1; and\n (b) in relation to a later contribution assessment period—a sum worked out according to the formula:\n ![Start formula 1 times CPI end formula](image.009.png)\n CPI is the increase in the All Groups Consumer Price Index number that is the weighted average of the 8 capital cities published by the Australian Statistician in respect of the period that commences on 1 July 1992 and ends immediately before the start of the financial year in which the contribution assessment period commences.\n\n14 Section 37\n\n15 Division 11 of Part III\n\nRepeal the Division.\n\n16 Section 46\n\n#### 46 Contribution assessment period in which residual fringe benefits are to be assessed\n\n A residual benefit that is provided during a period which extends over 2 or more contribution assessment periods is subject to assessment for income contribution in each of those periods.\n\n17 Sections 48 and 49\n\n18 Section 50\n\n#### 50 Value of residual fringe benefits\n\n Subject to this Part, the value of a residual fringe benefit in relation to a contribution assessment period is the cost to the provider of providing the benefit, reduced by the amount of the recipient’s contribution.\n\n19 Section 51\n\n20 Divisions 14, 14A and 14B of Part III\n\nRepeal the Divisions.\n\n21 Subsection 136(1)\n\n> contribution assessment period has the meaning given by section 139K of the Bankruptcy Act 1966 as in force from time to time.\n\n22 Subsection 136(1) (definition of family member)\n\n> family member, in relation to:\n\n (a) a benefit provided to an employee, or to an associate of an employee, means:\n (i) the employee; or\n (ii) the spouse of the employee; or\n (iii) a child of the employee; and\n (b) a benefit provided to a bankrupt, or to an associate of a bankrupt, means:\n (ii) the spouse of the bankrupt; or\n (iii) a child of the bankrupt;’.\n\n23 Subsection 136(1) (definition of fringe benefit)\n\n> fringe benefit, in relation to a bankrupt, in relation to a contribution assessment period, means a benefit provided at any time during the period by any person to the bankrupt, other than:\n\n (a) a benefit provided to the bankrupt by the bankrupt’s spouse under, or because of a genuine maintenance agreement between the spouses; or\n (b) a benefit provided under a maintenance order, within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Act 1966 as in force from time to time; or\n (c) the benefit of an order by a court in favour of the bankrupt in respect of costs of litigation; or\n (d) educational expenses paid by any person in respect of a child of:\n (ii) the bankrupt’s spouse; or\n (e) the amount of a refund, or part of a refund, due by the Commissioner to the bankrupt under a law of the Commonwealth, being an amount that the Commissioner has lawfully offset against a tax liability, within the meaning of the Taxation Administration Act 1953 as in force from time to time, of the bankrupt; or\n (f) subject to subsection (1A), a benefit of a kind referred to in paragraphs (f) to (p) (inclusive) of the definition of fringe benefit in this Act (in its unmodified form) as in force at the beginning of 1 July 1992; or\n (g) support by way of one or both of the following:\n (i) lodging (including any board);\n (ii) occasional use of a motor vehicle used for domestic purposes;\n up to a value of $250 a week, if the support is provided by a person in the person’s principal place of residence, and the person is:\n (iii) a close relative; or\n (iv) a brother or sister (including a half‑brother, half‑ sister, adoptive brother or adoptive sister);\n of the bankrupt.\n\n> Note: Close relative, in relation to a person, is defined in section 136 of the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986 as:\n\n (a) the spouse of the person; or\n (b) a child or parent of the person; or\n (c) a parent of the person’s spouse.\n\n24 After subsection 136(1)\n\n (1A) For the purposes of paragraph (f) of the definition of fringe benefit in subsection (1), paragraph (h) of the paragraphs referred to in that paragraph has effect as if “the employee, or by a relative of the employee,” were omitted and “the bankrupt” substituted.\n\nSchedule 3—Modifications in relation to Part X of the Act\n\nPart 1—Modifications of Part X of the Act—joint debtors\n\nNote: See section 58.\n\n1 Section 187A\n\nOmit “This Part”, substitute “(1) This Part”.\n\n2 At the end of section 187A\n\nAdd:\n\n (2) In the application of this Part (other than subsection 187(1A)) to joint debtors, whether partners or not, an expression specified in one of the following rules of interpretation applies to the extent that the context reasonably permits:\n (a) “a debtor” is to be read as “joint debtors”;\n (b) “the debtor” is to be read as “the joint debtors”;\n (c) “the debtor’s” is to be read as “the joint debtors”;\n (d) if used in relation to a debtor:\n (i) “he or she” is to be read as “they”; and\n (ii) “his or her” is to be read as “their”; and\n (iii) “him or her” is to be read as “them”; and\n (iv) a noun or verb in the singular form is to be read as being in the plural form.\n (3) Subsection (2) applies, subject to any specific modifications of this Part by the Bankruptcy Regulations 2021.\n (4) To the extent that the context reasonably permits, a reference (by operation of subsection (2)) to joint debtors includes a reference to any of the joint debtors.\n (5) A reference to the affairs, or examinable affairs, of a debtor includes a reference to the separate affairs, or separate examinable affairs, of a joint debtor.\n\n3 Subsection 188(1)\n\nOmit “A debtor”, substitute “If each joint debtor is a person”.\n\n4 Subsection 188(1)\n\nBefore “may sign”, insert “the joint debtors”.\n\n5 Subsections 188(2AA) and (2AB)\n\n6 Subsections 188(2C) and (2D)\n\nOmit “the debtor” (second occurring), substitute “each joint debtor”.\n\n7 Subsection 188(4)\n\nBefore “debtor”, insert “joint”.\n\n8 Paragraph 188A(2)(a)\n\nOmit “the debtor’s property (whether or not already owned by the debtor when he or she executes the agreement)”, substitute “each joint debtor’s property (whether or not already owned by that joint debtor when the joint debtors execute the agreement)”.\n\n9 Paragraph 188A(2)(c)\n\nOmit “the debtor’s income (whether or not already derived by the debtor when he or she executes the agreement)”, substitute “each joint debtor’s income (whether or not already derived by that joint debtor when the joint debtors execute the agreement)”.\n\n10 Paragraphs 188A(2)(e) and (l)\n\n11 Subsection 189AB(1)\n\nOmit “When the debtor’s property becomes subject to control under this Division, the debtor’s property is charged with”, substitute “When the property of joint debtors becomes charged under this Division, the charges specified in subsection (1A) are created with respect to”.\n\n12 After subsection 189AB(1)\n\n (1A) The charges are:\n (a) a charge over the joint property of the joint debtors; and\n (b) a separate charge over the separate property of each joint debtor.\n\n13 Subsection 189AB(2)\n\nOmit “the charge is not affected”, substitute “none of the charges is affected”.\n\n14 Subsections 189AB(3) and (4)\n\nOmit “The charge”, substitute “Each charge”.\n\n15 Paragraph 189A(1)(a)\n\n (a) summarising and commenting on the information about:\n (i) the joint estates of the joint debtors; and\n (ii) the separate estate of each joint debtor;\n that is available to the controlling trustee; and\n\n16 Subsection 219(2)\n\n (2) For the purposes of subsection (1), the prescribed official name is “The Trustee (or Trustees) of the Property of (names of debtors), joint debtors”.\n\nPart 2—Modifications of Part VIII of the Act—controlling trustees and trustees of personal insolvency agreements\n\nNote: See section 63.\n\n17 Before Division 1 of Part VIII\n\n### Division 1A—Interpretation\n\n#### 154A Interpretation\n\n In this Part, in its application to Part X, a reference to a registered trustee includes a reference to a controlling trustee and a trustee of a personal insolvency agreement.\n\n18 Section 156A\n\n19 Subsection 157(1)\n\n (a) the Official Trustee is:\n (i) under section 188 or 192, the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor; or\n (ii) under Part X, the trustee of a personal insolvency agreement; and\n (b) the creditors wish to appoint, in place of the Official Trustee:\n (i) a registered trustee or a solicitor as the controlling trustee; or\n (ii) a registered trustee as the trustee of the personal insolvency agreement;\n the creditors may do so by resolution at a meeting of creditors.\n\n20 Section 158\n\n#### 158 Appointment of 2 or more controlling trustees\n\n The creditors may appoint 2 or more controlling trustees jointly, or jointly and severally.\n\n21 Section 159\n\n22 Section 160\n\n#### 160 Vacancy in position of trustee—Official Trustee to act\n\n If at any time there is no controlling trustee in relation to a debtor, or no trustee of a personal insolvency agreement under Part X, the Official Trustee is to act as the trustee.\n\n23 After subsection 161(1)\n\n (1A) This section does not apply in relation to a trustee of a personal insolvency agreement.\n\n24 Section 180\n\nOmit “trustee of an estate”, substitute “trustee, other than controlling trustee, under Part X”.\n\n","sortOrder":28},{"sectionNumber":"25","sectionType":"section","heading":"Subsection 181A(1)","content":"25 Subsection 181A(1)\n\n (1) The current controlling trustee or the current trustee of a personal insolvency agreement may, with the written consent of another trustee (either a registered trustee or the Official Trustee), nominate the other trustee as the new trustee.\n\n","sortOrder":29},{"sectionNumber":"26","sectionType":"section","heading":"Subsection 181A(4)","content":"26 Subsection 181A(4)\n\n (4) If no creditor lodges a written notice of objection with the current trustee at least 2 days before the specified date, the new trustee replaces the current trustee on the date specified in the notice.\n\n","sortOrder":30},{"sectionNumber":"Part 3","sectionType":"part","heading":"Modifications of Division 1 of Part V of the Act—debtors whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act","content":"Part 3—Modifications of Division 1 of Part V of the Act—debtors whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act\n\nNote: See section 64.\n\n","sortOrder":31},{"sectionNumber":"27","sectionType":"section","heading":"Section 77F","content":"27 Section 77F\n\n#### 77F Allowances and expenses to be paid out of debtor’s property subject to control under Division 2 of Part X\n\n If the evidence that a person gives, or the books that a person produces, under section 77C, relate to matters concerning the property of a debtor that is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X, any amount payable to the person under section 77D or 77E is to be paid out of that property.\n\n","sortOrder":32},{"sectionNumber":"28","sectionType":"section","heading":"Subsection 81(1)","content":"28 Subsection 81(1)\n\n (1) Where a person (the relevant person) becomes a debtor whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X, the Court or the Registrar may at any time (whether before or after control over that property has ended), on the application of:\n (a) a person (a creditor) who has or had a debt that would be provable if the debtor were a bankrupt; or\n (b) the controlling trustee; or\n summon the relevant person for examination in relation to the property that is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X.\n\n","sortOrder":33},{"sectionNumber":"Part 4","sectionType":"part","heading":"Modification under subsection 231(1) of the Act—personal insolvency agreements","content":"Part 4—Modification under subsection 231(1) of the Act—personal insolvency agreements\n\nNote: See subsection 69(1).\n\n","sortOrder":34},{"sectionNumber":"29","sectionType":"section","heading":"Section 77F","content":"29 Section 77F\n\n#### 77F Allowances and expenses to be paid out of debtor’s property subject to personal insolvency agreement\n\n If the evidence that a person gives, or the books that a person produces, under section 77C, relate to matters concerning the property of a debtor that is subject to a personal insolvency agreement, any amount payable to the person under section 77D or 77E is to be paid out of that property.\n\n","sortOrder":35},{"sectionNumber":"Part 5","sectionType":"part","heading":"Modifications under subsection 231(3) of the Act—personal insolvency agreements","content":"Part 5—Modifications under subsection 231(3) of the Act—personal insolvency agreements\n\nNote: See subsection 69(2).\n\n","sortOrder":36},{"sectionNumber":"30","sectionType":"section","heading":"Subsection 113(1)","content":"30 Subsection 113(1)\n\nOmit “presentation of a petition on which, or by virtue of the presentation of which, a person became a bankrupt”, substitute “making of a sequestration order”.\n\n","sortOrder":37},{"sectionNumber":"31","sectionType":"section","heading":"Subsection 113(1)","content":"31 Subsection 113(1)\n\nOmit “or, in the case of a debtor’s petition, the presentation of the petition”.\n\n","sortOrder":38},{"sectionNumber":"32","sectionType":"section","heading":"At the end of section 133","content":"32 At the end of section 133\n\nAdd:\n\n (14) This section does not apply in relation to a personal insolvency agreement.\n\n","sortOrder":39},{"sectionNumber":"33","sectionType":"section","heading":"After paragraph 134(1)(b)","content":"33 After paragraph 134(1)(b)\n\n (ba) carry on a business of the debtor in accordance with an authorisation given under subsection (4);\n\n","sortOrder":40},{"sectionNumber":"34","sectionType":"section","heading":"At the end of section 134","content":"34 At the end of section 134\n\nAdd:\n\n (4) If a personal insolvency agreement provides for the business of the debtor to be assigned to the trustee, the agreement may:\n (a) authorise the trustee to carry on a business of a debtor; and\n (b) specify the period during which, and the conditions (if any) subject to which, the trustee may carry on the business.\n (5) The creditors may vary or terminate an authority under subsection (4) by passing a special resolution to that effect at a meeting.\n (6) This section extends only in relation to property of the debtor that is subject to the personal insolvency agreement.\n\n","sortOrder":41},{"sectionNumber":"35","sectionType":"section","heading":"Subsection 136(1)","content":"35 Subsection 136(1)\n\nOmit “Where any property of the bankrupt is subject to a mortgage”, substitute “Where any property of the debtor that is subject to the personal insolvency agreement is also subject to a mortgage”.\n\n","sortOrder":42},{"sectionNumber":"36","sectionType":"section","heading":"Subsection 137(1)","content":"36 Subsection 137(1)\n\nOmit “Where goods of a bankrupt”, substitute “Where goods of a debtor that are subject to a personal insolvency agreement”.\n\n","sortOrder":43},{"sectionNumber":"37","sectionType":"section","heading":"Paragraphs 138(1)(a) and (b)","content":"37 Paragraphs 138(1)(a) and (b)\n\n (a) the property of a debtor that is subject to a personal insolvency agreement includes rights in respect of industrial property; and\n (b) the debtor is liable to pay royalties or a share of profits to a person in respect of those rights;\n\n","sortOrder":44},{"sectionNumber":"38","sectionType":"section","heading":"Paragraphs 138(1)(c) and (d)","content":"38 Paragraphs 138(1)(c) and (d)\n\nOmit “the bankrupt”, substitute “the debtor”.\n\n","sortOrder":45},{"sectionNumber":"39","sectionType":"section","heading":"Paragraphs 139(1)(a) and (b)","content":"39 Paragraphs 139(1)(a) and (b)\n\n (a) the trustee has seized or disposed of any goods in the possession or on the premises of a debtor that are subject to a personal insolvency agreement without notice of any claim by any person in respect of those goods; and\n (b) the goods were not, at the date of execution of the personal insolvency agreement, the property of the debtor;\n\n","sortOrder":46},{"sectionNumber":"40","sectionType":"section","heading":"Subsection 139(2)","content":"40 Subsection 139(2)\n\nOmit all the words after “in respect of property”, substitute:\n\n that is subject to the personal insolvency agreement, being rates, land tax or municipal or other statutory charges that fall due on or after the date of execution of the personal insolvency agreement, except to the extent, if any, of the rents and profits received by the trustee in respect of that property on or after the date of execution of the personal insolvency agreement\n\n","sortOrder":47},{"sectionNumber":"41","sectionType":"section","heading":"Subsection 139(3)","content":"41 Subsection 139(3)\n\n (3) Where the trustee of a personal insolvency agreement carries on a business previously carried on by the debtor, the trustee is not personally liable for any payment in respect of long service leave or extended leave:\n (a) for which the debtor was liable; or\n (b) to which a person employed by the trustee in the person’s capacity as trustee of the personal insolvency agreement, or the legal personal representative of such a person, becomes entitled after the date of execution of the personal insolvency agreement.\n\n","sortOrder":48},{"sectionNumber":"42","sectionType":"section","heading":"Subsection 139(4)","content":"42 Subsection 139(4)\n\nOmit “the estate of a bankrupt”, substitute “a personal insolvency agreement”.\n\n","sortOrder":49},{"sectionNumber":"43","sectionType":"section","heading":"Section 139ZJ","content":"43 Section 139ZJ\n\nBefore “In”, insert “(1)”.\n\n","sortOrder":50},{"sectionNumber":"44","sectionType":"section","heading":"At the end of section 139ZJ","content":"44 At the end of section 139ZJ\n\nAdd:\n\n (2) In sections 139ZK, 139ZL and 139ZP, a reference to a bankrupt is to be read as a reference to a debtor.\n (3) In subsection (2):\n\n> debtor means a person who has executed a personal insolvency agreement.\n\n","sortOrder":51},{"sectionNumber":"45","sectionType":"section","heading":"Paragraphs 139ZK(1)(e) and (f)","content":"45 Paragraphs 139ZK(1)(e) and (f)\n\nOmit “bankruptcy”, substitute “personal insolvency agreement”.\n\n","sortOrder":52},{"sectionNumber":"46","sectionType":"section","heading":"Subsection 139ZL(1)","content":"46 Subsection 139ZL(1)\n\nOmit “If a bankrupt is liable to pay to the trustee a contribution under section 139P or 139Q, the Official Receiver”, substitute “If a debtor is liable to pay a specified amount of the debtor’s income to the trustee in accordance with a personal insolvency agreement, the Official Receiver”.\n\n","sortOrder":53},{"sectionNumber":"47","sectionType":"section","heading":"Subsection 139ZL(1)","content":"47 Subsection 139ZL(1)\n\nOmit “make the contribution”, substitute “pay that amount”.\n\n","sortOrder":54},{"sectionNumber":"48","sectionType":"section","heading":"Paragraphs 139ZL(3)(a) and (b)","content":"48 Paragraphs 139ZL(3)(a) and (b)\n\nOmit “the contribution”, substitute “the amount of income”.\n\n","sortOrder":55},{"sectionNumber":"49","sectionType":"section","heading":"Subsection 139ZQ(1)","content":"49 Subsection 139ZQ(1)\n\nOmit “bankrupt under Division 3”, substitute “personal insolvency agreement because of the application of any of sections 120 to 125”.\n\n","sortOrder":56},{"sectionNumber":"50","sectionType":"section","heading":"Subsection 139ZR(3)","content":"50 Subsection 139ZR(3)\n\nOmit “Division 3”, substitute “any of sections 120 to 125”.\n\n","sortOrder":57},{"sectionNumber":"Sch 4","sectionType":"schedule","heading":"Modifications under Part XI of the Act—administration of estates of deceased persons","content":"Schedule 4—Modifications under Part XI of the Act—administration of estates of deceased persons\n\nNote: See section 71.\n\n1 Section 49\n\nOmit “debtor”, substitute “deceased debtor’s estate”.\n\n2 Subsection 50(1)\n\nOmit “debtor, but before the debtor becomes”, substitute “debtor who dies after presentation of a creditor’s petition but before becoming”.\n\n3 Paragraph 50(1)(a)\n\n4 Paragraph 50(1)(b)\n\nOmit “property”, substitute “estate”.\n\n5 Paragraph 50(1A)(c)\n\nOmit “debtor”, substitute “deceased debtor’s legal personal representative”.\n\n6 Subsection 50(1B)\n\n7 Subsection 50(2)\n\nOmit “debtor” (first occurring), substitute “legal personal representative of the deceased debtor”.\n\n8 Subsection 50(2)\n\nBefore “debtor” (second and third occurring), insert “deceased debtor”.\n\n9 Subsection 50(3)\n\nOmit “debtor and the debtor’s”, substitute “deceased debtor and the deceased debtor’s”.\n\n10 Subsection 50(4)\n\nBefore “debtor” (wherever occurring), insert “deceased”.\n\n11 Subsection 50(4)\n\n12 Paragraph 50(5)(a)\n\nOmit “a sequestration order had been made against the debtor”, substitute “an order had been made for the administration of the estate of the deceased debtor”.\n\n13 Paragraph 50(5)(c)\n\nOmit “debtor’s bankruptcy if a sequestration”, substitute “administration of the deceased debtor’s estate if an”.\n\n14 At the end of section 50\n\nAdd:\n\n (6) In this section:\n\n15 Subsection 73(1)\n\n16 Subsection 73(1)\n\nOmit “his or her” (wherever occurring), substitute “the deceased debtor’s”.\n\n17 At the end of section 73\n\nAdd:\n\n (2) In this section:\n\n18 Section 74\n\n#### 74 Annulment of administration\n\n (1) If a proposal to annul the administration of an estate is accepted by a special resolution of creditors at a meeting held in accordance with the Insolvency Practice Rules, the administration of the estate is annulled, by force of this subsection, on the day the special resolution is passed.\n (2) Within 2 business days after that day, the trustee of the estate must give to the Official Receiver a certificate, signed by the trustee, of the following matters:\n (a) the name of the estate;\n (b) the number of the administration;\n (c) the terms and date of the special resolution.\n\nPenalty: 5 penalty units.\n\n> Note: See also section 277B (about infringement notices).\n\n (4) The Official Receiver must enter the day on which the administration of the estate is annulled in the National Personal Insolvency Index.\n\n19 Subsections 74A(2) and (3)\n\nOmit “debtor”, substitute “legal personal representative of the deceased debtor”.\n\n20 At the end of section 74A\n\nAdd:\n\n (8) In this section:\n\n21 Subsection 75(2)\n\n22 Subsection 81(1)\n\n (1) At any time during or after the administration under Part XI of the estate of a deceased debtor (the relevant person), the Court may, on the application of:\n (a) a person (a creditor) who has or had a debt provable in the administration; or\n (b) the trustee of the estate of the relevant person; or\n summon an examinable person in relation to the estate of the relevant person for examination in relation to the administration.\n (1AA) For the purposes of subsection (1):\n\n> examinable person, in relation to an estate of the relevant person, means:\n\n (a) a person who is believed to be indebted to the estate; or\n (b) a person who may be able to give information about the relevant person or the examinable affairs of the relevant person; or\n (c) a person who has possession of books that may relate to:\n (iii) the estate; or\n (d) the executor under the relevant person’s will; or\n (e) the administrator under letters of administration or court order;\n of the relevant person’s estate, or a part of that estate.\n\n23 Paragraph 81(1B)(b)\n\n (b) relate to:\n (iii) the estate of the relevant person.\n\n24 Subsection 81(11AA)\n\n25 Subsection 81(12)\n\nBefore “relevant person” (wherever occurring), insert “estate of the”.\n\n26 Subsection 81(14)\n\nOmit “person, other than the relevant person,”, substitute “person”.\n\n27 Subsection 82(1)\n\nOmit all the words from and including “a bankrupt” to the end of the subsection, substitute “the estate of a deceased debtor was subject at the day of the order for the administration of the estate, or to which the estate may become subject because of an obligation incurred before that day, are provable in the administration of the estate”.\n\n28 Subsection 82(1A)\n\nOmit “bankrupt under a maintenance agreement or maintenance order before the date of the bankruptcy”, substitute “deceased debtor under a maintenance agreement or maintenance order during the person’s lifetime and before the date of the order for the administration of the deceased debtor’s estate”.\n\n29 Paragraph 82(8)(b)\n\nOmit “discharge of the bankrupt”, substitute “end of the administration of the deceased debtor’s estate”.\n\n30 Section 87\n\nOmit “debtor had not become a bankrupt”, substitute “estate of the deceased debtor had not become subject to administration under Part XI”.\n\n31 Section 88\n\nOmit “A payment made by a debtor to a creditor before the debtor became a bankrupt and representing in part principal and in part interest”, substitute:\n\n A payment that:\n (a) is made to a creditor by;\n (i) the deceased debtor before the person’s death; or\n (ii) the deceased debtor’s estate before the date of the order for the administration of the estate; and\n (b) represents in part principal and in part interest;\n\n32 Section 95\n\nOmit “person was, at the time when he or she became a bankrupt”, substitute “deceased debtor whose estate is being administered under Part XI was, at the time of the debtor’s death”.\n\n33 Subsection 104(1)\n\n34 At the end of section 104\n\nAdd:\n\n35 Paragraph 109(1)(a)\n\nAfter “petitioning creditor”, insert “or the trustee of the deceased debtor’s estate”.\n\n36 Paragraph 109(1)(b)\n\n37 Subsection 109A(1)\n\n (a) a contract of employment with a person who has since died and whose estate is being administered under Part XI was subsisting immediately before the day of the person’s death; or\n (b) a contract of employment with the trustee, in the trustee’s capacity as trustee, of an estate that is being administered under Part XI was subsisting immediately before the day of the order for the administration;\n the employee under the contract is, whether or not the employee is a person referred to in subsection (2), entitled to payment under section 109 as if the employee’s employment had been terminated:\n (c) in the case that paragraph (a) applies:\n (i) by the person; and\n mentioned in that paragraph; or\n (d) in the case that paragraph (b) applies:\n (i) by the trustee; and\n mentioned in that paragraph.\n\n38 Subsection 109A(2)\n\nAfter “trustee” (wherever occurring), insert “or legal personal representative”.\n\n39 At the end of section 109A\n\nAdd:\n\n (5) In this section:\n\n40 Section 110\n\n41 Section 114\n\nOmit “becomes a bankrupt”, substitute “dies, and the debtor’s estate becomes subject to administration under Part XI,”.\n\n42 Paragraph 117(1)(a)\n\n43 Paragraph 117(1)(b)\n\nOmit “which he or she”, substitute “which the deceased debtor”.\n\n44 Paragraph 117(1)(b)\n\nOmit “(whether before or after he or she became a bankrupt)”, substitute “at any time”.\n\n45 Subsection 117(1)\n\n46 Subsection 117(1)\n\nOmit “in the trustee”, substitute “in the trustee of the deceased debtor’s estate being administered under Part XI”.\n\n47 Paragraph 118(1)(a)\n\nOmit “the presentation of a petition, or after the presentation of a petition, against a”, substitute “the making of an order under Part XI, or after the making of such an order, for the administration of the estate of a deceased”.\n\n48 Subparagraph 118(1)(a)(ii)\n\n49 Paragraph 118(1)(b)\n\n50 Subsection 118(1)\n\n51 Subsection 118(3)\n\n52 Subsection 118(3)\n\nOmit “bankruptcy”, substitute “administration of the estate”.\n\n","sortOrder":58},{"sectionNumber":"53","sectionType":"section","heading":"Subsection 118(4)","content":"53 Subsection 118(4)\n\n (4) Where:\n (a) a creditor has, in pursuance of subsection (1), paid to the trustee of the estate of a deceased debtor the proceeds of the sale of property or other moneys that were received as a result of execution having been issued by the creditor, or on the creditor’s behalf, against property of the deceased debtor or of the attachment by the creditor, or on the creditor’s behalf, of a debt due to the deceased debtor; and\n (b) that property or debt would not have been property divisible amongst the creditors of the deceased debtor if the estate of the deceased debtor had become subject to administration under Part XI immediately before the execution was issued or the debt was attached, as the case may be;\n the trustee must pay those proceeds or other moneys to the legal personal representative of the deceased debtor or to a person authorised by the legal personal representative in writing for the purpose.\n\n","sortOrder":59},{"sectionNumber":"54","sectionType":"section","heading":"Subsection 118(9)","content":"54 Subsection 118(9)\n\n (9) Subject to subsection (10), if a creditor has, within 6 months before the making of an order under Part XI, or after the making of such an order, for the administration of the estate of a deceased debtor obtained a charge or charging order against property of the deceased debtor, the charge or charging order, as the case may be, is void as against the trustee of the estate of the deceased debtor.\n\n","sortOrder":60},{"sectionNumber":"55","sectionType":"section","heading":"Subsection 118(10)","content":"55 Subsection 118(10)\n\nOmit “a debtor” (wherever occurring), substitute “a deceased debtor’s estate”.\n\n","sortOrder":61},{"sectionNumber":"56","sectionType":"section","heading":"Subsection 118(10)","content":"56 Subsection 118(10)\n\nOmit “the debtor”, substitute “the deceased debtor”.\n\n","sortOrder":62},{"sectionNumber":"57","sectionType":"section","heading":"Paragraphs 118(11)(a) and (b)","content":"57 Paragraphs 118(11)(a) and (b)\n\nOmit “who, after the sale, becomes a bankrupt”, substitute “who dies and whose estate becomes, or of a deceased debtor’s estate that becomes, after the sale, subject to an administration order under Part XI”.\n\n","sortOrder":63},{"sectionNumber":"58","sectionType":"section","heading":"Subsection 118(11)","content":"58 Subsection 118(11)\n\nOmit “of the bankrupt”.\n\n59 Subsection 118(12)\n\n60 Subsection 119(1)\n\n61 Paragraphs 119(1)(a) and (b)\n\n62 Subsection 119(2)\n\nOmit “the reference to the Court of a debtor’s petition against a debtor”, substitute “the presentation to the Court of a petition by a person administering the estate of a deceased debtor for an order for the administration of the estate”.\n\n","sortOrder":64},{"sectionNumber":"63","sectionType":"section","heading":"Paragraphs 119(2)(a) and (b)","content":"63 Paragraphs 119(2)(a) and (b)\n\n","sortOrder":65},{"sectionNumber":"64","sectionType":"section","heading":"Subsection 119(3)","content":"64 Subsection 119(3)\n\nOmit “a creditor’s petition against a debtor has been given under subsection (1) to a sheriff or notice of the reference to the Court of a debtor’s petition against a debtor has been given under subsection”, substitute “a petition has been given under subsection (1) or”.\n\n65 Subsection 119(3)\n\n66 Subsection 119(4)\n\n67 Paragraphs 119(4)(a) and (b)\n\n68 Subsection 119(5)\n\nOmit “the reference to the Court of a debtor’s petition against a debtor”, substitute “the presentation to the Court of a petition by a person administering the estate of a deceased debtor for an order for the administration of the estate”.\n\n","sortOrder":66},{"sectionNumber":"69","sectionType":"section","heading":"Paragraphs 119(5)(a) and (b)","content":"69 Paragraphs 119(5)(a) and (b)\n\n","sortOrder":67},{"sectionNumber":"70","sectionType":"section","heading":"Subsection 119(6)","content":"70 Subsection 119(6)\n\nOmit “against a debtor” (first occurring), substitute “for an order for the administration of a deceased debtor’s estate”.\n\n","sortOrder":68},{"sectionNumber":"71","sectionType":"section","heading":"Subsection 119(6)","content":"71 Subsection 119(6)\n\nOmit “the reference to the Court of a debtor’s petition against a debtor”, substitute “the presentation to the Court of a petition by a person administering the estate of a deceased debtor for an order for the administration of the estate”.\n\n","sortOrder":69},{"sectionNumber":"72","sectionType":"section","heading":"Subsection 119(6)","content":"72 Subsection 119(6)\n\n","sortOrder":70},{"sectionNumber":"73","sectionType":"section","heading":"Subsection 119(7)","content":"73 Subsection 119(7)\n\nOmit “a debtor”, substitute “a deceased debtor’s estate”.\n\n","sortOrder":71},{"sectionNumber":"74","sectionType":"section","heading":"Subsection 119(7)","content":"74 Subsection 119(7)\n\nOmit “the debtor becomes a bankrupt”, substitute “the estate is administered under Part XI”.\n\n","sortOrder":72},{"sectionNumber":"75","sectionType":"section","heading":"Subsection 119A(1)","content":"75 Subsection 119A(1)\n\nOmit “has become a bankrupt”, substitute “has died, and the debtor’s estate has become subject to administration under Part XI,”.\n\n","sortOrder":73},{"sectionNumber":"76","sectionType":"section","heading":"Paragraphs 119A(1)(a) and (b)","content":"76 Paragraphs 119A(1)(a) and (b)\n\n (a) the sheriff must deliver or pay to the trustee:\n (i) any property of the estate in the sheriff’s possession under a process of execution issued by or on behalf of a creditor; and\n (ii) any proceeds of the sale of property of the estate or other moneys in the sheriff’s possession, being proceeds of the sale of property sold, whether before or after the debtor died, in pursuance of any such process or moneys seized, or paid to avoid seizure or sale of property of the debtor or estate, whether before or after the debtor died, in pursuance of any such process; and\n (iii) any moneys in the sheriff’s possession as a result of the attachment, by or on behalf of a creditor, of a debt due to the estate; or\n (b) the registrar or other officer of the court must pay to the trustee:\n (i) any proceeds of the sale of property of the estate or other moneys in court, being proceeds of sale or other moneys paid into court, whether before or after the debtor died, by a sheriff in pursuance of a process of execution issued, by or on behalf of a creditor, against property of the estate; and\n (ii) any moneys in court that have been paid into court, whether before or after the debtor died, in pursuance of proceedings instituted, by or on behalf of a creditor, to attach a debt due to the estate;\n\n77 Subsection 119A(5)\n\n78 Paragraph 119A(6)(a)\n\n79 Paragraph 119A(6)(b)\n\n80 Subsection 119A(7)\n\nOmit “a bankrupt”, substitute “the estate of a deceased debtor”.\n\n","sortOrder":74},{"sectionNumber":"81","sectionType":"section","heading":"Subsection 122(1)","content":"81 Subsection 122(1)\n\nOmit “insolvent (the debtor)”, substitute “insolvent and who subsequently dies (the deceased debtor)”.\n\n","sortOrder":75},{"sectionNumber":"82","sectionType":"section","heading":"Subsection 122(1)","content":"82 Subsection 122(1)\n\nOmit “in the debtor’s bankruptcy”, substitute “of the deceased debtor’s estate being administered under Part XI”.\n\n","sortOrder":76},{"sectionNumber":"83","sectionType":"section","heading":"Paragraph 122(1)(b)","content":"83 Paragraph 122(1)(b)\n\n (b) was made in the period beginning 6 months before the presentation of the petition for an order for the administration of the estate and ending immediately before the day of the order.\n\n","sortOrder":77},{"sectionNumber":"84","sectionType":"section","heading":"Subsection 122(1A)","content":"84 Subsection 122(1A)\n\nOmit “by the debtor”, substitute “by the deceased debtor before the debtor’s death”.\n\n85 Paragraphs 122(1A)(a) and (b)\n\n86 Paragraph 122(1A)(b)\n\n87 Paragraph 122(2)(b)\n\nAfter “debtor”, insert “or the estate of the deceased debtor”.\n\n","sortOrder":78},{"sectionNumber":"88","sectionType":"section","heading":"Subsection 122(4A)","content":"88 Subsection 122(4A)\n\nAfter “debtor” (wherever occurring), insert “or the estate of the deceased debtor”.\n\n","sortOrder":79},{"sectionNumber":"89","sectionType":"section","heading":"Subsection 123(1)","content":"89 Subsection 123(1)\n\nOmit “becomes a bankrupt”, substitute “has died, and the debtor’s estate has become subject to administration under Part XI”.\n\n","sortOrder":80},{"sectionNumber":"90","sectionType":"section","heading":"Paragraphs 123(1)(a), (b) and (c)","content":"90 Paragraphs 123(1)(a), (b) and (c)\n\nAfter “debtor”, insert “before the debtor died”.\n\n","sortOrder":81},{"sectionNumber":"91","sectionType":"section","heading":"Paragraph 123(1)(e)","content":"91 Paragraph 123(1)(e)\n\nOmit “before the day on which the debtor became a bankrupt”, substitute “on or before the day on which the debtor died”.\n\n92 Subsection 123(4)\n\n93 Subsection 123(4)\n\n94 Subsection 123(6)\n\nOmit “a debtor becomes”, substitute “a deceased debtor before the debtor’s death became”.\n\n","sortOrder":82},{"sectionNumber":"95","sectionType":"section","heading":"Subsection 123(6)","content":"95 Subsection 123(6)\n\nBefore “debtor” (second and third occurring), insert “deceased”.\n\n","sortOrder":83},{"sectionNumber":"96","sectionType":"section","heading":"Subsection 124(1)","content":"96 Subsection 124(1)\n\nOmit “becomes, or has become, a bankrupt”, substitute “has died, and the person’s estate has become subject to administration under Part XI”.\n\n","sortOrder":84},{"sectionNumber":"97","sectionType":"section","heading":"Paragraph 124(1)(a)","content":"97 Paragraph 124(1)(a)\n\nAfter “made”, insert “on or”.\n\n","sortOrder":85},{"sectionNumber":"98","sectionType":"section","heading":"Paragraph 124(1)(a)","content":"98 Paragraph 124(1)(a)\n\nOmit “becomes a bankrupt”, substitute “dies”.\n\n","sortOrder":86},{"sectionNumber":"99","sectionType":"section","heading":"Paragraph 124(1)(b)","content":"99 Paragraph 124(1)(b)\n\nOmit “on or”.\n\n","sortOrder":87},{"sectionNumber":"100","sectionType":"section","heading":"Paragraph 124(1)(b)","content":"100 Paragraph 124(1)(b)\n\n","sortOrder":88},{"sectionNumber":"101","sectionType":"section","heading":"Subsection 125(1)","content":"101 Subsection 125(1)\n\nOmit “an undischarged bankrupt”, substitute “deceased and that the person’s estate is being administered under Part XI”.\n\n","sortOrder":89},{"sectionNumber":"102","sectionType":"section","heading":"Section 126","content":"102 Section 126\n\n","sortOrder":90},{"sectionNumber":"103","sectionType":"section","heading":"After subsection 127(1)","content":"103 After subsection 127(1)\n\n (1A) In the application of Part XI to this section, the reference in subsection (1) to the date on which a person became bankrupt is taken to be a reference to the date on which administration of a deceased debtor’s estate commenced.\n\n","sortOrder":91},{"sectionNumber":"104","sectionType":"section","heading":"Paragraphs 134(1)(a), (aa), (ab) and (da)","content":"104 Paragraphs 134(1)(a), (aa), (ab) and (da)\n\nOmit “bankrupt”, substitute “estate of the deceased debtor”.\n\n","sortOrder":92},{"sectionNumber":"105","sectionType":"section","heading":"Paragraph 134(1)(da)","content":"105 Paragraph 134(1)(da)\n\n","sortOrder":93},{"sectionNumber":"106","sectionType":"section","heading":"Paragraph 134(1)(e)","content":"106 Paragraph 134(1)(e)\n\nOmit “bankrupt” (wherever occurring), substitute “deceased debtor’s estate”.\n\n107 Paragraph 134(1)(f)\n\n108 Paragraph 134(1)(g)\n\n109 Paragraph 134(1)(h)\n\n (h) deal with property to which the estate of the deceased debtor is beneficially entitled as tenant in tail in the same manner as the legal personal representative of the deceased debtor could deal with it if the estate were not being administered under Part XI;\n\n","sortOrder":94},{"sectionNumber":"110","sectionType":"section","heading":"Paragraph 134(1)(i)","content":"110 Paragraph 134(1)(i)\n\n","sortOrder":95},{"sectionNumber":"111","sectionType":"section","heading":"Paragraph 134(1)(m)","content":"111 Paragraph 134(1)(m)\n\nOmit “the bankrupt” (first occurring), substitute “the legal personal representative of the deceased debtor”.\n\n","sortOrder":96},{"sectionNumber":"112","sectionType":"section","heading":"Subparagraph 134(1)(m)(i)","content":"112 Subparagraph 134(1)(m)(i)\n\n","sortOrder":97},{"sectionNumber":"113","sectionType":"section","heading":"Subparagraph 134(1)(m)(ii)","content":"113 Subparagraph 134(1)(m)(ii)\n\nOmit “bankrupt’s” (wherever occurring), substitute “estate’s”.\n\n","sortOrder":98},{"sectionNumber":"114","sectionType":"section","heading":"Subparagraph 134(1)(m)(iii)","content":"114 Subparagraph 134(1)(m)(iii)\n\n","sortOrder":99},{"sectionNumber":"115","sectionType":"section","heading":"Paragraph 134(1)(m)","content":"115 Paragraph 134(1)(m)\n\nOmit “bankrupt’s services, make such allowance to the bankrupt”, substitute “services of the legal personal representative of the deceased debtor, pay such remuneration to the legal personal representative”.\n\n","sortOrder":100},{"sectionNumber":"116","sectionType":"section","heading":"Paragraph 134(1)(ma)","content":"116 Paragraph 134(1)(ma)\n\n (ma) pay such remuneration out of the estate of the deceased debtor as the trustee thinks fit to the legal personal representative of the deceased debtor.\n\n","sortOrder":101},{"sectionNumber":"117","sectionType":"section","heading":"Paragraphs 134(1)(n) and (o)","content":"117 Paragraphs 134(1)(n) and (o)\n\n","sortOrder":102},{"sectionNumber":"118","sectionType":"section","heading":"Subsection 134(1A)","content":"118 Subsection 134(1A)\n\nOmit “An allowance made to the bankrupt”, substitute “Remuneration paid to the legal personal representative of the deceased debtor”.\n\n","sortOrder":103},{"sectionNumber":"119","sectionType":"section","heading":"At the end of section 134","content":"119 At the end of section 134\n\nAdd:\n\n","sortOrder":104},{"sectionNumber":"120","sectionType":"section","heading":"Paragraph 138(1)(a)","content":"120 Paragraph 138(1)(a)\n\nOmit “a bankrupt”, substitute “an estate of a deceased debtor”.\n\n121 Paragraphs 138(1)(b), (c) and (d)\n\n122 Subsection 139ZL(6)\n\n123 At the end of section 139ZL\n\nAdd:\n\n (11) In this section:\n\n124 Subsection 139ZQ(5)\n\n125 Subsection 139ZQ(10)\n\n126 Paragraph 143(a)\n\nOmit “bankrupt’s statement of”, substitute “statement of a deceased debtor’s”.\n\n","sortOrder":105},{"sectionNumber":"127","sectionType":"section","heading":"Section 146","content":"127 Section 146\n\n","sortOrder":106},{"sectionNumber":"128","sectionType":"section","heading":"Section 146","content":"128 Section 146\n\nOmit “his or her affairs” (wherever occurring), substitute “the deceased debtor’s affairs”.\n\n","sortOrder":107},{"sectionNumber":"129","sectionType":"section","heading":"Section 146","content":"129 Section 146\n\nOmit “bankrupt” (second occurring), substitute “legal personal representative”.\n\n","sortOrder":108},{"sectionNumber":"130","sectionType":"section","heading":"Paragraph 156A(1)(a)","content":"130 Paragraph 156A(1)(a)\n\nBefore “debtor” (first occurring), insert “deceased”.\n\n","sortOrder":109},{"sectionNumber":"131","sectionType":"section","heading":"Paragraphs 156A(1)(a) and (3)(a)","content":"131 Paragraphs 156A(1)(a) and (3)(a)\n\nOmit “debtor becomes a bankrupt”, substitute “deceased debtor’s estate is administered under Part XI”.\n\n","sortOrder":110},{"sectionNumber":"132","sectionType":"section","heading":"Paragraph 156A(3)(a)","content":"132 Paragraph 156A(3)(a)\n\nOmit “estate of the bankrupt”, substitute “estate”.\n\n","sortOrder":111},{"sectionNumber":"133","sectionType":"section","heading":"Subsection 277B(2) (after table item 2)","content":"133 Subsection 277B(2) (after table item 2)\n\n| 2A | subsection 74(2) | 1 penalty unit |\n| --- | ---------------- | -------------- |\n\n## 154A Interpretation\n\n#### 154A Interpretation\n\n In this Part, in its application to Part X, a reference to a registered trustee includes a reference to a controlling trustee and a trustee of a personal insolvency agreement.\n\n18 Section 156A\n\n19 Subsection 157(1)\n\n (a) the Official Trustee is:\n (i) under section 188 or 192, the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor; or\n (ii) under Part X, the trustee of a personal insolvency agreement; and\n (b) the creditors wish to appoint, in place of the Official Trustee:\n (i) a registered trustee or a solicitor as the controlling trustee; or\n (ii) a registered trustee as the trustee of the personal insolvency agreement;\n the creditors may do so by resolution at a meeting of creditors.\n\n20 Section 158\n\n## 158 Appointment of 2 or more controlling trustees\n\n#### 158 Appointment of 2 or more controlling trustees\n\n The creditors may appoint 2 or more controlling trustees jointly, or jointly and severally.\n\n21 Section 159\n\n22 Section 160\n\n## 160 Vacancy in position of trustee—Official Trustee to act\n\n#### 160 Vacancy in position of trustee—Official Trustee to act\n\n If at any time there is no controlling trustee in relation to a debtor, or no trustee of a personal insolvency agreement under Part X, the Official Trustee is to act as the trustee.\n\n23 After subsection 161(1)\n\n (1A) This section does not apply in relation to a trustee of a personal insolvency agreement.\n\n24 Section 180\n\nOmit “trustee of an estate”, substitute “trustee, other than controlling trustee, under Part X”.\n\n25 Subsection 181A(1)\n\n (1) The current controlling trustee or the current trustee of a personal insolvency agreement may, with the written consent of another trustee (either a registered trustee or the Official Trustee), nominate the other trustee as the new trustee.\n\n26 Subsection 181A(4)\n\n (4) If no creditor lodges a written notice of objection with the current trustee at least 2 days before the specified date, the new trustee replaces the current trustee on the date specified in the notice.\n\nPart 3—Modifications of Division 1 of Part V of the Act—debtors whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act\n\nNote: See section 64.\n\n27 Section 77F\n\n## 77F Allowances and expenses to be paid out of debtor’s property subject to control under Division 2 of Part X\n\n#### 77F Allowances and expenses to be paid out of debtor’s property subject to control under Division 2 of Part X\n\n If the evidence that a person gives, or the books that a person produces, under section 77C, relate to matters concerning the property of a debtor that is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X, any amount payable to the person under section 77D or 77E is to be paid out of that property.\n\n28 Subsection 81(1)\n\n (1) Where a person (the relevant person) becomes a debtor whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X, the Court or the Registrar may at any time (whether before or after control over that property has ended), on the application of:\n (a) a person (a creditor) who has or had a debt that would be provable if the debtor were a bankrupt; or\n (b) the controlling trustee; or\n summon the relevant person for examination in relation to the property that is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X.\n\nPart 4—Modification under subsection 231(1) of the Act—personal insolvency agreements\n\nNote: See subsection 69(1).\n\n29 Section 77F\n\n## 77F Allowances and expenses to be paid out of debtor’s property subject to personal insolvency agreement\n\n#### 77F Allowances and expenses to be paid out of debtor’s property subject to personal insolvency agreement\n\n If the evidence that a person gives, or the books that a person produces, under section 77C, relate to matters concerning the property of a debtor that is subject to a personal insolvency agreement, any amount payable to the person under section 77D or 77E is to be paid out of that property.\n\nPart 5—Modifications under subsection 231(3) of the Act—personal insolvency agreements\n\nNote: See subsection 69(2).\n\n30 Subsection 113(1)\n\nOmit “presentation of a petition on which, or by virtue of the presentation of which, a person became a bankrupt”, substitute “making of a sequestration order”.\n\n31 Subsection 113(1)\n\nOmit “or, in the case of a debtor’s petition, the presentation of the petition”.\n\n32 At the end of section 133\n\nAdd:\n\n (14) This section does not apply in relation to a personal insolvency agreement.\n\n33 After paragraph 134(1)(b)\n\n (ba) carry on a business of the debtor in accordance with an authorisation given under subsection (4);\n\n34 At the end of section 134\n\nAdd:\n\n (4) If a personal insolvency agreement provides for the business of the debtor to be assigned to the trustee, the agreement may:\n (a) authorise the trustee to carry on a business of a debtor; and\n (b) specify the period during which, and the conditions (if any) subject to which, the trustee may carry on the business.\n (5) The creditors may vary or terminate an authority under subsection (4) by passing a special resolution to that effect at a meeting.\n (6) This section extends only in relation to property of the debtor that is subject to the personal insolvency agreement.\n\n35 Subsection 136(1)\n\nOmit “Where any property of the bankrupt is subject to a mortgage”, substitute “Where any property of the debtor that is subject to the personal insolvency agreement is also subject to a mortgage”.\n\n36 Subsection 137(1)\n\nOmit “Where goods of a bankrupt”, substitute “Where goods of a debtor that are subject to a personal insolvency agreement”.\n\n37 Paragraphs 138(1)(a) and (b)\n\n (a) the property of a debtor that is subject to a personal insolvency agreement includes rights in respect of industrial property; and\n (b) the debtor is liable to pay royalties or a share of profits to a person in respect of those rights;\n\n38 Paragraphs 138(1)(c) and (d)\n\nOmit “the bankrupt”, substitute “the debtor”.\n\n39 Paragraphs 139(1)(a) and (b)\n\n (a) the trustee has seized or disposed of any goods in the possession or on the premises of a debtor that are subject to a personal insolvency agreement without notice of any claim by any person in respect of those goods; and\n (b) the goods were not, at the date of execution of the personal insolvency agreement, the property of the debtor;\n\n40 Subsection 139(2)\n\nOmit all the words after “in respect of property”, substitute:\n\n that is subject to the personal insolvency agreement, being rates, land tax or municipal or other statutory charges that fall due on or after the date of execution of the personal insolvency agreement, except to the extent, if any, of the rents and profits received by the trustee in respect of that property on or after the date of execution of the personal insolvency agreement\n\n41 Subsection 139(3)\n\n (3) Where the trustee of a personal insolvency agreement carries on a business previously carried on by the debtor, the trustee is not personally liable for any payment in respect of long service leave or extended leave:\n (a) for which the debtor was liable; or\n (b) to which a person employed by the trustee in the person’s capacity as trustee of the personal insolvency agreement, or the legal personal representative of such a person, becomes entitled after the date of execution of the personal insolvency agreement.\n\n42 Subsection 139(4)\n\nOmit “the estate of a bankrupt”, substitute “a personal insolvency agreement”.\n\n43 Section 139ZJ\n\nBefore “In”, insert “(1)”.\n\n44 At the end of section 139ZJ\n\nAdd:\n\n (2) In sections 139ZK, 139ZL and 139ZP, a reference to a bankrupt is to be read as a reference to a debtor.\n (3) In subsection (2):\n\n> debtor means a person who has executed a personal insolvency agreement.\n\n45 Paragraphs 139ZK(1)(e) and (f)\n\nOmit “bankruptcy”, substitute “personal insolvency agreement”.\n\n46 Subsection 139ZL(1)\n\nOmit “If a bankrupt is liable to pay to the trustee a contribution under section 139P or 139Q, the Official Receiver”, substitute “If a debtor is liable to pay a specified amount of the debtor’s income to the trustee in accordance with a personal insolvency agreement, the Official Receiver”.\n\n47 Subsection 139ZL(1)\n\nOmit “make the contribution”, substitute “pay that amount”.\n\n48 Paragraphs 139ZL(3)(a) and (b)\n\nOmit “the contribution”, substitute “the amount of income”.\n\n49 Subsection 139ZQ(1)\n\nOmit “bankrupt under Division 3”, substitute “personal insolvency agreement because of the application of any of sections 120 to 125”.\n\n50 Subsection 139ZR(3)\n\nOmit “Division 3”, substitute “any of sections 120 to 125”.\n\nSchedule 4—Modifications under Part XI of the Act—administration of estates of deceased persons\n\nNote: See section 71.\n\n1 Section 49\n\nOmit “debtor”, substitute “deceased debtor’s estate”.\n\n2 Subsection 50(1)\n\nOmit “debtor, but before the debtor becomes”, substitute “debtor who dies after presentation of a creditor’s petition but before becoming”.\n\n3 Paragraph 50(1)(a)\n\n4 Paragraph 50(1)(b)\n\nOmit “property”, substitute “estate”.\n\n5 Paragraph 50(1A)(c)\n\nOmit “debtor”, substitute “deceased debtor’s legal personal representative”.\n\n6 Subsection 50(1B)\n\n7 Subsection 50(2)\n\nOmit “debtor” (first occurring), substitute “legal personal representative of the deceased debtor”.\n\n8 Subsection 50(2)\n\nBefore “debtor” (second and third occurring), insert “deceased debtor”.\n\n9 Subsection 50(3)\n\nOmit “debtor and the debtor’s”, substitute “deceased debtor and the deceased debtor’s”.\n\n10 Subsection 50(4)\n\nBefore “debtor” (wherever occurring), insert “deceased”.\n\n11 Subsection 50(4)\n\n12 Paragraph 50(5)(a)\n\nOmit “a sequestration order had been made against the debtor”, substitute “an order had been made for the administration of the estate of the deceased debtor”.\n\n13 Paragraph 50(5)(c)\n\nOmit “debtor’s bankruptcy if a sequestration”, substitute “administration of the deceased debtor’s estate if an”.\n\n14 At the end of section 50\n\nAdd:\n\n (6) In this section:\n\n15 Subsection 73(1)\n\n16 Subsection 73(1)\n\nOmit “his or her” (wherever occurring), substitute “the deceased debtor’s”.\n\n17 At the end of section 73\n\nAdd:\n\n (2) In this section:\n\n18 Section 74\n\n## 74 Annulment of administration\n\n#### 74 Annulment of administration\n\n (1) If a proposal to annul the administration of an estate is accepted by a special resolution of creditors at a meeting held in accordance with the Insolvency Practice Rules, the administration of the estate is annulled, by force of this subsection, on the day the special resolution is passed.\n (2) Within 2 business days after that day, the trustee of the estate must give to the Official Receiver a certificate, signed by the trustee, of the following matters:\n (a) the name of the estate;\n (b) the number of the administration;\n (c) the terms and date of the special resolution.\n\nPenalty: 5 penalty units.\n\n> Note: See also section 277B (about infringement notices).\n\n (4) The Official Receiver must enter the day on which the administration of the estate is annulled in the National Personal Insolvency Index.\n\n19 Subsections 74A(2) and (3)\n\nOmit “debtor”, substitute “legal personal representative of the deceased debtor”.\n\n20 At the end of section 74A\n\nAdd:\n\n (8) In this section:\n\n21 Subsection 75(2)\n\n22 Subsection 81(1)\n\n (1) At any time during or after the administration under Part XI of the estate of a deceased debtor (the relevant person), the Court may, on the application of:\n (a) a person (a creditor) who has or had a debt provable in the administration; or\n (b) the trustee of the estate of the relevant person; or\n summon an examinable person in relation to the estate of the relevant person for examination in relation to the administration.\n (1AA) For the purposes of subsection (1):\n\n> examinable person, in relation to an estate of the relevant person, means:\n\n (a) a person who is believed to be indebted to the estate; or\n (b) a person who may be able to give information about the relevant person or the examinable affairs of the relevant person; or\n (c) a person who has possession of books that may relate to:\n (iii) the estate; or\n (d) the executor under the relevant person’s will; or\n (e) the administrator under letters of administration or court order;\n of the relevant person’s estate, or a part of that estate.\n\n23 Paragraph 81(1B)(b)\n\n (b) relate to:\n (iii) the estate of the relevant person.\n\n24 Subsection 81(11AA)\n\n25 Subsection 81(12)\n\nBefore “relevant person” (wherever occurring), insert “estate of the”.\n\n26 Subsection 81(14)\n\nOmit “person, other than the relevant person,”, substitute “person”.\n\n27 Subsection 82(1)\n\nOmit all the words from and including “a bankrupt” to the end of the subsection, substitute “the estate of a deceased debtor was subject at the day of the order for the administration of the estate, or to which the estate may become subject because of an obligation incurred before that day, are provable in the administration of the estate”.\n\n28 Subsection 82(1A)\n\nOmit “bankrupt under a maintenance agreement or maintenance order before the date of the bankruptcy”, substitute “deceased debtor under a maintenance agreement or maintenance order during the person’s lifetime and before the date of the order for the administration of the deceased debtor’s estate”.\n\n29 Paragraph 82(8)(b)\n\nOmit “discharge of the bankrupt”, substitute “end of the administration of the deceased debtor’s estate”.\n\n30 Section 87\n\nOmit “debtor had not become a bankrupt”, substitute “estate of the deceased debtor had not become subject to administration under Part XI”.\n\n31 Section 88\n\nOmit “A payment made by a debtor to a creditor before the debtor became a bankrupt and representing in part principal and in part interest”, substitute:\n\n A payment that:\n (a) is made to a creditor by;\n (i) the deceased debtor before the person’s death; or\n (ii) the deceased debtor’s estate before the date of the order for the administration of the estate; and\n (b) represents in part principal and in part interest;\n\n32 Section 95\n\nOmit “person was, at the time when he or she became a bankrupt”, substitute “deceased debtor whose estate is being administered under Part XI was, at the time of the debtor’s death”.\n\n33 Subsection 104(1)\n\n34 At the end of section 104\n\nAdd:\n\n35 Paragraph 109(1)(a)\n\nAfter “petitioning creditor”, insert “or the trustee of the deceased debtor’s estate”.\n\n36 Paragraph 109(1)(b)\n\n37 Subsection 109A(1)\n\n (a) a contract of employment with a person who has since died and whose estate is being administered under Part XI was subsisting immediately before the day of the person’s death; or\n (b) a contract of employment with the trustee, in the trustee’s capacity as trustee, of an estate that is being administered under Part XI was subsisting immediately before the day of the order for the administration;\n the employee under the contract is, whether or not the employee is a person referred to in subsection (2), entitled to payment under section 109 as if the employee’s employment had been terminated:\n (c) in the case that paragraph (a) applies:\n (i) by the person; and\n mentioned in that paragraph; or\n (d) in the case that paragraph (b) applies:\n (i) by the trustee; and\n mentioned in that paragraph.\n\n38 Subsection 109A(2)\n\nAfter “trustee” (wherever occurring), insert “or legal personal representative”.\n\n39 At the end of section 109A\n\nAdd:\n\n (5) In this section:\n\n40 Section 110\n\n41 Section 114\n\nOmit “becomes a bankrupt”, substitute “dies, and the debtor’s estate becomes subject to administration under Part XI,”.\n\n42 Paragraph 117(1)(a)\n\n43 Paragraph 117(1)(b)\n\nOmit “which he or she”, substitute “which the deceased debtor”.\n\n44 Paragraph 117(1)(b)\n\nOmit “(whether before or after he or she became a bankrupt)”, substitute “at any time”.\n\n45 Subsection 117(1)\n\n46 Subsection 117(1)\n\nOmit “in the trustee”, substitute “in the trustee of the deceased debtor’s estate being administered under Part XI”.\n\n47 Paragraph 118(1)(a)\n\nOmit “the presentation of a petition, or after the presentation of a petition, against a”, substitute “the making of an order under Part XI, or after the making of such an order, for the administration of the estate of a deceased”.\n\n48 Subparagraph 118(1)(a)(ii)\n\n49 Paragraph 118(1)(b)\n\n50 Subsection 118(1)\n\n51 Subsection 118(3)\n\n52 Subsection 118(3)\n\nOmit “bankruptcy”, substitute “administration of the estate”.\n\n53 Subsection 118(4)\n\n (4) Where:\n (a) a creditor has, in pursuance of subsection (1), paid to the trustee of the estate of a deceased debtor the proceeds of the sale of property or other moneys that were received as a result of execution having been issued by the creditor, or on the creditor’s behalf, against property of the deceased debtor or of the attachment by the creditor, or on the creditor’s behalf, of a debt due to the deceased debtor; and\n (b) that property or debt would not have been property divisible amongst the creditors of the deceased debtor if the estate of the deceased debtor had become subject to administration under Part XI immediately before the execution was issued or the debt was attached, as the case may be;\n the trustee must pay those proceeds or other moneys to the legal personal representative of the deceased debtor or to a person authorised by the legal personal representative in writing for the purpose.\n\n54 Subsection 118(9)\n\n (9) Subject to subsection (10), if a creditor has, within 6 months before the making of an order under Part XI, or after the making of such an order, for the administration of the estate of a deceased debtor obtained a charge or charging order against property of the deceased debtor, the charge or charging order, as the case may be, is void as against the trustee of the estate of the deceased debtor.\n\n55 Subsection 118(10)\n\nOmit “a debtor” (wherever occurring), substitute “a deceased debtor’s estate”.\n\n56 Subsection 118(10)\n\nOmit “the debtor”, substitute “the deceased debtor”.\n\n57 Paragraphs 118(11)(a) and (b)\n\nOmit “who, after the sale, becomes a bankrupt”, substitute “who dies and whose estate becomes, or of a deceased debtor’s estate that becomes, after the sale, subject to an administration order under Part XI”.\n\n58 Subsection 118(11)\n\nOmit “of the bankrupt”.\n\n59 Subsection 118(12)\n\n60 Subsection 119(1)\n\n61 Paragraphs 119(1)(a) and (b)\n\n62 Subsection 119(2)\n\nOmit “the reference to the Court of a debtor’s petition against a debtor”, substitute “the presentation to the Court of a petition by a person administering the estate of a deceased debtor for an order for the administration of the estate”.\n\n63 Paragraphs 119(2)(a) and (b)\n\n64 Subsection 119(3)\n\nOmit “a creditor’s petition against a debtor has been given under subsection (1) to a sheriff or notice of the reference to the Court of a debtor’s petition against a debtor has been given under subsection”, substitute “a petition has been given under subsection (1) or”.\n\n65 Subsection 119(3)\n\n66 Subsection 119(4)\n\n67 Paragraphs 119(4)(a) and (b)\n\n68 Subsection 119(5)\n\nOmit “the reference to the Court of a debtor’s petition against a debtor”, substitute “the presentation to the Court of a petition by a person administering the estate of a deceased debtor for an order for the administration of the estate”.\n\n69 Paragraphs 119(5)(a) and (b)\n\n70 Subsection 119(6)\n\nOmit “against a debtor” (first occurring), substitute “for an order for the administration of a deceased debtor’s estate”.\n\n71 Subsection 119(6)\n\nOmit “the reference to the Court of a debtor’s petition against a debtor”, substitute “the presentation to the Court of a petition by a person administering the estate of a deceased debtor for an order for the administration of the estate”.\n\n72 Subsection 119(6)\n\n73 Subsection 119(7)\n\nOmit “a debtor”, substitute “a deceased debtor’s estate”.\n\n74 Subsection 119(7)\n\nOmit “the debtor becomes a bankrupt”, substitute “the estate is administered under Part XI”.\n\n75 Subsection 119A(1)\n\nOmit “has become a bankrupt”, substitute “has died, and the debtor’s estate has become subject to administration under Part XI,”.\n\n76 Paragraphs 119A(1)(a) and (b)\n\n (a) the sheriff must deliver or pay to the trustee:\n (i) any property of the estate in the sheriff’s possession under a process of execution issued by or on behalf of a creditor; and\n (ii) any proceeds of the sale of property of the estate or other moneys in the sheriff’s possession, being proceeds of the sale of property sold, whether before or after the debtor died, in pursuance of any such process or moneys seized, or paid to avoid seizure or sale of property of the debtor or estate, whether before or after the debtor died, in pursuance of any such process; and\n (iii) any moneys in the sheriff’s possession as a result of the attachment, by or on behalf of a creditor, of a debt due to the estate; or\n (b) the registrar or other officer of the court must pay to the trustee:\n (i) any proceeds of the sale of property of the estate or other moneys in court, being proceeds of sale or other moneys paid into court, whether before or after the debtor died, by a sheriff in pursuance of a process of execution issued, by or on behalf of a creditor, against property of the estate; and\n (ii) any moneys in court that have been paid into court, whether before or after the debtor died, in pursuance of proceedings instituted, by or on behalf of a creditor, to attach a debt due to the estate;\n\n77 Subsection 119A(5)\n\n78 Paragraph 119A(6)(a)\n\n79 Paragraph 119A(6)(b)\n\n80 Subsection 119A(7)\n\nOmit “a bankrupt”, substitute “the estate of a deceased debtor”.\n\n81 Subsection 122(1)\n\nOmit “insolvent (the debtor)”, substitute “insolvent and who subsequently dies (the deceased debtor)”.\n\n82 Subsection 122(1)\n\nOmit “in the debtor’s bankruptcy”, substitute “of the deceased debtor’s estate being administered under Part XI”.\n\n83 Paragraph 122(1)(b)\n\n (b) was made in the period beginning 6 months before the presentation of the petition for an order for the administration of the estate and ending immediately before the day of the order.\n\n84 Subsection 122(1A)\n\nOmit “by the debtor”, substitute “by the deceased debtor before the debtor’s death”.\n\n85 Paragraphs 122(1A)(a) and (b)\n\n86 Paragraph 122(1A)(b)\n\n87 Paragraph 122(2)(b)\n\nAfter “debtor”, insert “or the estate of the deceased debtor”.\n\n88 Subsection 122(4A)\n\nAfter “debtor” (wherever occurring), insert “or the estate of the deceased debtor”.\n\n89 Subsection 123(1)\n\nOmit “becomes a bankrupt”, substitute “has died, and the debtor’s estate has become subject to administration under Part XI”.\n\n90 Paragraphs 123(1)(a), (b) and (c)\n\nAfter “debtor”, insert “before the debtor died”.\n\n91 Paragraph 123(1)(e)\n\nOmit “before the day on which the debtor became a bankrupt”, substitute “on or before the day on which the debtor died”.\n\n92 Subsection 123(4)\n\n93 Subsection 123(4)\n\n94 Subsection 123(6)\n\nOmit “a debtor becomes”, substitute “a deceased debtor before the debtor’s death became”.\n\n95 Subsection 123(6)\n\nBefore “debtor” (second and third occurring), insert “deceased”.\n\n96 Subsection 124(1)\n\nOmit “becomes, or has become, a bankrupt”, substitute “has died, and the person’s estate has become subject to administration under Part XI”.\n\n97 Paragraph 124(1)(a)\n\nAfter “made”, insert “on or”.\n\n98 Paragraph 124(1)(a)\n\nOmit “becomes a bankrupt”, substitute “dies”.\n\n99 Paragraph 124(1)(b)\n\nOmit “on or”.\n\n100 Paragraph 124(1)(b)\n\n101 Subsection 125(1)\n\nOmit “an undischarged bankrupt”, substitute “deceased and that the person’s estate is being administered under Part XI”.\n\n102 Section 126\n\n103 After subsection 127(1)\n\n (1A) In the application of Part XI to this section, the reference in subsection (1) to the date on which a person became bankrupt is taken to be a reference to the date on which administration of a deceased debtor’s estate commenced.\n\n104 Paragraphs 134(1)(a), (aa), (ab) and (da)\n\nOmit “bankrupt”, substitute “estate of the deceased debtor”.\n\n105 Paragraph 134(1)(da)\n\n106 Paragraph 134(1)(e)\n\nOmit “bankrupt” (wherever occurring), substitute “deceased debtor’s estate”.\n\n107 Paragraph 134(1)(f)\n\n108 Paragraph 134(1)(g)\n\n109 Paragraph 134(1)(h)\n\n (h) deal with property to which the estate of the deceased debtor is beneficially entitled as tenant in tail in the same manner as the legal personal representative of the deceased debtor could deal with it if the estate were not being administered under Part XI;\n\n110 Paragraph 134(1)(i)\n\n111 Paragraph 134(1)(m)\n\nOmit “the bankrupt” (first occurring), substitute “the legal personal representative of the deceased debtor”.\n\n112 Subparagraph 134(1)(m)(i)\n\n113 Subparagraph 134(1)(m)(ii)\n\nOmit “bankrupt’s” (wherever occurring), substitute “estate’s”.\n\n114 Subparagraph 134(1)(m)(iii)\n\n115 Paragraph 134(1)(m)\n\nOmit “bankrupt’s services, make such allowance to the bankrupt”, substitute “services of the legal personal representative of the deceased debtor, pay such remuneration to the legal personal representative”.\n\n116 Paragraph 134(1)(ma)\n\n (ma) pay such remuneration out of the estate of the deceased debtor as the trustee thinks fit to the legal personal representative of the deceased debtor.\n\n117 Paragraphs 134(1)(n) and (o)\n\n118 Subsection 134(1A)\n\nOmit “An allowance made to the bankrupt”, substitute “Remuneration paid to the legal personal representative of the deceased debtor”.\n\n119 At the end of section 134\n\nAdd:\n\n120 Paragraph 138(1)(a)\n\nOmit “a bankrupt”, substitute “an estate of a deceased debtor”.\n\n121 Paragraphs 138(1)(b), (c) and (d)\n\n122 Subsection 139ZL(6)\n\n123 At the end of section 139ZL\n\nAdd:\n\n (11) In this section:\n\n124 Subsection 139ZQ(5)\n\n125 Subsection 139ZQ(10)\n\n126 Paragraph 143(a)\n\nOmit “bankrupt’s statement of”, substitute “statement of a deceased debtor’s”.\n\n127 Section 146\n\n128 Section 146\n\nOmit “his or her affairs” (wherever occurring), substitute “the deceased debtor’s affairs”.\n\n129 Section 146\n\nOmit “bankrupt” (second occurring), substitute “legal personal representative”.\n\n130 Paragraph 156A(1)(a)\n\nBefore “debtor” (first occurring), insert “deceased”.\n\n131 Paragraphs 156A(1)(a) and (3)(a)\n\nOmit “debtor becomes a bankrupt”, substitute “deceased debtor’s estate is administered under Part XI”.\n\n132 Paragraph 156A(3)(a)\n\nOmit “estate of the bankrupt”, substitute “estate”.\n\n133 Subsection 277B(2) (after table item 2)\n\n| 2A | subsection 74(2) | 1 penalty unit |\n| --- | ---------------- | -------------- |","sortOrder":112}],"analysis":{"kimi_summary":{"_metrics":{"completionTokens":564},"content_quality":"ok","complexity_score":8,"scope_assessment":{"changed":false,"description":"The legislation appears complete and consistent with its original purpose as a comprehensive regulation of bankruptcy procedures. No significant scope expansion detected."},"complexity_factors":["Extensive cross-referencing to the Bankruptcy Act 1966 and other legislation (Superannuation Guarantee Acts, Fringe Benefits Tax Act, etc.)","Multiple indexed monetary thresholds (tools, vehicles, employee entitlements, dependant income) with historical tables spanning 1996-2021","Detailed procedural requirements with strict timeframes (e.g., 2 business days, 5 business days, 15 business days)","Complex conditional logic for property exemptions (household items subject to criteria like household size, health needs, climate)","Modification of other Acts by reference (FBTA Act, Superannuation Guarantee legislation) with extensive deeming provisions","Multiple overlapping parts covering bankruptcy notices, debt agreements, personal insolvency agreements, and deceased estates","Strict liability offences with penalty units throughout","Tables with 24+ items specifying historical financial year amounts for various thresholds"],"plain_english_summary":"This is the **Bankruptcy Regulations 2021**, a detailed set of rules made under Australia's Bankruptcy Act 1966. It governs how personal bankruptcy and insolvency proceedings work in practice.\n\n**What it does:**\n- **Sets out practical procedures** for bankruptcy notices, petitions, and court proceedings\n- **Defines protected property** that bankrupts can keep — including household items (furniture, appliances, one TV, computer, etc.), tools of trade (up to ~$3,800 indexed), and vehicles (up to ~$8,100 indexed)\n- **Establishes the National Personal Insolvency Index** — a public register of bankruptcy information\n- **Prescribes fees and payment rules** for trustees, the Official Receiver, and court processes\n- **Creates an infringement notice scheme** as an alternative to prosecution for minor offences\n- **Sets qualification requirements** for debt agreement administrators and controlling trustees\n- **Modifies how fringe benefits and superannuation** are treated as income for bankrupts\n\n**Who it affects:**\n- People facing bankruptcy (debtors)\n- Creditors seeking to recover debts\n- Registered trustees and the Official Trustee who administer bankrupt estates\n- Debt agreement administrators\n- Legal practitioners and insolvency professionals\n\n**Why it matters:**\nThis regulation translates the broad principles of the Bankruptcy Act into day-to-day rules — from how much a bankrupt can earn before contributing to creditors, to what household goods they can keep, to how documents must be filed and served. It balances creditor recovery with giving debtors a fresh start while maintaining public transparency through the insolvency register."}},"importantCases":[],"_links":{"self":"/api/acts/bankruptcy-regulations-2021","history":"/api/acts/bankruptcy-regulations-2021/history","analysis":"/api/acts/bankruptcy-regulations-2021/analysis","conflicts":"/api/acts/bankruptcy-regulations-2021/conflicts","importantCases":"/api/acts/bankruptcy-regulations-2021/important-cases","documents":"/api/acts/bankruptcy-regulations-2021/documents"}}